Table of Contents

Filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on December 15, 2008

1933 Act Registration File No. 033-48907

1940 Act File No. 811-58433

 

 

SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION

Washington, DC 20549

 

 

 

 

FORM N-1A

REGISTRATION STATEMENT

UNDER

 
  THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933   x
  Pre-Effective Amendment No.            ¨
  Post-Effective Amendment No. 55   x
  and  
  REGISTRATION STATEMENT  
 

UNDER

THE INVESTMENT COMPANY ACT OF 1940

  x
  Amendment No. 55   x

 

 

MARSHALL FUNDS, INC.

(Exact Name of Registrant as Specified in Charter)

111 East Kilbourn Avenue, Suite 200

Milwaukee, Wisconsin 53202

(Address of Principal Executive Offices, including Zip Code)

Registrant’s Telephone Number, including Area Code: (800) 236-3863

 

 

 

John M. Blaser

111 East Kilbourn Avenue, Suite 200

Milwaukee, Wisconsin 53202

(Name and Address of Agent for Service)

Copies of all communications to:

 

Maureen A. Miller

Vedder Price P.C.

222 North LaSalle Street

Chicago, Illinois 60601

 

 

It is proposed that this filing will become effective (check appropriate box)

 

  x immediately upon filing pursuant to paragraph (b) of Rule 485

 

  ¨ on (date) pursuant to paragraph (b) of Rule 485

 

  ¨ 60 days after filing pursuant to paragraph (a)(1) of Rule 485

 

  ¨ on (date) pursuant to paragraph (a)(1) of Rule 485

 

  ¨ 75 days after filing pursuant to paragraph (a)(2) of Rule 485

 

  ¨ on (date) pursuant to paragraph (a)(2) of Rule 485

If appropriate check the following box:

 

  ¨ This post-effective amendment designates a new effective date for a previously filed post-effective amendment.

 

 

 


Table of Contents

Marshall Funds

 

Prospectus

 

December 15, 2008

 

Investor Class (Class Y)

Ÿ Marshall Government Money Market Fund

Ÿ Marshall Tax-Free Money Market Fund

Ÿ Marshall Prime Money Market Fund

Ÿ Marshall Short-Term Income Fund

Ÿ Marshall Short-Intermediate Bond Fund

Ÿ Marshall Intermediate Tax-Free Fund

Ÿ Marshall Government Income Fund

Ÿ Marshall Corporate Income Fund

Ÿ Marshall Aggregate Bond Fund

Ÿ Marshall Core Plus Bond Fund

Ÿ Marshall Large-Cap Value Fund

Ÿ Marshall Large-Cap Growth Fund

Ÿ Marshall Mid-Cap Value Fund

Ÿ Marshall Mid-Cap Growth Fund

Ÿ Marshall Small-Cap Growth Fund

Ÿ Marshall International Stock Fund

Ÿ Marshall Emerging Markets Equity Fund

 

Shares of the Marshall Funds are not bank deposits or other obligations of, or issued, endorsed or guaranteed by, M&I Marshall & Ilsley Bank or any of its affiliates. Shares of the Marshall Funds, like shares of all mutual funds, are not insured or guaranteed by the U.S. government, the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation (FDIC) or any other government agency, and may lose value.

 

As with all mutual funds, the Securities and Exchange Commission (SEC) has not approved or disapproved these securities or passed upon the adequacy of this Prospectus. Any representation to the contrary is a criminal offense.

 

LOGO


Table of Contents

 

 

LOGO   Investor Class
  (Class Y)

 

 

Table of Contents

 

 

Risk/Return Summary

    1

Ÿ    Money Market Funds

 

Marshall Government Money Market Fund

  2

Marshall Tax-Free Money Market Fund

  3

Marshall Prime Money Market Fund

  4

Ÿ    Income Funds

 

Marshall Short-Term Income Fund

  5

Marshall Short-Intermediate Bond Fund

  6

Marshall Intermediate Tax-Free Fund

  7

Marshall Government Income Fund

  8

Marshall Corporate Income Fund

  9

Marshall Aggregate Bond Fund

  10

Marshall Core Plus Bond Fund

  11

Ÿ    Equity Funds

 

Marshall Large-Cap Value Fund

  12

Marshall Large-Cap Growth Fund

  13

Marshall Mid-Cap Value Fund

  14

Marshall Mid-Cap Growth Fund

  15

Marshall Small-Cap Growth Fund

  16

Marshall International Stock Fund

  17

Marshall Emerging Markets Equity Fund

  18

Fees and Expenses of the Funds

  19

Main Risks of Investing in the Marshall Funds

  20

Securities and Investment Techniques Descriptions

  24

How to Buy Shares

  29

How to Redeem and Exchange Shares

  34

Account and Share Information

  38

Marshall Funds, Inc. Information

  41

Historical Performance of TCH for Similar Accounts: TCH Corporate Fixed Income Composite

  47

Historical Performance of TCH for Similar Accounts: TCH Core Plus Aggregate Composite

  48

Historical Performance of Trilogy for Similar Accounts: Emerging Markets Composite

  49

Financial Highlights

  50


Table of Contents

 

 

Risk/Return Summary

 

 

The Marshall Funds offer investment opportunities to a wide range of investors, from investors with short-term goals who wish to take little investment risk to investors with long-term goals willing to bear the risks of the stock market for potentially greater rewards. The Marshall Funds are managed by the investment professionals at M&I Investment Management Corp. (Adviser).

 

Risk/Return Summary of Mutual Funds

LOGO

 

 

Money Market Funds

 

Marshall Government Money Market Fund

Marshall Tax-Free Money Market Fund

Marshall Prime Money Market Fund

 

Income Funds

 

Marshall Short-Term Income Fund

Marshall Short-Intermediate Bond Fund

Marshall Intermediate Tax-Free Fund

Marshall Government Income Fund

Marshall Corporate Income Fund

Marshall Aggregate Bond Fund

Marshall Core Plus Bond Fund

 

Equity Funds

 

Marshall Large-Cap Value Fund

Marshall Large-Cap Growth Fund

Marshall Mid-Cap Value Fund

Marshall Mid-Cap Growth Fund

Marshall Small-Cap Growth Fund

Marshall International Stock Fund

Marshall Emerging Markets Equity Fund

Principal Risks of the Funds

 

Marshall Fund   Stock
Market
Risks
  Sector
Risks
  Style
Risks
  Foreign
Securities
  Euro
Risks
  Emerging
Markets
Risks
  Company
Size
Risks
  Debt
Securities
Risks
  High
Yield
Securities
Risks
  Government
Obligations
Risks
  Municipal
Securities
Risks
  Asset/
Mortgage
Backed
Securities
Risks
  Management
Risks
  High
Portfolio
Turnover
Risks
Government Money Market                 ü       ü         ü    
Tax-Free Money Market                 ü         ü       ü    
Prime Money Market                 ü       ü         ü    
Short-Term Income                 ü       ü       ü     ü     ü  
Short-Intermediate Bond                 ü       ü       ü     ü     ü  
Intermediate Tax-Free                 ü         ü       ü    
Government Income                 ü       ü       ü     ü     ü  
Corporate Income         ü           ü     ü     ü       ü     ü     ü  
Aggregate Bond                 ü       ü       ü     ü     ü  
Core Plus Bond         ü       ü       ü     ü     ü       ü     ü     ü  
Large-Cap Value   ü     ü     ü                       ü     ü  
Large-Cap Growth   ü     ü     ü                       ü     ü  
Mid-Cap Value   ü     ü     ü           ü               ü    
Mid-Cap Growth   ü     ü     ü           ü               ü     ü  
Small-Cap Growth   ü     ü     ü           ü               ü     ü  
International Stock   ü     ü     ü     ü     ü       ü               ü     ü  
Emerging Markets Equity   ü     ü       ü       ü     ü               ü     ü  

A complete description of these risks can be found in the “Main Risks of Investing in the Marshall Funds” section.

 

RISK/RETURN SUMMARY    1


Table of Contents

LOGO

 

 

Money Market Funds

 

 

Marshall Government Money Market Fund

 

 

LOGO

Goal: To provide current income consistent with stability of principal.

 

Strategy: Fund assets are invested in high quality, short-term money market instruments. The Fund invests at least 80%

of its assets in obligations issued and/or guaranteed by the U.S. government or by its agencies or instrumentalities, and in repurchase agreements secured by such obligations. The Adviser uses a “bottom-up” approach, which evaluates debt securities against the context of broader market factors such as the cyclical trend in interest rates, the shape of the yield curve and debt security supply factors.

 

The Fund invests in the securities of U.S. government-sponsored entities, including the Federal Home Loan Banks (FHLBs), Federal National Mortgage Association (Fannie Mae) and Federal Home Loan Mortgage Corporation (Freddie Mac). Not all U.S. government-sponsored entities are backed by the full faith and credit of the U.S. government. For example, FHLBs are not backed by the full faith and credit of the U.S. government but are supported through federal loans or other benefits. The obligations of Fannie Mae and Freddie Mac, which have been placed into conservatorship by the Federal Housing Finance Agency (FHFA) until these entities have been restored to a solvent financial condition, are guaranteed by the U.S. government while these entities remain in conservatorship. The Fund also may invest in U.S. government-sponsored entities that are supported by the full faith and credit of the U.S. government, such as the Government National Mortgage Association (Ginnie Mae). Finally, the Fund may invest in governmental entities that have no explicit financial support from the U.S. government, but are regarded as having implied support because the U.S. government sponsors their activities. Such entities include the Farm Credit Administration and the Financing Corporation.

 

An investment in the Fund is not a deposit of M&I Marshall & Ilsley Bank or any of its affiliates and is not insured or guaranteed by the FDIC or any other government agency. Although the Fund seeks to preserve the value of your investment at $1.00 per share, it is possible to lose money by investing in the Fund. In addition, the Fund is subject to credit risks, interest rate risks, call risks and liquidity risks.

 

Fund Performance: The total return information shows historical performance of the Fund’s Investor Class shares and provides some indication of the risks of investing in the Fund. The bar chart shows how the Fund’s total returns have varied from year to year, while the table compares the Fund’s average annual total returns to the returns of an index of funds with similar investment objectives and an average of money funds with similar objectives. Indices and averages are unmanaged and are not available for direct investment. Please keep in mind that past performance does not represent how the Fund will perform in the future. The information assumes that you reinvested all dividends and distributions.

 

Annual Total Returns (calendar years 2005-2007)

LOGO

 

The return for the Investor Class shares of the Fund from January 1, 2008 through September 30, 2008 was 1.82%.

 

Total Returns

Best quarter

   (4th quarter, 2006 )   1.24 %

Worst quarter

   (1st quarter, 2005 )   0.50 %

7-Day Net Yield

   (as of 12/31/07 ) (1)   4.27 %

 

Average Annual Total Returns through 12/31/07

 

      1 Year    Since
5/17/04
inception
Fund   4.85%    3.58%
LUSGMMFI (2)   4.55%    3.32%
INGMMI (3)   4.32%    3.15%

(1) Investors may call the Fund to learn the current 7-Day Net Yield at 1-800-236-FUND (3863).

 

(2) The Lipper U.S. Government Money Market Funds Index (LUSGMMFI) is an average of the 30 largest mutual funds in this Lipper category. The LUSGMMFI reflects the deduction of expenses associated with mutual funds, such as investment management fees, but is not adjusted to reflect sales charges or taxes.

 

(3) The iMoneyNet Government Money Market Index (INGMMI) is an average of money funds with investment objectives similar to that of the Fund.

 

2    MONEY MARKET FUNDS


Table of Contents

LOGO

 

 

Money Market Funds (cont.)

 

 

Marshall Tax-Free Money Market Fund

 

 

LOGO

Goal: To provide current income exempt from federal income tax consistent with stability of principal.

 

Strategy: The Fund invests primarily in fixed and floating rate municipal bonds and notes, variable rate demand

instruments and other high-quality, short-term tax-exempt obligations maturing in 397 days or less. Under normal circumstances, the Fund invests its assets so that at least 80% of the annual interest income that the Fund distributes will be exempt from federal income tax, including federal alternative minimum tax (AMT).

 

To maintain principal preservation, the Adviser places a strict emphasis on credit research. Using fundamental analysis, the Adviser develops an approved list of issuers and securities that meet the Adviser’s standards for minimal credit risk. The Adviser continually monitors the credit risks of all portfolio securities on an ongoing basis by reviewing financial data and ratings of Nationally Recognized Statistical Rating Organizations (NRSROs).

 

The Fund seeks to enhance yield by taking advantage of favorable changes in interest rates and reducing the effect of unfavorable changes in interest rates. In seeking to achieve this objective, the Adviser targets a dollar-weighted average portfolio maturity of 90 days or less based on its interest rate outlook. The interest rate outlook is developed by analyzing a variety of factors, such as current and expected U.S. economic growth; current and expected interest rates and inflation; and the Federal Reserve Board’s monetary policy. By developing an interest rate outlook and adjusting the portfolio’s maturity accordingly, the Adviser seeks to position the Fund to take advantage of yield enhancing opportunities.

 

An investment in the Fund is not a deposit of M&I Marshall & Ilsley Bank or any of its affiliates and is not insured or guaranteed by the FDIC or any other government agency. Although the Fund seeks to preserve the value of your investment at $1.00 per share, it is possible to lose money by investing in the Fund. In addition, the Fund is subject to credit risks, interest rate risks, call risks and liquidity risks. In addition to credit and interest rate risks, certain types of municipal bonds are subject to other risks based on many factors, including economic and regulatory developments, changes or proposed changes in the federal and state tax structure, deregulation, court rulings and other factors.

 

Fund Performance: The total return information shows historical performance of the Fund’s Investor Class shares and provides some indication of the risks of investing in the Fund. The bar chart shows how the Fund’s total returns have varied from year to year, while the table compares the Fund’s average annual total returns to the returns of an index of funds with similar investment objectives and an average of money funds with similar objectives. Indices and averages are unmanaged and are not available for direct investment. Please keep in mind that past performance does not represent how the Fund will perform in the future. The information assumes that you reinvested all dividends and distributions.

 

Annual Total Returns (calendar years 2005-2007)

LOGO

 

The return for the Investor Class shares of the Fund from January 1, 2008 through September 30, 2008 was 1.72%.

 

Total Returns

Best quarter

   (3rd quarter, 2007 )   0.85 %

Worst quarter

   (1st quarter, 2005 )   0.36 %

7-Day Net Yield

   (as of 12/31/07 ) (1)   3.21 %

 

Average Annual Total Returns through 12/31/07

 

      1 Year    Since
9/22/04
inception
Fund   3.35%    2.71%
LTEMMFI (2)   3.15%    2.52%
IMNTFNR (3)   3.13%    2.49%

 

(1) Investors may call the Fund to learn the current 7-Day Net Yield at 1-800-236-FUND (3863).

 

(2) The Lipper Tax Exempt Money Market Funds Index (LTEMMFI) is an average of the 30 largest mutual funds in this Lipper category. The LTEMMFI reflects the deduction of expenses associated with mutual funds, such as investment management fees, but is not adjusted to reflect sales charges or taxes.

 

(3) The iMoney Net Money Fund Report Tax-Free National Retail (IMNTFNR) is an average of money funds with investment objectives similar to that of the Fund.

 

MONEY MARKET FUNDS    3


Table of Contents

LOGO

 

 

Money Market Funds (cont.)

 

 

Marshall Prime Money Market Fund

 

 

LOGO

Goal: To provide current income consistent with stability of principal.

 

Strategy: Fund assets are invested in high quality, short-term money market instruments. The Adviser uses a

“bottom-up” approach, which evaluates debt securities of individual companies against the context of broader market factors such as the cyclical trend in interest rates, the shape of the yield curve and debt security supply factors.

 

An investment in the Fund is not a deposit of M&I Marshall & Ilsley Bank or any of its affiliates and is not insured or guaranteed by the FDIC or any other government agency. Although the Fund seeks to preserve the value of your investment at $1.00 per share, it is possible to lose money by investing in the Fund. In addition, the Fund is subject to credit risks, interest rate risks and liquidity risks.

 

Fund Performance: The total return information shows historical performance of the Fund’s Investor Class shares and provides some indication of the risks of investing in the Fund. The bar chart shows how the Fund’s total returns have varied from year to year, while the table compares the Fund’s average annual total returns to the returns of an index of funds with similar investment objectives and an average of money funds with similar objectives. Indices and averages are unmanaged and are not available for direct investment. Please keep in mind that past performance does not represent how the Fund will perform in the future. The information assumes that you reinvested all dividends and distributions.

Annual Total Returns (calendar years 1998-2007)

LOGO

 

The return for the Investor Class shares of the Fund from January 1, 2008 through September 30, 2008 was 2.21%.

 

Total Returns

Best quarter

   (4th quarter, 2000 )   1.60 %

Worst quarter

   (1st quarter, 2004 )   0.17 %

7-Day Net Yield

   (as of 12/31/07 ) (1)   4.58 %

 

Average Annual Total Returns through 12/31/07

 

      1 Year    5 Year    10 Year
Fund   5.01%    2.89%    3.66%
LMMFI (2)   4.77%    2.65%    3.41%
MFRA (3)   4.69%    2.65%    3.36%

(1) Investors may call the Fund to learn the current 7-Day Net Yield at 1-800-236-FUND (3863).

 

(2) The Lipper Money Market Funds Index (LMMFI) is an average of the 30 largest mutual funds in this Lipper category. The LMMFI reflects the deduction of expenses associated with mutual funds, such as investment management fees, but is not adjusted to reflect sales charges or taxes.

 

(3) The iMoneyNet Money Fund Report Averages (MFRA) is an average of money funds with investment objectives similar to that of the Fund.

 

4    MONEY MARKET FUNDS


Table of Contents

LOGO

 

 

Income Funds

 

 

Marshall Short-Term Income Fund

 

 

LOGO

Goal: To maximize total return consistent with current income.

 

Strategy: The Fund invests at least 80% of its assets in fixed income securities. Fund investments include corporate, asset-

backed and mortgage-backed securities with a minimum rating in the lowest investment grade category (i.e., BBB or Baa) at the time of purchase and U.S. government securities. In addition, the Fund may invest in securities issued by other investment companies that in turn invest in bonds and other financial instruments (including securities with credit ratings below investment grade, commonly known as high-yield securities). Such investments may involve duplication of advisory fees and certain other expenses. The Adviser changes the Fund’s weightings in these sectors as it deems appropriate and uses macroeconomic, credit and market analysis to select portfolio securities. The Fund normally maintains an average dollar-weighted effective maturity of six months to three years. Effective maturity takes into account the possibility that a bond may have prepayments or may be called by the issuer before its stated maturity date.

 

Fund Performance: The total return information shows historical performance of the Fund’s Investor Class shares and provides some indication of the risks of investing in the Fund. The bar chart shows how the Fund’s total returns before taxes have varied from year to year, while the table compares the Fund’s average annual total returns to the returns of an index of funds with similar investment objectives and a broad measure of market performance. Indices are unmanaged and are not available for direct investment. Please keep in mind that past performance, before and after taxes, does not represent how the Fund will perform in the future. The information assumes that you reinvested all dividends and distributions.

 

Annual Total Returns (calendar years 1998-2007)

LOGO

 

The return for the Investor Class shares of the Fund from January 1, 2008 through September 30, 2008 was (1.41)%.

 

Total Returns

Best quarter

   (3rd quarter, 2001 )   2.67  %

Worst quarter

   (2nd quarter, 2004 )   (1.21 )%

 

Average Annual Total Returns through 12/31/07

 

      1 Year    5 Year    10 Year
Fund (1)              

Return Before Taxes

  5.63%    3.42%    4.47%

Return After Taxes on Distributions

  3.99%    1.95%    2.56%

Return After Taxes on Distributions and Sale of Fund Shares

  3.63%    2.05%    2.63%
LSTIDI (2)   4.80%    3.03%    4.30%
ML13 (3)   6.90%    3.35%    4.97%

 

(1) After-tax returns are calculated using a standard set of assumptions. The stated returns assume the highest historical federal income and capital gains tax rates. Return After Taxes on Distributions assumes a continued investment in the Fund and shows the effect of taxes on Fund distributions. Return After Taxes on Distributions and Sale of Fund Shares assumes all shares were redeemed at the end of the measurement period and shows the effect of any taxable gain (or offsetting loss) on redemption, as well as the effects of taxes on Fund distributions. These after-tax returns do not reflect the effect of any applicable state and local taxes. Return After Taxes on Distributions and Sale of Fund Shares may be higher than Return Before Taxes when a net capital loss occurs upon the redemption of Fund shares. Actual after-tax returns depend on an investor’s tax situation and may differ from those shown. After-tax returns shown are not relevant to investors holding shares through tax-deferred programs, such as IRAs or 401(k) plans.

 

(2) The Lipper Short-Term Investment Grade Debt Funds Index (LSTIDI) is an average of the 30 largest mutual funds in this Lipper category. The LSTIDI reflects the deduction of expenses associated with mutual funds, such as investment management fees, but is not adjusted to reflect sales charges or taxes.

 

(3) The Merrill Lynch 1-3 Year U.S. Government/Corporate Index (ML13) is an index tracking short-term U.S. government and corporate securities with maturities between 1 and 2.99 years. The index is produced by Merrill Lynch Pierce Fenner & Smith. The ML13 does not reflect the deduction of fees, expenses or taxes that mutual fund investors bear.

 

INCOME FUNDS    5


Table of Contents

LOGO

 

 

Income Funds (cont.)

 

 

Marshall Short-Intermediate Bond Fund

 

 

LOGO

Goal: To maximize total return consistent with current income.

 

Strategy: The Fund invests at least 80% of its assets in bonds. Fund investments include corporate, asset-backed and

mortgage-backed securities with a minimum rating in the lowest investment grade category (i.e., BBB or Baa) at the time of purchase and U.S. government securities. The Adviser’s strategy for achieving total return is to adjust the Fund’s weightings in these sectors as it deems appropriate. The Adviser uses macroeconomic, credit and market analysis to select portfolio securities. The Fund normally maintains an average dollar-weighted effective maturity of three to ten years. Effective maturity takes into account the possibility that a bond may have prepayments or may be called by the issuer before its stated maturity date.

 

Fund Performance: The total return information shows historical performance of the Fund’s Investor Class shares and provides some indication of the risks of investing in the Fund. The bar chart shows how the Fund’s total returns before taxes have varied from year to year, while the table compares the Fund’s average annual total returns to the returns of an index of funds with similar investment objectives and a broad measure of market performance. Indices are unmanaged and are not available for direct investment. Please keep in mind that past performance, before and after taxes, does not represent how the Fund will perform in the future. The information assumes that you reinvested all dividends and distributions.

 

Annual Total Returns (calendar years 1998-2007)

LOGO

 

The return for the Investor Class shares of the Fund from January 1, 2008 through September 30, 2008 was (5.32)%.

 

Total Returns

Best quarter

   (3rd quarter, 2001 )   3.75  %

Worst quarter

   (2nd quarter, 2004 )   (2.25 )%

 

Average Annual Total Returns through 12/31/07

 

       1 Year     5 Year     10 Year  
Fund (1)                   

Return Before Taxes

   4.61 %   3.64 %   4.86 %

Return After Taxes on Distributions

   2.94 %   2.09 %   2.89 %

Return After Taxes on Distributions and Sale of Fund Shares

   2.97 %   2.19 %   2.93 %
LSIDF (2)    5.39 %   3.45 %   4.89 %
LGCI (3)    7.39 %   4.06 %   5.76 %

 

(1) After-tax returns are calculated using a standard set of assumptions. The stated returns assume the highest historical federal income and capital gains tax rates. Return After Taxes on Distributions assumes a continued investment in the Fund and shows the effect of taxes on Fund distributions. Return After Taxes on Distributions and Sale of Fund Shares assumes all shares were redeemed at the end of the measurement period and shows the effect of any taxable gain (or offsetting loss) on redemption, as well as the effects of taxes on Fund distributions. These after-tax returns do not reflect the effect of any applicable state and local taxes. Return After Taxes on Distributions and Sale of Fund Shares may be higher than Return Before Taxes when a net capital loss occurs upon the redemption of Fund shares. Actual after-tax returns depend on an investor’s tax situation and may differ from those shown. After-tax returns shown are not relevant to investors holding shares through tax-deferred programs, such as IRAs or 401(k) plans.

 

(2) The Lipper Short-Intermediate Investment Grade Debt Funds Index (LSIDF) is an average of the 30 largest mutual funds in this Lipper category. The LSIDF reflects the deduction of expenses associated with mutual funds, such as investment management fees, but is not adjusted to reflect sales charges or taxes.

 

(3) The Lehman Brothers Governmental/Credit Intermediate Index (LGCI) is an index comprised of government and corporate bonds rated BBB or higher with maturities between one and ten years. The LGCI does not reflect the deduction of fees, expenses or taxes that mutual fund investors bear.

 

6    INCOME FUNDS


Table of Contents

LOGO

 

 

Income Funds (cont.)

 

 

Marshall Intermediate Tax-Free Fund

 

 

LOGO

Goal: To provide a high level of current income that is exempt from federal income tax and is consistent with preservation of capital.

 

Strategy: The Fund invests at least 80% of its assets in municipal securities, the

income from which is exempt from federal income tax (including the federal alternative minimum tax (AMT)). Fund investments include municipal securities with a minimum rating in the lowest investment grade category (i.e., BBB or Baa) at the time of purchase. Municipal securities include debt obligations of states, territories and possessions of the U.S. and political subdivisions and financing authorities of these entities that provide income exempt from federal income tax (including the federal AMT). The Adviser selects Fund investments after assessing factors such as the cyclical trend in interest rates, the shape of the municipal yield curve, tax rates, sector valuation and municipal bond supply factors. The Fund maintains an average dollar-weighted effective maturity of three to ten years. Effective maturity takes into account the possibility that a bond may have prepayments or may be called by the issuer before its stated maturity date.

 

Fund Performance: The total return information shows historical performance of the Fund’s Investor Class shares and provides some indication of the risks of investing in the Fund. The bar chart shows how the Fund’s total returns before taxes have varied from year to year, while the table compares the Fund’s average annual total returns to the returns of an index of funds with similar investment objectives and a broad measure of market performance. Indices are unmanaged and are not available for direct investment. Please keep in mind that past performance, before and after taxes, does not represent how the Fund will perform in the future. The information assumes that you reinvested all dividends and distributions.

 

Annual Total Returns (calendar years 1998-2007)

LOGO

 

The return for the Investor Class shares of the Fund from January 1, 2008 through September 30, 2008 was (0.39)%.

 

Total Returns

Best quarter

   (3rd quarter, 2002 )   4.29  %

Worst quarter

   (2nd quarter, 1999 )   (2.12 )%

 

Average Annual Total Returns through 12/31/07

 

      1 Year    5 Year    10 Year
Fund (1)              

Return Before Taxes

  4.23%    3.07%    4.11%

Return After Taxes on Distributions

  4.23%    2.98%    4.06%

Return After Taxes on Distributions and Sale of Fund Shares

  4.05%    3.13%    4.08%
LIMDI (2)   3.21%    3.26%    4.20%
L7GO (3)   5.08%    4.00%    4.99%

 

 

(1) After-tax returns are calculated using a standard set of assumptions. The stated returns assume the highest historical federal income and capital gains tax rates. Return After Taxes on Distributions assumes a continued investment in the Fund and shows the effect of taxes on Fund distributions. Return After Taxes on Distributions and Sale of Fund Shares assumes all shares were redeemed at the end of the measurement period and shows the effect of any taxable gain (or offsetting loss) on redemption, as well as the effects of taxes on Fund distributions. These after-tax returns do not reflect the effect of any applicable state and local taxes. Return After Taxes on Distributions and Sale of Fund Shares may be higher than Return Before Taxes when a net capital loss occurs upon the redemption of Fund shares. Actual after-tax returns depend on an investor’s tax situation and may differ from those shown. After-tax returns shown are not relevant to investors holding shares through tax-deferred programs, such as IRAs or 401(k) plans.

 

(2) The Lipper Intermediate Municipal Debt Funds Index (LIMDI) is an average of the 30 largest mutual funds in this Lipper category. The LIMDI reflects the deduction of expenses associated with mutual funds, such as investment management fees, but is not adjusted to reflect sales charges or taxes.

 

(3) The Lehman Brothers 7-Year General Obligations Index (L7GO) is an index comprised of general obligation bonds rated A or better with maturities between six and eight years. The L7GO does not reflect the deduction of fees, expenses or taxes that mutual fund investors bear.

 

INCOME FUNDS    7


Table of Contents

LOGO

 

 

Income Funds (cont.)

 

 

Marshall Government Income Fund

 

 

LOGO

Goal: To provide current income.

 

Strategy: The Fund invests at least 80% of its assets in U.S. government securities. The Adviser considers macroeconomic conditions and uses credit and market

analysis in developing the overall portfolio strategy. Current and historical interest rate relationships are used to evaluate market sectors and individual securities. The Fund normally maintains an average dollar-weighted effective maturity of four to twelve years. Effective maturity takes into account the possibility that a bond may have prepayments or may be called by the issuer before its stated maturity date.

 

The Fund invests in the securities of U.S. government-sponsored entities, including FHLBs, Fannie Mae and Freddie Mac. Not all U.S. government-sponsored entities are backed by the full faith and credit of the U.S. government. For example, FHLBs are not backed by the full faith and credit of the U.S. government but are supported through federal loans or other benefits. The obligations of Fannie Mae and Freddie Mac, which have been placed into conservatorship by the FHFA until these entities have been restored to a solvent financial condition, are guaranteed by the U.S. government while these entities remain in conservatorship. The Fund also may invest in U.S. government-sponsored entities that are supported by the full faith and credit of the U.S. government, such as Ginnie Mae. Finally, the Fund may invest in governmental entities that have no explicit financial support from the U.S. government, but are regarded as having implied support because the U.S. government sponsors their activities. Such entities include the Farm Credit Administration and the Financing Corporation.

 

Fund Performance: The total return information shows historical performance of the Fund’s Investor Class shares and provides some indication of the risks of investing in the Fund. The bar chart shows how the Fund’s total returns before taxes have varied from year to year, while the table compares the Fund’s average annual total returns to the returns of an index of funds with similar investment objectives and a broad measure of market performance. Indices are unmanaged and are not available for direct investment. Please keep in mind that past performance, before and after taxes, does not represent how the Fund will perform in the future. The information assumes that you reinvested all dividends and distributions.

Annual Total Returns (calendar years 1998-2007)

LOGO

 

The return for the Investor Class shares of the Fund from January 1, 2008 through September 30, 2008 was 1.06%.

 

Total Returns

Best quarter

   (3rd quarter, 2001 )   4.08  %

Worst quarter

   (2nd quarter, 2004 )   (0.97 )%

 

Average Annual Total Returns through 12/31/07

 

      1 Year    5 Year    10 Year
Fund (1)              

Return Before Taxes

  5.85%    4.04%    5.16%

Return After Taxes on Distributions

  4.18%    2.48%    3.20%

Return After Taxes on Distributions and Sale of Fund Shares

  3.77%    2.53%    3.19%
LUSMI (2)   5.24%    3.64%    5.03%
LMI (3)   6.90%    4.49%    5.91%

 

(1) After-tax returns are calculated using a standard set of assumptions. The stated returns assume the highest historical federal income and capital gains tax rates. Return After Taxes on Distributions assumes a continued investment in the Fund and shows the effect of taxes on Fund distributions. Return After Taxes on Distributions and Sale of Fund Shares assumes all shares were redeemed at the end of the measurement period and shows the effect of any taxable gain (or offsetting loss) on redemption, as well as the effects of taxes on Fund distributions. These after-tax returns do not reflect the effect of any applicable state and local taxes. Return After Taxes on Distributions and Sale of Fund Shares may be higher than Return Before Taxes when a net capital loss occurs upon the redemption of Fund shares. Actual after-tax returns depend on an investor’s tax situation and may differ from those shown. After-tax returns shown are not relevant to investors holding shares through tax-deferred programs, such as IRAs or 401(k) plans.

 

(2) The Lipper U.S. Mortgage Funds Index (LUSMI) is an average of the 30 largest mutual funds in this Lipper category. The LUSMI reflects the deduction of expenses associated with mutual funds, such as investment management fees, but is not adjusted to reflect sales charges or taxes.

 

(3) The Lehman Brothers Mortgage-Backed Securities Index (LMI) is an index comprised of fixed rate securities backed by mortgage pools of Ginnie Mae, Freddie Mac and Fannie Mae. The LMI does not reflect the deduction of fees, expenses or taxes that mutual fund investors bear.

 

8    INCOME FUNDS


Table of Contents

LOGO

 

 

Income Funds (cont.)

 

 

Marshall Corporate Income Fund

 

 

LOGO

Goal: To maximize total return consistent with current income.

 

Strategy: The Fund invests at least 80% of its assets in corporate debt securities, including convertible debt securities.

Although the Fund will invest primarily in U.S. dollar denominated securities with a minimum rating in the lowest investment grade category (i.e., BBB or Baa) at the time of purchase, the Fund may invest up to 20% of its assets in debt securities rated below investment grade, also known as high yield securities or “junk bonds” and in foreign debt securities. The Fund also may invest in U.S. government securities and asset-backed and mortgage-backed securities.

 

The Fund’s sub-adviser is Taplin, Canida & Habacht, LLC (TCH), an affiliate of the Adviser. TCH uses macroeconomic, credit and market analysis to select portfolio securities. The Fund normally maintains an average dollar-weighted maturity of three to ten years.

 

Fund Performance: Performance information for the Corporate Income Fund is not included because the Fund does not have one full calendar year of performance.

 

INCOME FUNDS    9


Table of Contents

LOGO

 

 

Income Funds (cont.)

 

 

Marshall Aggregate Bond Fund

 

 

LOGO

Goal: To maximize total return consistent with current income.

 

Strategy: The Fund invests at least 80% of its assets in bonds. Fund investments include corporate, asset-backed and

mortgage-backed securities with a minimum rating in the lowest investment grade category (i.e., BBB or Baa) at the time of purchase and U.S. government securities. The Adviser’s strategy for achieving total return is to adjust the Fund’s weightings in these sectors as it deems appropriate. The Adviser uses macroeconomic, credit and market analysis to select portfolio securities. The Fund normally maintains an average dollar-weighted effective maturity of three to ten years. Effective maturity takes into account the possibility that a bond may have prepayments or may be called by the issuer before its stated maturity date.

 

Fund Performance: Performance information for the Aggregate Bond Fund is not included because the Fund does not have one full calendar year of performance.

 

10    INCOME FUNDS


Table of Contents

LOGO

 

 

Income Funds (cont.)

 

 

Marshall Core Plus Bond Fund

 

 

LOGO

Goal: To maximize total return consistent with current income.

 

Strategy: The Fund invests at least 80% of its assets in bonds. Fund investments include corporate, asset-backed, mortgage-

backed and U.S. government securities. Although the Fund will invest primarily in securities with a minimum rating in the lowest investment grade category (i.e., BBB or Baa) at the time of purchase, the Fund may invest up to 20% of its assets in debt securities rated below investment grade, also known as high yield securities or “junk bonds.” While the Fund’s assets are predominantly U.S. dollar denominated, the Fund also may invest up to 20% of its assets in foreign debt securities, all or a portion of which may be emerging markets debt securities.

 

The Fund’s investment strategy is referred to as “Core Plus” because the Fund’s sub-adviser, Taplin, Canida & Habacht, LLC (TCH), an affiliate of the Adviser, has the ability to add high yield securities and emerging markets debt securities to a core portfolio of investment grade fixed income securities. TCH’s strategy for achieving total return is to adjust the Fund’s weightings in these sectors as it deems appropriate. TCH uses macroeconomic, credit and market analysis to select portfolio securities. The Fund normally maintains an average dollar-weighted maturity of three to ten years.

 

Fund Performance: Performance information for the Core Plus Bond Fund is not included because the Fund does not have one full calendar year of performance.

 

INCOME FUNDS    11


Table of Contents

LOGO

 

 

Equity Funds

 

 

Marshall Large-Cap Value Fund

 

 

LOGO

Goal: To provide capital appreciation and above-average dividend income.

 

Strategy: The Fund invests at least 80% of its assets in a broadly diversified portfolio of common stocks of large-sized U.S.

companies similar in size to those within the Russell 1000 Value Index. In order to provide both capital appreciation and income, the Adviser attempts to structure the portfolio to pursue an above average yield. The Adviser selects stocks using a unique, quantitative, value-oriented approach.

 

Fund Performance: The total return information shows historical performance of the Fund’s Investor Class shares and provides some indication of the risks of investing in the Fund. The bar chart shows how the Fund’s total returns before taxes have varied from year to year, while the table compares the Fund’s average annual total returns to the returns of an index of funds with similar investment objectives and a broad measure of market performance. Indices are unmanaged and are not available for direct investment. Please keep in mind that past performance, before and after taxes, does not represent how the Fund will perform in the future. The information assumes that you reinvested all dividends and distributions.

Annual Total Returns (calendar years 1998-2007)

LOGO

 

The return for the Investor Class shares of the Fund from January 1, 2008 through September 30, 2008 was (18.38)%.

 

Total Returns

Best quarter

   (2nd quarter, 2003 )   15.65  %

Worst quarter

   (3rd quarter, 2002 )   (17.64 )%

 

Average Annual Total Returns through 12/31/07

 

      1 Year    5 Year    10 Year
Fund (1)              

Return Before Taxes

  5.75%    12.27%    5.74%

Return After Taxes on Distributions

  4.82%    10.77%    4.15%

Return After Taxes on Distributions and Sale of Fund Shares

  4.98%    10.37%    4.27%
LLCVFI (2)   2.46%    13.04%    6.12%
Russell 1000 Value (3)   (0.17)%    14.63%    7.68%

 

(1) After-tax returns are calculated using a standard set of assumptions. The stated returns assume the highest historical federal income and capital gains tax rates. Return After Taxes on Distributions assumes a continued investment in the Fund and shows the effect of taxes on Fund distributions. Return After Taxes on Distributions and Sale of Fund Shares assumes all shares were redeemed at the end of the measurement period and shows the effect of any taxable gain (or offsetting loss) on redemption, as well as the effects of taxes on Fund distributions. These after-tax returns do not reflect the effect of any applicable state and local taxes. Return After Taxes on Distributions and Sale of Fund Shares may be higher than Return Before Taxes when a net capital loss occurs upon the redemption of Fund shares. Actual after-tax returns depend on an investor’s tax situation and may differ from those shown. After-tax returns shown are not relevant to investors holding shares through tax-deferred programs, such as IRAs or 401(k) plans.

 

 

(2) The Lipper Large Cap Value Funds Index (LLCVFI) is an average of the 30 largest mutual funds in this Lipper category. The LLCVFI reflects the deduction of expenses associated with mutual funds, such as investment management fees, but is not adjusted to reflect sales charges or taxes.

 

(3) The Russell 1000 Value Index measures the performance of those companies included in the Russell 1000 Index with lower price-to-book ratios and lower forecasted growth values. The index does not reflect the deduction of fees, expenses or taxes that mutual fund investors bear.

 

12    EQUITY FUNDS


Table of Contents

LOGO

 

 

Equity Funds (cont.)

 

 

Marshall Large-Cap Growth Fund

 

 

LOGO

Goal: To provide capital appreciation.

 

Strategy: The Fund invests at least 80% of its assets in common stocks of large-sized U.S. companies similar in size to those within the Russell 1000 Growth Index. The

Adviser looks for high quality companies with sustainable earnings growth that are available at reasonable prices.

 

Fund Performance: The total return information shows historical performance of the Fund’s Investor Class shares and provides some indication of the risks of investing in the Fund. The bar chart shows how the Fund’s total returns before taxes have varied from year to year, while the table compares the Fund’s average annual total returns to the returns of an index of funds with similar investment objectives and a broad measure of market performance. Indices are unmanaged and are not available for direct investment. Please keep in mind that past performance, before and after taxes, does not represent how the Fund will perform in the future. The information assumes that you reinvested all dividends and distributions.

 

Annual Total Returns (calendar years 1998-2007)

LOGO

 

The return for the Investor Class shares of the Fund from January 1, 2008 through September 30, 2008 was (22.12)%.

 

Total Returns

Best quarter

   (4th quarter, 1998 )   22.67  %

Worst quarter

   (3rd quarter, 2002 )   (17.85 )%

 

Average Annual Total Returns through 12/31/07

 

      1 Year    5 Year    10 Year
Fund (1)              

Return Before Taxes

  13.57%    12.02%    4.17%

Return After Taxes on Distributions

  12.23%    11.01%    3.35%

Return After Taxes on Distributions and Sale of Fund Shares

  10.62%    10.28%    3.39%
LLCGFI (2)   14.97%    12.06%    3.64%
Russell 1000 Growth (3)   11.81%    12.11%    3.83%

 

(1) After-tax returns are calculated using a standard set of assumptions. The stated returns assume the highest historical federal income and capital gains tax rates. Return After Taxes on Distributions assumes a continued investment in the Fund and shows the effect of taxes on Fund distributions. Return After Taxes on Distributions and Sale of Fund Shares assumes all shares were redeemed at the end of the measurement period and shows the effect of any taxable gain (or offsetting loss) on redemption, as well as the effects of taxes on Fund distributions. These after-tax returns do not reflect the effect of any applicable state and local taxes. Return After Taxes on Distributions and Sale of Fund Shares may be higher than Return Before Taxes when a net capital loss occurs upon the redemption of Fund shares. Actual after-tax returns depend on an investor’s tax situation and may differ from those shown. After-tax returns shown are not relevant to investors holding shares through tax-deferred programs, such as IRAs or 401(k) plans.

 

(2) The Lipper Large-Cap Growth Funds Index (LLCGFI) is an average of the 30 largest mutual funds in this Lipper category. The LLCGFI reflects the deduction of expenses associated with mutual funds, such as investment management fees, but is not adjusted to reflect sales charges or taxes.

 

(3) The Russell 1000 Growth Index measures the performance of those companies included in the Russell 1000 Index with higher price-to-book ratios and higher forecasted growth values. The index does not reflect the deduction of fees, expenses or taxes that mutual fund investors bear.

 

EQUITY FUNDS    13


Table of Contents

LOGO

 

 

Equity Funds (cont.)

 

 

Marshall Mid-Cap Value Fund

 

 

LOGO

Goal: To provide capital appreciation.

 

Strategy: The Fund invests at least 80% of its assets in value-oriented common stocks of medium-sized U.S. companies similar in size to those within the Russell Midcap

Value Index. The Adviser selects companies that exhibit traditional value characteristics, such as a price-to-earnings ratio less than the Standard & Poor’s 400 ® Index, higher-than-average dividend yields or a lower-than-average price-to-book value. In addition, these companies may have under-appreciated assets, or be involved in company turnarounds or corporate restructurings.

 

Fund Performance: The total return information shows historical performance of the Fund’s Investor Class shares and provides some indication of the risks of investing in the Fund. The bar chart shows how the Fund’s total returns before taxes have varied from year to year, while the table compares the Fund’s average annual total returns to the returns of an index of funds with similar investment objectives and a broad measure of market performance. Indices are unmanaged and are not available for direct investment. Please keep in mind that past performance, before and after taxes, does not represent how the Fund will perform in the future. The information assumes that you reinvested all dividends and distributions.

 

Annual Total Returns (calendar years 1998-2007)

LOGO

 

The return for the Investor Class shares of the Fund from January 1, 2008 through September 30, 2008 was (18.87)%.

 

Total Returns

Best quarter

   (4th quarter, 2001 )   19.16  %

Worst quarter

   (3rd quarter, 2002 )   (16.61 )%

 

Average Annual Total Returns through 12/31/07

 

      1 Year    5 Year    10 Year
Fund (1)              

Return Before Taxes

  0.75%    14.28%    10.66%

Return After Taxes on Distributions

  (1.73)%    12.65%    8.68%

Return After Taxes on Distributions and Sale of Fund Shares

  2.76%    12.24%    8.55%
LMCVFI (2)   3.62%    16.73%    9.16%
RMCVI (3)   (1.42)%    17.92%    10.18%

 

 

(1) After-tax returns are calculated using a standard set of assumptions. The stated returns assume the highest historical federal income and capital gains tax rates. Return After Taxes on Distributions assumes a continued investment in the Fund and shows the effect of taxes on Fund distributions. Return After Taxes on Distributions and Sale of Fund Shares assumes all shares were redeemed at the end of the measurement period and shows the effect of any taxable gain (or offsetting loss) on redemption, as well as the effects of taxes on Fund distributions. These after-tax returns do not reflect the effect of any applicable state and local taxes. Return After Taxes on Distributions and Sale of Fund Shares may be higher than Return Before Taxes when a net capital loss occurs upon the redemption of Fund shares. Actual after-tax returns depend on an investor’s tax situation and may differ from those shown. After-tax returns shown are not relevant to investors holding shares through tax-deferred programs, such as IRAs or 401(k) plans.

 

(2) The Lipper Mid-Cap Value Funds Index (LMCVFI) is an average of the 30 largest mutual funds in this Lipper category. The LMCVFI reflects the deduction of expenses associated with mutual funds, such as investment management fees, but is not adjusted to reflect sales charges or taxes.

 

(3) The Russell Midcap Value Index (RMCVI) measures the performance of those companies included in the Russell Midcap Index with lower price-to-book ratios and lower forecasted growth values. Those companies are also included in the Russell 1000 Value Index. The RMCVI does not reflect the deduction of fees, expenses or taxes that mutual fund investors bear.

 

14    EQUITY FUNDS


Table of Contents

LOGO

 

 

Equity Funds (cont.)

 

 

Marshall Mid-Cap Growth Fund

 

 

LOGO

Goal: To provide capital appreciation.

 

Strategy: The Fund invests at least 80% of its assets in growth-oriented common stocks of medium-sized U.S. companies similar in size to those within the Russell

Midcap Growth Index. The Adviser selects stocks of companies with growth characteristics, including companies with above-average earnings growth potential and companies where significant changes are taking place, such as new products, services or methods of distribution, or overall business restructuring.

 

Fund Performance: The total return information shows historical performance of the Fund’s Investor Class shares and provides some indication of the risks of investing in the Fund. The bar chart shows how the Fund’s total returns before taxes have varied from year to year, while the table compares the Fund’s average annual total returns to the returns of an index of funds with similar investment objectives and a broad measure of market performance. Indices are unmanaged and are not available for direct investment. Please keep in mind that past performance, before and after taxes, does not represent how the Fund will perform in the future. The information assumes that you reinvested all dividends and distributions.

Annual Total Returns (calendar years 1998-2007)

LOGO

 

The return for the Investor Class shares of the Fund from January 1, 2008 through September 30, 2008 was (23.73)%.

 

Total Returns

Best quarter

   (4th quarter, 1999 )   41.02  %

Worst quarter

   (3rd quarter, 2001 )   (23.19 )%

 

Average Annual Total Returns through 12/31/07

 

      1 Year    5 Year    10 Year
Fund (1)              

Return Before Taxes

  24.54%    15.08%    7.39%

Return After Taxes on Distributions

  24.54%    15.08%    6.22%

Return After Taxes on Distributions and Sale of Fund Shares

  15.95%    13.28%    5.85%
LMCGFI (2)   21.41%    17.93%    7.78%
RMCGI (3)   11.43%    17.90%    7.59%

 

(1) After-tax returns are calculated using a standard set of assumptions. The stated returns assume the highest historical federal income and capital gains tax rates. Return After Taxes on Distributions assumes a continued investment in the Fund and shows the effect of taxes on Fund distributions. Return After Taxes on Distributions and Sale of Fund Shares assumes all shares were redeemed at the end of the measurement period and shows the effect of any taxable gain (or offsetting loss) on redemption, as well as the effects of taxes on Fund distributions. These after-tax returns do not reflect the effect of any applicable state and local taxes. Return After Taxes on Distributions and Sale of Fund Shares may be higher than Return Before Taxes when a net capital loss occurs upon the redemption of Fund shares. Actual after-tax returns depend on an investor’s tax situation and may differ from those shown. After-tax returns shown are not relevant to investors holding shares through tax-deferred programs, such as IRAs or 401(k) plans.

 

(2) The Lipper Mid-Cap Growth Funds Index (LMCGFI) is an average of the 30 largest mutual funds in this Lipper category. The LMCGFI reflects the deduction of expenses associated with mutual funds, such as investment management fees, but is not adjusted to reflect sales charges or taxes.

 

(3) The Russell Midcap Growth Index (RMCGI) measures the performance of those companies included in the Russell Midcap Index with higher price-to-book ratios and higher forecasted growth values. Those companies are also included in the Russell 1000 Growth Index. The RMCGI does not reflect the deduction of fees, expenses or taxes that mutual fund investors bear.

 

EQUITY FUNDS    15


Table of Contents

LOGO

 

 

Equity Funds (cont.)

 

 

Marshall Small-Cap Growth Fund

 

 

LOGO

Goal: To provide capital appreciation.

 

Strategy: The Fund invests at least 80% of its assets in common stocks of small-sized U.S. companies similar in size to those within the Russell 2000 Growth Index. The

Adviser selects stocks of companies with growth characteristics, including companies with above-average earnings growth potential and companies where significant changes are taking place, such as new products, services or methods of distribution, or overall business restructuring.

 

Fund Performance: The total return information shows historical performance of the Fund’s Investor Class shares and provides some indication of the risks of investing in the Fund. The bar chart shows how the Fund’s total returns before taxes have varied from year to year, while the table compares the Fund’s average annual total returns to the returns of an index of funds with similar investment objectives and a broad measure of market performance. Indices are unmanaged and are not available for direct investment. Please keep in mind that past performance, before and after taxes, does not represent how the Fund will perform in the future. The information assumes that you reinvested all dividends and distributions.

 

Annual Total Returns (calendar years 1998-2007)

LOGO

 

The return for the Investor Class shares of the Fund from January 1, 2008 through September 30, 2008 was (25.89)%.

 

Total Returns

Best quarter

   (4th quarter, 1999 )   38.36  %

Worst quarter

   (3rd quarter, 1998 )   (27.56 )%

 

Average Annual Total Returns through 12/31/07

 

      1 Year    5 Year    10 Year
Fund (1)              

Return Before Taxes

  18.79%    20.79%    8.37%

Return After Taxes on Distributions

  14.43%    19.09%    7.14%

Return After Taxes on Distributions and Sale of Fund Shares

  14.79%    17.82%    6.84%
LSCGI (2)   9.68%    15.44%    6.79%
Russell 2000 GI (3)   7.06%    16.50%    4.32%

 

(1) After-tax returns are calculated using a standard set of assumptions. The stated returns assume the highest historical federal income and capital gains tax rates. Return After Taxes on Distributions assumes a continued investment in the Fund and shows the effect of taxes on Fund distributions. Return After Taxes on Distributions and Sale of Fund Shares assumes all shares were redeemed at the end of the measurement period and shows the effect of any taxable gain (or offsetting loss) on redemption, as well as the effects of taxes on Fund distributions. These after-tax returns do not reflect the effect of any applicable state and local taxes. Return After Taxes on Distributions and Sale of Fund Shares may be higher than Return Before Taxes when a net capital loss occurs upon the redemption of Fund shares. Actual after-tax returns depend on an investor’s tax situation and may differ from those shown. After-tax returns shown are not relevant to investors holding shares through tax-deferred programs, such as IRAs or 401(k) plans.

 

 

(2) The Lipper Small-Cap Growth Funds Index (LSCGI) is an average of the 30 largest mutual funds in this Lipper category. The LSCGI reflects the deduction of expenses associated with mutual funds, such as investment management fees, but is not adjusted to reflect sales charges or taxes.

 

(3) The Russell 2000 Growth Index (Russell 2000 GI) measures the performance of those companies included in the Russell 2000 Index with higher price-to-book ratios and higher forecasted growth values. The Russell 2000 GI does not reflect the deduction of fees, expenses or taxes that mutual fund investors bear.

 

16    EQUITY FUNDS


Table of Contents

LOGO

 

 

Equity Funds (cont.)

 

 

Marshall In ternational Stock Fund

 

 

LOGO

Goal: To provide capital appreciation.

 

Strategy: The Fund invests at least 80% of its assets in common stocks of any sized companies located outside the United States. The Fund’s sub-advisers, Trilogy

Global Advisors, LLC (Trilogy) and Acadian Asset Management, LLC (Acadian), each manage approximately 50% of the Fund’s portfolio.

 

Trilogy uses a “bottom-up,” fundamental approach in selecting stocks for the Fund’s portfolio. Trilogy seeks to identify quality companies with attractive returns on equity, earnings growth and a strong capital structure.

 

Acadian uses a quantitative strategy with a focus on valuations to target attractively valued companies that also have positive earnings and price characteristics. Acadian selects stocks for the Fund’s portfolio using models that incorporate multiple factors designed to construct an optimal portfolio while keeping benchmark-relative risk to the desired level. These factors include, among others, price-to-cash earnings, changes in expected growth and changes in operating margins.

 

Effective September 1, 2005, Acadian was added as an additional sub-adviser to the Fund to manage approximately 50% of the Fund’s portfolio. Trilogy was the sole sub-adviser to the Fund from March 29, 1999 to September 1, 2005. Prior thereto, the Fund was managed by another firm.

 

Fund Performance: The total return information shows historical performance of the Fund’s Investor Class shares and provides some indication of the risks of investing in the Fund. The bar chart shows how the Fund’s total returns before taxes have varied from year to year, while the table compares the Fund’s average annual total returns to the returns of an index of funds with similar investment objectives and a broad measure of market performance. Indices are unmanaged and are not available for direct investment. Please keep in mind that past performance, before and after taxes, does not represent how the Fund will perform in the future. The information assumes that you reinvested all dividends and distributions.

 

Annual Total Returns (calendar years 1998-2007)

LOGO

 

The return for the Investor Class shares of the Fund from January 1, 2008 through September 30, 2008 was (32.24)%.

 

Total Returns

Best quarter

   (4th quarter, 1999 )   40.46  %

Worst quarter

   (3rd quarter, 2002 )   (19.47 )%

 

Average Annual Total Returns through 12/31/07

 

      1 Year    5 Year    10 Year
Fund (1)              

Return Before Taxes

  8.31%    18.60%    6.97%

Return After Taxes on Distributions

  5.66%    17.73%    5.94%

Return After Taxes on Distributions and Sale of Fund Shares

  7.52%    16.46%    5.75%
LIMCCI (2)   12.61%    21.23%    9.71%
LIMCGI (3)   17.09%    23.16%    9.56%
EAFE (4)   11.17%    21.59%    8.66%

 

(1) After-tax returns are calculated using a standard set of assumptions. The stated returns assume the highest historical federal income and capital gains tax rates. Return After Taxes on Distributions assumes a continued investment in the Fund and shows the effect of taxes on Fund distributions. Return After Taxes on Distributions and Sale of Fund Shares assumes all shares were redeemed at the end of the measurement period and shows the effect of any taxable gain (or offsetting loss) on redemption, as well as the effects of taxes on Fund distributions. These after-tax returns do not reflect the effect of any applicable state and local taxes. Return After Taxes on Distributions and Sale of Fund Shares may be higher than Return Before Taxes when a net capital loss occurs upon the redemption of Fund shares. Actual after-tax returns depend on an investor’s tax situation and may differ from those shown. After-tax returns shown are not relevant to investors holding shares through tax-deferred programs, such as IRAs or 401(k) plans.

 

(2) The Lipper International Multi-Cap Core Index (LIMCCI) is an average of the 30 largest mutual funds in this Lipper category. The LIMCCI reflects the deduction of expenses associated with mutual funds, such as investment management fees, but is not adjusted to reflect sales charges or taxes. The LIMCCI is replacing the Lipper International Multi-Cap Growth Index as the Fund’s benchmark. Lipper has reclassified the Fund based on a review of the Fund’s current portfolio holdings. The Lipper International Multi-Cap Growth Funds Index will be excluded from this comparison in the future.

 

(3) The Lipper International Multi-Cap Growth Funds Index (LIMCGI) is an average of the 30 largest mutual funds in this Lipper category. The LIMCGI reflects the deduction of expenses associated with mutual funds, such as investment management fees, but is not adjusted to reflect sales charges or taxes. As noted above, the LIMCGI will be excluded from this comparison in the future.

 

(4) The Morgan Stanley Capital International Europe, Australasia, Far East Index (EAFE) is a market capitalization-weighted equity index of international stocks designed to represent the performance of 21 developed markets outside of North America. The EAFE does not reflect the deduction of fees, expenses or taxes that mutual fund investors bear.

 

EQUITY FUNDS    17


Table of Contents

LOGO

 

 

Equity Funds (cont.)

 

 

Marshall Emerging Markets Equity Fund

 

 

LOGO

Goal: To provide capital appreciation.

 

Strategy: The Fund invests at least 80% of its assets in common stocks of foreign companies located in emerging markets or whose primary business activities or

principal trading markets are in emerging markets. The Fund’s sub-adviser, Trilogy Global Advisors, LLC (Trilogy), considers emerging markets to be those markets in any country other than Canada, Luxembourg, the U.S. and the countries comprising the MSCI EAFE ® Index (currently, Australia, Austria, Belgium, Denmark, Finland, France, Germany, Greece, Hong Kong, Ireland, Italy, Japan, the Netherlands, New Zealand, Norway, Portugal, Singapore, Spain, Sweden, Switzerland and the United Kingdom). Trilogy uses a “bottom-up,” fundamental approach in selecting stocks for the Fund’s portfolio. Trilogy seeks to identify quality companies of any size in emerging markets with attractive returns on equity, earnings growth and a strong capital structure.

 

Fund Performance: Performance information for the Emerging Markets Equity Fund is not included because the Fund does not have one full calendar year of performance.

 

18    EQUITY FUNDS


Table of Contents

 

LOGO

Fees and Expenses of the Funds

  This table describes the fees and expenses that you may pay if you buy and hold Investor Class shares of the Funds.
 

 

      Government
Money
Market
    Tax-Free
Money
Market
    Prime
Money
Market
    Short-Term
Income
    Short-
Intermediate
Bond
    Intermediate
Tax-Free
    Government
Income
    Corporate
Income
    Aggregate
Bond
    Core Plus
Bond
    Large-Cap
Value
    Large-Cap
Growth
    Mid-Cap
Value
    Mid-Cap
Growth
    Small-Cap
Growth
  International
Stock
    Emerging
Markets
Equity
 
Shareholder Fees (fees paid directly from your investment)    
Maximum Sales Charge (Load) Imposed (as a percentage of offering price)   None     None     None     None     None     None     None     None     None     None     None     None     None     None     None   None     None  
Redemption Fee (as a percentage of amount redeemed, if applicable) (1)   None     None     None     2.00%     2.00%     2.00%     2.00%     2.00%     2.00%     2.00%     2.00%     2.00%     2.00%     2.00%     2.00%   2.00%     2.00%  
Annual Fund Operating Expenses (expenses deducted from and expressed as a percentage of the Fund’s net assets)    
Management Fee   0.20% (2)   0.20% (2)   0.15% (2)   0.20% (2)   0.40% (2)   0.60% (2)   0.40% (2)   0.25% (2)   0.40% (2)   0.25% (2)   0.75% (2)   0.75% (2)   0.75% (2)   0.75% (2)   1.00%   1.00% (2)   1.00% (2)
Distribution (12b-1) Fee   None     None     None     None     None     None     None     None     None     None     None     None     None     None     None   None     None  
Other Expenses (3)   0.35%     0.34%     0.31%     0.60%     0.46%     0.53% (7)   0.46%     0.86%     0.48%     .082%     0.49%     0.52%     0.49%     0.51%     0.51%   0.47%     0.71%  
Acquired Fund Fees and Expenses (4)               0.05%         0.01%                                            
     
Total Annual Fund Operating Expenses (5)   0.55%     0.54%     0.46%     0.85%     0.86%     1.14%     0.86%     1.11%     0.88%     1.07%     1.24%     1.27%     1.24%     1.26%     1.51%   1.47%     1.71%  
     

(1) A redemption fee of 2% of the amount redeemed may be imposed on certain redemptions of shares made within 30 days of purchase. The fee is retained by the Fund and generally withheld from the redemption proceeds. See “Will I Be Charged a Fee for Redemptions?”

(2) The Fund and the Adviser have implemented a fee reduction schedule for this Fund’s investment advisory fees. The investment advisory fees charged to the Fund will decline as Fund assets grow. See “Marshall Funds, Inc. Information—Advisory Fees.”

(3) Includes shareholder servicing fee of 0.25%. “Other Expenses” of the MONEY MARKET FUNDS do not include fees of 0.01% for initial participation and 0.015% for continued participation in the United States Department of the Treasury (the “U.S. Treasury”) Temporary Guarantee Program (“Guarantee Program”). See “Main Risks of Investing in the Marshall Funds—U.S. Treasury Temporary Guarantee Program.” “Other Expenses” for the CORPORATE INCOME FUND, CORE PLUS BOND FUND and EMERGING MARKETS EQUITY FUND are based on estimated amounts for each Fund’s first full fiscal year because they are new Funds.

(4) Acquired Fund Fees and Expenses represent the pro rata expense indirectly incurred by a Fund as a result of its investment in other investment companies (each, an “Acquired Fund”). Total Annual Fund Operating Expenses shown will not correlate to each Fund’s ratios of expenses to average net assets appearing in the Financial Highlights tables, which do not include Acquired Fund Fees and Expenses. Amounts less than 0.01%, if applicable, are shown as dashes (—) in the above table but are included in Other Expenses.

(5) Although not contractually obligated to do so, the Adviser and other service providers waived certain fees payable by the Funds, excluding Acquired Fund Fees and Expenses and fees paid for participation in the Guarantee Program, and may waive certain amounts in the future. The net expenses the Funds (except the CORPORATE INCOME FUND, CORE PLUS BOND FUND and EMERGING MARKETS EQUITY FUND) actually paid for the fiscal year ended August 31, 2008 are shown below. The net expenses the CORPORATE INCOME FUND, CORE PLUS BOND FUND and EMERGING MARKETS EQUITY FUND expect to pay during each Fund’s first full fiscal year (after anticipated voluntary waivers) are shown below. The Adviser may terminate voluntary waivers at any time.

      Government
Money
Market
  Tax-Free
Money
Market
  Prime
Money
Market
  Short-Term
Income
  Short-
Intermediate
Bond
  Intermediate
Tax-Free
  Government
Income
  Corporate
Income
  Aggregate
Bond
  Core Plus
Bond
  Large-Cap
Value
  Large-Cap
Growth
  Mid-Cap
Value
  Mid-Cap
Growth
  Small-Cap
Growth
  International
Stock
  Emerging
Markets
Equity
Total Annual Fund Operating Expenses (after fee reductions and waivers)   0.45%   0.45%   0.45%   0.65%   0.80%   0.56%   0.80%   0.80%   0.80%   0.80%   1.24%   1.27%   1.24%   1.26%   1.51%   1.47%   1.50%
   

(7) The shareholder servicing fee of 0.25% was voluntarily reduced to 0.02% for the INTERMEDIATE TAX-FREE FUND for the fiscal year ended August 31, 2008. The shareholder servicing agent may terminate this voluntary reduction at any time.

The purpose of the above table is to assist an investor in understanding the various costs and expenses that a shareholder of a Fund will bear either directly or indirectly. Marshall & Ilsley Trust Company, an affiliate of the Adviser, and its affiliates receive advisory, custodial, shareholder services and administrative fees for the services they provide to the Funds or shareholders, as applicable. For more complete descriptions of the various costs and expenses, see “Marshall Funds, Inc. Information.” Wire-transferred redemptions may be subject to an additional fee.

Example

This example is intended to help you compare the cost of investing in a Fund with the cost of investing in other funds. The example assumes that you invest $10,000 in one of the Funds for the time periods indicated and then redeem all of your shares at the end of those periods. The example also assumes that your investment has a 5% return each year and that the Fund’s operating expenses are before waivers as shown in the table and remain the same. Although your actual costs and returns may be higher or lower, based on these assumptions your costs would be:

      Government
Money
Market
  Tax-Free
Money
Market
  Prime
Money
Market
  Short-Term
Income
  Short-
Intermediate
Bond
  Intermediate
Tax-Free
  Government
Income
  Corporate
Income
  Aggregate
Bond
  Core Plus
Bond
  Large-Cap
Value
  Large-Cap
Growth
  Mid-Cap
Value
  Mid-Cap
Growth
  Small-Cap
Growth
  International
Stock
  Emerging
Markets
Equity
1 Year   $ 56   $ 55   $ 47   $ 87   $ 88   $ 116   $ 88   $ 113   $ 90   $ 109   $ 126   $ 129   $ 126   $ 128   $ 154   $ 150   $ 174
3 Years   $ 176   $ 173   $ 148   $ 271   $ 274   $ 362   $ 274   $ 353   $ 281   $ 340   $ 393   $ 403   $ 393   $ 400   $ 477   $ 465   $ 539
5 Years   $ 307   $ 302   $ 258   $ 471   $ 477   $ 628   $ 477     N.A.   $ 488     N.A.   $ 681   $ 697   $ 681   $ 692   $ 824   $ 803     N.A.
10 Years   $ 689   $ 677   $ 579   $ 1,049   $ 1,061   $ 1,386   $ 1,061     N.A.   $ 1,084     N.A.   $ 1,500   $ 1,534   $ 1,500   $ 1,523   $ 1,802   $ 1,757     N.A.

The above example should not be considered a representation of past or future expenses. Actual expenses may be greater than those shown.

 

FEES AND EXPENSES OF THE FUNDS    19


Table of Contents

LOGO

 

 

Main Risks of Investing in the Marshall Funds

 

 

Please see “Risk/Return Summary—Principal Risks of the Funds” for a summary of the risks that are relevant to each Fund.

 

Stock Market Risks. The EQUITY FUNDS are subject to fluctuations in the stock markets in which they invest, which have periods of increasing and decreasing values. Stocks are more volatile than debt securities. Greater volatility increases risk. If the value of a Fund’s investments goes down, you may lose money.

 

Sector Risks. Companies with similar characteristics, such as those within the same industry, may be grouped together in broad categories called sectors. Sector risk is the possibility that a certain sector may underperform other sectors or the market as a whole. As the Adviser or a sub-adviser allocates more of a Fund’s portfolio holdings to a particular sector, a Fund’s performance may be more susceptible to any economic, business or other developments which generally affect that sector.

 

Style Risks. Due to their relatively high valuations, growth stocks are typically more volatile than value stocks. For instance, the price of a growth stock may experience a larger decline on a forecast of lower earnings, a negative fundamental development, or an adverse market development. Further, growth stocks may not pay dividends or may pay lower dividends than value stocks. This means they depend more on price changes for returns and may be more adversely affected in a down market compared to value stocks that pay higher dividends.

 

Investments in value stocks are subject to the risk that their intrinsic values may never be realized by the market, that a stock judged to be undervalued may actually be appropriately priced, or that their prices may decline, even though in theory they are already undervalued. Value stocks can react differently to issuer, political, market and economic developments than the market as a whole and other types of stocks (e.g., growth stocks). Consequently, while value stocks tend to be inexpensive relative to their earnings or assets compared to other types of stocks, they can continue to be inexpensive for long periods of time and may not ever realize their full value.

 

Foreign Securities Risks. The INTERNATIONAL STOCK FUND and EMERGING MARKETS EQUITY FUND invest primarily in foreign securities. The CORPORATE INCOME FUND and CORE PLUS BOND FUND may also invest in foreign securities as part of their respective investment strategies. Investing in foreign securities involves additional risks, including currency-rate fluctuations, political and economic instability, differences in financial reporting standards and less-strict regulation of the securities markets. Furthermore, a Fund may incur higher costs and expenses when making foreign investments, which will affect the Fund’s total return.

 

Foreign securities may be denominated in foreign currencies. Therefore, the value of a Fund’s assets and income in U.S. dollars may be affected by changes in exchange rates and regulations, since exchange rates for foreign currencies change daily. The combination of currency risk and market risk tends to make securities traded in foreign markets more volatile than securities traded exclusively in the United States. Although each Fund values its assets daily in U.S. dollars, a Fund will not convert its holdings of foreign currencies to U.S. dollars daily. Therefore, a Fund may be exposed to currency risks over an extended period of time.

 

Euro Risks. The INTERNATIONAL STOCK FUND makes significant investments in securities denominated in the Euro, the single currency of the European Monetary Union (EMU). Therefore, the exchange rate between the Euro and the U.S. dollar will have a significant impact on the value of the INTERNATIONAL STOCK FUND’s investments. The European Central Bank has control over each EMU member country’s monetary policies. Therefore, the EMU participating countries do not control their own monetary policies by directing independent interest rates for their currencies, which may limit their ability to respond to economic downturns or political upheavals. These factors or other events, including political and economic developments, could cause market disruptions, and could adversely affect the value of securities held by the INTERNATIONAL STOCK FUND.

 

Emerging Markets Risks. The EMERGING MARKETS EQUITY FUND invests primarily in emerging markets. The CORE PLUS BOND FUND may invest in emerging markets debt securities as part of its investment strategy. Investments

 

20    INVESTING RISKS


Table of Contents

LOGO

 

 

Main Risks of Investing in the Marshall Funds (cont.)

 

 

in emerging markets can involve risks in addition to and greater than those generally associated with investing in more developed foreign markets. The extent of economic development, political stability, market depth, infrastructure, capitalization and regulatory oversight can be less than in more developed markets. Emerging market economies can be subject to greater social, economic, regulatory and political uncertainties. All of these factors can make emerging market securities more volatile and potentially less liquid than securities issued in more developed markets.

 

Company Size Risks. Generally, the smaller the market capitalization of a company, the fewer the number of shares traded daily, the less liquid its stock and the more volatile its price. Market capitalization is determined by multiplying the number of a company’s outstanding shares by the current market price per share. Companies with smaller market capitalizations also tend to have unproven track records, a limited product or service base and limited access to capital. These factors also increase risks and make these companies more likely to fail than companies with larger market capitalizations.

 

Debt Securities Risks. Debt securities are subject to interest rate risks, credit risks, call risks and liquidity risks, which are more fully described below. These risks will affect the MONEY MARKET FUNDS and the INCOME FUNDS. Fixed income markets are experiencing greater volatility due to recent market events as noted below.

 

Interest Rate Risks. Prices of fixed income securities rise and fall in response to changes in the interest rate paid by similar securities. Generally, when interest rates rise, prices of fixed income securities fall. However, market factors, such as the demand for particular fixed income securities, may cause the price of certain fixed income securities to fall while the prices of other securities rise or remain unchanged. Interest rate changes have a greater effect on the price of fixed income securities with longer durations. Duration measures the price sensitivity of a fixed income security to changes in interest rates.

 

Credit Risks. Credit risk is the possibility that an issuer will default on a security by failing to pay interest or principal when due. If an issuer defaults, a Fund may lose money. Many fixed income securities receive credit ratings from services such as Standard & Poor’s and Moody’s Investors Service. These services assign ratings to securities by assessing the likelihood of issuer default. Lower credit ratings correspond to higher credit risk. If a security has not received a rating, the Fund must rely entirely upon the Adviser’s credit assessment.

 

Fixed income securities generally compensate for greater credit risk by paying interest at a higher rate. The difference between the yield of a security and the yield of a U.S. Treasury security with a comparable maturity (the spread) measures the additional interest paid for risk. Spreads may increase generally in response to adverse economic or market conditions. A security’s spread may also increase if the security’s rating is lowered, or the security is perceived to have an increased credit risk. An increase in the spread will cause the price of the security to decline.

 

Credit risk includes the possibility that a party to a transaction involving a Fund will fail to meet its obligations. This could cause the Fund to lose the benefit of the transaction or prevent the Fund from selling or buying other securities to implement its investment strategy. Credit markets are currently experiencing greater volatility due to recent market events as noted below.

 

Investment Ratings. When the Funds invest in investment grade bonds or other debt securities or convertible securities, some may be rated in the lowest investment grade category (i.e., BBB or Baa). Bonds rated BBB by Standard & Poor’s or Baa by Moody’s Investors Service have speculative characteristics. The Adviser will determine the credit quality of unrated bonds, which may have greater risk (but a potentially higher yield) than comparably rated bonds. If a bond is downgraded, the Adviser will re-evaluate the bond and determine whether the bond should be retained or sold. The CORPORATE INCOME FUND and CORE PLUS BOND FUND may invest in bonds that are not investment grade. The securities in which the MONEY MARKET FUNDS invest must be rated in one of the two highest short-term rating categories by one or more NRSROs or be determined by the Adviser to be of comparable quality to securities having such ratings.

 

INVESTING RISKS    21


Table of Contents

LOGO

 

 

Main Risks of Investing in the Marshall Funds (cont.)

 

 

Call Risks. Some of the securities in which a Fund invests may be redeemed by the issuer before maturity (or “called”). This will most likely happen when interest rates are declining. If this occurs, the Fund may have to reinvest the proceeds in securities that pay a lower interest rate, which may decrease the Fund’s yield.

 

Liquidity Risks. Trading opportunities are more limited for fixed income securities that have not received any credit ratings, have received ratings below investment grade or are not widely held. These features may make it more difficult to sell or buy a security at a favorable price or time. Consequently, a Fund may have to accept a lower price to sell a security, sell other securities to raise cash or give up an investment opportunity, any of which could have a negative effect on the Fund’s performance. Infrequent trading of securities may also lead to an increase in their price volatility.

 

Liquidity risk also refers to the possibility that a Fund may not be able to sell a security or close out an investment contract when it wants to. If this happens, the Fund will be required to continue to hold the security or keep the position open, and the Fund could incur losses. As noted below, recent market events have caused the markets for some of the securities in which the Funds invest to experience reduced liquidity.

 

High Yield Securities Risks. The CORPORATE INCOME FUND and CORE PLUS BOND FUND may invest in high yield securities, which tend to be more sensitive to economic conditions than are higher-rated securities. As a result, they generally involve more credit risk than securities in the higher-rated categories. During an economic downturn or a sustained period of rising interest rates, highly leveraged issuers of high yield securities may experience financial stress and may not have sufficient revenues to meet their payment obligations. The risk of loss due to default by an issuer of these securities is significantly greater than issuers of higher-rated securities because such securities are generally unsecured and are often subordinated to other creditors. A Fund may have difficulty disposing of certain high yield securities because there may be a thin trading market for such securities. To the extent a secondary trading market does exist, it is generally not as liquid as the secondary market for higher-rated securities. Periods of economic uncertainty generally result in increased volatility in the market prices of these securities and thus in the Fund’s net asset value. As noted below, markets have recently experienced dramatic volatility and economic uncertainty continues.

 

Government Obligations Risks. For Fund investments in securities issued or guaranteed by the U.S. government, its agencies and instrumentalities, no assurance can be given that the U.S. government will provide financial support to U.S. government-sponsored agencies or instrumentalities where it is not obligated to do so by law. As a result, there is risk that these entities will default on a financial obligation. For instance, securities issued by Ginnie Mae are supported by the full faith and credit of the U.S. government. Securities issued by Fannie Mae and Freddie Mac have historically been supported only by the discretionary authority of the U.S. government. However, obligations of Fannie Mae and Freddie Mac are guaranteed obligations of the U.S. government while these entities remain in conservatorship by the FHFA. Securities issued by the Student Loan Marketing Association (Sallie Mae) are supported only by the credit of that agency.

 

Municipal Securities Risks. An investment in the TAX-FREE MONEY MARKET FUND and INTERMEDIATE TAX-FREE FUND will be affected by municipal securities risks, which include credit risks, interest rate risks, call risks and liquidity risks. Certain types of municipal bonds are subject to other risks based on many factors, including economic and regulatory developments, changes or proposed changes in the federal and state tax structure, deregulation, court rulings and other factors. Local political and economic factors may also adversely affect the value and liquidity of municipal securities held by these Funds. The value of municipal securities may be affected more by supply and demand factors or the creditworthiness of the issuer than by market interest rates. Repayment of municipal securities depends on the ability of the issuer or project backing such securities to generate taxes or revenues. There is a risk that the interest on an otherwise tax-exempt municipal security may be subject to federal income tax.

 

Asset-Backed/Mortgage-Backed Securities Risks. Asset-backed and mortgage-backed securities are subject to risks of prepayment. This is more likely to occur when interest rates fall because many borrowers refinance mortgages to take

 

22    INVESTING RISKS


Table of Contents

LOGO

 

 

Main Risks of Investing in the Marshall Funds (cont.)

 

 

advantage of more favorable rates. Prepayments on mortgage-backed securities are also affected by other factors, such as the volume of home sales. A Fund’s yield will be reduced if cash from prepaid securities is reinvested in securities with lower interest rates. The risk of prepayment may also decrease the value of mortgage-backed securities. Asset-backed securities may have a higher level of default and recovery risk than mortgage-backed securities. However, both of these types of securities may decline in value because of mortgage foreclosures or defaults on the underlying obligations.

 

Credit risk is greater for mortgage-backed securities that are subordinate to another security (i.e., if the holder of a mortgage-backed security is entitled to receive payments only after payment obligations to holders of the other security are satisfied). The more deeply subordinate the security, the greater the credit risk associated with the security will be. Mortgage-backed securities issued by private issuers, whether or not such obligations are subject to guarantees by the private issuer, may entail greater risk than mortgage-backed securities guaranteed by the U.S. government. The performance of mortgage-backed securities issued by private issuers generally depends on the financial health of those institutions and the performance of the mortgage pool backing such securities. An unexpectedly high rate of defaults on mortgages held by a mortgage pool may limit substantially the pool’s ability to make payments of principal or interest to the holder of such mortgage-backed securities, particularly if such securities are subordinated, thereby reducing the value of such securities and in some cases rendering them worthless. As noted below, recent market events have caused the markets for asset-backed and mortgage-backed securities to experience significantly lower valuations and reduced liquidity.

 

Management Risks. The Adviser’s and sub-advisers’ judgments about the attractiveness, value and potential appreciation of the Funds’ investments may prove to be incorrect. Accordingly, there is no guarantee that the investment techniques used by the Funds’ managers will produce the desired results.

 

High Portfolio Turnover Risks. Although the Funds do not intend to invest for the purpose of seeking short-term profits, securities may be sold without regard to the length of time they have been held when the Funds’ Adviser or sub-adviser believes it is appropriate to do so in light of a Fund’s investment goal. As a result, certain Funds may have high turnover rates (e.g., in excess of 100%). A higher portfolio turnover rate increases transaction expenses that may be borne directly by a Fund (and thus, indirectly by its shareholders), and affects Fund performance. In addition, a high rate of portfolio turnover may result in the realization of larger amounts of capital gains which, when distributed, are taxable to shareholders.

 

Recent Market Events. During 2008, U.S. and international markets experienced dramatic volatility. The securities markets have experienced substantially lower valuations, reduced liquidity, price volatility, credit downgrades, increased likelihood of default and valuation difficulties. As a result, many of the above risks may be increased. Continuing market problems may have adverse effects on the Funds.

 

U.S. Treasury Temporary Guarantee Program (MONEY MARKET FUNDS only). On October 2, 2008, the MONEY MARKET FUNDS filed a Guarantee Agreement with the U.S. Treasury and have paid certain fees to participate in the Guarantee Program. The Board of Directors (the “Board”) determined that each Fund’s participation in the Guarantee Program was in the best interests of the Funds and their respective shareholders. Under the Guarantee Program, the U.S. Treasury will guarantee the share price of shares of a Fund held by shareholders as of September 19, 2008 at $1.00 per share if a Fund’s net asset value per share falls below $0.995 (a “Guarantee Event”) during the coverage period and a Fund is required to liquidate. The Guarantee Program is subject to certain conditions and limitations, including that the guarantee is for the lesser of: (a) the number of Fund shares owned by the shareholder at the close of business on September 19, 2008; or (b) the number of Fund shares owned by the shareholder on the date of a Guarantee Event. Each Fund paid to participate in the Guarantee Program an initial fee equivalent to 0.01% of each Fund’s net assets (as of September 19, 2008) and an extension fee of 0.015% of each Fund’s net assets (as of September 19, 2008). Additional fees may be required to participate in future extensions. The fees paid to participate in the Guarantee Program are borne by all shares of each Fund, including those that are not eligible for protection under the Guarantee Program, and are treated as an extraordinary expense that is not subject to reimbursement under the Adviser’s voluntary expense waiver in effect for each Fund. The Guarantee Program has been extended beyond its initial term to April 30, 2009 and may be further extended to September 18, 2009.

 

INVESTING RISKS    23


Table of Contents

LOGO

 

 

Securities and Investment Techniques Descriptions

 

 

In implementing the Funds’ investment objectives, the Funds may invest in the following securities and use the following investment techniques as part of the principal investment strategy. Some of these securities and techniques involve special risks, which are described under “Main Risks of Investing in the Marshall Funds.” Each Fund that has adopted a non-fundamental policy to invest at least 80% of its assets in the types of securities suggested by such Fund’s name will provide shareholders with at least 60 days’ notice of any change in this policy. The TAX-FREE MONEY MARKET FUND and the INTERMEDIATE TAX-FREE FUND, which have each adopted a fundamental policy to invest at least 80% of their assets in the types of securities suggested by their names, may only change this policy with shareholder approval.

 

       Large-Cap
Value
   Large-Cap
Growth
   Mid-Cap
Value
   Mid-Cap
Growth
   Small-Cap
Growth
   International
Stock
   Emerging
Markets
Equity
Equity Securities:                                                 
Common Stocks    ü      ü      ü      ü      ü      ü      ü  
Foreign Common Stocks                                       ü      ü  
Foreign Securities                                       ü      ü  

 

      Government
Money
Market
  Tax-Free
Money
Market
  Prime
Money
Market
  Short-Term
Income
  Short-
Intermediate
Bond
  Intermediate
Tax-Free
  Government
Income
  Corporate
Income
  Aggregate
Bond
  Core Plus
Bond
Fixed Income Securities:                                                            
Corporate Debt Securities               ü     ü     ü     ü           ü     ü     ü  
Fixed Rate Debt Securities   ü     ü     ü     ü     ü     ü     ü     ü     ü     ü  
Floating Rate Debt Securities   ü     ü     ü     ü     ü     ü     ü     ü     ü     ü  
Treasury Securities   ü           ü     ü     ü           ü     ü     ü     ü  
Municipal Notes         ü                       ü                          
Municipal Securities         ü                       ü                          
Commercial Paper         ü     ü                                            
Convertible Securities                                             ü              
Credit Enhancement         ü                       ü                          
Demand Instruments         ü     ü                                            
Mortgage-Backed Securities                     ü     ü           ü     ü     ü     ü  
Dollar Rolls                     ü     ü           ü     ü     ü     ü  
Asset-Backed Securities                     ü     ü           ü     ü     ü     ü  
Bank Instruments               ü     ü                                      
Funding Agreements               ü                                            
Repurchase Agreements   ü           ü     ü     ü           ü     ü     ü     ü  
Agency Securities   ü           ü     ü     ü           ü     ü     ü     ü  
Tax-Exempt Securities         ü                       ü                          
Variable Rate Demand Instruments         ü     ü                 ü                          
Foreign Securities                                             ü           ü  
U.S. Government Securities   ü           ü     ü     ü     ü     ü     ü     ü     ü  

 

24    SECURITIES AND INVESTMENT TECHNIQUES DESCRIPTIONS


Table of Contents

LOGO

 

 

Securities and Investment Techniques Descriptions (cont.)

 

 

Securities

 

Agency Securities. Agency securities are issued or guaranteed by a federal agency or other government-sponsored entity acting under federal authority. Some government entities are supported by the full faith and credit of the United States. Such entities include Ginnie Mae, Small Business Administration, Farm Credit System Financial Assistance Corporation, Farmers Home Administration, Federal Financing Bank, General Services Administration, and Washington Metropolitan Area Transit Authority. Other government entities receive support through federal subsidies, loans or other benefits. Some government entities have no explicit financial support from the U.S. government, but are regarded as having implied support because the federal government sponsors their activities. Such entities include the Farm Credit Administration and the Financing Corporation. As noted previously, obligations of Fannie Mae and Freddie Mac are guaranteed by the U.S. government while these entities remain in conservatorship.

 

Asset-Backed Securities. Asset-backed securities are payable from pools of obligations other than mortgages. Most asset-backed securities involve consumer or commercial debts with maturities of less than ten years. However, almost any type of fixed income assets (including other fixed income securities) may be used to create an asset-backed security. Asset-backed securities may take the form of commercial paper, notes or pass-through certificates. Asset-backed securities have prepayment risks.

 

Bank Instruments. Bank instruments are unsecured interest-bearing deposits with banks. Bank instruments include bank accounts, time deposits, certificates of deposit and banker’s acceptances. Instruments denominated in U.S. dollars and issued by U.S. branches of foreign banks are referred to as Yankee dollar instruments. Instruments denominated in U.S. dollars and issued by non-U.S. branches of U.S. or foreign banks are commonly referred to as Eurodollar instruments.

 

Commercial Paper. Commercial paper represents an issuer’s obligation with a maturity of less than nine months. Companies typically issue commercial paper to pay for current expenditures. Most issuers constantly reissue their commercial paper and use the proceeds (or bank loans) to repay maturing paper. If the issuer cannot continue to obtain liquidity in this fashion, its commercial paper may default. The short maturity of commercial paper reduces both the interest rate and credit risks as compared to other debt securities of the same issuer.

 

Common Stocks. Common stocks are the most prevalent type of equity securities. Holders of common stock of an issuer are entitled to receive the issuer’s earnings only after the issuer pays its creditors and any preferred shareholders. As a result, changes in the issuer’s earnings have a direct impact on the value of its common stock.

 

Convertible Securities. Convertible securities are fixed income securities that a Fund has the option to exchange for equity securities at a specified conversion price.

 

Credit Enhancement. Credit enhancement consists of an arrangement in which a company agrees to pay amounts due on a fixed income security if the issuer defaults. In some cases the company providing credit enhancement makes all payments directly to the security holders and receives reimbursement from the issuer. Normally, the credit enhancer has greater financial resources and liquidity than the issuer. For this reason, the Adviser usually evaluates the credit risk of a fixed income security based solely upon its credit enhancement.

 

Demand Instruments. Demand instruments are corporate debt securities that the issuer must repay upon demand. Other demand instruments require a third party, such as a dealer or bank, to repurchase the security for its face value upon demand. The Adviser treats demand instruments as short-term securities, even though their stated maturity may extend beyond one year.

 

Dollar Rolls. Dollar rolls are transactions in which a Fund sells mortgage-backed securities with a commitment to buy similar, but not identical, mortgage-backed securities on a future date at a lower price. Normally, one or both securities involved are “to be announced” mortgage-backed securities or “TBAs.” Dollar rolls are subject to interest rate risks and credit risks. These transactions may create leverage risks. Dollar roll transactions will cause a Fund to have an increased portfolio turnover rate.

 

SECURITIES AND INVESTMENT TECHNIQUES DESCRIPTIONS    25


Table of Contents

LOGO

 

 

Securities and Investment Techniques Descriptions (cont.)

 

 

Equity Securities. An investment in the equity securities of a company represents a proportionate ownership interest in that company. Common stocks and other equity securities generally increase or decrease in value based on the earnings of a company and on general industry and market conditions. A fund that invests a significant amount of its assets in common stocks and other equity securities is likely to have greater fluctuations in share price than a fund that invests a significant portion of its assets in fixed income securities. The EQUITY FUNDS cannot predict the income they will receive from equity securities, if any, because companies generally have discretion as to the payment of any dividends or distributions.

 

Fixed Income Securities. Fixed income securities pay interest, dividends or distributions at a specified rate. The rate may be a fixed percentage of the principal or adjusted periodically. In addition, the issuer of a fixed income security must repay the principal amount of the security, normally within a specified time. Fixed income securities provide more regular income than equity securities. However, the returns on fixed income securities are limited and normally do not increase with the issuer’s earnings. This limits the potential appreciation of fixed income securities as compared to equity securities.

 

A security’s yield measures the annual income earned on a security as a percentage of its price. A security’s yield will increase or decrease depending upon whether it costs less (a discount) or more (a premium) than the principal amount. If the issuer may redeem the security before its scheduled maturity, the price and yield on a discount or premium security may change based upon the probability of an early redemption. Securities with higher risks generally have higher yields.

 

The following describes the types of fixed income securities in which the Funds may invest:

 

Corporate Debt Securities. Corporate debt securities are fixed income securities issued by businesses. Notes, bonds, debentures and commercial paper are the most prevalent types of corporate debt securities. The credit risks of corporate debt securities vary widely among issuers.

 

Fixed Rate Debt Securities. Debt securities that pay a fixed interest rate over the life of the security and have a long-term maturity may have many characteristics of short-term debt. For example, the market may treat fixed rate/long-term securities as short-term debt when a security’s market price is close to the call or redemption price, or if the security is approaching its maturity date when the issuer is more likely to call or redeem the debt.

 

As interest rates change, the market prices of fixed rate debt securities are generally more volatile than the prices of floating rate debt securities. As interest rates rise, the prices of fixed rate debt securities fall, and as interest rates fall, the prices of fixed rate debt securities rise. For example, a bond that pays a fixed interest rate of 10% is more valuable to investors when prevailing interest rates are lower; therefore, this value is reflected in a higher price, or a premium. Conversely, if interest rates are over 10%, the bond is less attractive to investors, and sells at a lower price, or a discount.

 

Floating Rate Debt Securities. The interest rate paid on floating rate debt securities is reset periodically (e.g., every 90 days) to a predetermined index rate. Commonly used indices include: 90-day or 180-day Treasury bill rate; one month or three month London Interbank Offered Rate (LIBOR); commercial paper rates; or the prime rate of interest of a bank. The prices of floating rate debt securities are not as sensitive to changes in interest rates as fixed rate debt securities because they behave like shorter-term securities and their interest rate is reset periodically.

 

Foreign Common Stocks. Common stocks of foreign corporations are equity securities issued by a corporation domiciled outside of the United States that trade on a United States securities exchange.

 

Foreign Securities. Foreign securities are equity or fixed income securities that are issued by a corporation or other issuer domiciled outside the United States that trade on a foreign securities exchange or in a foreign market. Securities issued by corporations or other issuers domiciled outside the United States that are dollar denominated and traded in the United States are not considered foreign securities.

 

26    SECURITIES AND INVESTMENT TECHNIQUES DESCRIPTIONS


Table of Contents

LOGO

 

 

Securities and Investment Techniques Descriptions (cont.)

 

 

Funding Agreements. Funding Agreements (Agreements) are investment instruments issued by U.S. insurance companies. Pursuant to such Agreements, a Fund may make cash contributions to a deposit fund of the insurance company’s general or separate accounts. The insurance company then credits guaranteed interest to a Fund. The insurance company may assess periodic charges against an Agreement for expense and service costs allocable to it, and the charges will be deducted from the value of the deposit fund. The purchase price paid for an Agreement becomes part of the general assets of the issuer. A Fund will only purchase Agreements from issuers that meet quality and credit standards established by the Adviser. Generally, Agreements are not assignable or transferable without the permission of the issuing insurance companies, and an active secondary market in Agreements does not currently exist. Also, a Fund may not have the right to receive the principal amount of an Agreement from the insurance company on seven days’ notice or less. Therefore, Agreements are typically considered to be illiquid investments.

 

 

Mortgage-Backed Securities. Mortgage-backed securities represent interests in pools of mortgages. The mortgages that comprise a pool normally have similar interest rates, maturities and other terms. Mortgages may have fixed or adjustable interest rates. Interests in pools of adjustable rate mortgages are known as ARMs.

 

Mortgage-backed securities come in a variety of forms. Many have extremely complicated terms. The simplest form of a mortgage-backed security is a pass-through certificate. An issuer of a pass-through certificate gathers monthly payments from an underlying pool of mortgages. Then, the issuer deducts its fees and expenses and passes the balance of the payments on to the certificate holders once a month. Holders of pass-through certificates receive a pro-rata share of all payments and pre-payments from the underlying mortgages. As a result, the holders assume all the prepayment risks of the underlying mortgages.

 

Mortgage-backed securities may be issued or guaranteed by Ginnie Mae, Fannie Mae and Freddie Mac, but also may be issued or guaranteed by other issuers, including private companies. Ginnie Mae is a government-owned corporation that is an agency of the U.S. Department of Housing and Urban Development. It guarantees, with the full faith and credit of the United States, full and timely payment of all monthly principal and interest on its mortgage-backed securities. Until recently, Fannie Mae and Freddie Mac were government-sponsored corporations owned entirely by private stockholders. Both issue mortgage-related securities that contain guarantees as to timely payment of interest and principal but that are not backed by the full faith and credit of the U.S. government. In September 2008, the U.S. Treasury announced that Fannie Mae and Freddie Mac had been placed in conservatorship by the Federal Housing Finance Agency, a newly created independent regulator, with a stated purpose to preserve and conserve each entity’s assets and property, and to put each entity in a sound and solvent condition. The obligations of Fannie Mae and Freddie Mac are guaranteed obligations of the U.S. government while the entities remain in conservatorship. No assurance can be given that the U.S. Treasury initiatives will be successful. The Adviser treats mortgage-backed securities guaranteed by a government-sponsored entity as if issued or guaranteed by a federal agency. Although such a guarantee protects against credit risks, it does not reduce market and prepayment risks.

 

Municipal Notes. Municipal notes are short-term tax-exempt securities. Many municipalities issue such notes to fund their current operations before collecting taxes or other municipal revenues. Municipalities may also issue notes to fund capital projects prior to issuing long-term bonds. The issuers typically repay the notes at the end of their fiscal year, either with taxes, other revenues or proceeds from newly issued notes or bonds.

 

Municipal Securities. Municipal securities are fixed income securities issued by states, counties, cities and other political subdivisions and authorities. Although many municipal securities are exempt from federal income tax, municipalities may also issue taxable securities in which the Funds may invest.

 

Repurchase Agreements. Repurchase agreements are transactions in which a Fund buys a security from a dealer or bank and agrees to sell the security back at a mutually agreed upon time and price. The repurchase price exceeds the sale price, reflecting a Fund’s return on the transaction. This return is unrelated to the interest rate on the underlying

 

SECURITIES AND INVESTMENT TECHNIQUES DESCRIPTIONS    27


Table of Contents

LOGO

 

 

Securities and Investment Techniques Descriptions (cont.)

 

 

security. A Fund will enter into repurchase agreements only with banks and other recognized financial institutions, such as securities dealers, deemed creditworthy by the Adviser. The Fund’s custodian will take possession of the securities subject to repurchase agreements. The Adviser and custodian will monitor the value of the underlying security each day to ensure that the value of the security always equals or exceeds the repurchase price. Repurchase agreements are subject to credit risks.

 

Tax-Exempt Securities. Tax-exempt securities are fixed income securities that pay interest that is not subject to regular federal income taxes. Fixed income securities pay interest, dividends and distributions at a specified rate. The rate may be a fixed percentage of the principal or adjusted periodically. In addition, the issuer of a fixed income security must repay the principal amount of the security, normally within a specified time.

 

Typically, states, counties, cities and other political subdivisions and authorities issue tax-exempt securities. Other issuers include industrial and economic development authorities, school and college authorities, housing authorities, healthcare facility authorities, municipal utilities, transportation authorities and other public agencies. The market categorizes tax-exempt securities by their source of repayment.

 

Treasury Securities. Treasury securities are direct obligations of the federal government of the United States. Treasury securities are generally regarded as having the lowest credit risks.

 

U.S. Government Securities. U.S. government securities include direct obligations of the U.S. government, including U.S. Treasury bills, notes, and bonds of varying maturities, and those issued or guaranteed by various U.S. government agencies and instrumentalities. Some U.S. government securities are backed by the full faith and credit of the U.S. government with respect to the timely payment of principal and interest. Others are supported only by the discretionary authority of the U.S. government. Certain others are supported only by the credit of that agency.

 

Variable Rate Demand Instruments. Variable rate demand instruments are securities that require the issuer or a third party, such as a dealer or bank, to repurchase the security for its face value upon demand. The securities also pay interest at a variable rate intended to cause the securities to trade at their face value. The MONEY MARKET FUNDS treat demand instruments as short-term securities, because their variable interest rate adjusts in response to changes in market rates, even though their stated maturity may extend beyond 397 days.

 

Investment Techniques

 

Securities Lending. Certain Funds may lend portfolio securities to borrowers that the Adviser deems creditworthy. In return, a Fund receives cash or liquid securities from the borrower as collateral. The borrower must furnish additional collateral if the market value of the loaned securities increases. Also, the borrower must pay a Fund the equivalent of any dividends or interest received on the loaned securities. Any dividend equivalent payments will not be treated as “qualified dividend” income for federal income tax purposes and will generally be taxable as ordinary income.

 

A Fund will reinvest cash collateral in securities that qualify as an acceptable investment for the Fund. However, the Fund must pay interest to the borrower for the use of cash collateral.

 

Loans are subject to termination at the option of a Fund or the borrower. A Fund will not have the right to vote on securities while they are on loan, but it will terminate a loan in anticipation of any important vote. A Fund may pay administrative and custodial fees in connection with a loan and may pay a negotiated portion of the interest earned on the cash collateral to a securities lending agent or broker. Securities lending activities are subject to interest rate risks and credit risks.

 

Temporary Defensive Investments. To minimize potential losses and maintain liquidity to meet shareholder redemptions during adverse market conditions, each of the Funds (except the MONEY MARKET FUNDS) may temporarily depart from its principal investment strategy by investing up to 100% of Fund assets in cash or short-term, high quality money market instruments (for example, commercial paper and repurchase agreements). This may cause a Fund to temporarily forego greater investment returns for the safety of principal. When so invested, a Fund may not achieve its investment goal.

 

28    SECURITIES AND INVESTMENT TECHNIQUES DESCRIPTIONS


Table of Contents

LOGO

 

 

How to Buy Shares

 

 

Who Can Invest in the Marshall Funds? Only adult U.S. citizens or residents or a U.S. entity with a valid U.S. tax identification (social security or employer identification) number may invest in the Marshall Funds. You may not place transactions in your account for the benefit of any person other than yourself (except for a transfer of shares to another account). If the Funds determine that the registered owner of an account has permitted another person or entity who is not the registered or beneficial owner of the account to hold shares through that account, the Funds may reject future purchases in that account and any related accounts.

 

Shares of the Funds are qualified for sale only in the U.S. and its territories and possessions. The Funds generally do not sell shares to investors residing outside the U.S., even if they are U.S. citizens or lawful permanent residents, except to investors with U.S. military APO or FPO addresses.

 

When Can Shares Be Purchased? You can buy the Investor Class shares of a Fund (other than the MONEY MARKET FUNDS), on any day the New York Stock Exchange (NYSE) is open for regular session trading. You can buy the Investor Class shares of the MONEY MARKET FUNDS on any day the Federal Reserve Bank of New York (the “Federal Reserve”) is open for business and, alternatively, on any day the U.S. government securities markets are open and the MONEY MARKET FUND’s portfolio managers determine sufficient liquidity exists in those markets. The NYSE and Federal Reserve are both closed on most national holidays. The NYSE also is closed on Good Friday. The Federal Reserve is closed on Columbus Day and Veterans Day.

 

When you deliver your transaction request in proper form and it is accepted by the Marshall Funds, or its authorized agent, your transaction is processed at the next determined net asset value (NAV) for the Investor Class shares. The NAV is calculated for each of the Funds (other than the MONEY MARKET FUNDS) at the end of regular trading (normally 3:00 p.m. Central Time) each day the NYSE is open. The NAV for the TAX-FREE MONEY MARKET FUND is determined daily at 11:00 a.m. (Central Time). The NAV for the PRIME MONEY MARKET FUND and GOVERNMENT MONEY MARKET FUND is determined daily at 4:00 p.m. (Central Time). For purchase orders for the GOVERNMENT MONEY MARKET FUND and PRIME MONEY MARKET FUND that are received after 3:00 p.m. but before 4:00 p.m. (Central Time), Marshall Investor Services (MIS) will use its best efforts to accept and process such purchase orders that day; however, there is no guarantee that MIS will be able to do so. All purchase orders received in proper form and accepted by the time a Fund’s NAV is calculated will receive that day’s NAV, regardless of when the order is processed. If the U.S. government securities markets close early, the MONEY MARKET FUNDS reserve the right to determine their NAV at earlier times under those circumstances.

 

How is NAV Calculated? A Fund’s NAV per Investor Class share is the value of a single Investor Class share. It is computed by totaling the Investor Class shares’ pro rata share of the value of the Fund’s investments, cash and other assets, subtracting the Investor Class shares’ pro rata share of the value of the Fund’s general liabilities and the liabilities specifically allocated to the Investor Class shares, then dividing the result by the number of Investor Class shares outstanding. For purpose of calculating the NAV, securities transactions and shareholder transactions are accounted for no later than one business day after the trade date.

 

In determining the NAV for the MONEY MARKET FUNDS, the amortized cost method to value portfolio securities is used in accordance with Rule 2a-7 under the Investment Company Act of 1940. In determining the NAV for all other Funds, listed equity securities are valued each trading day at the last sale price or official closing price reported on a national securities exchange, including NASDAQ. Securities listed on a foreign exchange are valued each trading day at the last closing price on the principal exchange on which they are traded immediately prior to the time for determination of NAV or at fair value as discussed below.

 

Equity securities without a reported trade, U.S. government securities, listed corporate bonds, other fixed income and asset-backed securities with maturities of 60 days or more, unlisted securities and private placement securities are generally valued at the mean of the latest bid and asked price as furnished by an independent pricing service. Fixed income securities are valued by an independent pricing service, taking into consideration yield, liquidity, risk, credit quality,

 

HOW TO BUY SHARES    29


Table of Contents

LOGO

 

 

How to Buy Shares (cont.)

 

 

coupon, maturity, type of issue and any other factors or market data the pricing service deems relevant. Fixed income securities with remaining maturities of 60 days or less at the time of purchase are valued at amortized cost, which approximates fair value. Investments in other open-end registered investment companies are valued at net asset value.

 

Securities or other assets for which market valuations are not readily available, or are deemed to be inaccurate, are valued at fair value as determined in good faith using methods approved by the Board. The Board has established a Pricing Committee, which is responsible for determinations of fair value, subject to the supervision of the Board. In determining fair value, the Pricing Committee takes into account all information available and any factors it deems appropriate. Consequently, the price of securities used by a Fund to calculate its NAV may differ from quoted or published prices for the same securities. Fair value pricing involves subjective judgments. It is possible that the fair value determined for a security is materially different than the value that could be realized upon the sale of that security and the difference may be material to the NAV of the respective Fund.

 

Certain securities held by the Funds, primarily in the INTERNATIONAL STOCK FUND and EMERGING MARKETS EQUITY FUND, may be listed on foreign exchanges that trade on days when a Fund does not calculate NAV. As a result, the market value of the Fund’s investments may change on days when you cannot purchase or sell Fund shares. In addition, a foreign exchange may not value its listed securities at the same time that the Fund calculates its NAV. Most foreign markets close well before the Fund values its securities, generally 3:00 p.m. (Central Time). The earlier close of these foreign markets gives rise to the possibility that significant events, including broad market moves, may have occurred in the interim which may affect a security’s value.

 

The Pricing Committee may determine that a security needs to be fair valued if, among other things, it believes the value of the security might have been materially affected by events occurring after the close of the market in which the security was principally traded, but before the time for determination of the NAV (“a subsequent event”). A subsequent event might include a company-specific development (for example, announcement of a merger that is made after the close of the foreign market), a development that might affect an entire market or region (for example, weather related events) or a potentially global development (such as a terrorist attack that may be expected to have an effect on investor expectations worldwide). The Board has retained an independent fair value pricing service to assist in valuing foreign securities. The service utilizes statistical data based on historical performance of securities, markets and other data in developing factors used to estimate fair value.

 

What Is the Investment Minimum? To open an account with the Funds, your first investment must be at least $1,000. However, you can add to your existing Marshall Funds account directly or through the Funds’ Systematic Investment Program for as little as $50. An account may be opened with a smaller amount as long as the minimum is reached within 90 days. In special circumstances, these minimums may be waived or lowered at the Funds’ discretion. Call your Authorized Dealer for any additional limitations.

 

Redemption Fee. For 30 days following your purchase of shares of a Fund, your redemption or exchange proceeds may be reduced by a redemption fee of 2% (other than with respect to the MONEY MARKET FUNDS). The redemption fee is paid to the Fund. The purpose of the fee is to offset the costs associated with short-term trading in a Fund’s shares. See “How to Redeem and Exchange Shares—Will I be Charged a Fee for Redemptions?” and “—Additional Conditions for Redemptions—Frequent Traders” below.

 

How Do I Purchase Shares? You may purchase shares through a broker/dealer, investment professional or financial institution (Authorized Dealers). Some Authorized Dealers may charge a transaction fee for this service. You may also purchase shares directly from the Funds by the methods described below under the “Fund Purchase Easy Reference Table” and sending your payment to the Fund by check or wire. Trust customers of Marshall & Ilsley Trust Company (M&I Trust) may purchase shares by contacting their trust account officer. In connection with opening an account, you will be requested to provide information that will be used by the Funds to verify your identity, as described in more detail under “Important Information About Procedures for Opening a New Account” below.

 

30    HOW TO BUY SHARES


Table of Contents

LOGO

 

 

How to Buy Shares (cont.)

 

 

If you purchase shares of a Fund through a program of services offered or administered by an Authorized Dealer or other service provider, you should read the program materials, including information relating to fees, in conjunction with the Fund’s Prospectus. Certain features of a Fund may not be available or may be modified in connection with the program of services provided.

 

Once you have opened an account, you may purchase additional Fund shares by contacting MIS at 1-800-236-FUND (3863) if you have pre-authorized the telephone purchase privilege.

 

Each Fund reserves the right to reject any purchase request. It is the responsibility of MIS, any Authorized Dealer, or other service provider that has entered into an agreement with a Fund, its distributor, or its administrative or shareholder services agent to promptly submit purchase orders to the Fund.

 

You are not the owner of Fund shares (and therefore will not receive distributions) until payment for the shares is received in “good funds.” Wires are generally “good funds” on the day received and checks are “good funds” when deposited with the Funds’ custodian, normally the next business day after receipt. Checks sent to the Marshall Funds to purchase shares must be made payable to the “Marshall Funds.”

 

Important Information About Procedures for Opening a New Account. The Funds are required to comply with various anti-money laundering laws and regulations. To help the government fight the funding of terrorism and money laundering activities, federal law requires all financial institutions, including mutual funds, to obtain, verify and record information that identifies each person who opens an account. Consequently, when you open an account, the Funds must obtain certain personal information, including your full name, address, date of birth, social security number and other information that will allow the Funds to identify you. The Funds may also ask for other identifying documents or information.

 

If you do not provide this information, the Funds may be unable to open an account for you and your purchase order will not be in proper form. In the event the Funds are unable to verify your identity from the information provided, the Funds may, without prior notice to you, close your account within five business days and redeem your shares at the NAV next determined after the account is closed. Any delay in processing your order due to your failure to provide all required information will affect the purchase price you receive for your shares. The Funds are not liable for fluctuations in value experienced as a result of such delays in processing. If at any time the Funds detect suspicious behavior or if certain account information matches government lists of suspicious persons, the Funds may determine not to open an account, may reject additional purchases, may close an existing account, may file a suspicious activity report or may take other appropriate action.

 

Will the Small-Cap Growth Fund Always be Open to New Investors? It is anticipated that M&I’s small-cap growth strategy, which includes the SMALL-CAP GROWTH FUND and separately managed accounts, will be closed to new investors who are not customers of M&I Trust or M&I Financial Advisors, Inc. (M&I Financial Advisors) once the assets managed according to the small-cap growth strategy reach $1 billion, subject to certain exceptions. If you own shares of the Fund prior to the closing date, however, you will still be able to reinvest distributions on shares of the Fund and add to your investment in the Fund.

 

HOW TO BUY SHARES    31


Table of Contents

LOGO

 

 

Fund Purchase Easy Reference Table

 

 

  

Minimum Investments

  

To open an account–$1,000

LOGO

  
  

To add to an account (including through a Systematic Investment Program)–$50

 

  

Phone 1-800-236-FUND (3863)

  

•    Contact MIS.

LOGO

  
  

•    Complete an application for a new account.

  

•    Once you have opened an account and if you authorized telephone privileges on your account application or by subsequently completing an authorization form, you may purchase additional shares or exchange shares from another Marshall Fund having an identical shareholder registration.

 

  

Mail

  

•    To open an account, send your completed account application and check payable to “Marshall Funds” to the following address:

LOGO

  
  

Marshall Investor Services
P.O. Box 1348
Milwaukee, WI 53201-1348

  

•    To add to your existing Fund account, send in your check, payable to “Marshall Funds,” to the same address. Indicate your Fund account number on the check.

 

  

In Person

  

•    Bring in your completed account application (for new accounts) and a check payable to “Marshall Funds” Monday – Friday, 8:00 a.m. – 5:00 p.m. (Central Time), to:

LOGO

  
  

Marshall Investor Services
111 East Kilbourn Avenue, Suite 200
Milwaukee, WI 53202

 

  

Wire

  

•    Notify MIS and request wire instructions at 1-800-236-FUND (3863).

LOGO

  
  

•    If a new account, fax completed application to MIS at 1-414-287-8511.

  

•    Mail a completed account application to the Fund at the address above under “Mail.”

  

•    Your bank may charge a fee for wiring funds. Wire orders are accepted only on days when the Funds and the Federal Reserve wire system are open for business.

 

32    HOW TO BUY SHARES


Table of Contents

LOGO

 

 

Fund Purchase Easy Reference Table (cont.)

 

 

  

Systematic Investment Program

  
  

•   You can have money automatically withdrawn from your checking account ($50 minimum) on predetermined dates and invest it in a Fund at the next Fund share price determined after MIS receives the order.

LOGO

  
  

•   The $1,000 minimum investment requirement is waived for investors purchasing shares through the Systematic Investment Program.

  

•   Call MIS at 1-800-236-FUND (3863) to apply for this program.

 

  

Marshall Funds OnLine SM

  

•   You may purchase Fund shares via the Internet through Marshall Funds OnLine SM at http://www.marshallfunds.com. See “Fund Transactions Through Marshall Funds OnLine SM ” in the Account and Share Information section.

LOGO

  

 

  

Additional Information About Checks and Automated Clearing House (ACH) Transactions Used to Purchase Shares

  

•   If your check or ACH purchase does not clear, your purchase will be canceled and you will be charged a $15 fee and held liable for any losses incurred by the Fund.

LOGO

  
  

•   If you purchase shares by check or ACH, you may not be able to receive proceeds from a redemption for up to seven days.

  

•   All checks should be made payable to “Marshall Funds.”

  

•   The maximum ACH purchase amount is $100,000.

 

HOW TO BUY SHARES    33


Table of Contents

LOGO

 

 

How to Redeem and Exchange Shares

 

 

How Do I Redeem Shares? You may redeem your Fund shares by several methods, described below under the “Fund Redemption Easy Reference Table.” You should note that redemptions will be made only on days when a Fund computes its NAV. When your redemption request is accepted in proper form, it is processed at the next determined NAV.

 

Trust customers of M&I Trust should contact their account officer to make redemption requests. Telephone or written requests for redemptions must be received in proper form, as described below, and can be made through MIS or any Authorized Dealer. It is the responsibility of MIS, any Authorized Dealer or other service provider to promptly submit redemption requests to a Fund.

 

Redemption requests for the Funds (other than the MONEY MARKET FUNDS) must be accepted by the close of trading on the NYSE, generally 3:00 p.m. (Central Time), for shares to be redeemed at that day’s NAV. Redemption requests for the TAX-FREE MONEY MARKET FUND must be accepted by 11:00 a.m. (Central Time) for shares to be redeemed at that day’s NAV. Redemption requests for the GOVERNMENT MONEY MARKET FUND and PRIME MONEY MARKET FUND must be accepted by 4:00 p.m. (Central Time) for shares to be redeemed at that day’s NAV. For redemption requests for the GOVERNMENT MONEY MARKET FUND and PRIME MONEY MARKET FUND that are received after 3:00 p.m. but before 4:00 p.m. (Central Time), MIS will use its best efforts to accept and process such redemption requests that day; however, there is no guarantee that MIS will be able to do so. All redemption requests received in proper form and accepted by the time a Fund’s NAV is calculated will receive that day’s NAV, regardless of when the request is processed. Redemption proceeds will normally be mailed, or wired if by written request, the following business day, but in no event more than seven days, after the request is made.

 

Will I Be Charged a Fee for Redemptions? You may be charged a transaction fee if you redeem Fund shares through an Authorized Dealer or service provider (other than MIS or M&I Trust), or if you are redeeming by wire. Consult your Authorized Dealer or service provider for more information, including applicable fees. You will be charged a 2% short-term redemption fee on shares (other than the shares of the MONEY MARKET FUNDS) that have been held for less than 30 days when redeemed (other than through reinvestments of capital gains or dividends), determined on a first-in, first-out basis. See “Additional Conditions for Redemptions—Frequent Traders” below.

 

Fund Redemption Easy Reference Table

 

 

  

Phone 1-800-236-FUND (3863)

  

•    Contact MIS.

LOGO

  
  

•    If you have authorized the telephone redemption privilege in your account application or by a subsequent authorization form, you may redeem shares by telephone. If you are a customer of an Authorized Dealer, you must contact your account representative.

  

•    Not available to retirement accounts, for which redemptions must be done in writing.

 

   Mail
  

•    Send in your written request to the following address, indicating your name, the Fund name, your account number, and the number of shares or the dollar amount you want to redeem to:

LOGO

  
  

Marshall Investor Services

P.O. Box 1348

Milwaukee, WI 53201-1348

  

•    If you want to redeem shares held in certificate form, you must properly endorse the share certificates and send them by registered or certified mail. Additional documentation may be required from corporations, executors, administrators, trustees or guardians.

  

•    For additional assistance, call MIS at 1-800-236-FUND (3863).

 

34    HOW TO REDEEM AND EXCHANGE SHARES


Table of Contents

LOGO

 

 

Fund Redemption Easy Reference Table (cont.)

 

 

  

In Person

  

•    Bring in the written redemption request with the information described in “Mail” above Monday – Friday, 8:00 a.m. – 5:00 p.m. (Central Time), to:

LOGO

  
  

Marshall Investor Services

111 East Kilbourn Avenue, Suite 200

Milwaukee, WI 53202

  

•    The proceeds from the redemptions will be sent to you in the form of a check or by wire.

 

  

Wire/Electronic Transfer

  

•    Upon written request, redemption proceeds can be directly deposited by Electronic Funds Transfer or wired directly to a domestic commercial bank previously designated by you in your account application or by subsequent form.

LOGO

  
  

•    Wires of redemption proceeds will only be made on days on which the Funds and the Federal Reserve wire system are open for business.

  

•    Wire-transferred redemptions may be subject to an additional fee imposed by the bank receiving the wire.

 

  

Systematic Withdrawal Program

  

•    If you have a Fund account balance of at least $10,000, you can have predetermined amounts of at least $100 automatically redeemed from your Fund account on predetermined dates on a monthly or quarterly basis.

LOGO

  
  

•    Contact MIS to apply for this program.

 

  

Marshall Funds OnLine SM

  

•    You may redeem Fund shares via the Internet through Marshall Funds OnLine SM at http://www.marshallfunds.com. See “Fund Transactions Through Marshall Funds OnLine SM ” in Account and Share Information section.

LOGO

  

 

  

Checkwriting (Money Market Funds Only)

  

•    You can redeem shares of any MONEY MARKET FUND by writing a check in an amount of at least $250. You must have completed the checkwriting section of your account application and the attached signature card, or have completed a subsequent application form. The Fund will then provide you with the checks.

LOGO

  
  

•    Your check is treated as a redemption order for Fund shares equal to the amount of the check.

  

•    A check for an amount in excess of your available Fund account balance will be returned marked “insufficient funds.”

  

•    Checks cannot be used to close your Fund account balance.

  

•    Checks deposited or cashed through foreign banks or financial institutions may be subject to local bank charges.

 

HOW TO REDEEM AND EXCHANGE SHARES    35


Table of Contents

LOGO

 

 

Additional Conditions for Redemptions

 

 

Signature Guarantees. In the following instances, you must have a signature guarantee on written redemption requests:

 

 

when you want a redemption to be sent to an address other than the one you have on record with a Fund;

 

 

when you want the redemption payable to someone other than the shareholder of record; or

 

 

when your redemption is to be sent to an address of record that was changed within the last 30 days.

 

Your signature can be guaranteed by any federally insured financial institution (such as a bank or credit union) or a broker/dealer that is a domestic stock exchange member, but not by a notary public.

 

Limitations on Redemption Proceeds. Redemption proceeds normally are wired or mailed within one business day after accepting a request in proper form. However, delivery of payment may be delayed up to seven days:

 

 

to allow your purchase payment to clear;

 

 

during periods of market volatility; or

 

 

when a shareholder’s trade activity or amount adversely impacts a Fund’s ability to manage its assets.

 

You will not accrue interest or dividends on uncashed checks from a Fund. If those checks are undeliverable and returned to a Fund, the proceeds will be reinvested in shares of the Funds that were redeemed.

 

Corporate Resolutions. Corporations, trusts and institutional organizations are required to furnish evidence of the authority of persons designated on the account application to effect transactions on behalf of the organizations.

 

Redemption in Kind. The Funds have reserved the right to pay the redemption price in whole or in part by a distribution of a Fund’s portfolio securities. This means that the Funds are obligated to pay share redemptions to any one shareholder in cash only up to the lesser of $250,000 or 1% of a Fund’s net assets represented by such share class during any 90-day period. Generally, any share redemption payment greater than this amount will be paid in cash unless the Adviser determines that payment should be in kind.

 

Exchange Privilege. You may exchange Investor Class shares of a Fund for Investor Class shares of any of the other Marshall Funds free of charge, provided you meet the investment minimum of the Fund and you reside in a jurisdiction where Fund shares may be lawfully offered for sale. An exchange, if less than 30 days after purchase, may be subject to a 2% short-term redemption fee (other than in the case of the MONEY MARKET FUNDS). See “Will I Be Charged a Fee for Redemptions?” An exchange is treated as a redemption and a subsequent purchase, and is therefore a taxable transaction.

 

Signatures must be guaranteed if you request an exchange into another Fund with a different shareholder registration. The exchange privilege may be modified or terminated at any time.

 

Exchanges by Telephone. If you have completed the telephone authorization section on your account application or an authorization form obtained through MIS, you may telephone instructions to MIS to exchange between Fund accounts that have identical shareholder registrations. Customers of broker/dealers, financial institutions or service providers should contact their account representatives. Telephone exchange instructions must be received by the Funds (other than the TAX-FREE MONEY MARKET FUND) before the close of trading on the NYSE, generally 3:00 p.m. (Central Time), for shares to be exchanged at the NAV calculated that day and to receive a dividend of the Fund into which you exchange, if applicable. Telephone exchange instructions must be received before 11:00 a.m. (Central Time) with respect to the TAX-FREE MONEY MARKET FUND for shares to be exchanged at that day’s NAV and to receive a dividend of the Fund into which you exchange, if applicable.

 

The Funds will record your telephone instructions. The Funds will not be liable for losses due to unauthorized or fraudulent telephone instructions as long as reasonable security procedures are followed. You will be notified of changes to telephone transaction privileges.

 

Frequent Traders. The Funds’ management or the Adviser may determine from the amount, frequency and pattern of exchanges or redemptions that a shareholder is engaged in excessive trading that is detrimental to a Fund or its other shareholders. Such short-term or excessive trading into and

 

36    HOW TO REDEEM AND EXCHANGE SHARES


Table of Contents

LOGO

 

 

Additional Conditions for Redemptions (cont.)

 

 

out of a Fund may harm all shareholders by disrupting investment strategies, increasing brokerage, administrative and other expenses, decreasing tax efficiency and diluting the value of shares held by long-term shareholders.

 

The Board has approved policies that seek to discourage frequent purchases and redemptions and curb the disruptive effects of frequent trading (the Market Timing Policy). Pursuant to the Market Timing Policy, a Fund may decline to accept an application or may reject a purchase request, including an exchange, from an investor who, in the sole judgment of the Adviser, has a pattern of short-term or excessive trading or whose trading has been or may be disruptive to the Fund. The Funds, the Adviser and affiliates thereof are prohibited from entering into arrangements with any shareholder or other person to permit frequent purchases and redemptions of Fund shares. The Market Timing Policy does not apply to the MONEY MARKET FUNDS, which are typically used for cash management purposes and invest in highly liquid securities. However, the Adviser seeks to prevent the use of the MONEY MARKET FUNDS to facilitate frequent trading in other Marshall Funds in violation of the Market Timing Policy.

 

Each Fund monitors and enforces the Market Timing Policy through:

 

 

the termination of a shareholder’s purchase and/or exchange privileges;

 

 

selective monitoring of trade activity; and

 

 

the imposition of a 2% short-term redemption fee for redemptions or exchanges of shares of a Fund within 30 days after purchase of such shares, determined on a first-in, first-out basis.

 

The redemption fee is deducted from redemption proceeds and is paid directly to the Fund.

 

A redemption of shares acquired as a result of reinvesting distributions is not subject to the redemption fee. The redemption fee may not apply to shares redeemed in the case of death, through an automatic, nondiscretionary rebalancing or asset allocation program, trade error correction and involuntary redemptions imposed by the Fund or a financial intermediary. In addition, the redemption fee will not apply to certain transactions in retirement accounts ( e.g., IRA accounts and qualified employee benefit plans), such as disability, hardship, forfeitures, required minimum distributions, systematic withdrawals, shares purchased through a systematic purchase plan, return of excess contributions and loans. The Funds’ officers may, in their sole discretion, authorize waivers of the short-term redemption fee in other limited circumstances that do not indicate market timing strategies. All waivers authorized by the officers are reported to the Board.

 

Although the Funds seek to detect and deter market timing activity, their ability to monitor trades that are placed by individual shareholders through omnibus accounts is limited because the Funds may not have direct access to the underlying shareholder account information. Omnibus accounts are accounts maintained by financial intermediaries on behalf of multiple beneficial shareholders. Due to policy, operational or system requirements and limitations, omnibus account holders, including qualified employee benefit plans, may use criteria and methods for tracking, applying or calculating the redemption fee that may differ from those utilized by the Fund’s transfer agent. In addition, the Funds may rely on a financial intermediary’s market timing policy, even if those policies are different from the Funds’ policy, when the Funds believe that the policy is reasonably designed to prevent excessive trading practices that are detrimental to the Fund. If you purchase Fund shares through a financial intermediary, you should contact your financial intermediary for more information on whether the redemption fee is applied to redemptions or exchanges of your shares.

 

The Funds may request that financial intermediaries furnish the Funds with trading and identifying information relating to beneficial shareholders, such as social security and account numbers, in order to review any unusual patterns of trading activity discovered in the omnibus account. The Funds also may request that the financial intermediaries take action to prevent a particular shareholder from engaging in excessive trading and to enforce the Funds’ or their market timing policies. There may be legal and technological limitations on the ability of financial intermediaries to restrict the trading practices of their clients, and they may impose restrictions or limitations that are different from the Funds’ policies. As a result, the Funds’ ability to monitor and discourage excessive trading practices in omnibus accounts may be limited.

 

HOW TO REDEEM AND EXCHANGE SHARES    37


Table of Contents

LOGO

 

 

Account and Share Information

 

 

Fund Transactions Through Marshall Funds OnLine SM . If you have previously established an account with a Fund, and have signed an OnLine SM Agreement, you may purchase, redeem or exchange shares through the Marshall Funds’ Internet site at http://www.marshallfunds.com (the Web Site). You may also check your Fund account balance(s) and historical transactions through the Web Site. You cannot, however, establish a new Fund account through the Web Site—you may only establish a new Fund account under the methods described in the “How to Buy Shares” section.

 

Trust customers of M&I Trust should contact their account officer for information on the availability of transactions on the Web Site.

 

You should contact MIS at 1-800-236-FUND (3863) to get started. MIS will provide instructions on how to create and activate your Personal Identification Number (PIN). If you forget or lose your PIN number, contact MIS.

 

Online Conditions. Because of security concerns and costs associated with maintaining the Web Site, purchases, redemptions and exchanges through the Web Site are subject to the following daily minimum and maximum transaction amounts:

 

      Minimum   Maximum
Purchases:   $50   $100,000
Redemptions:   By ACH: $50   By ACH: $50,000
    By wire: $1,000   By wire: $50,000
Exchanges:   $50   $100,000

 

Your transactions through the Web Site are effective at the time they are accepted by a Fund, and are subject to all of the conditions and procedures described in this Prospectus.

 

You may not change your address of record, registration or wiring instructions through the Web Site. The Web Site privilege may be modified at any time, but you will be notified in writing of any termination of the privilege.

 

Online Risks. If you utilize the Web Site for account histories or transactions, you should be aware that the Internet is an unsecured, unregulated and unpredictable environment. Your ability to use the Web Site for transactions is dependent upon the Internet and equipment, software, systems, data and services provided by various vendors and third parties (including telecommunications carriers, equipment manufacturers, firewall providers and encryption system providers). While the Funds and their service providers have established certain security procedures, the Funds and their transfer agent cannot assure you that inquiries or trading activity will be completely secure. There may also be delays, malfunctions or other inconveniences generally associated with this medium. There may be times when the Web Site is unavailable for Fund transactions, which may be due to the Internet or the actions or omissions of a third party—should this happen, you should consider purchasing, redeeming or exchanging shares by another method. The Marshall Funds, its transfer agent and MIS are not responsible for any such delays or malfunctions, and are not responsible for wrongful acts by third parties, as long as reasonable security procedures are followed.

 

Confirmations and Account Statements. You will receive confirmation of purchases, redemptions and exchanges (except for systematic program transactions). In addition, you will receive periodic statements reporting all account activity, including systematic program transactions, dividends and capital gains paid. You may request photocopies of historical confirmations from prior years. The Funds may charge a fee for this service.

 

Dividends and Capital Gains. Dividends, if any, of the MONEY MARKET FUNDS and the INCOME FUNDS are declared daily and paid monthly. Provided that your order is received in proper form, payment in “good funds” is received and your order is accepted by the time a Fund’s NAV is calculated, you will receive dividends declared that day. You will continue to receive dividends declared through, and including, the day you redeem your shares.

 

Dividends, if any, of the EQUITY FUNDS are declared and paid quarterly, except for the INTERNATIONAL STOCK FUND and EMERGING MARKETS EQUITY FUND, which declare and pay dividends annually. Dividends are paid to all shareholders invested in the EQUITY FUNDS on the record date, which is the date on which a shareholder must officially own shares in order to earn a dividend.

 

38    ACCOUNT AND SHARE INFORMATION


Table of Contents

LOGO

 

 

Account and Share Information (cont.)

 

What are Dividends and Capital Gains?

A dividend is the money paid to shareholders that a mutual fund has earned

from the income on its investments after paying any Fund expenses. A capital gain distribution is the money paid to

shareholders from a mutual fund’s net profit realized from the sales of portfolio securities.

LOGO

 

In addition, the Funds distribute net capital gains, if any, at least annually. None of the MONEY MARKET FUNDS expects to realize any capital gains or losses. If capital gains or losses were realized by a Fund, they could result in an increase or decrease in such Fund’s distributions. Your dividends and capital gain distributions will be automatically reinvested in additional shares of the same Fund unless you elect cash payments. If you elect cash payments and the payment is returned as undeliverable, your cash payment will be reinvested in Fund shares and your distribution option will convert to automatic reinvestment. If any distribution check remains uncashed for six months, the check amount will be reinvested in shares and you will not accrue any interest or dividends on this amount prior to the reinvestment.

 

If you purchase shares just before a Fund (other than a MONEY MARKET FUND) declares a dividend or capital gain distribution, you will pay the full price for the shares and then receive a portion

of the price back in the form of the distribution. The distribution will generally be taxable to you for federal income tax purposes.

 

Shares may be redeemed or exchanged based on either a dollar amount or number of shares. If you are redeeming or exchanging based upon a number of Fund shares, you must redeem or exchange enough shares to meet the minimum dollar amounts described above, but not so much as to exceed the maximum dollar amounts.

 

Accounts with Low Balances. Due to the high cost of maintaining accounts with low balances, a Fund may redeem shares in your account (other than accounts established through the Systematic Investment Program) and pay you the proceeds if your account balance falls below the required minimum value of $1,000. Before shares are redeemed to close an account, you will be notified in writing and allowed 30 days to purchase additional shares to meet the minimum account balance requirement.

 

Multiple Classes. The Marshall Funds have adopted a plan that permits each Fund to offer more than one class of shares. Currently, most of the Funds offer three classes of shares (the GOVERNMENT MONEY MARKET FUND, the TAX-FREE MONEY MARKET FUND and the CORE PLUS BOND FUND offer two classes of shares, while the INTERMEDIATE TAX-FREE FUND offers one class of shares). All shares of each Fund or class have equal voting rights and will generally be entitled to vote in the aggregate and not by Fund or class. There may be circumstances, however, when only shareholders of a particular Fund or class are entitled to vote on matters affecting that Fund or class. Share classes may have different sales charges and other expenses, which may affect their performance.

 

Tax Information

 

Federal Income Tax. The Funds send you an annual statement of your account activity to assist you in completing your federal, state and local tax returns. With respect to taxable investors, Fund distributions of net income and net capital gains are taxable whether paid in cash or reinvested in the Fund. Distributions from the Funds’ investment company taxable income (which includes dividends, interest, net short-term capital gains and net gains from foreign currency transactions, determined without regard to the deduction for dividends paid by the Fund), if any, generally are taxable to you as ordinary income whether reinvested or received in cash, unless such distributions are attributable to “qualified dividend income” eligible for the reduced federal income tax rate applicable to long-term capital gains. Distributions of the Funds’ net long-term capital gains are generally taxable at long-term capital gain rates. Currently, the maximum federal income tax rate on ordinary income is 35%, while the maximum federal income tax rate on long-term capital gains is 15%. Fund distributions from the LARGE-CAP VALUE FUND, LARGE-CAP GROWTH FUND and MID-CAP VALUE FUND are expected to consist of both investment company taxable income and net long-term capital gains. Fund distributions from the other EQUITY FUNDS are expected to primarily

 

ACCOUNT AND SHARE INFORMATION    39


Table of Contents

LOGO

 

 

Account and Share Information (cont.)

 

 

consist of net capital gains, and fund distributions of the MONEY MARKET FUNDS and the INCOME FUNDS are expected to primarily consist of investment company taxable income.

 

It is anticipated that the distributions from the TAX-FREE MONEY MARKET FUND and INTERMEDIATE TAX-FREE FUND will primarily consist of interest income that is generally exempt from regular federal income tax, although a portion of a Fund’s distributions may not be exempt. Even if distributions are exempt from federal income tax, they may be subject to state and local taxes. You may owe tax on certain distributions, which might otherwise be tax-exempt, if the federal AMT applies to you. You may be subject to tax on any net capital gain realized by these Funds.

 

Your redemption of Fund shares may result in a taxable gain or loss to you for federal income tax purposes, depending on whether the redemption proceeds are more or less than your basis in the redeemed shares. An exchange of Fund shares for shares in any other Marshall Fund generally will be treated for federal tax purposes as a redemption followed by the purchase of shares of the other Fund, and thus will generally result in the same tax treatment as a redemption of Fund shares.

 

If you do not furnish a Fund with your correct social security number or taxpayer identification number and/or the Fund receives notification from the Internal Revenue Service requiring back-up withholding, the Fund is required by federal law to withhold federal income tax from your distributions and redemption proceeds, currently at a rate of 28% for U.S. citizens and residents.

 

This section is not intended to be a full discussion of the federal income tax laws and the effect of such laws on you. There may be other federal, state, foreign or local tax considerations applicable to a particular investor. Please consult your own tax advisor regarding federal, state, foreign and local tax considerations.

 

Portfolio Holdings

 

A description of the Funds’ policies and procedures with respect to the disclosure of the Funds’ portfolio securities is available in the Funds’ Statement of Additional Information (SAI).

 

40    ACCOUNT AND SHARE INFORMATION


Table of Contents

 

 

Marshall Funds, Inc. Information

 

 

Management of the Marshall Funds. The Board governs the Funds. The Board selects and oversees the Adviser, M&I Investment Management Corp. The Adviser manages each Fund’s assets, including buying and selling portfolio securities for the Funds (except the CORPORATE INCOME FUND, CORE PLUS BOND FUND, INTERNATIONAL STOCK FUND and EMERGING MARKETS EQUITY FUND). The Adviser’s address is 111 East Kilbourn Avenue, Suite 200, Milwaukee, Wisconsin 53202.

 

The Adviser has entered into a subadvisory contract with an affiliate, Taplin, Canida & Habacht, LLC, pursuant to which TCH manages the CORPORATE INCOME FUND and CORE PLUS BOND FUND, subject to oversight by the Adviser.

 

The Adviser has entered into a subadvisory contract with Acadian Asset Management, LLC, pursuant to which Acadian manages a portion of the INTERNATIONAL STOCK FUND’s portfolio, subject to oversight by the Adviser. The Adviser has entered into a subadvisory contract with Trilogy Global Advisors, LLC, pursuant to which Trilogy manages a portion of the INTERNATIONAL STOCK FUND’s portfolio, subject to oversight by the Adviser.

 

The Adviser has entered into a subadvisory contract with Trilogy Global Advisors, LLC, pursuant to which Trilogy manages the EMERGING MARKETS EQUITY FUND, subject to oversight by the Adviser.

 

Adviser’s Background. The Adviser is a registered investment adviser and a wholly-owned subsidiary of Marshall & Ilsley Corporation, a registered bank holding company headquartered in Milwaukee, Wisconsin. As of August 31, 2008, the Adviser had approximately $20.4 billion in assets under management, of which approximately $10.3 billion was in the Marshall Funds’ assets, and has managed investments for individuals and institutions since 1973. The Adviser has managed the Marshall Funds since 1992 and managed the Newton Funds (predecessors to some of the Marshall Funds) since 1985.

 

Sub-Advisers’ Background. TCH, an affiliate of the Adviser, is a registered investment adviser that provides investment management services to investment companies, pension and profit sharing plans, state or municipal government entities, corporations, charitable organizations and individuals. As of August 31, 2008, TCH had approximately $8.6 billion in assets under management. TCH’s address is 1001 Brickell Bay Drive, Suite 2100, Miami, Florida 33131. Marshall & Ilsley Corporation, the ultimate parent company of the Adviser, acquired a majority interest in TCH on December 3, 2008. As a result of the acquisition, TCH became an indirect subsidiary of the Adviser. Accordingly, TCH and the Adviser are affiliates.

 

Acadian is a registered investment adviser that has provided investment management services to corporations, pension and profit sharing plans, 401(k) and thrift plans, other institutions and individuals since 1986. As of August 31, 2008, Acadian had approximately $70.8 billion in assets under management. Acadian’s address is One Post Office Square, Boston, Massachusetts 02109.

 

Trilogy is a registered investment adviser that provides investment management services to investment companies, corporations, trusts, estates, pension and profit sharing plans, individuals and other institutions located principally in Canada and the United States. As of August 31, 2008, Trilogy had approximately $13.8 billion in assets under management. Trilogy’s address is 1114 Avenue of the Americas, 28th Floor, New York, New York 10036.

 

All fees of the sub advisers are paid by the Adviser.

 

Manager of Managers Structure. The Funds and the Adviser have received an exemptive order from the SEC granting exemptions from certain provisions of the 1940 Act, pursuant to which the Adviser will be permitted to enter into and materially amend subadvisory agreements with sub-advisers who are not affiliated with the Funds or the Adviser without shareholder approval of the applicable Fund, subject to the supervision and approval of the Board and certain other conditions specified in the order. Consequently, the Adviser will have the right to hire, terminate or replace sub-advisers without shareholder approval when the Board and the Adviser feel that a change would benefit a Fund. Within 90 days after the hiring of a new sub-adviser, affected shareholders will receive information about the new subadvisory relationship. The Adviser will continue to have the ultimate responsibility (subject to the oversight of the Board)

 

MARSHALL FUNDS, INC. INFORMATION    41


Table of Contents

 

 

Marshall Funds, Inc. Information (cont.)

 

 

to oversee the sub-advisers and recommend their hiring, termination and replacement. The manager of managers structure enables the Funds to operate with greater efficiency and without incurring the expense and delays associated with obtaining shareholder approval of subadvisory agreements. The structure does not permit investment management fees paid by the Funds to be increased or change the Adviser’s obligations under the investment advisory agreement with the Funds, including the Adviser’s responsibility to monitor and oversee subadvisory services furnished to the Funds, without shareholder approval. Furthermore, any subadvisory agreements with affiliates of the Funds or the Adviser will require shareholder approval. Currently, only the INTERNATIONAL STOCK FUND, CORPORATE INCOME FUND, CORE PLUS BONUS FUND and EMERGING MARKETS EQUITY FUND employ the manager of managers structure.

 

Portfolio Managers. The GOVERNMENT MONEY MARKET FUND, the PRIME MONEY MARKET FUND and the SHORT-TERM INCOME FUND are managed by Richard M. Rokus, a Vice President and a Portfolio Manager of the Adviser. Mr. Rokus has managed the GOVERNMENT MONEY MARKET FUND since May 2004, the PRIME MONEY MARKET FUND since January 1, 1994 and the SHORT-TERM INCOME FUND since November 2001, and has been employed by the Adviser since January 1993. Mr. Rokus is a Chartered Financial Analyst and holds a B.B.A. degree in Finance from the University of Wisconsin-Whitewater.

 

The TAX-FREE MONEY MARKET FUND has been managed by Craig J. Mauermann since its inception in 2004. Mr. Mauermann has been a Vice President and a Portfolio Manager of the Adviser since 2004. Prior to joining the Adviser, he was a municipal bond analyst and trader for three municipal money market funds at Strong Capital Management, Inc. Mr. Mauermann holds an M.B.A. degree and a B.A. degree from Marquette University.

 

The SHORT-INTERMEDIATE BOND FUND, the GOVERNMENT INCOME FUND and the AGGREGATE BOND FUND have been managed by Jason D. Weiner since 2001, 2001 and 2007, respectively. Mr. Weiner, a Vice President and a Portfolio Manager of the Adviser, joined the Adviser in 1993. Since 1998, he also has been managing short-term and intermediate advisory portfolios for institutional clients. Mr. Weiner, who is a Chartered Financial Analyst, received his B.S. degree in Finance and International Business from Marquette University.

 

The INTERMEDIATE TAX-FREE FUND is co-managed by John D. Boritzke and Duane A. McAllister, who have equal investment decision-making responsibilities with respect to the Fund. Mr. Boritzke is a Senior Vice President and a Portfolio Manager of the Adviser responsible for tax-exempt fixed income portfolio management. He joined the Adviser in November 1983 and has managed the Fund since 1994. Since 1985, he has been managing tax-exempt fixed income portfolios and common trust funds of M&I Trust. Mr. Boritzke has been a member of the Adviser’s Fixed Income Policy Group since 1985 and has been the Director of the Group since 1998. He is a Chartered Financial Analyst and holds an M.B.A. degree and a B.S. degree from Marquette University. Mr. McAllister is a Vice President and a Portfolio Manager of the Adviser and has co-managed the Fund since 2007. Prior to joining the Adviser in 2007, Mr. McAllister served in investment management positions with Belle Haven Investments, LP, Wells Fargo Funds Management, LLC, Strong Capital Management, Inc., AAL Capital Management Co., and The Northern Trust Co. He holds a B.S. degree from Northern Illinois University, and is a member of the CFA Institute and the CFA Society of Milwaukee, Inc.

 

The CORPORATE INCOME FUND and the CORE PLUS BOND FUND have been managed by TCH since each Fund’s inception in 2008. Tere Alvarez Canida, Alan M. Habacht and William J. Canida co-manage the CORPORATE INCOME FUND and CORE PLUS BOND FUND on a team basis. All members of the team share investment decision making responsibilities with respect to the Funds. Ms. Canida is President and Managing Principal of TCH. Prior to joining TCH in 1985, she served as vice president and senior investment officer of Southeast Bank. Ms. Canida, who is a Chartered Financial Analyst, received her B.S. degree in international economics from Georgetown University and her M.B.A. degree from The George Washington University. Mr. Habacht is Vice President and Principal of TCH. Prior to joining TCH in 1987, he served as senior vice president and portfolio manager for INVESCO Capital Management. He also served as a security analyst for Weiss, Peck & Greer, Alliance

 

42    MARSHALL FUNDS, INC. INFORMATION


Table of Contents

 

 

Marshall Funds, Inc. Information (cont.)

 

 

Capital Management and Bache & Company. He received his B.A. degree in finance from Boston University. Mr. Canida is Vice President and Principal of TCH. Prior to joining TCH in 1985, he served as vice president and senior investment officer for Harris Trust Company of Florida. He also was vice president and treasurer of AmeriFirst Florida Trust Company and Southeast Banks Trust Company, N.A. Mr. Canida, who is a Chartered Financial Analyst, received his B.A. degree in finance and his M.B.A. degree from Indiana University.

 

The LARGE-CAP VALUE FUND is managed by Daniel P. Brown. Mr. Brown, a Vice President and a Portfolio Manager of the Adviser, joined the Adviser in 1997 and has managed the Fund since 2004. Prior to joining the Adviser, he held positions with Kemper Securities Group and Mutual Savings Bank. Mr. Brown is a Chartered Financial Analyst and a member of the CFA Institute, the Milwaukee Investment Analysts Society and the Chicago Quantitative Alliance. He holds a B.B.A. degree in Finance from the University of Wisconsin-Milwaukee.

 

The LARGE-CAP GROWTH FUND is co-managed by Alan K. Creech and Robert G. Cummisford, who have had equal investment decision-making responsibilities with respect to the Fund since 2007. Mr. Creech is a Portfolio Manager and a Vice President of the Adviser. He has served as the Senior Analyst on the Fund since 2004 and previously served as an analyst at Banc One Investment Advisors, supporting several growth funds. He holds a B.S. degree in Economics from the University of Tennessee and an M.B.A. from Wayne State University. Mr. Cummisford is a Vice President of the Adviser and Co-Manager of the M&I Custom Quantitative Solutions Group, an investment committee of the Adviser. He has provided analytical support to the Fund since 2004. Prior to joining the Adviser in 2004, he held positions with Old Kent/Fifth Third, Ibbotson Associates and First Chicago. He is a Chartered Financial Analyst and a member of the CFA Institute and the CFA Society of Milwaukee, Inc. He holds B.A. degrees in Economics and Behavioral Sciences from Lake Forest College.

 

The MID-CAP VALUE FUND has been managed by Matthew B. Fahey since 1997. Mr. Fahey, a Senior Vice President and a Portfolio Manager of the Adviser since 1988, joined the Adviser in October 1984. He earned a B.A. degree in Business Administration from the University of Wisconsin-Milwaukee and holds an M.B.A. degree from Marquette University.

 

The MID-CAP GROWTH FUND and the SMALL-CAP GROWTH FUND are co-managed by Kenneth S. Salmon and Patrick M. Gundlach, who have equal investment decision-making responsibilities with respect to the Funds. Mr. Salmon is a Vice President and a Portfolio Manager of the Adviser and has co-managed the Funds since 2004. Prior to joining the Adviser in 2000, Mr. Salmon was a senior analyst focused on growth companies at Tucker Anthony Sutro and C.L. King & Associates. Mr. Salmon graduated cum laude with a B.A. in Economics from State University of New York in Potsdam, New York. Mr. Gundlach is a Portfolio Manager and a Vice President of the Adviser. He has been a Senior Analyst for both strategies since 2004 and has co-managed the Funds since 2007. Previously, he was a research analyst for the Nicholas Company, where he focused on small and mid-cap equities. He holds a BBA degree and MS degree in Finance from the University of Wisconsin-Madison, where, as a student in the University of Wisconsin’s Applied Securities Analysis Program, he served as portfolio manager, equity analyst and accountant for the Badgerfund, a small-cap domestic equity fund. He is a member of the CFA Institute and the CFA Society of Milwaukee, Inc.

 

The INTERNATIONAL STOCK FUND is managed by two sub-advisers, Trilogy and Acadian.

 

William Sterling, Robert Beckwitt and Gregory J. Gigliotti co-manage the portion of the INTERNATIONAL STOCK FUND’s assets managed by Trilogy. Mr. Sterling is the lead member but all members of the team share investment decision making responsibilities with respect to the Fund. Mr. Sterling is Chief Investment Officer and Senior Portfolio Manager at Trilogy. He was a founding partner, Chairman and Chief Investment Officer of Trilogy Advisors LLC since 1999, prior to the merger of Trilogy Advisors and BPI Global Asset Management LLC in 2005. Previously, Mr. Sterling was an Executive Director and Global Head of Equities at Credit Suisse Asset Management, Managing Director of International Equities at BEA Associates, and First Vice President at Merrill Lynch, first as Head of Economic Research in Tokyo and later as Head of International

 

MARSHALL FUNDS, INC. INFORMATION    43


Table of Contents

 

 

Marshall Funds, Inc. Information (cont.)

 

 

Economic Research in New York. Mr. Sterling received a B.A. degree in Economics from Carleton College and M.A. and Ph.D. degrees in Economics from Harvard University. Mr. Beckwitt is Managing Director and Senior Portfolio Manager at Trilogy. Prior to joining Trilogy in 2001, Mr. Beckwitt was with Goldman Sachs Asset Management, where he was a Managing Director and served as a Portfolio Manager and Co-Head of International Equities and Emerging Markets. Previously, Mr. Beckwitt was a Portfolio Manager at Fidelity Investments. He has a B.A. in Economics from Princeton and a M.S. in Finance from Sloan School at Massachusetts Institute of Technology. Mr. Gigliotti is Managing Director and Senior Portfolio Manager at Trilogy. Prior to joining Trilogy in 2002, Mr. Gigliotti was a Managing Director of Iridian Asset Management. Previously, Mr. Gigliotti was a Vice President and Senior Portfolio Manager at Goldman Sachs Asset Management and was a Vice President and Senior Analyst at Franklin Mutual Advisors (formerly the Mutual Series Funds). He has a B.A. in Economics and International Relations from Connecticut College.

 

Brian K. Wolahan and Charles H. Wang serve as co-portfolio managers for the portion of the INTERNATIONAL STOCK FUND’s assets managed by Acadian. Mr. Wolahan and Mr. Wang have equal investment decision-making responsibilities with respect to the Fund and are supported by a team of investment professionals. Mr. Wolahan is Co-Director of Research and a Senior Portfolio Manager at Acadian. He received his undergraduate degree from Lehigh University and an M.S. degree in Management from MIT. Before joining Acadian in 1990, he worked in the Systems Planning Group at Bank of New England and as a Senior Systems Analyst at Mars Incorporated. He is a Chartered Financial Analyst. Mr. Wang is a Senior Portfolio Manager and Co-Director of Research at Acadian. Prior to joining Acadian in 2000, he worked as a senior quantitative equity analyst for a number of investment firms, including Putnam Investments. Mr. Wang has a Ph.D. from Yale’s School of Management, a B.S. in mathematics from Beijing University and an M.S. from the University of Massachusetts.

 

The EMERGING MARKETS EQUITY FUND has been managed by Trilogy since its inception in 2008. Pablo Salas, William Sterling and Robert Beckwitt co-manage the EMERGING MARKETS EQUITY FUND. Mr. Salas is the lead member but all members of the team share investment decision-making responsibilities with respect to the Fund. Mr. Salas is a Managing Director and Senior Portfolio Manager at Trilogy. Prior to joining Trilogy in 2005 through the merger of Trilogy Advisors LLC and BPI Global Asset Management LLC, he had been Portfolio Manager of the BPI Emerging Markets Portfolio since April 1997. Previously, he was a Director and Senior Portfolio Manager in the International Portfolio Management and Research area of STI Capital Management/Sun Trust, Inc. where he launched the Emerging Markets Portfolio; was a Portfolio Manager in the International Equities area at Lazard Freres Asset Management where he launched an Emerging Markets Portfolio; and held prior positions at the Principal Financial Group/Invista Capital Management and NationsBank. He earned a B.S. in Business Administration from Indiana University and earned a M.B.A. from the University of Wisconsin. Mr. Sterling is Chief Investment Officer and Senior Portfolio Manager at Trilogy. He was a founding partner, Chairman and Chief Investment Officer of Trilogy Advisors LLC since 1999, prior to the merger of Trilogy Advisors and BPI Global Asset Management LLC in 2005. Previously, Mr. Sterling was an Executive Director and Global Head of Equities at Credit Suisse Asset Management, Managing Director of International Equities at BEA Associates, and First Vice President at Merrill Lynch, first as Head of Economic Research in Tokyo and later as Head of International Economic Research in New York. Mr. Sterling received a B.A. degree in Economics from Carleton College and M.A. and Ph.D. degrees in Economics from Harvard University. Mr. Beckwitt is Managing Director and Senior Portfolio Manager at Trilogy. Prior to joining Trilogy in 2001, Mr. Beckwitt was with Goldman Sachs Asset Management where he was a Managing Director and served as a Portfolio Manager and Co-Head of International Equities and Emerging Markets. Previously, Mr. Beckwitt was a Portfolio Manager at Fidelity Investments. He has a B.A. in Economics from Princeton and a M.S. in Finance from Sloan School at Massachusetts Institute of Technology.

 

The Funds’ SAI provides additional information about certain portfolio managers, including other accounts they manage, their ownership of Fund shares, and their compensation.

 

 

44    MARSHALL FUNDS, INC. INFORMATION


Table of Contents

 

 

Marshall Funds, Inc. Information (cont.)

 

 

Advisory Fees. The Adviser is entitled to receive from each Fund an investment advisory fee equal to a percentage of each Fund’s average daily net assets (ADNA) at the annual rates listed in the table under “Fees and Expenses of the Funds,” subject to reduction at breakpoints for certain Funds described below. For fiscal year 2008, the Adviser received from each Fund (except for the CORPORATE INCOME FUND, CORE PLUS BOND FUND and EMERGING MARKETS EQUITY FUND) an investment advisory fee equal to each Fund’s ADNA at the annual rates listed under “Advisory Fee Received in Fiscal 2008,” which include reductions at breakpoints in effect during fiscal year 2008 and/or voluntary waivers by the Adviser. The Adviser may terminate voluntary waivers at any time.

 

   
Fund   Advisory Fee
Received in
Fiscal 2008
(1)
 
Government Money Market Fund   0.10 %
Tax-Free Money Market Fund   0.11  
Prime Money Market Fund   0.14  
Short-Term Income Fund   0.00  
Short-Intermediate Bond Fund   0.34  
Intermediate Tax-Free Fund   0.25  
Government Income Fund   0.34  
Aggregate Bond Fund   0.32  
Large-Cap Value Fund   0.75  
Large-Cap Growth Fund   0.75  
Mid-Cap Value Fund   0.75  
Mid-Cap Growth Fund   0.75  
Small-Cap Growth Fund   0.75  
International Stock Fund   1.00  

 

(1) From September 1, 2007 to October 31, 2007, the following advisory fee reduction schedule for the Funds (except for the SMALL-CAP GROWTH FUND and MONEY MARKET FUNDS) was in effect: -0.01% on net assets in excess of $500 million and up to and including $750 million, -0.05% on net assets in excess of $750 million and up to and including $1 billion and -0.10% on net assets in excess of $1 billion. The new advisory fee reduction schedules set forth below became effective for certain of the INCOME and EQUITY FUNDS on November 1, 2007 and for the MONEY MARKET FUNDS on July 1, 2008.

 

The Funds and the Adviser implemented a fee reduction schedule for the investment advisory fees charged to the Funds (excluding the SMALL-CAP GROWTH FUND). The advisory fees for the INCOME FUNDS and EQUITY FUNDS (except the SMALL-CAP GROWTH FUND) are subject to the breakpoints listed in the following table:

 

   
    Advisory Fee (as % of each Fund’s ADNA)  
Fund   on the
first $500
million
    on the
next $200
million
    on the
next $100
million
    in excess
of $800
million
 
Short-Term Income Fund   0.20 %   0.19 %   0.10 %   0.10 %
Short-Intermediate Bond Fund   0.40     0.39     0.30     0.25  
Intermediate Tax-Free Fund   0.60     0.59     0.50     0.45  
Government Income Fund   0.40     0.39     0.30     0.25  
Corporate Income Fund   0.25     0.24     0.15     0.10  
Aggregate Bond Fund   0.40     0.39     0.30     0.25  
Core Plus Bond
Fund
  0.25     0.24     0.15     0.10  
Large-Cap Value Fund   0.75     0.74     0.70     0.65  
Large-Cap Growth Fund   0.75     0.74     0.70     0.65  
Mid-Cap Value
Fund
  0.75     0.74     0.70     0.65  
Mid-Cap Growth Fund   0.75     0.74     0.70     0.65  
International Stock Fund   1.00     0.99     0.95     0.90  
Emerging Markets Equity Fund   1.00     0.99     0.95     0.90  

 

The advisory fees for the MONEY MARKET FUNDS are subject to the breakpoints listed in the following table:

 

   
    Advisory Fee (as % of each Fund’s ADNA)  
Fund   on the
first $2
billion
    on the
next $2
billion
    on the
next $2
billion
    on the
next $2
billion
    in excess
of $8
billion
 
Government Money Market Fund   0.200 %   0.185 %   0.170 %   0.155 %   0.140 %
Tax-Free Money Market Fund   0.200     0.185     0.170     0.155     0.140  
Prime Money Market Fund   0.150     0.135     0.120     0.105     0.090  

 

MARSHALL FUNDS, INC. INFORMATION    45


Table of Contents

 

 

Marshall Funds, Inc. Information (cont.)

 

 

The Adviser has the discretion to voluntarily waive a portion of its fee. However, any waivers by the Adviser are voluntary and may be terminated at any time in the Adviser’s sole discretion.

 

The Funds’ August 31, 2008 Annual Report contains a discussion regarding the Board’s basis for approving the investment advisory contract and subadvisory contracts on behalf of the Funds, except for the CORPORATE INCOME FUND, CORE PLUS BOND FUND and EMERGING MARKETS EQUITY FUND, which had not commenced operations as of the end of the most recent fiscal year. The Board’s basis for approving the investment advisory and subadvisory contracts on behalf of these Funds will be included in the next financial report filed after these Funds commence operations.

 

Affiliate Services and Fees. M&I Trust, an affiliate of the Adviser, provides services to the Funds as custodian of the assets (except for the INTERNATIONAL STOCK FUND and EMERGING MARKETS EQUITY FUND), shareholder services agent, securities lending agent, sub-transfer agent and administrator directly and through its division, MIS. For each domestic Fund, the custody fees are calculated at the annual rate of 0.02% on the first $250 million of ADNA plus 0.01% of assets exceeding $250 million. M&I Trust is entitled to receive shareholder services fees from each Fund at the annual rate of 0.25% of the Fund’s ADNA. M&I Trust has the discretion to waive a portion of its fees. However, any fee waivers are voluntary and may be terminated at any time in its sole discretion. As compensation for its services as securities lending agent, M&I Trust receives a portion of each Fund’s revenues from securities lending activities.

 

M&I Trust is the administrator of the Funds and UMB Fund Services, Inc. (UMB) is the sub-administrator.

 

M&I Trust, as administrator, is entitled to receive fees from each of the INCOME FUNDS and the EQUITY FUNDS at the following annual rates as a percentage of the Fund’s ADNA:

 

   
Fee   Fund’s ADNA
0.0925%   on the first $250 million
0.0850%   on the next $250 million
0.0800%   on the next $200 million
0.0400%   on the next $100 million
0.0200%   on the next $200 million
0.0100%   on ADNA in excess of $1.0 billion

 

M&I Trust, as administrator, is entitled to receive fees from the MONEY MARKET FUNDS at the following annual rates based on the aggregate ADNA of the MONEY MARKET FUNDS combined:

 

   
Fee   Combined ADNA
0.040%   on the first $2 billion
0.030%   on the next $2 billion
0.025%   on the next $2 billion
0.020%   on the next $2 billion
0.010%   on ADNA in excess of $8 billion

 

All fees of the sub-administrator are paid by M&I Trust.

 

M&I Trust receives from each Fund an annual per-account fee, which differs among the Funds, for sub-transfer agency services to trust and institutional accounts maintained on its trust accounting system.

 

Payments to Financial Intermediaries. From time to time, the Adviser, M&I Trust, M&I Financial Advisors, the distributor or their affiliates may enter into arrangements with brokers or other financial intermediaries pursuant to which such parties agree to perform record-keeping, administrative or other services on behalf of their clients who are Fund shareholders. Pursuant to these arrangements, the Adviser, M&I Trust, M&I Financial Advisors, the distributor or their affiliates may make payments to brokers or other financial intermediaries from their own resources (including shareholder services fees paid by the Funds to M&I Trust) for services provided to clients who hold Fund shares. In addition, the Adviser or an affiliate may make payments to a financial intermediary, based on the value of Fund shares held through the intermediary, to compensate it for introducing new shareholders to the Funds and for other distribution and marketing services. The receipt of (or prospect of receiving) such compensation may provide the intermediary and its salespersons with an incentive to favor sales of Fund shares, or certain classes of those shares, over other investment alternatives. You may wish to consider whether such arrangements exist when evaluating recommendations from an intermediary.

 

Distributor. M&I Distributors, LLC (MID), a registered broker-dealer and member of the Financial Industry Regulatory Authority, Inc., acts as principal distributor of the Funds’ shares. All fees of the distributor are paid by M&I Trust. MID is an affiliate of the Adviser and M&I Trust.

 

46    MARSHALL FUNDS, INC. INFORMATION


Table of Contents

 

Historical Performance of TCH for Similar Accounts: TCH Corporate Fixed Income Composite

 

 

The following table shows the historical composite performance data for all of TCH’s advisory accounts that have investment objectives, policies, strategies and risks substantially similar to those of the CORPORATE INCOME FUND, known as the TCH Corporate Fixed Income Composite.

 

The TCH Corporate Fixed Income Composite is not subject to the same types of expenses as the CORPORATE INCOME FUND and its member accounts may be subject to different diversification requirements, specific tax restrictions and investment limitations imposed by the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, foreign tax laws and/or the 1940 Act than those imposed on the CORPORATE INCOME FUND. The data is provided to illustrate the past performance of TCH in managing a substantially similar portfolio as measured against a specific benchmark and does not represent the performance of the CORPORATE INCOME FUND. This performance data should not be considered an indication of the future performance of the CORPORATE INCOME FUND or TCH.

 

TCH has prepared and presented all returns included herein in compliance with the Global Investment Performance Standards (GIPS ® ).

 

Monthly returns are linked geometrically to arrive at the annual total return.

 

The TCH Corporate Fixed Income Composite returns reflect the deduction of all costs and expenses and include the reinvestment of all income. The performance was calculated using actual investment management fees incurred by each account in the composite. The GIPS ® standards for calculation of total return differ from the standards required by the SEC for calculation of average annual total return.

 

The TCH Corporate Fixed Income Composite expenses are lower than the expenses of Investor Class shares of the CORPORATE INCOME FUND. Accordingly, if the Fund’s Investor Class shares’ expenses had been deducted from the TCH Corporate Fixed Income Composite’s returns, the returns would have been lower than those shown.

 

     
Periods Ended
9/30/08
  TCH Corporate
Fixed Income
Composite Total
Return
    Lehman
Credit
Index
(1)
 
1 Year   (11.77) %   (4.79) %
5 Years   0.71 %   1.94 %
10 Years   4.24 %   4.50 %
Since Inception (2)   6.31 %   6.41 %

 

(1) The Lehman Credit Index represents securities that are SEC-registered, taxable and U.S. dollar denominated. The index covers U.S. corporate and specified foreign debentures and secured notes that meet the specified maturity, liquidity and quality requirements.

 

(2) The TCH Corporate Fixed Income Composite commenced operations on September 30, 1991.

 

HISTORICAL PERFORMANCE OF TCH FOR SIMILAR ACCOUNTS    47


Table of Contents

 

Historical Performance of TCH for Similar Accounts: TCH Core Plus Aggregate Composite

 

 

The following table shows the historical composite performance data for all of TCH’s advisory accounts that have investment objectives, policies, strategies and risks substantially similar to those of the CORE PLUS BOND FUND, known as the TCH Core Plus Aggregate Composite.

 

The TCH Core Plus Aggregate Composite is not subject to the same types of expenses as the CORE PLUS BOND FUND and its member accounts may be subject to different diversification requirements, specific tax restrictions and investment limitations imposed by the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, foreign tax laws and/or the 1940 Act than those imposed on the CORE PLUS BOND FUND. The data is provided to illustrate the past performance of TCH in managing a substantially similar portfolio as measured against a specific benchmark and does not represent the performance of the CORE PLUS BOND FUND. This performance data should not be considered an indication of the future performance of the CORE PLUS BOND FUND or TCH.

 

TCH has prepared and presented all returns included herein in compliance with the Global Investment Performance Standards (GIPS ® ).

 

Monthly returns are linked geometrically to arrive at the annual total return.

 

The TCH Core Plus Aggregate Composite returns reflect the deduction of all costs and expenses and include the reinvestment of all income. The performance was calculated using actual investment management fees incurred by each account in the composite. The GIPS ® standards for calculation of total return differ from the standards required by the SEC for calculation of average annual total return.

 

The TCH Core Plus Aggregate Composite expenses are lower than the expenses of Investor Class shares of the CORE PLUS BOND FUND. Accordingly, if the Fund’s Investor Class shares’ expenses had been deducted from the Composite’s returns, the returns would have been lower than those shown.

 

     
Periods Ended
9/30/08
  Core Plus
Aggregate
Composite
Total Return
    Lehman
Aggregate
Bond
Index
(1)
 
1 Year   (3.88) %   3.65 %
5 Years   2.59 %   3.78 %
10 Years   4.69 %   5.20 %
Since Inception (2)   5.04 %   5.95 %

 

(1) The Lehman Aggregate Bond Index represents securities that are SEC-registered, taxable and U.S. dollar denominated. The index covers the U.S. investment grade fixed rate bond market, with index components for government and corporate securities, mortgage pass-through securities and asset-backed securities.

 

(2) The Core Plus Composite commenced operations on December 31, 1997.

 

48    HISTORICAL PERFORMANCE OF TCH FOR SIMILAR ACCOUNTS


Table of Contents

 

Historical Performance of Trilogy for Similar Accounts: Emerging Markets Composite

 

 

The following table shows the historical composite performance data for all of Trilogy’s advisory accounts that have investment objectives, policies, strategies and risks substantially similar to those of the EMERGING MARKETS EQUITY FUND, known as the Trilogy Emerging Markets Composite (the Emerging Markets Composite).

 

The Emerging Markets Composite is not subject to the same types of expenses as the EMERGING MARKETS EQUITY FUND and its member accounts may be subject to different diversification requirements, specific tax restrictions and investment limitations imposed by the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, foreign tax laws and/or the 1940 Act than those imposed on the EMERGING MARKETS EQUITY FUND. The data is provided to illustrate the past performance of Trilogy in managing a substantially similar portfolio as measured against a specific benchmark and does not represent the performance of the EMERGING MARKETS EQUITY FUND. This performance data should not be considered an indication of the future performance of the EMERGING MARKETS EQUITY FUND or Trilogy.

 

Trilogy has prepared and presented all returns included herein in compliance with the Global Investment Performance Standards (GIPS ® ).

 

Monthly returns are linked geometrically to arrive at the annual total return.

 

The Emerging Markets Composite returns reflect the deduction of all costs and expenses and include the reinvestment of all income. The performance was calculated using the standard management fee as described in Part II of Trilogy’s Form ADV (100 BP). Both the Emerging Markets Composite and the Emerging Markets Index total returns reflect deduction of estimated foreign withholding taxes on dividends, interest, and capital gains. The GIPS ® standards for calculation of total return differ from the standards required by the SEC for calculation of average annual total return.

 

The Emerging Markets Composite expenses are lower than the expenses of Investor Class shares of the EMERGING MARKETS EQUITY FUND. Accordingly, if the Fund’s Investor Class shares’ expenses had been deducted from the Emerging Markets Composite’s returns, the returns would have been lower than those shown.

 

     
Periods Ended
9/30/08
  Emerging
Markets
Composite Total
Return
    MSCI
Emerging
Markets
Index
(1)
 
1 Year   (29.20) %   (33.20) %
5 Years   21.34 %   18.67 %
10 Years   17.67 %   14.77 %
Since Inception (2)   11.49 %   6.42 %

 

(1) The MSCI Emerging Markets Index is a market capitalization-weighted index comprised of over 800 companies representative of the market structure of the emerging countries in Europe, Latin America, Africa, Middle East and Asia. Prior to January 1, 2002, the returns of the MSCI Emerging Markets Index were presented before application of withholding taxes.

 

(2) The Emerging Markets Composite commenced operations on April 1, 1997. The Emerging Markets Composite includes all of Trilogy’s discretionary institutional and mutual fund accounts (including sub-advisory relationships) with comparable investment objectives and risks that have at least $2 million in assets and have been managed by Trilogy for at least one full month.

 

HISTORICAL PERFORMANCE OF TRILOGY FOR SIMILAR ACCOUNTS    49


Table of Contents

 

LOGO

Financial Highlights

 

 

The Financial Highlights will help you understand the financial performance of the Investor Class shares of each Fund (except the CORPORATE INCOME FUND, CORE PLUS BOND FUND and EMERGING MARKETS EQUITY FUND) for the last five fiscal years or since inception. Some of the information is presented on a per share basis. Total returns represent the rate an investor would have earned (or lost) on an investment in a Fund, assuming reinvestment of any dividends and capital gains distributions. Financial information for the CORPORATE INCOME FUND, CORE PLUS BOND FUND and EMERGING MARKETS EQUITY FUND is not included because the Funds were not offered for sale until the date of this Prospectus.

 

The information for the fiscal years ended August 31, 2008, 2007 and 2006 was audited by PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP, the Funds’ independent registered public accounting firm, whose report, along with the Funds’ financial statements and notes thereto, is included in the Funds’ Annual Report dated August 31, 2008, which is available free of charge from the Funds. The information for the prior years was audited by a different firm.

 

Period Ended
August 31,
  Net Asset
Value,
Beginning
of Period
  Net
Investment
Income
(Loss)
    Net Realized
and Unrealized
Gain (Loss) on
Investments,
Options, Futures
Contracts and
Foreign
Currency
    Total from
Investment
Operations
  Distributions to
Shareholders
from Net
Investment
Income
    Distributions to
Shareholders from
Net Realized Gain
on Investments,
Options, Futures
Contracts and
Foreign Currency
Transactions
  Total
Distributions
    Net Asset
Value,
End of
Period
  Total
Return(1)(8)
    Ratios to Average Net Assets(9)     Net Assets,
End of
Period (000
Omitted)
  Portfolio
Turnover
Rate(8)
 
                    Net
Expenses(2)
    Expense
Waiver(2)
    Net
Investment
Income
(Loss)(2)
     
Government Money Market Fund                                                                
2004(7)   $ 1.00   $ 0.00     $     $ 0.00   $ 0.00     $   $ 0.00     $ 1.00   0.23 %   0.45 %   0.17 %   0.96 %   $ 118,401   __ %
2005     1.00     0.02             0.02     (0.02 )         (0.02 )     1.00   2.11     0.45     0.18     2.09       121,712    
2006     1.00     0.04             0.04     (0.04 )         (0.04 )     1.00   4.16     0.45     0.17     4.09       92,339    
2007     1.00     0.05             0.05     (0.05 )         (0.05 )     1.00   4.99     0.45     0.13     4.88       199,797    
2008     1.00     0.03             0.03     (0.03 )         (0.03 )     1.00   3.19     0.45     0.10     2.91       309,487    
Tax-Free Money Market Fund                    
2005(10)     1.00     0.02             0.02     (0.02 )         (0.02 )     1.00   1.60     0.45     0.14     1.76       142,826    
2006     1.00     0.03             0.03     (0.03 )         (0.03 )     1.00   2.84     0.45     0.13     2.85       192,603    
2007     1.00     0.03             0.03     (0.03 )         (0.03 )     1.00   3.33     0.45     0.13     3.28       308,415    
2008     1.00     0.03             0.03     (0.03 )         (0.03 )     1.00   2.57     0.45     0.09     2.48       424,211    
Prime Money Market Fund                    
2004     1.00     0.01 (4)           0.01     (0.01 )         (0.01 )     1.00   0.76     0.45     0.04     0.76       2,123,605    
2005     1.00     0.02             0.02     (0.02 )         (0.02 )     1.00   2.22     0.45     0.04     2.20       2,078,992    
2006     1.00     0.04             0.04     (0.04 )         (0.04 )     1.00   4.25     0.45     0.04     4.19       2,453,274    
2007     1.00     0.05             0.05     (0.05 )         (0.05 )     1.00   5.06     0.45     0.02     4.95       2,753,457    
2008     1.00     0.04             0.04     (0.04 )         (0.04 )     1.00   3.65     0.45     0.01     3.65       2,524,244    
Short-Term Income Fund                    
2004(3)     9.32     0.27 (4)   $ (0.02 )     0.25     (0.36 )         (0.36 )     9.21   2.75     0.54     0.57     2.94       148,735   40  
2005(3)     9.21     0.26       (0.10 )     0.16     (0.34 )         (0.34 )     9.03   1.74     0.54     0.57     2.95       135,894   52  
2006(3)     9.03     0.31       0.04       0.35     (0.38 )         (0.38 )     9.00   3.92     0.58     0.58     3.45       126,788   19  
2007(3)     9.00     0.38       0.04       0.42     (0.40 )         (0.40 )     9.02   4.78     0.58     0.52     4.28       75,677   52  
2008(3)     9.02     0.41       (0.11 )     0.30     (0.40 )         (0.40 )     8.92   3.38     0.60     0.20     4.48       28,232   47  

 

50    FINANCIAL HIGHLIGHTS


Table of Contents

 

 

Period Ended
August 31,
  Net Asset
Value,
Beginning
of Period
  Net
Investment
Income
(Loss)
    Net Realized
and Unrealized
Gain (Loss) on
Investments,
Options, Futures
Contracts and
Foreign
Currency
    Total from
Investment
Operations
    Distributions to
Shareholders
from Net
Investment
Income
    Distributions to
Shareholders from
Net Realized Gain
on Investments,
Options, Futures
Contracts and
Foreign Currency
Transactions
    Total
Distributions
    Net Asset
Value,
End of
Period
  Total
Return(1)(8)
    Ratios to Average Net Assets(9)     Net Assets,
End of
Period (000
Omitted)
  Portfolio
Turnover
Rate(8)
 
                    Net
Expenses(2)
    Expense
Waiver(2)
    Net
Investment
Income
(Loss)(2)
     
Short-Intermediate Bond Fund                                                                    
2004(3)   $ 9.47   $ 0.38 (4)   $ 0.06     $ 0.44     $ (0.41 )   $     $ (0.41 )   $ 9.50   4.68 %   0.72 %   0.29 %   3.98 %   $ 625,908   278 %
2005(3)     9.50     0.35       (0.08 )     0.27       (0.37 )           (0.37 )     9.40   2.90     0.73     0.30     3.70       646,961   357  
2006(3)     9.40     0.40       (0.17 )     0.23       (0.40 )           (0.40 )     9.23   2.56     0.73     0.30     4.39       690,447   430  
2007(3)     9.23     0.43       (0.08 )     0.35       (0.42 )           (0.42 )     9.16   3.86     0.75     0.26     4.56       359,507   421  
2008(3)     9.16     0.44       (0.26 )     0.18       (0.43 )           (0.43 )     8.91   1.91     0.80     0.06     4.69       95,322   293  
Intermediate Tax-Free Fund                      
2004(3)     10.50     0.37       0.13       0.50       (0.37 )     (0.02 )     (0.39 )     10.61   4.88     0.62     0.50     3.51       96,952   8  
2005(3)     10.61     0.37       (0.18 )     0.19       (0.36 )     (0.01 )     (0.37 )     10.43   1.83     0.61     0.50     3.48       90,619   57  
2006(3)     10.43     0.35       (0.14 )     0.21       (0.35 )     (0.26 )     (0.61 )     10.03   2.12     0.65     0.51     3.48       80,217   31  
2007(3)     10.03     0.36       (0.10 )     0.26       (0.36 )           (0.36 )     9.93   2.59     0.60     0.53     3.56       82,037   48  
2008(3)     9.93     0.39       0.28       0.67       (0.39 )           (0.39 )     10.21   6.84     0.55     0.58     3.84       89,772   196  
Government Income Fund                      
2004(3)     9.60     0.43 (4)     0.09       0.52       (0.48 )           (0.48 )     9.64   5.50     0.87     0.33     4.49       344,253   113  
2005(3)     9.64     0.37       (0.03 )     0.34       (0.38 )           (0.38 )     9.60   3.61     0.88     0.33     3.75       475,920   561  
2006(3)     9.60     0.42       (0.18 )     0.24       (0.42 )           (0.42 )     9.42   2.57     0.86     0.34     4.50       582,466   760  
2007(3)     9.42     0.42       0.02       0.44       (0.42 )           (0.42 )     9.44   4.71     0.89     0.29     4.44       550,614   686  
2008(3)     9.44     0.45       (0.07 )     0.38       (0.44 )           (0.44 )     9.38   4.01     0.80     0.06     4.68       367,555   284  
Aggregate Bond Fund                      
2007(6)     10.00     0.11       0.10       0.21       (0.11 )           (0.11 )     10.10   2.11     0.80     0.14     4.38       59,013   129  
2008     10.10     0.47       (0.04 )     0.43       (0.46 )     (0.06 )     (0.52 )     10.01   4.32     0.80     0.08     4.64       79,471   333  
Large Cap Value Fund                      
2004(3)     12.58     0.30       1.62       1.92       (0.30 )           (0.30 )     14.20   15.39     1.22         2.27       358,354   103  
2005(3)     14.20     0.33       1.00       1.33       (0.35 )     (0.72 )     (1.07 )     14.46   9.77     1.22         2.30       328,848   103  
2006(3)     14.46     0.20       1.36       1.56       (0.20 )     (1.88 )     (2.08 )     13.94   11.99     1.23     0.01     1.47       319,834   121  
2007(3)     13.94     0.18       1.55       1.73       (0.18 )     (1.19 )     (1.37 )     14.30   12.89     1.22     0.01     1.26       329,192   43  
2008(3)     14.30     0.18       (1.58 )     (1.40 )     (0.14 )     (0.69 )     (0.83 )     12.07   (10.48 )   1.24         1.11       103,979   40  
Large-Cap Growth Fund                      
2004(3)     11.32     0.02       0.78       0.80       (0.02 )           (0.02 )     12.10   7.08     1.25         0.20       257,684   129  
2005(3)     12.10     0.09       1.54       1.63       (0.09 )           (0.09 )     13.64   13.51     1.26         0.63       237,294   146  
2006(3)     13.64     0.00       0.40       0.40       (0.01 )     (1.87 )     (1.88 )     12.16   2.86     1.27     0.01     0.00       218,109   134  
2007(3)     12.16     0.01       1.99       2.00       0.00       (0.43 )     (0.43 )     13.73   16.68     1.27     0.01     0.09       246,811   75  
2008(3)     13.73     (0.03 )     (0.73 )     (0.76 )     (0.01 )     (1.14 )     (1.15 )     11.82   (6.62 )   1.27         (0.10 )     74,507   122  
Mid-Cap Value Fund                      
2004(3)     12.51     0.05       2.14       2.19       (0.01 )     (0.45 )     (0.46 )     14.24   17.76     1.22         0.44       463,104   33  
2005(3)     14.24     0.03       2.61       2.64       (0.06 )     (0.96 )     (1.02 )     15.86   19.16     1.20         0.25       637,293   37  
2006(3)     15.86     0.07       0.70       0.77       (0.05 )     (1.50 )     (1.55 )     15.08   5.12     1.19     0.01     0.47       595,968   63  
2007(3)     15.08     0.06       1.94       2.00       (0.07 )     (1.38 )     (1.45 )     15.63   13.52     1.21     0.01     0.37       572,444   62  
2008(3)     15.63     0.06       (1.49 )     (1.43 )     (0.06 )     (1.99 )     (2.05 )     12.15   (10.27 )   1.24         0.35       166,722   41  

 

FINANCIAL HIGHLIGHTS    51


Table of Contents

 

 

Period Ended
August 31,
  Net Asset
Value,
Beginning
of Period
  Net
Investment
Income
(Loss)
    Net Realized
and Unrealized
Gain (Loss) on
Investments,
Options, Futures
Contracts and
Foreign
Currency
    Total from
Investment
Operations
    Distributions to
Shareholders
from Net
Investment
Income
    Distributions to
Shareholders from
Net Realized Gain
on Investments,
Options, Futures
Contracts and
Foreign Currency
Transactions
    Total
Distributions
    Net Asset
Value,
End of
Period
  Total
Return(1)(8)
    Ratios to Average Net Assets(9)     Net Assets,
End of
Period (000
Omitted)
  Portfolio
Turnover
Rate(8)
 
                    Net
Expenses(2)
    Expense
Waiver(2)
    Net
Investment
Income
(Loss)(2)
     
Mid-Cap Growth Fund                                                                    
2004(3)   $ 11.57   $ (0.10 )(4)   $ (0.32 )   $ (0.42 )   $     $     $     $ 11.15   (3.63 )%   1.24 %   %   (0.85 )%   $ 184,632   240 %
2005(3)     11.15     (0.10 )     2.60       2.50                         13.65   22.42     1.29     0.01     (0.72 )     172,137   188  
2006(3)     13.65     (0.09 )     0.87       0.78                         14.43   5.71     1.30     0.01     (0.64 )     175,529   134  
2007(3)     14.43     (0.10 )     3.13       3.03                         17.46   21.00     1.27     0.01     (0.61 )     222,095   169  
2008(3)     17.46     (0.30 )     (0.06 )     (0.36 )                       17.10   (2.06 )   1.26         (0.58 )     71,086   186  
Small-Cap Growth Fund                      
2004(3)     11.83     (0.17 )(4)     0.94       0.77                         12.60   6.51     1.58         (1.28 )     129,875   267  
2005(3)     12.60     (0.18 )     3.60       3.42                         16.02   27.14     1.55     0.01     (1.21 )     155,327   195  
2006(3)     16.02     (0.14 )     1.93       1.79           $ (1.37 )   $ (1.37 )     16.44   11.37     1.54         (0.93 )     193,170   148  
2007(3)     16.44     (0.15 )     4.05       3.90             (1.33 )     (1.33 )     19.01   24.73     1.53     0.01     (0.91 )     255,894   176  
2008(3)     19.01     (0.22 )     (1.27 )     (1.49 )           (3.33 )     (3.33 )     14.19   (10.37 )   1.51         (0.92 )     144,938   174  
International Stock Fund                      
2004(3)     10.02     0.00 (4)     1.02       1.02     $ (0.04 )           (0.04 )     11.00   10.20     1.50     0.02     0.00 (5)     216,082   137  
2005(3)     11.00     0.09       2.33       2.42       (0.07 )           (0.07 )     13.35   22.03     1.48     0.02     0.70       191,274   150  
2006(3)     13.35     0.12       3.06       3.18       (0.12 )           (0.12 )     16.41   23.90     1.49     0.02     0.75       233,098   146  
2007(3)     16.41     0.21       2.64       2.85       (0.04 )     (1.88 )     (1.92 )     17.34   18.37     1.45     0.02     1.23       267,675   98  
2008(3)     17.34     0.19       (2.92 )     (2.73 )     (0.20 )     (2.00 )     (2.20 )     12.41   (18.11 )   1.47         0.74       89,374   62  

 

(1) Based on net asset value.
(2) This voluntary expense decrease is reflected in both the expense and net investment income (loss) ratios shown.
(3) Redemption fees consisted of per share amounts less than $0.01.
(4) Per share information is based on average shares outstanding.
(5) Represents less than 0.005%.
(6) Reflects operations for the period from June 1, 2007 (start of performance) to August 31, 2007.
(7) Reflects operations for the period from May 17, 2004 (start of performance) to August 31, 2004.
(8) Not annualized for periods less than one year.
(9) Annualized for periods less than one year.
(10) Reflects operations for the period from September 22, 2004 (start of performance) to August 31, 2005.

 

52    FINANCIAL HIGHLIGHTS


Table of Contents

 

 

 

Marshall Funds, Inc.

 

Privacy Policy Notice

 

Federal regulations require financial institutions to deliver a summary of their privacy policies to their customers. We were committed to maintaining the confidentiality of your personal information long before these regulations required us to do so, and intend to do the same in the future. Allow us to summarize for you, in clear, plain-English terms, our policies regarding how we obtain, handle, use and protect your personal information.

 

INFORMATION COLLECTION POLICY. We receive non-public personal information about you during the normal course of business from the following sources:

 

 

From you, or from your financial representative, on account applications, other forms or electronically (for example, your name, address, phone number, e-mail address, social security number, assets and income).

 

 

From you, or from your financial representative, through transactions, correspondence and other communications (for example, your specific investment purchases and your account balances).

 

 

From you in connection with providing you a financial product or service (for example, your bank account numbers used for transferring funds to or from the Marshall Funds).

 

INFORMATION SHARING POLICY. Under no circumstances, do we rent, sell or trade your personal information to anyone nor do we disclose it to anyone except as permitted or required by law. We may disclose your non-public personal information to companies that provide services to the Marshall Funds such as transfer agents, printers and mailing agents that deliver annual reports, prospectuses and other required shareholder communications. All of the information we collect may be shared with our affiliates (such as Marshall & Ilsley Trust Company, M&I Financial Advisors, Inc. and their affiliates). We also may share this information with financial institutions, such as the bank, broker-dealer or other financial intermediary through whom you purchased your shares of the Marshall Funds, for the limited purpose of jointly offering, endorsing or sponsoring a financial product or service or with other financial institutions with whom we have joint marketing agreements.

 

If you decide to close your account(s), we will continue to adhere to the privacy policies and practices described in this notice.

 

INFORMATION SECURITY POLICY. We maintain physical, electronic and procedural safeguards consistent with industry standards to protect the confidentiality, integrity and security of your non-public personal information. We permit access to your personal information only by authorized personnel who need that information to provide products or services to you. On our web site, we use a full range of Internet security measures such as data encryption, user names and passwords. Please note, however, that when you use a link from our website to a non-Marshall Funds site, the Marshall Funds privacy policies and Internet security measures no longer apply.

 

We require third parties to protect the security and confidentiality of your non-public personal information. These requirements are reflected in written agreements between the Marshall Funds and third party service providers. Except as required by law, under no circumstances do we permit third parties to rent, sell, trade or otherwise release or disclose your personal information to any other party.

 

CHANGES TO OUR PRIVACY POLICY. The Marshall Funds reserve the right to modify or remove parts of this privacy statement at any time. Notice will be provided to you in advance of any changes that would affect your rights under this policy statement.

 

ADDITIONAL RIGHTS. You may have other privacy protections under applicable state laws. To the extent those state laws apply, we will comply with them with respect to your non-public personal information.

 

* * * * * * * * * * *

 

For questions about our privacy policy, please contact us at 1-800-236-FUND (3863) or visit our website at http://www.marshallfunds.com.

 

   Not Part of the Prospectus


Table of Contents
LOGO   LOGO

 

The SAI is incorporated by reference into this Prospectus. Additional information about the Funds’ investments is contained in the SAI and the Annual and Semi-Annual Reports of the Funds as they become available. The Annual Report’s investment commentaries discuss market conditions and investment strategies that significantly affected the performance of each Fund (except the CORPORATE INCOME FUND, CORE PLUS BOND FUND and EMERGING MARKETS EQUITY FUND) during its last fiscal year.

 

To obtain the SAI, Annual Report, Semi-Annual Report, and other information, free of charge, and to make inquiries, write to or call MIS at 1-414-287-8555 or at 1-800-236-FUND (3863). You may also obtain these materials free of charge on the Marshall Funds’ Internet site at http://www.marshallfunds.com.

 

You may write to the SEC Public Reference Room at the regular mailing address or the e-mail address below and ask them to mail you information about the Funds, including the SAI. They will charge you a fee for this duplicating service. You can also visit the SEC Public Reference Room and review and copy documents while you are there. For more information about the operation of the Public Reference Room, call the SEC at the telephone number below.

 

Public Reference Section

Securities and Exchange Commission

Washington, D.C. 20549-0102

publicinfo@sec.gov

1-202-942-8090

 

Reports and other information about the Funds are also available on the EDGAR database on the SEC’s Internet site at http://www.sec.gov.

Marshall Investor Services

P.O. Box 1348

Milwaukee, WI 53201-1348

1-414-287-8555

1-800-236-FUND (3863)

 

Internet address: http://www.marshallfunds.com

 

Not FDIC Insured   No Bank Guarantee   May Lose Value

 

M&I Distributors, LLC

Distributor

  Investment Company Act File No. 811-58433

 


Table of Contents

Marshall Funds

 

Prospectus

 

December 15, 2008

 

Advisor Class (Class A)

Ÿ Marshall Prime Money Market Fund

Ÿ Marshall Short-Term Income Fund

Ÿ Marshall Short-Intermediate Bond Fund

Ÿ Marshall Government Income Fund

Ÿ Marshall Corporate Income Fund

Ÿ Marshall Aggregate Bond Fund

Ÿ Marshall Large-Cap Value Fund

Ÿ Marshall Large-Cap Growth Fund

Ÿ Marshall Mid-Cap Value Fund

Ÿ Marshall Mid-Cap Growth Fund

Ÿ Marshall Small-Cap Growth Fund

Ÿ Marshall International Stock Fund

Ÿ Marshall Emerging Markets Equity Fund

 

Investor Class (Class Y)

Ÿ Marshall Government Money Market Fund

Ÿ Marshall Tax-Free Money Market Fund

 

Shares of the Marshall Funds are not bank deposits or other obligations of, or issued, endorsed or guaranteed by, M&I Marshall & Ilsley Bank or any of its affiliates. Shares of the Marshall Funds, like shares of all mutual funds, are not insured or guaranteed by the U.S. government, the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation (FDIC) or any other government agency, and may lose value.

 

As with all mutual funds, the Securities and Exchange Commission (SEC) has not approved or disapproved these securities or passed upon the adequacy of this Prospectus. Any representation to the contrary is a criminal offense.

 

LOGO


Table of Contents

 

 

LOGO

  Advisor Class
  (Class A)
  Investor Class
  (Class Y)

 

 

Table of Contents

 

 

Risk/Return Summary

  1

Ÿ Money Market Funds

 

Marshall Government Money Market Fund

  2

Marshall Tax-Free Money Market Fund

  3

Marshall Prime Money Market Fund

  4

Ÿ Income Funds

 

Marshall Short-Term Income Fund

  5

Marshall Short-Intermediate Bond Fund

  6

Marshall Government Income Fund

  7

Marshall Corporate Income Fund

  8

Marshall Aggregate Bond Fund

  9

Ÿ Equity Funds

 

Marshall Large-Cap Value Fund

  10

Marshall Large-Cap Growth Fund

  11

Marshall Mid-Cap Value Fund

  12

Marshall Mid-Cap Growth Fund

  13

Marshall Small-Cap Growth Fund

  14

Marshall International Stock Fund

  15

Marshall Emerging Markets Equity Fund

  16

Fees and Expenses of the Funds—Advisor Class

  17

Fees and Expenses of the Funds—Investor Class

  18

Main Risks of Investing in the Marshall Funds

  19

Securities and Investment Techniques Descriptions

  23

How to Buy Shares

  28

How to Redeem and Exchange Shares

  35

Account and Share Information

  40

Marshall Funds, Inc. Information

  43

Historical Performance of TCH for Similar Accounts: TCH Corporate Fixed Income Composite

  49

Historical Performance of Trilogy for Similar Accounts: Emerging Markets Composite

  50

Financial Highlights—Advisor Class

  51

Financial Highlights—Investor Class

  53


Table of Contents

 

 

Risk/Return Summary

 

 

The Marshall Funds offer investment opportunities to a wide range of investors, from investors with short-term goals who wish to take little investment risk to investors with long-term goals willing to bear the risks of the stock market for potentially greater rewards. The Marshall Funds are managed by the investment professionals at M&I Investment Management Corp. (Adviser).

 

Risk/Return Summary of Mutual Funds

LOGO

 

Money Market Funds

Marshall Government Money Market Fund

Marshall Tax-Free Money Market Fund

Marshall Prime Money Market Fund

 

Income Funds

 

Marshall Short-Term Income Fund

Marshall Short-Intermediate Bond Fund

Marshall Government Income Fund

Marshall Corporate Income Fund

Marshall Aggregate Bond Fund

 

Equity Funds

 

Marshall Large-Cap Value Fund

Marshall Large-Cap Growth Fund

Marshall Mid-Cap Value Fund

Marshall Mid-Cap Growth Fund

Marshall Small-Cap Growth Fund

Marshall International Stock Fund

Marshall Emerging Markets Equity Fund

Principal Risks of the Funds

 

Marshall Fund   Stock
Market
Risks
  Sector
Risks
  Style
Risks
  Foreign
Securities
  Euro
Risks
  Emerging
Markets
Risks
  Company
Size
Risks
  Debt
Securities
Risks
  High
Yield
Securities
Risks
  Government
Obligations
Risks
  Municipal
Securities
Risks
  Asset/
Mortgage
Backed
Securities
Risks
  Management
Risks
  High
Portfolio
Turnover
Risks
Government Money Market                 ü       ü         ü    
Tax-Free Money Market                 ü         ü       ü    
Prime Money Market                 ü       ü         ü    
Short-Term Income                 ü       ü       ü     ü     ü  
Short-Intermediate Bond                 ü       ü       ü     ü     ü  
Government Income                 ü       ü       ü     ü     ü  
Corporate Income         ü           ü     ü     ü       ü     ü     ü  
Aggregate Bond                 ü       ü       ü     ü     ü  
Large-Cap Value   ü     ü     ü                       ü     ü  
Large-Cap Growth   ü     ü     ü                       ü     ü  
Mid-Cap Value   ü     ü     ü           ü               ü    
Mid-Cap Growth   ü     ü     ü           ü               ü     ü  
Small-Cap Growth   ü     ü     ü           ü               ü     ü  
International Stock   ü     ü     ü     ü     ü       ü               ü     ü  
Emerging Markets Equity   ü     ü       ü       ü     ü               ü     ü  

A complete description of these risks can be found in the “Main Risks of Investing in the Marshall Funds” section.

 

RISK/RETURN SUMMARY    1


Table of Contents

LOGO

 

 

Money Market Funds

 

 

Marshall Government Money Market Fund

 

 

LOGO

Goal: To provide current income consistent with stability of principal.

 

Strategy: Fund assets are invested in high quality, short-term money market instruments. The Fund invests at least 80%

of its assets in obligations issued and/or guaranteed by the U.S. government or by its agencies or instrumentalities, and in repurchase agreements secured by such obligations. The Adviser uses a “bottom-up” approach, which evaluates debt securities against the context of broader market factors such as the cyclical trend in interest rates, the shape of the yield curve and debt security supply factors.

 

The Fund invests in the securities of U.S. government-sponsored entities, including the Federal Home Loan Banks (FHLBs), Federal National Mortgage Association (Fannie Mae) and Federal Home Loan Mortgage Corporation (Freddie Mac). Not all U.S. government-sponsored entities are backed by the full faith and credit of the U.S. government. For example, FHLBs are not backed by the full faith and credit of the U.S. government but are supported through federal loans or other benefits. The obligations of Fannie Mae and Freddie Mac, which have been placed into conservatorship by the Federal Housing Finance Agency (FHFA) until these entities have been restored to a solvent financial condition, are guaranteed by the U.S. government while these entities remain in conservatorship. The Fund also may invest in U.S. government-sponsored entities that are supported by the full faith and credit of the U.S. government, such as the Government National Mortgage Association (Ginnie Mae). Finally, the Fund may invest in governmental entities that have no explicit financial support from the U.S. government, but are regarded as having implied support because the U.S. government sponsors their activities. Such entities include the Farm Credit Administration and the Financing Corporation.

 

An investment in the Fund is not a deposit of M&I Marshall & Ilsley Bank or any of its affiliates and is not insured or guaranteed by the FDIC or any other government agency. Although the Fund seeks to preserve the value of your investment at $1.00 per share, it is possible to lose money by investing in the Fund. In addition, the Fund is subject to credit risks, interest rate risks, call risks and liquidity risks.

 

Fund Performance: The total return information shows historical performance of the Fund’s Investor Class shares and provides some indication of the risks of investing in the Fund. The bar chart shows how the Fund’s total returns have varied from year to year, while the table compares the Fund’s average annual total returns to the returns of an index of funds with similar investment objectives and an average of money funds with similar objectives. Indices and averages are unmanaged and are not available for direct investment. Please keep in mind that past performance does not represent how the Fund will perform in the future. The information assumes that you reinvested all dividends and distributions.

Annual Total Returns (calendar years 2005-2007)

LOGO

 

The return for the Investor Class shares of the Fund from January 1, 2008 through September 30, 2008 was 1.82%.

 

Total Returns

Best quarter

   (4th quarter, 2006 )   1.24 %

Worst quarter

   (1st quarter, 2005 )   0.50 %

7-Day Net Yield

   (as of 12/31/07 ) (1)   4.27 %

 

Average Annual Total Returns through 12/31/07

 

      1 Year   

Since
5/17/04

inception

Fund   4.85%    3.58%
LUSGMMFI (2)   4.55%    3.32%
INGMMI (3)   4.32%    3.15%

 

(1) Investors may call the Fund to learn the current 7-Day Net Yield at 1-800-236-FUND (3863).

 

(2) The Lipper U.S. Government Money Market Funds Index (LUSGMMFI) is an average of the 30 largest mutual funds in this Lipper category. The LUSGMMFI reflects the deduction of expenses associated with mutual funds, such as investment management fees, but is not adjusted to reflect sales charges or taxes.

 

(3) The iMoneyNet Government Money Market Index (INGMMI) is an average of money funds with investment objectives similar to that of the Fund.

 

2    MONEY MARKET FUNDS


Table of Contents

LOGO

 

 

Money Market Funds (cont.)

 

 

Marshall Tax-Free Money Market Fund

 

 

LOGO

Goal: To provide current income exempt from federal income tax consistent with stability of principal.

 

Strategy: The Fund invests primarily in fixed and floating rate municipal bonds

and notes, variable rate demand instruments and other high-quality, short-term tax-exempt obligations maturing in 397 days or less. Under normal circumstances, the Fund invests its assets so that at least 80% of the annual interest income that the Fund distributes will be exempt from federal income tax, including federal alternative minimum tax (AMT).

 

To maintain principal preservation, the Adviser places a strict emphasis on credit research. Using fundamental analysis, the Adviser develops an approved list of issuers and securities that meet the Adviser’s standards for minimal credit risk. The Adviser continually monitors the credit risks of all portfolio securities on an ongoing basis by reviewing financial data and ratings of Nationally Recognized Statistical Rating Organizations (NRSROs).

 

The Fund seeks to enhance yield by taking advantage of favorable changes in interest rates and reducing the effect of unfavorable changes in interest rates. In seeking to achieve this objective, the Adviser targets a dollar-weighted average portfolio maturity of 90 days or less based on its interest rate outlook. The interest rate outlook is developed by analyzing a variety of factors, such as current and expected U.S. economic growth; current and expected interest rates and inflation; and the Federal Reserve Board’s monetary policy. By developing an interest rate outlook and adjusting the portfolio’s maturity accordingly, the Adviser seeks to position the Fund to take advantage of yield enhancing opportunities.

 

An investment in the Fund is not a deposit of M&I Marshall & Ilsley Bank or any of its affiliates and is not insured or guaranteed by the FDIC or any other government agency. Although the Fund seeks to preserve the value of your investment at $1.00 per share, it is possible to lose money by investing in the Fund. In addition, the Fund is subject to credit risks, interest rate risks, call risks and liquidity risks. In addition to credit and interest rate risks, certain types of municipal bonds are subject to other risks based on many factors, including economic and regulatory developments, changes or proposed changes in the federal and state tax structure, deregulation, court rulings and other factors.

 

 

Fund Performance: The total return information shows historical performance of the Fund’s Investor Class shares and provides some indication of the risks of investing in the Fund. The bar chart shows how the Fund’s total returns have varied from year to year, while the table compares the Fund’s average annual total returns to the returns of an index of funds with similar investment objectives and an average of money funds with similar objectives. Indices and averages are unmanaged and are not available for direct investment. Please keep in mind that past performance does not represent how the Fund will perform in the future. The information assumes that you reinvested all dividends and distributions.

Annual Total Returns (calendar years 2005-2007)

LOGO

 

The return for the Investor Class shares of the Fund from January 1, 2008 through September 30, 2008 was 1.72%.

 

Total Returns

Best quarter

   (3rd quarter, 2007 )   0.85 %

Worst quarter

   (1st quarter, 2005 )   0.36 %

7-Day Net Yield

   (as of 12/31/07 ) (1)   3.21 %

 

Average Annual Total Returns through 12/31/07

 

      1 Year    Since
9/22/04
inception
Fund   3.35%    2.71%
LTEMMFI (2)   3.15%    2.52%
IMNTFNR (3)   3.13%    2.49%

 

(1) Investors may call the Fund to learn the current 7-Day Net Yield at 1-800-236-FUND (3863).

 

(2) The Lipper Tax Exempt Money Market Funds Index (LTEMMFI) is an average of the 30 largest mutual funds in this Lipper category. The LTEMMFI reflects the deduction of expenses associated with mutual funds, such as investment management fees, but is not adjusted to reflect sales charges or taxes.

 

(3) The iMoney Net Money Fund Report Tax-Free National Retail (IMNTFNR) is an average of money funds with investment objectives similar to that of the Fund.

 

MONEY MARKET FUNDS    3


Table of Contents

LOGO

 

 

Money Market Funds (cont.)

 

 

Marshall Prime Money Market Fund

 

 

LOGO

Goal: To provide current income consistent with stability of principal.

 

Strategy: Fund assets are invested in high quality, short-term money market instruments. The Adviser uses a

“bottom-up” approach, which evaluates debt securities of individual companies against the context of broader market factors such as the cyclical trend in interest rates, the shape of the yield curve and debt security supply factors.

 

An investment in the Fund is not a deposit of M&I Marshall & Ilsley Bank or any of its affiliates and is not insured or guaranteed by the FDIC or any other government agency. Although the Fund seeks to preserve the value of your investment at $1.00 per share, it is possible to lose money by investing in the Fund. In addition, the Fund is subject to credit risks, interest rate risks and liquidity risks.

 

Fund Performance: The total return information shows historical performance of the Fund’s Advisor Class shares and provides some indication of the risks of investing in the Fund. The bar chart shows how the Fund’s total returns have varied from year to year, while the table compares the Fund’s average annual total returns to the returns of an index of funds with similar investment objectives and an average of money funds with similar objectives. Indices and averages are unmanaged and are not available for direct investment. Please keep in mind that past performance does not represent how the Fund will perform in the future. The information assumes that you reinvested all dividends and distributions.

 

Annual Total Returns (calendar years 1998-2007)*

LOGO

 

* Shares of the Fund are not sold subject to a sales charge (load). The total returns displayed are based upon net asset value.

 

The return for the Advisor Class shares of the Fund from January 1, 2008 through September 30, 2008 was 1.98%.

 

Total Returns

Best quarter

   (4th quarter, 2000 )   1.52 %

Worst quarter

   (2nd quarter, 2004 )   0.10 %

7-Day Net Yield

   (as of 12/31/07 ) (1)   4.28 %

 

Average Annual Total Returns through 12/31/07

 

      1 Year    5 Year    10 Year
Fund   4.70%    2.58%    3.36%
LMMFI (2)   4.77%    2.65%    3.41%
MFRA (3)   4.69%    2.65%    3.36%

(1) Investors may call the Fund to learn the current 7-Day Net Yield at 1-800-580-FUND (3863).

 

(2) The Lipper Money Market Funds Index (LMMFI) is an average of the 30 largest mutual funds in this Lipper category. The LMMFI reflects the deduction of expenses associated with mutual funds, such as investment management fees, but is not adjusted to reflect sales charges or taxes.

 

(3) The iMoneyNet Money Fund Report Averages (MFRA) is an average of money funds with investment objectives similar to that of the Fund.

 

4    MONEY MARKET FUNDS


Table of Contents

LOGO

 

 

Income Funds

 

 

Marshall Short-Term Income Fund

 

 

LOGO

Goal: To maximize total return consistent with current income.

 

Strategy: The Fund invests at least 80% of its assets in fixed income securities. Fund investments include corporate, asset

-backed and mortgage-backed securities with a minimum rating in the lowest investment grade category (i.e., BBB or Baa) at the time of purchase and U.S. government securities. In addition, the Fund may invest in securities issued by other investment companies that in turn invest in bonds and other financial instruments (including securities with credit ratings below investment grade, commonly known as high-yield securities). Such investments may involve duplication of advisory fees and certain other expenses. The Adviser changes the Fund’s weightings in these sectors as it deems appropriate and uses macroeconomic, credit and market analysis to select portfolio securities. The Fund normally maintains an average dollar-weighted effective maturity of six months to three years. Effective maturity takes into account the possibility that a bond may have prepayments or may be called by the issuer before its stated maturity date.

 

Fund Performance: The total return information shows historical performance of the Fund’s Advisor Class shares and provides some indication of the risks of investing in the Fund. The bar chart shows how the Fund’s total returns before taxes have varied from year to year, while the table compares the Fund’s average annual total returns to the returns of an index of funds with similar investment objectives and a broad measure of market performance. Indices are unmanaged and are not available for direct investment. Please keep in mind that past performance, before and after taxes, does not represent how the Fund will perform in the future. The information assumes that you reinvested all dividends and distributions.

Annual Total Returns (calendar years 2001-2007)*

LOGO

 

* The bar chart does not reflect the payment of any sales charges. If these charges had been included, the returns shown would have been lower.

 

The return for the Advisor Class shares of the Fund from January 1, 2008 through September 30, 2008 was (1.30)%.

 

Total Returns

Best quarter

   (3rd quarter, 2001 )   2.61  %

Worst quarter

   (2nd quarter, 2004 )   (1.26 )%

 

Average Annual Total Returns (reduced to reflect sales charges) through 12/31/07

 

      1 Year    5 Year    Since
10/31/00
inception
Fund (1)              

Return Before Taxes

  3.42%    2.79%    3.80%

Return After Taxes on Distributions

  1.89%    1.41%    2.20%

Return After Taxes on Distributions and Sale of Fund Shares

  2.22%    1.56%    2.27%
LSTIDI (2)   4.80%    3.03%    4.02%
ML13 (3)   6.90%    3.35%    4.69%

(1) After-tax returns are calculated using a standard set of assumptions. The stated returns assume the highest historical federal income and capital gains tax rates. Return After Taxes on Distributions assumes a continued investment in the Fund and shows the effect of taxes on Fund distributions. Return After Taxes on Distributions and Sale of Fund Shares assumes all shares were redeemed at the end of the measurement period and shows the effect of any taxable gain (or offsetting loss) on redemption, as well as the effects of taxes on Fund distributions. These after-tax returns do not reflect the effect of any applicable state and local taxes. Return After Taxes on Distributions and Sale of Fund Shares may be higher than Return Before Taxes when a net capital loss occurs upon the redemption of Fund shares. Actual after-tax returns depend on an investor’s tax situation and may differ from those shown. After-tax returns shown are not relevant to investors holding shares through tax-deferred programs, such as IRAs or 401(k) plans.

 

(2) The Lipper Short-Term Investment Grade Debt Funds Index (LSTIDI) is an average of the 30 largest mutual funds in this Lipper category. The LSTIDI reflects the deduction of expenses associated with mutual funds, such as investment management fees, but is not adjusted to reflect sales charges or taxes.

 

(3) The Merrill Lynch 1-3 Year U.S. Government/Corporate Index (ML13) is an index tracking short-term U.S. government and corporate securities with maturities between 1 and 2.99 years. The index is produced by Merrill Lynch Pierce Fenner & Smith. The ML13 does not reflect the deduction of fees, expenses or taxes that mutual fund investors bear.

 

INCOME FUNDS    5


Table of Contents

LOGO

 

 

Income Funds (cont.)

 

 

Marshall Short-Intermediate Bond Fund

 

 

LOGO

Goal: To maximize total return consistent with current income.

 

Strategy: The Fund invests at least 80% of its assets in bonds. Fund investments include corporate, asset-backed and

mortgage-backed securities with a minimum rating in the lowest investment grade category (i.e., BBB or Baa) at the time of purchase and U.S. government securities. The Adviser’s strategy for achieving total return is to adjust the Fund’s weightings in these sectors as it deems appropriate. The Adviser uses macroeconomic, credit and market analysis to select portfolio securities. The Fund normally maintains an average dollar-weighted effective maturity of three to ten years. Effective maturity takes into account the possibility that a bond may have prepayments or may be called by the issuer before its stated maturity date.

 

Fund Performance: The total return information shows historical performance of the Fund’s Advisor Class shares and provides some indication of the risks of investing in the Fund. The bar chart shows how the Fund’s total returns before taxes have varied from year to year, while the table compares the Fund’s average annual total returns to the returns of an index of funds with similar investment objectives and a broad measure of market performance. Indices are unmanaged and are not available for direct investment. Please keep in mind that past performance, before and after taxes, does not represent how the Fund will perform in the future. The information assumes that you reinvested all dividends and distributions.

 

Annual Total Returns (calendar years 1999-2007)*

LOGO

 

* The bar chart does not reflect the payment of any sales charges. If these charges had been included, the returns shown would have been lower.

 

The return for the Advisor Class shares of the Fund from January 1, 2008 through September 30, 2008 was (5.43)%.

 

Total Returns

Best quarter

   (3rd quarter, 2001 )   3.69  %

Worst quarter

   (2nd quarter, 2004 )   (2.30 )%

 

Average Annual Total Returns (reduced to reflect sales charges) through 12/31/07

 

      1 Year    5 Year    Since
12/31/98
inception
Fund (1)              

Return Before Taxes

  0.59%    2.64%    4.03%

Return After Taxes on Distributions

  (0.99)%    1.18%    2.21%

Return After Taxes on Distributions and Sale of Fund Shares

  0.36%    1.39%    2.31%
LSIDF (2)   5.39%    3.45%    4.66%
LGCI (3)   7.39%    4.06%    5.47%

(1) After-tax returns are calculated using a standard set of assumptions. The stated returns assume the highest historical federal income and capital gains tax rates. Return After Taxes on Distributions assumes a continued investment in the Fund and shows the effect of taxes on Fund distributions. Return After Taxes on Distributions and Sale of Fund Shares assumes all shares were redeemed at the end of the measurement period and shows the effect of any taxable gain (or offsetting loss) on redemption, as well as the effects of taxes on Fund distributions. These after-tax returns do not reflect the effect of any applicable state and local taxes. Return After Taxes on Distributions and Sale of Fund Shares may be higher than Return Before Taxes when a net capital loss occurs upon the redemption of Fund shares. Actual after-tax returns depend on an investor’s tax situation and may differ from those shown. After-tax returns shown are not relevant to investors holding shares through tax-deferred programs, such as IRAs or 401(k) plans.

 

(2) The Lipper Short-Intermediate Investment Grade Debt Funds Index (LSIDF) is an average of the 30 largest mutual funds in this Lipper category. The LSIDF reflects the deduction of expenses associated with mutual funds, such as investment management fees, but is not adjusted to reflect sales charges or taxes.

 

(3) The Lehman Brothers Governmental/Credit Intermediate Index (LGCI) is an index comprised of government and corporate bonds rated BBB or higher with maturities between one and ten years. The LGCI does not reflect the deduction of fees, expenses or taxes that mutual fund investors bear.

 

6    INCOME FUNDS


Table of Contents

LOGO

 

 

Income Funds (cont.)

 

 

Marshall Government Income Fund

 

 

LOGO

Goal: To provide current income.

 

Strategy: The Fund invests at least 80% of its assets in U.S. government securities. The Adviser considers macroeconomic conditions and uses credit and market

analysis in developing the overall portfolio strategy. Current and historical interest rate relationships are used to evaluate market sectors and individual securities. The Fund normally maintains an average dollar-weighted effective maturity of four to twelve years. Effective maturity takes into account the possibility that a bond may have prepayments or may be called by the issuer before its stated maturity date.

 

The Fund invests in the securities of U.S. government-sponsored entities, including FHLBs, Fannie Mae and Freddie Mac. Not all U.S. government-sponsored entities are backed by the full faith and credit of the U.S. government. For example, FHLBs are not backed by the full faith and credit of the U.S. government but are supported through federal loans or other benefits. The obligations of Fannie Mae and Freddie Mac, which have been placed into conservatorship by the FHFA until these entities have been restored to a solvent financial condition, are guaranteed by the U.S. government while these entities remain in conservatorship. The Fund also may invest in U.S. government-sponsored entities that are supported by the full faith and credit of the U.S. government, such as Ginnie Mae. Finally, the Fund may invest in governmental entities that have no explicit financial support from the U.S. government, but are regarded as having implied support because the U.S. government sponsors their activities. Such entities include the Farm Credit Administration and the Financing Corporation.

 

Fund Performance: The total return information shows historical performance of the Fund’s Advisor Class shares and provides some indication of the risks of investing in the Fund. The bar chart shows how the Fund’s total returns before taxes have varied from year to year, while the table compares the Fund’s average annual total returns to the returns of an index of funds with similar investment objectives and a broad measure of market performance. Indices are unmanaged and are not available for direct investment. Please keep in mind that past performance, before and after taxes, does not represent how the Fund will perform in the future. The information assumes that you reinvested all dividends and distributions.

Annual Total Returns (calendar years 1999-2007)*

LOGO

 

* The bar chart does not reflect the payment of any sales charges. If these charges had been included, the returns shown would have been lower.

 

The return for the Advisor Class shares of the Fund from January 1, 2008 through September 30, 2008 was 1.06%.

 

Total Returns

Best quarter

   (3rd quarter, 2001 )   4.03  %

Worst quarter

   (2nd quarter, 2004 )   (1.03 )%

 

Average Annual Total Returns (reduced to reflect sales charges) through 12/31/07

 

      1 Year    5 Year    Since
12/31/98
inception
Fund (1)              

Return Before Taxes

  1.78%    3.04%    4.34%

Return After Taxes on Distributions

  0.21%    1.57%    2.54%

Return After Taxes on Distributions and Sale of Fund Shares

  1.12%    1.72%    2.59%
LUSMI (2)   5.24%    3.64%    4.91%
LMI (3)   6.90%    4.49%    5.79%

(1) After-tax returns are calculated using a standard set of assumptions. The stated returns assume the highest historical federal income and capital gains tax rates. Return After Taxes on Distributions assumes a continued investment in the Fund and shows the effect of taxes on Fund distributions. Return After Taxes on Distributions and Sale of Fund Shares assumes all shares were redeemed at the end of the measurement period and shows the effect of any taxable gain (or offsetting loss) on redemption, as well as the effects of taxes on Fund distributions. These after-tax returns do not reflect the effect of any applicable state and local taxes. Return After Taxes on Distributions and Sale of Fund Shares may be higher than Return Before Taxes when a net capital loss occurs upon the redemption of Fund shares. Actual after-tax returns depend on an investor’s tax situation and may differ from those shown. After-tax returns shown are not relevant to investors holding shares through tax-deferred programs, such as IRAs or 401(k) plans.

 

(2) The Lipper U.S. Mortgage Funds Index (LUSMI) is an average of the 30 largest mutual funds in this Lipper category. The LUSMI reflects the deduction of expenses associated with mutual funds, such as investment management fees, but is not adjusted to reflect sales charges or taxes.

 

(3) The Lehman Brothers Mortgage-Backed Securities Index (LMI) is an index comprised of fixed rate securities backed by mortgage pools of Ginnie Mae, Freddie Mac and Fannie Mae. The LMI does not reflect the deduction of fees, expenses or taxes that mutual fund investors bear.

 

INCOME FUNDS    7


Table of Contents

LOGO

 

 

Income Funds (cont.)

 

 

Marshall Corporate Income Fund

 

 

LOGO

Goal: To maximize total return consistent with current income.

 

Strategy: The Fund invests at least 80% of its assets in corporate debt securities, including convertible debt securities.

Although the Fund will invest primarily in U.S. dollar denominated securities with a minimum rating in the lowest investment grade category (i.e., BBB or Baa) at the time of purchase, the Fund may invest up to 20% of its assets in debt securities rated below investment grade, also known as high yield securities or “junk bonds” and in foreign debt securities. The Fund also may invest in U.S. government securities and asset-backed and mortgage-backed securities.

 

The Fund’s sub-adviser is Taplin, Canida & Habacht, LLC (TCH), an affiliate of the Adviser. TCH uses macroeconomic, credit and market analysis to select portfolio securities. The Fund normally maintains an average dollar-weighted maturity of three to ten years.

 

Fund Performance: Performance information for the Corporate Income Fund is not included because the Fund does not have one full calendar year of performance.

 

8    INCOME FUNDS


Table of Contents

LOGO

 

 

Income Funds (cont.)

 

 

Marshall Aggregate Bond Fund

 

 

LOGO

Goal : To maximize total return consistent with current income.

 

Strategy: The Fund invests at least 80% of its assets in bonds. Fund investments include corporate, asset-backed and

mortgage-backed securities with a minimum rating in the lowest investment grade category (i.e., BBB or Baa) at the time of purchase and U.S. government securities. The Adviser’s strategy for achieving total return is to adjust the Fund’s weightings in these sectors as it deems appropriate. The Adviser uses macroeconomic, credit and market analysis to select portfolio securities. The Fund normally maintains an average dollar-weighted effective maturity of three to ten years. Effective maturity takes into account the possibility that a bond may have prepayments or may be called by the issuer before its stated maturity date.

 

Fund Performance: Performance information for the Aggregate Bond Fund is not included because the Fund does not have one full calendar year of performance.

 

INCOME FUNDS    9


Table of Contents

LOGO

 

 

Equity Funds

 

 

Marshall Large-Cap Value Fund

 

 

LOGO

Goal: To provide capital appreciation and above-average dividend income.

 

Strategy: The Fund invests at least 80% of its assets in a broadly diversified portfolio of common stocks of large-sized U.S.

companies similar in size to those within the Russell 1000 Value Index. In order to provide both capital appreciation and income, the Adviser attempts to structure the portfolio to pursue an above average yield. The Adviser selects stocks using a unique, quantitative, value-oriented approach.

 

Fund Performance: The total return information shows historical performance of the Fund’s Advisor Class shares and provides some indication of the risks of investing in the Fund. The bar chart shows how the Fund’s total returns before taxes have varied from year to year, while the table compares the Fund’s average annual total returns to the returns of an index of funds with similar investment objectives and a broad measure of market performance. Indices are unmanaged and are not available for direct investment. Please keep in mind that past performance, before and after taxes, does not represent how the Fund will perform in the future. The information assumes that you reinvested all dividends and distributions.

 

Annual Total Returns (calendar years 1999-2007)*

LOGO

 

* The bar chart does not reflect the payment of any sales charges. If these charges had been included, the returns shown would have been lower.

 

The return for the Advisor Class shares of the Fund from January 1, 2008 through September 30, 2008 was (18.38)%.

 

Total Returns

Best quarter

   (2nd quarter, 2003 )   15.65  %

Worst quarter

   (3rd quarter, 2002 )   (17.64 )%

 

Average Annual Total Returns (reduced to reflect sales charges) through 12/31/07

 

      1 Year    5 Year    Since
12/31/98
inception
Fund (1)              

Return Before Taxes

  (0.33)%    10.95%    4.54%

Return After Taxes on Distributions

  (1.22)%    9.47%    3.06%

Return After Taxes on Distributions and Sale of Fund Shares

  0.95%    9.20%    3.29%
LLCVFI (2)   2.46%    13.04%    4.86%
Russell 1000 Value (3)   (0.17)%    14.63%    6.85%

 

(1) After-tax returns are calculated using a standard set of assumptions. The stated returns assume the highest historical federal income and capital gains tax rates. Return After Taxes on Distributions assumes a continued investment in the Fund and shows the effect of taxes on Fund distributions. Return After Taxes on Distributions and Sale of Fund Shares assumes all shares were redeemed at the end of the measurement period and shows the effect of any taxable gain (or offsetting loss) on redemption, as well as the effects of taxes on Fund distributions. These after-tax returns do not reflect the effect of any applicable state and local taxes. Return After Taxes on Distributions and Sale of Fund Shares may be higher than Return Before Taxes when a net capital loss occurs upon the redemption of Fund shares. Actual after-tax returns depend on an investor’s tax situation and may differ from those shown. After-tax returns shown are not relevant to investors holding shares through tax-deferred programs, such as IRAs or 401(k) plans.

 

(2) The Lipper Large Cap Value Funds Index (LLCVFI) is an average of the 30 largest mutual funds in this Lipper category. The LLCVFI reflects the deduction of expenses associated with mutual funds, such as investment management fees, but is not adjusted to reflect sales charges or taxes.

 

(3) The Russell 1000 Value Index measures the performance of those companies included in the Russell 1000 Index with lower price-to-book ratios and lower forecasted growth values. The index does not reflect the deduction of fees, expenses or taxes that mutual fund investors bear.

 

10    EQUITY FUNDS


Table of Contents

LOGO

 

 

Equity Funds (cont.)

 

 

Marshall Large-Cap Growth Fund

 

 

LOGO

Goal: To provide capital appreciation.

 

Strategy: The Fund invests at least 80% of its assets in common stocks of large-sized U.S. companies similar in size to those within the Russell 1000 Growth Index. The

Adviser looks for high quality companies with sustainable earnings growth that are available at reasonable prices.

 

Fund Performance: The total return information shows historical performance of the Fund’s Advisor Class shares and provides some indication of the risks of investing in the Fund. The bar chart shows how the Fund’s total returns before taxes have varied from year to year, while the table compares the Fund’s average annual total returns to the returns of an index of funds with similar investment objectives and a broad measure of market performance. Indices are unmanaged and are not available for direct investment. Please keep in mind that past performance, before and after taxes, does not represent how the Fund will perform in the future. The information assumes that you reinvested all dividends and distributions.

Annual Total Returns (calendar years 1999-2007)*

LOGO

 

* The bar chart does not reflect the payment of any sales charges. If these charges had been included, the returns shown would have been lower.

 

The return for the Advisor Class shares of the Fund from January 1, 2008 through September 30, 2008 was (22.12)%.

 

Total Returns

Best quarter

   (4th quarter, 1999 )   13.46  %

Worst quarter

   (3rd quarter, 2002 )   (17.85 )%

 

Average Annual Total Returns (reduced to reflect sales charges) through 12/31/07

 

      1 Year    5 Year    Since
12/31/98
inception
Fund (1)              

Return Before Taxes

  7.04%    10.70%    1.31%

Return After Taxes on Distributions

  5.78%    9.72%    0.54%

Return After Taxes on Distributions and Sale of Fund Shares

  6.27%    9.12%    0.91%
LLCGFI (2)   14.97%    12.06%    0.55%
Russell 1000 Growth (3)   11.81%    12.11%    0.57%

 

(1) After-tax returns are calculated using a standard set of assumptions. The stated returns assume the highest historical federal income and capital gains tax rates. Return After Taxes on Distributions assumes a continued investment in the Fund and shows the effect of taxes on Fund distributions. Return After Taxes on Distributions and Sale of Fund Shares assumes all shares were redeemed at the end of the measurement period and shows the effect of any taxable gain (or offsetting loss) on redemption, as well as the effects of taxes on Fund distributions. These after-tax returns do not reflect the effect of any applicable state and local taxes. Return After Taxes on Distributions and Sale of Fund Shares may be higher than Return Before Taxes when a net capital loss occurs upon the redemption of Fund shares. Actual after-tax returns depend on an investor’s tax situation and may differ from those shown. After-tax returns shown are not relevant to investors holding shares through tax-deferred programs, such as IRAs or 401(k) plans.

 

 

(2) The Lipper Large-Cap Growth Funds Index (LLCGFI) is an average of the 30 largest mutual funds in this Lipper category. The LLCGFI reflects the deduction of expenses associated with mutual funds, such as investment management fees, but is not adjusted to reflect sales charges or taxes.

 

(3) The Russell 1000 Growth Index measures the performance of those companies included in the Russell 1000 Index with higher price-to-book ratios and higher forecasted growth values. The index does not reflect the deduction of fees, expenses or taxes that mutual fund investors bear.

 

EQUITY FUNDS    11


Table of Contents

LOGO

 

 

Equity Funds (cont.)

 

 

Marshall Mid-Cap Value Fund

 

 

LOGO

Goal: To provide capital appreciation.

 

Strategy: The Fund invests at least 80% of its assets in value-oriented common stocks of medium-sized U.S. companies similar in size to those within the Russell Midcap

Value Index. The Adviser selects companies that exhibit traditional value characteristics, such as a price-to-earnings ratio less than the Standard & Poor’s 400 ® Index, higher-than-average dividend yields or a lower-than-average price-to-book value. In addition, these companies may have under-appreciated assets, or be involved in company turnarounds or corporate restructurings.

 

Fund Performance : The total return information shows historical performance of the Fund’s Advisor Class shares and provides some indication of the risks of investing in the Fund. The bar chart shows how the Fund’s total returns before taxes have varied from year to year, while the table compares the Fund’s average annual total returns to the returns of an index of funds with similar investment objectives and a broad measure of market performance. Indices are unmanaged and are not available for direct investment. Please keep in mind that past performance, before and after taxes, does not represent how the Fund will perform in the future. The information assumes that you reinvested all dividends and distributions.

 

Annual Total Returns (calendar years 1999-2007)*

LOGO

 

* The bar chart does not reflect the payment of any sales charges. If these charges had been included, the returns shown would have been lower.

 

The return for the Advisor Class shares of the Fund from January 1, 2008 through September 30, 2008 was (18.87)%.

 

Total Returns

Best quarter

   (4th quarter, 2001 )   19.16  %

Worst quarter

   (3rd quarter, 2002 )   (16.61 )%

 

Average Annual Total Returns (reduced to reflect sales charges) through 12/31/07

 

      1 Year    5 Year    Since
12/31/98
inception
Fund (1)              

Return Before Taxes

  (5.04)%    12.94%    10.91%

Return After Taxes on Distributions

  (7.40)%    11.35%    8.96%

Return After Taxes on Distributions and Sale of Fund Shares

  (1.15)%    11.06%    8.81%
LMCVFI (2)   3.62%    16.73%    10.45%
RMCVI (3)   (1.42)%    17.92%    10.77%

 

(1) After-tax returns are calculated using a standard set of assumptions. The stated returns assume the highest historical federal income and capital gains tax rates. Return After Taxes on Distributions assumes a continued investment in the Fund and shows the effect of taxes on Fund distributions. Return After Taxes on Distributions and Sale of Fund Shares assumes all shares were redeemed at the end of the measurement period and shows the effect of any taxable gain (or offsetting loss) on redemption, as well as the effects of taxes on Fund distributions. These after-tax returns do not reflect the effect of any applicable state and local taxes. Return After Taxes on Distributions and Sale of Fund Shares may be higher than Return Before Taxes when a net capital loss occurs upon the redemption of Fund shares. Actual after-tax returns depend on an investor’s tax situation and may differ from those shown. After-tax returns shown are not relevant to investors holding shares through tax-deferred programs, such as IRAs or 401(k) plans.

 

(2) The Lipper Mid-Cap Value Funds Index (LMCVFI) is an average of the 30 largest mutual funds in this Lipper category. The LMCVFI reflects the deduction of expenses associated with mutual funds, such as investment management fees, but is not adjusted to reflect sales charges or taxes.

 

(3) The Russell Midcap Value Index (RMCVI) measures the performance of those companies included in the Russell Midcap Index with lower price-to-book ratios and lower forecasted growth values. Those companies are also included in the Russell 1000 Value Index. The RMCVI does not reflect the deduction of fees, expenses or taxes that mutual fund investors bear.

 

12    EQUITY FUNDS


Table of Contents

LOGO

 

 

Equity Funds (cont.)

 

 

Marshall Mid-Cap Growth Fund

 

 

LOGO

Goal: To provide capital appreciation.

 

Strategy: The Fund invests at least 80% of its assets in growth-oriented common stocks of medium-sized U.S. companies similar in size to those within the Russell

Midcap Growth Index. The Adviser selects stocks of companies with growth characteristics, including companies with above-average earnings growth potential and companies where significant changes are taking place, such as new products, services or methods of distribution, or overall business restructuring.

 

Fund Performance: The total return information shows historical performance of the Fund’s Advisor Class shares and provides some indication of the risks of investing in the Fund. The bar chart shows how the Fund’s total returns before taxes have varied from year to year, while the table compares the Fund’s average annual total returns to the returns of an index of funds with similar investment objectives and a broad measure of market performance. Indices are unmanaged and are not available for direct investment. Please keep in mind that past performance, before and after taxes, does not represent how the Fund will perform in the future. The information assumes that you reinvested all dividends and distributions.

 

Annual Total Returns (calendar years 1999-2007)*

LOGO

 

* The bar chart does not reflect the payment of any sales charges. If these charges had been included, the returns shown would have been lower.

 

The return for the Investor Class shares of the Fund from January 1, 2008 through September 30, 2008 was (23.73)%.

 

Total Returns

Best quarter

   (4th quarter, 1999 )   41.02  %

Worst quarter

   (3rd quarter, 2001 )   (23.19 )%

 

Average Annual Total Returns (reduced to reflect sales charges) through 12/31/07

 

      1 Year    5 Year    Since
12/31/98
inception
Fund (1)              

Return Before Taxes

  17.38%    13.72%    6.09%

Return After Taxes on Distributions

  17.36%    13.72%    5.00%

Return After Taxes on Distributions and Sale of Fund Shares

  11.29%    12.05%    4.73%
LMCGFI (2)   21.41%    17.93%    7.29%
RMCGI (3)   11.43%    17.90%    6.54%

(1) After-tax returns are calculated using a standard set of assumptions. The stated returns assume the highest historical federal income and capital gains tax rates. Return After Taxes on Distributions assumes a continued investment in the Fund and shows the effect of taxes on Fund distributions. Return After Taxes on Distributions and Sale of Fund Shares assumes all shares were redeemed at the end of the measurement period and shows the effect of any taxable gain (or offsetting loss) on redemption, as well as the effects of taxes on Fund distributions. These after-tax returns do not reflect the effect of any applicable state and local taxes. Return After Taxes on Distributions and Sale of Fund Shares may be higher than Return Before Taxes when a net capital loss occurs upon the redemption of Fund shares. Actual after-tax returns depend on an investor’s tax situation and may differ from those shown. After-tax returns shown are not relevant to investors holding shares through tax-deferred programs, such as IRAs or 401(k) plans.

 

(2) The Lipper Mid-Cap Growth Funds Index (LMCGFI) is an average of the 30 largest mutual funds in this Lipper category. The LMCGFI reflects the deduction of expenses associated with mutual funds, such as investment management fees, but is not adjusted to reflect sales charges or taxes.

 

(3) The Russell Midcap Growth Index (RMCGI) measures the performance of those companies included in the Russell Midcap Index with higher price-to-book ratios and higher forecasted growth values. Those companies are also included in the Russell 1000 Growth Index. The RMCGI does not reflect the deduction of fees, expenses or taxes that mutual fund investors bear.

 

EQUITY FUNDS    13


Table of Contents

LOGO

 

 

Equity Funds (cont.)

 

 

Marshall Small-Cap Growth Fund

 

 

LOGO

Goal: To provide capital appreciation.

 

Strategy: The Fund invests at least 80% of its assets in common stocks of small-sized U.S. companies similar in size to those within the Russell 2000 Growth Index. The

Adviser selects stocks of companies with growth characteristics, including companies with above-average earnings growth potential and companies where significant changes are taking place, such as new products, services or methods of distribution, or overall business restructuring.

 

Fund Performance: The total return information shows historical performance of the Fund’s Advisor Class shares and provides some indication of the risks of investing in the Fund. The bar chart shows how the Fund’s total returns before taxes have varied from year to year, while the table compares the Fund’s average annual total returns to the returns of an index of funds with similar investment objectives and a broad measure of market performance. Indices are unmanaged and are not available for direct investment. Please keep in mind that past performance, before and after taxes, does not represent how the Fund will perform in the future. The information assumes that you reinvested all dividends and distributions.

Annual Total Returns (calendar years 1999-2007)*

LOGO

 

* The bar chart does not reflect the payment of any sales charges. If these charges had been included, the returns shown would have been lower.

 

The return for the Advisor Class shares of the Fund from January 1, 2008 through September 30, 2008 was (25.89)%.

 

Total Returns

Best quarter

   (4th quarter, 1999 )   38.36  %

Worst quarter

   (3rd quarter, 2001 )   (27.21 )%

 

Average Annual Total Returns (reduced to reflect sales charges) through 12/31/07

 

      1 Year    5 Year    Since
12/31/98
inception
Fund (1)              

Return Before Taxes

  11.96%    19.37%    8.62%

Return After Taxes on Distributions

  7.88%    17.69%    7.25%

Return After Taxes on Distributions and Sale of Fund Shares

  10.22%    16.53%    6.98%
LSCGI (2)   9.68%    15.44%    7.49%
Russell 2000 GI (3)   7.06%    16.50%    4.70%

(1) After-tax returns are calculated using a standard set of assumptions. The stated returns assume the highest historical federal income and capital gains tax rates. Return After Taxes on Distributions assumes a continued investment in the Fund and shows the effect of taxes on Fund distributions. Return After Taxes on Distributions and Sale of Fund Shares assumes all shares were redeemed at the end of the measurement period and shows the effect of any taxable gain (or offsetting loss) on redemption, as well as the effects of taxes on Fund distributions. These after-tax returns do not reflect the effect of any applicable state and local taxes. Return After Taxes on Distributions and Sale of Fund Shares may be higher than Return Before Taxes when a net capital loss occurs upon the redemption of Fund shares. Actual after-tax returns depend on an investor’s tax situation and may differ from those shown. After-tax returns shown are not relevant to investors holding shares through tax-deferred programs, such as IRAs or 401(k) plans.

(2) The Lipper Small-Cap Growth Funds Index (LSCGI) is an average of the 30 largest mutual funds in this Lipper category. The LSCGI reflects the deduction of expenses associated with mutual funds, such as investment management fees, but is not adjusted to reflect sales charges or taxes.

 

(3) The Russell 2000 Growth Index (Russell 2000 GI) measures the performance of those companies included in the Russell 2000 Index with higher price-to-book ratios and higher forecasted growth values. The Russell 2000 GI does not reflect the deduction of fees, expenses or taxes that mutual fund investors bear.

 

14    EQUITY FUNDS


Table of Contents

LOGO

 

 

Equity Funds (cont.)

 

 

Marshall International Stock Fund

 

 

LOGO

Goal: To provide capital appreciation.

 

Strategy: The Fund invests at least 80% of its assets in common stocks of any sized companies located outside the United States. The Fund’s sub-advisers, Trilogy

Global Advisors, LLC (Trilogy) and Acadian Asset Management, LLC (Acadian), each manage approximately 50% of the Fund’s portfolio.

 

Trilogy uses a “bottom-up,” fundamental approach in selecting stocks for the Fund’s portfolio. Trilogy seeks to identify quality companies with attractive returns on equity, earnings growth and a strong capital structure.

 

Acadian uses a quantitative strategy with a focus on valuations to target attractively valued companies that also have positive earnings and price characteristics. Acadian selects stocks for the Fund’s portfolio using models that incorporate multiple factors designed to construct an optimal portfolio while keeping benchmark-relative risk to the desired level. These factors include, among others, price-to-cash earnings, changes in expected growth and changes in operating margins.

 

Effective September 1, 2005, Acadian was added as an additional sub-adviser to the Fund to manage approximately 50% of the Fund’s portfolio. Trilogy was the sole sub-adviser to the Fund from March 29, 1999 to September 1, 2005. Prior thereto, the Fund was managed by another firm.

 

Fund Performance: The total return information shows historical performance of the Fund’s Advisor Class shares and provides some indication of the risks of investing in the Fund. The bar chart shows how the Fund’s total returns before taxes have varied from year to year, while the table compares the Fund’s average annual total returns to the returns of an index of funds with similar investment objectives and a broad measure of market performance. Indices are unmanaged and are not available for direct investment. Please keep in mind that past performance, before and after taxes, does not represent how the Fund will perform in the future. The information assumes that you reinvested all dividends and distributions.

Annual Total Returns (calendar years 1999-2007)*

LOGO

 

 

* The bar chart does not reflect the payment of any sales charges. If these charges had been included, the returns shown would have been lower.

 

The return for the Advisor Class shares of the Fund from January 1, 2008 through September 30, 2008 was (32.24)%.

 

Total Returns

Best quarter

   (4th quarter, 1999 )   40.40  %

Worst quarter

   (3rd quarter, 2002 )   (19.57 )%

 

Average Annual Total Returns (reduced to reflect sales charges) through 12/31/07

 

      1 Year    5 Year    Since
12/31/98
inception
Fund (1)              

Return Before Taxes

  2.09%    17.80%    6.72%

Return After Taxes on Distributions

  (0.40)%    16.33%    5.67%

Return After Taxes on Distributions and Sale of Fund Shares

  3.36%    15.17%    5.52%
LIMCCI (2)   12.61%    21.23%    9.78%
LIMCGI (3)   17.09%    23.16%    8.76%
EAFE (4)   11.17%    21.59%    7.47%

 

(1) After-tax returns are calculated using a standard set of assumptions. The stated returns assume the highest historical federal income and capital gains tax rates. Return After Taxes on Distributions assumes a continued investment in the Fund and shows the effect of taxes on Fund distributions. Return After Taxes on Distributions and Sale of Fund Shares assumes all shares were redeemed at the end of the measurement period and shows the effect of any taxable gain (or offsetting loss) on redemption, as well as the effects of taxes on Fund distributions. These after-tax returns do not reflect the effect of any applicable state and local taxes. Return After Taxes on Distributions and Sale of Fund Shares may be higher than Return Before Taxes when a net capital loss occurs upon the redemption of Fund shares. Actual after-tax returns depend on an investor’s tax situation and may differ from those shown. After-tax returns shown are not relevant to investors holding shares through tax-deferred programs, such as IRAs or 401(k) plans.

 

(2) The Lipper International Multi-Cap Core Index (LIMCCI) is an average of the 30 largest mutual funds in this Lipper category. The LIMCCI reflects the deduction of expenses associated with mutual funds, such as investment management fees, but is not adjusted to reflect sales charges or taxes. The LIMCCI is replacing the Lipper International Multi-Cap Growth Index as the Fund’s benchmark. Lipper has reclassified the Fund based on a review of the Fund’s current portfolio holdings. The Lipper International Multi-Cap Growth Funds Index will be excluded from this comparison in the future.

 

(3) The Lipper International Multi-Cap Growth Funds Index (LIMCGI) is an average of the 30 largest mutual funds in this Lipper category. The LIMCGI reflects the deduction of expenses associated with mutual funds, such as investment management fees, but is not adjusted to reflect sales charges or taxes. As noted above, the LIMCGI will be excluded from this comparison in the future.

 

(4) The Morgan Stanley Capital International Europe, Australasia, Far East Index (EAFE) is a market capitalization-weighted equity index of international stocks designed to represent the performance of 21 developed markets outside of North America. The EAFE does not reflect the deduction of fees, expenses or taxes that mutual fund investors bear.

 

EQUITY FUNDS    15


Table of Contents

LOGO

 

 

Equity Funds (cont.)

 

 

Marshall Emerging Markets Equity Fund

 

 

LOGO

Goal: To provide capital appreciation.

 

Strategy: The Fund invests at least 80% of its assets in common stocks of foreign companies located in emerging markets or whose primary business activities or

principal trading markets are in emerging markets. The Fund’s sub-adviser, Trilogy Global Advisors, LLC (Trilogy), considers emerging markets to be those markets in any country other than Canada, Luxembourg, the U.S. and the countries comprising the MSCI EAFE ® Index (currently, Australia, Austria, Belgium, Denmark, Finland, France, Germany, Greece, Hong Kong, Ireland, Italy, Japan, the Netherlands, New Zealand, Norway, Portugal, Singapore, Spain, Sweden, Switzerland and the United Kingdom). Trilogy uses a “bottom-up,” fundamental approach in selecting stocks for the Fund’s portfolio. Trilogy seeks to identify quality companies of any size in emerging markets with attractive returns on equity, earnings growth and a strong capital structure.

 

Fund Performance: Performance information for the Emerging Markets Equity Fund is not included because the Fund does not have one full calendar year of performance.

 

16    EQUITY FUNDS


Table of Contents

 

LOGO

Fees and Expenses of the Funds–Advisor Class

  This table describes the fees and expenses that you may pay if you buy and hold Advisor Class shares of the Funds.
 

 

      Prime Money
Market
    Short-Term
Income
    Short-
Intermediate
Bond
    Government
Income
    Corporate
Income
    Aggregate
Bond
    Large-Cap
Value
    Large-Cap
Growth
    Mid-Cap
Value
    Mid-Cap
Growth
    Small-Cap
Growth
  International
Stock
    Emerging
Markets
Equity
 
Shareholder Fees (fees paid directly from your investment)*                      
Maximum Sales Charge (Load) Imposed
(as a percentage of offering price)
  None     2.00%     3.75%     3.75%     3.75%     3.75%     5.75%     5.75%     5.75%     5.75%     5.75%   5.75%     5.75%  
Redemption Fee (as a percentage of amount
redeemed, if applicable) (1)
  None     2.00%     2.00%     2.00%     2.00%     2.00%     2.00%     2.00%     2.00%     2.00%     2.00%   2.00%     2.00%  
Annual Fund Operating Expenses (expenses deducted from and expressed as a percentage of the Fund’s net assets)          
Management Fee   0.15% (2)   0.20% (2)   0.40% (2)   0.40% (2)   0.25% (2)   0.40% (2)   0.75% (2)   0.75% (2)   0.75% (2)   0.75% (2)   1.00%   1.00% (2)   1.00% (2)
Distribution (12b-1) Fee   0.30%     None     None     None     None     None     None     None     None     None     None   None     None  
Other Expenses (3)   0.31%     0.60%     0.46%     0.46%     0.86%     0.48%     0.49%     0.52%     0.49%     0.51%     0.51%   0.47%     0.71%  
Acquired Fund Fees and Expenses (4)       0.05%                                            
     
Total Annual Fund Operating
Expenses (5)
  0.76%     0.85%     0.86%     0.86%     1.11%     0.88%     1.24%     1.27%     1.24%     1.26%     1.51%   1.47%     1.71%  
     

* A contingent deferred sales charge (“CDSC”) of 1% will be imposed on redemptions of certain Advisor Class shares of the Funds, except the PRIME MONEY MARKET FUND, which were purchased without a sales charge and redeemed within 12 months of purchase. See “Will I Be Charged a Fee for Redemptions?”

(1) A redemption fee of 2% of the amount redeemed may be imposed on certain redemptions of shares made within 30 days of purchase. The fee is retained by the Fund and generally withheld from the redemption proceeds. See “Will I Be Charged a Fee for Redemptions?”

(2) The Fund and the Adviser have implemented a fee reduction schedule for this Fund’s investment advisory fees. The investment advisory fees charged to the Fund will decline as Fund assets grow. See “Marshall Funds, Inc. Information—Advisory Fees.”

(3) Includes shareholder servicing fee of 0.25%. “Other Expenses” of the PRIME MONEY MARKET FUND do not include fees of 0.01% for initial participation and 0.015% for continued participation in the United States Department of the Treasury (the “U.S. Treasury”) Temporary Guarantee Program (“Guarantee Program”). See “Main Risks of Investing in the Marshall Funds—U.S. Treasury Temporary Guarantee Program.” “Other Expenses” for the CORPORATE INCOME FUND and EMERGING MARKETS EQUITY FUND are based on estimated amounts for each Fund’s first full fiscal year because they are new Funds.

(4) Acquired Fund Fees and Expenses represent the pro rata expense indirectly incurred by a Fund as a result of its investment in other investment companies (each, an “Acquired Fund”). Total Annual Fund Operating Expenses shown will not correlate to each Fund’s ratios of expenses to average net assets appearing in the Financial Highlights tables, which do not include Acquired Fund Fees and Expenses. Amounts less than 0.01%, if applicable, are shown as dashes in the above table but are included in Other Expenses.

(5) Although not contractually obligated to do so, the Adviser and other service providers waived certain fees payable by the Funds, excluding Acquired Fund Fees and Expenses and fees paid for participation in the Guarantee Program, and may waive certain amounts in the future. The net expenses the Funds (except the CORPORATE INCOME FUND and EMERGING MARKETS EQUITY FUND) actually paid for the fiscal year ended August 31, 2008 are shown below. The net expenses the CORPORATE INCOME FUND and EMERGING MARKETS EQUITY FUND expect to pay during each Fund’s first full fiscal year (after anticipated voluntary waivers) are shown below. The Adviser may terminate voluntary waivers at any time.

      Prime Money
Market
  Short-Term
Income
  Short-
Intermediate
Bond
  Government
Income
  Corporate
Income
  Aggregate
Bond
  Large-Cap
Value
  Large-Cap
Growth
  Mid-Cap
Value
  Mid-Cap
Growth
  Small-Cap
Growth
  International
Stock
  Emerging
Markets
Equity
Total Annual Fund Operating Expenses
(after fee reductions and waivers)
  0.75%   0.65%   0.80%   0.80%   0.80%   0.80%   1.24%   1.27%   1.24%   1.26%   1.51%   1.47%   1.50%
   

The purpose of the above table is to assist an investor in understanding the various costs and expenses that a shareholder of a Fund will bear either directly or indirectly. Marshall & Ilsley Trust Company, an affiliate of the Adviser, and its affiliates receive advisory, custodial, shareholder services and administrative fees for the services they provide to the Funds or shareholders, as applicable. For more complete descriptions of the various costs and expenses, see “Marshall Funds, Inc. Information.” Wire-transferred redemptions may be subject to an additional fee.

Example

This example is intended to help you compare the cost of investing in a Fund with the cost of investing in other funds. The example assumes that you invest $10,000 in one of the Funds for the time periods indicated and then redeem all of your shares at the end of those periods. The example also assumes that your investment has a 5% return each year and that the Fund’s operating expenses are before waivers as shown in the table and remain the same. Although your actual costs and returns may be higher or lower, based on these assumptions your costs would be:

      Prime Money
Market
  Short-Term
Income
  Short-
Intermediate
Bond
  Government
Income
  Corporate
Income
  Aggregate
Bond
  Large-Cap
Value
  Large-Cap
Growth
  Mid-Cap
Value
  Mid-Cap
Growth
  Small-Cap
Growth
  International
Stock
  Emerging
Markets
Equity
1 Year   $ 78   $ 285   $ 459   $ 459   $ 484   $ 461   $ 694   $ 697   $ 694   $ 696   $ 720   $ 716   $ 739
3 Years   $ 243   $ 466   $ 639   $ 639   $ 715   $ 645   $ 946   $ 955   $ 946   $ 952   $ 1,025   $ 1,013   $ 1,083
5 Years   $ 422   $ 662   $ 834   $ 834     N.A.   $ 844   $ 1,217   $ 1,232   $ 1,217   $ 1,227   $ 1,351   $ 1,332     N.A.
10 Years   $ 942   $ 1,228   $ 1,396   $ 1,396     N.A.   $ 1,419   $ 1,989   $ 2,021   $ 1,989   $ 2,010   $ 2,273   $ 2,231     N.A.

The above example should not be considered a representation of past or future expenses. Your expenses will be less if you qualify to purchase shares at a reduced or no sales charge. Actual expenses may be greater than those shown.

 

FEES AND EXPENSES OF THE FUNDS—ADVISOR CLASS    17


Table of Contents

 

 

Fees and Expenses of the Funds–Investor Class

 

 

This table describes the fees and expenses that you may pay if you buy and hold Investor Class shares of the GOVERNMENT MONEY MARKET FUND and TAX-FREE MONEY MARKET FUND.

       Government Money
Market
   Tax-Free
Money Market

Shareholder Fees (fees paid directly from your investment)

     

Maximum Sales Charge (Load) Imposed (as a percentage of offering price)

   None    None

Annual Fund Operating Expenses

     

(expenses deducted from and expressed as a percentage of the Fund’s net assets)

     

Management Fee (1)

   0.20%    0.20%

Distribution (12b-1) Fee

   None    None

Other Expenses (2)

   0.35%    0.34%
    

Total Annual Fund Operating Expenses (3)

   0.55%    0.54%
    

 

(1) The Fund and the Adviser have implemented a fee reduction schedule for this Fund’s investment advisory fees. The investment advisory fees charged to the Fund will decline as Fund assets grow. See “Marshall Funds, Inc. Information—Advisory Fees.”

(2) “Other Expenses” include a shareholder servicing fee of 0.25%. “Other Expenses” do not include fees of 0.01% for initial participation and 0.015% for continued participation in the Guarantee Program. See “Main Risks of Investing in the Marshall Funds—U.S. Treasury Temporary Guarantee Program.”

(3) Although not contractually obligated to do so, the Adviser and other service providers waived certain amounts, excluding fees paid for participation in the Guarantee Program. The net expenses the GOVERNMENT MONEY MARKET FUND and the TAX-FREE MONEY MARKET FUND actually paid for the fiscal year ended August 31, 2008 are shown below.

 

       Government Money
Market
   Tax-Free
Money Market

Total Actual Annual Fund Operating Expenses (after waivers)

   0.45%    0.45%
    

 

The purpose of the above table is to assist an investor in understanding the various costs and expenses that a shareholder of a Fund will bear either directly or indirectly. Marshall & Ilsley Trust Company, an affiliate of the Adviser, and its affiliates receive advisory, custodial, shareholder services and administrative fees for the services they provide to the Funds or shareholders, as applicable. For more complete descriptions of the various costs and expenses, see “Marshall Funds, Inc. Information.” Wire-transferred redemptions may be subject to an additional fee.

 

Example

This example is intended to help you compare the cost of investing in a Fund with the cost of investing in other funds. The example assumes that you invest $10,000 in one of the Funds for the time periods indicated and then redeem all of your shares at the end of those periods. The example also assumes that your investment has a 5% return each year and that the Fund’s operating expenses are before waivers as shown in the table and remain the same. Although your actual costs and returns may be higher or lower, based on these assumptions your costs would be:

 

       Government Money
Market
   Tax-Free
Money Market

1 Year

   $ 56    $ 55

3 Years

   $ 176    $ 173

5 Years

   $ 307    $ 302

10 Years

   $ 689    $ 677

The above example should not be considered a representation of past or future expenses. Actual expenses may be greater than those shown.

 

18    FEES AND EXPENSES OF THE FUNDS—INVESTOR CLASS


Table of Contents

LOGO

 

 

Main Risks of Investing in the Marshall Funds

 

 

Please see “Risk/Return Summary—Principal Risks of the Funds” for a summary of the risks that are relevant to each Fund.

 

Stock Market Risks. The EQUITY FUNDS are subject to fluctuations in the stock markets in which they invest, which have periods of increasing and decreasing values. Stocks are more volatile than debt securities. Greater volatility increases risk. If the value of a Fund’s investments goes down, you may lose money.

 

Sector Risks. Companies with similar characteristics, such as those within the same industry, may be grouped together in broad categories called sectors. Sector risk is the possibility that a certain sector may underperform other sectors or the market as a whole. As the Adviser or a sub-adviser allocates more of a Fund’s portfolio holdings to a particular sector, a Fund’s performance may be more susceptible to any economic, business or other developments which generally affect that sector.

 

Style Risks. Due to their relatively high valuations, growth stocks are typically more volatile than value stocks. For instance, the price of a growth stock may experience a larger decline on a forecast of lower earnings, a negative fundamental development, or an adverse market development. Further, growth stocks may not pay dividends or may pay lower dividends than value stocks. This means they depend more on price changes for returns and may be more adversely affected in a down market compared to value stocks that pay higher dividends.

 

Investments in value stocks are subject to the risk that their intrinsic values may never be realized by the market, that a stock judged to be undervalued may actually be appropriately priced, or that their prices may decline, even though in theory they are already undervalued. Value stocks can react differently to issuer, political, market and economic developments than the market as a whole and other types of stocks (e.g., growth stocks). Consequently, while value stocks tend to be inexpensive relative to their earnings or assets compared to other types of stocks, they can continue to be inexpensive for long periods of time and may not ever realize their full value.

 

Foreign Securities Risks. The INTERNATIONAL STOCK FUND and EMERGING MARKETS EQUITY FUND invest primarily in foreign securities. The CORPORATE INCOME FUND may also invest in foreign securities as part of its investment strategy. Investing in foreign securities involves additional risks, including currency-rate fluctuations, political and economic instability, differences in financial reporting standards and less-strict regulation of the securities markets. Furthermore, a Fund may incur higher costs and expenses when making foreign investments, which will affect the Fund’s total return.

 

Foreign securities may be denominated in foreign currencies. Therefore, the value of a Fund’s assets and income in U.S. dollars may be affected by changes in exchange rates and regulations, since exchange rates for foreign currencies change daily. The combination of currency risk and market risk tends to make securities traded in foreign markets more volatile than securities traded exclusively in the United States. Although each Fund values its assets daily in U.S. dollars, a Fund will not convert its holdings of foreign currencies to U.S. dollars daily. Therefore, a Fund may be exposed to currency risks over an extended period of time.

 

Euro Risks. The INTERNATIONAL STOCK FUND makes significant investments in securities denominated in the Euro, the single currency of the European Monetary Union (EMU). Therefore, the exchange rate between the Euro and the U.S. dollar will have a significant impact on the value of the INTERNATIONAL STOCK FUND’s investments. The European Central Bank has control over each EMU member country’s monetary policies. Therefore, the EMU participating countries do not control their own monetary policies by directing independent interest rates for their currencies, which may limit their ability to respond to economic downturns or political upheavals. These factors or other events, including political and economic developments, could cause market disruptions, and could adversely affect the value of securities held by the INTERNATIONAL STOCK FUND.

 

Emerging Markets Risks. The EMERGING MARKETS EQUITY FUND invests primarily in emerging markets. Investments in emerging markets can involve risks in addition to and greater than those generally associated with

 

INVESTING RISKS    19


Table of Contents

LOGO

 

 

Main Risks of Investing in the Marshall Funds (cont.)

 

 

investing in more developed foreign markets. The extent of economic development, political stability, market depth, infrastructure, capitalization and regulatory oversight can be less than in more developed markets. Emerging market economies can be subject to greater social, economic, regulatory and political uncertainties. All of these factors can make emerging market securities more volatile and potentially less liquid than securities issued in more developed markets.

 

Company Size Risks. Generally, the smaller the market capitalization of a company, the fewer the number of shares traded daily, the less liquid its stock and the more volatile its price. Market capitalization is determined by multiplying the number of a company’s outstanding shares by the current market price per share. Companies with smaller market capitalizations also tend to have unproven track records, a limited product or service base and limited access to capital. These factors also increase risks and make these companies more likely to fail than companies with larger market capitalizations.

 

Debt Securities Risks. Debt securities are subject to interest rate risks, credit risks, call risks and liquidity risks, which are more fully described below. These risks will affect the MONEY MARKET FUNDS and the INCOME FUNDS. Fixed income markets are experiencing greater volatility due to recent market events as noted below.

 

Interest Rate Risks. Prices of fixed income securities rise and fall in response to changes in the interest rate paid by similar securities. Generally, when interest rates rise, prices of fixed income securities fall. However, market factors, such as the demand for particular fixed income securities, may cause the price of certain fixed income securities to fall while the prices of other securities rise or remain unchanged. Interest rate changes have a greater effect on the price of fixed income securities with longer durations. Duration measures the price sensitivity of a fixed income security to changes in interest rates.

 

Credit Risks. Credit risk is the possibility that an issuer will default on a security by failing to pay interest or principal when due. If an issuer defaults, a Fund may lose money. Many fixed income securities receive credit ratings from services such as Standard & Poor’s and Moody’s Investors Service. These services assign ratings to securities by assessing the likelihood of issuer default. Lower credit ratings correspond to higher credit risk. If a security has not received a rating, the Fund must rely entirely upon the Adviser’s credit assessment.

 

Fixed income securities generally compensate for greater credit risk by paying interest at a higher rate. The difference between the yield of a security and the yield of a U.S. Treasury security with a comparable maturity (the spread) measures the additional interest paid for risk. Spreads may increase generally in response to adverse economic or market conditions. A security’s spread may also increase if the security’s rating is lowered, or the security is perceived to have an increased credit risk. An increase in the spread will cause the price of the security to decline.

 

Credit risk includes the possibility that a party to a transaction involving a Fund will fail to meet its obligations. This could cause the Fund to lose the benefit of the transaction or prevent the Fund from selling or buying other securities to implement its investment strategy. Credit markets are currently experiencing greater volatility due to recent market events as noted below.

 

Investment Ratings. When the Funds invest in investment grade bonds or other debt securities or convertible securities, some may be rated in the lowest investment grade category (i.e., BBB or Baa). Bonds rated BBB by Standard & Poor’s or Baa by Moody’s Investors Service have speculative characteristics. The Adviser will determine the credit quality of unrated bonds, which may have greater risk (but a potentially higher yield) than comparably rated bonds. If a bond is downgraded, the Adviser will re-evaluate the bond and determine whether the bond should be retained or sold. The CORPORATE INCOME FUND may invest in bonds that are not investment grade. The securities in which the MONEY MARKET FUNDS invest must be rated in one of the two highest short-term rating categories by one or more NRSROs or be determined by the Adviser to be of comparable quality to securities having such ratings.

 

20    INVESTING RISKS


Table of Contents

LOGO

 

 

Main Risks of Investing in the Marshall Funds (cont.)

 

 

Call Risks. Some of the securities in which a Fund invests may be redeemed by the issuer before maturity (or “called”). This will most likely happen when interest rates are declining. If this occurs, the Fund may have to reinvest the proceeds in securities that pay a lower interest rate, which may decrease the Fund’s yield.

 

Liquidity Risks. Trading opportunities are more limited for fixed income securities that have not received any credit ratings, have received ratings below investment grade or are not widely held. These features may make it more difficult to sell or buy a security at a favorable price or time. Consequently, a Fund may have to accept a lower price to sell a security, sell other securities to raise cash or give up an investment opportunity, any of which could have a negative effect on the Fund’s performance. Infrequent trading of securities may also lead to an increase in their price volatility.

 

Liquidity risk also refers to the possibility that a Fund may not be able to sell a security or close out an investment contract when it wants to. If this happens, the Fund will be required to continue to hold the security or keep the position open, and the Fund could incur losses. As noted below, recent market events have caused the markets for some of the securities in which the Funds invest to experience reduced liquidity.

 

High Yield Securities Risks. The CORPORATE INCOME FUND may invest in high yield securities, which tend to be more sensitive to economic conditions than are higher-rated securities. As a result, they generally involve more credit risk than securities in the higher-rated categories. During an economic downturn or a sustained period of rising interest rates, highly leveraged issuers of high yield securities may experience financial stress and may not have sufficient revenues to meet their payment obligations. The risk of loss due to default by an issuer of these securities is significantly greater than issuers of higher-rated securities because such securities are generally unsecured and are often subordinated to other creditors. The Fund may have difficulty disposing of certain high yield securities because there may be a thin trading market for such securities. To the extent a secondary trading market does exist, it is generally not as liquid as the secondary market for higher-rated securities. Periods of economic uncertainty generally result in increased volatility in the market prices of these securities and thus in the Fund’s net asset value. As noted below, markets have recently experienced dramatic volatility and economic uncertainty continues.

 

Government Obligations Risks. For Fund investments in securities issued or guaranteed by the U.S. government, its agencies and instrumentalities, no assurance can be given that the U.S. government will provide financial support to U.S. government-sponsored agencies or instrumentalities where it is not obligated to do so by law. As a result, there is risk that these entities will default on a financial obligation. For instance, securities issued by Ginnie Mae are supported by the full faith and credit of the U.S. government. Securities issued by Fannie Mae and Freddie Mac have historically been supported only by the discretionary authority of the U.S. government. However, obligations of Fannie Mae and Freddie Mac are guaranteed obligations of the U.S. government while these entities remain in conservatorship by the FHFA. Securities issued by the Student Loan Marketing Association (Sallie Mae) are supported only by the credit of that agency.

 

Municipal Securities Risks. An investment in the TAX-FREE MONEY MARKET FUND will be affected by municipal securities risks, which include credit risks, interest rate risks, call risks and liquidity risks. Certain types of municipal bonds are subject to other risks based on many factors, including economic and regulatory developments, changes or proposed changes in the federal and state tax structure, deregulation, court rulings and other factors. Local political and economic factors may also adversely affect the value and liquidity of municipal securities held by these Funds. The value of municipal securities may be affected more by supply and demand factors or the creditworthiness of the issuer than by market interest rates. Repayment of municipal securities depends on the ability of the issuer or project backing such securities to generate taxes or revenues. There is a risk that the interest on an otherwise tax-exempt municipal security may be subject to federal income tax.

 

Asset-Backed/Mortgage-Backed Securities Risks. Asset-backed and mortgage-backed securities are subject to risks of prepayment. This is more likely to occur when interest rates fall because many borrowers refinance mortgages to take advantage of more favorable rates. Prepayments on mortgage-backed securities are also affected by other factors, such as

 

INVESTING RISKS    21


Table of Contents

LOGO

 

 

Main Risks of Investing in the Marshall Funds (cont.)

 

 

the volume of home sales. A Fund’s yield will be reduced if cash from prepaid securities is reinvested in securities with lower interest rates. The risk of prepayment may also decrease the value of mortgage-backed securities. Asset-backed securities may have a higher level of default and recovery risk than mortgage-backed securities. However, both of these types of securities may decline in value because of mortgage foreclosures or defaults on the underlying obligations.

 

Credit risk is greater for mortgage-backed securities that are subordinate to another security (i.e., if the holder of a mortgage-backed security is entitled to receive payments only after payment obligations to holders of the other security are satisfied). The more deeply subordinate the security, the greater the credit risk associated with the security will be. Mortgage-backed securities issued by private issuers, whether or not such obligations are subject to guarantees by the private issuer, may entail greater risk than mortgage-backed securities guaranteed by the U.S. government. The performance of mortgage-backed securities issued by private issuers generally depends on the financial health of those institutions and the performance of the mortgage pool backing such securities. An unexpectedly high rate of defaults on mortgages held by a mortgage pool may limit substantially the pool’s ability to make payments of principal or interest to the holder of such mortgage-backed securities, particularly if such securities are subordinated, thereby reducing the value of such securities and in some cases rendering them worthless. As noted below, recent market events have caused the markets for asset-backed and mortgage-backed securities to experience significantly lower valuations and reduced liquidity.

 

Management Risks. The Adviser’s and sub-advisers’ judgments about the attractiveness, value and potential appreciation of the Funds’ investments may prove to be incorrect. Accordingly, there is no guarantee that the investment techniques used by the Funds’ managers will produce the desired results.

 

High Portfolio Turnover Risks. Although the Funds do not intend to invest for the purpose of seeking short-term profits, securities may be sold without regard to the length of time they have been held when the Funds’ Adviser or sub-adviser believes it is appropriate to do so in light of a Fund’s investment goal. As a result, certain Funds may have high turnover rates (e.g., in excess of 100%). A higher portfolio turnover rate increases transaction expenses that may be borne directly by a Fund (and thus, indirectly by its shareholders), and affects Fund performance. In addition, a high rate of portfolio turnover may result in the realization of larger amounts of capital gains which, when distributed, are taxable to shareholders.

 

Recent Market Events. During 2008, U.S. and international markets experienced dramatic volatility. The securities markets have experienced substantially lower valuations, reduced liquidity, price volatility, credit downgrades, increased likelihood of default and valuation difficulties. As a result, many of the above risks may be increased. Continuing market problems may have adverse effects on the Funds.

 

U.S. Treasury Temporary Guarantee Program (MONEY MARKET FUNDS only). On October 2, 2008, the MONEY MARKET FUNDS filed a Guarantee Agreement with the U.S. Treasury and have paid certain fees to participate in the Guarantee Program. The Board of Directors (the “Board”) determined that each Fund’s participation in the Guarantee Program was in the best interests of the Funds and their respective shareholders. Under the Guarantee Program, the U.S. Treasury will guarantee the share price of shares of a Fund held by shareholders as of September 19, 2008 at $1.00 per share if a Fund’s net asset value per share falls below $0.995 (a “Guarantee Event”) during the coverage period and a Fund is required to liquidate. The Guarantee Program is subject to certain conditions and limitations, including that the guarantee is for the lesser of: (a) the number of Fund shares owned by the shareholder at the close of business on September 19, 2008; or (b) the number of Fund shares owned by the shareholder on the date of a Guarantee Event. Each Fund paid to participate in the Guarantee Program an initial fee equivalent to 0.01% of each Fund’s net assets (as of September 19, 2008) and an extension fee of 0.015% of each Fund’s net assets (as of September 19, 2008). Additional fees may be required to participate in future extensions. The fees paid to participate in the Guarantee Program are borne by all shares of each Fund, including those that are not eligible for protection under the Guarantee Program, and are treated as an extraordinary expense that is not subject to reimbursement under the Adviser’s voluntary expense waiver in effect for each Fund. The Guarantee Program has been extended beyond its initial term to April 30, 2009 and may be further extended to September 18, 2009.

 

22    INVESTING RISKS


Table of Contents

LOGO

 

 

Securities and Investment Techniques Descriptions

 

 

In implementing the Funds’ investment objectives, the Funds may invest in the following securities and use the following investment techniques as part of the principal investment strategy. Some of these securities and techniques involve special risks, which are described under “Main Risks of Investing in the Marshall Funds.” Each Fund that has adopted a non-fundamental policy to invest at least 80% of its assets in the types of securities suggested by such Fund’s name will provide shareholders with at least 60 days’ notice of any change in this policy. The TAX-FREE MONEY MARKET FUND, which has adopted a fundamental policy to invest at least 80% of its assets in the types of securities suggested by its name, may only change this policy with shareholder approval.

 

       Large-Cap
Value
   Large-Cap
Growth
   Mid-Cap
Value
   Mid-Cap
Growth
   Small-Cap
Growth
   International
Stock
   Emerging
Markets
Equity
Equity Securities:                                                 
Common Stocks    ü      ü      ü      ü      ü      ü      ü  
Foreign Common Stocks                                       ü      ü  
Foreign Securities                                       ü      ü  

 

       Government
Money
Market
   Tax-Free
Money
Market
   Prime
Money
Market
   Short-Term
Income
   Short-
Intermediate
Bond
   Government
Income
   Corporate
Income
   Aggregate
Bond
Fixed Income Securities:                                                        
Corporate Debt Securities                  ü      ü      ü             ü      ü  
Fixed Rate Debt Securities    ü      ü      ü      ü      ü      ü      ü      ü  
Floating Rate Debt Securities    ü      ü      ü      ü      ü      ü      ü      ü  
Treasury Securities    ü             ü      ü      ü      ü      ü      ü  
Municipal Notes           ü                                            
Municipal Securities           ü                                            
Commercial Paper           ü      ü                                     
Convertible Securities                                              ü         
Credit Enhancement           ü                                            
Demand Instruments           ü      ü                                     
Mortgage-Backed Securities                         ü      ü      ü      ü      ü  
Dollar Rolls                         ü      ü      ü      ü      ü  
Asset-Backed Securities                         ü      ü      ü      ü      ü  
Bank Instruments                  ü      ü                              
Funding Agreements                  ü                                     
Repurchase Agreements    ü             ü      ü      ü      ü      ü      ü  
Agency Securities    ü             ü      ü      ü      ü      ü      ü  
Tax-Exempt Securities           ü                                            
Variable Rate Demand Instruments           ü      ü                                     
Foreign Securities                                              ü         
U.S. Government Securities    ü             ü      ü      ü      ü      ü      ü  

 

SECURITIES AND INVESTMENT TECHNIQUES DESCRIPTIONS    23


Table of Contents

LOGO

 

 

Securities and Investment Techniques Descriptions (cont.)

 

 

Securities

 

Agency Securities. Agency securities are issued or guaranteed by a federal agency or other government-sponsored entity acting under federal authority. Some government entities are supported by the full faith and credit of the United States. Such entities include Ginnie Mae, Small Business Administration, Farm Credit System Financial Assistance Corporation, Farmers Home Administration, Federal Financing Bank, General Services Administration, and Washington Metropolitan Area Transit Authority. Other government entities receive support through federal subsidies, loans or other benefits. Some government entities have no explicit financial support from the U.S. government, but are regarded as having implied support because the federal government sponsors their activities. Such entities include the Farm Credit Administration and the Financing Corporation. As noted previously, obligations of Fannie Mae and Freddie Mac are guaranteed by the U.S. government while these entities remain in conservatorship.

 

Asset-Backed Securities. Asset-backed securities are payable from pools of obligations other than mortgages. Most asset-backed securities involve consumer or commercial debts with maturities of less than ten years. However, almost any type of fixed income assets (including other fixed income securities) may be used to create an asset-backed security. Asset-backed securities may take the form of commercial paper, notes or pass-through certificates. Asset-backed securities have prepayment risks.

 

Bank Instruments. Bank instruments are unsecured interest-bearing deposits with banks. Bank instruments include bank accounts, time deposits, certificates of deposit and banker’s acceptances. Instruments denominated in U.S. dollars and issued by U.S. branches of foreign banks are referred to as Yankee dollar instruments. Instruments denominated in U.S. dollars and issued by non-U.S. branches of U.S. or foreign banks are commonly referred to as Eurodollar instruments.

 

Commercial Paper. Commercial paper represents an issuer’s obligation with a maturity of less than nine months. Companies typically issue commercial paper to pay for current expenditures. Most issuers constantly reissue their commercial paper and use the proceeds (or bank loans) to repay maturing paper. If the issuer cannot continue to obtain liquidity in this fashion, its commercial paper may default. The short maturity of commercial paper reduces both the interest rate and credit risks as compared to other debt securities of the same issuer.

 

Common Stocks. Common stocks are the most prevalent type of equity securities. Holders of common stock of an issuer are entitled to receive the issuer’s earnings only after the issuer pays its creditors and any preferred shareholders. As a result, changes in the issuer’s earnings have a direct impact on the value of its common stock.

 

Convertible Securities. Convertible securities are fixed income securities that a Fund has the option to exchange for equity securities at a specified conversion price.

 

Credit Enhancement. Credit enhancement consists of an arrangement in which a company agrees to pay amounts due on a fixed income security if the issuer defaults. In some cases the company providing credit enhancement makes all payments directly to the security holders and receives reimbursement from the issuer. Normally, the credit enhancer has greater financial resources and liquidity than the issuer. For this reason, the Adviser usually evaluates the credit risk of a fixed income security based solely upon its credit enhancement.

 

Demand Instruments. Demand instruments are corporate debt securities that the issuer must repay upon demand. Other demand instruments require a third party, such as a dealer or bank, to repurchase the security for its face value upon demand. The Adviser treats demand instruments as short-term securities, even though their stated maturity may extend beyond one year.

 

Dollar Rolls. Dollar rolls are transactions in which a Fund sells mortgage-backed securities with a commitment to buy similar, but not identical, mortgage-backed securities on a future date at a lower price. Normally, one or both securities involved are “to be announced” mortgage-backed securities or “TBAs.” Dollar rolls are subject to interest rate risks and credit risks. These transactions may create leverage risks. Dollar roll transactions will cause a Fund to have an increased portfolio turnover rate.

 

24    SECURITIES AND INVESTMENT TECHNIQUES DESCRIPTIONS


Table of Contents

LOGO

 

 

Securities and Investment Techniques Descriptions (cont.)

 

 

Equity Securities. An investment in the equity securities of a company represents a proportionate ownership interest in that company. Common stocks and other equity securities generally increase or decrease in value based on the earnings of a company and on general industry and market conditions. A fund that invests a significant amount of its assets in common stocks and other equity securities is likely to have greater fluctuations in share price than a fund that invests a significant portion of its assets in fixed income securities. The EQUITY FUNDS cannot predict the income they will receive from equity securities, if any, because companies generally have discretion as to the payment of any dividends or distributions.

 

Fixed Income Securities. Fixed income securities pay interest, dividends or distributions at a specified rate. The rate may be a fixed percentage of the principal or adjusted periodically. In addition, the issuer of a fixed income security must repay the principal amount of the security, normally within a specified time. Fixed income securities provide more regular income than equity securities. However, the returns on fixed income securities are limited and normally do not increase with the issuer’s earnings. This limits the potential appreciation of fixed income securities as compared to equity securities.

 

A security’s yield measures the annual income earned on a security as a percentage of its price. A security’s yield will increase or decrease depending upon whether it costs less (a discount) or more (a premium) than the principal amount. If the issuer may redeem the security before its scheduled maturity, the price and yield on a discount or premium security may change based upon the probability of an early redemption. Securities with higher risks generally have higher yields.

 

The following describes the types of fixed income securities in which the Funds may invest:

 

Corporate Debt Securities. Corporate debt securities are fixed income securities issued by businesses. Notes, bonds, debentures and commercial paper are the most prevalent types of corporate debt securities. The credit risks of corporate debt securities vary widely among issuers.

 

Fixed Rate Debt Securities. Debt securities that pay a fixed interest rate over the life of the security and have a long-term maturity may have many characteristics of short-term debt. For example, the market may treat fixed rate/long-term securities as short-term debt when a security’s market price is close to the call or redemption price, or if the security is approaching its maturity date when the issuer is more likely to call or redeem the debt.

 

As interest rates change, the market prices of fixed rate debt securities are generally more volatile than the prices of floating rate debt securities. As interest rates rise, the prices of fixed rate debt securities fall, and as interest rates fall, the prices of fixed rate debt securities rise. For example, a bond that pays a fixed interest rate of 10% is more valuable to investors when prevailing interest rates are lower; therefore, this value is reflected in a higher price, or a premium. Conversely, if interest rates are over 10%, the bond is less attractive to investors, and sells at a lower price, or a discount.

 

Floating Rate Debt Securities. The interest rate paid on floating rate debt securities is reset periodically (e.g., every 90 days) to a predetermined index rate. Commonly used indices include: 90-day or 180-day Treasury bill rate; one month or three month London Interbank Offered Rate (LIBOR); commercial paper rates; or the prime rate of interest of a bank. The prices of floating rate debt securities are not as sensitive to changes in interest rates as fixed rate debt securities because they behave like shorter-term securities and their interest rate is reset periodically.

 

Foreign Common Stocks. Common stocks of foreign corporations are equity securities issued by a corporation domiciled outside of the United States that trade on a United States securities exchange.

 

Foreign Securities. Foreign securities are equity or fixed income securities that are issued by a corporation or other issuer domiciled outside the United States that trade on a foreign securities exchange or in a foreign market. Securities issued by corporations or other issuers domiciled outside the

 

SECURITIES AND INVESTMENT TECHNIQUES DESCRIPTIONS    25


Table of Contents

LOGO

 

 

Securities and Investment Techniques Descriptions (cont.)

 

 

United States that are dollar denominated and traded in the United States are not considered foreign securities.

 

Funding Agreements. Funding Agreements (Agreements) are investment instruments issued by U.S. insurance companies. Pursuant to such Agreements, a Fund may make cash contributions to a deposit fund of the insurance company’s general or separate accounts. The insurance company then credits guaranteed interest to a Fund. The insurance company may assess periodic charges against an Agreement for expense and service costs allocable to it, and the charges will be deducted from the value of the deposit fund. The purchase price paid for an Agreement becomes part of the general assets of the issuer. A Fund will only purchase Agreements from issuers that meet quality and credit standards established by the Adviser. Generally, Agreements are not assignable or transferable without the permission of the issuing insurance companies, and an active secondary market in Agreements does not currently exist. Also, a Fund may not have the right to receive the principal amount of an Agreement from the insurance company on seven days’ notice or less. Therefore, Agreements are typically considered to be illiquid investments.

 

Mortgage-Backed Securities. Mortgage-backed securities represent interests in pools of mortgages. The mortgages that comprise a pool normally have similar interest rates, maturities and other terms. Mortgages may have fixed or adjustable interest rates. Interests in pools of adjustable rate mortgages are known as ARMs.

 

Mortgage-backed securities come in a variety of forms. Many have extremely complicated terms. The simplest form of a mortgage-backed security is a pass-through certificate. An issuer of a pass-through certificate gathers monthly payments from an underlying pool of mortgages. Then, the issuer deducts its fees and expenses and passes the balance of the payments on to the certificate holders once a month. Holders of pass-through certificates receive a pro-rata share of all payments and pre-payments from the underlying mortgages. As a result, the holders assume all the prepayment risks of the underlying mortgages.

 

Mortgage-backed securities may be issued or guaranteed by Ginnie Mae, Fannie Mae and Freddie Mac, but also may be issued or guaranteed by other issuers, including private companies. Ginnie Mae is a government-owned corporation that is an agency of the U.S. Department of Housing and Urban Development. It guarantees, with the full faith and credit of the United States, full and timely payment of all monthly principal and interest on its mortgage-backed securities. Until recently, Fannie Mae and Freddie Mac were government-sponsored corporations owned entirely by private stockholders. Both issue mortgage-related securities that contain guarantees as to timely payment of interest and principal but that are not backed by the full faith and credit of the U.S. government. In September 2008, the U.S. Treasury announced that Fannie Mae and Freddie Mac had been placed in conservatorship by the Federal Housing Finance Agency, a newly created independent regulator, with a stated purpose to preserve and conserve each entity’s assets and property, and to put each entity in a sound and solvent condition. The obligations of Fannie Mae and Freddie Mac are guaranteed obligations of the U.S. government while the entities remain in conservatorship. No assurance can be given that the U.S. Treasury initiatives will be successful. The Adviser treats mortgage-backed securities guaranteed by a government-sponsored entity as if issued or guaranteed by a federal agency. Although such a guarantee protects against credit risks, it does not reduce market and prepayment risks.

 

Municipal Notes. Municipal notes are short-term tax-exempt securities. Many municipalities issue such notes to fund their current operations before collecting taxes or other municipal revenues. Municipalities may also issue notes to fund capital projects prior to issuing long-term bonds. The issuers typically repay the notes at the end of their fiscal year, either with taxes, other revenues or proceeds from newly issued notes or bonds.

 

Municipal Securities. Municipal securities are fixed income securities issued by states, counties, cities and other political subdivisions and authorities. Although many municipal securities are exempt from federal income tax, municipalities may also issue taxable securities in which the Funds may invest.

 

Repurchase Agreements. Repurchase agreements are transactions in which a Fund buys a security from a dealer or

 

26    SECURITIES AND INVESTMENT TECHNIQUES DESCRIPTIONS


Table of Contents

LOGO

 

 

Securities and Investment Techniques Descriptions (cont.)

 

 

bank and agrees to sell the security back at a mutually agreed upon time and price. The repurchase price exceeds the sale price, reflecting a Fund’s return on the transaction. This return is unrelated to the interest rate on the underlying security. A Fund will enter into repurchase agreements only with banks and other recognized financial institutions, such as securities dealers, deemed creditworthy by the Adviser. The Fund’s custodian will take possession of the securities subject to repurchase agreements. The Adviser and custodian will monitor the value of the underlying security each day to ensure that the value of the security always equals or exceeds the repurchase price. Repurchase agreements are subject to credit risks.

 

Tax-Exempt Securities. Tax-exempt securities are fixed income securities that pay interest that is not subject to regular federal income taxes. Fixed income securities pay interest, dividends and distributions at a specified rate. The rate may be a fixed percentage of the principal or adjusted periodically. In addition, the issuer of a fixed income security must repay the principal amount of the security, normally within a specified time.

 

Typically, states, counties, cities and other political subdivisions and authorities issue tax-exempt securities. Other issuers include industrial and economic development authorities, school and college authorities, housing authorities, healthcare facility authorities, municipal utilities, transportation authorities and other public agencies. The market categorizes tax-exempt securities by their source of repayment.

 

Treasury Securities. Treasury securities are direct obligations of the federal government of the United States. Treasury securities are generally regarded as having the lowest credit risks.

 

U.S. Government Securities. U.S. government securities include direct obligations of the U.S. government, including U.S. Treasury bills, notes, and bonds of varying maturities, and those issued or guaranteed by various U.S. government agencies and instrumentalities. Some U.S. government securities are backed by the full faith and credit of the U.S. government with respect to the timely payment of principal and interest. Others are supported only by the discretionary authority of the U.S. government. Certain others are supported only by the credit of that agency.

 

Variable Rate Demand Instruments. Variable rate demand instruments are securities that require the issuer or a third party, such as a dealer or bank, to repurchase the security for its face value upon demand. The securities also pay interest at a variable rate intended to cause the securities to trade at their face value. The MONEY MARKET FUNDS treat demand instruments as short-term securities, because their variable interest rate adjusts in response to changes in market rates, even though their stated maturity may extend beyond 397 days.

 

Investment Techniques

 

Securities Lending. Certain Funds may lend portfolio securities to borrowers that the Adviser deems creditworthy. In return, a Fund receives cash or liquid securities from the borrower as collateral. The borrower must furnish additional collateral if the market value of the loaned securities increases. Also, the borrower must pay a Fund the equivalent of any dividends or interest received on the loaned securities. Any dividend equivalent payments will not be treated as “qualified dividend” income for federal income tax purposes and will generally be taxable as ordinary income.

 

A Fund will reinvest cash collateral in securities that qualify as an acceptable investment for the Fund. However, the Fund must pay interest to the borrower for the use of cash collateral.

 

Loans are subject to termination at the option of a Fund or the borrower. A Fund will not have the right to vote on securities while they are on loan, but it will terminate a loan in anticipation of any important vote. A Fund may pay administrative and custodial fees in connection with a loan and may pay a negotiated portion of the interest earned on the cash collateral to a securities lending agent or broker. Securities lending activities are subject to interest rate risks and credit risks.

 

Temporary Defensive Investments. To minimize potential losses and maintain liquidity to meet shareholder redemptions during adverse market conditions, each of the Funds (except the MONEY MARKET FUNDS) may temporarily depart from its principal investment strategy by investing up to 100% of Fund assets in cash or short-term, high quality money market instruments (for example, commercial paper and repurchase agreements). This may cause a Fund to temporarily forego greater investment returns for the safety of principal. When so invested, a Fund may not achieve its investment goal.

 

SECURITIES AND INVESTMENT TECHNIQUES DESCRIPTIONS    27


Table of Contents

LOGO

 

 

How to Buy Shares

 

 

Who Can Invest in the Marshall Funds? Only adult U.S. citizens or residents or a U.S. entity with a valid U.S. tax identification (social security or employer identification) number may invest in the Marshall Funds. You may not place transactions in your account for the benefit of any person other than yourself (except for a transfer of shares to another account). If the Funds determine that the registered owner of an account has permitted another person or entity who is not the registered or beneficial owner of the account to hold shares through that account, the Funds may reject future purchases in that account and any related accounts.

 

Shares of the Funds are qualified for sale only in the U.S. and its territories and possessions. The Funds generally do not sell shares to investors residing outside the U.S., even if they are U.S. citizens or lawful permanent residents, except to investors with U.S. military APO or FPO addresses.

 

When Can Shares Be Purchased? You can buy shares of a Fund (other than the MONEY MARKET FUNDS), on any day the New York Stock Exchange (NYSE) is open for regular session trading. You can buy shares of the MONEY MARKET FUNDS on any day the Federal Reserve Bank of New York (the “Federal Reserve”) is open for business and, alternatively, on any day the U.S. government securities markets are open and the MONEY MARKET FUND’s portfolio managers determine sufficient liquidity exists in those markets. The NYSE and Federal Reserve are both closed on most national holidays. The NYSE also is closed on Good Friday. The Federal Reserve is closed on Columbus Day and Veterans Day.

 

When you deliver your transaction request for Advisor Class shares in proper form and it is accepted by the Marshall Funds, or its authorized agent, it is processed at the next determined public offering price. The public offering price is the net asset value (NAV) plus any applicable sales charge, as described below. When you deliver your transaction request for Investor Class shares of a MONEY MARKET FUND in proper form and it is accepted by the Marshall Funds, or its authorized agent, your transaction is processed at the next determined NAV, without a sales charge. The NAV is calculated for each of the Funds (other than the MONEY MARKET FUNDS) at the end of regular trading (normally 3:00 p.m. Central Time) each day the NYSE is open. The NAV for the TAX-FREE MONEY MARKET FUND is determined daily at 11:00 a.m. (Central Time). The NAV for the PRIME MONEY MARKET FUND and GOVERNMENT MONEY MARKET FUND is determined daily at 4:00 p.m. (Central Time). For purchase orders for the GOVERNMENT MONEY MARKET FUND and PRIME MONEY MARKET FUND that are received after 3:00 p.m. but before 4:00 p.m. (Central Time), Marshall Investor Services (MIS) will use its best efforts to accept and process such purchase orders that day; however, there is no guarantee that MIS will be able to do so. All purchase orders received in proper form and accepted by the time a Fund’s NAV is calculated will receive that day’s NAV, regardless of when the order is processed. If the U.S. government securities markets close early, the MONEY MARKET FUNDS reserve the right to determine their NAV at earlier times under those circumstances.

 

How is NAV Calculated? A Fund’s NAV per share is the value of a single share. It is computed by totaling the shares’ pro rata share of the value of the Fund’s investments, cash and other assets, subtracting the shares’ pro rata share of the value of the Fund’s general liabilities and the liabilities specifically allocated to the shares, then dividing the result by the number of shares outstanding. For purpose of calculating the NAV, securities transactions and shareholder transactions are accounted for no later than one business day after the trade date.

 

In determining the NAV for the MONEY MARKET FUNDS, the amortized cost method to value portfolio securities is used in accordance with Rule 2a-7 under the Investment Company Act of 1940. In determining the NAV for all other Funds, listed equity securities are valued each trading day at the last sale price or official closing price reported on a national securities exchange, including NASDAQ. Securities listed on a foreign exchange are valued each trading day at the last closing price on the principal exchange on which they are traded immediately prior to the time for determination of NAV or at fair value as discussed below.

 

Equity securities without a reported trade, U.S. government securities, listed corporate bonds, other fixed income and asset-backed securities with maturities of 60 days or more, unlisted securities and private placement securities are generally valued at the mean of the latest bid and asked price as furnished by an independent pricing service. Fixed income

 

28    HOW TO BUY SHARES


Table of Contents

LOGO

 

 

How to Buy Shares (cont.)

 

 

securities are valued by an independent pricing service, taking into consideration yield, liquidity, risk, credit quality, coupon, maturity, type of issue and any other factors or market data the pricing service deems relevant. Fixed income securities with remaining maturities of 60 days or less at the time of purchase are valued at amortized cost, which approximates fair value. Investments in other open-end registered investment companies are valued at net asset value.

 

Securities or other assets for which market valuations are not readily available, or are deemed to be inaccurate, are valued at fair value as determined in good faith using methods approved by the Board. The Board has established a Pricing Committee, which is responsible for determinations of fair value, subject to the supervision of the Board. In determining fair value, the Pricing Committee takes into account all information available and any factors it deems appropriate. Consequently, the price of securities used by a Fund to calculate its NAV may differ from quoted or published prices for the same securities. Fair value pricing involves subjective judgments. It is possible that the fair value determined for a security is materially different than the value that could be realized upon the sale of that security and the difference may be material to the NAV of the respective Fund.

 

Certain securities held by the Funds, primarily in the INTERNATIONAL STOCK FUND and EMERGING MARKETS EQUITY FUND, may be listed on foreign exchanges that trade on days when a Fund does not calculate NAV. As a result, the market value of the Fund’s investments may change on days when you cannot purchase or sell Fund shares. In addition, a foreign exchange may not value its listed securities at the same time that the Fund calculates its NAV. Most foreign markets close well before the Fund values its securities, generally 3:00 p.m. (Central Time). The earlier close of these foreign markets gives rise to the possibility that significant events, including broad market moves, may have occurred in the interim which may affect a security’s value.

 

The Pricing Committee may determine that a security needs to be fair valued if, among other things, it believes the value of the security might have been materially affected by events occurring after the close of the market in which the security was principally traded, but before the time for determination of the NAV (“a subsequent event”). A subsequent event might include a company-specific development (for example, announcement of a merger that is made after the close of the foreign market), a development that might affect an entire market or region (for example, weather related events) or a potentially global development (such as a terrorist attack that may be expected to have an effect on investor expectations worldwide). The Board has retained an independent fair value pricing service to assist in valuing foreign securities. The service utilizes statistical data based on historical performance of securities, markets and other data in developing factors used to estimate fair value.

 

Sales Charge—Advisor Class. The applicable sales charge for the purchase of Advisor Class shares varies depending on the amount of your purchase. Some or all of the sales charges may be paid as concessions to Authorized Dealers, as that term is defined under “How Do I Purchase Shares?” below.

 

The applicable sales charge when you purchase Advisor Class shares of the EQUITY FUNDS and typical dealer concessions are as follows:

 

Purchase Amount   Sales Charge
as a % of
Public
Offering
Price
  Sales Charge
as a % of
NAV
  Typical
Dealer
Concession
as a % of
Public
Offering
Price
 
Up to $24,999   5.75%   6.10%   5.00%  
$  25,000 – $  49,999   5.00%   5.26%   4.25%  
$  50,000 – $  99,999   4.50%   4.71%   3.75%  
$100,000 – $249,999   3.50%   3.63%   2.75%  
$250,000 – $499,999   2.50%   2.56%   2.00%  
$500,000 – $749,999   2.00%   2.04%   1.60%  
$750,000 – $999,999   1.50%   1.52%   1.20%  
$1 million or greater*   None   None   1.00% **

 

* A CDSC of 1% applies to Advisor Class shares redeemed within 12 months after purchase of $1 million or more.
** The concession is paid by the Adviser on sales of $1 million or more made during a 12-month period.

 

HOW TO BUY SHARES    29


Table of Contents

LOGO

 

 

How to Buy Shares (cont.)

 

 

The applicable sales charge when you purchase Advisor Class shares of the INCOME FUNDS (except the SHORT-TERM INCOME FUND) and typical dealer concessions are as follows:

 

Purchase Amount   Sales Charge
as a % of
Public
Offering
Price
  Sales Charge
as a % of
NAV
  Typical
Dealer
Concession
as a % of
Public
Offering
Price
 
Up to $99,999   3.75%   3.90%   3.00%  
$100,000 – $249,999   3.50%   3.63%   2.75%  
$250,000 – $499,999   2.50%   2.56%   2.00%  
$500,000 – $749,999   2.00%   2.04%   1.60%  
$750,000 – $999,999   1.50%   1.52%   1.20%  
$1 million or greater*   None   None   1.00% **

 

The applicable sales charge when you purchase Advisor Class shares of the SHORT-TERM INCOME FUND and typical dealer concessions are as follows:

 

Purchase Amount   Sales Charge
as a % of
Public
Offering
Price
  Sales Charge
as a % of
NAV
  Typical
Dealer
Concession
as a % of
Public
Offering
Price
 
Up to $999,999   2.00%   2.04%   1.60%  
$1 million or greater*   None   None   1.00% **

 

* A CDSC of 1% applies to Advisor Class shares redeemed within 12 months after purchase of $1 million or more.
** The concession is paid by the Adviser on sales of $1 million or more made during a 12-month period.

 

Reducing Sales Charge—Advisor Class. The sales charge at purchase may be reduced or eliminated by:

 

 

purchases in excess of $1,000,000, subject to a CDSC of 1% imposed on redemptions within 12 months after purchase of $1 million or more;

 

 

quantity purchases of Advisor Class shares;

 

 

purchases of Advisor Class shares by a trustee or other fiduciary for a single trust estate or a single fiduciary account;

 

 

combining concurrent purchases of:

 

  Shares by you, your spouse, and your children under age 21; or

 

  Advisor Class shares of two or more Marshall Funds;

 

 

accumulating purchases (in calculating the sales charge on an additional purchase, you may count the current NAV of previous Advisor Class share purchases still invested in a Marshall Fund);

 

 

accumulating purchases of shares of certain other mutual funds held at M&I Financial Advisors, Inc. (M&I Financial Advisors) with subsequent purchases of the Marshall Funds’ Advisor Class shares that do not otherwise qualify for the Funds’ reduced sales charges;

 

 

signing a letter of intent to purchase a specific dollar amount of Advisor Class shares (except with respect to Advisor Class shares of the SHORT-TERM INCOME FUND) within 13 months (call your investment representative for an application and more information); or

 

 

using the reinvestment privilege within 90 days of redeeming Advisor Class shares by purchasing shares up to the amount redeemed.

 

Additional information concerning sales load breakpoints is available in the Funds’ Statement of Additional Information (SAI) under “How to Buy Shares.” Sales load and breakpoint discount information is also available, free of charge and in a clear and prominent format, on the Funds’ website at http://www.marshallfunds.com. To access this information on the website, please follow the appropriate hyperlinks to the sales load and breakpoint information.

 

If your investment qualifies for a reduced sales charge due to accumulation of purchases, including due to accumulation of investments in other mutual funds held at M&I Financial Advisors, you or your investment representative must notify Marshall Investor Services (MIS) at the time of purchase of the existence of other accounts and/or holdings eligible to be aggregated to reduce or eliminate the sales charge. You may be required to provide records, such as account statements, regarding Marshall Fund shares held by you or related accounts at the Marshall Funds or at other financial intermediaries, or other fund shares held at M&I Financial Advisors, in order to verify your eligibility for a breakpoint

 

30    HOW TO BUY SHARES


Table of Contents

LOGO

 

 

How to Buy Shares (cont.)

 

 

discount. You will receive the reduced sales charge only on the additional purchases and not retroactively on previous purchases. You should contact your investment professional for more information on reducing or eliminating the sales charge.

 

Waivers of Sales Charge—Advisor Class. No sales charge is imposed on:

 

 

trustees or other fiduciaries purchasing Advisor Class shares for employee benefit plans of employers with ten or more employees, or

 

 

reinvested dividends and capital gains.

 

A Fund may also permit purchases without a sales charge from time to time, in the discretion of MIS.

 

What is the Investment Minimum? To open an account with the Funds, your first investment must be at least $1,000. However, you can add to your existing Marshall Funds account directly or through the Funds’ Systematic Investment Program for as little as $50. An account may be opened with a smaller amount as long as the minimum is reached within 90 days. In special circumstances, these minimums may be waived or lowered at the Funds’ discretion. Call your Authorized Dealer for any additional limitations.

 

Redemption Fee. For 30 days following your purchase of shares of a Fund, your redemption or exchange proceeds may be reduced by a redemption fee of 2% (other than with respect to the MONEY MARKET FUNDS). The redemption fee is paid to the Fund. The purpose of the fee is to offset the costs associated with short-term trading in a Fund’s shares. See “How to Redeem and Exchange Shares—Will I be Charged a Fee for Redemptions?” and “—Additional Conditions for Redemptions—Frequent Traders” below.

 

How Do I Purchase Shares? You may purchase shares through a broker/dealer, investment professional or financial institution (Authorized Dealers). Some Authorized Dealers may charge a transaction fee for this service. You may also purchase shares directly from the Funds by the methods described below under the “Fund Purchase Easy Reference Table” and sending your payment to the Fund by check or wire. Trust customers of Marshall & Ilsley Trust Company (M&I Trust) may purchase shares by contacting their trust account officer. In connection with opening an account, you will be requested to provide information that will be used by the Funds to verify your identity, as described in more detail under “Important Information About Procedures for Opening a New Account” below.

 

If you purchase shares of a Fund through a program of services offered or administered by an Authorized Dealer or other service provider, you should read the program materials, including information relating to fees, in conjunction with the Fund’s Prospectus. Certain features of a Fund may not be available or may be modified in connection with the program of services provided.

 

Once you have opened an account, you may purchase additional Fund shares by contacting MIS at 1-800-236-FUND (3863) with respect to Investor Class shares and 1-800-580-FUND (3863) with respect to Advisor Class shares if you have pre-authorized the telephone purchase privilege.

 

Each Fund reserves the right to reject any purchase request. It is the responsibility of MIS, any Authorized Dealer, or other service provider that has entered into an agreement with a Fund, its distributor, or its administrative or shareholder services agent to promptly submit purchase orders to the Fund.

 

You are not the owner of Fund shares (and therefore will not receive distributions) until payment for the shares is received in “good funds.” Wires are generally “good funds” on the day received and checks are “good funds” when deposited with the Funds’ custodian, normally the next business day after receipt. Checks sent to the Marshall Funds to purchase shares must be made payable to the “Marshall Funds.”

 

Important Information About Procedures for Opening a New Account. The Funds are required to comply with various anti-money laundering laws and regulations. To help the government fight the funding of terrorism and money laundering activities, federal law requires all financial institutions, including mutual funds, to obtain, verify and record information that identifies each person who opens an account. Consequently, when you open an account, the Funds must obtain certain personal information, including your full

 

HOW TO BUY SHARES    31


Table of Contents

LOGO

 

 

How to Buy Shares (cont.)

 

 

name, address, date of birth, social security number and other information that will allow the Funds to identify you. The Funds may also ask for other identifying documents or information.

 

If you do not provide this information, the Funds may be unable to open an account for you and your purchase order will not be in proper form. In the event the Funds are unable to verify your identity from the information provided, the Funds may, without prior notice to you, close your account within five business days and redeem your shares at the NAV next determined after the account is closed, minus any applicable sales charge. Any delay in processing your order due to your failure to provide all required information will affect the purchase price you receive for your shares. The Funds are not liable for fluctuations in value experienced as a result of such delays in processing. If at any time the Funds detect suspicious behavior or if certain account information matches government lists of suspicious persons, the Funds may determine not to open an account, may reject additional purchases, may close an existing account, may file a suspicious activity report or may take other appropriate action.

 

Will the Small-Cap Growth Fund Always be Open to New Investors? It is anticipated that M&I’s small-cap growth strategy, which includes the SMALL-CAP GROWTH FUND and separately managed accounts, will be closed to new investors who are not customers of M&I Trust or M&I Financial Advisors, Inc. (M&I Financial Advisors) once the assets managed according to the small-cap growth strategy reach $1 billion, subject to certain exceptions. If you own shares of the Fund prior to the closing date, however, you will still be able to reinvest distributions on shares of the Fund and add to your investment in the Fund.

 

32    HOW TO BUY SHARES


Table of Contents

LOGO

 

 

Fund Purchase Easy Reference Table

 

 

  

Minimum Investments

  

•   To open an account–$1,000

LOGO

  
  

•   To add to an account (including through a Systematic Investment Program)–$50

 

  

Phone 1-800-236-FUND (3863) (Investor Class)

Phone 1-800-580-FUND (3863) (Advisor Class)

  

•   Contact MIS.

LOGO

  
  

•   Complete an application for a new account.

  

•   Once you have opened an account and if you authorized telephone privileges on your account application or by subsequently completing an authorization form, you may purchase additional shares or exchange shares from another Marshall Fund having an identical shareholder registration.

 

  

Mail

  

•   To open an account, send your completed account application and check payable to “Marshall Funds” to the following address:

LOGO

  
  

Marshall Investor Services

P.O. Box 1348

Milwaukee, WI 53201-1348

  

•   To add to your existing Fund account, send in your check, payable to “Marshall Funds,” to the same address. Indicate your Fund account number on the check.

 

  

In Person

  

•   Bring in your completed account application (for new accounts) and a check payable to “Marshall Funds” Monday – Friday, 8:00 a.m. – 5:00 p.m. (Central Time), to:

LOGO

  
  

Marshall Investor Services

111 East Kilbourn Avenue,

Suite 200 Milwaukee, WI 53202

 

HOW TO BUY SHARES    33


Table of Contents

LOGO

 

 

Fund Purchase Easy Reference Table (cont.)

 

 

  

Wire

  

•   Notify MIS and request wire instructions at 1-800-236-FUND (3863) (Investor Class) or 1-800-580-FUND (3863) (Advisor Class).

LOGO

  
  

•   If a new account, fax completed application to MIS at 1-414-287-8511.

  

•   Mail a completed account application to the Fund at the address above under “Mail.”

  

•   Your bank may charge a fee for wiring funds. Wire orders are accepted only on days when the Funds and the Federal Reserve wire system are open for business.

 

  

Systematic Investment Program

  

•   You can have money automatically withdrawn from your checking account ($50 minimum) on predetermined dates and invest it in a Fund at the next Fund share price determined after MIS receives the order.

LOGO

  
  

•   The $1,000 minimum investment requirement is waived for investors purchasing shares through the Systematic Investment Program.

  

•   Call MIS at 1-800-236-FUND (3863) (Investor Class) or 1-800-580-Fund (3863) (Advisor Class) or your Authorized Dealer to apply for this program.

 

  

Marshall Funds OnLine SM

  

•   You may purchase Fund shares via the Internet through Marshall Funds OnLine SM at http://www.marshallfunds.com. See “Fund Transactions Through Marshall Funds OnLine SM ” in the Account and Share Information section.

LOGO

  

 

  

Additional Information About Checks and Automated Clearing House (ACH) Transactions Used to Purchase Shares

  

•   If your check or ACH purchase does not clear, your purchase will be canceled and you will be charged a $15 fee and held liable for any losses incurred by the Fund.

LOGO

  
  

•   If you purchase shares by check or ACH, you may not be able to receive proceeds from a redemption for up to seven days.

  

•   All checks should be made payable to “Marshall Funds.”

  

•   The maximum ACH purchase amount is $100,000.

 

34    HOW TO BUY SHARES


Table of Contents

LOGO

 

 

How to Redeem and Exchange Shares

 

 

How Do I Redeem Shares? You may redeem your Fund shares by contacting your Authorized Dealer or by the other methods described below under the “Fund Redemption Easy Reference Table.” You may redeem shares by contacting MIS at 1-800-236-FUND (3863) with respect to Investor Class shares or 1-800-580-FUND (3863) with respect to Advisor Class shares if you have pre-authorized the telephone redemption privilege. You should note that redemptions will be made only on days when a Fund computes its NAV. When your redemption request is accepted in proper form, it is processed at the next determined NAV.

 

Trust customers of M&I Trust should contact their account officer to make redemption requests. Telephone or written requests for redemptions must be received in proper form, as described below, and can be made through MIS or any Authorized Dealer. It is the responsibility of MIS, any Authorized Dealer or other service provider to promptly submit redemption requests to a Fund.

 

Redemption requests for the Funds (other than the MONEY MARKET FUNDS) must be accepted by the close of trading on the NYSE, generally 3:00 p.m. (Central Time), for shares to be redeemed at that day’s NAV. Redemption requests for the GOVERNMENT MONEY MARKET FUND and PRIME MONEY MARKET FUND must be accepted by 4:00 p.m. (Central Time) in order for shares to be redeemed at that day’s NAV. Redemption requests for the TAX-FREE MONEY MARKET FUND must be accepted by 11:00 a.m. (Central Time) for shares to be redeemed at that day’s NAV. For redemption requests for the GOVERNMENT MONEY MARKET FUND and PRIME MONEY MARKET FUND that are received after 3:00 p.m. but before 4:00 p.m. (Central Time), MIS will use its best efforts to accept and process such redemption requests that day; however, there is no guarantee that MIS will be able to do so. All redemption requests received in proper form and accepted by the time a Fund’s NAV is calculated will receive that day’s NAV, regardless of when the request is processed. Redemption proceeds will normally be mailed, or wired if by written request, the following business day, but in no event more than seven days, after the request is made.

 

Will I Be Charged a Fee for Redemptions? A contingent deferred sales charge (CDSC) of 1% applies to Advisor Class shares of the Funds, except the PRIME MONEY MARKET FUND, redeemed up to 12 months after purchases of $1 million or more that did not initially pay a sales charge. The CDSC is based on the current value of the shares being redeemed. You may be charged a transaction fee if you redeem Fund shares through an Authorized Dealer or service provider (other than MIS or M&I Trust), or if you are redeeming by wire. Consult your Authorized Dealer or service provider for more information, including applicable fees. You will be charged a 2% short-term redemption fee on shares (other than the shares of the MONEY MARKET FUNDS) that have been held for less than 30 days when redeemed (other than through reinvestments of capital gains or dividends), determined on a first-in, first-out basis. See “Additional Conditions for Redemptions—Frequent Traders” below.

 

HOW TO REDEEM AND EXCHANGE SHARES    35


Table of Contents

LOGO

 

 

Fund Redemption Easy Reference Table

 

 

  

Phone 1-800-236-FUND (3863) (Investor Class)

Phone 1-800-580-FUND (3863) (Advisor Class)

  

•   Contact MIS.

LOGO

  
  

•   If you have authorized the telephone redemption privilege in your account application or by a subsequent authorization form, you may redeem shares by telephone. If you are a customer of an Authorized Dealer, you must contact your account representative.

  

•   Not available to retirement accounts, for which redemptions must be done in writing.

 

  

Mail

  

•   Send in your written request to the following address, indicating your name, the Fund name, your account number, and the number of shares or the dollar amount you want to redeem to:

LOGO

  
  

Marshall Investor Services

P.O. Box 1348

Milwaukee, WI 53201-1348

  

•   If you want to redeem shares held in certificate form, you must properly endorse the share certificates and send them by registered or certified mail. Additional documentation may be required from corporations, executors, administrators, trustees or guardians.

  

•   For additional assistance, call MIS at 1-800-236-FUND (3863) (Investor Class) or 1-800-580-FUND (3863) (Advisor Class).

 

  

In Person

  

•   Bring in the written redemption request with the information described in “Mail” above Monday – Friday, 8:00 a.m. – 5:00 p.m. (Central Time), to:

LOGO

  
  

Marshall Investor Services

111 East Kilbourn Avenue, Suite 200

Milwaukee, WI 53202

  

•   The proceeds from the redemptions will be sent to you in the form of a check or by wire.

 

  

Wire/Electronic Transfer

  

•   Upon written request, redemption proceeds can be directly deposited by Electronic Funds Transfer or wired directly to a domestic commercial bank previously designated by you in your account application or by subsequent form.

LOGO

  
  

•   Wires of redemption proceeds will only be made on days on which the Funds and the Federal Reserve wire system are open for business.

  

•   Wire-transferred redemptions may be subject to an additional fee imposed by the bank receiving the wire.

 

  

Systematic Withdrawal Program

  

•   If you have a Fund account balance of at least $10,000, you can have predetermined amounts of at least $100 automatically redeemed from your Fund account on predetermined dates on a monthly or quarterly basis.

LOGO

  
  

•   Contact MIS or your Authorized Dealer to apply for this program.

 

36    HOW TO REDEEM AND EXCHANGE SHARES


Table of Contents

LOGO

 

 

Fund Redemption Easy Reference Table (cont.)

 

 

  

Marshall Funds OnLine SM

  

•    You may redeem Fund shares via the Internet through Marshall Funds OnLine SM at http://www.marshallfunds.com. See “Fund Transactions Through Marshall Funds OnLine SM ” in the Account and Share Information section.

LOGO

  

 

  

Checkwriting (Money Market Funds Only)

  

•    You can redeem shares of any MONEY MARKET FUND by writing a check in an amount of at least $250. You must have completed the checkwriting section of your account application and the attached signature card, or have completed a subsequent application form. The Fund will then provide you with the checks.

LOGO

  
  

•    Your check is treated as a redemption order for Fund shares equal to the amount of the check.

  

•    A check for an amount in excess of your available Fund account balance will be returned marked “insufficient funds.”

  

•    Checks cannot be used to close your Fund account balance.

  

•    Checks deposited or cashed through foreign banks or financial institutions may be subject to local bank charges.

 

HOW TO REDEEM AND EXCHANGE SHARES    37


Table of Contents

LOGO

 

 

Additional Conditions for Redemptions

 

 

Signature Guarantees. In the following instances, you must have a signature guarantee on written redemption requests:

 

 

when you want a redemption to be sent to an address other than the one you have on record with a Fund;

 

 

when you want the redemption payable to someone other than the shareholder of record; or

 

 

when your redemption is to be sent to an address of record that was changed within the last 30 days.

 

Your signature can be guaranteed by any federally insured financial institution (such as a bank or credit union) or a broker/dealer that is a domestic stock exchange member, but not by a notary public.

 

Limitations on Redemption Proceeds. Redemption proceeds normally are wired or mailed within one business day after accepting a request in proper form. However, delivery of payment may be delayed up to seven days:

 

 

to allow your purchase payment to clear;

 

 

during periods of market volatility; or

 

 

when a shareholder’s trade activity or amount adversely impacts a Fund’s ability to manage its assets.

 

You will not accrue interest or dividends on uncashed checks from a Fund. If those checks are undeliverable and returned to a Fund, the proceeds will be reinvested in shares of the Funds that were redeemed.

 

Corporate Resolutions. Corporations, trusts and institutional organizations are required to furnish evidence of the authority of persons designated on the account application to effect transactions on behalf of the organizations.

 

Redemption in Kind. The Funds have reserved the right to pay the redemption price in whole or in part by a distribution of a Fund’s portfolio securities. This means that the Funds are obligated to pay share redemptions to any one shareholder in cash only up to the lesser of $250,000 or 1% of a Fund’s net assets represented by such share class during any 90-day period. Generally, any share redemption payment greater than this amount will be paid in cash unless the Adviser determines that payment should be in kind.

 

Exchange Privilege. You may exchange shares of a Fund for the same class of shares of any of the other Marshall Funds free of charge (and, with respect to Advisor Class shares, if you have previously paid a sales charge), provided you meet the investment minimum of the Fund and you reside in a jurisdiction where Fund shares may be lawfully offered for sale. An exchange, if less than 30 days after purchase, may be subject to a 2% short-term redemption fee (other than in the case of the MONEY MARKET FUNDS). See “Will I Be Charged a Fee for Redemptions?” An exchange is treated as a redemption and a subsequent purchase, and is therefore a taxable transaction.

 

Signatures must be guaranteed if you request an exchange into another Fund with a different shareholder registration. The exchange privilege may be modified or terminated at any time.

 

Exchanges by Telephone. If you have completed the telephone authorization section on your account application or an authorization form obtained through MIS or your Authorized Dealer, you may telephone instructions to MIS or your Authorized Dealer to exchange between Fund accounts that have identical shareholder registrations. Telephone exchange instructions must be received by the Funds (other than the TAX-FREE MONEY MARKET FUND) before the close of trading on the NYSE, generally 3:00 p.m. (Central Time), for shares to be exchanged at the NAV calculated that day and to receive a dividend of the Fund into which you exchange, if applicable. Telephone exchange instructions must be received before 11:00 a.m. (Central Time) with respect to the TAX-FREE MONEY MARKET FUND for shares to be exchanged at that day’s NAV and to receive a dividend of the Fund into which you exchange, if applicable.

 

The Funds will record your telephone instructions. The Funds will not be liable for losses due to unauthorized or fraudulent telephone instructions as long as reasonable security procedures are followed. You will be notified of changes to telephone transaction privileges.

 

Frequent Traders. The Funds’ management or the Adviser may determine from the amount, frequency and pattern of exchanges or redemptions that a shareholder is engaged in excessive trading that is detrimental to a Fund or its other shareholders. Such short-term or excessive trading into and

 

38    HOW TO REDEEM AND EXCHANGE SHARES


Table of Contents

LOGO

 

 

Additional Conditions for Redemptions (cont.)

 

 

out of a Fund may harm all shareholders by disrupting investment strategies, increasing brokerage, administrative and other expenses, decreasing tax efficiency and diluting the value of shares held by long-term shareholders.

 

The Board has approved policies that seek to discourage frequent purchases and redemptions and curb the disruptive effects of frequent trading (the Market Timing Policy). Pursuant to the Market Timing Policy, a Fund may decline to accept an application or may reject a purchase request, including an exchange, from an investor who, in the sole judgment of the Adviser, has a pattern of short-term or excessive trading or whose trading has been or may be disruptive to the Fund. The Funds, the Adviser and affiliates thereof are prohibited from entering into arrangements with any shareholder or other person to permit frequent purchases and redemptions of Fund shares. The Market Timing Policy does not apply to the MONEY MARKET FUNDS, which are typically used for cash management purposes and invest in highly liquid securities. However, the Adviser seeks to prevent the use of the MONEY MARKET FUNDS to facilitate frequent trading in other Marshall Funds in violation of the Market Timing Policy.

 

Each Fund monitors and enforces the Market Timing Policy through:

 

 

the termination of a shareholder’s purchase and/or exchange privileges;

 

 

selective monitoring of trade activity; and

 

 

the imposition of a 2% short-term redemption fee for redemptions or exchanges of shares of a Fund within 30 days after purchase of such shares, determined on a first-in, first-out basis.

 

The redemption fee is deducted from redemption proceeds and is paid directly to the Fund.

 

A redemption of shares acquired as a result of reinvesting distributions is not subject to the redemption fee. The redemption fee may not apply to shares redeemed in the case of death, through an automatic, nondiscretionary rebalancing or asset allocation program, trade error correction and involuntary redemptions imposed by the Fund or a financial intermediary. In addition, the redemption fee will not apply to certain transactions in retirement accounts ( e.g ., IRA accounts and qualified employee benefit plans), such as disability, hardship, forfeitures, required minimum distributions, systematic withdrawals, shares purchased through a systematic purchase plan, return of excess contributions and loans. The Funds’ officers may, in their sole discretion, authorize waivers of the short-term redemption fee in other limited circumstances that do not indicate market timing strategies. All waivers authorized by the officers are reported to the Board.

 

Although the Funds seek to detect and deter market timing activity, their ability to monitor trades that are placed by individual shareholders through omnibus accounts is limited because the Funds may not have direct access to the underlying shareholder account information. Omnibus accounts are accounts maintained by financial intermediaries on behalf of multiple beneficial shareholders. Due to policy, operational or system requirements and limitations, omnibus account holders, including qualified employee benefit plans, may use criteria and methods for tracking, applying or calculating the redemption fee that may differ from those utilized by the Fund’s transfer agent. In addition, the Funds may rely on a financial intermediary’s market timing policy, even if those policies are different from the Funds’ policy, when the Funds believe that the policy is reasonably designed to prevent excessive trading practices that are detrimental to the Fund. If you purchase Fund shares through a financial intermediary, you should contact your financial intermediary for more information on whether the redemption fee is applied to redemptions or exchanges of your shares.

 

The Funds may request that financial intermediaries furnish the Funds with trading and identifying information relating to beneficial shareholders, such as social security and account numbers, in order to review any unusual patterns of trading activity discovered in the omnibus account. The Funds also may request that the financial intermediaries take action to prevent a particular shareholder from engaging in excessive trading and to enforce the Funds’ or their market timing policies. There may be legal and technological limitations on the ability of financial intermediaries to restrict the trading practices of their clients, and they may impose restrictions or limitations that are different from the Funds’ policies. As a result, the Funds’ ability to monitor and discourage excessive trading practices in omnibus accounts may be limited.

 

HOW TO REDEEM AND EXCHANGE SHARES    39


Table of Contents

LOGO

 

 

Account and Share Information

 

 

Fund Transactions Through Marshall Funds OnLine SM . If you have previously established an account with a Fund, and have signed an OnLine SM Agreement, you may purchase, redeem or exchange shares through the Marshall Funds’ Internet site at http://www.marshallfunds.com (the Web Site). You may also check your Fund account balance(s) and historical transactions through the Web Site. You cannot, however, establish a new Fund account through the Web Site—you may only establish a new Fund account under the methods described in the “How to Buy Shares” section.

 

Trust customers of M&I Trust should contact their account officer for information on the availability of transactions on the Web Site.

 

You should contact MIS at 1-800-236-FUND (3863) with respect to Investor Class shares or 1-800-580-FUND (3863) with respect to Advisor Class shares to get started. MIS will provide instructions on how to create and activate your Personal Identification Number (PIN). If you forget or lose your PIN number, contact MIS.

 

Online Conditions. Because of security concerns and costs associated with maintaining the Web Site, purchases, redemptions and exchanges through the Web Site are subject to the following daily minimum and maximum transaction amounts:

 

      Minimum   Maximum
Purchases:   $50   $100,000
Redemptions:   By ACH: $50   By ACH: $50,000
    By wire: $1,000   By wire: $50,000
Exchanges:   $50   $100,000

 

Your transactions through the Web Site are effective at the time they are accepted by a Fund, and are subject to all of the conditions and procedures described in this Prospectus.

 

You may not change your address of record, registration or wiring instructions through the Web Site. The Web Site privilege may be modified at any time, but you will be notified in writing of any termination of the privilege.

 

Online Risks. If you utilize the Web Site for account histories or transactions, you should be aware that the Internet is an unsecured, unregulated and unpredictable environment. Your ability to use the Web Site for transactions is dependent upon the Internet and equipment, software, systems, data and services provided by various vendors and third parties (including telecommunications carriers, equipment manufacturers, firewall providers and encryption system providers). While the Funds and their service providers have established certain security procedures, the Funds and their transfer agent cannot assure you that inquiries or trading activity will be completely secure. There may also be delays, malfunctions or other inconveniences generally associated with this medium. There may be times when the Web Site is unavailable for Fund transactions, which may be due to the Internet or the actions or omissions of a third party—should this happen, you should consider purchasing, redeeming or exchanging shares by another method. The Marshall Funds, its transfer agent and MIS are not responsible for any such delays or malfunctions, and are not responsible for wrongful acts by third parties, as long as reasonable security procedures are followed.

 

Confirmations and Account Statements. You will receive confirmation of purchases, redemptions and exchanges (except for systematic program transactions). In addition, you will receive periodic statements reporting all account activity, including systematic program transactions, dividends and capital gains paid. You may request photocopies of historical confirmations from prior years. The Funds may charge a fee for this service.

 

Dividends and Capital Gains. Dividends, if any, of the MONEY MARKET FUNDS and the INCOME FUNDS are declared daily and paid monthly. Provided that your order is received in proper form, payment in “good funds” is received and your order is accepted by the time a Fund’s NAV is calculated, you will receive dividends declared that day. You will continue to receive dividends declared through, and including, the day you redeem your shares.

 

Dividends, if any, of the EQUITY FUNDS are declared and paid quarterly, except for the INTERNATIONAL STOCK FUND and EMERGING MARKETS EQUITY FUND, which declare and pay dividends annually. Dividends are paid to all shareholders invested in the EQUITY FUNDS on the record date, which is the date on which a shareholder must officially own shares in order to earn a dividend.

 

40    ACCOUNT AND SHARE INFORMATION


Table of Contents

LOGO

 

 

Account and Share Information (cont.)

 

What are Dividends and Capital Gains?

A dividend is the money paid to shareholders that a mutual fund has earned

from the income on its investments after paying any Fund expenses. A capital gain distribution is the

money paid to shareholders from a mutual fund’s net profit realized from the sales of portfolio securities.

LOGO

 

In addition, the Funds distribute net capital gains, if any, at least annually. None of the MONEY MARKET FUNDS expects to realize any capital gains or losses. If capital gains or losses were realized by a Fund, they could result in an increase or decrease in such Fund’s distributions. Your dividends and capital gain distributions will be automatically reinvested in additional shares of the same Fund without a sales charge, unless you elect cash payments. If you elect cash payments and the payment is returned as undeliverable, your cash payment will be reinvested in Fund shares and your distribution option will convert to automatic reinvestment. If any distribution check remains uncashed for six months, the check amount will be reinvested in shares and you will not accrue any interest or dividends on this amount prior to the reinvestment.

 

If you purchase shares just before a Fund (other than a MONEY MARKET FUND) declares a dividend or capital gain distribution, you will pay the full price for the

shares and then receive a portion of the price back in the form of the distribution. The distribution will generally be taxable to you for federal income tax purposes.

 

Shares may be redeemed or exchanged based on either a dollar amount or number of shares. If you are redeeming or exchanging based upon a number of Fund shares, you must redeem or exchange enough shares to meet the minimum dollar amounts described above, but not so much as to exceed the maximum dollar amounts.

 

Accounts with Low Balances. Due to the high cost of maintaining accounts with low balances, a Fund may redeem shares in your account (other than accounts established through the Systematic Investment Program) and pay you the proceeds if your account balance falls below the required minimum value of $1,000. Before shares are redeemed to close an account, you will be notified in writing and allowed 30 days to purchase additional shares to meet the minimum account balance requirement.

 

Rule 12b-1 Plan. THE PRIME MONEY MARKET FUND has a Rule 12b-1 Plan which allows the Fund’s Advisor Class shares to pay a fee equal to a maximum of 0.30% of the Advisor Class shares’ assets to the distributor and financial intermediaries for the sale and distribution of the Fund’s Advisor Class shares and for services provided to shareholders of the Fund’s Advisor Class shares. Because these shares pay marketing fees out of the PRIME MONEY MARKET FUND’s assets on an ongoing basis, your investment cost with respect to the Fund’s Advisor Class shares may be higher over time than with respect to other fund shares with different sales charges and marketing fees.

 

Multiple Classes. The Marshall Funds have adopted a plan that permits each Fund to offer more than one class of shares. Currently, most of the Funds offer three classes of shares (the GOVERNMENT MONEY MARKET FUND and the TAX-FREE MONEY MARKET FUND offer two classes of shares). All shares of each Fund or class have equal voting rights and will generally be entitled to vote in the aggregate and not by Fund or class. There may be circumstances, however, when only shareholders of a particular Fund or class are entitled to vote on matters affecting that Fund or class. Share classes may have different sales charges and other expenses, which may affect their performance.

 

Tax Information

 

Federal Income Tax. The Funds send you an annual statement of your account activity to assist you in completing your federal, state and local tax returns. With respect to taxable investors, Fund distributions of net income and net capital gains are taxable whether paid in cash or reinvested in the Fund. Distributions from the Funds’ investment company taxable income (which includes dividends, interest, net short-term capital gains and net gains from foreign currency transactions, determined without regard to the deduction for dividends paid by the Fund), if any, generally are taxable to you as ordinary income whether reinvested or received in cash, unless such distributions are attributable to “qualified dividend income” eligible for the reduced federal income tax

 

ACCOUNT AND SHARE INFORMATION    41


Table of Contents

LOGO

 

 

Account and Share Information (cont.)

 

 

rate applicable to long-term capital gains. Distributions of the Funds’ net long-term capital gains are generally taxable at long-term capital gain rates. Currently, the maximum federal income tax rate on ordinary income is 35%, while the maximum federal income tax rate on long-term capital gains is 15%. Fund distributions from the LARGE-CAP VALUE FUND, LARGE-CAP GROWTH FUND and MID-CAP VALUE FUND are expected to consist of both investment company taxable income and net long-term capital gains. Fund distributions from the other EQUITY FUNDS are expected to primarily consist of net capital gains, and fund distributions of the MONEY MARKET FUNDS and the INCOME FUNDS are expected to primarily consist of investment company taxable income.

 

It is anticipated that the distributions from the TAX-FREE MONEY MARKET FUND will primarily consist of interest income that is generally exempt from regular federal income tax, although a portion of such Fund’s distributions may not be exempt. Even if distributions are exempt from federal income tax, they may be subject to state and local taxes. You may owe tax on certain distributions, which might otherwise be tax-exempt, if the federal AMT applies to you. You may be subject to tax on any net capital gain realized by these Funds.

 

Your redemption of Fund shares may result in a taxable gain or loss to you for federal income tax purposes, depending on whether the redemption proceeds are more or less than your basis in the redeemed shares. An exchange of Fund shares for shares in any other Marshall Fund generally will be treated for federal tax purposes as a redemption followed by the purchase of shares of the other Fund, and thus will generally result in the same tax treatment as a redemption of Fund shares.

 

If you do not furnish a Fund with your correct social security number or taxpayer identification number and/or the Fund receives notification from the Internal Revenue Service requiring back-up withholding, the Fund is required by federal law to withhold federal income tax from your distributions and redemption proceeds, currently at a rate of 28% for U.S. citizens and residents.

 

This section is not intended to be a full discussion of the federal income tax laws and the effect of such laws on you. There may be other federal, state, foreign or local tax considerations applicable to a particular investor. Please consult your own tax advisor regarding federal, state, foreign and local tax considerations.

 

Portfolio Holdings

 

A description of the Funds’ policies and procedures with respect to the disclosure of the Funds’ portfolio securities is available in the Funds’ Statement of Additional Information (SAI).

 

42    ACCOUNT AND SHARE INFORMATION


Table of Contents

 

 

Marshall Funds, Inc. Information

 

 

Management of the Marshall Funds. The Board governs the Funds. The Board selects and oversees the Adviser, M&I Investment Management Corp. The Adviser manages each Fund’s assets, including buying and selling portfolio securities for the Funds (except the CORPORATE INCOME FUND, INTERNATIONAL STOCK FUND and EMERGING MARKETS EQUITY FUND). The Adviser’s address is 111 East Kilbourn Avenue, Suite 200, Milwaukee, Wisconsin 53202.

 

The Adviser has entered into a subadvisory contract with an affiliate, Taplin, Canida & Habacht, LLC, pursuant to which TCH manages the CORPORATE INCOME FUND, subject to oversight by the Adviser.

 

The Adviser has entered into a subadvisory contract with Acadian Asset Management, LLC, pursuant to which Acadian manages a portion of the INTERNATIONAL STOCK FUND’s portfolio, subject to oversight by the Adviser. The Adviser has entered into a subadvisory contract with Trilogy Global Advisors, LLC, pursuant to which Trilogy manages a portion of the INTERNATIONAL STOCK FUND’s portfolio, subject to oversight by the Adviser.

 

The Adviser has entered into a subadvisory contract with Trilogy Global Advisors, LLC, pursuant to which Trilogy manages the EMERGING MARKETS EQUITY FUND, subject to oversight by the Adviser.

 

Adviser’s Background. The Adviser is a registered investment adviser and a wholly-owned subsidiary of Marshall & Ilsley Corporation, a registered bank holding company headquartered in Milwaukee, Wisconsin. As of August 31, 2008, the Adviser had approximately $20.4 billion in assets under management, of which approximately $10.3 billion was in the Marshall Funds’ assets, and has managed investments for individuals and institutions since 1973. The Adviser has managed the Marshall Funds since 1992 and managed the Newton Funds (predecessors to some of the Marshall Funds) since 1985.

 

Sub-Advisers’ Background. TCH, an affiliate of the Adviser, is a registered investment adviser that provides investment management services to investment companies, pension and profit sharing plans, state or municipal government entities, corporations, charitable organizations and individuals. As of August 31, 2008, TCH had approximately $8.6 billion in assets under management. TCH’s address is 1001 Brickell Bay Drive, Suite 2100, Miami, Florida 33131. Marshall & Ilsley Corporation, the ultimate parent company of the Adviser, acquired a majority interest in TCH on December 3, 2008. As a result of the acquisition, TCH became an indirect subsidiary of the Adviser. Accordingly, TCH and the Adviser are affiliates.

 

Acadian is a registered investment adviser that has provided investment management services to corporations, pension and profit sharing plans, 401(k) and thrift plans, other institutions and individuals since 1986. As of August 31, 2008, Acadian had approximately $70.8 billion in assets under management. Acadian’s address is One Post Office Square, Boston, Massachusetts 02109.

 

Trilogy is a registered investment adviser that provides investment management services to investment companies, corporations, trusts, estates, pension and profit sharing plans, individuals and other institutions located principally in Canada and the United States. As of August 31, 2008, Trilogy had approximately $13.8 billion in assets under management. Trilogy’s address is 1114 Avenue of the Americas, 28th Floor, New York, New York 10036.

 

All fees of the subadvisers are paid by the Adviser.

 

Manager of Managers Structure. The Funds and the Adviser have received an exemptive order from the SEC granting exemptions from certain provisions of the 1940 Act, pursuant to which the Adviser will be permitted to enter into and materially amend subadvisory agreements with sub-advisers who are not affiliated with the Funds or the Adviser without shareholder approval of the applicable Fund, subject to the supervision and approval of the Board and certain other conditions specified in the order. Consequently, the Adviser will have the right to hire, terminate or replace sub-advisers without shareholder approval when the Board and the Adviser feel that a change would benefit a Fund. Within 90 days after the hiring of a new sub-adviser, affected shareholders will receive information about the new subadvisory relationship. The Adviser will continue to have the ultimate responsibility (subject to the oversight of the Board) to oversee the sub-advisers and recommend their hiring, termination and replacement. The manager of managers

 

MARSHALL FUNDS, INC. INFORMATION    43


Table of Contents

 

 

Marshall Funds, Inc. Information (cont.)

 

 

structure enables the Funds to operate with greater efficiency and without incurring the expense and delays associated with obtaining shareholder approval of subadvisory agreements. The structure does not permit investment management fees paid by the Funds to be increased or change the Adviser’s obligations under the investment advisory agreement with the Funds, including the Adviser’s responsibility to monitor and oversee subadvisory services furnished to the Funds, without shareholder approval. Furthermore, any subadvisory agreements with affiliates of the Funds or the Adviser will require shareholder approval. Currently, only the INTERNATIONAL STOCK FUND, CORPORATE INCOME FUND and EMERGING MARKETS EQUITY FUND employ the manager of managers structure.

 

Portfolio Managers. The GOVERNMENT MONEY MARKET FUND, the PRIME MONEY MARKET FUND and the SHORT-TERM INCOME FUND are managed by Richard M. Rokus, a Vice President and a Portfolio Manager of the Adviser. Mr. Rokus has managed the GOVERNMENT MONEY MARKET FUND since May 2004, the PRIME MONEY MARKET FUND since January 1, 1994 and the SHORT-TERM INCOME FUND since November 2001, and has been employed by the Adviser since January 1993. Mr. Rokus is a Chartered Financial Analyst and holds a B.B.A. degree in Finance from the University of Wisconsin-Whitewater.

 

The TAX-FREE MONEY MARKET FUND has been managed by Craig J. Mauermann since its inception in 2004. Mr. Mauermann has been a Vice President and a Portfolio Manager of the Adviser since 2004. Prior to joining the Adviser, he was a municipal bond analyst and trader for three municipal money market funds at Strong Capital Management, Inc. Mr. Mauermann holds an M.B.A. degree and a B.A. degree from Marquette University.

 

The SHORT-INTERMEDIATE BOND FUND, the GOVERNMENT INCOME FUND and the AGGREGATE BOND FUND have been managed by Jason D. Weiner since 2001, 2001 and 2007, respectively. Mr. Weiner, a Vice President and a Portfolio Manager of the Adviser, joined the Adviser in 1993. Since 1998, he also has been managing short-term and intermediate advisory portfolios for institutional clients. Mr. Weiner, who is a Chartered Financial Analyst, received his B.S. degree in Finance and International Business from Marquette University.

 

The CORPORATE INCOME FUND has been managed by TCH since its inception in 2008. Tere Alvarez Canida, Alan M. Habacht and William J. Canida co-manage the CORPORATE INCOME FUND on a team basis. All members of the team share investment decision making responsibilities with respect to the Funds. Ms. Canida is President and Managing Principal of TCH. Prior to joining TCH in 1985, she served as vice president and senior investment officer of Southeast Bank. Ms. Canida, who is a Chartered Financial Analyst, received her B.S. degree in international economics from Georgetown University and her M.B.A. degree from The George Washington University. Mr. Habacht is Vice President and Principal of TCH. Prior to joining TCH in 1987, he served as senior vice president and portfolio manager for INVESCO Capital Management. He also served as a security analyst for Weiss, Peck & Greer, Alliance Capital Management and Bache & Company. He received his B.A. degree in finance from Boston University. Mr. Canida is Vice President and Principal of TCH. Prior to joining TCH in 1985, he served as vice president and senior investment officer for Harris Trust Company of Florida. He also was vice president and treasurer of AmeriFirst Florida Trust Company and Southeast Banks Trust Company, N.A. Mr. Canida, who is a Chartered Financial Analyst, received his B.A. degree in finance and his M.B.A. degree from Indiana University.

 

The LARGE-CAP VALUE FUND is managed by Daniel P. Brown. Mr. Brown, a Vice President and a Portfolio Manager of the Adviser, joined the Adviser in 1997 and has managed the Fund since 2004. Prior to joining the Adviser, he held positions with Kemper Securities Group and Mutual Savings Bank. Mr. Brown is a Chartered Financial Analyst and a member of the CFA Institute, the Milwaukee Investment Analysts Society and the Chicago Quantitative Alliance. He holds a B.B.A. degree in Finance from the University of Wisconsin-Milwaukee.

 

The LARGE-CAP GROWTH FUND is co-managed by Alan K. Creech and Robert G. Cummisford, who have had equal investment decision-making responsibilities with respect to the Fund since 2007. Mr. Creech is a Portfolio Manager and a Vice President of the Adviser. He has served as the Senior Analyst on the Fund since 2004 and previously served as an analyst at Banc One Investment Advisors, supporting several

 

44    MARSHALL FUNDS, INC. INFORMATION


Table of Contents

 

 

Marshall Funds, Inc. Information (cont.)

 

 

growth funds. He holds a B.S. degree in Economics from the University of Tennessee and an M.B.A. from Wayne State University. Mr. Cummisford is a Vice President of the Adviser and Co-Manager of the M&I Custom Quantitative Solutions Group, an investment committee of the Adviser. He has provided analytical support to the Fund since 2004. Prior to joining the Adviser in 2004, he held positions with Old Kent/Fifth Third, Ibbotson Associates and First Chicago. He is a Chartered Financial Analyst and a member of the CFA Institute and the CFA Society of Milwaukee, Inc. He holds B.A. degrees in Economics and Behavioral Sciences from Lake Forest College.

 

The MID-CAP VALUE FUND has been managed by Matthew B. Fahey since 1997. Mr. Fahey, a Senior Vice President and a Portfolio Manager of the Adviser since 1988, joined the Adviser in October 1984. He earned a B.A. degree in Business Administration from the University of Wisconsin-Milwaukee and holds an M.B.A. degree from Marquette University.

 

The MID-CAP GROWTH FUND and the SMALL-CAP GROWTH FUND are co-managed by Kenneth S. Salmon and Patrick M. Gundlach, who have equal investment decision-making responsibilities with respect to the Funds. Mr. Salmon is a Vice President and a Portfolio Manager of the Adviser and has co-managed the Funds since 2004. Prior to joining the Adviser in 2000, Mr. Salmon was a senior analyst focused on growth companies at Tucker Anthony Sutro and C.L. King & Associates. Mr. Salmon graduated cum laude with a B.A. in Economics from State University of New York in Potsdam, New York. Mr. Gundlach is a Portfolio Manager and a Vice President of the Adviser. He has been a Senior Analyst for both strategies since 2004 and has co-managed the Funds since 2007. Previously, he was a research analyst for the Nicholas Company, where he focused on small and mid-cap equities. He holds a BBA degree and MS degree in Finance from the University of Wisconsin-Madison, where, as a student in the University of Wisconsin’s Applied Securities Analysis Program, he served as portfolio manager, equity analyst and accountant for the Badgerfund, a small-cap domestic equity fund. He is a member of the CFA Institute and the CFA Society of Milwaukee, Inc.

 

The INTERNATIONAL STOCK FUND is managed by two sub-advisers, Trilogy and Acadian.

 

William Sterling, Robert Beckwitt and Gregory J. Gigliotti co-manage the portion of the INTERNATIONAL STOCK FUND’s assets managed by Trilogy. Mr. Sterling is the lead member but all members of the team share investment decision-making responsibilities with respect to the Fund. Mr. Sterling is Chief Investment Officer and Senior Portfolio Manager at Trilogy. He was a founding partner, Chairman and Chief Investment Officer of Trilogy Advisors LLC since 1999, prior to the merger of Trilogy Advisors and BPI Global Asset Management LLC in 2005. Previously, Mr. Sterling was an Executive Director and Global Head of Equities at Credit Suisse Asset Management, Managing Director of International Equities at BEA Associates, and First Vice President at Merrill Lynch, first as Head of Economic Research in Tokyo and later as Head of International Economic Research in New York. Mr. Sterling received a B.A. degree in Economics from Carleton College and M.A. and Ph.D. degrees in Economics from Harvard University. Mr. Beckwitt is Managing Director and Senior Portfolio Manager at Trilogy. Prior to joining Trilogy in 2001, Mr. Beckwitt was with Goldman Sachs Asset Management, where he was a Managing Director and served as a Portfolio Manager and Co-Head of International Equities and Emerging Markets. Previously, Mr. Beckwitt was a Portfolio Manager at Fidelity Investments. He has a B.A. in Economics from Princeton and a M.S. in Finance from Sloan School at Massachusetts Institute of Technology. Mr. Gigliotti is Managing Director and Senior Portfolio Manager at Trilogy. Prior to joining Trilogy in 2002, Mr. Gigliotti was a Managing Director of Iridian Asset Management. Previously, Mr. Gigliotti was a Vice President and Senior Portfolio Manager at Goldman Sachs Asset Management and was a Vice President and Senior Analyst at Franklin Mutual Advisors (formerly the Mutual Series Funds). He has a B.A. in Economics and International Relations from Connecticut College.

 

Brian K. Wolahan and Charles H. Wang serve as co-portfolio managers for the portion of the INTERNATIONAL STOCK FUND’s assets managed by Acadian. Mr. Wolahan and Mr. Wang have equal investment decision-making responsibilities with respect to the Fund and are supported

 

MARSHALL FUNDS, INC. INFORMATION    45


Table of Contents

 

 

Marshall Funds, Inc. Information (cont.)

 

 

by a team of investment professionals. Mr. Wolahan is Co-Director of Research and a Senior Portfolio Manager at Acadian. He received his undergraduate degree from Lehigh University and an M.S. degree in Management from MIT. Before joining Acadian in 1990, he worked in the Systems Planning Group at Bank of New England and as a Senior Systems Analyst at Mars Incorporated. He is a Chartered Financial Analyst. Mr. Wang is a Senior Portfolio Manager and Co-Director of Research at Acadian. Prior to joining Acadian in 2000, he worked as a senior quantitative equity analyst for a number of investment firms, including Putnam Investments. Mr. Wang has a Ph.D. from Yale’s School of Management, a B.S. in mathematics from Beijing University and an M.S. from the University of Massachusetts.

 

The EMERGING MARKETS EQUITY FUND has been managed by Trilogy since its inception in 2008. Pablo Salas, William Sterling and Robert Beckwitt co-manage the EMERGING MARKETS EQUITY FUND. Mr. Salas is the lead member but all members of the team share investment decision-making responsibilities with respect to the Fund. Mr. Salas is a Managing Director and Senior Portfolio Manager at Trilogy. Prior to joining Trilogy in 2005 through the merger of Trilogy Advisors LLC and BPI Global Asset Management LLC, he had been Portfolio Manager of the BPI Emerging Markets Portfolio since April 1997. Previously, he was a Director and Senior Portfolio Manager in the International Portfolio Management and Research area of STI Capital Management/Sun Trust, Inc. where he launched the Emerging Markets Portfolio; was a Portfolio Manager in the International Equities area at Lazard Freres Asset Management where he launched an Emerging Markets Portfolio; and held prior positions at the Principal Financial Group/Invista Capital Management and NationsBank. He earned a B.S. in Business Administration from Indiana University and earned a M.B.A. from the University of Wisconsin. Mr. Sterling is Chief Investment Officer and Senior Portfolio Manager at Trilogy. He was a founding partner, Chairman and Chief Investment Officer of Trilogy Advisors LLC since 1999, prior to the merger of Trilogy Advisors and BPI Global Asset Management LLC in 2005. Previously, Mr. Sterling was an Executive Director and Global Head of Equities at Credit Suisse Asset Management, Managing Director of International Equities at BEA Associates, and First Vice President at Merrill Lynch, first as Head of Economic Research in Tokyo and later as Head of International Economic Research in New York. Mr. Sterling received a B.A. degree in Economics from Carleton College and M.A. and Ph.D. degrees in Economics from Harvard University. Mr. Beckwitt is Managing Director and Senior Portfolio Manager at Trilogy. Prior to joining Trilogy in 2001, Mr. Beckwitt was with Goldman Sachs Asset Management where he was a Managing Director and served as a Portfolio Manager and Co-Head of International Equities and Emerging Markets. Previously, Mr. Beckwitt was a Portfolio Manager at Fidelity Investments. He has a B.A. in Economics from Princeton and a M.S. in Finance from Sloan School at Massachusetts Institute of Technology.

 

The Funds’ SAI provides additional information about certain portfolio managers, including other accounts they manage, their ownership of Fund shares, and their compensation.

 

Advisory Fees. The Adviser is entitled to receive from each Fund an investment advisory fee equal to a percentage of each Fund’s average daily net assets (ADNA) at the annual rates listed in the table under “Fees and Expenses of the Funds,” subject to reduction at breakpoints for certain Funds described below. For fiscal year 2008, the Adviser received from each Fund (except for the CORPORATE INCOME FUND and EMERGING MARKETS EQUITY FUND) an investment advisory fee equal to each Fund’s ADNA at the annual rates listed under “Advisory Fee Received in Fiscal 2008,” which include reductions at breakpoints in effect during fiscal year 2008 and/or voluntary waivers by the Adviser. The Adviser may terminate voluntary waivers at any time.

 

   
Fund   Advisory Fee
Received in
Fiscal 2008
(1)
 
Government Money Market Fund   0.10 %
Tax-Free Money Market Fund   0.11  
Prime Money Market Fund   0.14  
Short-Term Income Fund   0.00  
Short-Intermediate Bond Fund   0.34  
Government Income Fund   0.34  
Aggregate Bond Fund   0.32  
Large-Cap Value Fund   0.75  
Large-Cap Growth Fund   0.75  
Mid-Cap Value Fund   0.75  
Mid-Cap Growth Fund   0.75  
Small-Cap Growth Fund   0.75  
International Stock Fund   1.00  

 

(1) From September 1, 2007 to October 31, 2007, the following advisory fee reduction schedule for the Funds (except for the SMALL-CAP GROWTH

 

46    MARSHALL FUNDS, INC. INFORMATION


Table of Contents

 

 

Marshall Funds, Inc. Information (cont.)

 

 

FUND and MONEY MARKET FUNDS) was in effect: -0.01% on net assets in excess of $500 million and up to and including $750 million, -0.05% on net assets in excess of $750 million and up to and including $1 billion and -0.10% on net assets in excess of $1 billion. The new advisory fee reduction schedules set forth below became effective for certain of the INCOME and EQUITY FUNDS on November 1, 2007 and for the MONEY MARKET FUNDS on July 1, 2008.

 

The Funds and the Adviser implemented a fee reduction schedule for the investment advisory fees charged to the Funds (excluding the SMALL-CAP GROWTH FUND). The advisory fees for the INCOME FUNDS and EQUITY FUNDS (except the SMALL-CAP GROWTH FUND) are subject to the breakpoints listed in the following table:

 

   
      Advisory Fee (as % of
each Fund’s ADNA)
 
         
Fund   on the
first
$500
million
    on the
next
$200
million
    on the
next
$100
million
    in
excess
of $800
million
 
Short-Term Income Fund   0.20 %   0.19 %   0.10 %   0.10 %
Short-Intermediate Bond Fund   0.40     0.39     0.30     0.25  
Government Income Fund   0.40     0.39     0.30     0.25  
Corporate Income Fund   0.25     0.24     0.15     0.10  
Aggregate Bond Fund   0.40     0.39     0.30     0.25  
Large-Cap Value Fund   0.75     0.74     0.70     0.65  
Large-Cap Growth Fund   0.75     0.74     0.70     0.65  
Mid-Cap Value Fund   0.75     0.74     0.70     0.65  
Mid-Cap Growth Fund   0.75     0.74     0.70     0.65  
International Stock Fund   1.00     0.99     0.95     0.90  
Emerging Markets Equity Fund   1.00     0.99     0.95     0.90  

 

The MONEY MARKET FUNDS are subject to the breakpoints listed in the following table:

 

   
      Advisory Fee (as % of
each Fund’s ADNA)
 
           
Fund   on the
first
$2
billion
    on the
next
$2
billion
    on the
next
$2
billion
    on the
next
$2
billion
    in
excess
of $8
billion
 
Government Money Market Fund   0.200 %   0.185 %   0.170 %   0.155 %   0.140 %
Tax-Free Money Market Fund   0.200     0.185     0.170     0.155     0.140  
Prime Money Market Fund   0.150     0.135     0.120     0.105     0.090  

 

The Adviser has the discretion to voluntarily waive a portion of its fee. However, any waivers by the Adviser are voluntary and may be terminated at any time in the Adviser’s sole discretion.

 

The Funds’ August 31, 2008 Annual Report contains a discussion regarding the Board’s basis for approving the investment advisory contract and subadvisory contracts on behalf of the Funds, except for the CORPORATE INCOME FUND and EMERGING MARKETS EQUITY FUND, which had not commenced operations as of the end of the most recent fiscal year. The Board’s basis for approving the investment advisory and subadvisory contracts on behalf of these Funds will be included in the next financial report filed after these Funds commence operations.

 

Affiliate Services and Fees. M&I Trust, an affiliate of the Adviser, provides services to the Funds as custodian of the assets (except for the INTERNATIONAL STOCK FUND and EMERGING MARKETS EQUITY FUND), shareholder services agent, securities lending agent, sub-transfer agent and administrator directly and through its division, MIS. For each domestic Fund, the custody fees are calculated at the annual rate of 0.02% on the first $250 million of ADNA plus 0.01% of assets exceeding $250 million. M&I Trust is entitled to receive shareholder services fees from each Fund at the annual rate of 0.25% of the Fund’s ADNA. M&I Trust has the discretion to waive a portion of its fees. However, any fee waivers are voluntary and may be terminated at any time in its sole discretion. As compensation for its services as securities lending agent, M&I Trust receives a portion of each Fund’s revenues from securities lending activities.

 

M&I Trust is the administrator of the Funds and UMB Fund Services, Inc. (UMB) is the sub-administrator.

 

M&I Trust, as administrator, is entitled to receive fees from each of the INCOME FUNDS and the EQUITY FUNDS at the following annual rates as a percentage of the Fund’s ADNA:

 

   
Fee   Fund’s ADNA
0.0925%   on the first $250 million
0.0850%   on the next $250 million
0.0800%   on the next $200 million
0.0400%   on the next $100 million
0.0200%   on the next $200 million
0.0100%   on ADNA in excess of $1.0 billion

 

MARSHALL FUNDS, INC. INFORMATION    47


Table of Contents

 

 

Marshall Funds, Inc. Information (cont.)

 

 

M&I Trust, as administrator, is entitled to receive fees from the MONEY MARKET FUNDS at the following annual rates based on the aggregate ADNA of the MONEY MARKET FUNDS combined:

 

   
Fee   Combined ADNA
0.040%   on the first $2 billion
0.030%   on the next $2 billion
0.025%   on the next $2 billion
0.020%   on the next $2 billion
0.010%   on ADNA in excess of $8 billion

 

All fees of the sub-administrator are paid by M&I Trust.

 

M&I Trust receives from each Fund an annual per-account fee, which differs among the Funds, for sub-transfer agency services to trust and institutional accounts maintained on its trust accounting system.

 

Payments to Financial Intermediaries. From time to time, the Adviser, M&I Trust, M&I Financial Advisors, the distributor or their affiliates may enter into arrangements with brokers or other financial intermediaries pursuant to which such parties agree to perform record-keeping, administrative or other services on behalf of their clients who are Fund shareholders. Pursuant to these arrangements, the Adviser, M&I Trust, M&I Financial Advisors, the distributor or their affiliates may make payments to brokers or other financial intermediaries from their own resources (including shareholder services fees paid by the Funds to M&I Trust) for services provided to clients who hold Fund shares. In addition, the Adviser or an affiliate may make payments to a financial intermediary, based on the value of Fund shares held through the intermediary, to compensate it for introducing new shareholders to the Funds and for other distribution and marketing services. The receipt of (or prospect of receiving) such compensation may provide the intermediary and its salespersons with an incentive to favor sales of Fund shares, or certain classes of those shares, over other investment alternatives. You may wish to consider whether such arrangements exist when evaluating recommendations from an intermediary.

 

Distributor. M&I Distributors, LLC (MID), a registered broker-dealer and member of the Financial Industry Regulatory Authority, Inc., acts as principal distributor of the Funds’ shares. All fees of the distributor are paid by M&I Trust. MID is an affiliate of the Adviser and M&I Trust.

 

48    MARSHALL FUNDS, INC. INFORMATION


Table of Contents

 

Historical Performance of TCH for Similar Accounts: TCH Corporate Fixed Income Composite

 

 

The following table shows the historical composite performance data for all of TCH’s advisory accounts that have investment objectives, policies, strategies and risks substantially similar to those of the CORPORATE INCOME FUND, known as the TCH Corporate Fixed Income Composite.

 

The TCH Corporate Fixed Income Composite is not subject to the same types of expenses as the CORPORATE INCOME FUND and its member accounts may be subject to different diversification requirements, specific tax restrictions and investment limitations imposed by the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, foreign tax laws and/or the 1940 Act than those imposed on the CORPORATE INCOME FUND. The data is provided to illustrate the past performance of TCH in managing a substantially similar portfolio as measured against a specific benchmark and does not represent the performance of the CORPORATE INCOME FUND. This performance data should not be considered an indication of the future performance of the CORPORATE INCOME FUND or TCH.

 

TCH has prepared and presented all returns included herein in compliance with the Global Investment Performance Standards (GIPS ® ).

 

Monthly returns are linked geometrically to arrive at the annual total return.

 

The TCH Corporate Fixed Income Composite returns reflect the deduction of all costs and expenses and include the reinvestment of all income. The performance was calculated using actual investment management fees incurred by each account in the composite. The GIPS ® standards for calculation of total return differ from the standards required by the SEC for calculation of average annual total return.

 

The TCH Corporate Fixed Income Composite expenses are lower than the expenses of Advisor Class shares of the CORPORATE INCOME FUND. Accordingly, if the Fund’s Advisor Class shares’ expenses had been deducted from the TCH Corporate Fixed Income Composite’s returns, the returns would have been lower than those shown.

 

     
Periods Ended 9/30/08   TCH Corporate
Fixed Income
Composite
Total Return
    Lehman
Credit
Index
(1)
 
1 Year   (11.77) %   (4.79) %
5 Years   0.71 %   1.94 %
10 Years   4.24 %   4.50 %
Since Inception (2)   6.31 %   6.41 %

 

(1) The Lehman Credit Index represents securities that are SEC-registered, taxable and U.S. dollar denominated. The index covers U.S. corporate and specified foreign debentures and secured notes that meet the specified maturity, liquidity and quality requirements.

 

(2) The TCH Corporate Fixed Income Composite commenced operations on September 30, 1991.

 

HISTORICAL PERFORMANCE OF TCH FOR SIMILAR ACCOUNTS    49


Table of Contents

 

Historical Performance of Trilogy for Similar Accounts: Emerging Markets Composite

 

 

The following table shows the historical composite performance data for all of Trilogy’s advisory accounts that have investment objectives, policies, strategies and risks substantially similar to those of the EMERGING MARKETS EQUITY FUND, known as the Trilogy Emerging Markets Composite (the Emerging Markets Composite).

 

The Emerging Markets Composite is not subject to the same types of expenses as the EMERGING MARKETS EQUITY FUND and its member accounts may be subject to different diversification requirements, specific tax restrictions and investment limitations imposed by the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, foreign tax laws and/or the 1940 Act than those imposed on the EMERGING MARKETS EQUITY FUND. The data is provided to illustrate the past performance of Trilogy in managing a substantially similar portfolio as measured against a specific benchmark and does not represent the performance of the EMERGING MARKETS EQUITY FUND. This performance data should not be considered an indication of the future performance of the EMERGING MARKETS EQUITY FUND or Trilogy.

 

Trilogy has prepared and presented all returns included herein in compliance with the Global Investment Performance Standards (GIPS ® ).

 

Monthly returns are linked geometrically to arrive at the annual total return.

 

The Emerging Markets Composite returns reflect the deduction of all costs and expenses and include the reinvestment of all income. The performance was calculated using the standard management fee as described in Part II of Trilogy’s Form ADV (100 BP). Both the Emerging Markets Composite and the Emerging Markets Index total returns reflect deduction of estimated foreign withholding taxes on dividends, interest, and capital gains. The GIPS ® standards for calculation of total return differ from the standards required by the SEC for calculation of average annual total return.

 

The Emerging Markets Composite expenses are lower than the expenses of Advisor Class shares of the EMERGING MARKETS EQUITY FUND. Accordingly, if the Fund’s Advisor Class shares’ expenses had been deducted from the Emerging Markets Composite’s returns, the returns would have been lower than those shown.

 

     
Periods Ended
9/30/08
  Emerging Markets
Composite Total
Return
    MSCI
Emerging
Markets
Index
(1)
 
1 Year   (29.20) %   (33.20) %
5 Years   21.34 %   18.67 %
10 Years   17.67 %   14.77 %
Since Inception (2)   11.49 %   6.42 %

 

(1) The MSCI Emerging Markets Index is a market capitalization-weighted index comprised of over 800 companies representative of the market structure of the emerging countries in Europe, Latin America, Africa, Middle East and Asia. Prior to January 1, 2002, the returns of the MSCI Emerging Markets Index were presented before application of withholding taxes.

 

(2) The Emerging Markets Composite commenced operations on April 1, 1997. The Emerging Markets Composite includes all of Trilogy’s discretionary institutional and mutual fund accounts (including sub-advisory relationships) with comparable investment objectives and risks that have at least $2 million in assets and have been managed by Trilogy for at least one full month.

 

50    HISTORICAL PERFORMANCE OF TRILOGY FOR SIMILAR ACCOUNTS


Table of Contents

 

LOGO

Financial Highlights–Advisor Class

 

 

The Financial Highlights will help you understand the financial performance of the Advisor Class shares of each Fund (except the CORPORATE INCOME FUND and EMERGING MARKETS EQUITY FUND) for the last five fiscal years or since inception. Some of the information is presented on a per share basis. Total returns represent the rate an investor would have earned (or lost) on an investment in a Fund, assuming reinvestment of any dividends and capital gains distributions. Financial information for the CORPORATE INCOME FUND and EMERGING MARKETS EQUITY FUND is not included because the Funds were not offered for sale until the date of this Prospectus.

 

The information for the fiscal years ended August 31, 2008, 2007 and 2006 was audited by PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP, the Funds’ independent registered public accounting firm, whose report, along with the Funds’ financial statements and notes thereto, is included in the Funds’ Annual Report dated August 31, 2008, which is available free of charge from the Funds. The information for the prior years was audited by a different firm.

 

Period Ended August 31,    Net Asset
Value,
Beginning
of Period
   Net
Investment
Income
(Loss)
    Net Realized
and Unrealized
Gain (Loss) on
Investments,
Options, Futures
Contracts and
Foreign
Currency
    Total from
Investment
Operations
   Dividends to
Shareholders
from Net
Investment
Income
    Distributions to
Shareholders from
Net Realized Gain
on Investments,
Options, Futures
Contracts and
Foreign Currency
Transactions
    Total
Distributions
    Net Asset
Value,
End of
Period
   Total
Return(1)(6)
    Ratios to Average Net Assets(7)     Net Assets,
End of
Period (000
Omitted)
   Portfolio
Turnover
Rate(6)
 
                        Net
Expenses(2)
    Expense
Waiver(2)
    Net Investment
Income
(Loss)(2)
      
Prime Money Market Fund                                                                     
2004    $ 1.00    $ 0.01 (4)   $     $ 0.01    $ (0.01 )   $     $ (0.01 )   $ 1.00    0.46 %   0.75 %   0.04 %   0.45 %   $ 84,397    %
2005      1.00      0.02             0.02      (0.02 )           (0.02 )     1.00    1.91     0.75     0.04     1.90       75,993     
2006      1.00      0.04             0.04      (0.04 )           (0.04 )     1.00    3.94     0.75     0.04     3.89       90,776     
2007      1.00      0.05             0.05      (0.05 )           (0.05 )     1.00    4.75     0.75     0.02     4.65       115,093     
2008      1.00      0.03             0.03      (0.03 )           (0.03 )     1.00    3.34     0.75     0.01     3.20       140,379     
Short-Term Income Fund                       
2004(3)      9.32      0.25 (4)     (0.02 )     0.23      (0.34 )           (0.34 )     9.21    2.51     0.77     0.59     2.70       2,914    40  
2005(3)      9.21      0.25       (0.11 )     0.14      (0.32 )           (0.32 )     9.03    1.51     0.77     0.59     2.72       2,792    52  
2006(3)      9.03      0.29       0.04       0.33      (0.36 )           (0.36 )     9.00    3.69     0.81     0.39     3.22       2,664    19  
2007(3)      9.00      0.37       0.04       0.41      (0.39 )           (0.39 )     9.02    4.60     0.76     0.32     4.11       2,526    52  
2008(3)      9.02      0.40       (0.10 )     0.30      (0.40 )           (0.40 )     8.92    3.38     0.60     0.20     4.46       2,047    47  
Short-Intermediate Bond Fund                       
2004(3)      9.47      0.39 (4)     0.02       0.41      (0.38 )           (0.38 )     9.50    4.44     0.95     0.31     4.06       6,865    279  
2005(3)      9.50      0.33       (0.08 )     0.25      (0.35 )           (0.35 )     9.40    2.66     0.96     0.32     3.47       7,123    357  
2006(3)      9.40      0.38       (0.17 )     0.21      (0.38 )           (0.38 )     9.23    2.33     0.96     0.11     4.16       6,549    430  
2007(3)      9.23      0.40       (0.07 )     0.33      (0.40 )           (0.40 )     9.16    3.68     0.93     0.07     4.39       5,829    421  
2008      9.16      0.43       (0.26 )     0.17      (0.43 )           (0.43 )     8.90    1.80     0.80     0.06     4.69       5,137    293  
Government Income Fund                       
2004(3)      9.60      0.41 (4)     0.08       0.49      (0.45 )           (0.45 )     9.64    5.26     1.10     0.35     4.30       5,579    113  
2005(3)      9.64      0.34       (0.02 )     0.32      (0.36 )           (0.36 )     9.60    3.37     1.11     0.35     3.52       6,519    561  
2006(3)      9.60      0.40       (0.18 )     0.22      (0.40 )           (0.40 )     9.42    2.34     1.09     0.15     4.27       6,425    760  
2007(3)      9.42      0.41       0.01       0.42      (0.40 )           (0.40 )     9.44    4.53     1.07     0.11     4.27       5,808    686  
2008(3)      9.44      0.45       (0.07 )     0.38      (0.44 )           (0.44 )     9.38    4.01     0.80     0.06     4.66       4,871    284  
Aggregate Bond Fund                       
2007(5)      10.00      0.11       0.09       0.20      (0.11 )           (0.11 )     10.09    2.00     0.80     0.14     4.38       20    129  
2008      10.09      0.47       (0.03 )     0.44      (0.46 )     (0.06 )     (0.52 )     10.01    4.44     0.80     0.08     4.55       358    333  

 

FINANCIAL HIGHLIGHTS    51


Table of Contents

 

 

Period Ended
August 31,
  Net Asset
Value,
Beginning
of Period
  Net
Investment
Income
(Loss)
    Net Realized
and Unrealized
Gain (Loss) on
Investments,
Options, Futures
Contracts and
Foreign
Currency
    Total from
Investment
Operations
    Dividends to
Shareholders
from Net
Investment
Income
    Distributions to
Shareholders from
Net Realized Gain
on Investments,
Options, Futures
Contracts and
Foreign Currency
Transactions
    Total
Distributions
    Net Asset
Value,
End of
Period
  Total
Return(1)(6)
    Ratios to Average Net Assets(7)     Net Assets,
End of
Period
(000
Omitted)
  Portfolio
Turnover
Rate(6)
 
                    Net
Expenses(2)
    Expense
Waiver(2)
    Net
Investment
Income
(Loss)(2)
     
Large Cap Value Fund                                                                                          
2004(3)   $ 12.58   $ 0.30     $ 1.62     $ 1.92     $ (0.30 )   $     $ (0.30 )   $ 14.20   15.39 %   1.22 %   0.25 %   2.30 %   $ 10,255   103 %
2005(3)     14.20     0.32       1.01       1.33       (0.35 )     (0.72 )     (1.07 )     14.46   9.77     1.22     0.25     2.30       11,918   103  
2006(3)     14.46     0.20       1.36       1.56       (0.20 )     (1.88 )     (2.08 )     13.94   11.99     1.23     0.05     1.47       12,110   121  
2007(3)     13.94     0.18       1.55       1.73       (0.18 )     (1.19 )     (1.37 )     14.30   12.89     1.22     0.01     1.26       12,213   43  
2008(3)     14.30     0.16       (1.56 )     (1.40 )     (0.14 )     (0.69 )     (0.83 )     12.07   (10.48 )   1.24         1.16       9,455   40  
Large-Cap Growth Fund                          
2004(3)     11.32     0.02       0.78       0.80       (0.02 )           (0.02 )     12.10   7.08     1.25     0.25     0.20       8,126   129  
2005(3)     12.10     0.08       1.55       1.63       (0.09 )           (0.09 )     13.64   13.51     1.26     0.25     0.63       8,796   146  
2006(3)     13.64     0.00       0.40       0.40       (0.01 )     (1.87 )     (1.88 )     12.16   2.86     1.27     0.05     0.00       9,316   134  
2007(3)     12.16     0.01       1.99       2.00       (0.00 )     (0.43 )     (0.43 )     13.73   16.68     1.27     0.01     0.09       9,454   75  
2008(3)     13.73     (0.01 )     (0.75 )     (0.76 )     (0.01 )     (1.14 )     (1.15 )     11.82   (6.62 )   1.27         (0.07 )     7,948   122  
Mid-Cap Value Fund                          
2004(3)     12.51     0.05       2.14       2.19       (0.01 )     (0.45 )     (0.46 )     14.24   17.76     1.22     0.25     0.42       8,456   33  
2005(3)     14.24     0.03       2.61       2.64       (0.06 )     (0.96 )     (1.02 )     15.86   19.16     1.20     0.25     0.25       12,497   37  
2006(3)     15.86     0.07       0.70       0.77       (0.05 )     (1.50 )     (1.55 )     15.08   5.12     1.19     0.05     0.47       12,914   63  
2007(3)     15.08     0.06       1.94       2.00       (0.07 )     (1.38 )     (1.45 )     15.63   13.52     1.21     0.01     0.37       12,782   62  
2008(3)     15.63     0.04       (1.47 )     (1.43 )     (0.06 )     (1.99 )     (2.05 )     12.15   (10.27 )   1.24         0.35       9,076   41  
Mid-Cap Growth Fund                          
2004(3)     11.57     (0.10 )(4)     (0.32 )     (0.42 )                       11.15   (3.63 )   1.24     0.25     (0.84 )     4,209   240  
2005(3)     11.15     (0.10 )     2.60       2.50                         13.65   22.42     1.29     0.26     (0.72 )     4,784   188  
2006(3)     13.65     (0.10 )     0.88       0.78                         14.43   5.71     1.30     0.05     (0.64 )     4,396   134  
2007(3)     14.43     (0.11 )     3.14       3.03                         17.46   21.00     1.27     0.01     (0.61 )     4,916   169  
2008(3)     17.46     (0.10 )     (0.26 )     (0.36 )                       17.10   (2.06 )   1.26         (0.55 )     4,804   186  
Small-Cap Growth Fund                          
2004(3)     11.83     (0.17 )(4)     0.94       0.77                         12.60   6.51     1.58     0.25     (1.29 )     4,857   267  
2005(3)     12.60     (0.18 )     3.60       3.42                         16.02   27.14     1.55     0.26     (1.21 )     6,173   195  
2006(3)     16.02     (0.15 )     1.94       1.79             (1.37 )     (1.37 )     16.44   11.37     1.54     0.04     (0.93 )     6,976   148  
2007(3)     16.44     (0.17 )     4.07       3.90             (1.33 )     (1.33 )     19.01   24.73     1.53     0.01     (0.91 )     7,992   176  
2008(3)     19.01     (0.05 )     (1.44 )     (1.49 )           (3.33 )     (3.33 )     14.19   (10.37 )   1.51         (0.84 )     15,423   174  
International Stock Fund                          
2004(3)     10.01     0.00 (4)     1.03       1.03       (0.04 )           (0.04 )     11.00   10.28     1.50     0.27     0.03       4,455   137  
2005(3)     11.00     0.09       2.33       2.42       (0.07 )           (0.07 )     13.35   22.03     1.48     0.27     0.70       5,449   150  
2006(3)     13.35     0.12       3.06       3.18       (0.12 )           (0.12 )     16.41   23.90     1.49     0.05     0.75       7,739   146  
2007(3)     16.41     0.20       2.65       2.85       (0.04 )     (1.88 )     (1.92 )     17.34   18.37     1.45     0.02     1.23       7,771   98  
2008(3)     17.34     0.18       (2.91 )     (2.73 )     (0.20 )     (2.00 )     (2.20 )     12.41   (18.11 )   1.47         1.09       5,287   62  

 

(1) Based on net asset value, which does not reflect the sales charge, or contingent deferred sales charge, if applicable.
(2) This voluntary expense decrease is reflected in both the expense and net investment income (loss) ratios.
(3) Redemption fees consisted of per share amounts less than $0.01, except for International Stock Fund, which was $0.01 for the year ended August 31, 2004.
(4) Per share information is based on average shares outstanding.
(5) Reflects operations for the period from June 1, 2007 (start of performance) to August 31, 2007.
(6) Not annualized for periods less than one year.
(7) Annualized for periods less than one year.

 

52    FINANCIAL HIGHLIGHTS


Table of Contents

 

LOGO

Financial Highlights–Investor Class

 

 

The Financial Highlights will help you understand financial performance of the Investor Class shares of the GOVERNMENT MONEY MARKET FUND and the TAX-FREE MONEY MARKET FUND for the last five years or since inception. Some of the information is presented on a per share basis. Total returns represent the rate an investor would have earned (or lost) on an investment in the Fund, assuming reinvestment of any dividends and capital gains distributions.

 

The information for the fiscal years ended August 31, 2008, 2007 and 2006 was audited by PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP, the Funds’ independent registered public accounting firm, whose report, along with the Funds’ financial statements and notes thereto, is included in the Funds’ Annual Report dated August 31, 2008, which is available free of charge from the Funds. The information for the prior years was audited by a different firm.

 

Period Ended August 31,    Net Asset
Value,
Beginning
of Period
   Net
Investment
Income
(Loss)
   Net Realized and
Unrealized
Gain (Loss)
on Investments,
Options, Futures
Contracts and
Foreign Currency
   Total from
Investment
Operations
   Distributions to
Shareholders
from Net
Investment
Income
    Distributions to
Shareholders from
Net Realized Gain
on Investments,
Options, Futures
Contracts and
Foreign Currency
Transactions
   Total
Distributions
    Net Asset
Value,
End of
Period
   Total
Return(1)(4)
    Ratios to Average Net Assets(5)     Net Assets,
End of Period
(000
Omitted)
                           Net
Expenses(2)
    Expense
Waiver(2)
    Net
Investment
Income
(Loss)(2)
   
Government Money Market Fund                                                                    
2004(3)    $ 1.00    $ 0.00    $    $ 0.00    $ 0.00     $    $ 0.00     $ 1.00    0.23 %   0.45 %   0.17 %   0.96 %   $ 118,401
2005      1.00      0.02           0.02      (0.02 )          (0.02 )     1.00    2.11     0.45     0.18     2.09       121,712
2006      1.00      0.04           0.04      (0.04 )          (0.04 )     1.00    4.16     0.45     0.17     4.09       92,339
2007      1.00      0.05           0.05      (0.05 )          (0.05 )     1.00    4.99     0.45     0.13     4.88       199,797
2008      1.00      0.03           0.03      (0.03 )          (0.03 )     1.00    3.19     0.45     0.10     2.91       309,487
Tax-Free Money Market Fund                        
2005(6)      1.00      0.02           0.02      (0.02 )          (0.02 )     1.00    1.60     0.45     0.14     1.76       142,826
2006      1.00      0.03           0.03      (0.03 )          (0.03 )     1.00    2.84     0.45     0.13     2.85       192,603
2007      1.00      0.03           0.03      (0.03 )          (0.03 )     1.00    3.33     0.45     0.13     3.28       308,414
2008      1.00      0.03           0.03      (0.03 )          (0.03 )     1.00    2.57     0.45     0.09     2.48       424,211

 

(1) Based on net asset value.
(2) This voluntary expense decrease is reflected in both the expense and net investment income (loss) ratios shown.
(3) Reflects operations for the period from May 17, 2004 (start of performance) to August 31, 2004.
(4) Not annualized for periods less than one year.
(5) Annualized for periods less than one year.
(6) Reflects operations for the period from September 22, 2004 (start of performance) to August 31, 2005.

 

FINANCIAL HIGHLIGHTS    53


Table of Contents

 

 

 

Marshall Funds, Inc.

 

Privacy Policy Notice

 

Federal regulations require financial institutions to deliver a summary of their privacy policies to their customers. We were committed to maintaining the confidentiality of your personal information long before these regulations required us to do so, and intend to do the same in the future. Allow us to summarize for you, in clear, plain-English terms, our policies regarding how we obtain, handle, use and protect your personal information.

 

INFORMATION COLLECTION POLICY. We receive non-public personal information about you during the normal course of business from the following sources:

 

 

From you, or from your financial representative, on account applications, other forms or electronically (for example, your name, address, phone number, e-mail address, social security number, assets and income).

 

 

From you, or from your financial representative, through transactions, correspondence and other communications (for example, your specific investment purchases and your account balances).

 

 

From you in connection with providing you a financial product or service (for example, your bank account numbers used for transferring funds to or from the Marshall Funds).

 

INFORMATION SHARING POLICY. Under no circumstances, do we rent, sell or trade your personal information to anyone nor do we disclose it to anyone except as permitted or required by law. We may disclose your non-public personal information to companies that provide services to the Marshall Funds such as transfer agents, printers and mailing agents that deliver annual reports, prospectuses and other required shareholder communications. All of the information we collect may be shared with our affiliates (such as Marshall & Ilsley Trust Company, M&I Financial Advisors, Inc. and their affiliates). We also may share this information with financial institutions, such as the bank, broker-dealer or other financial intermediary through whom you purchased your shares of the Marshall Funds, for the limited purpose of jointly offering, endorsing or sponsoring a financial product or service or with other financial institutions with whom we have joint marketing agreements.

 

If you decide to close your account(s), we will continue to adhere to the privacy policies and practices described in this notice.

 

INFORMATION SECURITY POLICY. We maintain physical, electronic and procedural safeguards consistent with industry standards to protect the confidentiality, integrity and security of your non-public personal information. We permit access to your personal information only by authorized personnel who need that information to provide products or services to you. On our web site, we use a full range of Internet security measures such as data encryption, user names and passwords. Please note, however, that when you use a link from our website to a non-Marshall Funds site, the Marshall Funds privacy policies and Internet security measures no longer apply.

 

We require third parties to protect the security and confidentiality of your non-public personal information. These requirements are reflected in written agreements between the Marshall Funds and third party service providers. Except as required by law, under no circumstances do we permit third parties to rent, sell, trade or otherwise release or disclose your personal information to any other party.

 

CHANGES TO OUR PRIVACY POLICY. The Marshall Funds reserve the right to modify or remove parts of this privacy statement at any time. Notice will be provided to you in advance of any changes that would affect your rights under this policy statement.

 

ADDITIONAL RIGHTS. You may have other privacy protections under applicable state laws. To the extent those state laws apply, we will comply with them with respect to your non-public personal information.

 

* * * * * * * * * * *

 

For questions about our privacy policy, please contact us at 1-800-236-FUND (3863) or visit our website at http://www.marshallfunds.com.

 

   Not Part of the Prospectus


Table of Contents

 

LOGO   LOGO

 

The SAI is incorporated by reference into this Prospectus. Additional information about the Funds’ investments is contained in the SAI and the Annual and Semi-Annual Reports of the Funds as they become available. The Annual Report’s investment commentaries discuss market conditions and investment strategies that significantly affected the performance of each Fund (except the CORPORATE INCOME FUND and EMERGING MARKETS EQUITY FUND) during its last fiscal year.

 

To obtain the SAI, Annual Report, Semi-Annual Report and other information, free of charge, and to make inquiries, write to or call your Authorized Dealer or call MIS at 1-800-236-FUND (3863) (Investor Class), 1-800-580-FUND (3863) (Advisor Class) or 1-414-287-8555. You may also obtain these materials free of charge on the Marshall Funds’ Internet site at http://www.marshallfunds.com.

 

You may write to the SEC Public Reference Room at the regular mailing address or the e-mail address below and ask them to mail you information about the Funds, including the SAI. They will charge you a fee for this duplicating service. You can also visit the SEC Public Reference Room and review and copy documents while you are there. For more information about the operation of the Public Reference Room, call the SEC at the telephone number below.

 

Public Reference Section

Securities and Exchange Commission

Washington, D.C. 20549-0102

publicinfo@sec.gov

1-202-942-8090

 

Reports and other information about the Funds are also available on the EDGAR database on the SEC’s Internet site at http://www.sec.gov.

 

Marshall Investor Services

P.O. Box 1348

Milwaukee, WI 53201-1348

1-414-287-8555

1-800-236-FUND (3863) (Investor Class)

1-800-580-FUND (3863) (Advisor Class)

 

Internet address: http://www.marshallfunds.com

 

Not FDIC Insured   No Bank Guarantee   May Lose Value

 

M&I Distributors, LLC

Distributor

  Investment Company Act File No. 811-58433

 


Table of Contents

Marshall Funds

 

Prospectus

 

December 15, 2008

 

Institutional Class (Class I)

Ÿ Marshall Government Money Market Fund

Ÿ Marshall Tax-Free Money Market Fund

Ÿ Marshall Prime Money Market Fund

Ÿ Marshall Short-Term Income Fund

Ÿ Marshall Short-Intermediate Bond Fund

Ÿ Marshall Government Income Fund

Ÿ Marshall Corporate Income Fund

Ÿ Marshall Aggregate Bond Fund

Ÿ Marshall Core Plus Bond Fund

Ÿ Marshall Large-Cap Value Fund

Ÿ Marshall Large-Cap Growth Fund

Ÿ Marshall Mid-Cap Value Fund

Ÿ Marshall Mid-Cap Growth Fund

Ÿ Marshall Small-Cap Growth Fund

Ÿ Marshall International Stock Fund

Ÿ Marshall Emerging Markets Equity Fund

 

Shares of the Marshall Funds are not bank deposits or other obligations of, or issued, endorsed or guaranteed by, M&I Marshall & Ilsley Bank or any of its affiliates. Shares of the Marshall Funds, like shares of all mutual funds, are not insured or guaranteed by the U.S. government, the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation (FDIC) or any other government agency, and may lose value.

 

As with all mutual funds, the Securities and Exchange Commission (SEC) has not approved or disapproved these securities or passed upon the adequacy of this Prospectus. Any representation to the contrary is a criminal offense.

 

LOGO


Table of Contents

 

 

LOGO   Institutional Class
  (Class I)

 

 

Table of Contents

 

 

Risk/Return Summary

  1

Ÿ  Money Market Funds

 

Marshall Government Money Market Fund

  2

Marshall Tax-Free Money Market Fund

  3

Marshall Prime Money Market Fund

  4

Ÿ  Income Funds

 

Marshall Short-Term Income Fund

  5

Marshall Short-Intermediate Bond Fund

  6

Marshall Government Income Fund

  7

Marshall Corporate Income Fund

  8

Marshall Aggregate Bond Fund

  9

Marshall Core Plus Bond Fund

  10

Ÿ  Equity Funds

 

Marshall Large-Cap Value Fund

  11

Marshall Large-Cap Growth Fund

  12

Marshall Mid-Cap Value Fund

  13

Marshall Mid-Cap Growth Fund

  14

Marshall Small-Cap Growth Fund

  15

Marshall International Stock Fund

  16

Marshall Emerging Markets Equity Fund

  17

Fees and Expenses of the Funds

  18

Main Risks of Investing in the Marshall Funds

  19

Securities and Investment Techniques Descriptions

  24

How to Buy Shares

  29

How to Redeem and Exchange Shares

  33

Account and Share Information

  36

Marshall Funds, Inc. Information

  38
Historical Performance of TCH for Similar Accounts: TCH Corporate Fixed Income Composite  

44

Historical Performance of TCH for Similar Accounts: TCH Core Plus Aggregate Composite  

45

Historical Performance of Trilogy for Similar Accounts: Emerging Markets Composite  

46

Financial Highlights

  47


Table of Contents

 

 

Risk/Return Summary

 

 

The Marshall Funds offer investment opportunities to a wide range of investors, from investors with short-term goals who wish to take little investment risk to investors with long-term goals willing to bear the risks of the stock market for potentially greater rewards. The Marshall Funds are managed by the investment professionals at M&I Investment Management Corp. (Adviser).

 

Risk/Return Summary of Mutual Funds

 

LOGO

 

Money Market Funds

 

Marshall Government Money Market Fund

Marshall Tax-Free Money Market Fund

Marshall Prime Money Market Fund

 

Income Funds

 

Marshall Short-Term Income Fund

Marshall Short-Intermediate Bond Fund

Marshall Government Income Fund

Marshall Corporate Income Fund

Marshall Aggregate Bond Fund

Marshall Core Plus Bond Fund

 

Equity Funds

 

Marshall Large-Cap Value Fund

Marshall Large-Cap Growth Fund

Marshall Mid-Cap Value Fund

Marshall Mid-Cap Growth Fund

Marshall Small-Cap Growth Fund

Marshall International Stock Fund

Marshall Emerging Markets Equity Fund

Principal Risks of the Funds

 

Marshall Fund  

Stock

Market

Risks

 

Sector

Risks

 

Style

Risks

 

Foreign

Securities

 

Euro

Risks

 

Emerging

Markets

Risks

 

Company

Size

Risks

  Debt
Securities
Risks
 

High

Yield

Securities

Risks

 

Government

Obligations

Risks

 

Municipal

Securities

Risks

 

Asset/

Mortgage

Backed

Securities

Risks

 

Management

Risks

 

High

Portfolio

Turnover

Risks

Government Money Market                 ü       ü         ü    
Tax-Free Money Market                 ü         ü       ü    
Prime Money Market                 ü       ü         ü    
Short-Term Income                 ü       ü       ü     ü     ü  
Short-Intermediate Bond                 ü       ü       ü     ü     ü  
Government Income                 ü       ü       ü     ü     ü  
Corporate Income         ü           ü     ü     ü       ü     ü     ü  
Aggregate Bond                 ü       ü       ü     ü     ü  
Core Plus Bond         ü       ü       ü     ü     ü       ü     ü     ü  
Large-Cap Value   ü     ü     ü                       ü     ü  
Large-Cap Growth   ü     ü     ü                       ü     ü  
Mid-Cap Value   ü     ü     ü           ü               ü    
Mid-Cap Growth   ü     ü     ü           ü               ü     ü  
Small-Cap Growth   ü     ü     ü           ü               ü     ü  
International Stock   ü     ü     ü     ü     ü       ü               ü     ü  
Emerging Markets Equity   ü     ü       ü       ü     ü               ü     ü  

A complete description of these risks can be found in the “Main Risks of Investing in the Marshall Funds” section.

 

RISK/RETURN SUMMARY    1


Table of Contents

LOGO

 

 

Money Market Funds

 

 

Marshall Government Money Market Fund

 

 

LOGO

Goal: To provide current income consistent with stability of principal.

 

Strategy: Fund assets are invested in high quality, short-term money market instruments. The Fund invests at least 80% of its assets in obligations issued and/or

guaranteed by the U.S. government or by its agencies or instrumentalities, and in repurchase agreements secured by such obligations. The Adviser uses a “bottom-up” approach, which evaluates debt securities against the context of broader market factors such as the cyclical trend in interest rates, the shape of the yield curve and debt security supply factors.

 

The Fund invests in the securities of U.S. government-sponsored entities, including the Federal Home Loan Banks (FHLBs), Federal National Mortgage Association (Fannie Mae) and Federal Home Loan Mortgage Corporation (Freddie Mac). Not all U.S. government-sponsored entities are backed by the full faith and credit of the U.S. government. For example, FHLBs are not backed by the full faith and credit of the U.S. government but are supported through federal loans or other benefits. The obligations of Fannie Mae and Freddie Mac, which have been placed into conservatorship by the Federal Housing Finance Agency (FHFA) until these entities have been restored to a solvent financial condition, are guaranteed by the U.S. government while these entities remain in conservatorship. The Fund also may invest in U.S. government-sponsored entities that are supported by the full faith and credit of the U.S. government, such as the Government National Mortgage Association (Ginnie Mae). Finally, the Fund may invest in governmental entities that have no explicit financial support from the U.S. government, but are regarded as having implied support because the U.S. government sponsors their activities. Such entities include the Farm Credit Administration and the Financing Corporation.

 

An investment in the Fund is not a deposit of M&I Marshall & Ilsley Bank or any of its affiliates and is not insured or guaranteed by the FDIC or any other government agency. Although the Fund seeks to preserve the value of your investment at $1.00 per share, it is possible to lose money by investing in the Fund. In addition, the Fund is subject to credit risks, interest rate risks, call risks and liquidity risks.

 

Fund Performance: The total return information shows historical performance of the Fund’s Institutional Class shares and provides some indication of the risks of investing in the Fund. The bar chart shows how the Fund’s total returns have varied from year to year, while the table compares the Fund’s average

Annual Total Returns (calendar years 2005-2007)

LOGO

 

The return for the Institutional Class shares of the Fund from January 1, 2008 through September 30, 2008 was 2.02%.

 

Total Returns

Best quarter

   (4th quarter, 2006 )   1.30 %

Worst quarter

   (1st quarter, 2005 )   0.56 %

7-Day Net Yield

   (as of 12/31/07 ) (1)   4.52 %

 

Average Annual Total Returns through 12/31/07

 

      1 Year    Since
5/28/04
inception
Fund   5.11%    3.87%
LIUSGMMFI (2)   5.00%    3.46%
INGMMI (3)   4.32%    3.17%

annual total returns to the returns of an index of funds with similar investment objectives and an average of money funds

with similar objectives. Indices and averages are unmanaged and are not available for direct investment. Please keep in mind that past performance does not represent how the Fund will perform in the future. The information assumes that you reinvested all dividends and distributions.

 

(1) Investors may call the Fund to learn the current 7-Day Net Yield at 1-800-236-FUND (3863).

 

(2) The Lipper Institutional U.S. Government Money Market Funds Index (LIUSGMMFI) is an average of the 30 largest mutual funds in this Lipper category. The LIUSGMMFI reflects the deduction of expenses associated with mutual funds, such as investment management fees, but is not adjusted to reflect sales charges or taxes.

 

(3) The iMoneyNet Government Money Market Index (INGMMI) is an average of money funds with investment objectives similar to that of the Fund.

 

2    MONEY MARKET FUNDS


Table of Contents

LOGO

 

 

Money Market Funds (cont.)

 

 

Marshall Tax-Free Money Market Fund

 

 

LOGO

Goal: To provide current income exempt from federal income tax consistent with stability of principal.

 

Strategy: The Fund invests primarily in fixed and floating rate municipal bonds and notes, variable rate demand instruments and other

high-quality, short-term tax-exempt obligations maturing in 397 days or less. Under normal circumstances, the Fund invests its assets so that at least 80% of the annual interest income that the Fund distributes will be exempt from federal income tax, including federal alternative minimum tax (AMT).

 

To maintain principal preservation, the Adviser places a strict emphasis on credit research. Using fundamental analysis, the Adviser develops an approved list of issuers and securities that meet the Adviser’s standards for minimal credit risk. The Adviser continually monitors the credit risks of all portfolio securities on an ongoing basis by reviewing financial data and ratings of Nationally Recognized Statistical Rating Organizations (NRSROs).

 

The Fund seeks to enhance yield by taking advantage of favorable changes in interest rates and reducing the effect of unfavorable changes in interest rates. In seeking to achieve this objective, the Adviser targets a dollar-weighted average portfolio maturity of 90 days or less based on its interest rate outlook. The interest rate outlook is developed by analyzing a variety of factors, such as current and expected U.S. economic growth; current and expected interest rates and inflation; and the Federal Reserve Board’s monetary policy. By developing an interest rate outlook and adjusting the portfolio’s maturity accordingly, the Adviser seeks to position the Fund to take advantage of yield enhancing opportunities.

 

An investment in the Fund is not a deposit of M&I Marshall & Ilsley Bank or any of its affiliates and is not insured or guaranteed by the FDIC or any other government agency. Although the Fund seeks to preserve the value of your investment at $1.00 per share, it is possible to lose money by investing in the Fund. In addition, the Fund is subject to credit risks, interest rate risks, call risks and liquidity risks. In addition to credit and interest rate risk, certain types of municipal bonds are subject to other risks based on many factors, including economic and regulatory developments, changes or proposed changes in the federal and state tax structure, deregulation, court rulings and other factors.

 

Fund Performance: The total return information shows historical performance of the Fund’s Institutional Class shares and provides some indication of the risks of investing in the Fund. The bar chart shows the Fund’s total returns for its first two full calendar years of operations, while the table compares the Fund’s average annual total returns to the returns of an index of funds with similar investment objectives and an average of money funds with similar objectives. Indices and averages are unmanaged and are not available for direct investment. Please keep in mind that past performance does not represent how the Fund will perform in the future. The information assumes that you reinvested all dividends and distributions.

Annual Total Returns (2006-2007)

LOGO

 

The return for the Institutional Class shares of the Fund from January 1, 2008 through September 30, 2008 was 1.91%.

 

Total Returns

Best quarter

   (3rd quarter, 2007 )   0.92 %

Worst quarter

   (1st quarter, 2006 )   0.74 %

7-Day Net Yield

   (as of 12/31/07 ) (1)   3.45 %

 

Average Annual Total Returns through 12/31/07

 

      1 Year   

Since

6/29/05
inception

Fund   3.61%    3.30%
LITEMMFI (2)   3.45%    2.98%
IMNTFNR (3)   3.13%    2.82%

 

 

(1) Investors may call the Fund to learn the current 7-Day Net Yield at 1-800-236-FUND (3863).

 

(2) The Lipper Institutional Tax Exempt Money Market Funds Index (LITEMMFI) is an average of the 30 largest mutual funds in this Lipper category. The LITEMMFI reflects the deduction of expenses associated with mutual funds, such as investment management fees, but is not adjusted to reflect sales charges or taxes.

 

(3) The iMoney Net Money Fund Report Tax-Free National Retail (IMNTFNR) is an average of money funds with investment objectives similar to that of the Fund.

 

MONEY MARKET FUNDS    3


Table of Contents

LOGO

 

 

Money Market Funds (cont.)

 

 

Marshall Prime Money Market Fund

 

 

LOGO

Goal: To provide current income consistent with stability of principal.

 

Strategy: Fund assets are invested in high quality, short-term money market instruments. The Adviser uses a

“bottom-up” approach, which evaluates debt securities of individual companies against the context of broader market factors such as the cyclical trend in interest rates, the shape of the yield curve and debt security supply factors.

 

An investment in the Fund is not a deposit of M&I Marshall & Ilsley Bank or any of its affiliates and is not insured or guaranteed by the FDIC or any other government agency. Although the Fund seeks to preserve the value of your investment at $1.00 per share, it is possible to lose money by investing in the Fund. In addition, the Fund is subject to credit risks, interest rate risks and liquidity risks.

 

Fund Performance: The total return information shows historical performance of the Fund’s Institutional Class shares and provides some indication of the risks of investing in the Fund. The bar chart shows how the Fund’s total returns have varied from year to year, while the table compares the Fund’s average annual total returns to the returns of an index of funds with similar investment objectives and an average of money funds with similar objectives. Indices and averages are unmanaged and are not available for direct investment. Please keep in mind that past performance does not represent how the Fund will perform in the future. The information assumes that you reinvested all dividends and distributions.

Annual Total Returns (calendar years 2001-2007)

LOGO

 

The return for the Institutional Class shares of the Fund from January 1, 2008 through September 30, 2008 was 2.40%.

 

Total Returns

Best quarter

   (1st quarter, 2001 )   1.46 %

Worst quarter

   (1st quarter, 2004 )   0.24 %

7-Day Net Yield

   (as of 12/31/07 ) (1)   4.83 %

 

Average Annual Total Returns through 12/31/07

 

      1 Year    5 Year   

Since
4/3/00

inception

Fund   5.27%    3.15%    3.45%
LIMMFI (2)   5.26%    3.11%    2.99%
MFRA (3)   4.69%    2.65%    2.89%

 

 

(1) Investors may call the Fund to learn the current 7-Day Net Yield at 1-800-236-FUND (3863).

 

(2) The Lipper Institutional Money Market Funds Index (LIMMFI) is an average of the 30 largest mutual funds in this Lipper category. The LIMMFI reflects the deduction of expenses associated with mutual funds, such as investment management fees, but is not adjusted to reflect sales charges or taxes.

 

(3) The iMoneyNet Money Fund Report Averages™ (MFRA) is an average of money funds with investment objectives similar to that of the Fund.

 

4    MONEY MARKET FUNDS


Table of Contents

LOGO

 

 

Income Funds

 

 

Marshall Short-Term Income Fund

 

 

LOGO

Goal: To maximize total return consistent with current income.

 

Strategy: The Fund invests at least 80% of its assets in fixed income securities. Fund investments include corporate, asset -

backed and mortgage-backed securities with a minimum rating in the lowest investment grade category (i.e., BBB or Baa) at the time of purchase and U.S. government securities. In addition, the Fund may invest in securities issued by other investment companies that in turn invest in bonds and other financial instruments (including securities with credit ratings below investment grade, commonly known as high-yield securities). Such investments may involve duplication of advisory fees and certain other expenses. The Adviser changes the Fund’s weightings in these sectors as it deems appropriate and uses macroeconomic, credit and market analysis to select portfolio securities. The Fund normally maintains an average dollar-weighted effective maturity of six months to three years. Effective maturity takes into account the possibility that a bond may have prepayments or may be called by the issuer before its stated maturity date.

 

Fund Performance: The total return information provides some indication of the risks of investing in the Fund. Because the Institutional Class shares of the Fund did not have a full calendar year of performance as of December 31, 2007, the following return information shows historical performance of the Fund’s Investor Class shares (which are offered by a separate prospectus). The bar chart shows how the Fund’s total returns before taxes have varied from year to year, while the table compares the Fund’s average annual total returns to the returns of an index of funds with similar investment objectives and a broad measure of market performance. Indices are unmanaged and are not available for direct investment. The Institutional Class shares would have substantially similar returns as the Investor Class shares because they represent interests in the same portfolio of securities and the returns would differ only to the extent that the Institutional Class shares and the Investor Class shares do not have the same expenses. The actual return of the Institutional Class shares may have been higher than that of the Investor Class shares because the Institutional Class shares have lower expenses than the Investor Class shares. Please keep in mind that past performance, before and after taxes, does not represent how the Fund will perform in the future. The information assumes that you reinvested all dividends and distributions.

Annual Total Returns (calendar years 1998-2007)

LOGO

 

The return for the Investor Class shares of the Fund from January 1, 2008 through September 30, 2008 was (1.41)%.

 

Total Returns

Best quarter

   (3rd quarter, 2001 )   2.67  %

Worst quarter

   (2nd quarter, 2004 )   (1.21 )%

 

Average Annual Total Returns through 12/31/07

 

      1 Year    5 Year    10 Year
Fund (1)              

Return Before Taxes

  5.63%    3.42%    4.47%

Return After Taxes on Distributions

  3.99%    1.95%    2.56%

Return After Taxes on Distributions and Sale of Fund Shares

  3.63%    2.05%    2.63%
LSTIDI (2)   4.80%    3.03%    4.30%
ML13 (3)   6.90%    3.35%    4.97%

(1) After-tax returns are calculated using a standard set of assumptions. The stated returns assume the highest historical federal income and capital gains tax rates. Return After Taxes on Distributions assumes a continued investment in the Fund and shows the effect of taxes on Fund distributions. Return After Taxes on Distributions and Sale of Fund Shares assumes all shares were redeemed at the end of the measurement period and shows the effect of any taxable gain (or offsetting loss) on redemption, as well as the effects of taxes on Fund distributions. These after-tax returns do not reflect the effect of any applicable state and local taxes. Return After Taxes on Distributions and Sale of Fund Shares may be higher than Return Before Taxes when a net capital loss occurs upon the redemption of Fund shares. Actual after-tax returns depend on an investor’s tax situation and may differ from those shown. After-tax returns shown are not relevant to investors holding shares through tax-deferred programs, such as IRAs or 401(k) plans.

 

(2) The Lipper Short-Term Investment Grade Debt Funds Index (LSTIDI) is an average of the 30 largest mutual funds in this Lipper category. The LSTIDI reflects the deduction of expenses associated with mutual funds, such as investment management fees, but is not adjusted to reflect sales charges or taxes.

 

(3) The Merrill Lynch 1-3 Year U.S. Government/Corporate Index (ML13) is an index tracking short-term U.S. government and corporate securities with maturities between 1 and 2.99 years. The index is produced by Merrill Lynch Pierce Fenner & Smith. The ML13 does not reflect the deduction of fees, expenses or taxes that mutual fund investors bear.

 

INCOME FUNDS    5


Table of Contents

LOGO

 

 

Income Funds (cont.)

 

 

Marshall Short-Intermediate Bond Fund

 

 

LOGO

Goal: To maximize total return consistent with current income.

 

Strategy: The Fund invests at least 80% of its assets in bonds. Fund investments include corporate, asset-backed and mortgage- backed securities with a

minimum rating in the lowest investment grade category (i.e., BBB or Baa) at the time of purchase and U.S. government securities. The Adviser’s strategy for achieving total return is to adjust the Fund’s weightings in these sectors as it deems appropriate. The Adviser uses macroeconomic, credit and market analysis to select portfolio securities. The Fund normally maintains an average dollar-weighted effective maturity of three to ten years. Effective maturity takes into account the possibility that a bond may have prepayments or may be called by the issuer before its stated maturity date.

 

Fund Performance: The total return information provides some indication of the risks of investing in the Fund. Because the Institutional Class shares of the Fund did not have a full calendar year of performance as of December 31, 2007, the following return information shows historical performance of the Fund’s Investor Class shares (which are offered by a separate prospectus). The bar chart shows how the Fund’s total returns before taxes have varied from year to year, while the table compares the Fund’s average annual total returns to the returns of an index of funds with similar investment objectives and a broad measure of market performance. Indices are unmanaged and are not available for direct investment. The Institutional Class shares would have substantially similar returns as the Investor Class shares because they represent interests in the same portfolio of securities and the returns would differ only to the extent that the Institutional Class shares and the Investor Class shares do not have the same expenses. The actual return of the Institutional Class shares may have been higher than that of the Investor Class shares because the Institutional Class shares have lower expenses than the Investor Class shares. Please keep in mind that past performance, before and after taxes, does not represent how the Fund will perform in the future. The information assumes that you reinvested all dividends and distributions.

 

Annual Total Returns (calendar years 1998-2007)

LOGO

 

The return for the Investor Class shares of the Fund from January 1, 2008 through September 30, 2008 was (5.32)%.

 

Total Returns

Best quarter

   (3rd quarter, 2001)    3.75  %

Worst quarter

   (2nd quarter, 2004)    (2.25 )%

 

Average Annual Total Returns through 12/31/07

 

      1 Year    5 Year    10 Year
Fund (1)              

Return Before Taxes

  4.61%    3.64%    4.86%

Return After Taxes on Distributions

  2.94%    2.09%    2.89%

Return After Taxes on Distributions and Sale of Fund Shares

  2.97%    2.19%    2.93%
LSIDF (2)   5.39%    3.45%    4.89%
LGCI (3)   7.39%    4.06%    5.76%

(1) After-tax returns are calculated using a standard set of assumptions. The stated returns assume the highest historical federal income and capital gains tax rates. Return After Taxes on Distributions assumes a continued investment in the Fund and shows the effect of taxes on Fund distributions. Return After Taxes on Distributions and Sale of Fund Shares assumes all shares were redeemed at the end of the measurement period and shows the effect of any taxable gain (or offsetting loss) on redemption, as well as the effects of taxes on Fund distributions. These after-tax returns do not reflect the effect of any applicable state and local taxes. Return After Taxes on Distributions and Sale of Fund Shares may be higher than Return Before Taxes when a net capital loss occurs upon the redemption of Fund shares. Actual after-tax returns depend on an investor’s tax situation and may differ from those shown. After-tax returns shown are not relevant to investors holding shares through tax-deferred programs, such as IRAs or 401(k) plans.

 

(2) The Lipper Short-Intermediate Investment Grade Debt Funds Index (LSIDF) is an average of the 30 largest mutual funds in this Lipper category. The LSIDF reflects the deduction of expenses associated with mutual funds, such as investment management fees, but is not adjusted to reflect sales charges or taxes.

 

(3) The Lehman Brothers Governmental/Credit Intermediate Index (LGCI) is an index comprised of government and corporate bonds rated BBB or higher with maturities between one and ten years. The LGCI does not reflect the deduction of fees, expenses or taxes that mutual fund investors bear.

 

6    INCOME FUNDS


Table of Contents

LOGO

 

 

Income Funds (cont.)

 

 

Marshall Government Income Fund

 

 

LOGO

Goal: To provide current income.

 

Strategy: The Fund invests at least 80% of its assets in U.S. government securities. The Adviser considers macroeconomic conditions and uses credit and market analysis in developing the overall portfolio strategy. Current and historical interest rate relationships are used to evaluate market sectors and individual securities. The Fund normally maintains an average dollar-weighted effective maturity of four to twelve years. Effective maturity takes into account the possibility that a bond may have prepayments or may be called by the issuer before its stated maturity date.

 

The Fund invests in the securities of U.S. government-sponsored entities, including FHLBs, Fannie Mae and Freddie Mac. Not all U.S. government-sponsored entities are backed by the full faith and credit of the U.S. government. For example, FHLBs are not backed by the full faith and credit of the U.S. government but are supported through federal loans or other benefits. The obligations of Fannie Mae and Freddie Mac, which have been placed into conservatorship by the FHFA until these entities have been restored to a solvent financial condition, are guaranteed by the U.S. government while these entities remain in conservatorship. The Fund also may invest in U.S. government-sponsored entities that are supported by the full faith and credit of the U.S. government, such as Ginnie Mae. Finally, the Fund may invest in governmental entities that have no explicit financial support from the U.S. government, but are regarded as having implied support because the U.S. government sponsors their activities. Such entities include the Farm Credit Administration and the Financing Corporation.

 

Fund Performance: The total return information provides some indication of the risks of investing in the Fund. Because the Institutional Class shares of the Fund did not have a full calendar year of performance as of December 31, 2007, the following return information shows historical performance of the Fund’s Investor Class shares (which are offered by a separate prospectus). The bar chart shows how the Fund’s total returns before taxes have varied from year to year, while the table compares the Fund’s average annual total returns to the returns of an index of funds with similar investment objectives and a broad measure of market performance. Indices are unmanaged and are not available for direct investment. The Institutional Class shares would have substantially similar returns as the Investor Class shares because they represent interests in the same portfolio of securities and the returns would differ only to the extent that the Institutional Class shares and the Investor Class shares do not have the same expenses. The actual return of the Institutional Class shares may have been higher than that of the Investor Class shares because the Institutional Class shares have lower expenses than the Investor Class shares. Please keep in mind that past performance, before and after taxes, does not represent how the Fund will perform in the future. The information assumes that you reinvested all dividends and distributions.

Annual Total Returns (calendar years 1998-2007)

LOGO

 

The return for the Investor Class shares of the Fund from January 1, 2008 through September 30, 2008 was 1.06%.

 

Total Returns

Best quarter

   (3rd quarter, 2001 )   4.08  %

Worst quarter

   (2nd quarter, 2004 )   (0.97 )%

 

Average Annual Total Returns through 12/31/07

 

      1 Year    5 Year    10 Year
Fund (1)              

Return Before Taxes

  5.85%    4.04%    5.16%

Return After Taxes on Distributions

  4.18%    2.48%    3.20%

Return After Taxes on Distributions and Sale of Fund Shares

  3.77%    2.53%    3.19%
LUSMI (2)   5.24%    3.64%    5.03%
LMI (3)   6.90%    4.49%    5.91%

 

 

(1) After-tax returns are calculated using a standard set of assumptions. The stated returns assume the highest historical federal income and capital gains tax rates. Return After Taxes on Distributions assumes a continued investment in the Fund and shows the effect of taxes on Fund distributions. Return After Taxes on Distributions and Sale of Fund Shares assumes all shares were redeemed at the end of the measurement period and shows the effect of any taxable gain (or offsetting loss) on redemption, as well as the effects of taxes on Fund distributions. These after-tax returns do not reflect the effect of any applicable state and local taxes. Return After Taxes on Distributions and Sale of Fund Shares may be higher than Return Before Taxes when a net capital loss occurs upon the redemption of Fund shares. Actual after-tax returns depend on an investor’s tax situation and may differ from those shown. After-tax returns shown are not relevant to investors holding shares through tax-deferred programs, such as IRAs or 401(k) plans.

 

(2) The Lipper U.S. Mortgage Funds Index (LUSMI) is an average of the 30 largest mutual funds in this Lipper category. The LUSMI reflects the deduction of expenses associated with mutual funds, such as investment management fees, but is not adjusted to reflect sales charges or taxes.

 

(3) The Lehman Brothers Mortgage-Backed Securities Index (LMI) is an index comprised of fixed rate securities backed by mortgage pools of Ginnie Mae, Freddie Mac and Fannie Mae. The LMI does not reflect the deduction of fees, expenses or taxes that mutual fund investors bear.

 

INCOME FUNDS    7


Table of Contents

LOGO

 

 

Income Funds (cont.)

 

 

Marshall Corporate Income Fund

 

 

LOGO

Goal: To maximize total return consistent with current income.

 

Strategy: The Fund invests at least 80% of its assets in corporate debt securities, including convertible debt securities.

Although the Fund will invest primarily in U.S. dollar denominated securities with a minimum rating in the lowest investment grade category (i.e., BBB or Baa) at the time of purchase, the Fund may invest up to 20% of its assets in debt securities rated below investment grade, also known as high yield securities or “junk bonds” and in foreign debt securities. The Fund also may invest in U.S. government securities and asset-backed and mortgage-backed securities.

 

The Fund’s sub-adviser is Taplin, Canida & Habacht, LLC (TCH), an affiliate of the Adviser. TCH uses macroeconomic, credit and market analysis to select portfolio securities. The Fund normally maintains an average dollar-weighted maturity of three to ten years.

 

Fund Performance: Performance information for the Corporate Income Fund is not included because the Fund does not have one full calendar year of performance.

 

8    INCOME FUNDS


Table of Contents

LOGO

 

 

Income Funds (cont.)

 

 

Marshall Aggregate Bond Fund

 

 

LOGO

Goal: To maximize total return consistent with current income.

 

Strategy: The Fund invests at least 80% of its assets in bonds. Fund investments include corporate, asset-backed and

mortgage-backed securities with a minimum rating in the lowest investment grade category (i.e., BBB or Baa) at the time of purchase and U.S. government securities. The Adviser’s strategy for achieving total return is to adjust the Fund’s weightings in these sectors as it deems appropriate. The Adviser uses macroeconomic, credit and market analysis to select portfolio securities. The Fund normally maintains an average dollar-weighted effective maturity of three to ten years. Effective maturity takes into account the possibility that a bond may have prepayments or may be called by the issuer before its stated maturity date.

 

Fund Performance: Performance information for the Aggregate Bond Fund is not included because the Fund does not have one full calendar year of performance.

 

INCOME FUNDS    9


Table of Contents

LOGO

 

 

Income Funds (cont.)

 

 

Marshall Core Plus Bond Fund

 

 

LOGO

Goal: To maximize total return consistent with current income.

 

Strategy: The Fund invests at least 80% of its assets in bonds. Fund investments include corporate, asset-backed, mortgage

-backed and U.S. government securities. Although the Fund will invest primarily in securities with a minimum rating in the lowest investment grade category (i.e., BBB or Baa) at the time of purchase, the Fund may invest up to 20% of its assets in debt securities rated below investment grade, also known as high yield securities or “junk bonds.” While the Fund’s assets are predominantly U.S. dollar denominated, the Fund also may invest up to 20% of its assets in foreign debt securities, all or a portion of which may be emerging markets debt securities.

 

The Fund’s investment strategy is referred to as “Core Plus” because the Fund’s sub-adviser, Taplin, Canida & Habacht, LLC (TCH), an affiliate of the Adviser, has the ability to add high yield securities and emerging markets debt securities to a core portfolio of investment grade fixed income securities. TCH’s strategy for achieving total return is to adjust the Fund’s weightings in these sectors as it deems appropriate. TCH uses macroeconomic, credit and market analysis to select portfolio securities. The Fund normally maintains an average dollar-weighted maturity of three to ten years.

 

Fund Performance: Performance information for the Core Plus Bond Fund is not included because the Fund does not have one full calendar year of performance.

 

10    INCOME FUNDS


Table of Contents

LOGO

 

 

Equity Funds

 

 

Marshall Large-Cap Value Fund

 

 

LOGO

Goal: To provide capital appreciation and above-average dividend income.

 

Strategy: The Fund invests at least 80% of its assets in a broadly diversified portfolio of common stocks of large-sized U.S.

companies similar in size to those within the Russell 1000 Value Index. In order to provide both capital appreciation and income, the Adviser attempts to structure the portfolio to pursue an above average yield. The Adviser selects stocks using a unique, quantitative, value-oriented approach.

 

Fund Performance: The total return information provides some indication of the risks of investing in the Fund. Because the Institutional Class shares of the Fund did not have performance history as of December 31, 2007, the following return information shows historical performance of the Fund’s Investor Class shares (which are offered by a separate prospectus) and provides some indication of the risks of investing in the Fund. The bar chart shows how the Fund’s total returns before taxes have varied from year to year, while the table compares the Fund’s average annual total returns to the returns of an index of funds with similar investment objectives and a broad measure of market performance. Indices are unmanaged and are not available for direct investment. The Institutional Class shares would have substantially similar returns as the Investor Class shares because they represent interests in the same portfolio of securities and the returns would differ only to the extent that the Institutional Class shares and the Investor Class shares do not have the same expenses. The actual return of the Institutional Class shares may have been higher than that of the Investor Class shares because the Institutional Class shares have lower expenses than the Investor Class shares. Please keep in mind that past performance, before and after taxes, does not represent how the Fund will perform in the future. The information assumes that you reinvested all dividends and distributions.

Annual Total Returns (calendar years 1998-2007)

LOGO

 

The return for the Investor Class shares of the Fund from January 1, 2008 through September 30, 2008 was (18.38)%.

 

Total Returns

Best quarter

   (2nd quarter, 2003 )   15.65  %

Worst quarter

   (3rd quarter, 2002 )   (17.64 )%

 

Average Annual Total Returns through 12/31/07

 

      1 Year    5 Year    10 Year
Fund (1)              

Return Before Taxes

  5.75%    12.27%    5.74%

Return After Taxes on Distributions

  4.82%    10.77%    4.15%

Return After Taxes on Distributions and Sale of Fund Shares

  4.98%    10.37%    4.27%
LLCVFI (2)   2.46%    13.04%    6.12%
Russell 1000 Value (3)   (0.17)%    14.63%    7.68%

 

(1) After-tax returns are calculated using a standard set of assumptions. The stated returns assume the highest historical federal income and capital gains tax rates. Return After Taxes on Distributions assumes a continued investment in the Fund and shows the effect of taxes on Fund distributions. Return After Taxes on Distributions and Sale of Fund Shares assumes all shares were redeemed at the end of the measurement period and shows the effect of any taxable gain (or offsetting loss) on redemption, as well as the effects of taxes on Fund distributions. These after-tax returns do not reflect the effect of any applicable state and local taxes. Return After Taxes on Distributions and Sale of Fund Shares may be higher than Return Before Taxes when a net capital loss occurs upon the redemption of Fund shares. Actual after-tax returns depend on an investor’s tax situation and may differ from those shown. After-tax returns shown are not relevant to investors holding shares through tax-deferred programs, such as IRAs or 401(k) plans.

 

(2) The Lipper Large Cap Value Funds Index (LLCVFI) is an average of the 30 largest mutual funds in this Lipper category. The LLCVFI reflects the deduction of expenses associated with mutual funds, such as investment management fees, but is not adjusted to reflect sales charges or taxes.

 

(3) The Russell 1000 Value Index measures the performance of those companies included in the Russell 1000 Index with lower price-to-book ratios and lower forecasted growth values. The index does not reflect the deduction of fees, expenses or taxes that mutual fund investors bear.

 

EQUITY FUNDS    11


Table of Contents

LOGO

 

 

Equity Funds (cont.)

 

 

Marshall Large-Cap Growth Fund

 

 

LOGO

Goal: To provide capital appreciation.

 

Strategy: The Fund invests at least 80% of its assets in common stocks of large-sized U.S. companies similar in size to those within the Russell 1000 Growth Index. The

Adviser looks for high quality companies with sustainable earnings growth that are available at reasonable prices.

 

Fund Performance: The total return information provides some indication of the risks of investing in the Fund. Because the Institutional Class shares of the Fund did not have performance history as of December 31, 2007, the following return information shows historical performance of the Fund’s Investor Class shares (which are offered by a separate prospectus) and provides some indication of the risks of investing in the Fund. The bar chart shows how the Fund’s total returns before taxes have varied from year to year, while the table compares the Fund’s average annual total returns to the returns of an index of funds with similar investment objectives and a broad measure of market performance. Indices are unmanaged and are not available for direct investment. The Institutional Class shares would have substantially similar returns as the Investor Class shares because they represent interests in the same portfolio of securities and the returns would differ only to the extent that the Institutional Class shares and the Investor Class shares do not have the same expenses. The actual return of the Institutional Class shares may have been higher than that of the Investor Class shares because the Institutional Class shares have lower expenses than the Investor Class shares. Please keep in mind that past performance, before and after taxes, does not represent how the Fund will perform in the future. The information assumes that you reinvested all dividends and distributions.

Annual Total Returns (calendar years 1998-2007)

LOGO

 

The return for the Investor Class shares of the Fund from January 1, 2008 through September 30, 2008 was (22.12)%.

 

Total Returns

Best quarter

   (4th quarter, 1998 )   22.67  %

Worst quarter

   (3rd quarter, 2002 )   (17.85 )%

 

Average Annual Total Returns through 12/31/07

 

      1 Year    5 Year    10 Year
Fund (1)              

Return Before Taxes

  13.57%    12.02%    4.17%

Return After Taxes on Distributions

  12.23%    11.01%    3.35%

Return After Taxes on Distributions and Sale of Fund Shares

  10.62%    10.28%    3.39%
LLCGFI (2)   14.97%    12.06%    3.64%
Russell 1000 Growth (3)   11.81%    12.11%    3.83%

 

(1) After-tax returns are calculated using a standard set of assumptions. The stated returns assume the highest historical federal income and capital gains tax rates. Return After Taxes on Distributions assumes a continued investment in the Fund and shows the effect of taxes on Fund distributions. Return After Taxes on Distributions and Sale of Fund Shares assumes all shares were redeemed at the end of the measurement period and shows the effect of any taxable gain (or offsetting loss) on redemption, as well as the effects of taxes on Fund distributions. These after-tax returns do not reflect the effect of any applicable state and local taxes. Return After Taxes on Distributions and Sale of Fund Shares may be higher than Return Before Taxes when a net capital loss occurs upon the redemption of Fund shares. Actual after-tax returns depend on an investor’s tax situation and may differ from those shown. After-tax returns shown are not relevant to investors holding shares through tax-deferred programs, such as IRAs or 401(k) plans.

 

(2) The Lipper Large-Cap Growth Funds Index (LLCGFI) is an average of the 30 largest mutual funds in this Lipper category. The LLCGFI reflects the deduction of expenses associated with mutual funds, such as investment management fees, but is not adjusted to reflect sales charges or taxes.

 

(3) The Russell 1000 Growth Index measures the performance of those companies included in the Russell 1000 Index with higher price-to-book ratios and higher forecasted growth values. The index does not reflect the deduction of fees, expenses or taxes that mutual fund investors bear.

 

12    EQUITY FUNDS


Table of Contents

LOGO

 

 

Equity Funds (cont.)

 

 

Marshall Mid-Cap Value Fund

 

 

LOGO

Goal: To provide capital appreciation.

 

Strategy: The Fund invests at least 80% of its assets in value-oriented common stocks of medium-sized U.S. companies similar in size to those within the Russell Midcap

Value Index. The Adviser selects companies that exhibit traditional value characteristics, such as a price-to-earnings ratio less than the Standard & Poor’s 400 ® Index, higher-than-average dividend yields or a lower-than-average price-to-book value. In addition, these companies may have under-appreciated assets, or be involved in company turnarounds or corporate restructurings.

 

Fund Performance: The total return information provides some indication of the risks of investing in the Fund. Because the Institutional Class shares of the Fund did not have performance history as of December 31, 2007, the following return information shows historical performance of the Fund’s Investor Class shares (which are offered by a separate prospectus) and provides some indication of the risks of investing in the Fund. The bar chart shows how the Fund’s total returns before taxes have varied from year to year, while the table compares the Fund’s average annual total returns to the returns of an index of funds with similar investment objectives and a broad measure of market performance. Indices are unmanaged and are not available for direct investment. The Institutional Class shares would have substantially similar returns as the Investor Class shares because they represent interests in the same portfolio of securities and the returns would differ only to the extent that the Institutional Class shares and the Investor Class shares do not have the same expenses. The actual return of the Institutional Class shares may have been higher than that of the Investor Class shares because the Institutional Class shares have lower expenses than the Investor Class shares. Please keep in mind that past performance, before and after taxes, does not represent how the Fund will perform in the future. The information assumes that you reinvested all dividends and distributions.

Annual Total Returns (calendar years 1998-2007)

LOGO

 

The return for the Investor Class shares of the Fund from January 1, 2008 through September 30, 2008 was (18.87)%.

 

Total Returns

Best quarter

   (4th quarter, 2001 )   19.16  %

Worst quarter

   (3rd quarter, 2002 )   (16.61 )%

 

Average Annual Total Returns through 12/31/07

 

      1 Year    5 Year    10 Year
Fund (1)              

Return Before Taxes

  0.75%    14.28%    10.66%

Return After Taxes on Distributions

  (1.73)%    12.65%    8.68%

Return After Taxes on Distributions and Sale of Fund Shares

  2.76%    12.24%    8.55%
LMCVFI (2)   3.62%    16.73%    9.16%
RMCVI (3)   (1.42)%    17.92%    10.18%

 

 

(1) After-tax returns are calculated using a standard set of assumptions. The stated returns assume the highest historical federal income and capital gains tax rates. Return After Taxes on Distributions assumes a continued investment in the Fund and shows the effect of taxes on Fund distributions. Return After Taxes on Distributions and Sale of Fund Shares assumes all shares were redeemed at the end of the measurement period and shows the effect of any taxable gain (or offsetting loss) on redemption, as well as the effects of taxes on Fund distributions. These after-tax returns do not reflect the effect of any applicable state and local taxes. Return After Taxes on Distributions and Sale of Fund Shares may be higher than Return Before Taxes when a net capital loss occurs upon the redemption of Fund shares. Actual after-tax returns depend on an investor’s tax situation and may differ from those shown. After-tax returns shown are not relevant to investors holding shares through tax-deferred programs, such as IRAs or 401(k) plans.

 

(2) The Lipper Mid-Cap Value Funds Index (LMCVFI) is an average of the 30 largest mutual funds in this Lipper category. The LMCVFI reflects the deduction of expenses associated with mutual funds, such as investment management fees, but is not adjusted to reflect sales charges or taxes.

 

(3) The Russell Midcap Value Index (RMCVI) measures the performance of those companies included in the Russell Midcap Index with lower price-to-book ratios and lower forecasted growth values. Those companies are also included in the Russell 1000 Value Index. The RMCVI does not reflect the deduction of fees, expenses or taxes that mutual fund investors bear.

 

EQUITY FUNDS    13


Table of Contents

LOGO

 

 

Equity Funds (cont.)

 

 

Marshall Mid-Cap Growth Fund

 

 

LOGO

Goal: To provide capital appreciation.

 

Strategy: The Fund invests at least 80% of its assets in growth-oriented common stocks of medium-sized U.S. companies similar in size to those within the Russell

Midcap Growth Index. The Adviser selects stocks of companies with growth characteristics, including companies with above-average earnings growth potential and companies where significant changes are taking place, such as new products, services or methods of distribution, or overall business restructuring.

 

Fund Performance: The total return information provides some indication of the risks of investing in the Fund. Because the Institutional Class shares of the Fund did not have performance history as of December 31, 2007, the following return information shows historical performance of the Fund’s Investor Class shares (which are offered by a separate prospectus) and provides some indication of the risks of investing in the Fund. The bar chart shows how the Fund’s total returns before taxes have varied from year to year, while the table compares the Fund’s average annual total returns to the returns of an index of funds with similar investment objectives and a broad measure of market performance. Indices are unmanaged and are not available for direct investment. The Institutional Class shares would have substantially similar returns as the Investor Class shares because they represent interests in the same portfolio of securities and the returns would differ only to the extent that the Institutional Class shares and the Investor Class shares do not have the same expenses. The actual return of the Institutional Class shares may have been higher than that of the Investor Class shares because the Institutional Class shares have lower expenses than the Investor Class shares. Please keep in mind that past performance, before and after taxes, does not represent how the Fund will perform in the future. The information assumes that you reinvested all dividends and distributions.

Annual Total Returns (calendar years 1998-2007)

LOGO

 

The return for the Investor Class shares of the Fund from January 1, 2008 through September 30, 2008 was (23.73)%.

 

Total Returns

Best quarter

   (4th quarter, 1999 )   41.02  %

Worst quarter

   (3rd quarter, 2001 )   (23.19 )%

 

Average Annual Total Returns through 12/31/07

 

      1 Year    5 Year    10 Year
Fund (1)              

Return Before Taxes

  24.54%    15.08%    7.39%

Return After Taxes on Distributions

  24.54%    15.08%    6.22%

Return After Taxes on Distributions and Sale of Fund Shares

  15.95%    13.28%    5.85%
LMCGFI (2)   21.41%    17.93%    7.78%
RMCGI (3)   11.43%    17.90%    7.59%

 

(1) After-tax returns are calculated using a standard set of assumptions. The stated returns assume the highest historical federal income and capital gains tax rates. Return After Taxes on Distributions assumes a continued investment in the Fund and shows the effect of taxes on Fund distributions. Return After Taxes on Distributions and Sale of Fund Shares assumes all shares were redeemed at the end of the measurement period and shows the effect of any taxable gain (or offsetting loss) on redemption, as well as the effects of taxes on Fund distributions. These after-tax returns do not reflect the effect of any applicable state and local taxes. Return After Taxes on Distributions and Sale of Fund Shares may be higher than Return Before Taxes when a net capital loss occurs upon the redemption of Fund shares. Actual after-tax returns depend on an investor’s tax situation and may differ from those shown. After-tax returns shown are not relevant to investors holding shares through tax-deferred programs, such as IRAs or 401(k) plans.

 

(2) The Lipper Mid-Cap Growth Funds Index (LMCGFI) is an average of the 30 largest mutual funds in this Lipper category. The LMCGFI reflects the deduction of expenses associated with mutual funds, such as investment management fees, but is not adjusted to reflect sales charges or taxes.

 

(3) The Russell Midcap Growth Index (RMCGI) measures the performance of those companies included in the Russell Midcap Index with higher price-to-book ratios and higher forecasted growth values. Those companies are also included in the Russell 1000 Growth Index. The RMCGI does not reflect the deduction of fees, expenses or taxes that mutual fund investors bear.

 

14    EQUITY FUNDS


Table of Contents

LOGO

 

 

Equity Funds (cont.)

 

 

Marshall Small-Cap Growth Fund

 

 

LOGO

Goal: To provide capital appreciation.

 

Strategy: The Fund invests at least 80% of its assets in common stocks of small-sized U.S. companies similar in size to those within the Russell 2000 Growth Index. The

Adviser selects stocks of companies with growth characteristics, including companies with above-average earnings growth potential and companies where significant changes are taking place, such as new products, services or methods of distribution, or overall business restructuring.

 

Fund Performance: The total return information provides some indication of the risks of investing in the Fund. Because the Institutional Class shares of the Fund did not have performance history as of December 31, 2007, the following return information shows historical performance of the Fund’s Investor Class shares (which are offered by a separate prospectus) and provides some indication of the risks of investing in the Fund. The bar chart shows how the Fund’s total returns before taxes have varied from year to year, while the table compares the Fund’s average annual total returns to the returns of an index of funds with similar investment objectives and a broad measure of market performance. Indices are unmanaged and are not available for direct investment. The Institutional Class shares would have substantially similar returns as the Investor Class shares because they represent interests in the same portfolio of securities and the returns would differ only to the extent that the Institutional Class shares and the Investor Class shares do not have the same expenses. The actual return of the Institutional Class shares may have been higher than that of the Investor Class shares because the Institutional Class shares have lower expenses than the Investor Class shares. Please keep in mind that past performance, before and after taxes, does not represent how the Fund will perform in the future. The information assumes that you reinvested all dividends and distributions.

 

Annual Total Returns (calendar years 1998-2007)

LOGO

 

The return for the Investor Class shares of the Fund from January 1, 2008 through September 30, 2008 was (25.89)%.

 

Total Returns

Best quarter

   (4th quarter, 1999 )   38.36  %

Worst quarter

   (3rd quarter, 1998 )   (27.56 )%

 

Average Annual Total Returns through 12/31/07

 

      1 Year    5 Year    10 Year
Fund (1)              

Return Before Taxes

  18.79%    20.79%    8.37%

Return After Taxes on Distributions

  14.43%    19.09%    7.14%

Return After Taxes on Distributions and Sale of Fund Shares

  14.79%    17.82%    6.84%
LSCGI (2)   9.68%    15.44%    6.79%
Russell 2000 GI (3)   7.06%    16.50%    4.32%

 

(1) After-tax returns are calculated using a standard set of assumptions. The stated returns assume the highest historical federal income and capital gains tax rates. Return After Taxes on Distributions assumes a continued investment in the Fund and shows the effect of taxes on Fund distributions. Return After Taxes on Distributions and Sale of Fund Shares assumes all shares were redeemed at the end of the measurement period and shows the effect of any taxable gain (or offsetting loss) on redemption, as well as the effects of taxes on Fund distributions. These after-tax returns do not reflect the effect of any applicable state and local taxes. Return After Taxes on Distributions and Sale of Fund Shares may be higher than Return Before Taxes when a net capital loss occurs upon the redemption of Fund shares. Actual after-tax returns depend on an investor’s tax situation and may differ from those shown. After-tax returns shown are not relevant to investors holding shares through tax-deferred programs, such as IRAs or 401(k) plans.

 

(2) The Lipper Small-Cap Growth Funds Index (LSCGI) is an average of the 30 largest mutual funds in this Lipper category. The LSCGI reflects the deduction of expenses associated with mutual funds, such as investment management fees, but is not adjusted to reflect sales charges or taxes.

 

(3) The Russell 2000 Growth Index (Russell 2000 GI) measures the performance of those companies included in the Russell 2000 Index with higher price-to-book ratios and higher forecasted growth values. The Russell 2000 GI does not reflect the deduction of fees, expenses or taxes that mutual fund investors bear.

 

EQUITY FUNDS    15


Table of Contents

LOGO

 

 

Equity Funds (cont.)

 

 

Marshall International Stock Fund

 

 

LOGO

Goal: To provide capital appreciation.

 

Strategy: The Fund invests at least 80% of its assets in common stocks of any sized companies located outside the United States. The Fund’s sub-advisers, Trilogy Global Advisors, LLC (Trilogy) and

Acadian Asset Management, LLC (Acadian), each manage approximately 50% of the Fund’s portfolio.

 

Trilogy uses a “bottom-up,” fundamental approach in selecting stocks for the Fund’s portfolio. Trilogy seeks to identify quality companies with attractive returns on equity, earnings growth and a strong capital structure.

 

Acadian uses a quantitative strategy with a focus on valuations to target attractively valued companies that also have positive earnings and price characteristics. Acadian selects stocks for the Fund’s portfolio using models that incorporate multiple factors designed to construct an optimal portfolio while keeping benchmark-relative risk to the desired level. These factors include, among others, price-to-cash earnings, changes in expected growth and changes in operating margins.

 

Effective September 1, 2005, Acadian was added as an additional sub-adviser to the Fund to manage approximately 50% of the Fund’s portfolio. Trilogy was the sole sub-adviser to the Fund from March 29, 1999 to September 1, 2005. Prior thereto, the Fund was managed by another firm.

 

Fund Performance: The total return information shows historical performance of the Fund’s Institutional Class shares and provides some indication of the risks of investing in the Fund. The bar chart shows how the Fund’s total returns before taxes have varied from year to year, while the table compares the Fund’s average annual total returns to the returns of an index of funds with similar investment objectives and a broad measure of market performance. Indices are unmanaged and are not available for direct investment. Please keep in mind that past performance, before and after taxes, does not represent how the Fund will perform in the future. The information assumes that you reinvested all dividends and distributions.

Annual Total Returns (calendar years 2000-2007)

LOGO

 

The return for Institutional Class shares of the Fund from January 1, 2008 through September 30, 2008 was (31.96)%.

 

Total Returns

Best quarter

   (2nd quarter, 2003 )   20.18  %

Worst quarter

   (3rd quarter, 2002 )   (19.54 )%

 

Average Annual Total Returns through 12/31/07

 

      1 Year    5 Year    Since
9/1/99
inception
Fund (1)              

Return Before Taxes

  8.67%    18.90%    7.21%

Return After Taxes on Distributions

  5.97%    18.00%    6.04%

Return After Taxes on Distributions and Sale of Fund Shares

  7.75%    16.72%    5.89%
LIMCCI (2)   12.61%    21.23%    9.35%
LIMCGI (3)   17.09%    23.16%    8.54%
EAFE (4)   11.17%    21.59%    6.61%

(1) After-tax returns are calculated using a standard set of assumptions. The stated returns assume the highest historical federal income and capital gains tax rates. Return After Taxes on Distributions assumes a continued investment in the Fund and shows the effect of taxes on Fund distributions. Return After Taxes on Distributions and Sale of Fund Shares assumes all shares were redeemed at the end of the measurement period and shows the effect of any taxable gain (or offsetting loss) on redemption, as well as the effects of taxes on Fund distributions. These after-tax returns do not reflect the effect of any applicable state and local taxes. Return After Taxes on Distributions and Sale of Fund Shares may be higher than Return Before Taxes when a net capital loss occurs upon the redemption of Fund shares. Actual after-tax returns depend on an investor’s tax situation and may differ from those shown. After-tax returns shown are not relevant to investors holding shares through tax-deferred programs, such as IRAs or 401(k) plans.

 

 

(2) The Lipper International Multi-Cap Core Index (LIMCCI) is an average of the 30 largest mutual funds in this Lipper category. The LIMCCI reflects the deduction of expenses associated with mutual funds, such as investment management fees, but is not adjusted to reflect sales charges or taxes. The LIMCCI is replacing the Lipper International Multi-Cap Growth Index as the Fund’s benchmark. Lipper has reclassified the Fund based on a review of the Fund’s current portfolio holdings. The Lipper International Multi-Cap Growth Funds Index will be excluded from this comparison in the future.

 

(3) The Lipper International Multi-Cap Growth Funds Index (LIMCGI) is an average of the 30 largest mutual funds in this Lipper category. The LIMCGI reflects the deduction of expenses associated with mutual funds, such as investment management fees, but is not adjusted to reflect sales charges or taxes. As noted above, the LIMCGI will be excluded from this comparison in the future.

 

(4) The Morgan Stanley Capital International Europe, Australasia, Far East Index (EAFE) is a market capitalization-weighted equity index of international stocks designed to represent the performance of 21 developed markets outside of North America. The EAFE does not reflect the deduction of fees, expenses or taxes that mutual fund investors bear.

 

16    EQUITY FUNDS


Table of Contents

LOGO

 

 

Equity Funds (cont.)

 

 

Marshall Emerging Markets Equity Fund

 

 

LOGO

Goal: To provide capital appreciation.

 

Strategy: The Fund invests at least 80% of its assets in common stocks of foreign companies located in emerging markets or whose primary business activities or

principal trading markets are in emerging markets. The Fund’s sub-adviser, Trilogy Global Advisors, LLC (Trilogy), considers emerging markets to be those markets in any country other than Canada, Luxembourg, the U.S. and the countries comprising the MSCI EAFE ® Index (currently, Australia, Austria, Belgium, Denmark, Finland, France, Germany, Greece, Hong Kong, Ireland, Italy, Japan, the Netherlands, New Zealand, Norway, Portugal, Singapore, Spain, Sweden, Switzerland and the United Kingdom). Trilogy uses a “bottom-up,” fundamental approach in selecting stocks for the Fund’s portfolio. Trilogy seeks to identify quality companies of any size in emerging markets with attractive returns on equity, earnings growth and a strong capital structure.

 

Fund Performance: Performance information for the Emerging Markets Equity Fund is not included because the Fund does not have one full calendar year of performance.

 

EQUITY FUNDS    17


Table of Contents

 

LOGO

Fees and Expenses of the Funds

  This table describes the fees and expenses that you may pay if you buy and hold Institutional Class shares of the Funds.
 

 

      Government
Money
Market
    Tax-Free
Money
Market
    Prime Money
Market
    Short-Term
Income
    Short-
Intermediate
Bond
    Government
Income
    Corporate
Income
    Aggregate
Bond
    Core Plus
Bond
    Large-Cap
Value
    Large-Cap
Growth
    Mid-Cap
Value
    Mid-Cap
Growth
    Small-Cap
Growth
  International
Stock
    Emerging
Markets
Equity
 
Shareholder Fees (fees paid directly from your investment)                          
Maximum Sales Charge (Load)
Imposed (as a percentage of offering price)
  None     None     None     None     None     None     None     None     None     None     None     None     None     None   None     None  

Redemption Fee (as a

percentage of amount

redeemed, if applicable) (1)

  None     None     None     2.00%     2.00%     2.00%     2.00%     2.00%     2.00%     2.00%     2.00%     2.00%     2.00%     2.00%   2.00%     2.00%  
Annual Fund Operating Expenses (expenses deducted from and expressed as a percentage of the Fund’s net assets)          
Management Fee   0.20% (2)   0.20% (2)   0.15% (2)   0.20% (2)   0.40% (2)   0.40% (2)   0.25% (2)   0.40% (2)   0.25% (2)   0.75% (2)   0.75% (2)   0.75% (2)   0.75% (2)   1.00%   1.00% (2)   1.00% (2)
Distribution (12b-1) Fee   None     None     None     None     None     None     None     None     None     None     None     None     None     None   None     None  
Other Expenses (3)   0.10%     0.09%     0.06%     0.35%     0.21%     0.21%     0.61%     0.23%     0.57%     0.24%     0.27%     0.24%     0.26%     0.26%   0.22%     0.46%  
Acquired Fund Fees and Expenses (4)               0.05%                                                
     
Total Annual Fund Operating Expenses (5)   0.30%     0.29%     0.21%     0.60%     0.61%     0.61%     0.86%     0.63%     0.82%     0.99%     1.02%     0.99%     1.01%     1.26%   1.22%     1.46%  
     

(1) A redemption fee of 2% of the amount redeemed may be imposed on certain redemptions of shares made within 30 days of purchase. The fee is retained by the Fund and generally withheld from the redemption proceeds. See “Will I Be Charged a Fee for Redemptions?”

(2) The Fund and the Adviser have implemented a fee reduction schedule for this Fund’s investment advisory fees. The investment advisory fees charged to the Fund will decline as Fund assets grow. See “Marshall Funds, Inc. Information—Advisory Fees.”

(3) “Other Expenses” of the MONEY MARKET FUNDS do not include fees of 0.01% for initial participation and 0.015% for continued participation in the United States Department of the Treasury (the “U.S. Treasury”) Temporary Guarantee Program (“Guarantee Program”). See “Main Risks of Investing in the Marshall Funds—U.S. Treasury Temporary Guarantee Program.” “Other expenses” for the CORPORATE INCOME FUND, CORE PLUS BOND FUND and EMERGING MARKETS EQUITY FUND are based on estimated amounts for each Fund’s first full fiscal year because they are new Funds.

(4) Acquired Fund Fees and Expenses represent the pro rata expense indirectly incurred by a Fund as a result of its investment in other investment companies (each, an “Acquired Fund”). Total Annual Fund Operating Expenses shown will not correlate to each Fund’s ratios of expenses to average net assets appearing in the Financial Highlights tables, which do not include Acquired Fund Fees and Expenses. Amounts less than 0.01%, if applicable, are shown as dashes (—) in the above table but are included in Other Expenses.

(5) Although not contractually obligated to do so, the Adviser and other service providers waived certain fees payable by the Funds, excluding Acquired Fund Fees and Expenses and fees paid for participation in the Guarantee Program, and may waive certain amounts in the future. The net expenses of the Institutional Class shares of the GOVERNMENT MONEY MARKET FUND, TAX-FREE MONEY MARKET FUND, PRIME MONEY MARKET FUND, SHORT-TERM INCOME FUND, SHORT-INTERMEDIATE BOND FUND, GOVERNMENT INCOME FUND, AGGREGATE BOND FUND and INTERNATIONAL STOCK FUND actually paid for the fiscal year ended August 31, 2008 are shown below. The net expenses the Institutional Class shares of the CORPORATE INCOME FUND, CORE PLUS BOND FUND, LARGE-CAP VALUE FUND, LARGE-CAP GROWTH FUND, MID-CAP VALUE FUND, MID-CAP GROWTH FUND, SMALL-CAP GROWTH FUND and EMERGING MARKETS EQUITY FUND expect to pay during each Class’ first full fiscal year (after anticipated voluntary waivers) are shown below. The Adviser may terminate voluntary waivers at any time.

  

  

   

   

     

      Government
Money
Market
    Tax-Free
Money
Market
    Prime Money
Market
    Short-Term
Income
    Short-
Intermediate
Bond
    Government
Income
    Corporate
Income
    Aggregate
Bond
    Core Plus
Bond
    Large-Cap
Value
    Large-Cap
Growth
    Mid-Cap
Value
    Mid-Cap
Growth
    Small-Cap
Growth
  International
Stock
    Emerging
Markets
Equity
 
Total Annual Fund Operating Expenses                            
(after fee reductions and waivers)   0.20%     0.20%     0.20%     0.40%     0.55%     0.55%     0.55%     0.55%     0.55%     0.99%     1.02%     0.99%     1.01%     1.26%   1.22%     1.25%  
     

The purpose of the above table is to assist an investor in understanding the various costs and expenses that a shareholder of a Fund will bear either directly or indirectly. Marshall & Ilsley Trust Company, an affiliate of the Adviser, and its affiliates receive advisory, custodial, shareholder services and administrative fees for the services they provide to the Funds or shareholders, as applicable. For more complete descriptions of the various costs and expenses, see “Marshall Funds, Inc. Information.” Wire-transferred redemptions may be subject to an additional fee.

Example

This example is intended to help you compare the cost of investing in a Fund with the cost of investing in other funds. The example assumes that you invest $10,000 in one of the Funds for the time periods indicated and then redeem all of your shares at the end of those periods. The example also assumes that your investment has a 5% return each year and that the Fund’s operating expenses are before waivers as shown in the table and remain the same. Although your actual costs and returns may be higher or lower, based on these assumptions your costs would be:

     

Government
Money

Market

 

Tax-Free
Money

Market

  Prime Money
Market
  Short-Term
Income
 

Short-

Intermediate
Bond

  Government
Income
  Corporate
Income
  Aggregate
Bond
  Core Plus
Bond
  Large-Cap
Value
  Large-Cap
Growth
  Mid-Cap
Value
  Mid-Cap
Growth
  Small-Cap
Growth
  International
Stock
 

Emerging

Markets
Equity

1 Year   $ 31   $ 30   $ 22   $ 61   $ 62   $ 62   $ 88   $ 64   $ 84   $ 101   $ 104   $ 101   $ 103   $ 128   $ 124   $ 149
3 Years   $ 97   $ 93   $ 68   $ 192   $ 195   $ 195   $ 274   $ 202   $ 262   $ 315   $ 325   $ 315   $ 322   $ 400   $ 387   $ 462
5 Years   $ 169   $ 163   $ 118   $ 335   $ 340   $ 340     N.A.   $ 351     N.A.   $ 547   $ 563   $ 547   $ 558   $ 692   $ 670     N.A.
10 Years   $ 381   $ 368   $ 268   $ 750   $ 762   $ 762     N.A.   $ 786     N.A.   $ 1,213   $ 1,248   $ 1,213   $ 1,236   $ 1,523   $ 1,477     N.A.

The above example should not be considered a representation of past or future expenses. Actual expenses may be greater than those shown.

 

18    FEES AND EXPENSES OF THE FUNDS


Table of Contents

LOGO

 

 

Main Risks of Investing in the Marshall Funds

 

 

Please see “Risk/Return Summary—Principal Risks of the Funds” for a summary of the risks that are relevant to each Fund.

 

Stock Market Risks. The EQUITY FUNDS are subject to fluctuations in the stock markets in which they invest, which have periods of increasing and decreasing values. Stocks are more volatile than debt securities. Greater volatility increases risk. If the value of a Fund’s investments goes down, you may lose money.

 

Sector Risks. Companies with similar characteristics, such as those within the same industry, may be grouped together in broad categories called sectors. Sector risk is the possibility that a certain sector may underperform other sectors or the market as a whole. As the Adviser or a sub-adviser allocates more of a Fund’s portfolio holdings to a particular sector, a Fund’s performance may be more susceptible to any economic, business or other developments which generally affect that sector.

 

Style Risks. Due to their relatively high valuations, growth stocks are typically more volatile than value stocks. For instance, the price of a growth stock may experience a larger decline on a forecast of lower earnings, a negative fundamental development, or an adverse market development. Further, growth stocks may not pay dividends or may pay lower dividends than value stocks. This means they depend more on price changes for returns and may be more adversely affected in a down market compared to value stocks that pay higher dividends.

 

Investments in value stocks are subject to the risk that their intrinsic values may never be realized by the market, that a stock judged to be undervalued may actually be appropriately priced, or that their prices may decline, even though in theory they are already undervalued. Value stocks can react differently to issuer, political, market and economic developments than the market as a whole and other types of stocks (e.g., growth stocks). Consequently, while value stocks tend to be inexpensive relative to their earnings or assets compared to other types of stocks, they can continue to be inexpensive for long periods of time and may not ever realize their full value.

 

Foreign Securities Risks. The INTERNATIONAL STOCK FUND and EMERGING MARKETS EQUITY FUND invest primarily in foreign securities. The CORPORATE INCOME FUND and CORE PLUS BOND FUND may also invest in foreign securities as part of their respective investment strategies. Investing in foreign securities involves additional risks, including currency-rate fluctuations, political and economic instability, differences in financial reporting standards and less-strict regulation of the securities markets. Furthermore, a Fund may incur higher costs and expenses when making foreign investments, which will affect the Fund’s total return.

 

Foreign securities may be denominated in foreign currencies. Therefore, the value of a Fund’s assets and income in U.S. dollars may be affected by changes in exchange rates and regulations, since exchange rates for foreign currencies change daily. The combination of currency risk and market risk tends to make securities traded in foreign markets more volatile than securities traded exclusively in the United States. Although each Fund values its assets daily in U.S. dollars, a Fund will not convert its holdings of foreign currencies to U.S. dollars daily. Therefore, a Fund may be exposed to currency risks over an extended period of time.

 

Euro Risks. The INTERNATIONAL STOCK FUND makes significant investments in securities denominated in the Euro, the single currency of the European Monetary Union (EMU). Therefore, the exchange rate between the Euro and the U.S. dollar will have a significant impact on the value of the INTERNATIONAL STOCK FUND’s investments. The European Central Bank has control over each EMU member country’s monetary policies. Therefore, the EMU participating countries do not control their own monetary policies by directing independent interest rates for their currencies, which may limit their ability to respond to economic downturns or political upheavals. These factors or other events, including political and economic developments, could cause market disruptions, and could adversely affect the value of securities held by the INTERNATIONAL STOCK FUND.

 

Emerging Markets Risks. The EMERGING MARKETS EQUITY FUND invests primarily in emerging markets. The CORE PLUS BOND FUND may invest in emerging markets debt securities as part of its investment strategy. Investments

 

INVESTING RISKS    19


Table of Contents

LOGO

 

 

Main Risks of Investing in the Marshall Funds (cont.)

 

 

in emerging markets can involve risks in addition to and greater than those generally associated with investing in more developed foreign markets. The extent of economic development, political stability, market depth, infrastructure, capitalization and regulatory oversight can be less than in more developed markets. Emerging market economies can be subject to greater social, economic, regulatory and political uncertainties. All of these factors can make emerging market securities more volatile and potentially less liquid than securities issued in more developed markets.

 

Company Size Risks. Generally, the smaller the market capitalization of a company, the fewer the number of shares traded daily, the less liquid its stock and the more volatile its price. Market capitalization is determined by multiplying the number of a company’s outstanding shares by the current market price per share. Companies with smaller market capitalizations also tend to have unproven track records, a limited product or service base and limited access to capital. These factors also increase risks and make these companies more likely to fail than companies with larger market capitalizations.

 

Debt Securities Risks. Debt securities are subject to interest rate risks, credit risks, call risks and liquidity risks, which are more fully described below. These risks will affect the MONEY MARKET FUNDS and the INCOME FUNDS. Fixed income markets are experiencing greater volatility due to recent market events as noted below.

 

Interest Rate Risks. Prices of fixed income securities rise and fall in response to changes in the interest rate paid by similar securities. Generally, when interest rates rise, prices of fixed income securities fall. However, market factors, such as the demand for particular fixed income securities, may cause the price of certain fixed income securities to fall while the prices of other securities rise or remain unchanged. Interest rate changes have a greater effect on the price of fixed income securities with longer durations. Duration measures the price sensitivity of a fixed income security to changes in interest rates.

 

Credit Risks. Credit risk is the possibility that an issuer will default on a security by failing to pay interest or principal when due. If an issuer defaults, a Fund may lose money. Many fixed income securities receive credit ratings from services such as Standard & Poor’s and Moody’s Investors Service. These services assign ratings to securities by assessing the likelihood of issuer default. Lower credit ratings correspond to higher credit risk. If a security has not received a rating, the Fund must rely entirely upon the Adviser’s credit assessment.

 

Fixed income securities generally compensate for greater credit risk by paying interest at a higher rate. The difference between the yield of a security and the yield of a U.S. Treasury security with a comparable maturity (the spread) measures the additional interest paid for risk. Spreads may increase generally in response to adverse economic or market conditions. A security’s spread may also increase if the security’s rating is lowered, or the security is perceived to have an increased credit risk. An increase in the spread will cause the price of the security to decline.

 

Credit risk includes the possibility that a party to a transaction involving a Fund will fail to meet its obligations. This could cause the Fund to lose the benefit of the transaction or prevent the Fund from selling or buying other securities to implement its investment strategy. Credit markets are currently experiencing greater volatility due to recent market events as noted below.

 

Investment Ratings. When the Funds invest in investment grade bonds or other debt securities or convertible securities, some may be rated in the lowest investment grade category (i.e., BBB or Baa). Bonds rated BBB by Standard & Poor’s or Baa by Moody’s Investors Service have speculative characteristics. The Adviser will determine the credit quality of unrated bonds, which may have greater risk (but a potentially higher yield) than comparably rated bonds. If a bond is downgraded, the Adviser will re-evaluate the bond and determine whether the bond should be retained or sold. The CORPORATE INCOME FUND and CORE PLUS BOND FUND may invest in bonds that are not investment grade. The securities in which the MONEY MARKET FUNDS invest must be rated in one of the two highest short-term rating categories by one or more

 

20    INVESTING RISKS


Table of Contents

LOGO

 

 

Main Risks of Investing in the Marshall Funds (cont.)

 

 

NRSROs or be determined by the Adviser to be of comparable quality to securities having such ratings.

 

Call Risks. Some of the securities in which a Fund invests may be redeemed by the issuer before maturity (or “called”). This will most likely happen when interest rates are declining. If this occurs, the Fund may have to reinvest the proceeds in securities that pay a lower interest rate, which may decrease the Fund’s yield.

 

Liquidity Risks. Trading opportunities are more limited for fixed income securities that have not received any credit ratings, have received ratings below investment grade or are not widely held. These features may make it more difficult to sell or buy a security at a favorable price or time. Consequently, a Fund may have to accept a lower price to sell a security, sell other securities to raise cash or give up an investment opportunity, any of which could have a negative effect on the Fund’s performance. Infrequent trading of securities may also lead to an increase in their price volatility.

 

Liquidity risk also refers to the possibility that a Fund may not be able to sell a security or close out an investment contract when it wants to. If this happens, the Fund will be required to continue to hold the security or keep the position open, and the Fund could incur losses. As noted below, recent market events have caused the markets for some of the securities in which the Funds invest to experience reduced liquidity.

 

High Yield Securities Risks. The CORPORATE INCOME FUND and CORE PLUS BOND FUND may invest in high yield securities, which tend to be more sensitive to economic conditions than are higher-rated securities. As a result, they generally involve more credit risk than securities in the higher-rated categories. During an economic downturn or a sustained period of rising interest rates, highly leveraged issuers of high yield securities may experience financial stress and may not have sufficient revenues to meet their payment obligations. The risk of loss due to default by an issuer of these securities is significantly greater than issuers of higher-rated securities because such securities are generally unsecured and are often subordinated to other creditors. A Fund may have difficulty disposing of certain high yield securities because there may be a thin trading market for such securities. To the extent a secondary trading market does exist, it is generally not as liquid as the secondary market for higher-rated securities. Periods of economic uncertainty generally result in increased volatility in the market prices of these securities and thus in the Fund’s net asset value. As noted below, markets have recently experienced dramatic volatility and economic uncertainty continues.

 

Government Obligations Risks. For Fund investments in securities issued or guaranteed by the U.S. government, its agencies and instrumentalities, no assurance can be given that the U.S. government will provide financial support to U.S. government-sponsored agencies or instrumentalities where it is not obligated to do so by law. As a result, there is risk that these entities will default on a financial obligation. For instance, securities issued by Ginnie Mae are supported by the full faith and credit of the U.S. government. Securities issued by Fannie Mae and Freddie Mac have historically been supported only by the discretionary authority of the U.S. government. However, obligations of Fannie Mae and Freddie Mac are guaranteed obligations of the U.S. government while these entities remain in conservatorship by the FHFA. Securities issued by the Student Loan Marketing Association (Sallie Mae) are supported only by the credit of that agency.

 

Municipal Securities Risks. An investment in the TAX-FREE MONEY MARKET FUND will be affected by municipal securities risks, which include credit risks, interest rate risks, call risks and liquidity risks. Certain types of municipal bonds are subject to other risks based on many factors, including economic and regulatory developments, changes or proposed changes in the federal and state tax structure, deregulation, court rulings and other factors. Local political and economic factors may also adversely affect the value and liquidity of municipal securities held by these Funds. The value of municipal securities may be affected more by supply and demand factors or the creditworthiness of the issuer than by market interest rates. Repayment of municipal securities depends on the ability of the issuer or project backing such securities to generate taxes or revenues. There is a risk that the interest on an otherwise tax-exempt municipal security may be subject to federal income tax.

 

INVESTING RISKS    21


Table of Contents

LOGO

 

 

Main Risks of Investing in the Marshall Funds (cont.)

 

 

Asset-Backed/Mortgage-Backed Securities Risks. Asset-backed and mortgage-backed securities are subject to risks of prepayment. This is more likely to occur when interest rates fall because many borrowers refinance mortgages to take advantage of more favorable rates. Prepayments on mortgage-backed securities are also affected by other factors, such as the volume of home sales. A Fund’s yield will be reduced if cash from prepaid securities is reinvested in securities with lower interest rates. The risk of prepayment may also decrease the value of mortgage-backed securities. Asset-backed securities may have a higher level of default and recovery risk than mortgage-backed securities. However, both of these types of securities may decline in value because of mortgage foreclosures or defaults on the underlying obligations.

 

Credit risk is greater for mortgage-backed securities that are subordinate to another security (i.e., if the holder of a mortgage-backed security is entitled to receive payments only after payment obligations to holders of the other security are satisfied). The more deeply subordinate the security, the greater the credit risk associated with the security will be. Mortgage-backed securities issued by private issuers, whether or not such obligations are subject to guarantees by the private issuer, may entail greater risk than mortgage-backed securities guaranteed by the U.S. government. The performance of mortgage-backed securities issued by private issuers generally depends on the financial health of those institutions and the performance of the mortgage pool backing such securities. An unexpectedly high rate of defaults on mortgages held by a mortgage pool may limit substantially the pool’s ability to make payments of principal or interest to the holder of such mortgage-backed securities, particularly if such securities are subordinated, thereby reducing the value of such securities and in some cases rendering them worthless. As noted below, recent market events have caused the markets for asset-backed and mortgage-backed securities to experience significantly lower valuations and reduced liquidity.

 

Management Risks. The Adviser’s and sub-advisers’ judgments about the attractiveness, value and potential appreciation of the Funds’ investments may prove to be incorrect. Accordingly, there is no guarantee that the investment techniques used by the Funds’ managers will produce the desired results.

 

High Portfolio Turnover Risks. Although the Funds do not intend to invest for the purpose of seeking short-term profits, securities may be sold without regard to the length of time they have been held when the Funds’ Adviser or sub-adviser believes it is appropriate to do so in light of a Fund’s investment goal. As a result, certain Funds may have high turnover rates (e.g., in excess of 100%). A higher portfolio turnover rate increases transaction expenses that may be borne directly by a Fund (and thus, indirectly by its shareholders), and affects Fund performance. In addition, a high rate of portfolio turnover may result in the realization of larger amounts of capital gains which, when distributed, are taxable to shareholders.

 

Recent Market Events. During 2008, U.S. and international markets experienced dramatic volatility. The securities markets have experienced substantially lower valuations, reduced liquidity, price volatility, credit downgrades, increased likelihood of default and valuation difficulties. As a result, many of the above risks may be increased. Continuing market problems may have adverse effects on the Funds.

 

U.S. Treasury Temporary Guarantee Program (MONEY MARKET FUNDS only). On October 2, 2008, the MONEY MARKET FUNDS filed a Guarantee Agreement with the U.S. Treasury and have paid certain fees to participate in the Guarantee Program. The Board of Directors (the “Board”) determined that each Fund’s participation in the Guarantee Program was in the best interests of the Funds and their respective shareholders. Under the Guarantee Program, the U.S. Treasury will guarantee the share price of shares of a Fund held by shareholders as of September 19, 2008 at $1.00 per share if a Fund’s net asset value per share falls below $0.995 (a “Guarantee Event”) during the coverage period and a Fund is required to liquidate. The Guarantee Program is subject to certain conditions and limitations, including that the guarantee is for the lesser of: (a) the number of Fund shares owned by the shareholder at the close of business on September 19, 2008; or (b) the number of Fund shares owned by the shareholder on the date of a Guarantee Event. Each Fund paid to participate in the Guarantee Program an initial fee equivalent to 0.01% of each Fund’s net assets (as of September 19, 2008) and an extension fee of 0.015% of each Fund’s net assets (as of September 19, 2008). Additional fees

 

22    INVESTING RISKS


Table of Contents

LOGO

 

 

Main Risks of Investing in the Marshall Funds (cont.)

 

 

may be required to participate in future extensions. The fees paid to participate in the Guarantee Program are borne by all shares of each Fund, including those that are not eligible for protection under the Guarantee Program, and are treated as an extraordinary expense that is not subject to reimbursement under the Adviser’s voluntary expense waiver in effect for each Fund. The Guarantee Program has been extended beyond its initial term to April 30, 2009 and may be further extended to September 18, 2009.

 

INVESTING RISKS    23


Table of Contents

LOGO

 

 

Securities and Investment Techniques Descriptions

 

 

In implementing the Funds’ investment objectives, the Funds may invest in the following securities and use the following investment techniques as part of the principal investment strategy. Some of these securities and techniques involve special risks, which are described under “Main Risks of Investing in the Marshall Funds.” Each Fund that has adopted a non-fundamental policy to invest at least 80% of its assets in the types of securities suggested by such Fund’s name will provide shareholders with at least 60 days’ notice of any change in this policy. The TAX-FREE MONEY MARKET FUND, which has adopted a fundamental policy to invest at least 80% of its assets in the types of securities suggested by its name, may only change this policy with shareholder approval.

 

       Large-Cap
Value Fund
   Large-Cap
Growth Fund
   Mid-Cap
Value Fund
   Mid-Cap
Growth Fund
   Small-Cap
Growth Fund
   International
Stock Fund
   Emerging
Markets Equity
Fund
Equity Securities:                                                 
Common Stocks    ü      ü      ü      ü      ü      ü      ü  
Foreign Common Stocks                                       ü      ü  
Foreign Securities                                       ü      ü  

 

       Government
Money
Market
Fund
   Tax-Free
Money
Market
Fund
   Prime
Money
Market
Fund
   Short-
Term
Income
Fund
   Short-
Intermediate
Bond Fund
   Government
Income
Fund
   Corporate
Income
Fund
   Aggregate
Bond
Fund
   Core Plus
Bond
Fund
Fixed Income Securities:                                                               
Corporate Debt Securities                  ü      ü      ü             ü      ü      ü  
Fixed Rate Debt Securities    ü      ü      ü      ü      ü      ü      ü      ü      ü  
Floating Rate Debt Securities    ü      ü      ü      ü      ü      ü      ü      ü      ü  
Treasury Securities    ü             ü      ü      ü      ü      ü      ü      ü  
Municipal Notes           ü                                                   
Municipal Securities           ü                                                   
Commercial Paper           ü      ü                                            
Convertible Securities                                              ü                
Credit Enhancement           ü                                                   
Demand Instruments           ü      ü                                            
Mortgage-Backed Securities                         ü      ü      ü      ü      ü      ü  
Dollar Rolls                         ü      ü      ü      ü      ü      ü  
Asset-Backed Securities                         ü      ü      ü      ü      ü      ü  
Bank Instruments                  ü      ü                                     
Funding Agreements                  ü                                            
Repurchase Agreements    ü             ü      ü      ü      ü      ü      ü      ü  
Agency Securities    ü             ü      ü      ü      ü      ü      ü      ü  
Tax-Exempt Securities           ü                                                   
Variable Rate Demand Instruments           ü      ü                                            
Foreign Securities                                                            ü  
U.S. Government Securities    ü             ü      ü      ü      ü      ü      ü      ü  

 

24    SECURITIES AND INVESTMENT TECHNIQUES DESCRIPTIONS


Table of Contents

LOGO

 

 

Securities and Investment Techniques Descriptions (cont.)

 

 

Securities

 

Agency Securities. Agency securities are issued or guaranteed by a federal agency or other government-sponsored entity acting under federal authority. Some government entities are supported by the full faith and credit of the United States. Such entities include Ginnie Mae, Small Business Administration, Farm Credit System Financial Assistance Corporation, Farmers Home Administration, Federal Financing Bank, General Services Administration, and Washington Metropolitan Area Transit Authority. Other government entities receive support through federal subsidies, loans or other benefits. Some government entities have no explicit financial support from the U.S. government, but are regarded as having implied support because the federal government sponsors their activities. Such entities include the Farm Credit Administration and the Financing Corporation. As noted previously, obligations of Fannie Mae and Freddie Mac are guaranteed by the U.S. government while these entities remain in conservatorship.

 

Asset-Backed Securities. Asset-backed securities are payable from pools of obligations other than mortgages. Most asset-backed securities involve consumer or commercial debts with maturities of less than ten years. However, almost any type of fixed income assets (including other fixed income securities) may be used to create an asset-backed security. Asset-backed securities may take the form of commercial paper, notes or pass-through certificates. Asset-backed securities have prepayment risks.

 

Bank Instruments. Bank instruments are unsecured interest-bearing deposits with banks. Bank instruments include bank accounts, time deposits, certificates of deposit and banker’s acceptances. Instruments denominated in U.S. dollars and issued by U.S. branches of foreign banks are referred to as Yankee dollar instruments. Instruments denominated in U.S. dollars and issued by non-U.S. branches of U.S. or foreign banks are commonly referred to as Eurodollar instruments.

 

Commercial Paper. Commercial paper represents an issuer’s obligation with a maturity of less than nine months. Companies typically issue commercial paper to pay for current expenditures. Most issuers constantly reissue their commercial paper and use the proceeds (or bank loans) to repay maturing paper. If the issuer cannot continue to obtain liquidity in this fashion, its commercial paper may default. The short maturity of commercial paper reduces both the interest rate and credit risks as compared to other debt securities of the same issuer.

 

Common Stocks. Common stocks are the most prevalent type of equity securities. Holders of common stock of an issuer are entitled to receive the issuer’s earnings only after the issuer pays its creditors and any preferred shareholders. As a result, changes in the issuer’s earnings have a direct impact on the value of its common stock.

 

Convertible Securities. Convertible securities are fixed income securities that a Fund has the option to exchange for equity securities at a specified conversion price.

 

Credit Enhancement. Credit enhancement consists of an arrangement in which a company agrees to pay amounts due on a fixed income security if the issuer defaults. In some cases the company providing credit enhancement makes all payments directly to the security holders and receives reimbursement from the issuer. Normally, the credit enhancer has greater financial resources and liquidity than the issuer. For this reason, the Adviser usually evaluates the credit risk of a fixed income security based solely upon its credit enhancement.

 

Demand Instruments. Demand instruments are corporate debt securities that the issuer must repay upon demand. Other demand instruments require a third party, such as a dealer or bank, to repurchase the security for its face value upon demand. The Adviser treats demand instruments as short-term securities, even though their stated maturity may extend beyond one year.

 

Dollar Rolls. Dollar rolls are transactions in which a Fund sells mortgage-backed securities with a commitment to buy similar, but not identical, mortgage-backed securities on a future date at a lower price. Normally, one or both securities involved are “to be announced” mortgage-backed securities or “TBAs.” Dollar rolls are subject to interest rate risks and credit risks. These transactions may create leverage risks. Dollar roll transactions will cause a Fund to have an increased portfolio turnover rate.

 

SECURITIES AND INVESTMENT TECHNIQUES DESCRIPTIONS    25


Table of Contents

LOGO

 

 

Securities and Investment Techniques Descriptions (cont.)

 

 

Equity Securities. An investment in the equity securities of a company represents a proportionate ownership interest in that company. Common stocks and other equity securities generally increase or decrease in value based on the earnings of a company and on general industry and market conditions. A fund that invests a significant amount of its assets in common stocks and other equity securities is likely to have greater fluctuations in share price than a fund that invests a significant portion of its assets in fixed income securities. The EQUITY FUNDS cannot predict the income they will receive from equity securities, if any, because companies generally have discretion as to the payment of any dividends or distributions.

 

Fixed Income Securities. Fixed income securities pay interest, dividends or distributions at a specified rate. The rate may be a fixed percentage of the principal or adjusted periodically. In addition, the issuer of a fixed income security must repay the principal amount of the security, normally within a specified time. Fixed income securities provide more regular income than equity securities. However, the returns on fixed income securities are limited and normally do not increase with the issuer’s earnings. This limits the potential appreciation of fixed income securities as compared to equity securities.

 

A security’s yield measures the annual income earned on a security as a percentage of its price. A security’s yield will increase or decrease depending upon whether it costs less (a discount) or more (a premium) than the principal amount. If the issuer may redeem the security before its scheduled maturity, the price and yield on a discount or premium security may change based upon the probability of an early redemption. Securities with higher risks generally have higher yields.

 

The following describes the types of fixed income securities in which the Funds may invest:

 

Corporate Debt Securities. Corporate debt securities are fixed income securities issued by businesses. Notes, bonds, debentures and commercial paper are the most prevalent types of corporate debt securities. The credit risks of corporate debt securities vary widely among issuers.

 

Fixed Rate Debt Securities. Debt securities that pay a fixed interest rate over the life of the security and have a long-term maturity may have many characteristics of short-term debt. For example, the market may treat fixed rate/long-term securities as short-term debt when a security’s market price is close to the call or redemption price, or if the security is approaching its maturity date when the issuer is more likely to call or redeem the debt.

 

As interest rates change, the market prices of fixed rate debt securities are generally more volatile than the prices of floating rate debt securities. As interest rates rise, the prices of fixed rate debt securities fall, and as interest rates fall, the prices of fixed rate debt securities rise. For example, a bond that pays a fixed interest rate of 10% is more valuable to investors when prevailing interest rates are lower; therefore, this value is reflected in a higher price, or a premium. Conversely, if interest rates are over 10%, the bond is less attractive to investors, and sells at a lower price, or a discount.

 

Floating Rate Debt Securities. The interest rate paid on floating rate debt securities is reset periodically (e.g., every 90 days) to a predetermined index rate. Commonly used indices include: 90-day or 180-day Treasury bill rate; one month or three month London Interbank Offered Rate (LIBOR); commercial paper rates; or the prime rate of interest of a bank. The prices of floating rate debt securities are not as sensitive to changes in interest rates as fixed rate debt securities because they behave like shorter-term securities and their interest rate is reset periodically.

 

Foreign Common Stocks. Common stocks of foreign corporations are equity securities issued by a corporation domiciled outside of the United States that trade on a United States securities exchange.

 

Foreign Securities. Foreign securities are equity or fixed income securities that are issued by a corporation or other issuer domiciled outside the United States that trade on a foreign securities exchange or in a foreign market. Securities issued by corporations or other issuers domiciled outside the United States that are dollar denominated and traded in the United States are not considered foreign securities.

 

26    SECURITIES AND INVESTMENT TECHNIQUES DESCRIPTIONS


Table of Contents

LOGO

 

 

Securities and Investment Techniques Descriptions (cont.)

 

 

United States that are dollar denominated and traded in the United States are not considered foreign securities.

 

Funding Agreements. Funding Agreements (Agreements) are investment instruments issued by U.S. insurance companies. Pursuant to such Agreements, a Fund may make cash contributions to a deposit fund of the insurance company’s general or separate accounts. The insurance company then credits guaranteed interest to a Fund. The insurance company may assess periodic charges against an Agreement for expense and service costs allocable to it, and the charges will be deducted from the value of the deposit fund. The purchase price paid for an Agreement becomes part of the general assets of the issuer. A Fund will only purchase Agreements from issuers that meet quality and credit standards established by the Adviser. Generally, Agreements are not assignable or transferable without the permission of the issuing insurance companies, and an active secondary market in Agreements does not currently exist. Also, a Fund may not have the right to receive the principal amount of an Agreement from the insurance company on seven days’ notice or less. Therefore, Agreements are typically considered to be illiquid investments.

 

Mortgage-Backed Securities. Mortgage-backed securities represent interests in pools of mortgages. The mortgages that comprise a pool normally have similar interest rates, maturities and other terms. Mortgages may have fixed or adjustable interest rates. Interests in pools of adjustable rate mortgages are known as ARMs.

 

Mortgage-backed securities come in a variety of forms. Many have extremely complicated terms. The simplest form of a mortgage-backed security is a pass-through certificate. An issuer of a pass-through certificate gathers monthly payments from an underlying pool of mortgages. Then, the issuer deducts its fees and expenses and passes the balance of the payments on to the certificate holders once a month. Holders of pass-through certificates receive a pro-rata share of all payments and pre-payments from the underlying mortgages. As a result, the holders assume all the prepayment risks of the underlying mortgages.

 

Mortgage-backed securities may be issued or guaranteed by Ginnie Mae, Fannie Mae and Freddie Mac, but also may be issued or guaranteed by other issuers, including private companies. Ginnie Mae is a government-owned corporation that is an agency of the U.S. Department of Housing and Urban Development. It guarantees, with the full faith and credit of the United States, full and timely payment of all monthly principal and interest on its mortgage-backed securities. Until recently, Fannie Mae and Freddie Mac were government-sponsored corporations owned entirely by private stockholders. Both issue mortgage-related securities that contain guarantees as to timely payment of interest and principal but that are not backed by the full faith and credit of the U.S. government. In September 2008, the U.S. Treasury announced that Fannie Mae and Freddie Mac had been placed in conservatorship by the Federal Housing Finance Agency, a newly created independent regulator, with a stated purpose to preserve and conserve each entity’s assets and property, and to put each entity in a sound and solvent condition. The obligations of Fannie Mae and Freddie Mac are guaranteed obligations of the U.S. government while the entities remain in conservatorship. No assurance can be given that the U.S. Treasury initiatives will be successful. The Adviser treats mortgage-backed securities guaranteed by a government-sponsored entity as if issued or guaranteed by a federal agency. Although such a guarantee protects against credit risks, it does not reduce market and prepayment risks.

 

Municipal Notes. Municipal notes are short-term tax-exempt securities. Many municipalities issue such notes to fund their current operations before collecting taxes or other municipal revenues. Municipalities may also issue notes to fund capital projects prior to issuing long-term bonds. The issuers typically repay the notes at the end of their fiscal year, either with taxes, other revenues or proceeds from newly issued notes or bonds.

 

Municipal Securities. Municipal securities are fixed income securities issued by states, counties, cities and other political subdivisions and authorities. Although many municipal securities are exempt from federal income tax, municipalities may also issue taxable securities in which the Funds may invest.

 

Repurchase Agreements. Repurchase agreements are transactions in which a Fund buys a security from a dealer or bank and agrees to sell the security back at a mutually agreed upon time and price. The repurchase price exceeds the sale price, reflecting a Fund’s return on the transaction. This

 

SECURITIES AND INVESTMENT TECHNIQUES DESCRIPTIONS    27


Table of Contents

LOGO

 

 

Securities and Investment Techniques Descriptions (cont.)

 

 

return is unrelated to the interest rate on the underlying security. A Fund will enter into repurchase agreements only with banks and other recognized financial institutions, such as securities dealers, deemed creditworthy by the Adviser. The Fund’s custodian will take possession of the securities subject to repurchase agreements. The Adviser and custodian will monitor the value of the underlying security each day to ensure that the value of the security always equals or exceeds the repurchase price. Repurchase agreements are subject to credit risks.

 

Tax-Exempt Securities. Tax-exempt securities are fixed income securities that pay interest that is not subject to regular federal income taxes. Fixed income securities pay interest, dividends and distributions at a specified rate. The rate may be a fixed percentage of the principal or adjusted periodically. In addition, the issuer of a fixed income security must repay the principal amount of the security, normally within a specified time.

 

Typically, states, counties, cities and other political subdivisions and authorities issue tax-exempt securities. Other issuers include industrial and economic development authorities, school and college authorities, housing authorities, healthcare facility authorities, municipal utilities, transportation authorities and other public agencies. The market categorizes tax-exempt securities by their source of repayment.

 

Treasury Securities. Treasury securities are direct obligations of the federal government of the United States. Treasury securities are generally regarded as having the lowest credit risks.

 

U.S. Government Securities. U.S. government securities include direct obligations of the U.S. government, including U.S. Treasury bills, notes, and bonds of varying maturities, and those issued or guaranteed by various U.S. government agencies and instrumentalities. Some U.S. government securities are backed by the full faith and credit of the U.S. government with respect to the timely payment of principal and interest. Others are supported only by the discretionary authority of the U.S. government. Certain others are supported only by the credit of that agency.

 

Variable Rate Demand Instruments. Variable rate demand instruments are securities that require the issuer or a third party, such as a dealer or bank, to repurchase the security for its face value upon demand. The securities also pay interest at a variable rate intended to cause the securities to trade at their face value. The MONEY MARKET FUNDS treat demand instruments as short-term securities, because their variable interest rate adjusts in response to changes in market rates, even though their stated maturity may extend beyond 397 days.

 

Investment Techniques

 

Securities Lending. Certain Funds may lend portfolio securities to borrowers that the Adviser deems creditworthy. In return, a Fund receives cash or liquid securities from the borrower as collateral. The borrower must furnish additional collateral if the market value of the loaned securities increases. Also, the borrower must pay a Fund the equivalent of any dividends or interest received on the loaned securities. Any dividend equivalent payments will not be treated as “qualified dividend” income for federal income tax purposes and will generally be taxable as ordinary income.

 

A Fund will reinvest cash collateral in securities that qualify as an acceptable investment for the Fund. However, the Fund must pay interest to the borrower for the use of cash collateral.

 

Loans are subject to termination at the option of a Fund or the borrower. A Fund will not have the right to vote on securities while they are on loan, but it will terminate a loan in anticipation of any important vote. A Fund may pay administrative and custodial fees in connection with a loan and may pay a negotiated portion of the interest earned on the cash collateral to a securities lending agent or broker. Securities lending activities are subject to interest rate risks and credit risks.

 

Temporary Defensive Investments. To minimize potential losses and maintain liquidity to meet shareholder redemptions during adverse market conditions, each of the Funds (except the MONEY MARKET FUNDS) may temporarily depart from its principal investment strategy by investing up to 100% of Fund assets in cash or short-term, high quality money market instruments (for example, commercial paper and repurchase agreements). This may cause a Fund to temporarily forego greater investment returns for the safety of principal. When so invested, a Fund may not achieve its investment goal.

 

28    SECURITIES AND INVESTMENT TECHNIQUES DESCRIPTIONS


Table of Contents

LOGO

 

 

How to Buy Shares

 

 

Who Can Invest in the Marshall Funds? Only adult U.S. citizens or residents or a U.S. entity with a valid U.S. tax identification (social security or employer identification) number may invest in the Marshall Funds. You may not place transactions in your account for the benefit of any person other than yourself (except for a transfer of shares to another account). If the Funds determine that the registered owner of an account has permitted another person or entity who is not the registered or beneficial owner of the account to hold shares through that account, the Funds may reject future purchases in that account and any related accounts.

 

Shares of the Funds are qualified for sale only in the U.S. and its territories and possessions. The Marshall Funds generally do not sell shares to investors residing outside the U.S., even if they are U.S. citizens or lawful permanent residents, except to investors with U.S. military APO or FPO addresses.

 

When Can Shares Be Purchased? You can buy the Institutional Class shares of a Fund (other than the MONEY MARKET FUNDS), on any day the New York Stock Exchange (NYSE) is open for regular session trading. You can buy the Institutional Class shares of the MONEY MARKET FUNDS on any day the Federal Reserve Bank of New York (the “Federal Reserve”) is open for business and, alternatively, on any day the U.S. government securities markets are open and the MONEY MARKET FUND’s portfolio managers determine sufficient liquidity exists in those markets. The NYSE and Federal Reserve are both closed on most national holidays. The NYSE also is closed on Good Friday. The Federal Reserve is closed on Columbus Day and Veterans Day.

 

When you deliver your transaction request in proper form and it is accepted by the Marshall Funds, or its authorized agent, your transaction is processed at the next determined net asset value (NAV) for the Institutional Class shares. The NAV is calculated for each of the Funds (other than the MONEY MARKET FUNDS) at the end of regular trading (normally 3:00 p.m. Central Time) each day the NYSE is open. The NAV for the TAX-FREE MONEY MARKET FUND is determined daily at 11:00 a.m. (Central Time). The NAV for the PRIME MONEY MARKET FUND and GOVERNMENT MONEY MARKET FUND is determined daily at 4:00 p.m. (Central Time). For purchase orders for the GOVERNMENT MONEY MARKET FUND and PRIME MONEY MARKET FUND that are received after 3:00 p.m. but before 4:00 p.m. (Central Time), Marshall Investor Services (MIS) will use its best efforts to accept and process such purchase orders that day; however, there is no guarantee that MIS will be able to do so. All purchase orders received in proper form and accepted by the time a Fund’s NAV is calculated will receive that day’s NAV, regardless of when the order is processed. If the U.S. government securities markets close early, the MONEY MARKET FUNDS reserve the right to determine their NAV at earlier times under those circumstances.

 

How is NAV Calculated? A Fund’s NAV per Institutional Class share is the value of a single Institutional Class share. It is computed by totaling the Institutional Class shares’ pro rata share of the value of the Fund’s investments, cash and other assets, subtracting the Institutional Class shares’ pro rata share of the value of the fund’s general liabilities and the liabilities specifically allocated to the Institutional Class shares, then dividing the result by the number of Institutional Class shares outstanding. For purpose of calculating the NAV, securities transactions and shareholder transactions are accounted for no later than one business day after the trade date.

 

In determining the NAV for the MONEY MARKET FUNDS, the amortized cost method to value portfolio securities is used in accordance with Rule 2a-7 under the Investment Company Act of 1940. In determining the NAV for all other Funds, listed equity securities are valued each trading day at the last sale price or official closing price reported on a national securities exchange, including NASDAQ. Securities listed on a foreign exchange are valued each trading day at the last closing price on the principal exchange on which they are traded immediately prior to the time for determination of NAV or at fair value as discussed below.

 

Equity securities without a reported trade, U.S. government securities, listed corporate bonds, other fixed income and asset-backed securities with maturities of 60 days or more, unlisted securities and private placement securities are generally valued at the mean of the latest bid and asked price as furnished by an independent pricing service. Fixed income securities are valued by an independent pricing service, taking into consideration yield, liquidity, risk, credit quality,

 

HOW TO BUY SHARES    29


Table of Contents

LOGO

 

 

How to Buy Shares (cont.)

 

 

coupon, maturity, type of issue and any other factors or market data the pricing service deems relevant. Fixed income securities with remaining maturities of 60 days or less at the time of purchase are valued at amortized cost, which approximates fair value. Investments in other open-end registered investment companies are valued at net asset value.

 

Securities or other assets for which market valuations are not readily available, or are deemed to be inaccurate, are valued at fair value as determined in good faith using methods approved by the Board. The Board has established a Pricing Committee, which is responsible for determinations of fair value, subject to the supervision of the Board. In determining fair value, the Pricing Committee takes into account all information available and any factors it deems appropriate. Consequently, the price of securities used by a Fund to calculate its NAV may differ from quoted or published prices for the same securities. Fair value pricing involves subjective judgments. It is possible that the fair value determined for a security is materially different than the value that could be realized upon the sale of that security and the difference may be material to the NAV of the respective Fund.

 

Certain securities held by the Funds, primarily in the INTERNATIONAL STOCK FUND and EMERGING MARKETS EQUITY FUND, may be listed on foreign exchanges that trade on days when a Fund does not calculate NAV. As a result, the market value of the Fund’s investments may change on days when you cannot purchase or sell Fund shares. In addition, a foreign exchange may not value its listed securities at the same time that the Fund calculates its NAV. Most foreign markets close well before the Fund values its securities, generally 3:00 p.m. (Central Time). The earlier close of these foreign markets gives rise to the possibility that significant events, including broad market moves, may have occurred in the interim which may affect a security’s value.

 

The Pricing Committee may determine that a security needs to be fair valued if, among other things, it believes the value of the security might have been materially affected by events occurring after the close of the market in which the security was principally traded, but before the time for determination of the NAV (“a subsequent event”). A subsequent event might include a company-specific development (for example, announcement of a merger that is made after the close of the foreign market), a development that might affect an entire market or region (for example, weather related events) or a potentially global development (such as a terrorist attack that may be expected to have an effect on investor expectations worldwide). The Board has retained an independent fair value pricing service to assist in valuing foreign securities. The service utilizes statistical data based on historical performance of securities, markets and other data in developing factors used to estimate fair value.

 

What Is the Investment Minimum? To open an account with the Institutional Class shares of these Funds, your first investment must be at least $2 million for an INCOME FUND or an EQUITY FUND; and $10 million for a MONEY MARKET FUND. An account may be opened with a smaller amount as long as the minimum is reached within 90 days. An institutional investor’s minimum investment is calculated by combining all accounts it maintains with the Funds. In special circumstances, these minimums may be waived or lowered at the Funds’ discretion. Call your Authorized Dealer for any additional limitations.

 

Redemption Fee. For 30 days following your purchase of shares of a Fund, your redemption or exchange proceeds may be reduced by a redemption fee of 2% (other than with respect to the MONEY MARKET FUNDS). The redemption fee is paid to the Fund. The purpose of the fee is to offset the costs associated with short-term trading in a Fund’s shares. See “How to Redeem and Exchange Shares—Will I be Charged a Fee for Redemptions?” and “—Additional Conditions for Redemptions—Frequent Traders” below.

 

How Do I Purchase Shares? You may purchase shares through a broker/dealer, investment professional or financial institution (Authorized Dealers). Some Authorized Dealers may charge a transaction fee for this service. You may also purchase shares directly from the Funds by completing and mailing the account application and sending your payment to the Funds by check or wire. In connection with opening an account, you will be requested to provide information that will be used by the Funds to verify your identity, as described in more detail under “Important Information About Procedures for Opening a New Account” below.

 

30    HOW TO BUY SHARES


Table of Contents

LOGO

 

 

How to Buy Shares (cont.)

 

 

If you purchase shares of a Fund through a program of services offered or administered by an Authorized Dealer or other service provider, you should read the program materials, including information relating to fees, in conjunction with the Fund’s Prospectus. Certain features of a Fund may not be available or may be modified in connection with the program of services provided.

 

Once you have opened an account, you may purchase additional Fund shares by contacting MIS at 1-800-236-FUND (3863) if you have pre-authorized the telephone purchase privilege.

 

Each Fund reserves the right to reject any purchase request. It is the responsibility of MIS, any Authorized Dealer, or other service provider that has entered into an agreement with a Fund, its distributor, or its administrative or shareholder services agent, to promptly submit purchase orders to the Fund.

 

You are not the owner of Fund shares (and therefore will not receive distributions) until payment for the shares is received in “good funds.” Wires are generally “good funds” on the day received and checks are “good funds” when deposited with the Funds’ custodian, normally the next business day after receipt. Checks sent to the Marshall Funds to purchase shares must be made payable to the “Marshall Funds.”

 

Important Information About Procedures for Opening a New Account. The Funds are required to comply with various anti-money laundering laws and regulations. To help the government fight the funding of terrorism and money laundering activities, federal law requires all financial institutions, including mutual funds, to obtain, verify and record information that identifies each person who opens an account. Consequently, when you open an account, the Funds must obtain certain personal information, including your full name, address, date of birth, social security number and other information that will allow the Funds to identify you. The Funds may also ask for other identifying documents or information.

 

If you do not provide this information, the Funds may be unable to open an account for you and your purchase order will not be in proper form. In the event the Funds are unable to verify your identity from the information provided, the Funds may, without prior notice to you, close your account within five business days and redeem your shares at the NAV next determined after the account is closed. Any delay in processing your order due to your failure to provide all required information will affect the purchase price you receive for your shares. The Funds are not liable for fluctuations in value experienced as a result of such delays in processing. If at any time the Funds detect suspicious behavior or if certain account information matches government lists of suspicious persons, the Funds may determine not to open an account, may reject additional purchases, may close an existing account, may file a suspicious activity report or may take other appropriate action.

 

Will the Small-Cap Growth Fund Always be Open to New Investors? It is anticipated that M&I’s small-cap growth strategy, which includes the SMALL-CAP GROWTH FUND and separately managed accounts, will be closed to new investors who are not customers of M&I Trust or M&I Financial Advisors, Inc. (M&I Financial Advisors) once the assets managed according to the small-cap growth strategy reach $1 billion, subject to certain exceptions. If you own shares of the Fund prior to the closing date, however, you will still be able to reinvest distributions on shares of the Fund and add to your investment in the Fund.

 

HOW TO BUY SHARES    31


Table of Contents

LOGO

 

 

Fund Purchase Easy Reference Table

 

 

  
  
  

Minimum Investments

LOGO   

•   To open an account in one of the INCOME FUNDS or EQUITY FUNDS – $2 million

  
  

•   To open an account in one of the MONEY MARKET FUNDS – $10 million

 

  

Phone 1-800-236-FUND (3863)

LOGO   

•   Once you have opened an account and if you authorized telephone privileges on your account application or by subsequently completing an authorization form, you may purchase additional shares or exchange shares from another Marshall Fund having an identical shareholder registration.

  

 

  

Mail

LOGO   

•   To open an account, send your completed account application and check payable to “Marshall Funds” to the following address:

  

Marshall Investor Services
P.O. Box 1348
Milwaukee, WI 53201-1348

  

•   To add to your existing Fund account, send in your check, payable to “Marshall Funds,” to the same address. Indicate your Fund account number on the check.

 

  

Wire

LOGO   

•   Notify MIS and request wire instructions at 1-800-236-FUND (3863).

  

•   If a new account, fax completed account application to MIS at 1-414-287-8511.

  

•   Mail a completed account application to the Fund at the following address:

 

Marshall Investor Services
P.O. Box 1348

Milwaukee, WI 53201-1348

  

•   Your bank may charge a fee for wiring funds. Wire orders are accepted only on days when the Funds and the Federal Reserve wire system are open for business.

 

32    HOW TO BUY SHARES


Table of Contents

LOGO

 

 

How to Redeem and Exchange Shares

 

 

How Do I Redeem Shares? You may redeem your Fund shares by telephone and by wire/electronic transfer. You should note that redemptions will be made only on days when a Fund computes its NAV. When your redemption request is accepted in proper form, it is processed at the next determined NAV. Telephone or written requests for redemptions must be received in proper form, as described below, and can be made through MIS.

 

Redemption requests for the Funds (other than the MONEY MARKET FUNDS) must be accepted by the close of trading on the NYSE, generally 3:00 p.m. (Central Time), for shares to be redeemed at that day’s NAV. Redemption requests for the TAX-FREE MONEY MARKET FUND must be accepted by 11:00 a.m. (Central Time) for shares to be redeemed at that day’s NAV. Redemption requests for the GOVERNMENT MONEY MARKET FUND and PRIME MONEY MARKET FUND must be accepted by 4:00 p.m. (Central Time) for shares to be redeemed at that day’s NAV. For redemption requests for the GOVERNMENT MONEY MARKET FUND and PRIME MONEY MARKET FUND that are received after 3:00 p.m. but before 4:00 p.m. (Central Time), MIS will use its best efforts to accept and process such redemption requests that day; however, there is no guarantee that MIS will be able to do so. All redemption requests received in proper form and accepted by the time a Fund’s NAV is calculated will receive that day’s NAV, regardless of when the request is processed. Redemption proceeds will normally be wired the following business day, but in no event more than seven days, after the request is made.

 

Will I Be Charged a Fee for Redemptions? You may be charged a transaction fee if you redeem Fund shares through an Authorized Dealer or service provider (other than MIS or M&I Trust), or if you are redeeming by wire. Consult your Authorized Dealer or service provider for more information, including applicable fees. You will be charged a 2% short-term redemption fee on shares (other than the shares of the MONEY MARKET FUNDS) that have been held for less than 30 days when redeemed (other than through reinvestments of capital gains or dividends), determined on a first-in, first-out basis. See “Additional Conditions for Redemptions—Frequent Traders” below.

Fund Redemption Easy Reference Table

 

 

  

Phone 1-800-236-FUND (3863)

LOGO   

•   Contact MIS.

  

•   If you have authorized the telephone redemption privilege in your account application or by a subsequent authorization form, you may redeem shares by telephone.

 

  

Wire/Electronic Transfer

LOGO   

•   Upon written request, redemption proceeds can be directly deposited by Electronic Funds Transfer or wired directly to a domestic commercial bank previously designated by you in your account application or by subsequent form.

  

•   Wires of redemption proceeds will only be made on days on which the Funds and the Federal Reserve wire system are open for business.

  

•   Wire-transferred redemptions may be subject to an additional fee imposed by the bank receiving the wire.

 

HOW TO REDEEM AND EXCHANGE SHARES    33


Table of Contents

LOGO

 

 

Additional Conditions for Redemptions

 

 

Limitations on Redemption Proceeds. Redemption proceeds normally are wired within one business day after accepting a request in proper form. However, delivery of payment may be delayed up to seven days:

 

 

to allow your purchase payment to clear;

 

 

during periods of market volatility; or

 

 

when a shareholder’s trade activity or amount adversely impacts a Fund’s ability to manage its assets.

 

You will not accrue interest or dividends on uncashed checks from a Fund. If those checks are undeliverable and returned to a Fund, the proceeds will be reinvested in shares of the Funds that were redeemed.

 

Corporate Resolutions. Corporations, trusts and institutional organizations are required to furnish evidence of the authority of persons designated on the account application to effect transactions on behalf of the organizations.

 

Redemption in Kind. The Funds have reserved the right to pay the redemption price in whole or in part by a distribution of a Fund’s portfolio securities. This means that the Funds are obligated to pay share redemptions to any one shareholder in cash only up to the lesser of $250,000 or 1% of a Fund’s net assets represented by such share class during any 90-day period. Generally, any share redemption payment greater than this amount will be paid in cash unless the Adviser determines that payment should be in kind.

 

Exchange Privilege. You may exchange Institutional Class shares of a Fund for Institutional Class shares of any of the other Marshall Funds free of charge, provided you meet the investment minimum of the Fund and you reside in a jurisdiction where Fund shares may be lawfully offered for sale. An exchange, if less than 30 days after purchase, may be subject to a 2% short-term redemption fee (other than in the case of the MONEY MARKET FUNDS). See “Will I Be Charged a Fee for Redemptions?” An exchange is treated as a redemption and a subsequent purchase, and is therefore a taxable transaction.

 

Signatures must be guaranteed if you request an exchange into another Fund with a different shareholder registration. Your signature can be guaranteed by any federally insured financial institution (such as a bank or credit union) or a broker/dealer that is a domestic stock exchange member, but not by a notary public. The exchange privilege may be modified or terminated at any time.

 

Frequent Traders. The Funds’ management or the Adviser may determine from the amount, frequency and pattern of exchanges or redemptions that a shareholder is engaged in excessive trading that is detrimental to a Fund or its other shareholders. Such short-term or excessive trading into and out of a Fund may harm all shareholders by disrupting investment strategies, increasing brokerage, administrative and other expenses, decreasing tax efficiency and diluting the value of shares held by long-term shareholders.

 

The Board has approved policies that seek to discourage frequent purchases and redemptions and curb the disruptive effects of frequent trading (the Market Timing Policy). Pursuant to the Market Timing Policy, a Fund may decline to accept an application or may reject a purchase request, including an exchange, from an investor who, in the sole judgment of the Adviser, has a pattern of short-term or excessive trading or whose trading has been or may be disruptive to the Fund. The Funds, the Adviser and affiliates thereof are prohibited from entering into arrangements with any shareholder or other person to permit frequent purchases and redemptions of Fund shares. The Market Timing Policy does not apply to the MONEY MARKET FUNDS, which are typically used for cash management purposes and invest in highly liquid securities. However, the Adviser seeks to prevent the use of the MONEY MARKET FUNDS to facilitate frequent trading in other Marshall Funds in violation of the Market Timing Policy.

 

Each Fund monitors and enforces the Market Timing Policy through:

 

 

the termination of a shareholder’s purchase and/or exchange privileges;

 

 

selective monitoring of trade activity; and

 

 

the imposition of a 2% short-term redemption fee for redemptions or exchanges of shares of a Fund within 30 days after purchase of such shares, determined on a first-in, first-out basis.

 

34    HOW TO REDEEM AND EXCHANGE SHARES


Table of Contents

LOGO

 

 

Additional Conditions for Redemptions (cont.)

 

 

The redemption fee is deducted from redemption proceeds and is paid directly to the Fund.

 

A redemption of shares acquired as a result of reinvesting distributions is not subject to the redemption fee. The redemption fee may not apply to shares redeemed in the case of death, through an automatic, nondiscretionary rebalancing or asset allocation program, trade error correction and involuntary redemptions imposed by the Fund or a financial intermediary. In addition, the redemption fee will not apply to certain transactions in retirement accounts (e.g., IRA accounts and qualified employee benefit plans), such as disability, hardship, forfeitures, required minimum distributions, systematic withdrawals, shares purchased through a systematic purchase plan, return of excess contributions and loans. The Funds’ officers may, in their sole discretion, authorize waivers of the short-term redemption fee in other limited circumstances that do not indicate market timing strategies. All waivers authorized by the officers are reported to the Board.

 

Although the Funds seek to detect and deter market timing activity, their ability to monitor trades that are placed by individual shareholders through omnibus accounts is limited because the Funds may not have direct access to the underlying shareholder account information. Omnibus accounts are accounts maintained by financial intermediaries on behalf of multiple beneficial shareholders. Due to policy, operational or system requirements and limitations, omnibus account holders, including qualified employee benefit plans, may use criteria and methods for tracking, applying or calculating the redemption fee that may differ from those utilized by the Fund’s transfer agent. In addition, the Funds may rely on a financial intermediary’s market timing policy, even if those policies are different from the Funds’ policy, when the Funds believe that the policy is reasonably designed to prevent excessive trading practices that are detrimental to the Fund. If you purchase Fund shares through a financial intermediary, you should contact your financial intermediary for more information on whether the redemption fee is applied to redemptions or exchanges of your shares.

 

The Funds may request that financial intermediaries furnish the Funds with trading and identifying information relating to beneficial shareholders, such as social security and account numbers, in order to review any unusual patterns of trading activity discovered in the omnibus account. The Funds also may request that the financial intermediaries take action to prevent a particular shareholder from engaging in excessive trading and to enforce the Funds’ or their market timing policies. There may be legal and technological limitations on the ability of financial intermediaries to restrict the trading practices of their clients, and they may impose restrictions or limitations that are different from the Funds’ policies. As a result, the Funds’ ability to monitor and discourage excessive trading practices in omnibus accounts may be limited.

 

HOW TO REDEEM AND EXCHANGE SHARES    35


Table of Contents

LOGO

 

 

Account and Share Information

 

 

Confirmations and Account Statements. You will receive confirmation of purchases, redemptions and exchanges. In addition, you will receive periodic statements reporting all account activity, including dividends and capital gains paid. You may request photocopies of historical confirmations from prior years. The Funds may charge a fee for this service.

 

Dividends and Capital Gains. Dividends, if any, of the MONEY MARKET FUNDS and the INCOME FUNDS are declared daily and paid monthly. Provided that your order is received in proper form, payment in “good funds” is received and your order is accepted by the time a Fund’s NAV is calculated, you will receive dividends declared that day. You will continue to receive dividends declared through, and including, the day you redeem your shares.

 

Dividends, if any, of the EQUITY FUNDS are declared and paid quarterly, except for the INTERNATIONAL STOCK FUND and EMERGING MARKETS EQUITY FUND, which declare and pay dividends annually. Dividends are paid to all shareholders invested in the EQUITY FUNDS on the record date, which is the date on which a shareholder must officially own shares in order to earn a dividend.

 

What are Dividends and Capital Gains? 

A dividend is the money paid to shareholders that a mutual fund has earned

from the income on its investments

after paying any Fund expenses. A

capital gain distribution is the money paid to shareholders from a

mutual fund’s net profit realized from

the sales of portfolio securities.

LOGO

 

In addition, the Funds distribute net capital gains, if any, at least annually. None of the MONEY MARKET FUNDS expects to realize any capital gains or losses. If capital gains or losses were realized by a Fund, they could result in an increase or decrease in such Fund’s distributions. Your dividends and capital gain distributions will be automatically reinvested in additional shares of the same Fund unless you elect cash payments. If you elect cash payments and the payment is returned as undeliverable, your cash payment will be reinvested in Fund shares and your distribution option will convert to automatic reinvestment. If any distribution check remains uncashed for six months, the check amount will be reinvested in shares and you will not accrue any interest or dividends on this amount prior to the reinvestment.

 

If you purchase shares just before a Fund (other than a MONEY MARKET FUND) declares a dividend or capital gain distribution, you will pay the full price for the shares and then receive a portion of the price back in the form of the distribution. The distribution will generally be taxable to you for federal income tax purposes.

 

Multiple Classes. The Marshall Funds have adopted a plan that permits each Fund to offer more than one class of shares. Currently, most of the Funds offer three classes of shares (the GOVERNMENT MONEY MARKET FUND, the TAX-FREE MONEY MARKET FUND and the CORE PLUS BOND FUND offer two classes of shares). All shares of each Fund or class have equal voting rights and will generally be entitled to vote in the aggregate and not by Fund or class. There may be circumstances, however, when only shareholders of a particular Fund or class are entitled to vote on matters affecting that Fund or class. Share classes may have different sales charges and other expenses, which may affect their performance.

 

Tax Information

 

Federal Income Tax. The Funds send you an annual statement of your account activity to assist you in completing your federal, state and local tax returns. With respect to taxable investors, Fund distributions of net income and net capital gains are taxable whether paid in cash or reinvested in the Fund. Distributions from the Funds’ investment company taxable income (which includes dividends, interest, net short-term capital gains and net gains from foreign currency transactions), if any, generally are taxable to you as ordinary income whether reinvested or received in cash, unless such distributions are attributable to “qualified dividend income” eligible for the reduced federal income tax rate applicable to long-term capital gains. Distributions of the Funds’ net long-term capital gains are generally taxable at long-term capital gain rates. Currently, the maximum federal tax rate on ordinary income is 35%, while the maximum federal income tax rate on long-term capital gains is 15%. Fund distributions from the LARGE-CAP VALUE FUND, LARGE-CAP GROWTH

 

36    ACCOUNT AND SHARE INFORMATION


Table of Contents

LOGO

 

 

Account and Share Information (cont.)

 

 

FUND and MID-CAP VALUE FUND are expected to consist of both investment company taxable income and net long-term capital gains. Fund distributions from the other EQUITY FUNDS are expected to primarily consist of net capital gains, and fund distributions of the MONEY MARKET FUNDS and the INCOME FUNDS are expected to primarily consist of investment company taxable income.

 

It is anticipated that the distributions from the TAX-FREE MONEY MARKET FUND will primarily consist of interest income that is generally exempt from regular federal income tax, although a portion of a Fund’s distributions may not be exempt. Even if distributions are exempt from federal income tax, they may be subject to state and local taxes. You may owe tax on certain distributions, which might otherwise be tax-exempt, if the federal AMT applies to you. You may be subject to tax on any net capital gain realized by these Funds.

 

Your redemption of Fund shares may result in a taxable gain or loss to you for federal income tax purposes, depending on whether the redemption proceeds are more or less than your basis in the redeemed shares. An exchange of Fund shares for shares in any other Marshall Fund generally will be treated for federal tax purposes as a redemption followed by the purchase of shares of the other Fund, and thus will generally result in the same tax treatment as a redemption of Fund shares.

 

If you do not furnish a Fund with your correct social security number or taxpayer identification number and/or the Fund receives notification from the Internal Revenue Service requiring back-up withholding, the Fund is required by federal law to withhold federal income tax from your distributions and redemption proceeds, currently at a rate of 28% for U.S. citizens and residents.

 

This section is not intended to be a full discussion of the federal income tax laws and the effect of such laws on you. There may be other federal, state, foreign or local tax considerations applicable to a particular investor. Please consult your own tax advisor regarding federal, state, foreign and local tax considerations.

 

Portfolio Holdings

 

A description of the Funds’ policies and procedures with respect to the disclosure of the Funds’ portfolio securities is available in the Funds’ Statement of Additional Information (SAI).

 

ACCOUNT AND SHARE INFORMATION    37


Table of Contents

 

 

Marshall Funds, Inc. Information

 

 

Management of the Marshall Funds. The Board governs the Funds. The Board selects and oversees the Adviser, M&I Investment Management Corp. The Adviser manages each Fund’s assets, including buying and selling portfolio securities for the Funds (except the CORPORATE INCOME FUND, CORE PLUS BOND FUND, INTERNATIONAL STOCK FUND and EMERGING MARKETS EQUITY FUND). The Adviser’s address is 111 East Kilbourn Avenue, Suite 200, Milwaukee, Wisconsin 53202.

 

The Adviser has entered into a subadvisory contract with an affiliate, Taplin, Canida & Habacht, LLC, pursuant to which TCH manages the CORPORATE INCOME FUND and CORE PLUS BOND FUND, subject to oversight by the Adviser.

 

The Adviser has entered into a subadvisory contract with Acadian Asset Management, LLC, pursuant to which Acadian manages a portion of the INTERNATIONAL STOCK FUND’s portfolio, subject to oversight by the Adviser. The Adviser has entered into a subadvisory contract with Trilogy Global Advisors, LLC, pursuant to which Trilogy manages a portion of the INTERNATIONAL STOCK FUND’s portfolio, subject to oversight by the Adviser.

 

The Adviser has entered into a subadvisory contract with Trilogy Global Advisors, LLC, pursuant to which Trilogy manages the EMERGING MARKETS EQUITY FUND, subject to oversight by the Adviser.

 

Adviser’s Background. The Adviser is a registered investment adviser and a wholly-owned subsidiary of Marshall & Ilsley Corporation, a registered bank holding company headquartered in Milwaukee, Wisconsin. As of August 31, 2008, the Adviser had approximately $20.4 billion in assets under management, of which approximately $10.3 billion was in the Marshall Funds’ assets, and has managed investments for individuals and institutions since 1973. The Adviser has managed the Marshall Funds since 1992 and managed the Newton Funds (predecessors to some of the Marshall Funds) since 1985.

 

Sub-Advisers’ Background. TCH, an affiliate of the Adviser, is a registered investment adviser that provides investment management services to investment companies, pension and profit sharing plans, state or municipal government entities, corporations, charitable organizations and individuals. As of August 31, 2008, TCH had approximately $8.6 billion in assets under management. TCH’s address is 1001 Brickell Bay Drive, Suite 2100, Miami, Florida 33131. Marshall & Ilsley Corporation, the ultimate parent company of the Adviser, acquired a majority interest in TCH on December 3, 2008. As a result of the acquisition, TCH became an indirect subsidiary of the Adviser. Accordingly, TCH and the Adviser are affiliates.

 

Acadian is a registered investment adviser that has provided investment management services to corporations, pension and profit sharing plans, 401(k) and thrift plans, other institutions and individuals since 1986. As of August 31, 2008, Acadian had approximately $70.8 billion in assets under management. Acadian’s address is One Post Office Square, Boston, Massachusetts 02109.

 

Trilogy is a registered investment adviser that provides investment management services to investment companies, corporations, trusts, estates, pension and profit sharing plans, individuals and other institutions located principally in Canada and the United States. As of August 31, 2008, Trilogy had approximately $13.8 billion in assets under management. Trilogy’s address is 1114 Avenue of the Americas, 28th Floor, New York, New York 10036.

 

All fees of the sub advisers are paid by the Adviser.

 

Manager of Managers Structure. The Funds and the Adviser have received an exemptive order from the SEC granting exemptions from certain provisions of the 1940 Act, pursuant to which the Adviser will be permitted to enter into and materially amend subadvisory agreements with sub-advisers who are not affiliated with the Funds or the Adviser without shareholder approval of the applicable Fund, subject to the supervision and approval of the Board and certain other conditions specified in the order. Consequently, the Adviser will have the right to hire, terminate or replace sub-advisers without shareholder approval when the Board and the Adviser feel that a change would benefit a Fund. Within 90 days after the hiring of a new sub-adviser, affected shareholders will receive information about the new subadvisory relationship. The Adviser will continue to have the

 

38    MARSHALL FUNDS, INC. INFORMATION


Table of Contents

 

 

Marshall Funds, Inc. Information (cont.)

 

 

ultimate responsibility (subject to the oversight of the Board) to oversee the sub-advisers and recommend their hiring, termination and replacement. The manager of managers structure enables the Funds to operate with greater efficiency and without incurring the expense and delays associated with obtaining shareholder approval of subadvisory agreements. The structure does not permit investment management fees paid by the Funds to be increased or change the Adviser’s obligations under the investment advisory agreement with the Funds, including the Adviser’s responsibility to monitor and oversee subadvisory services furnished to the Funds, without shareholder approval. Furthermore, any subadvisory agreements with affiliates of the Funds or the Adviser will require shareholder approval. Currently, only the INTERNATIONAL STOCK FUND, CORPORATE INCOME FUND, CORE PLUS BOND FUND and EMERGING MARKETS EQUITY FUND employ the manager of managers structure.

 

Portfolio Managers. The GOVERNMENT MONEY MARKET FUND, the PRIME MONEY MARKET FUND and the SHORT-TERM INCOME FUND are managed by Richard M. Rokus, a Vice President and a Portfolio Manager of the Adviser. Mr. Rokus has managed the GOVERNMENT MONEY MARKET FUND since May 2004, the PRIME MONEY MARKET FUND since January 1, 1994 and the SHORT-TERM INCOME FUND since November 2001, and has been employed by the Adviser since January 1993. Mr. Rokus is a Chartered Financial Analyst and holds a B.B.A. degree in Finance from the University of Wisconsin-Whitewater.

 

The TAX-FREE MONEY MARKET FUND has been managed by Craig J. Mauermann since its inception in 2004. Mr. Mauermann has been a Vice President and a Portfolio Manager of the Adviser since 2004. Prior to joining the Adviser, he was a municipal bond analyst and trader for three municipal money market funds at Strong Capital Management, Inc. Mr. Mauermann holds an M.B.A. degree and a B.A. degree from Marquette University.

 

The SHORT-INTERMEDIATE BOND FUND, the GOVERNMENT INCOME FUND and the AGGREGATE BOND FUND have been managed by Jason D. Weiner since 2001, 2001 and 2007, respectively. Mr. Weiner, a Vice President and a Portfolio Manager of the Adviser, joined the Adviser in 1993. Since 1998, he also has been managing short-term and intermediate advisory portfolios for institutional clients. Mr. Weiner, who is a Chartered Financial Analyst, received his B.S. degree in Finance and International Business from Marquette University.

 

The CORPORATE INCOME FUND and the CORE PLUS BOND FUND have been managed by TCH since each Fund’s inception in 2008. Tere Alvarez Canida, Alan M. Habacht and William J. Canida co-manage the CORPORATE INCOME FUND and CORE PLUS BOND FUND on a team basis. All members of the team share investment decision making responsibility with respect to the Funds. Ms. Canida is President and Managing Principal of TCH. Prior to joining TCH in 1985, she served as vice president and senior investment officer of Southeast Bank. Ms. Canida, who is a Chartered Financial Analyst, received her B.S. degree in international economics from Georgetown University and her M.B.A. degree from The George Washington University. Mr. Habacht is Vice President and Principal of TCH. Prior to joining TCH in 1987, he served as senior vice president and portfolio manager for INVESCO Capital Management. He also served as a security analyst for Weiss, Peck & Greer, Alliance Capital Management and Bache & Company. He received his B.A. degree in finance from Boston University. Mr. Canida is Vice President and Principal of TCH. Prior to joining TCH in 1985, he served as vice president and senior investment officer for Harris Trust Company of Florida. He also was vice president and treasurer of AmeriFirst Florida Trust Company and Southeast Banks Trust Company, N.A. Mr. Canida, who is a Chartered Financial Analyst, received his B.A. degree in finance and his M.B.A. degree from Indiana University.

 

The LARGE-CAP VALUE FUND is managed by Daniel P. Brown. Mr. Brown, a Vice President and a Portfolio Manager of the Adviser, joined the Adviser in 1997 and has managed the Fund since 2004. Prior to joining the Adviser, he held positions with Kemper Securities Group and Mutual Savings Bank. Mr. Brown is a Chartered Financial Analyst and a member of the CFA Institute, the Milwaukee Investment Analysts Society and the Chicago Quantitative Alliance. He holds a B.B.A. degree in Finance from the University of Wisconsin-Milwaukee.

 

MARSHALL FUNDS, INC. INFORMATION    39


Table of Contents

 

 

Marshall Funds, Inc. Information (cont.)

 

 

The LARGE-CAP GROWTH FUND is co-managed by Alan K. Creech and Robert G. Cummisford, who have had equal investment decision-making responsibilities with respect to the Fund since 1997. Mr. Creech is a Portfolio Manager and a Vice President of the Adviser. He has served as the Senior Analyst on the Fund since 2004 and previously served as an analyst at Banc One Investment Advisors, supporting several growth funds. He holds a B.S. degree in Economics from the University of Tennessee and an M.B.A. from Wayne State University. Mr. Cummisford is a Vice President of the Adviser and Co-Manager of the M&I Custom Quantitative Solutions Group, an investment committee of the Adviser. He has provided analytical support to the Fund since 2004. Prior to joining the Adviser in 2004, he held positions with Old Kent/Fifth Third, Ibbotson Associates and First Chicago. He is a Chartered Financial Analyst and a member of the CFA Institute and the CFA Society of Milwaukee, Inc. He holds B.A. degrees in Economics and Behavioral Sciences from Lake Forest College.

 

The MID-CAP VALUE FUND has been managed by Matthew B. Fahey since 1997. Mr. Fahey, a Senior Vice President and a Portfolio Manager of the Adviser since 1988, joined the Adviser in October 1984. He earned a B.A. degree in Business Administration from the University of Wisconsin-Milwaukee and holds an M.B.A. degree from Marquette University.

 

The MID-CAP GROWTH FUND and the SMALL-CAP GROWTH FUND are co-managed by Kenneth S. Salmon and Patrick M. Gundlach, who have equal investment decision-making responsibilities with respect to the Funds. Mr. Salmon is a Vice President and a Portfolio Manager of the Adviser and has co-managed the Funds since 2004. Prior to joining the Adviser in 2000, Mr. Salmon was a senior analyst focused on growth companies at Tucker Anthony Sutro and C.L. King & Associates. Mr. Salmon graduated cum laude with a B.A. in Economics from State University of New York in Potsdam, New York. Mr. Gundlach is a Portfolio Manager and a Vice President of the Adviser. He has been a Senior Analyst for both strategies since 2004 and has co-managed the Funds since 2007. Previously, he was a research analyst for the Nicholas Company, where he focused on small and mid-cap equities. He holds a BBA degree and MS degree in Finance from the University of Wisconsin-Madison, where, as a student in the University of Wisconsin’s Applied Securities Analysis Program, he served as portfolio manager, equity analyst and accountant for the Badgerfund, a small-cap domestic equity fund. He is a member of the CFA Institute and the CFA Society of Milwaukee, Inc.

 

The INTERNATIONAL STOCK FUND is managed by two sub-advisers, Trilogy and Acadian.

 

William Sterling, Robert Beckwitt and Gregory J. Gigliotti co-manage the portion of the INTERNATIONAL STOCK FUND’s assets managed by Trilogy. Mr. Sterling is the lead member but all members of the team share investment decision-making responsibilities with respect to the Fund. Mr. Sterling is Chief Investment Officer and Senior Portfolio Manager at Trilogy. He was a founding partner, Chairman and Chief Investment Officer of Trilogy Advisors LLC since 1999, prior to the merger of Trilogy Advisors and BPI Global Asset Management LLC in 2005. Previously, Mr. Sterling was an Executive Director and Global Head of Equities at Credit Suisse Asset Management, Managing Director of International Equities at BEA Associates, and First Vice President at Merrill Lynch, first as Head of Economic Research in Tokyo and later as Head of International Economic Research in New York. Mr. Sterling received a B.A. degree in Economics from Carleton College and M.A. and Ph.D. degrees in Economics from Harvard University. Mr. Beckwitt is Managing Director and Senior Portfolio Manager at Trilogy. Prior to joining Trilogy in 2001, Mr. Beckwitt was with Goldman Sachs Asset Management, where he was a Managing Director and served as a Portfolio Manager and Co-Head of International Equities and Emerging Markets. Previously, Mr. Beckwitt was a Portfolio Manager at Fidelity Investments. He has a B.A. in Economics from Princeton and a M.S. in Finance from Sloan School at Massachusetts Institute of Technology. Mr. Gigliotti is Managing Director and Senior Portfolio Manager at Trilogy. Prior to joining Trilogy in 2002, Mr. Gigliotti was a Managing Director of Iridian Asset Management. Previously, Mr. Gigliotti was a Vice President and Senior Portfolio Manager at Goldman Sachs Asset Management and was a Vice President and Senior Analyst at Franklin Mutual Advisors (formerly the Mutual Series Funds). He has a B.A. in Economics and International Relations from Connecticut College.

 

40    MARSHALL FUNDS, INC. INFORMATION


Table of Contents

 

 

Marshall Funds, Inc. Information (cont.)

 

 

Brian K. Wolahan and Charles H. Wang serve as co-portfolio managers for the portion of the INTERNATIONAL STOCK FUND’s assets managed by Acadian. Mr. Wolahan and Mr. Wang have equal investment decision-making responsibilities with respect to the Fund and are supported by a team of investment professionals. Mr. Wolahan is Co-Director of Research and a Senior Portfolio Manager at Acadian. He received his undergraduate degree from Lehigh University and an M.S. degree in Management from MIT. Before joining Acadian in 1990, he worked in the Systems Planning Group at Bank of New England and as a Senior Systems Analyst at Mars Incorporated. He is a Chartered Financial Analyst. Mr. Wang is a Senior Portfolio Manager and Co-Director of Research at Acadian. Prior to joining Acadian in 2000, he worked as a senior quantitative equity analyst for a number of investment firms, including Putnam Investments. Mr. Wang has a Ph.D. from Yale’s School of Management, a B.S. in mathematics from Beijing University and an M.S. from the University of Massachusetts.

 

The EMERGING MARKETS EQUITY FUND has been managed by Trilogy since its inception in 2008. Pablo Salas, William Sterling and Robert Beckwitt co-manage the EMERGING MARKETS EQUITY FUND. Mr. Salas is the lead member but all members of the team share investment decision-making responsibilities with respect to the Fund. Mr. Salas is a Managing Director and Senior Portfolio Manager at Trilogy. Prior to joining Trilogy in 2005 through the merger of Trilogy Advisors LLC and BPI Global Asset Management LLC, he had been Portfolio Manager of the BPI Emerging Markets Portfolio since April 1997. Previously, he was a Director and Senior Portfolio Manager in the International Portfolio Management and Research area of STI Capital Management/Sun Trust, Inc. where he launched the Emerging Markets Portfolio; was a Portfolio Manager in the International Equities area at Lazard Freres Asset Management where he launched an Emerging Markets Portfolio; and held prior positions at the Principal Financial Group/Invista Capital Management and NationsBank. He earned a B.S. in Business Administration from Indiana University and earned a M.B.A. from the University of Wisconsin. Mr. Sterling is Chief Investment Officer and Senior Portfolio Manager at Trilogy. He was a founding partner, Chairman and Chief Investment Officer of Trilogy Advisors LLC since 1999, prior to the merger of Trilogy Advisors and BPI Global Asset Management LLC in 2005. Previously, Mr. Sterling was an Executive Director and Global Head of Equities at Credit Suisse Asset Management, Managing Director of International Equities at BEA Associates, and First Vice President at Merrill Lynch, first as Head of Economic Research in Tokyo and later as Head of International Economic Research in New York. Mr. Sterling received a B.A. degree in Economics from Carleton College and M.A. and Ph.D. degrees in Economics from Harvard University. Mr. Beckwitt is Managing Director and Senior Portfolio Manager at Trilogy. Prior to joining Trilogy in 2001, Mr. Beckwitt was with Goldman Sachs Asset Management where he was a Managing Director and served as a Portfolio Manager and Co-Head of International Equities and Emerging Markets. Previously, Mr. Beckwitt was a Portfolio Manager at Fidelity Investments. He has a B.A. in Economics from Princeton and a M.S. in Finance from Sloan School at Massachusetts Institute of Technology.

 

The Funds’ SAI provides additional information about certain portfolio managers, including other accounts they manage, their ownership of Fund shares, and their compensation.

 

MARSHALL FUNDS, INC. INFORMATION    41


Table of Contents

 

 

Marshall Funds, Inc. Information (cont.)

 

 

Advisory Fees. The Adviser is entitled to receive from each Fund an investment advisory fee equal to a percentage of each Fund’s average daily net assets (ADNA) at the annual rates listed in the table under “Fees and Expenses of the Funds,” subject to reduction at breakpoints for certain Funds described below. For fiscal year 2008, the Adviser received from each Fund (except for the CORPORATE INCOME FUND, CORE PLUS BOND FUND and EMERGING MARKETS EQUITY FUND) an investment advisory fee equal to each Fund’s ADNA at the annual rates listed under “Advisory Fee Received in Fiscal 2008,” which include reductions at breakpoints in effect during fiscal year 2008 and/or voluntary waivers by the Adviser. The Adviser may terminate voluntary waivers at any time.

 

   
Fund   Advisory Fee
Received in
Fiscal 2008
(1)
 
Government Money Market Fund   0.10 %
Tax-Free Money Market Fund   0.11  
Prime Money Market Fund   0.14  
Short-Term Income Fund   0.00  
Short-Intermediate Bond Fund   0.34  
Government Income Fund   0.34  
Aggregate Bond Fund   0.32  
Large-Cap Value Fund   0.75  
Large-Cap Growth Fund   0.75  
Mid-Cap Value Fund   0.75  
Mid-Cap Growth Fund   0.75  
Small-Cap Growth Fund   0.75  
International Stock Fund   1.00  

 

(1) From September 1, 2007 to October 31, 2007, the following advisory fee reduction schedule for the Funds (except for the SMALL-CAP GROWTH FUND and MONEY MARKET FUNDS) was in effect: -0.01% on net assets in excess of $500 million and up to and including $750 million, -0.05% on net assets in excess of $750 million and up to and including $1 billion and -0.10% on net assets in excess of $1 billion. The new advisory fee reduction schedules set forth below became effective for certain of the INCOME and EQUITY FUNDS on November 1, 2007 and for the MONEY MARKET FUNDS on July 1, 2008.

 

The Funds and the Adviser has implemented a fee reduction schedule for the investment advisory fees charged to the Funds (excluding the SMALL-CAP GROWTH FUND). The advisory fees for the INCOME FUNDS and EQUITY FUNDS (except the SMALL-CAP GROWTH FUND) are subject to the breakpoints listed in the following table:

 

   
    Advisory Fee (as % of each Fund’s ADNA)  
Fund   on the
first $500
million
    on the
next $200
million
    on the
next $100
million
    in excess
of $800
million
 
Short-Term Income Fund   0.20 %   0.19 %   0.10 %   0.10 %
Short-Intermediate Bond Fund   0.40     0.39     0.30     0.25  
Government Income Fund   0.40     0.39     0.30     0.25  
Corporate Income Fund   0.25     0.24     0.15     0.10  
Aggregate Bond Fund   0.40     0.39     0.30     0.25  
Core Plus Bond Fund   0.25     0.24     0.15     0.10  
Large-Cap Value Fund   0.75     0.74     0.70     0.65  
Large-Cap Growth Fund   0.75     0.74     0.70     0.65  
Mid-Cap Value
Fund
  0.75     0.74     0.70     0.65  
Mid-Cap Growth Fund   0.75     0.74     0.70     0.65  
International Stock Fund   1.00     0.99     0.95     0.90  
Emerging Markets Equity Fund   1.00     0.99     0.95     0.90  

 

The advisory fees for the MONEY MARKET FUNDS are subject to the breakpoints listed in the following table:

 

   
    Advisory Fee (as % of each Fund’s ADNA)  
Fund   on the
first $2
billion
    on the
next $2
billion
    on the
next $2
billion
    on the
next $2
billion
    in excess
of $8
billion
 
Government Money Market Fund   0.200 %   0.185 %   0.170 %   0.155 %   0.140 %
Tax-Free Money Market Fund   0.200     0.185     0.170     0.155     0.140  
Prime Money Market Fund   0.150     0.135     0.120     0.105     0.090  

 

The Adviser has the discretion to voluntarily waive a portion of its fee. However, any waivers by the Adviser are voluntary and may be terminated at any time in the Adviser’s sole discretion.

 

42    MARSHALL FUNDS, INC. INFORMATION


Table of Contents

 

 

Marshall Funds, Inc. Information (cont.)

 

 

The Funds’ August 31, 2008 Annual Report contains a discussion regarding the Board’s basis for approving the investment advisory contract and subadvisory contracts on behalf of the Funds, except for the CORPORATE INCOME FUND, CORE PLUS BOND FUND and EMERGING MARKETS EQUITY FUND, which had not commenced operations as of the end of the most recent fiscal year. The Board’s basis for approving the investment advisory and subadvisory contracts on behalf of these Funds will be included in the next financial report filed after these Funds commence operations.

 

Affiliate Services and Fees. M&I Trust, an affiliate of the Adviser, provides services to the Funds as custodian of the assets (except for the INTERNATIONAL STOCK FUND and EMERGING MARKETS EQUITY FUND), shareholder services agent, securities lending agent, sub-transfer agent and administrator directly and through its division, MIS. For each domestic Fund, the custody fees are calculated at the annual rate of 0.02% on the first $250 million of ADNA plus 0.01% of assets exceeding $250 million. M&I Trust has the discretion to waive a portion of its fees. However, any fee waivers are voluntary and may be terminated at any time in its sole discretion. As compensation for its services as securities lending agent, M&I Trust receives a portion of each Fund’s revenues from securities lending activities.

 

M&I Trust is the administrator of the Funds and UMB Fund Services, Inc. (UMB) is the sub-administrator.

 

M&I Trust, as administrator, is entitled to receive fees from each of the INCOME FUNDS and the EQUITY FUNDS at the following annual rates as a percentage of the Fund’s ADNA:

 

   
Fee   Fund’s ADNA
0.0925%   on the first $250 million
0.0850%   on the next $250 million
0.0800%   on the next $200 million
0.0400%   on the next $100 million
0.0200%   on the next $200 million
0.0100%   on ADNA in excess of $1.0 billion

 

M&I Trust, as administrator, is entitled to receive fees from the MONEY MARKET FUNDS at the following annual rates based on the aggregate ADNA of the MONEY MARKET FUNDS combined:

 

   
Fee   Combined ADNA
0.040%   on the first $2 billion
0.030%   on the next $2 billion
0.025%   on the next $2 billion
0.020%   on the next $2 billion
0.010%   on ADNA in excess of $8 billion

 

All fees of the sub-administrator are paid by M&I Trust.

 

M&I Trust receives from each Fund an annual per-account fee, which differs among the Funds, for sub-transfer agency services to trust and institutional accounts maintained on its trust accounting system.

 

Payments to Financial Intermediaries. From time to time, the Adviser, M&I Trust, M&I Financial Advisors, the distributor or their affiliates may enter into arrangements with brokers or other financial intermediaries pursuant to which such parties agree to perform record-keeping, administrative or other services on behalf of their clients who are Fund shareholders. Pursuant to these arrangements, the Adviser, M&I Trust, M&I Financial Advisors, the distributor or their affiliates may make payments to brokers or other financial intermediaries from their own resources for services provided to clients who hold Fund shares. In addition, the Adviser or an affiliate may make payments to a financial intermediary, based on the value of Fund shares held through the intermediary, to compensate it for introducing new shareholders to the Funds and for other distribution and marketing services. The receipt of (or prospect of receiving) such compensation may provide the intermediary and its salespersons with an incentive to favor sales of Fund shares, or certain classes of those shares, over other investment alternatives. You may wish to consider whether such arrangements exist when evaluating recommendations from an intermediary.

 

Distributor. M&I Distributors, LLC (MID), a registered broker-dealer and member of the Financial Industry Regulatory Authority, Inc., acts as principal distributor of the Funds’ shares. All fees of the distributor are paid by M&I Trust. MID is an affiliate of the Adviser and M&I Trust.

 

MARSHALL FUNDS, INC. INFORMATION    43


Table of Contents

 

Historical Performance of TCH for Similar Accounts: TCH Corporate Fixed Income Composite

 

 

The following table shows the historical composite performance data for all of TCH’s advisory accounts that have investment objectives, policies, strategies and risks substantially similar to those of the CORPORATE INCOME FUND, known as the TCH Corporate Fixed Income Composite.

 

The TCH Corporate Fixed Income Composite is not subject to the same types of expenses as the CORPORATE INCOME FUND and its member accounts may be subject to different diversification requirements, specific tax restrictions and investment limitations imposed by the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, foreign tax laws and/or the 1940 Act than those imposed on the CORPORATE INCOME FUND. The data is provided to illustrate the past performance of TCH in managing a substantially similar portfolio as measured against a specific benchmark and does not represent the performance of the CORPORATE INCOME FUND. This performance data should not be considered an indication of the future performance of the CORPORATE INCOME FUND or TCH.

 

TCH has prepared and presented all returns included herein in compliance with the Global Investment Performance Standards (GIPS ® ).

 

Monthly returns are linked geometrically to arrive at the annual total return.

 

The TCH Corporate Fixed Income Composite returns reflect the deduction of all costs and expenses and include the reinvestment of all income. The performance was calculated using actual investment management fees incurred by each account in the composite. The GIPS ® standards for calculation of total return differ from the standards required by the SEC for calculation of average annual total return.

 

The TCH Corporate Fixed Income Composite expenses are lower than the expenses of Institutional Class shares of the CORPORATE INCOME FUND. Accordingly, if the Fund’s Institutional Class shares’ expenses had been deducted from the TCH Corporate Fixed Income Composite’s returns, the returns would have been lower than those shown.

 

     
Periods Ended
9/30/08
  TCH Corporate
Fixed Income
Composite Total
Return
    Lehman
Credit
Index
(1)
 
1 Year   (11.77) %   (4.79) %
5 Years   0.71 %   1.94 %
10 Years   4.24 %   4.50 %
Since Inception (2)   6.31 %   6.41 %

 

(1) The Lehman Credit Index represents securities that are SEC-registered, taxable and U.S. dollar denominated. The index covers U.S. corporate and specified foreign debentures and secured notes that meet the specified maturity, liquidity and quality requirements.

 

(2) The TCH Corporate Fixed Income Composite commenced operations on September 30, 1991.

 

44    HISTORICAL PERFORMANCE OF TCH FOR SIMILAR ACCOUNTS


Table of Contents

 

Historical Performance of TCH for Similar Accounts: TCH Core Plus Aggregate Composite

 

 

The following table shows the historical composite performance data for all of TCH’s advisory accounts that have investment objectives, policies, strategies and risks substantially similar to those of the CORE PLUS BOND FUND, known as the TCH Core Plus Aggregate Composite.

 

The TCH Core Plus Aggregate Composite is not subject to the same types of expenses as the CORE PLUS BOND FUND and its member accounts may be subject to different diversification requirements, specific tax restrictions and investment limitations imposed by the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, foreign tax laws and/or the 1940 Act than those imposed on the CORE PLUS BOND FUND. The data is provided to illustrate the past performance of TCH in managing a substantially similar portfolio as measured against a specific benchmark and does not represent the performance of the CORE PLUS BOND FUND. This performance data should not be considered an indication of the future performance of the CORE PLUS BOND FUND or TCH.

 

TCH has prepared and presented all returns included herein in compliance with the Global Investment Performance Standards (GIPS ® ).

 

Monthly returns are linked geometrically to arrive at the annual total return.

 

The TCH Core Plus Aggregate Composite returns reflect the deduction of all costs and expenses and include the reinvestment of all income. The performance was calculated using actual investment management fees incurred by each account in the composite. The GIPS ® standards for calculation of total return differ from the standards required by the SEC for calculation of average annual total return.

 

The TCH Core Plus Aggregate Composite expenses are lower than the expenses of Institutional Class shares of the CORE PLUS BOND FUND. Accordingly, if the Fund’s Institutional Class shares’ expenses had been deducted from the Composite’s returns, the returns would have been lower than those shown.

 

     
Periods Ended
9/30/08
 

TCH Core Plus

Aggregate
Composite Total
Return

    Lehman
Aggregate
Bond
Index
(1)
 
1 Year   (3.88 )%   3.65 %
5 Years   2.59 %   3.78 %
10 Years   4.69 %   5.20 %
Since Inception (2)   5.04 %   5.95 %

 

(1) The Lehman Aggregate Bond Index represents securities that are SEC-registered, taxable and U.S. dollar denominated. The index covers the U.S. investment grade fixed rate bond market, with index components for government and corporate securities, mortgage pass-through securities and asset-backed securities.

 

(2) The TCH Core Plus Composite commenced operations on December 31, 1997.

 

HISTORICAL PERFORMANCE OF TCH FOR SIMILAR ACCOUNTS    45


Table of Contents

 

Historical Performance of Trilogy for Similar Accounts: Emerging Markets Composite

 

 

The following table shows the historical composite performance data for all of Trilogy’s advisory accounts that have investment objectives, policies, strategies and risks substantially similar to those of the EMERGING MARKETS EQUITY FUND, known as the Trilogy Emerging Markets Composite (the Emerging Markets Composite).

 

The Emerging Markets Composite is not subject to the same types of expenses as the EMERGING MARKETS EQUITY FUND and its member accounts may be subject to different diversification requirements, specific tax restrictions and investment limitations imposed by the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, foreign tax laws and/or the 1940 Act than those imposed on the EMERGING MARKETS EQUITY FUND. The data is provided to illustrate the past performance of Trilogy in managing a substantially similar portfolio as measured against a specific benchmark and does not represent the performance of the EMERGING MARKETS EQUITY FUND. This performance data should not be considered an indication of the future performance of the EMERGING MARKETS EQUITY FUND or Trilogy.

 

Trilogy has prepared and presented all returns included herein in compliance with the Global Investment Performance Standards (GIPS ® ).

 

Monthly returns are linked geometrically to arrive at the annual total return.

 

The Emerging Markets Composite returns reflect the deduction of all costs and expenses and include the reinvestment of all income. The performance was calculated using the standard management fee as described in Part II of Trilogy’s Form ADV (100 BP). Both the Emerging Markets Composite and the Emerging Markets Index total returns reflect deduction of estimated foreign withholding taxes on dividends, interest, and capital gains. The GIPS ® standards for calculation of total return differ from the standards required by the SEC for calculation of average annual total return.

 

The Emerging Markets Composite expenses are lower than the expenses of Institutional Class shares of the EMERGING MARKETS EQUITY FUND. Accordingly, if the Fund’s Institutional Class shares’ expenses had been deducted from the Emerging Markets Composite’s returns, the returns would have been lower than those shown.

 

     
Periods Ended
9/30/08
 

Emerging Markets

Composite Total

Return

   

MSCI

Emerging

Markets

Index (1)

 
1 Year   (29.20 )%   (33.20 )%
5 Years   21.34 %   18.67 %
10 Years   17.67 %   14.77 %
Since Inception (2)   11.49 %   6.42 %

 

(1) The MSCI Emerging Markets Index is a market capitalization-weighted index comprised of over 800 companies representative of the market structure of the emerging countries in Europe, Latin America, Africa, Middle East and Asia. Prior to January 1, 2002, the returns of the MSCI Emerging Markets Index were presented before application of withholding taxes.

 

(2) The Emerging Markets Composite commenced operations on April 1, 1997. The Emerging Markets Composite includes all of Trilogy’s discretionary institutional and mutual fund accounts (including sub-advisory relationships) with comparable investment objectives and risks that have at least $2 million in assets and have been managed by Trilogy for at least one full month.

 

46    HISTORICAL PERFORMANCE OF TRILOGY FOR SIMILAR ACCOUNTS


Table of Contents

 

LOGO

Financial Highlights

 

 

The Financial Highlights will help you understand the financial performance of the Institutional Class shares of each Fund (except the CORPORATE INCOME FUND, CORE PLUS BOND FUND and EMERGING MARKETS EQUITY FUND) for the last five fiscal years or since inception. Some of the information is presented on a per share basis. Total returns represent the rate an investor would have earned (or lost) on an investment in a Fund, assuming reinvestment of any dividends and capital gains distributions. Financial information for the CORPORATE INCOME FUND, CORE PLUS BOND FUND and EMERGING MARKETS EQUITY FUND is not included because the Funds were not offered for sale until the date of this Prospectus.

 

The information for the fiscal years ended August 31, 2008, 2007 and 2006 was audited by PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP, the Funds’ independent registered public accounting firm, whose report, along with the Funds’ financial statements and notes thereto, is included in the Funds’ Annual Report dated August 31, 2008, which is available free of charge from the Funds. The information for the prior years was audited by a different firm.

 

Period Ended August 31,   Net Asset
Value,
Beginning
of Period
  Net
Investment
Income
(Loss)
    Net Realized and
Unrealized
Gain (Loss)
on Investments,
Options, Futures
Contracts and
Foreign Currency
    Total from
Investment
Operations
  Distributions to
Shareholders
from Net
Investment
Income
    Distributions to
Shareholders from
Net Realized Gain
on Investments,
Options, Futures
Contracts and
Foreign Currency
Transactions
  Total
Distributions
    Net Asset
Value,
End of
Period
  Total
Return(1)(5)
    Ratios to Average Net Assets(7)     Net Assets,
End of Period
(000
Omitted)
  Portfolio
Turnover
Rate(5)
 
                    Net
Expenses(2)
    Expense
Waiver(2)
    Net Investment
Income
(Loss)(2)
     
Government Money Market Fund                                                                                
2004(6)   $ 1.00   $     $     $   $     $   $     $ 1.00   0.28 %   0.20 %   0.17 %   1.18 %   $ 64,212   %
2005     1.00     0.02             0.02     (0.02 )         (0.02 )     1.00   2.37     0.20     0.18     2.34       37,372    
2006     1.00     0.04             0.04     (0.04 )         (0.04 )     1.00   4.42     0.20     0.17     4.34       65,616    
2007     1.00     0.05             0.05     (0.05 )         (0.05 )     1.00   5.25     0.20     0.13     5.13       136,910    
2008     1.00     0.03             0.03     (0.03 )         (0.03 )     1.00   3.45     0.20     0.10     3.33       275,136    
Tax-Free Money Market Fund                          
2005(8)     1.00                                     1.00   0.39     0.20     0.06     0.78       24,211    
2006     1.00     0.03             0.03     (0.03 )         (0.03 )     1.00   3.09     0.20     0.13     3.10       116,409    
2007     1.00     0.04             0.04     (0.04 )         (0.04 )     1.00   3.59     0.20     0.13     3.53       243,842    
2008     1.00     0.03             0.03     (0.03 )         (0.03 )     1.00   2.83     0.20     0.09     2.67       398,315    
Prime Money Market Fund                          
2004     1.00     0.01 (4)           0.01     (0.01 )         (0.01 )     1.00   1.01     0.20     0.04     1.01       1,532,640    
2005     1.00     0.02             0.02     (0.02 )         (0.02 )     1.00   2.47     0.20     0.04     2.45       1,550,128    
2006     1.00     0.04             0.04     (0.04 )         (0.04 )     1.00   4.51     0.20     0.04     4.44       1,653,556    
2007     1.00     0.05             0.05     (0.05 )         (0.05 )     1.00   5.33     0.20     0.02     5.20       2,080,429    
2008     1.00     0.04             0.04     (0.04 )         (0.04 )     1.00   3.91     0.20     0.01     3.69       3,101,260    
Short-Term Income Fund                          
2007(3)(9)     9.02     0.11             0.11     (0.11 )         (0.11 )     9.02   1.20     0.35     0.23     4.65       41,186   52  
2008(3)     9.02     0.43       (0.09 )     0.34     (0.43 )         (0.43 )     8.93   3.76     0.35     0.20     4.69       72,928   47  
Short-Intermediate Bond Fund                          
2007(3)(9)     9.17     0.11       (0.01 )     0.10     (0.11 )         (0.11 )     9.16   1.12     0.55     0.08     4.90       181,534   421  
2008(3)     9.16     0.45       (0.26 )     0.19     (0.45 )         (0.45 )     8.90   2.05     0.55     0.06     4.94       200,110   293  

 

FINANCIAL HIGHLIGHTS    47


Table of Contents

 

 

Period Ended August 31,   Net Asset
Value,
Beginning
of Period
  Net
Investment
Income
(Loss)
    Net Realized and
Unrealized
Gain (Loss)
on Investments,
Options, Futures
Contracts and
Foreign Currency
    Total from
Investment
Operations
    Distributions to
Shareholders
from Net
Investment
Income
    Distributions to
Shareholders from
Net Realized Gain
on Investments,
Options, Futures
Contracts and
Foreign Currency
Transactions
    Total
Distributions
    Net Asset
Value,
End of
Period
  Total
Return(1)(5)
    Ratios to Average Net Assets(7)     Net Assets,
End of Period
(000
Omitted)
  Portfolio
Turnover
Rate(5)
 
                    Net
Expenses(2)
    Expense
Waiver(2)
    Net Investment
Income
(Loss)(2)
     
Government Income Fund                                                                                    
2007(3)(9)   $ 9.41   $ 0.11     $ 0.03     $ 0.14     $ (0.11 )   $     $ (0.11 )   $ 9.44   1.54 %   0.55 %   0.13 %   4.87 %   $ 141,305   686 %
2008(3)     9.44     0.46       (0.07 )     0.39       (0.46 )           (0.46 )     9.37   4.16     0.55     0.06     4.88       249,127   284  
Aggregate Bond Fund                          
2007(9)     10.00     0.12       0.10       0.22       (0.12 )           (0.12 )     10.10   2.18     0.55     0.14     4.63       143,657   129  
2008     10.10     0.50       (0.04 )     0.46       (0.49 )     (0.06 )     (0.55 )     10.01   4.58     0.55     0.08     4.87       222,380   333  
Large-Cap Value Fund                          
2008(3)(10)     12.99     0.10       (0.95 )     (0.85 )     (0.07 )           (0.07 )     12.07   (6.57 )   1.00         1.54       152,572   40  
Large-Cap Growth Fund                          
2008(3)(10)     11.97     0.01       (0.14 )     (0.13 )                       11.84   (1.09 )   1.03         0.30       149,952   122  
Mid-Cap Value Fund                          
2008(3)(10)     12.55     0.04       (0.42 )     (0.38 )                       12.17   (3.03 )   1.02         0.59       99,009   41  
Mid-Cap Growth Fund                          
2008(3)(10)     17.09     (0.01 )     0.06       0.05                         17.14   0.29     1.01         (0.19 )     171,529   186  
Small-Cap Growth Fund                          
2008(10)     14.73     (0.03 )     (0.48 )     (0.51 )                       14.22   (3.46 )   1.27         (0.49 )     134,623   174  
International Stock Fund                          
2004(3)     10.11     0.04 (4)     1.02       1.06       (0.06 )           (0.06 )     11.11   10.52     1.25     0.02     0.36       242,089   137  
2005(3)     11.11     0.16       2.32       2.48       (0.07 )           (0.07 )     13.52   22.38     1.23     0.02     0.95       168,128   150  
2006(3)     13.52     0.17       3.07       3.24       (0.15 )           (0.15 )     16.61   24.14     1.24     0.02     1.00       188,715   146  
2007(3)     16.61     0.24       2.68       2.92       (0.07 )     (1.88 )     (1.95 )     17.58   18.65     1.20     0.02     1.48       250,012   98  
2008(3)     17.58     0.23       (2.94 )     (2.71 )     (0.24 )     (2.00 )     (2.24 )     12.63   (17.74 )   1.23         1.58       253,158   62  

 

(1) Based on net asset value.
(2) This voluntary expense decrease is reflected in both the expense and net investment income (loss) ratios.
(3) Redemption fees consisted of per share amounts less than $0.01.
(4) Per share information is based on average shares outstanding.
(5) Not annualized for periods less than one year.
(6) Reflects operations for the period from May 28, 2004 (start of performance) to August 31, 2004.
(7) Annualized for periods less than one year.
(8) Reflects operations for the period from June 29, 2005 (start of performance) to August 31, 2005.
(9) Reflects operations for the period from June 1, 2007 (start of performance) to August 31, 2007.
(10) Reflects operations for the period from February 1, 2008 (start of performance) to August 31, 2008.

 

48    FINANCIAL HIGHLIGHTS


Table of Contents

 

 

 

Marshall Funds, Inc.

 

Privacy Policy Notice

 

Federal regulations require financial institutions to deliver a summary of their privacy policies to their customers. We were committed to maintaining the confidentiality of your personal information long before these regulations required us to do so, and intend to do the same in the future. Allow us to summarize for you, in clear, plain-English terms, our policies regarding how we obtain, handle, use and protect your personal information.

 

INFORMATION COLLECTION POLICY. We receive non-public personal information about you during the normal course of business from the following sources:

 

 

From you, or from your financial representative, on account applications, other forms or electronically (for example, your name, address, phone number, e-mail address, social security number, assets and income).

 

 

From you, or from your financial representative, through transactions, correspondence and other communications (for example, your specific investment purchases and your account balances).

 

 

From you in connection with providing you a financial product or service (for example, your bank account numbers used for transferring funds to or from the Marshall Funds).

 

INFORMATION SHARING POLICY. Under no circumstances, do we rent, sell or trade your personal information to anyone nor do we disclose it to anyone except as permitted or required by law. We may disclose your non-public personal information to companies that provide services to the Marshall Funds such as transfer agents, printers and mailing agents that deliver annual reports, prospectuses and other required shareholder communications. All of the information we collect may be shared with our affiliates (such as Marshall & Ilsley Trust Company, M&I Financial Advisors, Inc. and their affiliates). We also may share this information with financial institutions, such as the bank, broker-dealer or other financial intermediary through whom you purchased your shares of the Marshall Funds, for the limited purpose of jointly offering, endorsing or sponsoring a financial product or service or with other financial institutions with whom we have joint marketing agreements.

 

If you decide to close your account(s), we will continue to adhere to the privacy policies and practices described in this notice.

 

INFORMATION SECURITY POLICY. We maintain physical, electronic and procedural safeguards consistent with industry standards to protect the confidentiality, integrity and security of your non-public personal information. We permit access to your personal information only by authorized personnel who need that information to provide products or services to you. On our web site, we use a full range of Internet security measures such as data encryption, user names and passwords. Please note, however, that when you use a link from our website to a non-Marshall Funds site, the Marshall Funds privacy policies and Internet security measures no longer apply.

 

We require third parties to protect the security and confidentiality of your non-public personal information. These requirements are reflected in written agreements between the Marshall Funds and third party service providers. Except as required by law, under no circumstances do we permit third parties to rent, sell, trade or otherwise release or disclose your personal information to any other party.

 

CHANGES TO OUR PRIVACY POLICY. The Marshall Funds reserve the right to modify or remove parts of this privacy statement at any time. Notice will be provided to you in advance of any changes that would affect your rights under this policy statement.

 

ADDITIONAL RIGHTS. You may have other privacy protections under applicable state laws. To the extent those state laws apply, we will comply with them with respect to your non-public personal information.

 

* * * * * * * * * * *

 

For questions about our privacy policy, please contact us at 1-800-236-FUND (3863) or visit our website at http://www.marshallfunds.com.

 

   Not Part of the Prospectus


Table of Contents

 

LOGO   LOGO

 

The SAI is incorporated by reference into this Prospectus. Additional information about the Funds’ investments is contained in the SAI and the Annual and Semi-Annual Reports of the Funds as they become available. The Annual Report’s investment commentaries discuss market conditions and investment strategies that significantly affected the performance of each Fund (except the CORPORATE INCOME FUND, CORE PLUS BOND FUND and EMERGING MARKETS EQUITY FUND) during its last fiscal year.

 

To obtain the SAI, Annual Report, Semi-Annual Report, and other information, free of charge, and to make inquiries, write to or call MIS at 1-414-287-8555 or at 1-800-236-FUND (3863). You may also obtain these materials free of charge on the Marshall Funds’ Internet site at http://www.marshallfunds.com.

 

You may write to the SEC Public Reference Room at the regular mailing address or the e-mail address below and ask them to mail you information about the Funds, including the SAI. They will charge you a fee for this duplicating service. You can also visit the SEC Public Reference Room and review and copy documents while you are there. For more information about the operation of the Public Reference Room, call the SEC at the telephone number below.

 

Public Reference Section

Securities and Exchange Commission

Washington, D.C. 20549-0102

publicinfo@sec.gov

1-202-942-8090

 

Reports and other information about the Funds are also available on the EDGAR database on the SEC’s Internet site at http://www.sec.gov.

 

 

Marshall Investor Services

P.O. Box 1348

Milwaukee, WI 53201-1348

1-414-287-8555

1-800-236-FUND (3863)

 

Internet address: http://www.marshallfunds.com

 

Not FDIC Insured   No Bank Guarantee   May Lose Value

 

M&I Distributors, LLC

Distributor

  Investment Company Act File No. 811-58433

 


Table of Contents

Marshall Funds

 

Prospectus

 

December 15, 2008

 

Investor Class (Class Y)

Ÿ Marshall Government Money Market Fund

Ÿ Marshall Tax-Free Money Market Fund

Ÿ Marshall Prime Money Market Fund

 

Advisor Class (Class A)

Ÿ Marshall Prime Money Market Fund

 

Institutional Class (Class I)

Ÿ Marshall Government Money Market Fund

Ÿ Marshall Tax-Free Money Market Fund

Ÿ Marshall Prime Money Market Fund

Shares of the Marshall Funds are not bank deposits or other obligations of, or issued, endorsed or guaranteed by, M&I Marshall & Ilsley Bank or any of its affiliates. Shares of the Marshall Funds, like shares of all mutual funds, are not insured or guaranteed by the U.S. government, the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation (FDIC) or any other government agency, and may lose value.

 

As with all mutual funds, the Securities and Exchange Commission (SEC) has not approved or disapproved these securities or passed upon the adequacy of this Prospectus. Any representation to the contrary is a criminal offense.

 

LOGO


Table of Contents

 

 

LOGO   Investor Class
  (Class Y)
  Advisor Class
  (Class A)
  Institutional Class
  (Class I)

 

 

Table of Contents

 

 

Risk/Return Summary

  1

Marshall Government Money Market Fund

  2

Marshall Tax-Free Money Market Fund

  3

Marshall Prime Money Market Fund

  4

Fees and Expenses of the Funds—Investor Class

  5

Fees and Expenses of the Funds—Advisor Class

  6

Fees and Expenses of the Funds—Institutional Class

  7

Main Risks of Investing in the Marshall Funds

  8

Securities Descriptions

  10

How to Buy Shares

  13

How to Redeem and Exchange Shares

  17

Account and Share Information

  21

Marshall Funds, Inc. Information

  24

Financial Highlights—Investor Class

  26

Financial Highlights—Advisor Class

  27

Financial Highlights—Institutional Class

  28


Table of Contents

 

 

Risk/Return Summary

 

 

The Marshall Funds offer investment opportunities to a wide range of investors, from investors with short-term goals who wish to take little investment risk to investors with long-term goals willing to bear the risks of the stock market for potentially greater rewards. The Marshall Funds are managed by the investment professionals at M&I Investment Management Corp. (Adviser).

 

Risk/Return Summary of Mutual Funds

LOGO

 

Principal Risks of the Funds

 

Money Market Funds

 

Marshall Government Money Market Fund

Marshall Tax-Free Money Market Fund

Marshall Prime Money Market Fund

       Debt
Securities
Risks
   Government
Obligations
Risks
 

Municipal

Securities
Risks

  Management
Risks
Marshall Government
Money Market Fund
   ü    ü     ü
Marshall Tax-Free
Money Market Fund
   ü      ü   ü
Marshall Prime
Money Market Fund
   ü    ü     ü

A complete description of these risks can be found in the “Main Risks of Investing in the Marshall Funds” section.

 

RISK/RETURN SUMMARY    1


Table of Contents

LOGO

 

 

Money Market Funds

 

 

Marshall Government Money Market Fund

 

 

LOGO

Goal: To provide current income consistent with stability of principal.

 

Strategy: Fund assets are invested in high quality, short-term money market instruments. The Fund invests at least 80% of its assets in obligations issued and/or

guaranteed by the U.S. government or by its agencies or instrumentalities, and in repurchase agreements secured by such obligations. The Adviser uses a “bottom-up” approach, which evaluates debt securities against the context of broader market factors such as the cyclical trend in interest rates, the shape of the yield curve and debt security supply factors.

 

The Fund invests in the securities of U.S. government-sponsored entities, including the Federal Home Loan Banks (FHLBs), Federal National Mortgage Association (Fannie Mae) and Federal Home Loan Mortgage Corporation (Freddie Mac). Not all U.S. government-sponsored entities are backed by the full faith and credit of the U.S. government. For example, FHLBs are not backed by the full faith and credit of the U.S. government but are supported through federal loans or other benefits. The obligations of Fannie Mae and Freddie Mac, which have been placed into conservatorship by the Federal Housing Finance Agency (FHFA) until these entities have been restored to a solvent financial condition, are guaranteed by the U.S. government while these entities remain in conservatorship. The Fund also may invest in U.S. government-sponsored entities that are supported by the full faith and credit of the U.S. government, such as the Government National Mortgage Association (Ginnie Mae). Finally, the Fund may invest in governmental entities that have no explicit financial support from the U.S. government, but are regarded as having implied support because the U.S. government sponsors their activities. Such entities include the Farm Credit Administration and the Financing Corporation.

 

An investment in the Fund is not a deposit of M&I Marshall & Ilsley Bank or any of its affiliates and is not insured or guaranteed by the FDIC or any other government agency. Although the Fund seeks to preserve the value of your investment at $1.00 per share, it is possible to lose money by investing in the Fund. In addition, the Fund is subject to credit risks, interest rate risks, call risks and liquidity risks.

 

Fund Performance: The total return information shows historical performance of the Fund’s Investor Class shares and provides some indication of the risks of investing in the Fund. The bar chart shows how the Fund’s total returns have varied from year to year, as represented by the performance of Investor Class shares, while the table compares the average annual total returns of each class of the Fund to the returns of an index of funds with similar investment objectives and an average of money funds with similar objectives. Indices and averages are unmanaged and are not available for direct investment. Please keep in mind that past performance does not represent how the Fund will perform in the future. The information assumes that you reinvested all dividends and distributions and is presented for the Investor Class shares only, unless otherwise noted. The return information for the Institutional Class will vary.

 

Annual Total Returns (calendar years 2005-2007)

LOGO

 

The return for the Investor Class shares of the Fund from January 1, 2008 through September 30, 2008 was 1.82%.

 

Total Returns

Best quarter

   (4th quarter, 2006 )   1.24 %

Worst quarter

   (1st quarter, 2005 )   0.50 %

7-Day Net Yield

   (as of 12/31/07 ) (1)   4.27 %

 

Average Annual Total Returns through 12/31/07

 

      1 Year    Since
5/17/04
inception
Fund         

Investor Class

  4.85%    3.58%
LUSGMMFI (2)   4.55%    3.32%
INGMMI (3)   4.32%    3.15%
      1 Year    Since
5/28/04
inception
Fund         

Institutional Class

  5.11%    3.87%
LIUSGMMFI (4)   5.00%    3.46%
INGMMI (3)   4.32%    3.17%

 

(1) Investors may call the Fund to learn the current 7-Day Net Yield at 1-800-236-FUND (3863).

 

(2) The Lipper U.S. Government Money Market Funds Index (LUSGMMFI) is an average of the 30 largest mutual funds in this Lipper category. The LUSGMMFI reflects the deduction of expenses associated with mutual funds, such as investment management fees, but is not adjusted to reflect sales charges or taxes.

 

(3) The iMoneyNet Government Money Market Index (INGMMI) is an average of money funds with investment objectives similar to that of the Fund.

 

(4) The Lipper Institutional U.S. Government Money Market Funds Index (LIUSGMMFI) is an average of the 30 largest mutual funds in this Lipper category. The LIUSGMMFI reflects the deduction of expenses associated with mutual funds, such as investment management fees, but is not adjusted to reflect sales charges or taxes.

 

2    MONEY MARKET FUNDS


Table of Contents

LOGO

 

 

Money Market Funds (cont.)

 

 

Marshall Tax-Free Money Market Fund

 

 

LOGO

Goal: To provide current income exempt from federal income tax consistent with stability of principal.

 

Strategy: The Fund invests primarily in fixed and floating rate municipal bonds and notes, variable rate demand

instruments and other high-quality, short-term tax-exempt obligations maturing in 397 days or less. Under normal circumstances, the Fund invests its assets so that at least 80% of the annual interest income that the Fund distributes will be exempt from federal income tax, including federal alternative minimum tax (AMT).

 

To maintain principal preservation, the Adviser places a strict emphasis on credit research. Using fundamental analysis, the Adviser develops an approved list of issuers and securities that meet the Adviser’s standards for minimal credit risk. The Adviser continually monitors the credit risks of all portfolio securities on an ongoing basis by reviewing financial data and ratings of nationally recognized statistical rating organizations (NRSROs).

 

The Fund seeks to enhance yield by taking advantage of favorable changes in interest rates and reducing the effect of unfavorable changes in rates. In seeking to achieve this objective, the Adviser targets a dollar-weighted average portfolio maturity of 90 days or less based on its interest rate outlook. The interest rate outlook is developed by analyzing a variety of factors, such as current and expected U.S. economic growth; current and expected interest rates and inflation; and the Federal Reserve Board’s monetary policy. By developing an interest rate outlook and adjusting the portfolio’s maturity accordingly, the Adviser seeks to position the Fund to take advantage of yield enhancing opportunities.

 

An investment in the Fund is not a deposit of M&I Marshall & Ilsley Bank or any of its affiliates and is not insured or guaranteed by the FDIC or any other government agency. Although the Fund seeks to preserve the value of your investment at $1.00 per share, it is possible to lose money by investing in the Fund. In addition, the Fund is subject to credit risks, interest rate risks, call risks and liquidity risks. In addition to credit and interest rate risks, certain types of municipal bonds are subject to other risks based on many factors, including economic and regulatory developments, changes or proposed changes in the federal and state tax structure, deregulation, court rulings and other factors.

 

Fund Performance: The total return information shows historical performance of the Fund’s Investor Class shares and provides some indication of the risks of investing in the Fund. The bar chart shows how the Fund’s total returns have varied from year to year, while the table compares the Fund’s average annual total returns to the returns of an index of funds with similar investment objectives and an average of money funds with similar objectives. Indices and averages are unmanaged and are not available for direct investment. Please keep in mind that past performance does not represent how the Fund will perform in the future. The information assumes that you reinvested all dividends and distributions and is presented for the Investor Class shares only, unless otherwise noted. The return information for the Institutional Class will vary.

 

Annual Total Returns (calendar years 2005-2007)

LOGO

 

The return for Investor Class shares of the Fund from January 1, 2008 through September 30, 2008 was 1.72%.

 

Total Returns

Best quarter

   (3rd quarter, 2007 )   0.85 %

Worst quarter

   (1st quarter, 2005 )   0.36 %

7-Day Net Yield

   (as of 12/31/07 ) (1)   3.21 %

 

Average Annual Total Returns through 12/31/07

 

      1 Year   

Since

9/22/04
inception

Fund         

Investor Class

  3.35%    2.71%
LTEMMFI (2)   3.15%    2.52%
IMNTFNR (3)   3.13%    2.49%
      1 Year   

Since

6/29/05
inception

Fund         

Institutional Class

  3.61%    3.30%
LITEMMFI (4)   3.45%    2.98%
IMNTFNR (5)   3.13%    2.82%

 

(1) Investors may call the Fund to learn the current 7-Day Net Yield at 1-800-236-FUND (3863).

 

(2) The Lipper Tax Exempt Money Market Fund Index (LTEMMFI) is an average of the 30 largest mutual funds in this Lipper category. The LTEMMFI reflects the deduction of expenses associated with mutual funds, such as investment management fees, but is not adjusted to reflect sales charges or taxes.

 

(3) The iMoney Net Money Fund Report Tax-Free National Retail (IMNTFNR) is an average of money funds with investment objectives similar to that of the Fund.

 

(4) The Lipper Institutional Tax Exempt Money Market Funds Index (LITEMMFI) is an average of the 30 largest mutual funds in this Lipper category. The LITEMMFI reflects the deduction of expenses associated with mutual funds, such as investment management fees, but is not adjusted to reflect sales charges or taxes.

 

(5) The iMoney Net Money Fund Report Tax-Free National Retail (IMNTFNR) is an average of money funds with investment objectives similar to that of the Fund.

 

MONEY MARKET FUNDS    3


Table of Contents

LOGO

 

 

Money Market Funds (cont.)

 

 

Marshall Prime Money Market Fund

 

 

LOGO

Goal: To provide current income consistent with stability of principal.

 

Strategy: Fund assets are invested in high quality, short-term money market

instruments. The Adviser uses a “bottom-up” approach, which evaluates debt securities of individual companies against the context of broader market factors such as the cyclical trend in interest rates, the shape of the yield curve and debt security supply factors.

 

An investment in the Fund is not a deposit of M&I Marshall & Ilsley Bank or any of its affiliates and is not insured or guaranteed by the FDIC or any other government agency. Although the Fund seeks to preserve the value of your investment at $1.00 per share, it is possible to lose money by investing in the Fund. In addition, the Fund is subject to credit risks, interest rate risks and liquidity risks.

 

Fund Performance: The total return information shows historical performance of the Fund’s Investor Class shares and provides some indication of the risks of investing in the Fund. The bar chart shows how the Fund’s total returns have varied from year to year, while the table compares the Fund’s average annual total returns to the returns of an index of funds with similar investment objectives and an average of money funds with similar objectives. Indices and averages are unmanaged and are not available for direct investment. Please keep in mind that past performance does not represent how the Fund will perform in the future. The information assumes that you reinvested all dividends and distributions and is presented for the Investor Class shares only, unless otherwise noted. The return information for the other classes will vary.

 

Annual Total Returns (calendar years 1998-2007)

LOGO

 

The return for Investor Class shares of the Fund from January 1, 2008 through September 30, 2008 was 2.21%.

 

Total Returns

Best quarter

   (4th quarter, 2000 )   1.60 %

Worst quarter

   (1st quarter, 2004 )   0.17 %

7-Day Net Yield

   (as of 12/31/07 ) (1)   4.58 %

 

Average Annual Total Returns through 12/31/07

 

      1 Year    5 Year    10 Year
Fund              

Investor Class

  5.01%    2.89%    3.66%

Advisor Class

  4.70%    2.58%    3.36%
LMMFI (2)   4.77%    2.65%    3.41%
MFRA (3)   4.69%    2.65%    3.36%
      1 Year    5 Year    Since
4/3/00
inception
Fund              

Institutional Class

  5.27%    3.15%    3.45%
LIMMFI (4)   5.26%    3.11%    2.99%
MFRA (3)   4.69%    2.65%    2.89%

 

 

(1) Investors may call the Fund to learn the current 7-Day Net Yield at 1-800-236-FUND (3863).

 

(2) The Lipper Money Market Funds Index (LMMFI) is an average of the 30 largest mutual funds in this Lipper category. The LMMFI reflects the deduction of expenses associated with mutual funds, such as investment management fees, but is not adjusted to reflect sales charges or taxes.

 

(3) The iMoneyNet Money Fund Report Averages™ (MFRA) is an average of money funds with investment objectives similar to that of the Fund.

 

(4) The Lipper Institutional Money Market Funds Index (LIMMFI) is an average of the 30 largest mutual funds in this Lipper category. The LIMMFI reflects the deduction of expenses associated with mutual funds, such as investment management fees, but is not adjusted to reflect sales charges or taxes.

 

4    MONEY MARKET FUNDS


Table of Contents

LOGO

 

 

Fees and Expenses of the Funds–Investor Class

 

 

This table describes the fees and expenses that you may pay if you buy and hold Investor Class shares of the Funds.

      Government Money
Market
  Tax-Free Money
Market
  Prime Money
Market

Shareholder Fees (fees paid directly from your investment)

     

Maximum Sales Charge (Load) Imposed (as a percentage of offering price)

  None   None   None

Annual Fund Operating Expenses

     

(expenses deducted from and expressed as a percentage of the Fund’s net assets)

   

Management Fee (1)

  0.20%   0.20%   0.15%

Distribution (12b-1) Fee

  None   None   None

Other Expenses (2)

  0.35%   0.34%   0.31%
   

Total Annual Fund Operating Expenses (3)

  0.55%   0.54%   0.46%
   

 

(1) The Fund and the Adviser have implemented a fee reduction schedule for these Funds’ investment advisory fees. The investment advisory fees charged to a Fund will decline as Fund assets grow. See “Marshall Funds, Inc. Information—Advisory Fees.”

 

(2) Includes a shareholder servicing fee of 0.25%. “Other expenses” do not include fees of 0.01% for initial participation and 0.015% for continued participation in the United States Department of the Treasury (the “U.S. Treasury”) Temporary Guarantee Program (the “Guarantee Program”). See “Main Risks of Investing in the Marshall Funds—U.S. Treasury Temporary Guarantee Program.”

 

(3) Although not contractually obligated to do so, the Adviser and other service providers waived certain fees payable by the Funds, excluding fees paid for participation in the Guarantee Program, and may waive certain amounts in the future. The net expenses the GOVERNMENT MONEY MARKET FUND, TAX-FREE MONEY MARKET FUND and PRIME MONEY MARKET FUND actually paid for the fiscal year ended August 31, 2008 are shown below.

 

    Government Money
Market
  Tax-Free Money
Market
  Prime Money
Market

Total Annual Fund Operating Expenses (after fee reductions and waivers)

  0.45%   0.45%   0.45%
   

The purpose of this table is to assist an investor in understanding the various costs and expenses that a shareholder of a Fund will bear either directly or indirectly. Marshall & Ilsley Trust Company, an affiliate of the Adviser, and its affiliates receive advisory, custodial, shareholder services and administrative fees for the services they provide to the Funds or shareholders, as applicable. For more complete descriptions of the various costs and expenses, see “Marshall Funds, Inc. Information.” Wire-transferred redemptions may be subject to an additional fee.

 

Example

This example is intended to help you compare the cost of investing in a Fund with the cost of investing in other funds. The example assumes that you invest $10,000 in a Fund for the time periods indicated and then redeem all of your shares at the end of those periods. The example also assumes that your investment has a 5% return each year and that the Fund’s operating expenses are before waivers as shown in the table and remain the same. Although your actual costs and returns may be higher or lower, based on these assumptions your costs would be:

 

      Government Money
Market
  Tax-Free Money
Market
  Prime Money
Market

1 Year

  $ 56   $ 55   $ 47

3 Years

  $ 176   $ 173   $ 148

5 Years

  $ 307   $ 302   $ 258

10 Years

  $ 689   $ 677   $ 579

The above example should not be considered a representation of past or future expenses. Actual expenses may be greater than those shown.

 

FEES AND EXPENSES OF THE FUNDS–INVESTOR CLASS    5


Table of Contents

 

 

Fees and Expenses of the Funds–Advisor Class

 

 

This table describes the fees and expenses that you may pay if you buy and hold Advisor Class shares of the PRIME MONEY MARKET FUND.

Shareholder Fees (fees paid directly from your investment)

  

Maximum Sales Charge (Load) Imposed (as a percentage of offering price)

   None

Annual Fund Operating Expenses

  

(expenses deducted from and expressed as a percentage of the Fund’s net assets)

  

Management Fee (1)

   0.15%

Distribution (12b-1) Fee

   0.30%

Other Expenses (2)

   0.31%
    

Total Annual Fund Operating Expenses (3)

   0.76%
    

 

(1) The Fund and the Adviser have implemented a fee reduction schedule for this Fund’s investment advisory fees. The investment advisory fees charged to the Fund will decline as Fund assets grow. See “Marshall Funds, Inc. Information—Advisory Fees.”

 

(2) Includes a shareholder servicing fee of 0.25%. “Other expenses” do not include fees of 0.01% for initial participation and 0.015% for continued participation in the Guarantee Program. See “Main Risks of Investing in the Marshall Funds—U.S. Treasury Temporary Guarantee Program.”

 

(3) Although not contractually obligated to do so, the Adviser and other service providers waived certain fees payable by the Fund, excluding fees paid for participation in the Guarantee Program, and may waive certain amounts in the future. The net expenses the Fund actually paid for the fiscal year ended August 31, 2008 are shown below.

 

Total Annual Fund Operating Expenses (after fee reductions and waivers)

   0.75%
    

The purpose of this table is to assist an investor in understanding the various costs and expenses that a shareholder of the Fund will bear either directly or indirectly. Marshall & Ilsley Trust Company, an affiliate of the Adviser, and its affiliates receive advisory, custodial, shareholder services and administrative fees for the services they provide to the Fund or shareholders, as applicable. For more complete descriptions of the various costs and expenses, see “Marshall Funds, Inc. Information.” Wire-transferred redemptions may be subject to an additional fee.

 

Example

This example is intended to help you compare the cost of investing in the Fund with the cost of investing in other funds. The example assumes that you invest $10,000 in the Fund for the time periods indicated and then redeem all of your shares at the end of those periods. The example also assumes that your investment has a 5% return each year and that the Fund’s operating expenses are before waivers as shown in the table and remain the same. Although your actual costs and returns may be higher or lower, based on these assumptions your costs would be:

 

1 Year

   $ 78

3 Years

   $ 243

5 Years

   $ 422

10 Years

   $ 942

The above example should not be considered a representation of past or future expenses. Your expenses will be less if you qualify to purchase shares at a reduced or no sales charge. Actual expenses may be greater than those shown.

 

6    FEES AND EXPENSES OF THE FUNDS–ADVISOR CLASS


Table of Contents

 

 

Fees and Expenses of the Funds–Institutional Class

 

 

This table describes the fees and expenses that you may pay if you buy and hold Institutional Class shares of the Funds.

      Government Money
Market
  Tax-Free Money
Market
  Prime Money
Market

Shareholder Fees (fees paid directly from your investment)

     

Maximum Sales Charge (Load) Imposed (as a percentage of offering price)

  None   None   None

Annual Fund Operating Expenses

     

(expenses deducted from and expressed as a percentage of the Fund’s net assets)

     

Management Fee (1)

  0.20%   0.20%   0.15%

Distribution (12b-1) Fee

  None   None   None

Other Expenses (2)

  0.10%   0.09%   0.06%
   

Total Annual Fund Operating Expenses (3)

  0.30%   0.29%   0.21%
   

 

(1) The Fund and the Adviser have implemented a fee reduction schedule for these Funds’ investment advisory fees. The investment advisory fees charged to a Fund will decline as Fund assets grow. See “Marshall Funds, Inc. Information—Advisory Fees.”

 

(2) “Other expenses” do not include fees of 0.01% for initial participation and 0.015% for continued participation in the Guarantee Program. See “Main Risks of Investing in the Marshall Funds—U.S. Treasury Temporary Guarantee Program.”

 

(3) Although not contractually obligated to do so, the Adviser and other service providers waived certain fees payable by the Fund, excluding fees paid for participation in the Guarantee Program, and may waive certain amounts in the future. The net expenses the GOVERNMENT MONEY MARKET FUND, TAX-FREE MONEY MARKET FUND and PRIME MONEY MARKET FUND actually paid for the fiscal year ended August 31, 2008 are shown below.

 

    Government Money
Market
  Tax-Free Money
Market
  Prime Money
Market

Total Actual Annual Fund Operating Expenses (after waivers)

  0.20%   0.20%   0.20%
   

The purpose of this table is to assist an investor in understanding the various costs and expenses that a shareholder of a Fund will bear either directly or indirectly. Marshall & Ilsley Trust Company, an affiliate of the Adviser, and its affiliates receive advisory, custodial, and administrative fees for the services they provide to the Funds or shareholders, as applicable. For more complete descriptions of the various costs and expenses, see “Marshall Funds, Inc. Information.” Wire-transferred redemptions may be subject to an additional fee.

 

Example

This example is intended to help you compare the cost of investing in a Fund with the cost of investing in other funds. The example assumes that you invest $10,000 in a Fund for the time periods indicated and then redeem all of your shares at the end of those periods. The example also assumes that your investment has a 5% return each year and that the Fund’s operating expenses are before waivers as shown in the table and remain the same. Although your actual costs and returns may be higher or lower, based on these assumptions your costs would be:

 

      Government Money
Market Fund
  Tax-Free Money
Market Fund
  Prime Money
Market Fund

1 Year

  $ 31   $ 30   $ 22

3 Years

  $ 97   $ 93   $ 68

5 Years

  $ 169   $ 163   $ 118

10 Years

  $ 381   $ 368   $ 268

The above example should not be considered a representation of past or future expenses. Actual expenses may be greater than those shown.

 

FEES AND EXPENSES OF THE FUNDS–INSTITUTIONAL CLASS    7


Table of Contents

LOGO

 

 

Main Risks of Investing in the Marshall Funds

 

 

Please see “Risk/Return Summary—Principal Risks of the Funds” for a summary of the risks that are relevant to each Fund.

 

Debt Securities Risks. Debt securities are subject to interest rate risks, credit risks, call risks and liquidity risks, which are more fully described below. Fixed income markets are experiencing greater volatility due to recent market events as noted below.

 

Interest Rate Risks. Prices of fixed income securities rise and fall in response to changes in the interest rate paid by similar securities. Generally, when interest rates rise, prices of fixed income securities fall. However, market factors, such as the demand for particular fixed income securities, may cause the price of certain fixed income securities to fall while the prices of other securities rise or remain unchanged. Interest rate changes have a greater effect on the price of fixed income securities with longer durations. Duration measures the price sensitivity of a fixed income security to changes in interest rates.

 

Credit Risks. Credit risk is the possibility that an issuer will default on a security by failing to pay interest or principal when due. If an issuer defaults, a Fund may lose money.

 

Many fixed income securities receive credit ratings from services such as Standard & Poor’s and Moody’s Investors Service. These services assign ratings to securities by assessing the likelihood of issuer default. Lower credit ratings correspond to higher credit risk. If a security has not received a rating, the Fund must rely entirely upon the Adviser’s credit assessment.

 

Fixed income securities generally compensate for greater credit risk by paying interest at a higher rate. The difference between the yield of a security and the yield of a U.S. Treasury security with a comparable maturity (the spread) measures the additional interest paid for risk. Spreads may increase generally in response to adverse economic or market conditions. A security’s spread may also increase if the security’s rating is lowered, or the security is perceived to have an increased credit risk. An increase in the spread will cause the price of the security to decline.

 

Credit risk includes the possibility that a party to a transaction involving a Fund will fail to meet its obligations. This could cause the Fund to lose the benefit of the transaction or prevent the Fund from selling or buying other securities to implement its investment strategy. Credit markets are currently experiencing greater volatility due to recent market events as noted below.

 

Investment Ratings. When the Funds invest in investment grade bonds or other debt securities or convertible securities, some may be rated in the lowest investment grade category (i.e., BBB or Baa). Bonds rated BBB by Standard & Poor’s or Baa by Moody’s Investors Service have speculative characteristics. The Adviser will determine the credit quality of unrated bonds, which may have greater risk (but a potentially higher yield) than comparably rated bonds. If a bond is downgraded, the Adviser will re-evaluate the bond and determine whether the bond should be retained or sold. The securities in which the Funds invest must be rated in one of the two highest short-term rating categories by one or more NRSROs or be determined by the Adviser to be of comparable quality to securities having such ratings.

 

Call Risks. Some of the securities in which a Fund invests may be redeemed by the issuer before maturity (or “called”). This will most likely happen when interest rates are declining. If this occurs, the Fund may have to reinvest the proceeds in securities that pay a lower interest rate, which may decrease the Fund’s yield.

 

Liquidity Risks. Trading opportunities are more limited for fixed income securities that have not received any credit ratings, have received ratings below investment grade or are not widely held. These features may make it more difficult to sell or buy a security at a favorable price or time. Consequently, a Fund may have to accept a lower price to sell a security, sell other securities to raise cash or give up an investment opportunity, any of which could have a negative effect on the Fund’s performance. Infrequent trading of securities may also lead to an increase in their price volatility.

 

Liquidity risk also refers to the possibility that a Fund may not be able to sell a security or close out an investment contract

 

8    INVESTING RISKS


Table of Contents

LOGO

 

 

Main Risks of Investing in the Marshall Funds (cont.)

 

 

when it wants to. If this happens, the Fund will be required to continue to hold the security or keep the position open, and the Fund could incur losses. As noted below, recent market events have caused the markets for some of the securities in which the Funds invest to experience reduced liquidity.

 

Government Obligations Risks. For the Funds’ investments in securities issued or guaranteed by the U.S. government, its agencies and instrumentalities, no assurance can be given that the U.S. government will provide financial support to U.S. government-sponsored agencies or instrumentalities where it is not obligated to do so by law. As a result, there is risk that these entities will default on a financial obligation. For instance, securities issued by Ginnie Mae are supported by the full faith and credit of the U.S. government. Securities issued by Fannie Mae and Freddie Mac have historically been supported only by the discretionary authority of the U.S. government. However, obligations of Fannie Mae and Freddie Mac are guaranteed obligations of the U.S. government while these entities remain in conservatorship by the FHFA. Securities issued by the Student Loan Marketing Association (Sallie Mae) are supported only by the credit of that agency.

 

Municipal Securities Risks. An investment in the TAX-FREE MONEY MARKET FUND will be affected by municipal securities risks, which include credit risks, interest rate risks, call risks and liquidity risks. Certain types of municipal bonds are subject to other risks based on many factors, including economic and regulatory developments, changes or proposed changes in the federal and state tax structure, deregulation, court rulings and other factors. Local political and economic factors may also adversely affect the value and liquidity of municipal securities held by this Fund. The value of municipal securities may be affected more by supply and demand factors or the creditworthiness of the issuer than by market interest rates. Repayment of municipal securities depends on the ability of the issuer or project backing such securities to generate taxes or revenues. There is a risk that the interest on an otherwise tax-exempt municipal security may be subject to federal income tax.

 

Management Risks. The Adviser’s judgments about the attractiveness, value and potential appreciation of the Funds’ investments may prove to be incorrect. Accordingly, there is no guarantee that the investment techniques used by the Funds’ managers will produce the desired results.

 

Recent Market Events. During 2008, U.S. and international markets experienced dramatic volatility. The securities markets have experienced substantially lower valuations, reduced liquidity, price volatility, credit downgrades, increased likelihood of default and valuation difficulties. As a result, many of the above risks may be increased. Continuing market problems may have adverse effects on the Funds.

 

U.S. Treasury Temporary Guarantee Program. On October 2, 2008, the Funds filed a Guarantee Agreement with the U.S. Treasury and have paid certain fees to participate in the Guarantee Program. The Board of Directors (the “Board”) determined that each Fund’s participation in the Guarantee Program was in the best interests of the Funds and their respective shareholders. Under the Guarantee Program, the U.S. Treasury will guarantee the share price of shares of a Fund held by shareholders as of September 19, 2008 at $1.00 per share if a Fund’s net asset value per share falls below $0.995 (a “Guarantee Event”) during the coverage period and a Fund is required to liquidate. The Guarantee Program is subject to certain conditions and limitations, including that the guarantee is for the lesser of: (a) the number of Fund shares owned by the shareholder at the close of business on September 19, 2008; or (b) the number of Fund shares owned by the shareholder on the date of a Guarantee Event. Each Fund paid to participate in the Guarantee Program an initial fee equivalent to 0.01% of each Fund’s net assets (as of September 19, 2008) and an extension fee of 0.015% of each Fund’s net assets (as of September 19, 2008). Additional fees may be required to participate in future extensions. The fees paid to participate in the Guarantee Program are borne by all shares of each Fund, including those that are not eligible for protection under the Guarantee Program, and are treated as an extraordinary expense that is not subject to reimbursement under the Adviser’s voluntary expense waiver in effect for each Fund. The Guarantee Program has been extended beyond its initial term to April 30, 2009 and may be further extended to September 18, 2009.

 

INVESTING RISKS    9


Table of Contents

LOGO

 

 

Securities Descriptions

 

 

In implementing the Funds’ investment objectives, the Funds may invest in the following securities as part of the principal investment strategy. Some of these securities involve special risks, which are described under “Main Risks of Investing in the Marshall Funds.” The GOVERNMENT MONEY MARKET FUND, which has adopted a non-fundamental policy to invest at least 80% of its assets in U.S. government securities, will provide shareholders with at least 60 days’ notice of any change in this policy. The TAX-FREE MONEY MARKET FUND, which has adopted a fundamental policy to invest at least 80% of its assets in the type of securities suggested by its name, may only change this policy with shareholder approval.

 

       Marshall
Government Money
Market Fund
   Marshall Tax-Free
Money Market
Fund
   Marshall Prime
Money Market
Fund
Fixed Income Securities:                     
Corporate Debt Securities                  ü  
Fixed Rate Debt Securities    ü      ü      ü  
Floating Rate Debt Securities    ü      ü      ü  
Treasury Securities    ü             ü  
Municipal Notes           ü         
Municipal Securities           ü         
Commercial Paper           ü      ü  
Credit Enhancement           ü         
Demand Instruments           ü      ü  
Bank Instruments                  ü  
Funding Agreements                  ü  
Repurchase Agreements    ü             ü  
Agency Securities    ü             ü  
Tax-Exempt Securities           ü         
Variable Rate Demand Instruments           ü      ü  
U.S. Government Securities    ü             ü  

 

Agency Securities. Agency securities are issued or guaranteed by a federal agency or other government-sponsored entity acting under federal authority. Some government entities are supported by the full faith and credit of the United States. Such entities include Ginnie Mae, Small Business Administration, Farm Credit System Financial Assistance Corporation, Farmers Home Administration, Federal Financing Bank, General Services Administration, and Washington Metropolitan Area Transit Authority. Other government entities receive support through federal subsidies, loans or other benefits. Some government entities have no explicit financial support from the U.S. government, but are regarded as having implied support because the federal government sponsors their activities. Such entities include the Farm Credit Administration and the Financing Corporation. As noted previously, obligations of Fannie Mae and Freddie Mac are guaranteed by the U.S. government while these entities remain in conservatorship.

 

Bank Instruments. Bank instruments are unsecured interest-bearing deposits with banks. Bank instruments include bank accounts, time deposits, certificates of deposit and banker’s acceptances. Instruments denominated in U.S. dollars and issued by U.S. branches of foreign banks are referred to as Yankee dollar instruments. Instruments denominated in U.S. dollars and issued by non-U.S. branches of U.S. or foreign banks are commonly referred to as Eurodollar instruments.

 

Commercial Paper. Commercial paper represents an issuer’s obligation with a maturity of less than nine months. Companies typically issue commercial paper to pay for current expenditures. Most issuers constantly reissue their commercial paper and use the proceeds (or bank loans) to repay maturing paper. If the issuer cannot continue to obtain liquidity in this fashion, its commercial paper may default.

 

10    SECURITIES DESCRIPTIONS


Table of Contents

LOGO

 

 

Securities Descriptions (cont.)

 

 

The short maturity of commercial paper reduces both the interest rate and credit risks as compared to other debt securities of the same issuer.

 

Credit Enhancement. Credit enhancement consists of an arrangement in which a company agrees to pay amounts due on a fixed income security if the issuer defaults. In some cases the company providing credit enhancement makes all payments directly to the security holders and receives reimbursement from the issuer. Normally, the credit enhancer has greater financial resources and liquidity than the issuer. For this reason, the Adviser usually evaluates the credit risk of a fixed income security based solely upon its credit enhancement.

 

Demand Instruments. Demand instruments are corporate debt securities that the issuer must repay upon demand. Other demand instruments require a third party, such as a dealer or bank, to repurchase the security for its face value upon demand. The Adviser treats demand instruments as short-term securities, even though their stated maturity may extend beyond one year.

 

Fixed Income Securities. Fixed income securities pay interest, dividends or distributions at a specified rate. The rate may be a fixed percentage of the principal or adjusted periodically. In addition, the issuer of a fixed income security must repay the principal amount of the security, normally within a specified time. Fixed income securities provide more regular income than equity securities. However, the returns on fixed income securities are limited and normally do not increase with the issuer’s earnings. This limits the potential appreciation of fixed income securities as compared to equity securities.

 

A security’s yield measures the annual income earned on a security as a percentage of its price. A security’s yield will increase or decrease depending upon whether it costs less (a discount) or more (a premium) than the principal amount. If the issuer may redeem the security before its scheduled maturity, the price and yield on a discount or premium security may change based upon the probability of an early redemption. Securities with higher risks generally have higher yields.

 

The following describes the types of fixed income securities in which the Funds may invest:

 

Corporate Debt Securities. Corporate debt securities are fixed income securities issued by businesses. Notes, bonds, debentures and commercial paper are the most prevalent types of corporate debt securities. The credit risks of corporate debt securities vary widely among issuers.

 

Fixed Rate Debt Securities. Debt securities that pay a fixed interest rate over the life of the security and have a long-term maturity may have many characteristics of short-term debt. For example, the market may treat fixed rate/long-term securities as short-term debt when a security’s market price is close to the call or redemption price, or if the security is approaching its maturity date when the issuer is more likely to call or redeem the debt.

 

As interest rates change, the market prices of fixed rate debt securities are generally more volatile than the prices of floating rate debt securities. As interest rates rise, the prices of fixed rate debt securities fall, and as interest rates fall, the prices of fixed rate debt securities rise. For example, a bond that pays a fixed interest rate of 10% is more valuable to investors when prevailing interest rates are lower; therefore, this value is reflected in a higher price, or a premium. Conversely, if interest rates are over 10%, the bond is less attractive to investors, and sells at a lower price, or a discount.

 

Floating Rate Debt Securities. The interest rate paid on floating rate debt securities is reset periodically (e.g., every 90 days) to a predetermined index rate. Commonly used indices include: 90-day or 180-day Treasury bill rate; one month or three month London Interbank Offered Rate (LIBOR); commercial paper rates; or the prime rate of interest of a bank. The prices of floating rate debt securities are not as sensitive to changes in interest rates as fixed rate debt securities because they behave like shorter-term securities and their interest rate is reset periodically.

 

Funding Agreements. Funding Agreements (Agreements) are investment instruments issued by U.S. insurance

 

SECURITIES DESCRIPTIONS    11


Table of Contents

LOGO

 

 

Securities Descriptions (cont.)

 

 

companies. Pursuant to such Agreements, a Fund may make cash contributions to a deposit fund of the insurance company’s general or separate accounts. The insurance company then credits guaranteed interest to a Fund. The insurance company may assess periodic charges against an Agreement for expense and service costs allocable to it, and the charges will be deducted from the value of the deposit fund. The purchase price paid for an Agreement becomes part of the general assets of the issuer. A Fund will only purchase Agreements from issuers that meet quality and credit standards established by the Adviser. Generally, Agreements are not assignable or transferable without the permission of the issuing insurance companies, and an active secondary market in Agreements does not currently exist. Also, a Fund may not have the right to receive the principal amount of an Agreement from the insurance company on seven days’ notice or less. Therefore, Agreements are typically considered to be illiquid investments.

 

Municipal Notes. Municipal notes are short-term tax-exempt securities. Many municipalities issue such notes to fund their current operations before collecting taxes or other municipal revenues. Municipalities may also issue notes to fund capital projects prior to issuing long-term bonds. The issuers typically repay the notes at the end of their fiscal year, either with taxes, other revenues or proceeds from newly issued notes or bonds.

 

Municipal Securities. Municipal securities are fixed income securities issued by states, counties, cities and other political subdivisions and authorities. Although many municipal securities are exempt from federal income tax, municipalities may also issue taxable securities in which the Funds may invest.

 

Repurchase Agreements. Repurchase agreements are transactions in which a Fund buys a security from a dealer or bank and agrees to sell the security back at a mutually agreed upon time and price. The repurchase price exceeds the sale price, reflecting a Fund’s return on the transaction. This return is unrelated to the interest rate on the underlying security. A Fund will enter into repurchase agreements only with banks and other recognized financial institutions, such as securities dealers, deemed creditworthy by the Adviser. The Fund’s custodian will take possession of the securities subject to repurchase agreements. The Adviser and custodian will monitor the value of the underlying security each day to

 

ensure that the value of the security always equals or exceeds the repurchase price. Repurchase agreements are subject to credit risks.

 

Tax-Exempt Securities. Tax-exempt securities are fixed income securities that pay interest that is not subject to regular federal income taxes. Fixed income securities pay interest, dividends and distributions at a specified rate. The rate may be a fixed percentage of the principal or adjusted periodically. In addition, the issuer of a fixed income security must repay the principal amount of the security, normally within a specified time.

 

Typically, states, counties, cities and other political subdivisions and authorities issue tax-exempt securities. Other issuers include industrial and economic development authorities, school and college authorities, housing authorities, healthcare facility authorities, municipal utilities, transportation authorities and other public agencies. The market categorizes tax-exempt securities by their source of repayment.

 

Treasury Securities. Treasury securities are direct obligations of the federal government of the United States. Treasury securities are generally regarded as having the lowest credit risks.

 

U.S. Government Securities. U.S. government securities include direct obligations of the U.S. government, including U.S. Treasury bills, notes, and bonds of varying maturities, and those issued or guaranteed by various U.S. government agencies and instrumentalities. Some U.S. government securities are backed by the full faith and credit of the U.S. government with respect to the timely payment of principal and interest. Others are supported only by the discretionary authority of the U.S. government. Certain others are supported only by the credit of that agency.

 

Variable Rate Demand Instruments. Variable rate demand instruments are securities that require the issuer or a third party, such as a dealer or bank, to repurchase the security for its face value upon demand. The securities also pay interest at a variable rate intended to cause the securities to trade at their face value. The Funds treat demand instruments as short-term securities, because their variable interest rate adjusts in response to changes in market rates, even though their stated maturity may extend beyond 397 days.

 

12    SECURITIES DESCRIPTIONS


Table of Contents

LOGO

 

 

How to Buy Shares

 

 

Who Can Invest in the Marshall Funds? Only adult U.S. citizens or residents or a U.S. entity with a valid U.S. tax identification (social security or employer identification) number may invest in the Marshall Funds. You may not place transactions in your account for the benefit of any person other than yourself (except for a transfer of shares to another account). If the Funds determine that the registered owner of an account has permitted another person or entity who is not the registered or beneficial owner of the account to hold shares through that account, the Funds may reject future purchases in that account and any related accounts.

 

Shares of the Funds are qualified for sale only in the U.S. and its territories and possessions. The Marshall Funds generally do not sell shares to investors residing outside the U.S., even if they are U.S. citizens or lawful permanent residents, except to investors with U.S. military APO or FPO addresses.

 

When Can Shares Be Purchased? You can buy shares of the Funds on any day the Federal Reserve Bank of New York (the “Federal Reserve”) is open for business and, alternatively, on any day the U.S. government securities markets are open and the Fund managers determine sufficient liquidity exists in those markets. The Federal Reserve is closed on most national holidays, including Columbus Day and Veterans Day.

 

When you deliver your transaction request in proper form and it is accepted by the Marshall Funds, or its authorized agent, your transaction is processed at the next determined net asset value (NAV). The NAV for the TAX-FREE MONEY MARKET FUND is determined daily at 11:00 a.m. (Central Time). The NAV for the PRIME MONEY MARKET FUND and GOVERNMENT MONEY MARKET FUND is determined daily at 4:00 p.m. (Central Time). For purchase orders for the GOVERNMENT MONEY MARKET FUND and PRIME MONEY MARKET FUND that are received after 3:00 p.m. but before 4:00 p.m. (Central Time), Marshall Investor Services (MIS) will use its best efforts to accept and process such purchase orders that day; however, there is no guarantee that MIS will be able to do so. All purchase orders received in proper form and accepted by the time a Fund’s NAV is calculated will receive that day’s NAV, regardless of when the order is processed. If the U.S. government securities markets close early, the Funds reserve the right to determine their NAV at earlier times under those circumstances.

 

How is NAV Calculated? A Fund’s NAV per share is the value of a single share. It is computed by totaling the shares’ pro rata share of the value of the Fund’s investments, cash and other assets, subtracting the shares’ pro rata share of the value of the Fund’s general liabilities and the liabilities specifically allocated to the shares, then dividing the result by the number of shares outstanding. For purpose of calculating the NAV, securities transactions and shareholder transactions are accounted for no later than one business day after the trade date. In determining the NAV for the Funds, the amortized cost method to value portfolio securities is used in accordance with Rule 2a-7 under the Investment Company Act of 1940.

 

What Is the Investment Minimum? To open an account with the Funds, your first investment must be at least $1,000 for Investor Class and Advisor Class shares, and $10 million for Institutional Class shares. Subsequent investments must be at least $50 for Investor Class and Advisor Class shares, and $100,000 for Institutional Class shares. An account may be opened with a smaller amount as long as the minimum is reached within 90 days. An institutional investor’s minimum investment is calculated by combining all accounts it maintains with the Funds. In special circumstances, these minimums may be waived or lowered at the Funds’ discretion. Call your Authorized Dealer for any additional limitations.

 

How Do I Purchase Shares? You may purchase shares through a broker/dealer, investment professional or financial institution (Authorized Dealers). Some Authorized Dealers may charge a transaction fee for this service. You may also purchase shares directly from the Funds by the methods described below under the “Fund Purchase Easy Reference Table” and sending your payment to the Funds by check or wire. Trust customers of Marshall & Ilsley Trust Company (M&I Trust) may purchase shares by contacting their trust account officer. In connection with opening an account, you will be requested to provide information that will be used by the Funds to verify your identity, as described in more detail under “Important Information About Procedures for Opening a New Account” below. If you purchase shares of a Fund through a program of services offered or administered by an Authorized Dealer or other service provider, you should read

 

HOW TO BUY SHARES    13


Table of Contents

LOGO

 

 

How to Buy Shares (cont.)

 

 

the program materials, including information relating to fees, in conjunction with the Fund’s Prospectus. Certain features of a Fund may not be available or may be modified in connection with the program of services provided.

 

Once you have opened an account, you may purchase additional Fund shares by contacting MIS at 1-800-236-FUND (3863) with respect to Investor Class and Institutional Class shares and 1-800-580-FUND (3863) with respect to Advisor Class shares if you have pre-authorized the telephone purchase privilege.

 

Each Fund reserves the right to reject any purchase request. It is the responsibility of MIS, any Authorized Dealer, or other service provider that has entered into an agreement with a Fund, its distributor, or its administrative or shareholder services agent to promptly submit purchase orders to the Fund.

 

You are not the owner of Fund shares (and therefore will not receive distributions) until payment for the shares is received in “good funds.” Wires are generally “good funds” on the day received and checks are “good funds” when deposited with the Funds’ custodian, normally the next business day after receipt. Checks sent to the Marshall Funds to purchase shares must be made payable to the “Marshall Funds.”

 

Important Information About Procedures for Opening a New Account. The Funds are required to comply with various anti-money laundering laws and regulations. To help the government fight the funding of terrorism and money laundering activities, federal law requires all financial institutions, including mutual funds, to obtain, verify and record information that identifies each person who opens an account. Consequently, when you open an account, the Funds must obtain certain personal information, including your full name, address, date of birth, social security number and other information that will allow the Funds to identify you. The Funds may also ask for other identifying documents or information.

 

If you do not provide this information, the Funds may be unable to open an account for you and your purchase order will not be in proper form. In the event the Funds are unable to verify your identity from the information provided, the Funds may, without prior notice to you, close your account within five business days and redeem your shares at the NAV next determined after the account is closed. Any delay in processing your order due to your failure to provide all required information will affect the purchase price you receive for your shares. The Funds are not liable for fluctuations in value experienced as a result of such delays in processing. If at any time the Funds detect suspicious behavior or if certain account information matches government lists of suspicious persons, the Funds may determine not to open an account, may reject additional purchases, may close an existing account, may file a suspicious activity report or may take other appropriate action.

 

14    HOW TO BUY SHARES


Table of Contents

LOGO

 

 

Fund Purchase Easy Reference Table

 

 

  

Minimum Investments

LOGO

   Investor Class and Advisor Class
  

•   To open an account–$1,000

  

•   To add to an account (including through a Systematic Investment Program)–$50

   Institutional Class
  

•   To open an Account–$10 million

  

•   To add to an Account–$100,000

 

  

Phone 1-800-236-FUND (3863) (Investor Class and Institutional Class)

Phone 1-800-580-FUND (3863) (Advisor Class)

LOGO

 

  

•   Contact MIS.

  

•   Complete an application for a new account.

  

•   Once you have opened an account and if you authorized telephone privileges on your account application or by subsequently completing an authorization form, you may purchase additional shares or exchange shares from another Marshall Fund having an identical shareholder registration.

 

  

Mail

LOGO

 

  

•   To open an account, send your completed account application and check payable to “Marshall Funds” to the following address:

  

Marshall Investor Services

P.O. Box 1348

Milwaukee, WI 53201-1348

  

•   To add to your existing Fund account, send in your check, payable to “Marshall Funds,” to the same address. Indicate your Fund account number on the check.

 

  

In Person

LOGO

 

  

•   Bring in your completed account application (for new accounts) and a check payable to “Marshall Funds” Monday – Friday, 8:00 a.m. – 5:00 p.m. (Central Time), to:

  

Marshall Investor Services

111 East Kilbourn Avenue, Suite 200

Milwaukee, WI 53202

 

HOW TO BUY SHARES    15


Table of Contents

LOGO

 

 

Fund Purchase Easy Reference Table (cont.)

 

 

  

Wire

  

•    Notify MIS and request wire instructions at 1-800-236-FUND (3863) (Investor Class) or 1-800-580-FUND (3863) (Advisor Class).

LOGO

  

•    If a new account, fax completed application to MIS at 1-414-287-8511.

  

•    Mail a completed account application to the Fund at the address above under “Mail.”

  

•    Your bank may charge a fee for wiring funds. Wire orders are accepted only on days when the Funds and the Federal Reserve wire system are open for business.

 

LOGO

  

Systematic Investment Program—Investor Class and Advisor Class Only

  

•    You can have money automatically withdrawn from your checking account ($50 minimum) on predetermined dates and invest it in a Fund at the next Fund share price determined after MIS receives the order.

  

•    The $1,000 minimum investment requirement is waived for investors purchasing shares through the Systematic Investment Program.

  

•    Call MIS at 1-800-236-FUND (3863) (Investor Class) or 1-800-580-FUND (3863) (Advisor Class) to apply for this program.

 

  

Marshall Funds OnLine SM —Investor Class Only

LOGO

  

•    You may purchase Fund shares via the Internet through Marshall Funds OnLine SM at http://www.marshallfunds.com. See “Fund Transactions Through Marshall Funds OnLine SM ” in the Account and Share Information section.

 

LOGO

  

Additional Information About Checks and Automated Clearing House (ACH) Transactions Used to Purchase Shares—Investor Class and Advisor Class Only

  

•    If your check or ACH purchase does not clear, your purchase will be canceled and you will be charged a $15 fee and held liable for any losses incurred by the Fund.

  

•    If you purchase shares by check or ACH, you may not be able to receive proceeds from a redemption for up to seven days

  

•    All checks should be made payable to “Marshall Funds.”

  

•    The maximum ACH purchase amount is $100,000.

 

16    HOW TO BUY SHARES


Table of Contents

LOGO

 

 

How to Redeem and Exchange Shares

 

 

How Do I Redeem Shares? You may redeem your Fund shares by several methods, described below under the “Fund Redemption Easy Reference Table.” You should note that redemptions will be made only on days when a Fund computes its NAV. When your redemption request is received in proper form, it is processed at the next determined NAV.

 

Trust customers of M&I Trust should contact their account officer to make redemption requests. Telephone or written requests for redemptions must be received in proper form as described below and can be made through MIS or any Authorized Dealer. It is the responsibility of MIS, any Authorized Dealer or other service provider to promptly submit redemption requests to a Fund.

 

Redemption requests for the GOVERNMENT MONEY MARKET FUND and PRIME MONEY MARKET FUND must be accepted by 4:00 p.m. (Central Time) for shares to be redeemed at that day’s NAV. Redemption requests for the TAX-FREE MONEY MARKET FUND must be accepted by 11:00 a.m. (Central Time) for shares to be redeemed at that day’s NAV. For redemption requests for the GOVERNMENT MONEY MARKET FUND and PRIME MONEY MARKET FUND that are received after 3:00 p.m. but before 4:00 p.m. (Central Time), MIS will use its best efforts to accept and process such redemption requests that day; however, there is no guarantee that MIS will be able to do so. All redemption requests received in proper form and accepted by the time a Fund’s NAV is calculated will receive that day’s NAV, regardless of when the request is processed. Redemption proceeds will normally be mailed, or wired if by written request, the following business day, but in no event more than seven days, after the request is made.

 

Will I Be Charged a Fee for Redemptions? You may be charged a transaction fee if you redeem Fund shares through an Authorized Dealer or other service provider (other than MIS or M&I Trust), or if you are redeeming by wire. Consult your Authorized Dealer or service provider for more information, including applicable fees.

 

Fund Redemption Easy Reference Table

 

 

LOGO

  

Phone 1-800-236-FUND (3863) (Investor Class and Institutional Class)

Phone 1-800-580-FUND (3863) (Advisor Class)

  

•   Contact MIS.

  

•   If you have authorized the telephone redemption privilege in your account application or by a subsequent authorization form, you may redeem shares by telephone. If you are a customer of an Authorized Dealer, you must contact your account representative.

  

•   Not available to retirement accounts, for which redemptions must be done in writing.

 

  

Mail

LOGO

  

•   Send in your written request to the following address, indicating your name, the Fund name, your account number, and the number of shares or the dollar amount you want to redeem to:

  

Marshall Investor Services

P.O. Box 1348

Milwaukee, WI 53201-1348

  

•   If you want to redeem shares held in certificate form, you must properly endorse the share certificates and send them by registered or certified mail. Additional documentation may be required from corporations, executors, administrators, trustees or guardians.

  

•   For additional assistance, call MIS at 1-800-236-FUND (3863) (Investor Class and Institutional Class) or 1-800-580-FUND (3863) (Advisor Class).

 

HOW TO REDEEM AND EXCHANGE SHARES    17


Table of Contents

LOGO

 

 

Fund Redemption Easy Reference Table (cont.)

 

 

  

In Person

LOGO

  

•    Bring in your completed account application (for new accounts) and a check payable to “Marshall Funds” Monday – Friday, 8:00 a.m. – 5:00 p.m. (Central Time), to:

  

Marshall Investor Services

111 East Kilbourn Avenue, Suite 200

Milwaukee, WI 53202

  

•    The proceeds from the redemptions will be sent to you in the form of a check or by wire.

 

  

Wire/Electronic Transfer

LOGO

  

•    Upon written request, redemption proceeds can be directly deposited by Electronic Funds Transfer or wired directly to a domestic commercial bank previously designated by you in your account application or by subsequent form.

  

•    Wires of redemption proceeds will only be made on days on which the Funds and the Federal Reserve wire system are open for business.

  

•    Wire-transferred redemptions may be subject to an additional fee imposed by the bank receiving the wire.

 

  

Systematic Investment Program—Investor Class and Advisor Class Only

LOGO

  

•    If you have a Fund account balance of at least $10,000, you can have predetermined amounts of at least $100 automatically redeemed from your Fund account on predetermined dates on a monthly or quarterly basis.

  

•    Contact MIS to apply for this program.

 

  

Marshall Funds OnLine SM —Investor Class and Advisor Class Only

LOGO

  

•    You may redeem Fund shares via the Internet through Marshall Funds OnLine SM at http://www.marshallfunds.com. See “Fund Transactions Through Marshall Funds OnLine SM ” in the Account and Share Information section.

 

  

Checkwriting

LOGO

  

•    You can redeem shares of a Fund by writing a check in an amount of at least $250. You must have completed the checkwriting section of your account application and the attached signature card, or have completed a subsequent application form. The Fund will then provide you with the checks.

  

•    Your check is treated as a redemption order for Fund shares equal to the amount of the check.

  

•    A check for an amount in excess of your available Fund account balance will be returned marked “insufficient funds.”

  

•    Checks cannot be used to close your Fund account balance.

  

•    Checks deposited or cashed through foreign banks or financial institutions may be subject to local bank charges.

 

18    HOW TO REDEEM AND EXCHANGE SHARES


Table of Contents

LOGO

 

 

Additional Conditions for Redemptions

 

 

Signature Guarantees. In the following instances, you must have a signature guarantee on written redemption requests:

 

 

when you want a redemption to be sent to an address other than the one you have on record with a Fund;

 

 

when you want the redemption payable to someone other than the shareholder of record; or

 

 

when your redemption is to be sent to an address of record that was changed within the last 30 days.

 

Your signature can be guaranteed by any federally insured financial institution (such as a bank or credit union) or a broker/dealer that is a domestic stock exchange member, but not by a notary public.

 

Limitations on Redemption Proceeds. Redemption proceeds normally are wired or mailed (except the Institutional Class shares’ redemption proceeds, which are only wired) within one business day after accepting a request in proper form. However, delivery of payment may be delayed up to seven days:

 

 

to allow your purchase payment to clear;

 

 

during periods of market volatility; or

 

 

when a shareholder’s trade activity or amount adversely impacts a Fund’s ability to manage its assets.

 

You will not accrue interest or dividends on uncashed checks from a Fund. If those checks are undeliverable and returned to a Fund, the proceeds will be reinvested in shares of the Funds that were redeemed.

 

Corporate Resolutions. Corporations, trusts and institutional organizations are required to furnish evidence of the authority of persons designated on the account application to effect transactions on behalf of the organizations.

 

Redemption in Kind. The Funds have reserved the right to pay the redemption price in whole or in part by a distribution of a Fund’s portfolio securities. This means that the Funds are obligated to pay share redemptions to any one shareholder in cash only up to the lesser of $250,000 or 1% of a Fund’s net assets represented by such share class during any 90-day period. Generally, any share redemption payment greater than this amount will be paid in cash unless the Adviser determines that payment should be in kind.

 

Exchange Privilege. You may exchange shares of a Fund for the same class of shares of any of the other Marshall Funds free of charge (and, with respect to Advisor Class shares, if you have previously paid a sales charge), provided you meet the investment minimum of the Fund and you reside in a jurisdiction where Fund shares may be lawfully offered for sale. An exchange is treated as a redemption and a subsequent purchase, and is therefore a taxable transaction.

 

Signatures must be guaranteed if you request an exchange into another Fund with a different shareholder registration. The exchange privilege may be modified or terminated at any time.

 

Exchanges by Telephone. If you have completed the telephone authorization section on your account application or an authorization form obtained through MIS, you may telephone instructions to MIS to exchange between Fund accounts that have identical shareholder registrations. Customers of broker/dealers, financial institutions or service providers should contact their account representatives. Telephone exchange instructions must be received by the Funds (other than the TAX-FREE MONEY MARKET FUND) before the close of trading on the NYSE, generally 3:00 p.m. (Central Time), for shares to be exchanged at the NAV calculated that day and to receive a dividend of the Fund into which you exchange, if applicable, and before 11:00 a.m. (Central Time) with respect to the TAX-FREE MONEY MARKET FUND for shares to be exchanged at that day’s NAV and to receive a dividend of the Fund into which you exchange, if applicable.

 

The Funds will record your telephone instructions. The Funds will not be liable for losses due to unauthorized or fraudulent telephone instructions as long as reasonable security procedures are followed. You will be notified of changes to telephone transaction privileges.

 

Frequent Traders. The Funds’ management or the Adviser may determine from the amount, frequency and pattern of exchanges or redemptions that a shareholder is engaged in excessive trading that is detrimental to a Marshall Fund or its other shareholders. Such short-term or excessive trading into and out of a Fund may harm all shareholders by disrupting investment strategies, increasing brokerage, administrative

 

HOW TO REDEEM AND EXCHANGE SHARES    19


Table of Contents

LOGO

 

 

Additional Conditions for Redemptions (cont.)

 

 

and other expenses, decreasing tax efficiency and diluting the value of shares held by long-term shareholders.

 

The Board has approved policies that seek to discourage frequent purchases and redemptions and curb the disruptive effects of frequent trading (the Market Timing Policy). The Market Timing Policy does not apply to the MONEY MARKET FUNDS, which are typically used for cash management purposes and invest in highly liquid securities. However, the Adviser seeks to prevent the use of the MONEY MARKET FUNDS to facilitate frequent trading in other Marshall Funds in violation of the Market Timing Policy, as described in the applicable prospectus.

 

20    HOW TO REDEEM AND EXCHANGE SHARES


Table of Contents

LOGO

 

 

Account and Share Information

 

 

Fund Transactions Through Marshall Funds OnLine SM (Investor Class and Advisor Class Only). If you have previously established an account with a Fund and have signed an OnLine SM Agreement, you may purchase, redeem or exchange shares through the Marshall Funds’ Internet site at http://www.marshallfunds.com (the Web Site). You may also check your Fund account balance(s) and historical transactions through the Web Site. You cannot, however, establish a new Fund account through the Web Site—you may only establish a new Fund account under the methods described in the “How to Buy Shares” section.

 

Trust customers of M&I Trust should contact their account officer for information on the availability of transactions on the Web Site.

 

You should contact MIS at 1-800-236-FUND (3863) with respect to Investor Class shares or 1-800-580-FUND (3863) with respect to Advisor Class shares to get started. MIS will provide instructions on how to create and activate your Personal Identification Number (PIN). If you forget or lose your PIN number, contact MIS.

 

Online Conditions. Because of security concerns and costs associated with maintaining the Web Site, purchases, redemptions and exchanges through the Web Site are subject to the following daily minimum and maximum transaction amounts:

 

      Minimum   Maximum
Purchases:   $50   $100,000
Redemptions:   By ACH: $50   By ACH: $50,000
    By wire: $1,000   By wire: $50,000
Exchanges:   $50   $100,000

 

Your transactions through the Web Site are effective at the time they are accepted by a Fund, and are subject to all of the conditions and procedures described in this Prospectus.

 

You may not change your address of record, registration or wiring instructions through the Web Site. The Web Site privilege may be modified at any time, but you will be notified in writing of any termination of the privilege.

 

Online Risks. If you utilize the Web Site for account histories or transactions, you should be aware that the Internet is an unsecured, unregulated and unpredictable environment. Your ability to use the Web Site for transactions is dependent upon the Internet and equipment, software, systems, data and services provided by various vendors and third parties (including telecommunications carriers, equipment manufacturers, firewall providers and encryption system providers). While the Funds and their service providers have established certain security procedures, the Funds and their transfer agent cannot assure you that inquiries or trading activity will be completely secure. There may also be delays, malfunctions or other inconveniences generally associated with this medium. There may be times when the Web Site is unavailable for Fund transactions, which may be due to the Internet or the actions or omissions of a third party—should this happen, you should consider purchasing, redeeming or exchanging shares by another method. The Marshall Funds, its transfer agent and MIS are not responsible for any such delays or malfunctions, and are not responsible for wrongful acts by third parties, as long as reasonable security procedures are followed.

 

Confirmations and Account Statements. You will receive confirmation of purchases, redemptions and exchanges (except for systematic program transactions). In addition, you will receive periodic statements reporting all account activity, including systematic program transactions, dividends and capital gains paid. You may request photocopies of historical confirmations from prior years. The Funds may charge a fee for this service.

 

Dividends and Capital Gains. Dividends, if any, of the Funds are declared daily and paid monthly. Provided that your order is received in proper form, payment in “good funds” is received and your order is accepted by the time a Fund’s NAV is calculated, you will receive dividends declared that day. You will continue to receive dividends declared through, and including, the day you redeem your shares.

 

In addition, the Funds distribute net capital gains, if any, at least annually. None of the Funds expects to realize any capital gains or losses. If capital gains or losses were realized by a Fund, they could result in an increase or decrease in such Fund’s distributions. Your dividends and capital gains distributions will be automatically reinvested in additional

 

ACCOUNT AND SHARE INFORMATION    21


Table of Contents

LOGO

 

 

Account and Share Information (cont.)

 

What are Dividends and Capital Gains?

A dividend is the money paid to shareholders that a mutual fund has

earned from the income on its investments after paying any Fund expenses. A capital gain distribution is the money

paid to shareholders from a mutual fund’s net profit realized from the sales of portfolio securities.

LOGO

 

shares of the same Fund unless you elect cash payments. If you elect cash payments and the payment is returned as undeliverable, your cash payment will be reinvested in Fund shares and your distribution option will convert to automatic reinvestment. If any distribution check remains uncashed for six months, the check amount will be reinvested in shares and you will not accrue any interest or dividends on this amount prior to the reinvestment.

 

Accounts with Low Balances (Investor Class and Advisor Class Only). Due to the high cost of maintaining accounts with low balances, a Fund may redeem shares in your account (other than accounts established through the Systematic Investment Program) and pay you the proceeds if your account balance falls below the required minimum value of $1,000. Before shares are redeemed to close an account, you will be notified in writing and allowed 30 days to purchase additional shares to meet the minimum account balance requirement.

 

Rule 12b-1 Plan—PRIME MONEY MARKET FUND (Advisor Class Only). The PRIME MONEY MARKET FUND has a Rule 12b-1 Plan which allows it to pay a fee equal to a maximum of 0.30% of the Fund’s Advisor Class shares’ assets to the distributor and financial intermediaries for the sale and distribution of the Fund’s Advisor Class shares and for services provided to Fund shareholders. Because these shares pay marketing fees out of the Fund’s assets on an ongoing basis, your investment cost may be higher over time than with respect to other fund shares with different sales charges and marketing fees.

 

Multiple Classes. The Marshall Funds have adopted a plan that permits each Fund to offer more than one class of shares. Currently, the PRIME MONEY MARKET FUND offers three classes of shares, and the GOVERNMENT MONEY MARKET FUND and the TAX-FREE MONEY MARKET FUND each offer two classes of shares. All shares of each Fund or class have equal voting rights and will generally be entitled to vote in the aggregate and not by Fund or class. There may be circumstances, however, when only shareholders of a particular Fund or class are entitled to vote on matters affecting that Fund or class. Share classes may have different sales charges and other expenses, which may affect their performance.

 

Tax Information

 

Federal Income Tax. The Funds send you an annual statement of your account activity to assist you in completing your federal, state and local tax returns. With respect to taxable investors, Fund distributions generally are taxable whether paid in cash or reinvested in the Fund. Distributions from the Funds’ investment company taxable income (which includes dividends, interest, net short-term capital gains and net gains from foreign currency transactions), if any, generally are taxable to you as ordinary income whether reinvested or received in cash, unless such distributions are attributable to “qualified dividend income” eligible for the reduced federal income tax rate applicable to long-term capital gains. Currently, the maximum federal income tax rate on ordinary income is 35%, while the maximum federal income tax rate on long-term capital gains is 15%. Fund distributions for the Funds are expected to primarily consist of investment company taxable income.

 

It is anticipated that the distributions from the TAX-FREE MONEY MARKET FUND will primarily consist of interest income that is generally exempt from regular federal income tax, although a portion of such Fund’s distributions may not be exempt. Even if distributions are exempt from federal income tax, they may be subject to state and local taxes. You may owe tax on certain distributions, which might otherwise be tax-exempt, if the federal AMT applies to you. You may be subject to tax on any net capital gain realized by this Fund.

 

Your redemption of Fund shares may result in a taxable gain or loss to you for federal income tax purposes, depending on whether the redemption proceeds are more or less than your basis in the redeemed shares. An exchange of Fund shares for shares in any other Marshall Fund generally will be treated for federal tax purposes as a redemption of Fund shares

 

22    ACCOUNT AND SHARE INFORMATION


Table of Contents

LOGO

 

 

Account and Share Information (cont.)

 

 

followed by the purchase of shares of the other Fund, and thus will generally result in the same tax treatment as a redemption of Fund shares.

 

If you do not furnish a Fund with your correct social security number or taxpayer identification number and/or the Fund receives notification from the Internal Revenue Service requiring back-up withholding, the Fund is required by federal law to withhold federal income tax from your distributions and redemption proceeds, currently at a rate of 28% for U.S. citizens and residents.

 

This section is not intended to be a full discussion of the federal income tax laws and the effect of such laws on you. There may be other federal, state or local tax considerations applicable to a particular investor. Please consult your own tax advisor regarding federal, state and local tax considerations.

 

Portfolio Holdings

 

A description of the Funds’ policies and procedures with respect to the disclosure of the Funds’ portfolio securities is available in the Funds’ Statement of Additional Information (SAI).

 

ACCOUNT AND SHARE INFORMATION    23


Table of Contents

 

 

Marshall Funds, Inc. Information

 

 

Management of the Marshall Funds. The Board governs the Funds. The Board selects and oversees the Adviser, M&I Investment Management Corp. The Adviser manages each Fund’s assets, including buying and selling portfolio securities. The Adviser’s address is 111 East Kilbourn Avenue, Suite 200, Milwaukee, Wisconsin 53202.

 

Adviser’s Background. The Adviser is a registered investment adviser and a wholly-owned subsidiary of Marshall & Ilsley Corporation, a registered bank holding company headquartered in Milwaukee, Wisconsin. As of August 31, 2008, the Adviser had approximately $20.4 billion in assets under management, of which approximately $10.3 billion was in the Marshall Funds’ assets, and has managed investments for individuals and institutions since 1973. The Adviser has managed the Marshall Funds since 1992 and managed the Newton Funds (predecessors to some of the Marshall Funds) since 1985.

 

Portfolio Managers. The GOVERNMENT MONEY MARKET FUND and PRIME MONEY MARKET FUND are managed by Richard M. Rokus, Vice President and a Portfolio Manager of the Adviser. Mr. Rokus has managed the GOVERNMENT MONEY MARKET FUND since May 2004 and the PRIME MONEY MARKET FUND since January 1, 1994, and has been employed by the Adviser since January 1993. Mr. Rokus is a Chartered Financial Analyst and holds a B.B.A. degree in Finance from the University of Wisconsin-Whitewater.

 

The TAX-FREE MONEY MARKET FUND has been managed by Craig J. Mauermann since its inception in 2004. Mr. Mauermann has been Vice President and a Portfolio Manager of the Adviser since 2004. Prior to joining the Adviser, he was a municipal bond analyst and trader for three municipal money market funds at Strong Capital Management, Inc. Mr. Mauermann holds an M.B.A. degree and a B.A. degree from Marquette University.

 

Advisory Fees. The Adviser is entitled to receive from each Fund an investment advisory fee equal to a percentage of the Fund’s average daily net assets (ADNA) at the annual rates listed in the table under “Fees and Expenses of the Funds,” subject to the breakpoints effective July 1, 2008 described below. For fiscal year 2008, the Adviser received from each Fund an investment advisory fee equal to each Fund’s ADNA at the annual rates listed under “Advisory Fee Received in Fiscal 2008,” which include the breakpoints effective July 1, 2008 described below and/or voluntary waivers by the Adviser. The Adviser may terminate voluntary waivers at any time.

 

   
Fund  

Advisor Fee Received

in Fiscal 2008

 
Government Money Market Fund   0.10 %
Tax-Free Money Market Fund   0.11  
Prime Money Market Fund   0.14  

 

The advisory fees for each of the Funds are subject to the breakpoints listed in the following table:

 

   
    Advisory Fee (as % of each Fund’s ADNA)  
Fund   on the
first $2
billion
    on the
next $2
billion
    on the
next $2
billion
    on the
next $2
billion
    in excess
of $8
billion
 
Government Money Market Fund   0.200 %   0.185 %   0.170 %   0.155 %   0.140 %
Tax-Free Money Market Fund   0.200     0.185     0.170     0.155     0.140  
Prime Money Market Fund   0.150     0.135     0.120     0.105     0.090  

 

The Adviser has the discretion to voluntarily waive a portion of its fee. However, any waivers by the Adviser are voluntary and may be terminated at any time in the Adviser’s sole discretion.

 

The Funds’ August 31, 2008 Annual Report contains a discussion regarding the Board’s basis for approving the investment advisory contract on behalf of the Funds.

 

Affiliate Services and Fees. M&I Trust, an affiliate of the Adviser, provides services to the Funds as custodian of the assets, shareholder services agent, securities lending agent, sub-transfer agent and administrator directly and through its division, MIS. For each Fund, the custody fees are calculated at the annual rate of 0.02% on the first $250 million of ADNA plus 0.01% of assets exceeding $250 million. M&I Trust is entitled to receive shareholder services fees from each Fund at the annual rate of 0.25% of the Fund’s ADNA. M&I Trust has the discretion to waive a portion of its fees. However, any fee waivers are voluntary and may be terminated at any time in its sole discretion. As compensation for its services as securities lending agent, M&I Trust receives a portion of each Fund’s revenues from securities lending activities.

 

24    MARSHALL FUNDS, INC. INFORMATION


Table of Contents

 

 

Marshall Funds, Inc. Information (cont.)

 

 

M&I Trust is the administrator of the Funds and UMB Fund Services, Inc. (UMB) is the sub-administrator. As administrator, M&I Trust is entitled to receive fees from the MONEY MARKET FUNDS at the following annual rates based on the aggregate ADNA of the MONEY MARKET FUNDS combined effective July 1, 2008:

 

   
Fee   Combined ADNA
0.040%   on the first $2 billion
0.030%   on the next $2 billion
0.025%   on the next $2 billion
0.020%   on the next $2 billion
0.010%   on ADNA in excess of $8 billion

 

All fees of the sub-administrator are paid by M&I Trust.

 

M&I Trust receives from each Fund an annual per-account fee, which differs among the Funds, for sub-transfer agency services to trust and institutional accounts maintained on its trust accounting system.

 

Payments to Financial Intermediaries. From time to time, the Adviser, M&I Trust, M&I Financial Advisors, the distributor or their affiliates may enter into arrangements with brokers or other financial intermediaries pursuant to which such parties agree to perform record-keeping, administrative or other services on behalf of their clients who are Fund shareholders. Pursuant to these arrangements, the Adviser, M&I Trust, M&I Financial Advisors, the distributor or their affiliates may make payments to brokers or other financial intermediaries from their own resources (including shareholder services fees paid by the Funds to M&I Trust) for services provided to clients who hold Fund shares. In addition, the Adviser or an affiliate may make payments to a financial intermediary, based on the value of Fund shares held through the intermediary, to compensate it for introducing new shareholders to the Funds and for other distribution and marketing services. The receipt of (or prospect of receiving) such compensation may provide the intermediary and its salespersons with an incentive to favor sales of Fund shares, or certain classes of those shares, over other investment alternatives. You may wish to consider whether such arrangements exist when evaluating recommendations from an intermediary.

 

Distributor. M&I Distributors, LLC (MID), a registered broker-dealer and member of the Financial Industry Regulatory Authority, Inc., acts as principal distributor of the Funds’ shares. All fees of the distributor are paid by M&I Trust. MID is an affiliate of the Adviser and M&I Trust.

 

MARSHALL FUNDS, INC. INFORMATION    25


Table of Contents

 

LOGO

Financial Highlights–Investor Class

 

 

The Financial Highlights will help you understand the financial performance of each Fund’s Investor Class shares for the last five fiscal years or since inception. Some of the information is presented on a per share basis. Total returns represent the rate an investor would have earned (or lost) on an investment in a Fund, assuming reinvestment of any dividends and capital gains.

 

The information for the fiscal years ended August 31, 2008, 2007 and 2006 was audited by PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP, the Funds’ independent registered public accounting firm, whose report, along with the Funds’ financial statements and notes thereto, is included in the Funds’ Annual Report dated August 31, 2008, which is available free of charge from the Funds. The information for the prior years was audited by a different firm.

 

Period Ended August 31,    Net Asset
Value,
Beginning
of Period
   Net
Investment
Income
(Loss)
    Total from
Investment
Operations
   Distributions to
Shareholders
from Net
Investment
Income
    Total
Distributions
   

Net Asset

Value,
End of
Period

   Total
Return(1)(5)
    Ratios to Average Net Assets(7)     Net Assets,
End of Period
(000
Omitted)
                    Net
Expenses(2)
    Expense
Waiver(2)
    Net Investment
Income
(Loss)(2)
   
Government Money Market Fund                                                                            
2004(3)    $ 1.00    $ 0.00     $ 0.00    $ 0.00     $ 0.00     $ 1.00    0.23 %   0.45 %   0.17 %   0.96 %   $ 118,401
2005      1.00      0.02       0.02      (0.02 )     (0.02 )     1.00    2.11     0.45     0.18     2.09       121,712
2006      1.00      0.04       0.04      (0.04 )     (0.04 )     1.00    4.16     0.45     0.17     4.09       92,339
2007      1.00      0.05       0.05      (0.05 )     (0.05 )     1.00    4.99     0.45     0.13     4.88       199,797
2008      1.00      0.03       0.03      (0.03 )     (0.03 )     1.00    3.19     0.45     0.10     2.91       309,487
Tax-Free Money Market Fund                          
2005(4)      1.00      0.02       0.02      (0.02 )     (0.02 )     1.00    1.60     0.45     0.14     1.76       142,826
2006      1.00      0.03       0.03      (0.03 )     (0.03 )     1.00    2.84     0.45     0.13     2.85       192,603
2007      1.00      0.03       0.03      (0.03 )     (0.03 )     1.00    3.33     0.45     0.13     3.28       308,414
2008      1.00      0.03       0.03      (0.03 )     (0.03 )     1.00    2.57     0.45     0.09     2.48       424,211
Prime Money Market Fund                          
2004      1.00      0.01 (6)     0.01      (0.01 )     (0.01 )     1.00    0.76     0.45     0.04     0.76       2,123,605
2005      1.00      0.02       0.02      (0.02 )     (0.02 )     1.00    2.22     0.45     0.04     2.20       2,078,992
2006      1.00      0.04       0.04      (0.04 )     (0.04 )     1.00    4.25     0.45     0.04     4.19       2,453,274
2007      1.00      0.05       0.05      (0.05 )     (0.05 )     1.00    5.06     0.45     0.02     4.95       2,753,457
2008      1.00      0.04       0.04      (0.04 )     (0.04 )     1.00    3.65     0.45     0.01     3.65       2,524,244

 

(1) Based on net asset value.
(2) This voluntary expense decrease is reflected in both the expense and net investment income (loss) ratios shown.
(3) Reflects operations for the period from May 17, 2004 (start of performance) to August 31, 2004.
(4) Reflects operations for the period from September 22, 2004 (start of performance) to August 31, 2005.
(5) Not annualized for periods less than one year.
(6) Per share information is based on average shares outstanding.
(7) Annualized for periods less than one year.

 

26    FINANCIAL HIGHLIGHTS


Table of Contents

 

LOGO

Financial Highlights–Advisor Class

 

 

The Financial Highlights will help you understand the financial performance of the PRIME MONEY MARKET FUND’s Advisor Class shares for the last five fiscal years. Some of the information is presented on a per share basis. Total returns represent the rate an investor would have earned (or lost) on an investment in the Fund, assuming reinvestment of any dividends and capital gains.

 

The information for the fiscal years ended August 31, 2008, 2007 and 2006 was audited by PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP, the Fund’s independent registered public accounting firm, whose report, along with the Fund’s financial statements and notes thereto, is included in the Fund’s Annual Report dated August 31, 2008, which is available free of charge from the Fund. The information for the prior years was audited by a different firm.

 

Period Ended August 31,    Net Asset
Value,
Beginning
of Period
   Net
Investment
Income
(Loss)
    Total from
Investment
Operations
   Distributions to
Shareholders
from Net
Investment
Income
    Total
Distributions
   

Net Asset

Value,
End of
Period

   Total
Return(1)
    Ratios to Average Net Assets     Net Assets,
End of Period
(000
Omitted)
                    Net
Expenses(2)
    Expense
Waiver(2)
    Net Investment
Income
(Loss)(2)
   
Prime Money Market Fund                                                                            
2004    $ 1.00    $ 0.01 (3)   $ 0.01    $ (0.01 )   $ (0.01 )   $ 1.00    0.46 %   0.75 %   0.04 %   0.45 %   $ 84,397
2005      1.00      0.02       0.02      (0.02 )     (0.02 )     1.00    1.91     0.75     0.04     1.90       75,993
2006      1.00      0.04       0.04      (0.04 )     (0.04 )     1.00    3.94     0.75     0.04     3.89       90,776
2007      1.00      0.05       0.05      (0.05 )     (0.05 )     1.00    4.75     0.75     0.02     4.65       115,093
2008      1.00      0.03       0.03      (0.03 )     (0.03 )     1.00    3.34     0.75     0.01     3.20       140,379

 

(1) Based on net asset value, which does not reflect the sales charge or contingent deferred sales charge, if applicable.
(2) This voluntary expense decrease is reflected in both the expense and net investment income (loss) ratios.
(3) Per share information is based on average shares outstanding.

 

FINANCIAL HIGHLIGHTS    27


Table of Contents

 

LOGO

Financial Highlights–Institutional Class

 

 

The Financial Highlights will help you understand the financial performance for each Fund’s Institutional Class shares for the last five fiscal years or since inception. Some of the information is presented on a per share basis. Total returns represent the rate an investor would have earned (or lost) on an investment in a Fund, assuming reinvestment of any dividends and capital gains.

 

The information for the fiscal years ended August 31, 2008, 2007 and 2006 was audited by PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP, the Funds’ independent registered public accounting firm, whose report, along with the Funds’ financial statements and notes thereto, is included in the Funds’ Annual Report dated August 31, 2008, which is available free of charge from the Funds. The information for the prior years was audited by a different firm.

 

Period Ended August 31,    Net Asset
Value,
Beginning
of Period
   Net
Investment
Income
(Loss)
    Total from
Investment
Operations
   Distributions to
Shareholders
from Net
Investment
Income
    Total
Distributions
   

Net Asset

Value,
End of
Period

   Total
Return(1)(4)
    Ratios to Average Net Assets(7)     Net Assets,
End of Period
(000
Omitted)
                    Net
Expenses(2)
    Expense
Waiver(2)
    Net Investment
Income
(Loss)(2)
   
Government Money Market Fund                                                                            
2004(3)    $ 1.00    $     $    $     $     $ 1.00    0.28 %   0.20 %   0.17 %   1.18 %   $ 64,212
2005      1.00      0.02       0.02      (0.02 )     (0.02 )     1.00    2.37     0.20     0.18     2.34       37,372
2006      1.00      0.04       0.04      (0.04 )     (0.04 )     1.00    4.42     0.20     0.17     4.34       65,616
2007      1.00      0.05       0.05      (0.05 )     (0.05 )     1.00    5.25     0.20     0.13     5.13       136,910
2008      1.00      0.03       0.03      (0.03 )     (0.03 )     1.00    3.45     0.20     0.10     3.33       275,136
Tax-Free Money Market Fund                          
2005(5)      1.00                             1.00    0.39     0.20     0.06     0.78       24,211
2006      1.00      0.03       0.03      (0.03 )     (0.03 )     1.00    3.09     0.20     0.13     3.10       116,409
2007      1.00      0.04       0.04      (0.04 )     (0.04 )     1.00    3.59     0.20     0.13     3.53       243,842
2008      1.00      0.03       0.03      (0.03 )     (0.03 )     1.00    2.83     0.20     0.09     2.67       398,315
Prime Money Market Fund                          
2004      1.00      0.01 (6)     0.01      (0.01 )     (0.01 )     1.00    1.01     0.20     0.04     1.01       1,532,640
2005      1.00      0.02       0.02      (0.02 )     (0.02 )     1.00    2.47     0.20     0.04     2.45       1,550,128
2006      1.00      0.04       0.04      (0.04 )     (0.04 )     1.00    4.51     0.20     0.04     4.44       1,653,556
2007      1.00      0.05       0.05      (0.05 )     (0.05 )     1.00    5.33     0.20     0.02     5.20       2,080,429
2008      1.00      0.04       0.04      (0.04 )     (0.04 )     1.00    3.91     0.20     0.01     3.69       3,101,260

 

(1) Based on net asset value.
(2) This voluntary expense decrease is reflected in both the expense and net investment income (loss) ratios.
(3) Reflects operations for the period from May 28, 2004 (start of performance) to August 31, 2004.
(4) Not annualized for periods less than one year.
(5) Reflects operations for the period from June 29, 2005 (start of performance) to August 31, 2005.
(6) Per share information is based on average shares outstanding.
(7) Annualized for periods less than one year.

 

28    FINANCIAL HIGHLIGHTS


Table of Contents

 

 

 

Marshall Funds, Inc.

 

Privacy Policy Notice

 

Federal regulations require financial institutions to deliver a summary of their privacy policies to their customers. We were committed to maintaining the confidentiality of your personal information long before these regulations required us to do so, and intend to do the same in the future. Allow us to summarize for you, in clear, plain-English terms, our policies regarding how we obtain, handle, use and protect your personal information.

 

INFORMATION COLLECTION POLICY. We receive non-public personal information about you during the normal course of business from the following sources:

 

 

From you, or from your financial representative, on account applications, other forms or electronically (for example, your name, address, phone number, e-mail address, social security number, assets and income).

 

 

From you, or from your financial representative, through transactions, correspondence and other communications (for example, your specific investment purchases and your account balances).

 

 

From you in connection with providing you a financial product or service (for example, your bank account numbers used for transferring funds to or from the Marshall Funds).

 

INFORMATION SHARING POLICY. Under no circumstances, do we rent, sell or trade your personal information to anyone nor do we disclose it to anyone except as permitted or required by law. We may disclose your non-public personal information to companies that provide services to the Marshall Funds such as transfer agents, printers and mailing agents that deliver annual reports, prospectuses and other required shareholder communications. All of the information we collect may be shared with our affiliates (such as Marshall & Ilsley Trust Company, M&I Financial Advisors, Inc. and their affiliates). We also may share this information with financial institutions, such as the bank, broker-dealer or other financial intermediary through whom you purchased your shares of the Marshall Funds, for the limited purpose of jointly offering, endorsing or sponsoring a financial product or service or with other financial institutions with whom we have joint marketing agreements.

 

If you decide to close your account(s), we will continue to adhere to the privacy policies and practices described in this notice.

 

INFORMATION SECURITY POLICY. We maintain physical, electronic and procedural safeguards consistent with industry standards to protect the confidentiality, integrity and security of your non-public personal information. We permit access to your personal information only by authorized personnel who need that information to provide products or services to you. On our web site, we use a full range of Internet security measures such as data encryption, user names and passwords. Please note, however, that when you use a link from our website to a non-Marshall Funds site, the Marshall Funds privacy policies and Internet security measures no longer apply.

 

We require third parties to protect the security and confidentiality of your non-public personal information. These requirements are reflected in written agreements between the Marshall Funds and third party service providers. Except as required by law, under no circumstances do we permit third parties to rent, sell, trade or otherwise release or disclose your personal information to any other party.

 

CHANGES TO OUR PRIVACY POLICY. The Marshall Funds reserve the right to modify or remove parts of this privacy statement at any time. Notice will be provided to you in advance of any changes that would affect your rights under this policy statement.

 

ADDITIONAL RIGHTS. You may have other privacy protections under applicable state laws. To the extent those state laws apply, we will comply with them with respect to your non-public personal information.

 

* * * * * * * * * * *

 

For questions about our privacy policy, please contact us at 1-800-236-FUND (3863) or visit our website at http://www.marshallfunds.com.

 

   Not Part of the Prospectus


Table of Contents

 

LOGO   LOGO

 

The SAI is incorporated by reference into this Prospectus. Additional information about the Funds’ investments is contained in the SAI and the Annual and Semi-Annual Reports of the Funds as they become available.

 

To obtain the SAI, Annual Report, Semi-Annual Report, and other information, free of charge, and to make inquiries, write to or call MIS at 1-800-236-FUND (3863) (Investor Class and Institutional Class), 1-800-580-FUND (3863) (Advisor Class) or 1-414-287-8555. You may also obtain these materials free of charge on the Marshall Funds’ Internet site at http://www.marshallfunds.com.

 

You may write to the SEC Public Reference Room at the regular mailing address or the e-mail address below and ask them to mail you information about the Funds, including the SAI. They will charge you a fee for this duplicating service. You can also visit the SEC Public Reference Room and review and copy documents while you are there. For more information about the operation of the Public Reference Room, call the SEC at the telephone number below.

 

Public Reference Section

Securities and Exchange Commission

Washington, D.C. 20549-0102

publicinfo@sec.gov

1-202-942-8090

 

Reports and other information about the Funds are also available on the EDGAR database on the SEC’s Internet site at http://www.sec.gov.

 

 

Marshall Investor Services

P.O. Box 1348

Milwaukee, WI 53201-1348

1-414-287-8555

1-800-236-FUND (3863) (Investor Class and Institutional Class)

1-800-580-FUND (3863) (Advisor Class)

 

Internet address: http://www.marshallfunds.com

 

Not FDIC Insured   No Bank Guarantee   May Lose Value

 

M&I Distributors, LLC

Distributor

  Investment Company Act File No. 811-58433

 


Table of Contents

Marshall Funds

 

 

Prospectus

 

  

Investor Class

  

(Class Y)

  

DECEMBER 15, 2008

  

•     Marshall Prime Money Market Fund

Shares of the Marshall Funds are not bank deposits or other obligations of, or issued, endorsed or guaranteed by, M&I Marshall & Ilsley Bank or any of its affiliates. Shares of the Marshall Funds, like shares of all mutual funds, are not insured or guaranteed by the U.S. government, the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation (FDIC) or any other government agency, and may lose value.

As with all mutual funds, the Securities and Exchange Commission (SEC) has not approved or disapproved these securities or passed upon the adequacy of this Prospectus. Any representation to the contrary is a criminal offense.


Table of Contents

 

LOGO  

Marshall Prime Money Market Fund

Investor Class

(Class Y)

 

 

Table of Contents

 

Risk/Return Summary

   1

Fees and Expenses of the Fund

   3

Main Risks of Investing in the Fund

   4

Securities Descriptions

   5

How to Buy Shares

   7

How to Redeem and Exchange Shares

   11

Account and Share Information

   14

Marshall Funds, Inc. Information

   16

Financial Highlights

   18


Table of Contents

 

Risk/Return Summary

 

 

Principal Risks of the Fund

 

 

     Debt
Securities
Risks
   Government
Obligations
Risks
   Management
Risks

Marshall Prime Money Market Fund

   ü    ü    ü

A complete description of these risks can be found in the “Main Risks of Investing in the Fund” section.

 

1


Table of Contents

Marshall Prime Money Market Fund (the Fund)

 

Goal: To provide current income consistent with stability of principal

Strategy: Fund assets are invested in high quality, short-term money market instruments. M&I Investment Management Corp. (the Adviser) uses a “bottom-up” approach, which evaluates debt securities of individual companies against the context of broader market factors such as the cyclical trend in interest rates, the shape of the yield curve and debt security supply factors.

An investment in the Fund is not a deposit of M&I Marshall & Ilsley Bank or any of its affiliates and is not insured or guaranteed by the FDIC or any other government agency. Although the Fund seeks to preserve the value of your investment at $1.00 per share, it is possible to lose money by investing in the Fund. In addition, the Fund is subject to credit risks, interest rate risks and liquidity risks.

Fund Performance: The total return information shows historical performance of the Fund’s Investor Class shares and provides some indication of the risks of investing in the Fund. The bar chart shows how the Fund’s total returns have varied from year to year, while the table compares the Fund’s average annual total returns to the returns of an index of funds with similar investment objectives and an average of money funds with similar objectives. Indices and averages are unmanaged and are not available for direct investment. Please keep in mind that past performance does not represent how the Fund will perform in the future. The information assumes that you reinvested all dividends and distributions.

Annual Total Returns (calendar years 1998 - 2007)

LOGO

The return for Investor Class shares of the Fund from January 1, 2008 through September 30, 2008 was 2.21%.

 

Total Returns

            

Best quarter

   (4th quarter, 2000 )   1.60 %

Worst quarter

   (1st quarter, 2004 )   0.17 %

7-Day Net Yield

   (as of 12/31/07 ) (1)   4.58 %

Average Annual Total Returns through 12/31/07

 

     1 Year     5 Year     10 Year  

Fund

   5.01 %   2.89 %   3.66 %

LMMFI (2)

   4.77 %   2.65 %   3.41 %

MFRA (3)

   4.69 %   2.65 %   3.36 %

 

(1) Investors may call the Fund to learn the current 7-Day Net Yield at 1-800-236-FUND (3863).
(2) The Lipper Money Market Funds Index (LMMFI) is an average of the 30 largest mutual funds in this Lipper category. The LMMFI reflects the deduction of expenses associated with mutual funds, such as investment management fees, but is not adjusted to reflect sales charges or taxes.
(3) The iMoneyNet Money Fund Report Averages™ (MFRA) is an average of money funds with investment objectives similar to that of the Fund.


Table of Contents

 

Fees and Expenses of the Fund

 

This table describes the fees and expenses that you may pay if you buy and hold Investor Class shares of the Fund.

 

Shareholder Fees (fees paid directly from your investment)

Maximum Sales Charge (Load) Imposed (as a percentage of offering price)

   None  

Annual Fund Operating Expenses (expenses deducted from and expressed as a percentage of the Fund’s net assets)

  

Management Fee (1)

   0.15 %

Distribution (12b-1) Fee

   None  

Other Expenses (2)

   0.31 %

Total Annual Fund Operating Expenses (3)

   0.46 %
      

 

(1) The Fund and the Adviser have implemented a fee reduction schedule for the Fund’s investment advisory fee. The investment advisory fee charged to the Fund will decline as Fund assets grow. See “Marshall Funds, Inc. Information—Advisory Fee.”
(2) Includes a shareholder servicing fee of 0.25%. “Other expenses” do not include fees of 0.01% for initial participation and 0.015% for continued participation in the United States Department of the Treasury (the “U.S. Treasury”) Temporary Guarantee Program (the “Guarantee Program”). See “Main Risks of Investing in the Fund—U.S. Treasury Temporary Guarantee Program.”
(3) Although not contractually obligated to do so, the Adviser and other service providers waived certain fees payable by the Fund, excluding fees paid for participation in the Guarantee Program, and may waive certain amounts in the future. The net expenses the Fund actually paid for the fiscal year ended August 31, 2008 are shown below.

 

Total Annual Fund Operating Expenses (after waivers)

   0.45 %
      

The purpose of the above table is to assist an investor in understanding the various costs and expenses that a shareholder of the Fund will bear either directly or indirectly. Marshall & Ilsley Trust Company N.A. (M&I Trust), an affiliate of the Adviser, and its affiliates receive advisory, custodial, shareholder services and administrative fees for the services they provide to the Fund or shareholders, as applicable. For more complete descriptions of the various costs and expenses, see “Marshall Funds, Inc. Information.” Wire-transferred redemptions may be subject to an additional fee.

Example

This example is intended to help you compare the cost of investing in the Fund with the cost of investing in other funds. The example assumes that you invest $10,000 in the Fund for the time periods indicated and then redeem all of your shares at the end of those periods. The example also assumes that your investment has a 5% return each year and that the Fund’s operating expenses are before waivers as shown in the table and remain the same. Although your actual costs and returns may be higher or lower, based on these assumptions your costs would be:

 

1 Year

   $ 47

3 Years

   $ 148

5 Years

   $ 258

10 Years

   $ 579

The above example should not be considered a representation of past or future expenses. Actual expenses may be greater than those shown.


Table of Contents

 

Main Risks of Investing in the Fund

 

Debt Securities Risks. Debt securities are subject to interest rate risks, credit risks, call risks and liquidity risks, which are more fully described below. Fixed income markets are experiencing greater volatility due to recent market events as noted below.

Interest Rate Risks. Prices of fixed income securities rise and fall in response to changes in the interest rate paid by similar securities. Generally, when interest rates rise, prices of fixed income securities fall. However, market factors, such as the demand for particular fixed income securities, may cause the price of certain fixed income securities to fall while the prices of other securities rise or remain unchanged. Interest rate changes have a greater effect on the price of fixed income securities with longer durations. Duration measures the price sensitivity of a fixed income security to changes in interest rates.

Credit Risks. Credit risk is the possibility that an issuer will default on a security by failing to pay interest or principal when due. If an issuer defaults, the Fund may lose money.

Many fixed income securities receive credit ratings from services such as Standard & Poor’s and Moody’s Investors Service. These services assign ratings to securities by assessing the likelihood of issuer default. Lower credit ratings correspond to higher credit risk. If a security has not received a rating, the Fund must rely entirely upon the Adviser’s credit assessment.

Fixed income securities generally compensate for greater credit risk by paying interest at a higher rate. The difference between the yield of a security and the yield of a U.S. Treasury security with a comparable maturity (the spread) measures the additional interest paid for risk. Spreads may increase generally in response to adverse economic or market conditions. A security’s spread may also increase if the security’s rating is lowered, or the security is perceived to have an increased credit risk. An increase in the spread will cause the price of the security to decline.

Credit risk includes the possibility that a party to a transaction involving the Fund will fail to meet its obligations. This could cause the Fund to lose the benefit of the transaction or prevent the Fund from selling or buying other securities to implement its investment strategy. Credit markets are currently experiencing greater volatility due to recent market events as noted below.

Investment Ratings. The securities in which the Fund invests must be rated in one of the two highest short-term rating categories by one or more NRSROs or be determined by the Adviser to be of comparable quality to securities having such ratings.

Call Risks. Some of the securities in which the Fund invests may be redeemed by the issuer before maturity (or “called”). This will most likely happen when interest rates are declining. If this occurs, the Fund may have to reinvest the proceeds in securities that pay a lower interest rate, which may decrease the Fund’s yield.

Liquidity Risks. Trading opportunities are more limited for fixed income securities that have not received any credit ratings, have received ratings below investment grade or are not widely held. These features may make it more difficult to sell or buy a security at a favorable price or time. Consequently, the Fund may have to accept a lower price to sell a security, sell other securities to raise cash or give up an investment opportunity, any of which could have a negative effect on the Fund’s performance. Infrequent trading of securities may also lead to an increase in their price volatility.

 

4


Table of Contents

Liquidity risk also refers to the possibility that the Fund may not be able to sell a security or close out an investment contract when it wants to. If this happens, the Fund will be required to continue to hold the security or keep the position open, and the Fund could incur losses. As noted below, recent market events have caused the markets for some of the securities in which the Fund invests to experience reduced liquidity.

Government Obligations Risks. For the Fund’s investments in securities issued or guaranteed by the U.S. government, its agencies and instrumentalities, no assurance can be given that the U.S. government will provide financial support to U.S. government-sponsored agencies or instrumentalities where it is not obligated to do so by law. As a result, there is risk that these entities will default on a financial obligation. For instance, securities issued by the Government National Mortgage Association (Ginnie Mae) are supported by the full faith and credit of the U.S. government. Securities issued by the Federal National Mortgage Association (Fannie Mae), and the Federal Home Loan Mortgage Association (Freddie Mac) have historically been supported only by the discretionary authority of the U.S. government. However, obligations of Fannie Mae and Freddie Mac are guaranteed obligations of the U.S. government while these entities remain in conservatorship by the Federal Housing Finance Agency. Securities issued by the Student Loan Marketing Association (Sallie Mae) are supported only by the credit of that agency.

Management Risks. The Adviser’s judgments about the attractiveness, value and potential appreciation of the Fund’s investments may prove to be incorrect. Accordingly, there is no guarantee that the investment techniques used by the Fund’s manager will produce the desired results.

Recent Market Events. During 2008, U.S. and international markets experienced dramatic volatility. The securities markets have experienced substantially lower valuations, reduced liquidity, price volatility, credit downgrades, increased likelihood of default and valuation difficulties. As a result, many of the above risks may be increased. Continuing market problems may have adverse effects on the Fund.

U.S. Treasury Temporary Guarantee Program. On October 2, 2008, the Fund filed a Guarantee Agreement with the U.S. Treasury and paid certain fees to participate in the Guarantee Program. The Board of Directors (the “Board”) determined that the Fund’s participation in the Guarantee Program was in the best interests of the Fund and its shareholders. Under the Guarantee Program, the U.S. Treasury will guarantee the share price of shares of the Fund held by shareholders as of September 19, 2008 at $1.00 per share if the Fund’s net asset value per share falls below $0.995 (a “Guarantee Event”) during the coverage period and the Fund is required to liquidate. The Guarantee Program is subject to certain conditions and limitations, including that the guarantee is for the lesser of: (a) the number of Fund shares owned by the shareholder at the close of business on September 19, 2008; or (b) the number of Fund shares owned by the shareholder on the date of a Guarantee Event. The Fund paid to participate in the Guarantee Program an initial fee equivalent to 0.01% of the Fund’s net assets (as of September 19, 2008) and an extension fee of 0.015% of the Fund’s net assets (as of September 19, 2008). Additional fees may be required to participate in future extensions. The fees paid to participate in the Guarantee Program are borne by all shares of the Fund, including those that are not eligible for protection under the Guarantee Program, and are treated as an extraordinary expense that is not subject to reimbursement under the Adviser’s voluntary expense waiver in effect for the Fund. The Guarantee Program has been extended beyond its initial term to April 30, 2009 and may be further extended to September 18, 2009.

 

 

Securities Descriptions

 

In implementing the Fund’s investment objective, the Fund may invest in the following securities as part of the principal investment strategy. Some of these securities involve special risks, which are described under “Main Risks of Investing in the Fund.”

Agency Securities. Agency securities are issued or guaranteed by a federal agency or other government-sponsored entity acting under federal authority. Some government entities are supported by the full faith and credit of the United States. Such entities include Ginnie Mae, Small Business Administration, Farm Credit System Financial Assistance Corporation, Farmers Home Administration, Federal Financing Bank, General Services Administration, and Washington Metropolitan Area Transit Authority. Other government entities receive support through federal subsidies, loans or other benefits. Some government entities have no explicit financial support from the U.S.

 

5


Table of Contents

government, but are regarded as having implied support because the federal government sponsors their activities. Such entities include the Farm Credit Administration and the Financing Corporation. As noted previously, obligations of Fannie Mae and Freddie Mac are guaranteed by the U.S. government while these entities remain in conservatorship.

Bank Instruments. Bank instruments are unsecured interest-bearing deposits with banks. Bank instruments include bank accounts, time deposits, certificates of deposit and banker’s acceptances. Instruments denominated in U.S. dollars and issued by U.S. branches of foreign banks are referred to as Yankee dollar instruments. Instruments denominated in U.S. dollars and issued by non-U.S. branches of U.S. or foreign banks are commonly referred to as Eurodollar instruments.

Commercial Paper. Commercial paper represents an issuer’s obligation with a maturity of less than nine months. Companies typically issue commercial paper to pay for current expenditures. Most issuers constantly reissue their commercial paper and use the proceeds (or bank loans) to repay maturing paper. If the issuer cannot continue to obtain liquidity in this fashion, its commercial paper may default. The short maturity of commercial paper reduces both the interest rate and credit risks as compared to other debt securities of the same issuer.

Demand Instruments. Demand instruments are corporate debt securities that the issuer must repay upon demand. Other demand instruments require a third party, such as a dealer or bank, to repurchase the security for its face value upon demand. The Adviser treats demand instruments as short-term securities, even though their stated maturity may extend beyond one year.

Fixed Income Securities. Fixed income securities pay interest, dividends or distributions at a specified rate. The rate may be a fixed percentage of the principal or adjusted periodically. In addition, the issuer of a fixed income security must repay the principal amount of the security, normally within a specified time. Fixed income securities provide more regular income than equity securities. However, the returns on fixed income securities are limited and normally do not increase with the issuer’s earnings. This limits the potential appreciation of fixed income securities as compared to equity securities.

A security’s yield measures the annual income earned on a security as a percentage of its price. A security’s yield will increase or decrease depending upon whether it costs less (a discount) or more (a premium) than the principal amount. If the issuer may redeem the security before its scheduled maturity, the price and yield on a discount or premium security may change based upon the probability of an early redemption. Securities with higher risks generally have higher yields.

The following describes the types of fixed income securities in which the Fund may invest:

Corporate Debt Securities. Corporate debt securities are fixed income securities issued by businesses. Notes, bonds, debentures and commercial paper are the most prevalent types of corporate debt securities. The credit risks of corporate debt securities vary widely among issuers.

Fixed Rate Debt Securities. Debt securities that pay a fixed interest rate over the life of the security and have a long-term maturity may have many characteristics of short-term debt. For example, the market may treat fixed rate/long-term securities as short-term debt when a security’s market price is close to the call or redemption price, or if the security is approaching its maturity date when the issuer is more likely to call or redeem the debt.

As interest rates change, the market prices of fixed rate debt securities are generally more volatile than the prices of floating rate debt securities. As interest rates rise, the prices of fixed rate debt securities fall, and as interest rates fall, the prices of fixed rate debt securities rise. For example, a bond that pays a fixed interest rate of 10% is more valuable to investors when prevailing interest rates are lower; therefore, this value is reflected in a higher price, or a premium. Conversely, if interest rates are over 10%, the bond is less attractive to investors, and sells at a lower price, or a discount.

Floating Rate Debt Securities. The interest rate paid on floating rate debt securities is reset periodically (e.g., every 90 days) to a predetermined index rate. Commonly used indices include: 90-day or 180-day Treasury bill

 

6


Table of Contents

rate; one month or three month London Interbank Offered Rate (LIBOR); commercial paper rates; or the prime rate of interest of a bank. The prices of floating rate debt securities are not as sensitive to changes in interest rates as fixed rate debt securities because they behave like shorter-term securities and their interest rate is reset periodically.

Funding Agreements. Funding Agreements (Agreements) are investment instruments issued by U.S. insurance companies. Pursuant to such Agreements, the Fund may make cash contributions to a deposit fund of the insurance company’s general or separate accounts. The insurance company then credits guaranteed interest to the Fund. The insurance company may assess periodic charges against an Agreement for expense and service costs allocable to it, and the charges will be deducted from the value of the deposit fund. The purchase price paid for an Agreement becomes part of the general assets of the issuer. The Fund will only purchase Agreements from issuers that meet quality and credit standards established by the Adviser. Generally, Agreements are not assignable or transferable without the permission of the issuing insurance companies, and an active secondary market in Agreements does not currently exist. Also, the Fund may not have the right to receive the principal amount of an Agreement from the insurance company on seven days’ notice or less. Therefore, Agreements are typically considered to be illiquid investments.

Repurchase Agreements. Repurchase agreements are transactions in which the Fund buys a security from a dealer or bank and agrees to sell the security back at a mutually agreed upon time and price. The repurchase price exceeds the sale price, reflecting the Fund’s return on the transaction. This return is unrelated to the interest rate on the underlying security. The Fund will enter into repurchase agreements only with banks and other recognized financial institutions, such as securities dealers, deemed creditworthy by the Adviser.

The Fund’s custodian will take possession of the securities subject to repurchase agreements. The Adviser and custodian will monitor the value of the underlying security each day to ensure that the value of the security always equals or exceeds the repurchase price.

Repurchase agreements are subject to credit risks.

Treasury Securities. Treasury securities are direct obligations of the federal government of the United States. Treasury securities are generally regarded as having the lowest credit risks.

U.S. Government Securities. U.S. government securities include direct obligations of the U.S. government, including U.S. Treasury bills, notes, and bonds of varying maturities, and those issued or guaranteed by various U.S. government agencies and instrumentalities. Some U.S. government securities are backed by the full faith and credit of the U.S. government with respect to the timely payment of principal and interest. Others are supported only by the discretionary authority of the U.S. government. Certain others are supported only by the credit of that agency.

Variable Rate Demand Instruments. Variable rate demand instruments are securities that require the issuer or a third party, such as a dealer or bank, to repurchase the security for its face value upon demand. The securities also pay interest at a variable rate intended to cause the securities to trade at their face value. The Fund treats demand instruments as short-term securities, because their variable interest rate adjusts in response to changes in market rates, even though their stated maturity may extend beyond 397 days.

 

 

How to Buy Shares

 

Who Can Invest in the Marshall Funds? Only adult U.S. citizens or residents or a U.S. entity with a valid U.S. tax identification (social security or employer identification) number may invest in the Marshall Funds. You may not place transactions in your account for the benefit of any person other than yourself (except for a transfer of shares to another account). If the Fund determines that the registered owner of an account has permitted another person or entity who is not the registered or beneficial owner of the account to hold shares through that account, the Fund may reject future purchases in that account and any related accounts.

 

7


Table of Contents

Shares of the Fund are qualified for sale only in the U.S. and its territories and possessions. The Marshall Funds generally do not sell shares to investors residing outside the U.S., even if they are U.S. citizens or lawful permanent residents except to investors with U.S. military APO or FPO addresses.

When Can Shares Be Purchased? You can buy the Investor Class shares of the Fund on any day the Federal Reserve Bank of New York (the “Federal Reserve”) is open for business and, alternatively, on any day the U.S. government securities markets are open and the Fund’s portfolio manager determines sufficient liquidity exists in those markets. The Federal Reserve is closed on most national holidays, including Columbus Day and Veterans Day.

When you deliver your transaction request in proper form and it is accepted by the Marshall Funds, or its authorized agent, your transaction is processed at the next determined net asset value (NAV). The NAV for the Fund is determined daily at 4:00 p.m. (Central Time). For purchase orders for the Fund that are received after 3:00 p.m. but before 4:00 p.m. (Central Time), Marshall Investor Services (MIS) will use its best efforts to accept and process such purchase orders that day; however, there is no guarantee that MIS will be able to do so. All purchase orders received in proper form and accepted by the time the Fund’s NAV is calculated will receive that day’s NAV, regardless of when the order is processed. If the U.S. government securities markets close early, the Fund reserves the right to determine its NAV at earlier times under those circumstances.

How is NAV Calculated? The Fund’s NAV per Investor Class share is the value of a single Investor Class share. It is computed by totaling the Investor Class shares’ pro rata share of the value of the Fund’s investments, cash and other assets, subtracting the shares’ pro rata share of the value of the Fund’s general liabilities and the liabilities specifically allocated to the Investor Class shares, then dividing the result by the number of Investor Class shares outstanding. For purpose of calculating the NAV, securities transactions and shareholder transactions are accounted for no later than one business day after the trade date. In determining the NAV for the Fund, the amortized cost method to value portfolio securities is used in accordance with Rule 2a-7 under the Investment Company Act of 1940.

What Is the Investment Minimum? To open an account with the Fund, your first investment must be at least $1,000. However, you can add to your existing Marshall Funds account directly or through the Funds’ Systematic Investment Program for as little as $50. An account may be opened with a smaller amount as long as the minimum is reached within 90 days. In special circumstances, these minimums may be waived or lowered at the Fund’s discretion. Call your Authorized Dealer, as defined below, for any additional limitations.

How Do I Purchase Shares? You may purchase shares through a broker/dealer, investment professional or financial institution (Authorized Dealers). Some Authorized Dealers may charge a transaction fee for this service. You may also purchase shares directly from the Fund by the methods described below under the “Fund Purchase Easy Reference Table” and sending your payment to the Fund by check or wire. Trust customers of M&I Trust may purchase shares by contacting their trust account officer. In connection with opening an account, you will be requested to provide information that will be used by the Fund to verify your identity, as described in more detail under “Important Information About Procedures for Opening a New Account” below. If you purchase shares of the Fund through a program of services offered or administered by an Authorized Dealer or other service provider, you should read the program materials, including information relating to fees, in conjunction with the Fund’s Prospectus. Certain features of the Fund may not be available or may be modified in connection with the program of services provided.

Once you have opened an account, you may purchase additional Fund shares by contacting MIS at 1-800-236-FUND (3863) if you have pre-authorized the telephone purchase privilege.

The Fund reserves the right to reject any purchase request. It is the responsibility of MIS, any Authorized Dealer, or other service provider that has entered into an agreement with the Fund, its distributor, or its administrative or shareholder services agent to promptly submit purchase orders to the Fund.

You are not the owner of Fund shares (and therefore will not receive distributions) until payment for the shares is received in “good funds.” Wires are generally “good funds” on the day received and checks are “good funds” when deposited with the Fund’s custodian, normally the next business day after receipt. Checks sent to the Fund to purchase shares must be made payable to the “Marshall Funds.”

 

8


Table of Contents

Important Information About Procedures for Opening a New Account. The Fund is required to comply with various anti-money laundering laws and regulations. To help the government fight the funding of terrorism and money laundering activities, federal law requires all financial institutions, including mutual funds, to obtain, verify and record information that identifies each person who opens an account. Consequently, when you open an account, the Fund must obtain certain personal information, including your full name, address, date of birth, social security number and other information that will allow the Fund to identify you. The Fund may also ask for other identifying documents or information.

If you do not provide this information, the Fund may be unable to open an account for you and your purchase order will not be in proper form. In the event the Fund is unable to verify your identity from the information provided, it may, without prior notice to you, close your account within five business days and redeem your shares at the NAV next determined after the account is closed. Any delay in processing your order due to your failure to provide all required information will affect the purchase price you receive for your shares. The Fund is not liable for fluctuations in value experienced as a result of such delays in processing. If at any time the Fund detects suspicious behavior or if certain account information matches government lists of suspicious persons, the Fund may determine not to open an account, may reject additional purchases, may close an existing account, may file a suspicious activity report or may take other appropriate action.

Fund Purchase Easy Reference Table

 

 

 

Minimum Investments:

 

•     To open an account–$1,000

 

•     To add to an account (including through a Systematic Investment Program)–$50

 

Phone 1-800-236-FUND (3863)

 

•     Contact MIS.

 

•     Complete an application for a new account.

 

•     Once you have opened an account and if you authorized telephone privileges on your account application or by subsequently completing an authorization form, you may purchase additional shares or exchange shares from another Marshall Fund having an identical shareholder registration.

 

Mail

 

•     To open an account, send your completed account application and check payable to “Marshall Funds” to the following address:

 

Marshall Investor Services

P.O. Box 1348

Milwaukee, WI 53201-1348

 

•     To add to your existing Fund account, send in your check, payable to “Marshall Funds,” to the same address. Indicate your Fund account number on the check.

 

In Person

 

•     Bring in your completed account application (for new accounts) and a check payable to “Marshall Funds” Monday – Friday, 8:00 a.m. – 5:00 p.m. (Central Time), to:

 

Marshall Investor Services

111 East Kilbourn Avenue, Suite 200

Milwaukee, WI 53202

 

9


Table of Contents
 

Wire

 

•     Notify MIS and request wire instructions at 1-800-236-FUND (3863).

 

•     If a new account, fax completed application to MIS at 1-414-287-8511.

 

•     Mail a completed account application to the Fund at the address above under “Mail.”

 

•     Your bank may charge a fee for wiring funds. Wire orders are accepted only on days when the Fund and the Federal Reserve wire system are open for business.

 

Systematic Investment Program

 

•     You can have money automatically withdrawn from your checking account ($50 minimum) on predetermined dates and invest it in a Fund at the next Fund share price determined after MIS receives the order.

 

•     The $1,000 minimum investment requirement is waived for investors purchasing shares through the Systematic Investment Program.

 

•     Call MIS at 1-800-236-FUND (3863) to apply for this program.

 

Marshall Funds OnLine SM

 

•     You may purchase Fund shares via the Internet through Marshall Funds OnLine SM at http://www.marshallfunds.com. See “Fund Transactions Through Marshall Funds OnLine SM ” in the Account and Share Information section.

 

Additional Information About Checks and Automated Clearing House (ACH) Transactions Used to Purchase Shares

 

•     If your check or ACH purchase does not clear, your purchase will be canceled and you will be charged a $15 fee and held liable for any losses incurred by the Fund.

 

•     If you purchase shares by check or ACH, you may not be able to receive proceeds from a redemption for up to seven days

 

•     All checks should be made payable to “Marshall Funds.”

 

•     The maximum ACH purchase amount is $100,000.

 

10


Table of Contents

 

How to Redeem and Exchange Shares

 

How Do I Redeem Shares? You may redeem your Fund shares by several methods, described below under the “Fund Redemption Easy Reference Table.” You should note that redemptions will be made only on days when the Fund computes its NAV. When your redemption request is accepted in proper form, it is processed at the next determined NAV.

Trust customers of M&I Trust should contact their account officer to make redemption requests. Telephone or written requests for redemptions must be received in proper form as described below and can be made through MIS or any Authorized Dealer. It is the responsibility of MIS, any Authorized Dealer or other service provider to promptly submit redemption requests to the Fund.

Redemption requests for the Fund must be accepted by 4:00 p.m. (Central Time) in order for shares to be redeemed at that day’s NAV. For redemption requests that are received after 3:00 p.m. but before 4:00 p.m. (Central Time), MIS will use its best efforts to accept and process such redemption requests that day; however, there is no guarantee that MIS will be able to do so. All redemption requests received in proper form and accepted by the time the Fund’s NAV is calculated will receive that day’s NAV, regardless of when the request is processed. Redemption proceeds will normally be wired the following business day, but in no event more than seven days, after the request is made.

Will I Be Charged a Fee for Redemptions? You may be charged a transaction fee if you redeem Fund shares through an Authorized Dealer or service provider (other than MIS or M&I Trust), or if you are redeeming by wire. Consult your Authorized Dealer or service provider for more information, including applicable fees.

Fund Redemption Easy Reference Table

 

 

 

Phone 1-800-236-FUND (3863)

 

•     Contact MIS.

 

•     If you have authorized the telephone redemption privilege in your account application or by a subsequent authorization form, you may redeem shares by telephone. If you are a customer of an Authorized Dealer, you must contact your account representative.

 

•     Not available to retirement accounts, for which redemptions must be done in writing.

 

Mail

 

•     Send in your written request to the following address, indicating your name, the Fund name, your account number, and the number of shares or the dollar amount you want to redeem to:

 

Marshall Investor Services

P.O. Box 1348

Milwaukee, WI 53201-1348

 

•     If you want to redeem shares held in certificate form, you must properly endorse the share certificates and send them by registered or certified mail. Additional documentation may be required from corporations, executors, administrators, trustees or guardians.

 

•     For additional assistance, call MIS at 1-800-236-FUND (3863).

 

11


Table of Contents
 

In Person

 

•     Bring in the written redemption request with the information described in “Mail” above Monday – Friday, 8:00 a.m. – 5:00 p.m. (Central Time), to:

 

Marshall Investor Services

111 East Kilbourn Avenue, Suite 200

Milwaukee, WI 53202

 

•     The proceeds from the redemptions will be sent to you in the form of a check or by wire.

 

Wire/Electronic Transfer

 

•     Upon written request, redemption proceeds can be directly deposited by Electronic Funds Transfer or wired directly to a domestic commercial bank previously designated by you in your account application or by subsequent form.

 

•     Wires of redemption proceeds will only be made on days on which the Fund and the Federal Reserve wire system are open for business.

 

•     Wire-transferred redemptions may be subject to an additional fee imposed by the bank receiving the wire.

 

Systematic Withdrawal Program

 

•     If you have a Fund account balance of at least $10,000, you can have predetermined amounts of at least $100 automatically redeemed from your Fund account on predetermined dates on a monthly or quarterly basis.

 

•     Contact MIS to apply for this program.

 

Marshall Funds OnLine SM

 

•     You may redeem Fund shares via the Internet through Marshall Funds OnLine SM at http://www.marshallfunds.com. See “Fund Transactions Through Marshall Funds OnLine SM in the Account and Share Information section.

 

Checkwriting

 

•     You can redeem shares of the Fund by writing a check in an amount of at least $250. You must have completed the checkwriting section of your account application and the attached signature card, or have completed a subsequent application form. The Fund will then provide you with the checks.

 

•     Your check is treated as a redemption order for Fund shares equal to the amount of the check.

 

•     A check for an amount in excess of your available Fund account balance will be returned marked “insufficient funds.”

 

•     Checks cannot be used to close your Fund account balance.

 

•     Checks deposited or cashed through foreign banks or financial institutions may be subject to local bank charges.

 

12


Table of Contents

Additional Conditions for Redemptions

 

Signature Guarantees. In the following instances, you must have a signature guarantee on written redemption requests:

 

 

when you want a redemption to be sent to an address other than the one you have on record with the Fund;

 

 

when you want the redemption payable to someone other than the shareholder of record; or

 

 

when your redemption is to be sent to an address of record that was changed within the last 30 days.

Your signature can be guaranteed by any federally insured financial institution (such as a bank or credit union) or a broker/dealer that is a domestic stock exchange member, but not by a notary public.

Limitations on Redemption Proceeds. Redemption proceeds normally are wired or mailed within one business day after accepting a request in proper form. However, delivery of payment may be delayed up to seven days:

 

 

to allow your purchase payment to clear;

 

 

during periods of market volatility; or

 

 

when a shareholder’s trade activity or amount adversely impacts the Fund’s ability to manage its assets.

You will not accrue interest or dividends on uncashed checks from the Fund. If those checks are undeliverable and returned to the Fund, the proceeds will be reinvested in shares of the Fund.

Corporate Resolutions. Corporations, trusts and institutional organizations are required to furnish evidence of the authority of persons designated on the account application to effect transactions on behalf of the organizations.

Redemption in Kind. The Fund has reserved the right to pay the redemption price in whole or in part by a distribution of the Fund’s portfolio securities. This means that the Fund is obligated to pay share redemptions to any one shareholder in cash only up to the lesser of $250,000 or 1% of the Fund’s net assets represented by such share class during any 90-day period. Generally, any share redemption payment greater than this amount will be paid in cash unless the Adviser determines that payment should be in kind.

Exchange Privilege. You may exchange Investor Class shares of the Fund for Investor Class shares of any of the other Marshall Funds free of charge, provided you meet the investment minimum of the Fund and you reside in a jurisdiction where Fund shares may be lawfully offered for sale. An exchange is treated as a redemption and a subsequent purchase, and is therefore a taxable transaction.

Signatures must be guaranteed if you request an exchange into another Fund with a different shareholder registration. The exchange privilege may be modified or terminated at any time.

Exchanges by Telephone. If you have completed the telephone authorization section on your account application or an authorization form obtained through MIS, you may telephone instructions to MIS to exchange between Fund accounts that have identical shareholder registrations. Customers of broker/dealers, financial institutions or service providers should contact their account representatives. Telephone exchange instructions must be received before the close of trading on the NYSE, generally 3:00 p.m. (Central Time), for shares to be exchanged at the NAV calculated that day and to receive a dividend of the Fund into which you exchange, if applicable.

The Fund will record your telephone instructions. The Fund will not be liable for losses due to unauthorized or fraudulent telephone instructions as long as reasonable security procedures are followed. You will be notified of changes to telephone transaction privileges.

 

13


Table of Contents

Frequent Traders. The Fund’s management or the Adviser may determine from the amount, frequency and pattern of exchanges or redemptions that a shareholder is engaged in excessive trading that is detrimental to a Marshall Fund or its other shareholders. Such short-term or excessive trading into and out of a Fund may harm all shareholders by disrupting investment strategies, increasing brokerage, administrative and other expenses, decreasing tax efficiency and diluting the value of shares held by long-term shareholders.

The Board has approved policies that seek to discourage frequent purchases and redemptions and curb the disruptive effects of frequent trading (the Market Timing Policy). The Market Timing Policy does not apply to the Fund or other Marshall MONEY MARKET FUNDS, which are typically used for cash management purposes and invest in highly liquid securities. However, the Adviser seeks to prevent the use of the MONEY MARKET FUNDS to facilitate frequent trading in other Marshall Funds in violation of the Market Timing Policy, as described in the applicable prospectus.

 

 

Account and Share Information

 

Fund Transactions Through Marshall Funds OnLine SM . If you have previously established an account with the Fund and have signed an OnLine SM Agreement, you may purchase, redeem or exchange shares through the Marshall Funds’ Internet site at http://www.marshallfunds.com (the Web Site). You may also check your Fund account balance(s) and historical transactions through the Web Site. You cannot, however, establish a new Fund account through the Web Site—you may only establish a new Fund account under the methods described in the “How to Buy Shares” section.

Trust customers of M&I Trust should contact their account officer for information on the availability of transactions on the Web Site.

You should contact MIS at 1-800-236-FUND (3863) to get started. MIS will provide instructions on how to create and activate your Personal Identification Number (PIN). If you forget or lose your PIN number, contact MIS.

Online Conditions. Because of security concerns and costs associated with maintaining the Web Site, purchases, redemptions and exchanges through the Web Site are subject to the following daily minimum and maximum transaction amounts:

 

     Minimum    Maximum

Purchases:

   $50    $100,000

Redemptions:

   By ACH: $50

By wire: $1,000

   By ACH: $50,000

By wire: $50,000

Exchanges:

   $50    $100,000

Your transactions through the Web Site are effective at the time they are accepted by the Fund, and are subject to all of the conditions and procedures described in this Prospectus.

You may not change your address of record, registration or wiring instructions through the Web Site. The Web Site privilege may be modified at any time, but you will be notified in writing of any termination of the privilege.

Online Risks. If you utilize the Web Site for account histories or transactions, you should be aware that the Internet is an unsecured, unregulated and unpredictable environment. Your ability to use the Web Site for transactions is dependent upon the Internet and equipment, software, systems, data and services provided by various vendors and third parties (including telecommunications carriers, equipment manufacturers, firewall providers and encryption system providers). While the Fund and its service providers have established certain security procedures, the Fund and its transfer agent cannot assure you that inquiries or trading activity will be completely secure. There may also be delays, malfunctions or other inconveniences generally associated with this medium. There may be times when the Web Site is unavailable for Fund transactions, which may be due to the Internet or the actions or omissions of a third party—should this happen, you should consider purchasing, redeeming or exchanging shares by another

 

14


Table of Contents

method. The Marshall Funds, its transfer agent and MIS are not responsible for any such delays or malfunctions, and are not responsible for wrongful acts by third parties, as long as reasonable security procedures are followed.

Confirmations and Account Statements . You will receive confirmation of purchases, redemptions and exchanges (except for systematic program transactions). In addition, you will receive periodic statements reporting all account activity, including systematic program transactions, dividends and capital gains paid. You may request photocopies of historical confirmations from prior years. The Fund may charge a fee for this service.

Dividends and Capital Gains. Dividends, if any, of the Fund are declared daily and paid monthly. Provided that your order is received in proper form, payment in “good funds” is received and your order is accepted by the time the Fund’s NAV is calculated, you will receive dividends declared that day. You will continue to receive dividends declared through, and including, the day you redeem your shares.

In addition, the Fund distributes net capital gains, if any, at least annually. The Fund does not expect to realize any capital gains or losses. If capital gains or losses were realized by the Fund, they could result in an increase or decrease in the Fund’s distributions. Your dividends and capital gain distributions will be automatically reinvested in additional shares of the Fund, unless you elect cash payments. If you elect cash payments and the payment is returned as undeliverable, your cash payment will be reinvested in Fund shares and your distribution option will convert to automatic reinvestment. If any distribution check remains uncashed for six months, the check amount will be reinvested in shares and you will not accrue any interest or dividends on this amount prior to the reinvestment.

Shares may be redeemed or exchanged based on either a dollar amount or number of shares. If you are redeeming or exchanging based upon number of Fund shares, you must redeem or exchange enough shares to meet the minimum dollar amounts described above, but not so much as to exceed the maximum dollar amounts.

 

 

What are Dividends and Capital Gains? A dividend is the money paid to shareholders that a mutual fund has earned from the income on its investments after paying any Fund expenses. A capital gain distribution is the money paid to shareholders from a mutual fund’s net profit realized from the sales of portfolio securities.

 

     Accounts with Low Balances. Due to the high cost of maintaining accounts with low balances, the Fund may redeem shares in your account (other than accounts established through the Systematic Investment Program) and pay you the proceeds if your account balance falls below the required minimum value of $1,000. Before shares are redeemed to close an account, you will be notified in writing and allowed 30 days to purchase additional shares to meet the minimum account balance requirement.

Multiple Classes. The Marshall Funds have adopted a plan that permits the Fund to offer more than one class of shares. Currently, the Fund offers three classes of shares. All shares of the Fund or class have equal voting rights and will generally be entitled to vote in the aggregate and not by class. There may be circumstances, however, when only shareholders of a particular Marshall Fund or class are entitled to vote on matters affecting that Fund or class. Share classes may have different sales charges and other expenses, which may affect their performance.

Tax Information

 

Federal Income Tax. The Fund sends you an annual statement of your account activity to assist you in completing your federal, state and local tax returns. With respect to taxable investors, Fund distributions generally are taxable whether paid in cash or reinvested in the Fund. Distributions from the Fund’s investment company taxable income (which includes dividends, interest, net short-term capital gains and net gains from foreign currency transactions), if any, generally are taxable to you as ordinary income whether reinvested or received in cash, unless such distributions are attributable to “qualified dividend income” eligible for the reduced federal income tax rate applicable to long-term capital gains. Currently, the maximum federal income tax rate on ordinary income is 35%, while the maximum federal income tax rate on long-term capital gains is 15%. Fund distributions are expected to primarily consist of investment company taxable income.

Your redemption of Fund shares may result in a taxable gain or loss to you for federal income tax purposes, depending on whether the redemption proceeds are more or less than your basis in the redeemed shares. An exchange of Fund shares for shares in any other Marshall Fund generally will be treated for federal tax purposes as a

 

15


Table of Contents

redemption followed by the purchase of shares of the other Fund, and thus will generally result in the same tax treatment as a redemption of Fund shares.

If you do not furnish the Fund with your correct social security number or taxpayer identification number and/or the Fund receives notification from the Internal Revenue Service requiring back-up withholding, the Fund is required by federal law to withhold federal income tax from your distributions and redemption proceeds, currently at a rate of 28% for U.S. citizens and residents.

This section is not intended to be a full discussion of the federal income tax laws and the effect of such laws on you. There may be other federal, state or local tax considerations applicable to a particular investor. Please consult your own tax advisor regarding federal, state and local tax considerations.

Portfolio Holdings

 

A description of the Fund’s policies and procedures with respect to the disclosure of the Fund’s portfolio securities is available in the Fund’s Statement of Additional Information (SAI).

 

 

Marshall Funds, Inc. Information

 

Management of the Marshall Funds. The Board governs the Fund. The Board selects and oversees the Adviser, M&I Investment Management Corp. The Adviser manages the Fund’s assets, including buying and selling portfolio securities. The Adviser’s address is 111 East Kilbourn Avenue, Suite 200, Milwaukee, Wisconsin 53202.

Adviser’s Background. The Adviser is a registered investment adviser and a wholly-owned subsidiary of Marshall & Ilsley Corporation, a registered bank holding company headquartered in Milwaukee, Wisconsin. As of August 31, 2008, the Adviser had approximately $20.4 billion in assets under management, of which approximately $10.3 billion was in the Marshall Funds’ assets, and has managed investments for individuals and institutions since 1973. The Adviser has managed the Marshall Funds since 1992 and managed the Newton Funds (predecessors to some of the Marshall Funds) since 1985.

Portfolio Manager. The Fund is managed by Richard M. Rokus, a Vice President and a Portfolio Manager of the Adviser. Mr. Rokus has managed the Fund since January 1, 1994 and has been employed by the Adviser since January 1993. Mr. Rokus also manages the Marshall Government Money Market Fund and the Marshall Short-Term Income Fund, other portfolios of the Marshall Funds not discussed in this Prospectus. Mr. Rokus is a Chartered Financial Analyst and holds a B.B.A. degree in Finance from the University of Wisconsin-Whitewater.

Advisory Fee. The Adviser is entitled to receive an investment advisory fee from the Fund at the annual rate of 0.15% of the Fund’s average daily net assets (ADNA), subject to breakpoints described below. For fiscal year 2008, the Adviser received an investment advisory fee from the Fund equal to 0.14% of the Fund’s ADNA, which includes breakpoints as described below and/or voluntary waivers by the Adviser. The Adviser may terminate voluntary waivers at any time.

Effective July 1, 2008, the advisory fee for the Fund is subject to the breakpoints listed in the following table:

 

     Advisory Fee (as % of the Fund’s ADNA)

Fund

   on the
first $2
billion
   on the
next $2
billion
   on the
next $2
billion
   on the
next $2
billion
   in excess
of $8
billion

Prime Money Market Fund

   0.150    0.135    0.120    0.105    0.090

The Adviser has the discretion to voluntarily waive a portion of its fee. However, any waivers by the Adviser are voluntary and may be terminated at any time in the Adviser’s sole discretion.

 

16


Table of Contents

The Fund’s August 31, 2008 Annual Report contains a discussion regarding the Board’s basis for approving the investment advisory contract on behalf of the Fund.

Affiliate Services and Fees. M&I Trust, an affiliate of the Adviser, provides services to the Marshall Funds as custodian of the assets, shareholder services agent, securities lending agent, sub-transfer agent and administrator directly and through its division, MIS. The custody fee is calculated at the annual rate of 0.02% on the first $250 million of the Fund’s ADNA plus 0.01% of assets exceeding $250 million. M&I Trust is entitled to receive shareholder services fees from the Fund at the annual rate of 0.25% of the Fund’s ADNA. M&I Trust has the discretion to waive a portion of its fees. However, any fee waivers are voluntary and may be terminated at any time in its sole discretion.

M&I Trust is the administrator of the Fund and UMB Fund Services, Inc. (UMB) is the sub-administrator. As administrator, M&I Trust is entitled to receive fees from the Fund at the following annual rates based on the aggregate ADNA of all MONEY MARKET FUNDS of the Marshall Funds combined effective July 1, 2008.

 

Fee

   Combined ADNA

0.040%

   on the first $2 billion

0.030%

   on the next $2 billion

0.025%

   on the next $2 billion

0.020%

   on the next $2 billion

0.010%

   on ADNA in excess of $8 billion

All fees of the sub-administrator are paid by M&I Trust.

M&I Trust receives from the Fund an annual per-account fee for sub-transfer agency services to trust and institutional accounts maintained on its trust accounting system.

Payments to Financial Intermediaries. From time to time, the Adviser, M&I Trust, M&I Financial Advisors, the distributor or their affiliates may enter into arrangements with brokers or other financial intermediaries pursuant to which such parties agree to perform record-keeping, administrative or other services on behalf of their clients who are Fund shareholders. Pursuant to these arrangements, the Adviser, M&I Trust, M&I Financial Advisors, the distributor or their affiliates may make payments to brokers or other financial intermediaries from their own resources (including shareholder services fees paid by the Fund to M&I Trust) for services provided to clients who hold Fund shares. In addition, the Adviser or an affiliate may make payments to a financial intermediary, based on the value of Fund shares held through the intermediary, to compensate it for introducing new shareholders to the Funds and for other distribution and marketing services. The receipt of (or prospect of receiving) such compensation may provide the intermediary and its salespersons with an incentive to favor sales of Fund shares, or certain classes of those shares, over other investment alternatives. You may wish to consider whether such arrangements exist when evaluating recommendations from an intermediary.

Distributor. M&I Distributors, LLC (MID), a registered broker-dealer and member of the Financial Industry Regulatory Authority, Inc., acts as principal distributor of the Fund’s shares. All fees of the distributor are paid by M&I Trust. MID is an affiliate of the Adviser and M&I Trust.

 

17


Table of Contents

 

Financial Highlights

 

The Financial Highlights will help you understand the financial performance of the Fund’s Investor Class shares for the last five fiscal years. Some of the information is presented on a per share basis. Total returns represent the rate an investor would have earned (or lost) on an investment in the Fund, assuming reinvestment of any dividends and capital gains.

The information for the fiscal years ended August 31, 2008, 2007 and 2006 was audited by PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP, the Fund’s independent registered public accounting firm, whose report, along with the Fund’s financial statements and notes thereto, is included in the Fund’s Annual Report dated August 31, 2008, which is available free of charge from the Fund. The information for the prior years was audited by a different firm.

 

Period Ended August 31,

   Net Asset
Value,
Beginning
of Period
   Net
Investment
Income
(Loss)
    Total from
Investment
Operations
   Distributions to
Shareholders from
Net Investment
Income
    Total
Distributions
    Net Asset
Value, End
of Period
   Total
Return(1)
    Ratios to Average Net Assets      
                    Net
Expenses(2)
    Expense
Waiver(2)
    Net
Investment
Income
(Loss)(2)
    Net Assets,
End of
Period (000
Omitted)

Prime Money Market Fund

                         

2004

   $ 1.00    $ 0.01 (3)   $ 0.01    $ (0.01 )   $ (0.01 )   $ 1.00    0.76 %   0.45 %   0.04 %   0.76 %   $ 2,123,605

2005

     1.00      0.02       0.02      (0.02 )     (0.02 )     1.00    2.22     0.45     0.04     2.20       2,078,992

2006

     1.00      0.04       0.04      (0.04 )     (0.04 )     1.00    4.25     0.45     0.04     4.19       2,453,274

2007

     1.00      0.05       0.05      (0.05 )     (0.05 )     1.00    5.06     0.45     0.02     4.95       2,753,457

2008

     1.00      0.04       0.04      (0.04 )     (0.04 )     1.00    3.65     0.45     0.01     3.65       2,524,244

 

(1) Based on net asset value.
(2) This voluntary expense decrease is reflected in both the expense and net investment income (loss) ratios shown.
(3) Per share information is based on average shares outstanding.

 

18


Table of Contents

 

Marshall Funds, Inc.

Privacy Policy Notice

Federal regulations require financial institutions to deliver a summary of their privacy policies to their customers. We were committed to maintaining the confidentiality of your personal information long before these regulations required us to do so, and intend to do the same in the future. Allow us to summarize for you, in clear, plain-English terms, our policies regarding how we obtain, handle, use and protect your personal information.

INFORMATION COLLECTION POLICY. We receive non-public personal information about you during the normal course of business from the following sources:

 

 

From you, or from your financial representative, on account applications, other forms or electronically (for example, your name, address, phone number, e-mail address, social security number, assets and income).

 

 

From you, or from your financial representative, through transactions, correspondence and other communications (for example, your specific investment purchases and your account balances).

 

 

From you in connection with providing you a financial product or service (for example, your bank account numbers used for transferring funds to or from the Marshall Funds).

INFORMATION SHARING POLICY. Under no circumstances, do we rent, sell or trade your personal information to anyone nor do we disclose it to anyone except as permitted or required by law. We may disclose your non-public personal information to companies that provide services to the Marshall Funds such as transfer agents, printers and mailing agents that deliver annual reports, prospectuses and other required shareholder communications. All of the information we collect may be shared with our affiliates (such as Marshall & Ilsley Trust Company, M&I Financial Advisors, Inc. and their affiliates). We also may share this information with financial institutions, such as the bank, broker-dealer or other financial intermediary through whom you purchased your shares of the Marshall Funds, for the limited purpose of jointly offering, endorsing or sponsoring a financial product or service or with other financial institutions with whom we have joint marketing agreements.

If you decide to close your account(s), we will continue to adhere to the privacy policies and practices described in this notice.

INFORMATION SECURITY POLICY. We maintain physical, electronic and procedural safeguards consistent with industry standards to protect the confidentiality, integrity and security of your non-public personal information. We permit access to your personal information only by authorized personnel who need that information to provide products or services to you. On our web site, we use a full range of Internet security measures such as data encryption, user names and passwords. Please note, however, that when you use a link from our website to a non-Marshall Funds site, the Marshall Funds privacy policies and Internet security measures no longer apply.

We require third parties to protect the security and confidentiality of your non-public personal information. These requirements are reflected in written agreements between the Marshall Funds and third party service providers. Except as required by law, under no circumstances do we permit third parties to rent, sell, trade or otherwise release or disclose your personal information to any other party.

CHANGES TO OUR PRIVACY POLICY. The Marshall Funds reserve the right to modify or remove parts of this privacy statement at any time. Notice will be provided to you in advance of any changes that would affect your rights under this policy statement.

ADDITIONAL RIGHTS. You may have other privacy protections under applicable state laws. To the extent those state laws apply, we will comply with them with respect to your non-public personal information.

* * * * * * * * * * *

For questions about our privacy policy, please contact us at 1-800-236-FUND (3863) or visit our website at http://www.marshallfunds.com.

Not Part of the Prospectus


Table of Contents

The SAI is incorporated by reference into this Prospectus. Additional information about the Fund’s investments is contained in the SAI and the Annual and Semi-Annual Reports of the Fund as they become available.

To obtain the SAI, Annual Report, Semi-Annual Report, and other information, free of charge, and to make inquiries, write to or call MIS at 1-414-287-8555 or at 1-800-236-FUND (3863). You may also obtain these materials free of charge on the Marshall Funds’ Internet site at http://www.marshallfunds.com.

You may write to the SEC Public Reference Room at the regular mailing address or the e-mail address below and ask them to mail you information about the Funds, including the SAI. They will charge you a fee for this duplicating service. You can also visit the SEC Public Reference Room and review and copy documents while you are there. For more information about the operation of the Public Reference Room, call the SEC at the telephone number below.

Public Reference Section

Securities and Exchange Commission

Washington, D.C. 20549-0102

publicinfo@sec.gov

1-202-942-8090

Reports and other information about the Fund are also available on the EDGAR database on the SEC’s Internet site at http://www.sec.gov.

Marshall Investor Services

P.O. Box 1348

Milwaukee, WI 53201-1348

1-414-287-8555

1-800-236-FUND (3863)

Internet address: http://www.marshallfunds.com

 

Not FDIC Insured   No Bank Guarantee   May Lose Value

 

M&I Distributors, LLC

Distributor

  Investment Company Act File No. 811-58433


Table of Contents

Marshall Funds, Inc.

Statement of Additional Information

December 15, 2008

 

Money Market Funds    Equity Funds

•        Marshall Government Money Market Fund

 

•        Marshall Tax-Free Money Market Fund

 

•        Marshall Prime Money Market Fund

 

Income Funds

 

•        Marshall Short-Term Income Fund

 

•        Marshall Short-Intermediate Bond Fund

 

•        Marshall Intermediate Tax-Free Fund

 

•        Marshall Government Income Fund

 

•        Marshall Corporate Income Fund

 

•        Marshall Aggregate Bond Fund

 

•        Marshall Core Plus Bond Fund

  

•        Marshall Large-Cap Value Fund

 

•        Marshall Large-Cap Growth Fund

 

•        Marshall Mid-Cap Value Fund

 

•        Marshall Mid-Cap Growth Fund

 

•        Marshall Small-Cap Growth Fund

 

•        Marshall International Stock Fund

 

•        Marshall Emerging Markets Equity Fund

This Statement of Additional Information (SAI) is not a Prospectus and should be read in conjunction with the Prospectuses for the Marshall Funds listed above (each, a Fund and collectively, the Funds) dated December 15, 2008. This SAI incorporates by reference the financial statements from the Funds’ August 31, 2008 Annual Report. You may obtain any of the Prospectuses and the Annual Report without charge by calling Marshall Investor Services (MIS) at 1-800-236-FUND (3863), or you can visit the Marshall Funds’ website at http://www.marshallfunds.com .

P.O. Box 1348

Milwaukee, Wisconsin 53201-1348

 

M&I DISTRIBUTORS, LLC

D ISTRIBUTOR


Table of Contents

Table o f Contents

 

     Page

HOW ARE THE FUNDS ORGANIZED?

   1

SECURITIES IN WHICH THE FUNDS INVEST

   2

SECURITIES DESCRIPTIONS, TECHNIQUES AND RISKS

   5

FUNDAMENTAL INVESTMENT OBJECTIVES

   31

INVESTMENT LIMITATIONS

   32

VALUATION OF SECURITIES

   35

WHAT DO SHARES COST?

   38

HOW ARE THE FUND SHARES SOLD?

   38

HOW TO BUY SHARES

   41

ACCOUNT AND SHARE INFORMATION

   43

WHAT ARE THE TAX CONSEQUENCES?

   53

WHO MANAGES THE FUNDS?

   55

PERFORMANCE

   83

FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

   83

APPENDIX

   A-1

ADDRESSES

   Back Cover


Table of Contents

HOW ARE THE FUNDS ORGANIZED?

Marshall Funds, Inc. (Corporation) is an open-end, management investment company that was established as a Wisconsin corporation on July 31, 1992.

The Funds are diversified portfolios of the Corporation. The Corporation may offer separate series of shares representing interests in separate portfolios of securities, and the shares in any one portfolio may be offered in separate classes. Currently, the Corporation consists of seventeen separate series, all of which are discussed in this SAI.

The Board of Directors of the Corporation (Board) has established certain classes of shares with respect to each Fund as follows:

 

Fund

   Advisor Class
Shares (Class A)
   Investor Class
Shares (Class Y)
   Institutional Class
Shares (Class I)

Government Money Market Fund

      Ö    Ö

Tax-Free Money Market Fund

      Ö    Ö

Prime Money Market Fund

   Ö    Ö    Ö

Short-Term Income Fund

   Ö    Ö    Ö

Short-Intermediate Bond Fund *

   Ö    Ö    Ö

Intermediate Tax-Free Fund

      Ö   

Government Income Fund

   Ö    Ö    Ö

Corporate Income Fund

   Ö    Ö    Ö

Aggregate Bond Fund

   Ö    Ö    Ö

Core Plus Bond Fund

      Ö    Ö

Large-Cap Value Fund

   Ö    Ö    Ö

Large-Cap Growth Fund

   Ö    Ö    Ö

Mid-Cap Value Fund

   Ö    Ö    Ö

Mid-Cap Growth Fund

   Ö    Ö    Ö

Small-Cap Growth Fund

   Ö    Ö    Ö

International Stock Fund

   Ö    Ö    Ö

Emerging Markets Equity Fund

   Ö    Ö    Ö

 

* Effective June 1, 2007, the Marshall Intermediate Bond Fund changed its name to the Marshall Short-Intermediate Bond Fund.

 

B-1


Table of Contents

The Funds’ investment adviser is M&I Investment Management Corp. (Adviser). The Adviser has retained the following sub-advisers (each, a Sub-Adviser and collectively, Sub-Advisers) for certain Funds:

 

Fund Name

 

Sub-Adviser

Corporate Income Fund

  Taplin, Canida & Habacht, LLC (TCH)

Core Plus Bond Fund

  Taplin, Canida & Habacht, LLC (TCH)

International Stock Fund

  Acadian Asset Management, LLC (Acadian)
  Trilogy Global Advisors, LLC (Trilogy)

Emerging Markets Equity Fund

  Trilogy Global Advisors, LLC (Trilogy)

This SAI contains additional information about the Corporation and the Funds. This SAI uses the same terms as defined in the Funds’ respective Prospectuses.

The definitions of the terms “series” and “class” in the Wisconsin Business Corporation Law, Chapter 180 of the Wisconsin Statutes (WBCL) differ from the meanings assigned to those terms in the Prospectuses and this SAI. The Corporation’s Articles of Incorporation reconcile this inconsistency in terminology, and provide that the Prospectus and SAI may define these terms consistently with the use of those terms under the WBCL.

SECURITIES IN WHICH THE FUNDS INVEST

Following is a table that indicates which types of securities or practices are a(n):

 

 

P = Principal investment or practice of a Fund; (shaded in chart)

 

A = Acceptable (but not principal) investment or practice of a Fund; or

 

N = Not an acceptable investment or practice of a Fund.

 

B-2


Table of Contents

MONEY MARKET FUNDS AND INCOME FUNDS

 

Securities

  Government
Money
Market
  Tax-Free
Money
Market
  Prime
Money
Market
  Short-
Term
Income
  Short-
Intermediate
Bond
  Interme-
diate
Tax-Free
  Government
Income
  Corporate
Income
  Aggregate
Bond
  Core Plus
Bond

Asset-Backed Securities

  A   A   A   P   A   A   P   A   A   A

Bank Instruments

  A   A   P   P   A   A   A   A   A   A

Borrowing

  A   A   A   A   A   A   A   A   A   A

Callable Securities

  A   P   A   A   A   A   A   A   A   A

Commercial Paper

  A   A   P   A   A   A   A   A   A   A

Convertible Securities

  N   N   N   A   A   A   A   A   A   A

Credit Enhancements

  A   P   A   A   A   P   A   A   A   A

Debt Obligations

  P   P   P   P   P   P   P   P   P   P

Demand Master Notes

  A   P   P   A   A   N   A   A   A   A

Derivative Instruments

  N   N   N   A   A   A   A   A   A   A

Dollar Rolls

  N   N   N   A   P   A   P   A   P   A

Emerging Markets Securities

  N   N   N   N   N   N   N   N   N   A

Fixed Rate Debt Obligations

  P   P   P   P   P   P   P   P   P   P

Floating Rate Debt Obligations

  P   P   P   P   P   P   P   P   P   P

Foreign Money Market Instruments

  A   A   A   A   A   A   A   A   A   A

Forward Commitments, When-Issued and Delayed Delivery Transactions

  A   A   A   A   A   A   A   A   A   A

Funding Agreements

  A   A   P   A   A   A   A   A   A   A

Futures and Options Transactions

  N   N   N   A   A   A   A   A   A   A

Guaranteed Investment Contracts

  A   A   A   A   A   N   A   A   A   A

High Yield Securities

  N   N   N   N   N   N   N   A   N   A

Hybrid Instruments

  N   N   N   A   A   A   A   A   A   A

Illiquid and Restricted Securities

  A   A   A   A   A   A   A   A   A   A

Lending of Portfolio Securities

  A   A   A   A   A   A   A   A   A   A

Mortgage-Backed Securities

  A   A   A   A   P   A   P   A   P   A

Municipal Leases

  N   A   N   A   A   A   A   A   A   A

Municipal Securities

  N   P   A   A   A   P   A   A   A   A

Participation Interests

  A   A   A   A   N   A   N   A   N   A

Repurchase Agreements

  P   A   P   P   P   A   P   P   P   P

Reverse Repurchase Agreements

  A   A   A   A   A   A   A   A   A   A

Securities of Other Investment Companies

  A   A   A   A   A   A   A   A   A   A

Sovereign Debt

  N   N   N   N   N   N   N   N   N   A

Swap Transactions

  N   N   N   A   A   A   A   A   A   A

U.S. Government Securities

  P   A   A   A   A   A   P   A   A   A

Variable Rate Demand Notes

  A   P   A   A   A   A   A   A   A   A

Zero Coupon Securities

  A   A   A   A   A   A   A   A   A   A

 

B-3


Table of Contents

EQUITY FUNDS

 

Securities

   Large-Cap
Value
   Large-Cap
Growth
   Mid-Cap
Value
   Mid-Cap
Growth
   Small-Cap
Growth
   International
Stock
   Emerging
Markets
Equity

American Depositary Receipts

   A    A    A    A    A    A    A

Asset-Backed Securities

   A    A    A    A    A    A    A

Bank Instruments

   A    A    A    A    A    A    A

Borrowing

   A    A    A    A    A    A    A

Commercial Paper

   A    A    A    A    A    A    A

Common Stock

   P    P    P    P    P    P    P

Convertible Securities

   A    A    A    A    A    A    A

Debt Obligations

   A    A    A    A    A    A    A

Derivative Instruments

   A    A    A    A    A    A    A

Emerging Markets Securities

   N    N    N    N    N    N    P

European Depositary Receipts

   N    N    N    N    N    A    A

Fixed Rate Debt Obligations

   A    A    A    A    A    A    A

Floating Rate Debt Obligations

   A    A    A    A    A    A    A

Foreign Currency Hedging Transactions

   N    N    N    N    N    A    A

Foreign Currency Transactions

   N    N    N    N    N    A    A

Foreign Securities

   A    A    A    A    A    P    P

Forward Commitments, When-Issued and Delayed Delivery Transactions

   A    A    A    A    A    A    A

Futures and Options Transactions

   A    A    A    A    A    A    A

Global Depositary Receipts

   N    N    N    N    N    A    A

Hybrid Instruments

   A    A    A    A    A    A    A

Illiquid and Restricted Securities

   A    A    A    A    A    A    A

Lending of Portfolio Securities

   A    A    A    A    A    A    A

Mortgage-Backed Securities

   A    A    A    A    A    A    A

Preferred Stocks

   A    A    A    A    A    A    A

Repurchase Agreements

   A    A    A    A    A    A    A

Reverse Repurchase Agreements

   A    A    A    A    A    A    A

Securities of Other Investment Companies

   A    A    A    A    A    A    A

Sovereign Debt

   N    N    N    N    N    N    A

Swap Transactions

   A    A    A    A    A    A    A

U.S. Government Securities

   A    A    A    A    A    A    A

Variable Rate Demand Notes

   A    A    A    A    A    A    A

Warrants

   A    A    A    A    A    A    A

 

B-4


Table of Contents

SECURITIES DESCRIPTIONS, TECHNIQUES AND RISKS

The following information supplements the discussion of each Fund’s securities and investment techniques that are described in the Prospectuses.

As used in this section, the term Adviser means Adviser or Sub-Adviser, as applicable.

Recent Market Events

During 2008, U.S. and international markets experienced dramatic volatility. The securities markets have experienced substantially lower valuations, reduced liquidity, price volatility, credit downgrades, increased likelihood of default and valuation difficulties, all of which may increase the risks of investing in the following securities.

Agency Securities are issued or guaranteed by a federal agency or other government sponsored entity acting under federal authority. Some government entities are supported by the full faith and credit of the United States. Other government entities receive support through federal subsidies, loans or other benefits. A few government entities have no explicit financial support, but are regarded as having implied support because the federal government sponsors their activities. Investors regard agency securities as having low credit risks, but not as low as Treasury securities.

A Fund treats mortgage-backed securities guaranteed by a government sponsored entity as if issued or guaranteed by a federal agency. Although such a guarantee protects against credit risks, it does not reduce the market and prepayment risks.

Recent Events Regarding Fannie Mae and Freddie Mac. In September 2008, the U.S. Treasury announced that Fannie Mae and Freddie Mac had been placed in conservatorship by the Federal Housing Finance Agency (FHFA). In addition to placing the companies in conservatorship, the U.S. Treasury announced three additional steps that it intended to take with respect to Fannie Mae and Freddie Mac. First, the U.S. Treasury entered into preferred stock purchase agreements under which, if the FHFA determines that Fannie Mae’s or Freddie Mac’s liabilities have exceeded its assets, the U.S. Treasury will contribute cash capital to the company. Second, the U.S. Treasury established a new secured lending credit facility that is available to Fannie Mae and Freddie Mac until December 2009. Third, the U.S. Treasury initiated a temporary program to purchase Fannie Mae and Freddie Mac mortgage-backed securities, which is expected to continue until December 2009. No assurance can be given that the U.S. Treasury initiatives discussed above with respect to the debt and mortgage-backed securities issued by Fannie Mae and Freddie Mac will be successful.

Asset-Backed Securities are issued by non-governmental entities and carry no direct or indirect government guarantee. Asset-backed securities represent an interest in a pool of assets such as car loans and credit card receivables. Almost any type of fixed income assets (including other fixed income securities) may be used to create an asset-backed security. However, most asset-backed securities involve consumer or commercial debts with maturities of less than ten years. Asset-backed securities may take the form of commercial paper or notes, in addition to pass-through certificates or asset-backed bonds. Asset-backed securities may also resemble some types of collateralized mortgage obligations (CMOs).

Payments on asset-backed securities depend upon assets held by the issuer and collections of the underlying loans. The value of these securities depends on many factors, including changing interest rates, the availability of information about the pool and its structure, the credit quality of the underlying assets, the market’s perception of the servicer of the pool and any credit enhancement provided. Also, these securities may be subject to prepayment risk.

 

B-5


Table of Contents

Bank Instruments are unsecured interest-bearing deposits with banks. Bank instruments include bank accounts, time deposits, certificates of deposit and banker’s acceptances. Instruments denominated in U.S. dollars and issued by non-U.S. branches of U.S. or foreign banks are commonly referred to as Eurodollar instruments. Instruments denominated in U.S. dollars and issued by U.S. branches of foreign banks are referred to as Yankee dollar instruments.

The Funds will invest in bank instruments that have been issued by banks and savings and loans that have capital, surplus and undivided profits of over $100 million or whose principal amount is insured by the Bank Insurance Fund or the Savings Association Insurance Fund, which are administered by the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation. Securities that are credit-enhanced with a bank’s irrevocable letter of credit or unconditional guaranty will also be treated as bank instruments.

Foreign Bank and Money Market Instruments . Eurodollar Certificates of Deposit (ECDs), Yankee dollar Certificates of Deposit (YCDs) and Eurodollar Time Deposits (ETDs) are all U.S. dollar denominated certificates of deposit. ECDs are issued by, and ETDs are deposits of, foreign banks or foreign branches of U.S. banks. YCDs are issued in the U.S. by branches and agencies of foreign banks. Europaper is dollar-denominated commercial paper and other short-term notes issued in the U.S. by foreign issuers.

ECDs, ETDs, YCDs and Europaper have many of the same risks as other foreign securities. Examples of these risks include economic and political developments that may adversely affect the payment of principal or interest, foreign withholding or other taxes on interest income, difficulties in obtaining or enforcing a judgment against the issuing bank and the possible impact of interruptions in the flow of international currency transactions. Also, the issuing banks or their branches are not necessarily subject to the same regulatory requirements that apply to domestic banks, such as reserve requirements, loan limitations, examinations, accounting, auditing, recordkeeping and the public availability of information. These factors will be carefully considered by the Adviser in selecting these investments.

Borrowing . The Funds may borrow money from banks or through reverse repurchase agreements (as described below) in amounts up to one-third of total assets (net assets in the case of the Money Market Funds, Short-Term Income Fund, Short-Intermediate Bond Fund and Aggregate Bond Fund ) and pledge some assets as collateral. A Fund that borrows will pay interest on borrowed money and may incur other transaction costs. These expenses could exceed the income received or capital appreciation realized by the Fund from any securities purchased with borrowed money. With respect to borrowings, the Funds are required to maintain continuous asset coverage equal to 300% of the amount borrowed. If the coverage declines to less than 300%, a Fund must sell sufficient portfolio securities to reduce its borrowings and restore the coverage even if it must sell the securities at a loss.

The Corporation has established a line of credit with a bank by which a Fund may borrow money for temporary or emergency purposes. The Funds pay a commitment fee to the bank in order for the line of credit to be available.

The International Stock Fund and Emerging Markets Equity Fund are permitted to borrow money or engage in reverse repurchase agreements for investment leverage, a strategy that involves purchasing securities in amounts that exceed the amount it has invested in the underlying securities. The excess exposure increases the risks associated with the underlying securities and tends to exaggerate the effect of changes in the value of its portfolio securities and consequently on the Fund’s net asset value (NAV). The Fund may pledge more than 5% of its total assets to secure such borrowings. The International

 

B-6


Table of Contents

Stock Fund and Emerging Markets Equity Fund are also permitted to purchase securities while borrowings in excess of 5% of the Fund’s total assets are outstanding.

Commercial Paper and Restricted and Illiquid Securities . Commercial paper represents an issuer’s draft or note with a maturity of less than nine months. Companies typically issue commercial paper to fund current expenditures. Most issuers constantly reissue their commercial paper and use the proceeds (or bank loans) to repay maturing paper. Commercial paper may default if the issuer cannot continue to obtain financing in this fashion. The short maturity of commercial paper reduces both the interest rate and credit risk as compared to other debt securities of the same issuer.

The Funds may invest in commercial paper issued under Section 4(2) of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (1933 Act). By law, the sale of Section 4(2) commercial paper is restricted and is generally sold only to institutional investors, such as the Funds. A Fund purchasing Section 4(2) commercial paper must agree to purchase the paper for investment purposes only and not with a view to public distribution. Section 4(2) commercial paper is normally resold to other institutional investors through investment dealers who make a market in Section 4(2) commercial paper and, thus, provide liquidity.

The Adviser believes that certain Section 4(2) commercial paper and certain other restricted securities that meet the Board’s criteria for liquidity are liquid. Therefore, Section 4(2) commercial paper and restricted securities that the Adviser has determined to be liquid are not subject to the Funds’ investment limitation applicable to illiquid securities.

Concentration Each Fund has adopted a fundamental investment policy that prohibits the Fund from investing 25% or more of its assets in the securities of companies in any one industry (except as described under “Investment Limitations—Fundamental Limitations—Concentration of Investments”). For purposes of this policy, the Adviser determines industry classifications for the Equity Funds in accordance with the Global Industry Classification Standards, an industry classification system developed by Standard & Poor’s Corporation in collaboration with Morgan Stanley Capital International.

Convertible Securities are fixed income securities that a Fund has the option to exchange for equity securities at a specified conversion price. The option allows a Fund to realize additional returns if the market price of the equity securities exceeds the conversion price. For example, if a Fund holds fixed income securities convertible into shares of common stock at a conversion price of $10 per share, and the shares have a market value of $12, a Fund could realize an additional $2 per share by converting the fixed income securities.

To compensate for the value of the conversion option, convertible securities have lower yields than comparable fixed income securities. In addition, the conversion price exceeds the market value of the underlying equity securities at the time a convertible security is issued. Thus, convertible securities may provide lower returns than non-convertible fixed income securities or equity securities depending upon changes in the price of the underlying equity securities. However, convertible securities permit a Fund to realize some of the potential appreciation of the underlying equity securities with less risk of losing its initial investment.

A Fund treats convertible securities as both fixed income and equity securities for purposes of its investment policies and limitations, because of their unique characteristics.

Corporate Debt Securities are fixed income securities issued by businesses. Notes, bonds, debentures and commercial paper are the most common types of corporate debt securities. The credit risks of corporate debt securities vary widely among issuers.

Credit Enhancement . Certain acceptable investments may be credit-enhanced by a guaranty, letter of credit or insurance. The Adviser may evaluate a security based, in whole or in part, upon the financial

 

B-7


Table of Contents

condition of the party providing the credit enhancement (the credit enhancer). The bankruptcy, receivership or default of the credit enhancer will adversely affect the quality and marketability of the underlying security. In certain cases, credit-enhanced securities may be treated as having been issued both by the issuer and the credit enhancer (see “Diversification of Investments,” below).

Credit Quality. The Income Funds and Equity Funds may invest in securities that are investment grade at the time of purchase. This does not preclude the Short-Term Income Fund from investing in other investment companies that may hold fixed income securities rated less than investment grade. The Corporate Income Fund and Core Plus Bond Fund may also invest in securities that are not investment grade. Investment grade securities are those that have received one of a Nationally Recognized Statistical Rating Organization’s (NRSRO) four highest ratings or, if unrated, determined by the Adviser to be of comparable quality. Securities receiving the fourth highest rating (Baa by Moody’s or BBB by S&P or Fitch) have speculative characteristics, and changes in the market or the economy are more likely to affect the ability of the issuer to repay its obligations when due. The Adviser will evaluate downgraded securities and will sell any security determined not to be an acceptable investment. The Money Market Funds are subject to Rule 2a-7 under the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended (1940 Act), and will follow the credit quality requirements of the Rule. See Appendix A of this SAI for further information on securities ratings.

Demand Features . The Funds may purchase securities subject to a demand feature, which may take the form of a put or standby commitment. Demand features permit a Fund to demand payment of the value of the security (plus any accrued interest) from either the issuer of the security or a third-party. Demand features help make a security more liquid, although an adverse change in the financial health of the provider of a demand feature (such as bankruptcy) will negatively affect the liquidity of the security. Other events may also terminate a demand feature, in which case liquidity is also affected.

Demand Master Notes are short-term borrowing arrangements between a corporation or government agency and an institutional lender (such as a Fund) payable upon demand by either party. A party may demand full or partial payment, and the notice period for demand typically ranges from one to seven days. Many master notes give a Fund the option of increasing or decreasing the principal amount of the master note on a daily or weekly basis within certain limits. Demand master notes usually provide for floating or variable rates of interest.

Depositary Receipts . ADRs are receipts issued by a U.S. bank that represent an interest in shares of a foreign-based corporation. ADRs provide a way to buy shares of foreign-based companies in the U.S. rather than in overseas markets. European Depositary Receipts (EDRs) and Global Depositary Receipts (GDRs) are receipts issued by foreign banks or trust companies, or foreign branches of U.S. banks that represent an interest in shares of either a foreign or U.S. corporation. Depositary receipts may not be denominated in the same currency as the underlying securities into which they may be converted, and are subject to currency risks. Depositary receipts involve many of the same risks of investing directly in foreign securities.

Derivative Instruments. Derivative instruments are financial instruments that require payments based upon changes in the values of designated (or underlying) securities, currencies, commodities, financial indices or other assets. Some derivative instruments (such as futures, forwards and options) require payments relating to a future trade involving the underlying asset. Other derivative instruments (such as swaps) require payments relating to the income or returns from the underlying asset. The other party to a derivative instrument is referred to as a counterparty.

The Money Market Funds may not purchase or sell derivative instruments. The other Funds, in pursuing their individual objectives and to the extent specified herein or in their respective Prospectuses, may purchase and sell (write) both put options and call options on securities, swap agreements, securities indexes and foreign currencies and enter into interest rate, foreign currency and index futures contracts and purchase and sell options on such futures contracts for hedging purposes, to seek to replicate the

 

B-8


Table of Contents

composition and performance of a particular index, or as part of their overall investment strategies, except that those Funds that may not invest in foreign currency-denominated securities may not enter into transactions involving currency futures or options. The Funds also may purchase and sell foreign currency options for purposes of increasing exposure to a foreign currency or to shift exposure to foreign currency fluctuations from one country to another. The Funds also may enter into swap agreements with respect to interest rates and indexes of securities, and to the extent a Fund may invest in foreign currency-denominated securities, may enter into swap agreements with respect to foreign currencies. The Funds may invest in structured notes. If other types of financial instruments, including other types of options, futures contracts or futures options, are traded in the future, the Board may authorize their use.

In the case of the Income Funds , financial futures contracts and options can be used as tools in managing duration, which measures a fixed income security’s average life and reflects the present value of the security’s cash flow. Selling futures contracts or purchasing put options can accomplish the shortening of a portfolio’s duration in anticipation of higher interest rates. Conversely, purchasing futures contracts or call options can accomplish the lengthening of portfolio duration in anticipation of lower interest rates. The use of these instruments in this manner is preferred to either liquidating or purchasing securities held by the Funds in order to achieve the portfolio’s duration targets because it reduces transaction costs to the Funds. In addition, the use of financial futures contracts and related options permits the Funds’ portfolio managers to react in a more timely manner to changes in interest rates.

The value of some derivative instruments in which the Funds invest may be particularly sensitive to changes in prevailing interest rates, and, like the other investments of the Funds, the ability of a Fund to successfully utilize these instruments may depend in part upon the ability of the Adviser or Sub-Adviser to forecast interest rates and other economic factors correctly. If the Adviser or Sub-Adviser incorrectly forecasts such factors and has taken positions in derivative instruments contrary to prevailing market trends, a Fund could be exposed to the risk of loss.

The Funds might not employ any of the strategies described below, and no assurance can be given that any strategy used will succeed. If the Adviser or Sub-Adviser incorrectly forecasts interest rates, market values or other economic factors in utilizing a derivatives strategy for a Fund, the Fund might have been in a better position if it had not entered into the transaction at all. Also, suitable derivative transactions may not be available in all circumstances. The use of these strategies involves certain special risks, including a possible imperfect correlation, or even no correlation, between price movements of derivative instruments and price movements of related investments. Although some strategies involving derivative instruments can reduce the risk of loss for a Fund, they can also reduce the opportunity for gain or even result in losses by offsetting favorable price movements in related investments or otherwise, due to the possible inability of the Fund to purchase or sell a portfolio security at a time that otherwise would be favorable or to the possible need to sell a portfolio security at a disadvantageous time because the Fund is required to maintain asset coverage or offsetting positions in connection with transactions in derivative instruments, and the possible inability of the Fund to close out or to liquidate its derivatives positions. In addition, a Fund’s use of such instruments may cause the Fund to realize higher amounts of short-term capital gains (generally taxed at ordinary income tax rates) than if it had not used such instruments. For Funds that gain exposure to an asset class using derivative instruments backed by a collateral portfolio of fixed income instruments, changes in the value of the fixed income instruments may result in greater or lesser exposure to that asset class than would have resulted from a direct investment in securities comprising that asset class.

Futures Contracts and Options on Futures Contracts. A futures contract is an agreement between two parties to buy and sell a security or commodity for a set price on a future date . These contracts are traded on exchanges, so that, in most cases, either party can close out its position on the exchange for cash, without delivering the security or commodity . An option on a futures contract (futures option) gives the holder of the option the right to buy or sell a position in a futures contract to the writer of the option, at a specified price and on or before a specified expiration date.

 

B-9


Table of Contents

A Fund may invest in financial futures contracts and options thereon with respect to, but not limited to, interest rates and security indexes . To the extent that a Fund may invest in foreign currency-denominated securities, it may also invest in foreign currency futures contracts and options thereon .

An interest rate, commodity, foreign currency or index futures contract provides for the future sale by one party and purchase by another party of a specified quantity of a financial instrument, commodity, foreign currency or the cash value of an index at a specified price and time. A futures contract on an index is an agreement pursuant to which two parties agree to take or make delivery of an amount of cash equal to the difference between the value of the index at the close of the last trading day of the contract and the price at which the index contract was originally written. Although the value of an index might be a function of the value of certain specified securities, no physical delivery of those securities is made. A public market exists in futures contracts covering a number of indexes as well as financial instruments and foreign currencies, including the S&P 500, the S&P Midcap 400, the Nikkei 225, the NYSE composite, U.S. Treasury bonds, U.S. Treasury notes, the Government National Mortgage Association (GNMA) Certificates, three-month U.S. Treasury bills, 90-day commercial paper, bank certificates of deposit, Eurodollar certificates of deposit, the Australian dollar, the Canadian dollar, the British pound, the Japanese yen, the Swiss franc, the Mexican peso, and certain multinational currencies, such as the euro. It is expected that other futures contracts will be developed and traded in the future.

A Fund may purchase or write call futures options and put futures options, to the extent specified herein or in its Prospectuses. Futures options possess many of the same characteristics as options on securities and indexes (discussed above). A futures option gives the holder the right, in return for the premium paid, to assume a long position (call) or short position (put) in a futures contract at a specified exercise price at any time during the period of the option. Upon exercise of a call option, the holder acquires a long position in the futures contract and the writer is assigned the opposite short position. In the case of a put option, the opposite is true. A call option is “in the money” if the value of the futures contract that is the subject of the option exceeds the exercise price . A put option is “in the money” if the exercise price exceeds the value of the futures contract that is the subject of the option.

Pursuant to a claim of exemption filed with the Commodity Futures Trading Commission, neither the Company nor any Fund is deemed to be a “commodity pool” or “commodity pool operator” under the Commodity Exchange Act (CEA), and they are not subject to registration or regulation as such under that Act .

Limitations on Use of Futures and Futures Options. A Fund will only enter into futures contracts and futures options that are standardized and traded on a U.S. or foreign exchange, board of trade, or similar entity, or quoted on an automated quotation system.

When a purchase or sale of a futures contract is made by a Fund, the Fund is required to deposit with its custodian (or broker, if legally permitted) a specified amount of assets determined to be liquid by the Adviser or Sub-Adviser in accordance with procedures established by the Board (initial margin) . The margin required for a futures contract is set by the exchange on which the contract is traded and may be modified during the term of the contract . Margin requirements on foreign exchanges may be different than U.S. exchanges . The initial margin is in the nature of a performance bond or good faith deposit on the futures contract which is returned to the Fund upon termination of the contract, assuming all contractual obligations have been satisfied . Each Fund expects to earn interest income on its initial margin deposits . A futures contract held by a Fund is valued daily at the official settlement price of the exchange on which it is traded . Each day the Fund pays or receives cash, called “variation margin,” equal to the daily change in value of the futures contract . This process is known as “marking to market.” Variation margin does not represent a borrowing or loan by a Fund but is instead a settlement between the Fund and the broker of the amount one would owe the other if the futures contract expired on that date. In computing daily net asset value, each Fund will mark to market its open futures positions .

 

B-10


Table of Contents

A Fund is also required to deposit and maintain margin with respect to put and call options on futures contracts written by it . Such margin deposits will vary depending on the nature of the underlying futures contract (and the related initial margin requirements), the current market value of the option, and other futures positions held by the Fund .

Although some futures contracts call for making or taking delivery of the underlying securities or commodities, generally those obligations are closed out prior to delivery by offsetting purchases or sales of matching futures contracts (same exchange, underlying security or index, and delivery month) . Closing out a futures contract sale is effected by purchasing a futures contract for the same aggregate amount of the specific type of financial instrument or commodity with the same delivery date . If an offsetting purchase price is less than the original sale price, the Fund realizes a capital gain, or if it is more, the Fund realizes a capital loss . Conversely, if an offsetting sale price is more than the original purchase price, the Fund realizes a capital gain, or if it is less, the Fund realizes a capital loss . The transaction costs must also be included in these calculations .

A Fund may write a covered straddle consisting of a call and a put written on the same underlying futures contract . A straddle will be covered when sufficient assets are deposited to meet the Fund’s immediate obligations . The Fund may use the same liquid assets to cover both the call and put options where the exercise price of the call and put are the same, or the exercise price of the call is higher than that of the put . In such a case, the Fund will also segregate liquid assets equivalent to the amount, if any, by which the put is “in the money.”

When purchasing a futures contract, a Fund will maintain with its custodian (and mark to market on a daily basis) assets determined to be liquid by the Adviser or Sub-Adviser in accordance with procedures established by the Board, that, when added to the amounts deposited with a futures commission merchant as margin, are equal to the market value of the instruments underlying the futures contract . Alternatively, the Fund may “cover” its position by purchasing a put option on the same futures contract with a strike price as high or higher than the price of the contract held by the Fund .

When selling a futures contract, a Fund will maintain with its custodian (and mark to market on a daily basis) assets determined to be liquid by the Adviser or Sub-Adviser in accordance with procedures established by the Board, that are equal to the market value of the instruments underlying the contract. Alternatively, the Fund may “cover” its position by owning the instruments underlying the contract (or, in the case of an index futures contract, a portfolio with a volatility substantially similar to that of the index on which the futures contract is based), or by holding a call option permitting the Fund to purchase the same futures contract at a price no higher than the price of the contract written by the Fund (or at a higher price if the difference is maintained in liquid assets with the Funds’ custodian) .

When selling a call option on a futures contract, a Fund will maintain with its custodian (and mark to market on a daily basis) assets determined to be liquid by the Adviser or Sub-Adviser in accordance with procedures established by the Board, that, when added to the amounts deposited with a futures commission merchant as margin, equal the total market value of the futures contract underlying the call option . Alternatively, the Fund may cover its position by entering into a long position in the same futures contract at a price no higher than the strike price of the call option, by owning the instruments underlying the futures contract, or by holding a separate call option permitting the Fund to purchase the same futures contract at a price not higher than the strike price of the call option sold by the Fund .

When selling a put option on a futures contract, a Fund will maintain with its custodian (and mark to market on a daily basis) assets determined to be liquid by the Adviser or Sub-Adviser in accordance with procedures established by the Board, that equal the purchase price of the futures contract, less any margin on deposit . Alternatively, the Fund may cover the position either by entering into a short position in the same futures contract, or by owning a separate put option permitting it to sell the same futures contract so long as the strike price of the purchased put option is the same or higher than the strike price of the put option sold by the Fund .

 

B-11


Table of Contents

To the extent that securities with maturities greater than one year are used to segregate assets to cover a Fund’s obligations under futures contracts and related options, such use will not eliminate the risk of a form of leverage, which may tend to exaggerate the effect on net asset value of any increase or decrease in the market value of a Fund’s portfolio, and may require liquidation of portfolio positions when it is not advantageous to do so. However, any potential risk of leverage resulting from the use of securities with maturities greater than one year may be mitigated by the overall duration limit on a Fund’s portfolio securities. Thus, the use of a longer-term security may require a Fund to hold offsetting short-term securities to balance the Fund’s portfolio such that the Fund’s duration does not exceed the maximum permitted for the Fund in its Prospectuses.

The requirements for qualification as a regulated investment company also may limit the extent to which a Fund may enter into futures, futures options or forward contracts .

Risks Associated with Futures and Options Generally. The following describes the general risks of investing in futures and options:

Management Risk. Financial futures contracts and related options are highly specialized instruments that require investment techniques and risk analyses different from those associated with stocks and bonds. The Funds’ use of financial futures and options may not always be a successful strategy and using them could lower a Fund’s return. Further, if the Adviser incorrectly forecasts interest rates or other economic factors and has taken positions in financial futures contracts or options contrary to prevailing market trends, a Fund could be exposed to the risk of loss.

Correlation Risk. Imperfect correlation between the change in market values of the securities held by a Fund and the prices of related futures contracts and options on futures purchased or sold by the Funds may result in losses in excess of the amount invested in these instruments.

Market Risk. Financial futures contracts and related options, like most other investments, are subject to the risk that the market value of the investment will decline. Adverse movements in the value of the underlying assets can expose the Funds to losses.

Exchange Limit Risk. Futures exchanges may limit the amount of fluctuation permitted in certain futures contract prices during a single trading day. The daily limit establishes the maximum amount that the price of a futures contract may vary either up or down from the previous day’s settlement price at the end of the current trading session . Once the daily limit has been reached in a futures contract subject to the limit, no more trades may be made on that day at a price beyond that limit. The daily limit governs only price movements during a particular trading day and therefore does not limit potential losses because the limit may work to prevent the liquidation of unfavorable positions . For example, futures prices have occasionally moved to the daily limit for several consecutive trading days with little or no trading, thereby preventing prompt liquidation of positions and subjecting some holders of futures contracts to substantial losses .

Liquidity Risk. There can be no assurance that a liquid market will exist at a time when a Fund seeks to close out a futures or a futures option position, in which case that Fund would remain obligated to meet margin requirements until the position is closed. In addition, many of the contracts discussed herein are relatively new instruments without a significant trading history. As a result, there can be no assurance that an active secondary market will develop or continue to exist.

 

B-12


Table of Contents

Counterparty Risk. A loss may be sustained as a result of the failure of another party to the contract to make required payments or otherwise fulfill its obligations under the contract’s terms.

Risks Associated with Hedging Transactions. There are several risks associated with the use of futures contracts and futures options as hedging techniques. A purchase or sale of a futures contract may result in losses in excess of the amount invested in the futures contract. There can be no guarantee that there will be a correlation between price movements in the hedging vehicle and in the Fund securities being hedged. In addition, there are significant differences between the securities and futures markets that could result in an imperfect correlation between the markets, causing a given hedge not to achieve its objectives. The degree of imperfection of correlation depends on circumstances such as variations in speculative market demand for futures and futures options on securities, including technical influences in futures trading and futures options, and differences between the financial instruments being hedged and the instruments underlying the standard contracts available for trading in such respects as interest rate levels, maturities, and creditworthiness of issuers. A decision as to whether, when and how to hedge involves the exercise of skill and judgment, and even a well- conceived hedge may be unsuccessful to some degree because of market behavior or unexpected interest rate trends.

Options on Securities and Indexes. A Fund may, to the extent specified herein or in its Prospectuses, purchase and sell both put and call options on fixed income or other securities or indexes in standardized contracts traded on foreign or domestic securities exchanges, boards of trade, or similar entities, or quoted on NASDAQ or on an over-the- counter market, and agreements, sometimes called cash puts, which may accompany the purchase or a new issue of bonds from a dealer.

An option on a security (or index) is a contract that gives the holder of the option, in return for a premium, the right to buy from (in the case of a call) or sell to (in the case of a put) the writer of the option the security underlying the option (or the cash value of the index) at a specified exercise price at any time during the term of the option. The writer of an option on a security has the obligation upon exercise of the option to deliver the underlying security upon payment of the exercise price or to pay the exercise price upon delivery of the underlying security. Upon exercise, the writer of an option on an index is obligated to pay the difference between the cash value of the index and the exercise price multiplied by the specified multiplier for the index option. (An index is designed to reflect features of a particular financial or securities market, a specific group of financial instruments or securities, or certain economic indicators.)

A Fund will not write a call option or put option unless the option is “covered.” In the case of a call option on a security, the option is “covered” if the Fund owns the security underlying the call or has an absolute and immediate right to acquire that security without additional cash consideration (or, if additional cash consideration is required, cash or other assets determined to be liquid in accordance with procedures established by the Board, in such amount are segregated) upon conversion or exchange of other securities held by the Fund. For a call option on an index, the option is covered if the Fund maintains with its custodian assets determined to be liquid by the Adviser or Sub- Adviser in accordance with procedures established by the Board, in an amount equal to the contract value of the index. A call option is also covered if the Fund holds a call on the same security or index as the call written where the exercise price of the call held is (i) equal to or less than the exercise price of the call written, or (ii) greater than the exercise price of the call written, provided the difference is maintained by the Fund in segregated assets determined to be liquid by the Adviser or Sub-Adviser in accordance with procedures established by the Board. A put option on a security or an index is “covered” if the Fund segregates assets determined to be liquid by the Adviser or Sub-Adviser in accordance with procedures established by the Board equal to the exercise price. A put option is also covered if the Fund holds a put on the same security or index as the put written where the exercise price of the put held is (i) equal to or greater than the exercise price of the put written, or (ii) less than the exercise price of the put written, provided the difference is maintained by the Fund in segregated assets determined to be liquid by the Adviser or Sub-Adviser in accordance with procedures established by the Board.

 

B-13


Table of Contents

If an option written by a Fund expires unexercised, the Fund realizes a capital gain equal to the premium received at the time the option was written. If an option purchased by a Fund expires unexercised, the Fund realizes a capital loss equal to the premium paid. Prior to the earlier of exercise or expiration, an exchange traded option may be closed out by an offsetting purchase or sale of an option of the same series (type, exchange, underlying security or index, exercise price, and expiration). There can be no assurance, however, that a closing purchase or sale transaction can be effected when the Fund desires.

A Fund may sell a put or call option it has previously purchased, which could result in a net gain or loss depending on whether the amount realized on the sale is more or less than the premium and other transaction costs paid on the put or call option being sold. Prior to exercise or expiration, an option may be closed out by an offsetting purchase or sale of an option of the same series. A Fund will realize a capital gain from a closing purchase transaction if the cost of the closing option is less than the premium received from writing the option, or, if it is more, the Fund will realize a capital loss. If the premium received from a closing sale transaction is more than the premium paid to purchase the option, the Fund will realize a capital gain or, if it is less, the Fund will realize a capital loss. The principal factors affecting the market value of a put or a call option include supply and demand, interest rates, the current market price of the underlying security or index in relation to the exercise price of the option, the volatility of the underlying security or index, and the time remaining until the expiration date.

The premium paid for a put or call option purchased by a Fund is an asset of the Fund. The premium received for an option written by a Fund is recorded as a deferred credit. The value of an option purchased or written is marked to market daily and is valued at the closing price on the exchange on which it is traded or, if not traded on an exchange or no closing price is available, at the mean between the last bid and asked prices.

A Fund may write a covered straddle consisting of a combination of a call and a put written on the same underlying security. A straddle will be covered when sufficient assets are deposited to meet the Fund’s immediate obligation. The Fund may use the same liquid assets to cover both the call and put options where the exercise price of the call and put are the same, or the exercise price of the call is higher than that of the put. In such a case, the Fund will also segregate liquid assets equivalent to the amount, if any, by which the put is “in the money.”

There are several risks associated with transactions in options on securities and on indexes. For example, there are significant differences between the securities and options markets that could result in an imperfect correlation between these markets, causing a given transaction not to achieve its objectives. A decision as to whether, when and how to use options involves the exercise of skill and judgment, and even a well-conceived transaction may be unsuccessful to some degree because of market behavior or unexpected events.

During the option period, the covered call writer has, in return for the premium on the option, given up the opportunity to profit from a price increase in the underlying security above the exercise price, but, as long as its obligation as a writer continues, has retained the risk of loss should the price of the underlying security decline. The writer of an option has no control over the time when it may be required to fulfill its obligation as a writer of the option. Once an option writer has received an exercise notice, it cannot effect a closing purchase transaction in order to terminate its obligation under the option and must deliver the underlying security at the exercise price. If a put or call option purchased by the Fund is not sold when it has remaining value, and if the market price of the underlying security remains equal to or greater than the exercise price (in the case of a put), or remains less than or equal to the exercise price (in the case of a call), the Fund will lose its entire investment in the option. Also, where a put or call option on a particular security is purchased to hedge against price movements in a related security, the price of the put or call option may move more or less than the price of the related security.

 

B-14


Table of Contents

There can be no assurance that a liquid market will exist when a Fund seeks to close out an option position. If a Fund were unable to close out an option that it had purchased on a security, it would have to exercise the option in order to realize any profit or the option may expire worthless. If a Fund were unable to close out a covered call option that it had written on a security, it would not be able to sell the underlying security unless the option expired without exercise. As the writer of a covered call option, a Fund forgoes, during the option’s life, the opportunity to profit from increases in the market value of the security covering the call option above the sum of the premium and the exercise price of the call.

If trading were suspended in an option purchased by a Fund, the Fund would not be able to close out the option. If restrictions on exercise were imposed, the Fund might be unable to exercise an option it has purchased. Except to the extent that a call option on an index written by the Fund is covered by an option on the same index purchased by the Fund, movements in the index may result in a loss to the Fund; however, such losses may be mitigated by changes in the value of the Fund’s securities during the period the option was outstanding.

Foreign Currency Transactions. Foreign currency transactions are generally used by a Fund that may invest in foreign currency-denominated securities to obtain foreign currencies to settle securities transactions. They can also be used as a hedge to protect assets against adverse changes in foreign currency exchange rates or regulations. When a Fund uses foreign currency exchanges as a hedge, it may also limit potential gain that could result from an increase in the value of such currencies. A Fund may be affected either favorably or unfavorably by fluctuations in the relative rates of exchange between the currencies of different nations. Foreign currency hedging transactions include forward foreign currency exchange contracts, foreign currency futures contracts and purchasing put or call options on foreign currencies.

Exchange-Traded Futures Contracts. Exchange-traded futures contracts are used for the purchase or sale of foreign currencies (Foreign Currency Futures) and will be used to hedge against anticipated changes in exchange rates that might adversely affect the value of a Fund’s portfolio securities or the prices of securities that a Fund intends to purchase in the future. The successful use of Foreign Currency Futures depends on the ability to forecast currency exchange rate movements correctly. Should exchange rates move in an unexpected manner, a Fund may not achieve the anticipated benefits of Foreign Currency Futures or may realize losses.

Forward Foreign Currency Exchange Contracts. Forward foreign currency exchange contracts (Forward Contracts) are used to minimize the risks associated with changes in the relationship between the U.S. dollar and foreign currencies. They are used to lock in the U.S. dollar price of a foreign security. A Forward Contract is a commitment to purchase or sell a specific currency for an agreed price at a future date.

If the Adviser believes a foreign currency will decline against the U.S. dollar, a Forward Contract may be used to sell an amount of the foreign currency approximating the value of a Fund’s security that is denominated in the foreign currency. The success of this hedging strategy is highly uncertain due to the difficulties of predicting the values of foreign currencies, of precisely matching Forward Contract amounts, and because of the constantly changing value of the securities involved. A Fund will not enter into Forward Contracts for hedging purposes in a particular currency in an amount in excess of a Fund’s assets denominated in that currency. Conversely, if the Adviser believes that the U.S. dollar will decline against a foreign currency, a Forward Contract may be used to buy that foreign currency for a fixed dollar amount, which is known as cross-hedging.

In these transactions, a Fund will segregate assets with a market value equal to the amount of the foreign currency purchased. Therefore, a Fund will always have cash, cash equivalents or high quality debt securities available to cover Forward Contracts or to limit any potential risk. The segregated assets will be priced daily.

 

B-15


Table of Contents

Forward Contracts may limit potential gain from a positive change in the relationship between the U.S. dollar and foreign currencies. Unanticipated changes in currency prices may result in poorer overall performance for a Fund than if it had not engaged in such contracts.

Foreign Currency Options. A Fund that invests in foreign currency-denominated securities may buy or sell put and call options on foreign currencies, either on U.S. or foreign exchanges or in the over-the-counter market. A put option on a foreign currency gives the purchaser of the option the right to sell a foreign currency at the exercise price until the option expires. A call option on a foreign currency gives the purchaser of the option the right to purchase the currency at the exercise price until the option expires. Currency options traded on U.S. or other exchanges may be subject to position limits which may limit the ability of a Fund to reduce foreign currency risk using such options. Over-the-counter options differ from traded options in that they are two-party contracts with price and other terms negotiated between buyer and seller, and generally do not have as much market liquidity as exchange-traded options.

Purchasing and writing put and call options on foreign currencies are used to protect a Fund’s portfolio against declines in the U.S. dollar value of foreign portfolio securities and against increases in the dollar cost of foreign securities to be acquired. Writing an option on foreign currency constitutes only a partial hedge, up to the amount of the premium received. A Fund could lose money if it is required to purchase or sell foreign currencies at disadvantageous exchange rates. If exchange rate movements are adverse to a Fund’s position, a Fund may forfeit the entire amount of the premium as well as incur related transaction costs.

Additional Risks of Futures Contracts and Options. Futures contracts and options on securities, futures contracts and foreign currencies may be traded on foreign exchanges . Such transactions may not be regulated as effectively as similar transactions in the United States, may not involve a clearing mechanism and related guarantees, and are subject to the risk of governmental actions affecting trading in, or the prices of, foreign securities . The value of such positions also could be adversely affected by (i) other complex foreign political, legal and economic factors; (ii) lesser availability than in the United States of data on which to make trading decisions; (iii) delays in a Fund’s ability to act upon economic events occurring in foreign markets during non-business hours in the United States; (iv) the imposition of different exercise and settlement terms and procedures and margin requirements than in the United States; and (v) lesser trading volume .

Swap Agreements and Options on Swap Agreements. A Fund may engage in swap transactions, including, but not limited to, swap agreements on interest rates, security indexes, specific securities, and credit and event-linked swaps. To the extent a Fund may invest in foreign currency-denominated securities, it may also invest in currency exchange rate swap agreements. A Fund may also enter into options on swap agreements (swap options).

A Fund may enter into swap transactions for any legal purpose consistent with its investment objective and policies, such as for the purpose of attempting to obtain or preserve a particular return or spread at a lower cost than obtaining a return or spread through purchases and/or sales of instruments in other markets, to protect against currency fluctuations, as a duration management technique, to protect against any increase in the price of securities a Fund anticipates purchasing at a later date, or to gain exposure to certain markets in the most economical way possible.

Swap agreements are two party contracts entered into primarily by institutional investors for periods ranging from a few weeks to more than one year. In a standard swap transaction, two parties agree to exchange the returns (or differentials in rates of return) earned or realized on particular predetermined investments or instruments, which may be adjusted for an interest factor. The gross returns to be exchanged or swapped between the parties are generally calculated with respect to a “notional amount,” i.e., the return on or increase in value of a particular dollar amount invested at a particular interest rate, in

 

B-16


Table of Contents

a particular foreign currency, or in a basket of securities representing a particular index. A “quanto” or “differential” swap combines both an interest rate and a currency transaction. Other forms of swap agreements include interest rate caps, under which, in return for a premium, one party agrees to make payments to the other to the extent that interest rates exceed a specified rate, or “cap”; interest rate floors, under which, in return for a premium, one party agrees to make payments to the other to the extent that interest rates fall below a specified rate, or “floor”; and interest rate collars, under which a party sells a cap and purchases a floor or vice versa in an attempt to protect itself against interest rate movements exceeding given minimum or maximum levels. With a floating rate, the fee may be pegged to a base rate, such as the London Interbank Offered Rate, and is adjusted each period. Therefore, if interest rates increase over the term of the swap contract, the Fund may be required to pay a higher fee at each swap reset date.

A Fund may enter into credit default swap agreements. The buyer in a credit default contract is obligated to pay the seller a periodic stream of payments over the term of the contract provided that no event of default on an underlying reference obligation has occurred. If an event of default occurs, the seller must pay the buyer the full notional value, or “par value,” of the reference obligation in exchange for the reference obligation. A Fund may be either the buyer or seller in a credit default swap transaction. If a Fund is a buyer and no event of default occurs, the Fund will lose its investment and recover nothing. However, if an event of default occurs, the Fund (as the buyer) will receive the full notional value of the reference obligation that may have little or no value. As a seller, a Fund receives a fixed rate of income throughout the term of the contract, which typically is between six months and three years, provided that there is no default event. If an event of default occurs, the seller must pay the buyer the full notional value of the reference obligation. Credit default swap transactions involve greater risks than if a Fund had invested in the reference obligation directly.

A swap option is a contract that gives a counterparty the right (but not the obligation) in return for payment of a premium, to enter into a new swap agreement or to shorten, extend, cancel or otherwise modify an existing swap agreement, at some designated future time on specified terms. A Fund may write (sell) and purchase put and call swap options.

Most swap agreements entered into by the Funds would calculate the obligations of the parties to the agreement on a net basis. Consequently, a Fund’s current obligations (or rights) under a swap agreement will generally be equal only to the net amount to be paid or received under the agreement based on the relative values of the positions held by each party to the agreement (the net amount). A Fund’s current obligations under a swap agreement will be accrued daily (offset against any amounts owed to the Fund) and any accrued but unpaid net amounts owed to a swap counterparty will be covered by the segregation of assets determined to be liquid by the Adviser or Sub-Adviser in accordance with procedures established by the Board, to avoid any potential leveraging of the Fund’s portfolio. Obligations under swap agreements so covered will not be construed to be senior securities for purposes of the Fund’s investment restriction concerning senior securities. A Fund will not enter into a swap agreement with any single party if the net amount owed or to be received under existing contracts with that party would exceed 5% of the Fund’s total assets.

Whether a Fund’s use of swap agreements or swap options will be successful in furthering its investment objective of total return will depend on the ability of the Adviser or Sub-Adviser to predict correctly whether certain types of investments are likely to produce greater returns than other investments. Because they are two party contracts and because they may have terms of greater than seven days, swap agreements may be considered to be illiquid. Moreover, a Fund bears the risk of loss of the amount expected to be received under a swap agreement in the event of the default or bankruptcy of a swap agreement counterparty. A Fund will enter into swap agreements only with counterparties that meet certain standards of creditworthiness (generally, such counterparties would have to be eligible counterparties under the terms of the Fund’s repurchase agreement guidelines). Certain restrictions imposed on the Funds by the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the Code), may limit a Fund’s

 

B-17


Table of Contents

ability to use swap agreements. The swaps market is a relatively new market and is largely unregulated. It is possible that developments in the swaps market, including potential government regulation, could adversely affect a Fund’s ability to terminate existing swap agreements or to realize amounts to be received under such agreements.

Depending on the terms of the particular option agreement, a Fund will generally incur a greater degree of risk when it writes a swap option than it will incur when it purchases a swap option. When a Fund purchases a swap option, it risks losing only the amount of the premium it has paid should it decide to let the option expire unexercised. However, when a Fund writes a swap option, upon exercise of the option the Fund will become obligated according to the terms of the underlying agreement.

Certain swap agreements are exempt from most provisions of the CEA and, therefore, are not regulated as futures or commodity option transactions under the CEA, pursuant to regulations approved by the Commodity Futures Trading Commission. To qualify for this exemption, a swap agreement must be entered into by eligible participants, which include the following, provided the participants’ total assets exceed established levels: a bank or trust company, savings association or credit union, insurance company, investment company subject to regulation under the 1940 Act, commodity pool, corporation, partnership, proprietorship, organization, trust or other entity, employee benefit plan, governmental entity, broker-dealer, futures commission merchant, natural person, or regulated foreign person. To be eligible, natural persons and most other entities must have total assets exceeding $10 million (commodity pools and employee benefit plans must have assets exceeding $5 million). In addition, an eligible swap transaction must meet three conditions. First, the swap agreement may not be part of a fungible class of agreements that are standardized as to their material economic terms. Second, the creditworthiness of parties with actual or potential obligations under the swap agreement must be a material consideration in entering into or determining the terms of the swap agreement, including pricing, cost or credit enhancement terms. Third, swap agreements may not be entered into and traded on or through a multilateral transaction execution facility.

That exemption is not exclusive, and participants may continue to rely on existing exclusions for swaps, such as the Policy Statement issued in July 1989, which recognized a safe harbor for swap transactions from regulation as futures or commodity option transactions under the CEA or its regulations. The Policy Statement applies to swap transactions settled in cash that (1) have individually tailored terms, (2) lack exchange-style offset and the use of a clearing organization or margin system, (3) are undertaken in conjunction with a line of business, and (4) are not marketed to the public.

Structured Notes. Structured notes are derivative debt securities, the interest rate or principal of which is determined by an unrelated indicator. Indexed securities include structured notes as well as securities other than debt securities, the interest rate or principal of which is determined by an unrelated indicator. Indexed securities may include a multiplier that multiplies the indexed element by a specified factor and, therefore, the value of such securities may be very volatile. To the extent a Fund invests in these securities, however, the Adviser or Sub-Adviser analyzes these securities in its overall assessment of the effective duration of the Fund’s portfolio in an effort to monitor the Fund’s interest rate risk.

Hybrid Instruments. A hybrid instrument is a type of potentially high-risk derivative that combines a traditional stock, bond, or commodity with an option or forward contract. Generally, the principal amount, amount payable upon maturity or redemption, or interest rate of a hybrid is tied (positively or negatively) to the price of some commodity, currency or securities index or another interest rate or some other economic factor (each a benchmark). The interest rate or (unlike most fixed income securities) the principal amount payable at maturity of a hybrid security may be increased or decreased, depending on changes in the value of the benchmark. An example of a hybrid could be a bond issued by an oil company that pays a small base level of interest with additional interest that accrues in correlation to the extent to which oil prices exceed a certain predetermined level. Such an hybrid instrument would be a combination of a bond and a call option on oil.

 

B-18


Table of Contents

Hybrids can be used as an efficient means of pursuing a variety of investment goals, including currency hedging, duration management, and increased total return. Hybrids may not bear interest or pay dividends. The value of a hybrid or its interest rate may be a multiple of a benchmark and, as a result, may be leveraged and move (up or down) more steeply and rapidly than the benchmark. These benchmarks may be sensitive to economic and political events, such as commodity shortages and currency devaluations, which cannot be readily foreseen by the purchaser of a hybrid. Under certain conditions, the redemption value of a hybrid could be zero. Thus, an investment in a hybrid may entail significant market risks that are not associated with a similar investment in a traditional, U.S. dollar-denominated bond that has a fixed principal amount and pays a fixed rate or floating rate of interest. A Fund’s purchase of a hybrid also exposes the Fund to the credit risk of the issuer of the hybrid. Those risks may cause significant fluctuations in the net asset value of the Fund. No Fund will invest more than 5% of its total assets in hybrid instruments at time of investment. The Money Market Funds may not purchase or sell hybrid instruments.

Certain issuers of structured products such as hybrid instruments may be deemed to be investment companies as defined in the 1940 Act. As a result, a Fund’s investments in those products may be subject to limits applicable to investments in investment companies and may be subject to restrictions contained in the 1940 Act.

Dollar Rolls are transactions where a Fund sells mortgage-backed securities with a commitment to buy similar, but not identical, mortgage-backed securities on a future date at a lower price. Normally, one or both securities involved are to be announced mortgage-backed securities. Dollar rolls are subject to interest rate risks and credit risks. These transactions may create leverage risks. Dollar roll transactions will cause a Fund to have an increased portfolio turnover rate.

Duration is a measure of volatility in the price of a bond prior to maturity. Volatility is the magnitude of the change in the price of a bond relative to a change in the market interest rate. Volatility is based upon a bond’s coupon rate, maturity date and the level of market yields of similar bonds. Generally, bonds with lower coupons or longer maturities will be more volatile than bonds with higher coupons or shorter maturities. Duration combines these variables into a single measure of price sensitivity to interest rate changes. For example, if interest rates decline by 1%, the market value of a portfolio with a duration of five years would rise by approximately 5%. Conversely, if interest rates increase by 1%, the market value of the portfolio would decline by approximately 5%.

Emerging Markets Securities are fixed income and equity securities of foreign companies domiciled, headquartered, or whose primary business activities or principal trading markets are located in emerging and less developed markets (“emerging markets”). The Adviser considers emerging markets to be those markets in any country other than Canada, Luxembourg, the U.S. and the countries comprising the MSCI EAFE ® Index (currently, Australia, Austria, Belgium, Denmark, Finland, France, Germany, Greece, Hong Kong, Ireland, Italy, Japan, the Netherlands, New Zealand, Norway, Portugal, Singapore, Spain, Sweden, Switzerland and the United Kingdom). Investments in emerging markets securities involve special risks in addition to those generally associated with foreign investing. Many investments in emerging markets can be considered speculative, and the value of those investments can be more volatile than investments in more developed foreign markets. This difference reflects the greater uncertainties of investing in less established markets and economies. Costs associated with transactions in emerging markets securities typically are higher than costs associated with transactions in U.S. securities. Such transactions also may involve additional costs for the purchase or sale of foreign currency.

Certain foreign markets (including emerging markets) may require governmental approval for the repatriation of investment income, capital or the proceeds of sales of securities by foreign investors. The Fund could be adversely affected by delays in, or a refusal to grant, required governmental approval for repatriation of capital, as well as by the application to the Fund of any restrictions on investments.

 

B-19


Table of Contents

Many emerging markets have experienced substantial rates of inflation for extended periods. Inflation and rapid fluctuations in inflation rates have had and may continue to have adverse effects on the economies and securities markets of certain emerging market countries.

Governments of many emerging market countries have exercised and continue to exercise substantial influence over many aspects of the private sector through ownership or control of many companies. The future actions of those governments could have a significant effect on economic conditions in emerging markets, which, in turn, may adversely affect companies in the private sector, general market conditions and prices and yields of certain of the securities in the Fund’s portfolio. Expropriation, confiscatory taxation, nationalization and political, economic and social instability have occurred throughout the history of certain emerging market countries and could adversely affect Fund assets should any of those conditions recur. In addition, the securities laws of emerging market countries may be less developed than those to which U.S. issuers are subject.

Equity Securities are the fundamental units of ownership in a company. The following describes the types of equity securities in which the Equity Funds may invest:

Common Stocks are the most prevalent type of equity security. Common stockholders are entitled to the net value of the issuer’s earnings and assets after the issuer pays its creditors and any preferred stockholders. As a result, changes in an issuer’s earnings directly influence the value of its common stock.

Common Stocks of Foreign Companies are equity securities issued by a corporation domiciled outside of the United States that trade on a domestic securities exchange.

Preferred Stocks have the right to receive specified dividends or distributions before the payment of dividends or distributions on common stock. Some preferred stocks also participate in dividends and distributions paid on common stock. Preferred stocks may provide for the issuer to redeem the stock on a specified date. A Fund holding redeemable preferred stock may treat it as a fixed income security.

Warrants provide an option to buy the issuer’s stock or other equity securities at a specified price. A Fund holding a warrant may buy the designated shares by paying the exercise price before the warrant expires. Warrants may become worthless if the price of the stock does not rise above the exercise price by the stated expiration date. Rights are the same as warrants, except they are typically issued to existing stockholders.

Fixed Income Securities generally pay interest at either a fixed or floating rate and provide more regular income than equity securities. However, the returns on fixed income securities are limited and normally do not increase with the issuer’s earnings. This limits the potential appreciation of fixed income securities as compared to equity securities. Fixed-rate securities and floating rate securities react differently as prevailing interest rates change.

Callable Securities . Certain fixed income securities in which the Funds invest are callable at the option of the issuer. Callable securities are subject to call risks. Call risks include the risk that the securities in which the Funds invest may be redeemed by the issuer before maturity. If this occurs, a Fund may have to reinvest the proceeds in securities that pay a lower interest rate, which may decrease the Fund’s yield.

 

B-20


Table of Contents

Fixed Rate Debt Securities . Debt securities that pay a fixed interest rate over the life of the security and have a long-term maturity may have many characteristics of short-term debt. For example, the market may treat fixed-rate/long-term securities as short-term debt when a security’s market price is close to the call or redemption price, or if the security is approaching its maturity date when the issuer is more likely to call or redeem the debt.

As interest rates change, the market prices of fixed-rate debt securities are generally more volatile than the prices of floating rate debt securities. As interest rates rise, the prices of fixed-rate debt securities fall, and as interest rates fall, the prices of fixed-rate debt securities rise. For example, a bond that pays a fixed interest rate of 10% is more valuable to investors when prevailing interest rates are lower; this value is reflected in higher price, or a premium. Conversely, if interest rates are over 10%, the bond is less attractive to investors, and sells at a lower price, or a discount.

Floating Rate Debt Securities . The interest rate paid on floating rate debt securities is reset periodically (e.g., every 90 days) to a predetermined index rate. Commonly used indices include 90-day or 180-day Treasury bill rate; one month or three month London Interbank Offered Rate (LIBOR); commercial paper rates; or the prime rate of interest of a bank. The prices of floating rate debt securities are not as sensitive to changes in interest rates as fixed rate debt securities because they behave like shorter-term securities and their interest rate is reset periodically.

Foreign Securities are equity or fixed income securities that are issued by a corporation or other issuer domiciled outside the United States that trade on a foreign securities exchange or in a foreign market. Securities issued by corporations or other issuers domiciled outside the United States that are dollar denominated and traded in the United States are not considered foreign securities.

Investing in foreign securities, including foreign corporate debt securities and foreign debt securities, involves certain risks not ordinarily associated with investments in securities of domestic issuers. Foreign securities markets have, for the most part, substantially less volume than the U.S. markets and securities of many foreign companies are generally less liquid and their prices more volatile than securities of U.S. companies. There is generally less government supervision and regulation of foreign exchanges, brokers and issuers than in the U.S. The rights of investors in certain foreign countries may be more limited than those of shareholders of U.S. issuers and investors may have greater difficulty taking appropriate legal action to enforce their rights in a foreign court than in a U.S. court. Investing in foreign securities also involves risks associated with government, economic, monetary, and fiscal policies (such as the adoption of protectionist trade measures), possible foreign withholding taxes on dividends and interest, possible taxes on trading profits, inflation, and interest rates, economic expansion or contraction, and global or regional political, economic or banking crises. Furthermore, there is the risk of possible seizure, nationalization or expropriation of the foreign issuer or foreign deposits and the possible adoption of foreign government restrictions such as exchange controls. Also, foreign issuers are not necessarily subject to uniform accounting, auditing and financial reporting standards, practices and requirements comparable to those applicable to domestic issuers and as a result, there may be less publicly available information on such foreign issuers than is available from a domestic issuer.

Funding Agreements (Agreements) are investment instruments issued by U.S. insurance companies. Pursuant to such Agreements, a Fund may make cash contributions to a deposit fund of the insurance company’s general or separate accounts. The insurance company then credits guaranteed interest to a Fund. The insurance company may assess periodic charges against an Agreement for expense and service costs allocable to it, and the charges will be deducted from the value of the deposit fund. The purchase price paid for an Agreement becomes part of the general assets of the issuer, and the Agreement is paid from the general assets of the issuer. The Money Market Funds will only purchase Agreements from

 

B-21


Table of Contents

issuers that meet quality and credit standards established by the Adviser. Generally, Agreements are not assignable or transferable without the permission of the issuing insurance companies, and an active secondary market in Agreements does not currently exist. Also, the Money Market Funds may not have the right to receive the principal amount of an Agreement from the insurance company on seven days’ notice or less. Therefore, Agreements are typically considered to be illiquid investments.

High Yield Securities are securities rated below investment grade. A Fund may hold high yield securities if securities it holds are downgraded below investment grade. Only the Corporate Income Fund and Core Plus Bond Fund may purchase high yield securities. While generally offering higher yields than investment grade securities with similar maturities, non-investment grade debt securities involve greater risks, including the possibility of default or bankruptcy. They are regarded as predominantly speculative with respect to the issuer’s capacity to pay interest and repay principal. The special risk considerations in connection with investments in these securities are discussed below. Refer to the Appendix of this SAI for a discussion of securities ratings.

Effect of Interest Rates and Economic Changes. All interest-bearing securities typically experience appreciation when interest rates decline and depreciation when interest rates rise. The market values of high yield securities tend to reflect individual corporate developments to a greater extent than do higher rated securities, which react primarily to fluctuations in the general level of interest rates. High yield securities also tend to be more sensitive to economic conditions than are higher-rated securities. As a result, they generally involve more credit risks than securities in the higher-rated categories. During an economic downturn or a sustained period of rising interest rates, highly leveraged issuers of high yield securities may experience financial stress and may not have sufficient revenues to meet their payment obligations. The risk of loss due to default by an issuer of these securities is significantly greater than issuers of higher-rated securities because such securities are generally unsecured and are often subordinated to other creditors. Further, if the issuer of a high yield security defaulted, a Fund might incur additional expenses to seek recovery. Periods of economic uncertainty and changes would also generally result in increased volatility in the market prices of these securities and thus in the Fund’s net asset value.

Payment Expectations. High yield securities typically contain redemption, call or prepayment provisions which permit the issuer of such securities containing such provisions to redeem the securities at its discretion. During periods of falling interest rates, issuers of these securities are likely to redeem or prepay the securities and refinance them with debt securities with a lower interest rate. To the extent an issuer is able to refinance the securities, or otherwise redeem them, a Fund may have to replace the securities with a lower yielding security, which could result in a lower return for the Fund.

Credit Ratings. Credit ratings issued by credit-rating agencies evaluate the safety of principal and interest payments of rated securities. They do not, however, evaluate the market value risk of high yield securities and, therefore may not fully reflect the true risks of an investment. In addition, credit rating agencies may or may not make timely changes in a rating to reflect changes in the economy or in the condition of the issuer that affect the market value of the security. Consequently, credit ratings are used only as a preliminary indicator of investment quality. Investments in high yield securities will be more dependent on the Sub-Adviser’s credit analysis than would be the case with investments in investment-grade debt securities. The Sub-Adviser employs its own credit research and analysis, which includes a study of existing debt, capital structure, ability to service debt and to pay dividends, the issuer’s sensitivity to economic conditions, its operating history and the current trend of earnings. The Sub-Adviser continually monitors the Funds’ investments and carefully evaluates whether to dispose of or to retain high yield securities whose credit ratings or credit quality may have changed.

Liquidity and Valuation. A Fund may have difficulty disposing of certain high yield securities because there may be a thin trading market for such securities. Because not all dealers maintain

 

B-22


Table of Contents

markets in all high yield securities there is no established retail secondary market for many of these securities. The Funds anticipate that such securities could be sold only to a limited number of dealers or institutional investors. To the extent a secondary trading market does exist, it is generally not as liquid as the secondary market for higher-rated securities. The lack of a liquid secondary market may have an adverse impact on the market price of the security. The lack of a liquid secondary market for certain securities may also make it more difficult for a Fund to obtain accurate market quotations for purposes of valuing the Fund. Market quotations are generally available on many high yield issues only from a limited number of dealers and may not necessarily represent firm bids of such dealers or prices for actual sales. During periods of thin trading, the spread between bid and asked prices is likely to increase significantly. In addition, adverse publicity and investor perceptions, whether or not based on fundamental analysis, may decrease the values and liquidity of high yield securities, especially in a thinly traded market.

Interfund Borrowing and Lending. The Securities and Exchange Commission (SEC) has granted an order permitting the Funds to participate in the Corporation’s interfund lending program, subject to their investment policies. This program would allow the Funds to lend cash and securities to and borrow cash and securities from each other for temporary purposes, although the Money Market Funds will not participate as borrowers. The program is subject to a number of conditions, including the requirement that the interfund loan rate to be charged to the Funds under the program is (i) more favorable to the lending Fund than the rate it could otherwise obtain from investing cash in repurchase agreements or purchasing shares of a Money Market Fund and (ii) more favorable than the lowest interest rate at which bank short-term loans would be available to the Funds. In addition, a Fund may participate in the program only if its participation is consistent with the Fund’s investment polices and limitations. The Board is responsible for overseeing the interfund lending program. Currently, the investment policies of the Funds do not allow the lending of cash.

Lending of Portfolio Securities . In order to generate additional income, a Fund may lend portfolio securities. When a Fund lends portfolio securities, it will receive either cash or liquid securities as collateral from the borrower. The Fund will reinvest cash collateral in short-term liquid securities that qualify as an otherwise acceptable investment for the Fund. If the market value of the loaned securities increases, the borrower must furnish additional collateral to a Fund. During the time portfolio securities are on loan, the borrower pays the Fund any dividends or interest paid on such securities. Loans are subject to termination at the option of the Fund or the borrower. The lending Fund may pay reasonable administrative and custodial fees in connection with a loan and may pay a negotiated portion of the interest earned on the cash or equivalent collateral to a securities lending agent or broker. The Funds currently lend their portfolio securities through Marshall & Ilsley Trust Company N.A. (M&I Trust), as agent. The Funds and M&I Trust have received an order from the SEC that permits M&I Trust to charge, and the Funds to pay, market-based compensation for M&I Trust’s services as securities lending agent.

Securities Lending Risks. When a Fund lends its portfolio securities, it may not be able to get them back from the borrower on a timely basis, in which case the Fund may lose certain investment opportunities, as well as the opportunity to vote the securities. A Fund is also subject to the risks associated with the investments of cash collateral, usually fixed income securities risk. If a Fund receives a payment from a borrower in lieu of the dividends on the loaned securities, such payment will generally be taxed as ordinary income but will not be treated as “qualified dividends.”

Leverage Risks . Leverage risk is created when an investment exposes the Funds to a level of risk that exceeds the amount invested. Changes in the value of such an investment magnify the Fund’s risk of loss and potential for gain.

Mortgage-Backed Securities represent interests in pools of mortgages. The underlying mortgages normally have similar interest rates, maturities and other terms. Mortgages may have fixed or adjustable interest rates. Interests in pools of adjustable rate mortgages are known as ARMs.

 

B-23


Table of Contents

Mortgage-backed securities come in a variety of forms. Many have extremely complicated terms. The simplest form of mortgage-backed securities is a “pass-through certificate.” Holders of pass-through certificates receive a pro rata share of the payments from the underlying mortgages. Holders also receive a pro rata share of any prepayments, so they assume all the prepayment risk of the underlying mortgages.

CMOs are complicated instruments that allocate payments and prepayments from an underlying pass-through certificate among holders of different classes of mortgage-backed securities. This creates different prepayment and market risks for each CMO class.

In addition, CMOs may allocate interest payments to one class (Interest Only or IOs) and principal payments to another class (Principal Only or POs). POs increase in value when prepayment rates increase. In contrast, IOs decrease in value when prepayments increase, because the underlying mortgages generate less interest payments. However, IOs’ prices tend to increase when interest rates rise (and prepayments fall), making IOs a useful hedge against market risk.

Generally, homeowners have the option to prepay their mortgages at any time without penalty. Homeowners frequently refinance high rate mortgages when mortgage rates fall. This results in the prepayment of the mortgages underlying mortgage-backed securities, which deprives holders of the securities of the higher yields. Conversely, when mortgage rates increase, prepayments due to refinancings decline. This extends the life of mortgage-backed securities with lower yields. As a result, increases in prepayments of premium mortgage-backed securities, or decreases in prepayments of discount mortgage-backed securities, may reduce their yield and price.

This relationship between interest rates and mortgage prepayments makes the price of mortgage-backed securities more volatile than most other types of fixed income securities with comparable credit risks. Mortgage-backed securities tend to pay higher yields to compensate for this volatility.

CMOs may include planned amortization classes (PACs) and targeted amortization classes (TACs). PACs and TACs are issued with companion classes. PACs and TACs receive principal payments and prepayments at a specified rate. The companion classes receive principal payments and any prepayments in excess of this rate. In addition, PACs will receive the companion classes’ share of principal payments if necessary to cover a shortfall in the prepayment rate. This helps PACs and TACs to control prepayment risk by increasing the risk to their companion classes.

Another variant allocates interest payments between two classes of CMOs. One class (Floaters) receives a share of interest payments based upon a market index such as LIBOR. The other class (Inverse Floaters) receives any remaining interest payments from the underlying mortgages. Floater classes receive more interest (and Inverse Floater classes receive correspondingly less interest) as interest rates rise. This shifts prepayment and market risks from the Floater to the Inverse Floater class, reducing the price volatility of the Floater class and increasing the price volatility of the Inverse Floater class.

CMOs must allocate all payments received from the underlying mortgages to some class. To capture any unallocated payments, CMOs generally have an accrual (Z) class. Z classes do not receive any payments from the underlying mortgages until all other CMO classes have been paid off. Once this happens, holders of Z class CMOs receive all payments and prepayments. Similarly, real estate mortgage investment conduits (REMICs) (offerings of multiple class mortgage-backed securities which qualify and elect treatment as such under provisions of the Code) have residual interests that receive any mortgage payments not allocated to another REMIC class.

The degree of increased or decreased prepayment risk depends upon the structure of the CMOs. Z classes, IOs, POs and Inverse Floaters are among the most volatile investment grade fixed income securities currently traded in the United States. However, the actual returns on any type of mortgage-backed security depend upon the performance of the underlying pool of mortgages, which no one can predict and will vary among pools.

 

B-24


Table of Contents

Prepayment Risks . Unlike traditional fixed income securities, which pay a fixed rate of interest until maturity (when the entire principal amount is due), payments on mortgage-backed securities include both interest and a partial payment of principal. Partial payment of principal may be comprised of scheduled principal payments as well as unscheduled payments from the voluntary prepayment, refinancing or foreclosure of the underlying loans. These unscheduled prepayments of principal create risks that can adversely affect a Fund holding mortgage-backed securities. For example, when interest rates decline, the values of mortgage-backed securities generally rise. However, when interest rates decline, unscheduled prepayments can be expected to accelerate, and a Fund would be required to reinvest the proceeds of the prepayments at the lower interest rates then available. Unscheduled prepayments would also limit the potential for capital appreciation on mortgage-backed securities. Conversely, when interest rates rise, the values of mortgage-backed securities generally fall. Since rising interest rates typically result in decreased prepayments, this could lengthen the average lives of mortgage-backed securities, and cause their value to decline more than traditional fixed income securities.

Municipal Securities are fixed income securities issued by states, counties, cities and other political subdivisions and authorities. Although most municipal securities are exempt from federal income tax, municipalities may also issue taxable securities. Tax-exempt securities are generally classified by their source of payment.

General obligation bonds are supported by the issuer’s full faith and credit. The issuer must levy and collect taxes sufficient to pay principal and interest on the bonds. However, the issuer’s authority to levy additional taxes may be limited by its charter or state law.

Special revenue bonds are payable solely from specific revenues received by the issuer. The revenues may consist of specific taxes, assessments, tolls, fees or other types of municipal revenues. For example, a municipality may issue bonds to build a toll road, and pledge the tolls to repay the bonds. Bondholders could not collect from the municipality’s general taxes or revenues. Therefore, any shortfall in the tolls normally would result in a default on the bonds.

Private activity bonds are special revenue bonds used to finance private entities. For example, a municipality may issue bonds to finance a new factory to improve its local economy. The municipality would lend the proceeds to the company using the factory, and the company would agree to make loan payments sufficient to repay the bonds. The bonds would be payable solely from the company’s loan payments, not from any other revenues of the municipality. Therefore, any default on the loan normally would result in a default on the bonds.

The interest on many types of private activity bonds is subject to the federal alternative minimum tax (AMT). The Funds may invest in bonds subject to the federal AMT. The Tax-Free Money Market Fund and Intermediate Tax-Free Fund are limited by their fundamental investment limitations in the amount they can invest in securities that may be subject to federal AMT (see “Fundamental Limitations—Tax Exempt Obligations”).

Anticipation notes are securities issued in anticipation of the receipt of taxes, grants, bond proceeds or other municipal revenues. For example, many municipalities collect property taxes once a year. Such municipalities may issue tax anticipation notes to fund their operations prior to collecting these taxes. The issuers then repay the tax anticipation notes at the end of their fiscal year, either with collected taxes or proceeds from newly issued notes or bonds.

 

B-25


Table of Contents

Tax increment financing bonds are payable from increases in taxes or other revenues attributable to projects financed by the bonds. For example, a municipality may issue these bonds to redevelop a commercial area. The tax increment financing bonds would be payable solely from any increase in sales taxes collected from merchants in the area. The bonds could default if merchants’ sales, and related tax collections, failed to increase as anticipated.

Municipal Securities include:

 

   

TRANs: tax and revenue anticipation notes issued to finance working capital needs in anticipation of receiving taxes or other revenues;

 

   

TANs: tax anticipation notes issued to finance working capital needs in anticipation of receiving taxes;

 

   

RANs: revenue anticipation notes issued to finance working capital needs in anticipation of receiving revenues;

 

   

BANs: bond anticipation notes that are intended to be refinanced through a later issuance of longer-term bonds;

 

   

municipal commercial paper and other short-term notes;

 

   

variable rate demand notes;

 

   

industrial development bonds;

 

   

municipal bonds (including bonds having serial maturities and pre-refunded bonds) and leases;

 

   

construction loan notes insured by the Federal Housing Administration and financed by Federal National Mortgage Association (FNMA) or GNMA; and

 

   

participation, trust and partnership interests in any of the foregoing obligations.

Municipal Leases . A Fund may purchase participation interests that represent an undivided proportional interest in lease payments by a governmental or nonprofit entity. The lease payments and other rights under the lease provide for and secure payments on the certificates. Lease obligations may be limited by a municipal charter or the nature of the appropriation for the lease. In particular, lease obligations may be subject to periodic appropriation. If the entity does not appropriate funds for future lease payments, the entity cannot be compelled to make such payments. Furthermore, a lease may provide that the participants cannot accelerate lease obligations upon default. The participants would only be able to enforce lease payments as they became due. In the event of a default or failure of appropriation, it is unlikely that the participants would be able to obtain an acceptable substitute source of payment unless the participation interests are credit enhanced.

The Adviser must consider the following factors in determining the liquidity of municipal lease securities: (1) the frequency of trades and quotes for the security; (2) the volatility of quotations and trade prices for the security; (3) the number of dealers willing to purchase or sell the security and the number of potential purchasers; (4) dealer undertakings to make a market in the security; (5) the nature of the security and the nature of the marketplace trades; (6) the rating of the security and the financial condition and prospects of the issuer of the security; (7) such other factors as may be relevant to a Fund’s ability to dispose of the security; (8) whether the lease can be terminated by the lessee; (9) the potential recovery, if any, from a sale of the leased property upon termination of the

 

B-26


Table of Contents

lease; (10) the lessee’s general credit strength; (11) the likelihood that the lessee will discontinue appropriating funding for the leased property because the property is no longer deemed essential to its operations; and (12) any credit enhancement or legal recourse provided upon an event of non-appropriation or other termination of the lease.

Variable Rate Municipal Securities . Variable interest rates generally reduce changes in the market value of municipal securities from their original purchase prices. Accordingly, as interest rates decrease or increase, the potential for capital appreciation or depreciation is less for variable rate municipal securities than for fixed rate obligations. Many municipal securities with variable interest rates purchased by a Fund are subject to repayment of principal (usually within seven days) on the Fund’s demand. For purposes of determining a Fund’s average maturity, the maturities of these variable rate demand municipal securities (including participation interests) are the longer of the periods remaining until the next readjustment of their interest rates or the periods remaining until their principal amounts can be recovered by exercising the right to demand payment. The terms of these variable rate demand instruments require payment of principal and accrued interest from the issuer of the municipal obligations, the issuer of the participation interests or a guarantor of either issuer.

Geographic Diversification of the investments of the Intermediate Tax-Free Fund is achieved by purchasing issues of municipal securities representative of various areas of the U.S. and general obligations of states, cities and school districts as well as some revenue issues which meet the Fund’s acceptable quality criteria.

Repurchase Agreements and Reverse Repurchase Agreements. A repurchase agreement is a transaction in which a Fund buys a security from a dealer or bank and agrees to sell the security back at a mutually agreed upon time and price. The repurchase price exceeds the sale price, reflecting an agreed upon interest rate effective for the period the buyer owns the security subject to repurchase. The agreed upon interest rate is unrelated to the interest rate on that security. The Adviser will continually monitor the value of the underlying security to ensure that the value of the security always equals or exceeds the repurchase price. A Fund’s custodian is required to take possession of the securities subject to repurchase agreements. These securities are marked to market daily. To the extent that the original seller defaults and does not repurchase the securities from the Fund, the Fund could receive less than the repurchase price for such securities. In the event that such a defaulting seller files for bankruptcy or becomes insolvent, disposition of such securities by the Fund might be delayed pending court action. The Funds believe that, under the procedures normally in effect for custody of the portfolio securities subject to repurchase agreements, a court of competent jurisdiction would rule in favor of the Funds and allow retention or disposition of such securities. The Funds will only enter into repurchase agreements with banks and other recognized financial institutions, such as broker/dealers, that the Adviser has determined to be creditworthy.

Reverse repurchase agreement transactions are similar to borrowing cash. In a reverse repurchase agreement, a Fund sells a portfolio security to another person, such as a financial institution, broker or dealer, in return for a percentage of the instrument’s market value in cash, and agrees that on a stipulated date in the future the Fund will repurchase the portfolio security at a price equal to the original sale price plus interest. A Fund may use reverse repurchase agreements for liquidity and for avoiding a sale of portfolio instruments at a time when the sale may be deemed disadvantageous.

When effecting reverse repurchase agreements, liquid assets of a Fund, in a dollar amount sufficient to make payment for the obligations to be purchased, are segregated on the trade date. These securities are marked to market daily and maintained until the transaction is settled.

 

B-27


Table of Contents

During the period any reverse repurchase agreements are outstanding, but only to the extent necessary to assure completion of the reverse repurchase agreements, the Money Market Funds will restrict the purchase of portfolio instruments to money market instruments maturing on or before the expiration date of the reverse repurchase agreement.

Risks Related to Company Size. Generally, the smaller the market capitalization of a company, the fewer the number of shares traded daily, the less liquid its stock and the more volatile its price. Market capitalization is determined by multiplying the number of the company’s outstanding shares by its current market price per share.

Companies with smaller market capitalizations also tend to have unproven track records, a limited product or service base and limited access to capital. These factors also increase risks and make these companies more likely to fail than companies with larger market capitalizations.

Securities of Other Investment Companies. The Funds may invest in the securities of other investment companies within the limits prescribed by the 1940 Act and the rules promulgated thereunder. Investments in the securities of other investment companies may involve duplication of advisory fees and certain other expenses. By investing in another investment company, a Fund becomes a shareholder of that investment company. As a result, Fund shareholders indirectly will bear the Fund’s proportionate share of the fees and expenses paid by shareholders of the other investment company, in addition to the fees and expenses Fund shareholders directly bear in connection with the Fund’s own operations. The Funds may also invest in investment companies that are not organized under the laws of the United States (Offshore Funds). In addition to the risks of investing in securities of other investment companies, Offshore Funds are also subject to the risks described under Foreign Securities, above.

Sovereign Debt differs from debt obligations issued by private entities in that, generally, remedies for defaults must be pursued in the courts of the defaulting party. Legal recourse is therefore limited. Political conditions, especially a sovereign entity’s willingness to meet the terms of its debt obligations, are of considerable significance. Also, there can be no assurance that the holders of commercial bank loans to the same sovereign entity may not contest payments to the holders of sovereign debt in the event of default under commercial bank loan agreements.

A sovereign debtor’s willingness or ability to repay principal and pay interest in a timely manner may be affected by a variety of factors, including among others, its cash flow situation, the extent of its foreign reserves, the availability of sufficient foreign exchange on the date a payment is due, the relative size of the debt service burden to the economy as a whole, the sovereign debtor’s policy toward principal international lenders and the political constraints to which a sovereign debtor may be subject. A country whose exports are concentrated in a few commodities could be vulnerable to a decline in the international price of such commodities. Increased protectionism on the part of a country’s trading partners, or political changes in those countries, could also adversely affect its exports. Such events could diminish a country’s trade account surplus, if any, or the credit standing of a particular local government or agency. Another factor bearing on the ability of a country to repay sovereign debt is the level of the country’s international reserves. Fluctuations in the level of these reserves can affect the amount of foreign exchange readily available for external debt payments and, thus, could have a bearing on the capacity of the country to make payments on its sovereign debt.

To the extent that a country has a current account deficit (generally when its exports of merchandise and services are less than its country’s imports of merchandise and services plus net transfers (e.g., gifts of currency and goods) to foreigners), it may need to depend on loans from foreign governments, multilateral organizations or private commercial banks, aid payments from foreign governments and inflows of foreign investment. The access of a country to these forms of external funding may not be certain, and a withdrawal of external funding could adversely affect the capacity of a government to make payments on its obligations. In addition, the cost of servicing debt obligations can be adversely affected by a change in

 

B-28


Table of Contents

international interest rates, since the majority of these obligations carry interest rates that are adjusted periodically based upon international rates.

With respect to sovereign debt of emerging market issuers, investors should be aware that certain emerging market countries are among the largest debtors to commercial banks and foreign governments. At times, certain emerging market countries have declared moratoria on the payment of principal and interest on external debt.

Certain emerging market countries have experienced difficulty in servicing their sovereign debt on a timely basis which led to defaults on certain obligations and the restructuring of certain indebtedness. Restructuring arrangements have included, among other things, reducing and rescheduling interest and principal payments by negotiating new or amended credit agreements or converting outstanding principal and unpaid interest to Brady Bonds (discussed below), and obtaining new credit to finance interest payments. Holders of sovereign debt, including the Fund, may be requested to participate in the rescheduling of such debt and to extend further loans to sovereign debtors, and the interests of holders of sovereign debt could be adversely affected in the course of restructuring arrangements or by certain other factors referred to below. Furthermore, some of the participants in the secondary market for sovereign debt may also be directly involved in negotiating the terms of these arrangements and may therefore have access to information not available to other market participants, such as the Fund. Obligations arising from past restructuring agreements may affect the economic performance and political and social stability of certain issuers of sovereign debt. There is no bankruptcy proceeding by which sovereign debt on which a sovereign has defaulted may be collected in whole or in part.

Foreign investment in certain sovereign debt is restricted or controlled to varying degrees. These restrictions or controls may at times limit or preclude foreign investment in such sovereign debt and increase the costs and expenses of the Fund. Certain countries in which the Fund may invest require governmental approval prior to investments by foreign persons, limit the amount of investment by foreign persons in a particular issuer, limit the investment by foreign persons only to a specific class of securities of an issuer that may have less advantageous rights than the classes available for purchase by domiciliaries of the countries or impose additional taxes on foreign investors. Certain issuers may require governmental approval for the repatriation of investment income, capital or the proceeds of sales of securities by foreign investors. In addition, if a deterioration occurs in a country’s balance of payments, the country could impose temporary restrictions on foreign capital remittances. The Fund could be adversely affected by delays in, or a refusal to grant, any required governmental approval for repatriation of capital, as well as by the application to the Fund of any restrictions on investments. Investing in local markets may require the Fund to adopt special procedures, seek local government approvals or take other actions, each of which may involve additional costs to the Fund.

The sovereign debt in which the Fund may invest includes Brady Bonds, which are securities issued under the framework of the Brady Plan, an initiative announced by former U.S. Treasury Secretary Nicholas F. Brady in 1989 as a mechanism for debtor nations to restructure their outstanding external commercial bank indebtedness. In restructuring its external debt under the Brady Plan framework, a debtor nation negotiates with its existing bank lenders as well as multilateral institutions such as the International Monetary Fund (“IMF”). The Brady Plan framework, as it has developed, contemplates the exchange of commercial bank debt for newly issued Brady Bonds. Brady Bonds may also be issued in respect of new money being advanced by existing lenders in connection with the debt restructuring. The World Bank and the IMF support the restructuring by providing funds pursuant to loan agreements or other arrangements which enable the debtor nation to collateralize the new Brady Bonds or to repurchase outstanding bank debt at a discount.

There can be no assurance that the circumstances regarding the issuance of Brady Bonds by these countries will not change. Investors should recognize that Brady Bonds do not have a long payment history. Agreements implemented under the Brady Plan to date are designed to achieve debt and debt-

 

B-29


Table of Contents

service reduction through specific options negotiated by a debtor nation with its creditors. As a result, the financial packages offered by each country differ. The types of options have included the exchange of outstanding commercial bank debt for bonds issued at 100% of face value of such debt, which carry a below-market stated rate of interest (generally known as par bonds), bonds issued at a discount from the face value of such debt (generally known as discount bonds), bonds bearing an interest rate which increases over time and bonds issued in exchange for the advancement of new money by existing lenders. Regardless of the stated face amount and stated interest rate of the various types of Brady Bonds, the Fund will purchase Brady Bonds, if any, in secondary markets, as described below, in which the price and yield to the investor reflect market conditions at the time of purchase.

Certain Brady Bonds have been collateralized as to principal due at maturity by U.S. Treasury zero coupon bonds with maturities equal to the final maturity of such Brady Bonds. Collateral purchases are financed by the IMF, the World Bank and the debtor nations’ reserves. In the event of a default with respect to collateralized Brady Bonds as a result of which the payment obligations of the issuer are accelerated, the U.S. Treasury zero coupon obligations held as collateral for the payment of principal will not be distributed to investors, nor will such obligations be sold and the proceeds distributed. The collateral will be held by the collateral agent to the scheduled maturity of the defaulted Brady Bonds, which will continue to be outstanding, at which time the face amount of the collateral will equal the principal payments which would have then been due on the Brady Bonds in the normal course. In addition, interest payments on certain types of Brady Bonds may be collateralized by cash or high grade securities in amounts that typically represent between 12 and 18 months of interest accruals on these instruments with the balance of the interest accruals being uncollateralized. Brady Bonds are often viewed as having several valuation components: (1) the collateralized repayment of principal, if any, at final maturity, (2) the collateralized interest payments, if any, (3) the uncollateralized interest payments and (4) any uncollateralized repayment of principal at maturity (these uncollateralized amounts constitute the “residual risk”). In light of the residual risk of Brady Bonds and, among other factors, the history of defaults with respect to commercial bank loans by public and private entities of countries issuing Brady Bonds, investments in Brady Bonds have speculative characteristics. The Fund may purchase Brady Bonds with no or limited collateralization, and will be relying for payment of interest and (except in the case of principal collateralized Brady Bonds) principal primarily on the willingness and ability of the foreign government to make payment in accordance with the terms of the Brady Bonds. Brady Bonds issued to date are purchased and sold in secondary markets through U.S. securities dealers and other financial institutions and are generally maintained through European transnational securities depositories.

Temporary Investments. There may be times when market conditions warrant a defensive position. During these market conditions, each of the Funds (except the Money Market Funds ) may temporarily invest without limit in short-term debt obligations (money market instruments). These investments include commercial paper, bank instruments, U.S. government obligations, repurchase agreements, securities of other investment companies investing in short-term debt securities, and foreign short-term debt securities (with respect to the International Stock Fund and Emerging Markets Equity Fund ). The Funds’ temporary investments must be of comparable quality to their primary investments.

Treasury Securities are direct obligations of the federal government of the United States. Investors regard Treasury securities as having the lowest credit risk.

When-Issued and Delayed Delivery Transactions. These transactions are made to secure what is considered to be an advantageous price or yield. Settlement dates may be a month or more after entering into these transactions, and the market values of the securities purchased may vary from the purchase prices. Other than normal transaction costs, no fees or expenses are incurred. However, liquid assets of a Fund are segregated on the Fund’s records on the trade date in an amount sufficient to make payment for the securities to be purchased. These assets are marked to market daily and are maintained until the transaction has been settled.

 

B-30


Table of Contents

Zero Coupon Securities . Zero coupon securities do not pay interest or principal until final maturity, unlike debt securities that provide periodic payments of interest (referred to as a “coupon payment”). Investors buy zero coupon securities at a price below the amount payable at maturity. The difference between the purchase price and the amount paid at maturity represents interest on the zero coupon security. Investors must wait until maturity to receive interest and principal, which increases the interest rate and credit risks of a zero coupon security.

FUNDAMENTAL INVESTMENT OBJECTIVES

 

 

Marshall Government Money Market Fund: to provide current income consistent with stability of principal.

 

 

Marshall Tax-Free Money Market Fund: to provide current income exempt from federal income tax consistent with stability of principal.

 

 

Marshall Prime Money Market Fund: to provide current income consistent with stability of principal.

 

 

Marshall Short-Term Income Fund: to maximize total return consistent with current income.

 

 

Marshall Short-Intermediate Bond Fund: to maximize total return consistent with current income.

 

 

Marshall Intermediate Tax-Free Fund: to provide a high level of current income that is exempt from federal income tax and is consistent with preservation of capital.

 

 

Marshall Government Income Fund: to provide current income.

 

 

Marshall Corporate Income Fund: to maximize total return consistent with current income.

 

 

Marshall Aggregate Bond Fund: to maximize total return consistent with current income.

 

 

Marshall Core Plus Bond Fund: to maximize total return consistent with current income.

 

 

Marshall Large-Cap Value Fund: to provide capital appreciation and above-average dividend income.

 

 

Marshall Large-Cap Growth Fund: to provide capital appreciation.

 

 

Marshall Mid-Cap Value Fund: to provide capital appreciation.

 

 

Marshall Mid-Cap Growth Fund: to provide capital appreciation.

 

 

Marshall Small-Cap Growth Fund: to provide capital appreciation.

 

 

Marshall International Stock Fund: to provide capital appreciation.

 

 

Marshall Emerging Markets Equity Fund: to provide capital appreciation.

The investment objectives of the Funds may not be changed without shareholder approval.

 

B-31


Table of Contents

INVESTMENT LIMITATIONS

With respect to the Funds’ investment policies and limitations, if a percentage limitation is adhered to at the time of investment, a later increase or decrease in percentage resulting from any change in value or net assets will not result in a violation of such limitation, except in the case of borrowing money. For purposes of such policies and limitations, each Fund considers instruments (such as certificates of deposit and demand and time deposits) issued by a U.S. branch of a domestic bank or savings and loan having capital, surplus, and undivided profits in excess of $100,000,000 at the time of investment to be cash items. Under the 1940 Act, the authorization of a “majority of the outstanding voting securities” means the affirmative vote of the holders of the lesser of (i) 67% of the shares of a Fund represented at a meeting at which the holders of more than 50% of the Fund’s outstanding shares are represented or (ii) more than 50% of the outstanding shares of the Fund.

FUNDAMENTAL LIMITATIONS

The following investment limitations are fundamental and cannot be changed for a Fund unless authorized by the “majority of the outstanding voting securities” of that Fund, as defined by the 1940 Act.

Selling Short and Buying on Margin

The Funds will not sell any securities short or purchase any securities on margin, but may obtain such short-term credits as may be necessary for clearance of purchases and sales of portfolio securities. A deposit or payment by a Fund of initial or variation margin in connection with futures contracts, forward contracts or related options transactions is not considered the purchase of a security on margin.

Issuing Senior Securities and Borrowing Money

The Funds will not issue senior securities except that each Fund may borrow money, directly or through reverse repurchase agreements, in amounts up to one-third of the value of its total assets (net assets in the case of the Money Market Funds, Short-Term Income Fund, Short-Intermediate Bond Fund and Aggregate Bond Fund ), including the amounts borrowed; and except to the extent that a Fund is permitted to enter into futures contracts, options or forward contracts. Except for the International Stock Fund and Emerging Markets Equity Fund , a Fund will not borrow money or engage in reverse repurchase agreements for investment leverage, but rather as a temporary, extraordinary, or emergency measure or to facilitate management of its portfolio by enabling the Fund to meet redemption requests when the liquidation of portfolio securities is deemed to be inconvenient or disadvantageous. Except for the International Stock Fund and Emerging Markets Equity Fund , a Fund will not purchase any securities while any borrowings in excess of 5% of its total assets are outstanding.

Pledging Assets

The Funds will not mortgage, pledge, or hypothecate any assets except to secure permitted borrowings. In those cases, each Fund may pledge assets having a market value not exceeding the lesser of the dollar amounts borrowed or 15% of the value of its total assets at the time of the pledge. For purposes of this limitation, the following are not deemed to be pledges: (1) margin deposits for the purchase and sale of futures contracts and related options; and (2) segregation of collateral arrangements made in connection with options activities, forward contracts or the purchase of securities on a when-issued basis.

Lending Cash or Securities

The Funds will not lend any of their assets except portfolio securities. Except for the International Stock Fund , loans may not exceed one-third of the value of a Fund’s total assets. This shall not prevent a Fund from purchasing or holding U.S. government obligations, money market instruments, variable rate

 

B-32


Table of Contents

demand notes, bonds, debentures, notes, certificates of indebtedness, or other debt securities, entering into repurchase agreements, or engaging in other transactions where permitted by the Fund’s investment goal, policies, and limitations.

Investing in Commodities

The Funds will not purchase or sell commodities, commodity contracts, or commodity futures contracts. However, except for the Money Market Funds , a Fund may purchase and sell futures contracts and related options, and the International Stock Fund and Emerging Markets Equity Fund may also enter into forward contracts and related options.*

Investing in Real Estate

The Funds will not purchase or sell real estate, including limited partnership interests, although a Fund may invest in the securities of companies whose business involves the purchase or sale of real estate or in securities which are secured by real estate or which represent interests in real estate.

Diversification of Investments

With respect to securities comprising 75% of the value of its total assets, a Fund will not purchase securities issued by any one issuer (other than cash, cash items or securities issued or guaranteed by the government of the United States or its agencies or instrumentalities and repurchase agreements collateralized by such securities) if as a result more than 5% of the value of its total assets would be invested in the securities of that issuer or if it would own more than 10% of the outstanding voting securities of such issuer.

Under this limitation, the Intermediate Tax-Free Fund will consider each governmental subdivision, including states and the District of Columbia, territories, possessions of the United States, or their political subdivisions, agencies, authorities, instrumentalities, or similar entities, a separate issuer if its assets and revenues are separate from those of the governmental body creating it and the security is backed only by its own assets and revenues. Industrial developments bonds backed only by the assets and revenues of a non-governmental user are considered to be issued solely by that user. If in the case of an industrial development bond or government-issued security, a governmental or some other entity (such as a bank that issues a letter of credit) guarantees the security, such guarantee or letter of credit would be considered a separate security issued by the guarantor or other entity, subject to a limit on investments in the guarantor of 10% of total assets. Where a security is insured by bond insurance, the security shall not be considered a security issued or guaranteed by the insurer. Instead, the issuer of such security will be determined in accordance with the first and second sentences of this paragraph. The foregoing 10% restriction does not limit the percentage of the Intermediate Tax-Free Fund’s assets that may be invested in securities insured by any single insurer.

Concentration of Investments

(Intermediate Tax-Free Fund only)

The Intermediate Tax-Free Fund will not invest 25% or more of the value of its total assets in any one industry, except that the Fund may invest 25% or more of the value of its total assets in cash or cash items, securities issued or guaranteed by the U.S. government, its agencies, or instrumentalities, and repurchase agreements collateralized by such securities for temporary defensive purposes. In addition, the Intermediate Tax-Free Fund may invest more than 25% of the value of its total assets in obligations

 

*

The first sentence of this paragraph refers to physical commodities and contracts related to physical commodities; the second sentence refers to financial futures contracts and related options. Except for the Money Market Funds , which may not purchase or sell financial futures contracts or related options, there is no fundamental investment limitation regarding a Fund’s purchase or sale of financial futures contracts or related options.

 

B-33


Table of Contents

issued by any state, territory, or possession of the United States, the District of Columbia or any of their authorities, agencies, instrumentalities or political subdivisions, including tax-exempt project notes guaranteed by the U.S. government, regardless of the location of the issuing municipality. This policy applies to securities which are related in such a way that an economic, business, or political development affecting one security would also affect the other securities (such as securities paid from revenues from selected projects in transportation, public works, education, or housing).

(All Other Funds)

A Fund will not invest 25% or more of its total assets in any one industry. However, investing in U.S. government securities (and domestic bank instruments for the Money Market Funds ) shall not be considered investments in any one industry.

Underwriting

A Fund will not underwrite any issue of securities, except as it may be deemed to be an underwriter under the 1933 Act in connection with the sale of restricted (the term restricted does not apply to the Intermediate Tax-Free Fund ) securities which the Fund may purchase pursuant to its investment goal, policies and limitations.

Tax Exempt Obligations

The Tax-Free Money Market Fund invests, under normal circumstances, its assets so that at least 80% of the annual interest income that the Fund distributes will be exempt from federal income tax, including the federal AMT.

The Intermediate Tax-Free Fund invests, under normal circumstances, at least 80% of the value of its net assets, plus the amount of any borrowings for investment purposes, in securities the income from which is exempt from federal income tax, including the federal AMT.

NON-FUNDAMENTAL LIMITATIONS

The following investment limitations are non-fundamental and, therefore, may be changed by the Board without shareholder approval. Shareholders will be notified before any material change in these limitations becomes effective.

Investing in Illiquid and Restricted Securities

A Fund will not invest more than 15% (10% for a Money Market Fund ) of the value of its net assets in illiquid securities, including repurchase agreements providing for settlement in more than seven days after notice, non-negotiable fixed time deposits with maturities over seven days, OTC options, guaranteed investment contracts, and certain restricted securities not determined by the Board to be liquid (including certain municipal leases).

Purchasing Securities to Exercise Control

The Funds will not purchase securities of a company for the purpose of exercising control or management.

Investing in Securities of Other Investment Companies

Each Fund will limit its investment in other investment companies to no more than 3% of the total outstanding voting stock of any investment company, will invest no more than 5% of total assets in any one investment company, and will invest no more than 10% of its total assets in investment companies in

 

B-34


Table of Contents

general, unless permitted to exceed these limits by an exemptive order or rule of the SEC. The Funds will purchase securities of closed-end investment companies only in open market transactions involving only customary broker’s commissions. However, these limitations are not applicable if the securities are acquired in a merger, consolidation, reorganization or acquisition of assets. The Money Market Funds will limit their investments in other investment companies to those of money market funds having investment objectives and policies similar to their own.

Investing in Options

Except for bona fide hedging purposes, a Fund may not invest more than 5% of the value of its net assets in the sum of (a) premiums on open option positions on futures contracts, plus (b) initial margin deposits on financial futures contracts.

A Fund will not purchase put options or write call options on securities unless the securities are held in the Fund’s portfolio or unless the Fund is entitled to them in deliverable form without further payment or has segregated liquid assets in the amount of any further payment.

A Fund will not write call options in excess of 25% of the value of its total assets.

Regulatory Compliance

The Money Market Funds may follow non-fundamental operational policies that are more restrictive than their fundamental investment limitations, as set forth in the Prospectuses and this SAI, in order to comply with applicable laws and regulations, including the provisions of and regulations under the 1940 Act. In particular, the Money Market Funds will comply with the various requirements of Rule 2a-7 under the 1940 Act, which regulates money market mutual funds. For example, Rule 2a-7 generally prohibits the investment of more than 5% of the total assets of any of the Money Market Funds in the securities of any one issuer, although the Money Market Funds’ fundamental investment limitation only requires such 5% diversification with respect to 75% of the Funds’ assets. The Money Market Funds will also determine the effective maturity of their investments, as well as their ability to consider a security as having received the requisite short-term ratings by NRSROs, according to Rule 2a-7. The Money Market Funds may change these operational policies to reflect changes in the laws and regulations without shareholder approval.

OTHER INVESTMENT POLICIES

Pursuant to Rule 35d-1 under the 1940 Act, each Fund (except the Tax-Free Money Market Fund, Prime Money Market Fund, Intermediate Tax-Free Fund and Corporate Income Fund ) has adopted a non-fundamental investment policy to invest at least 80% of its assets (defined as net assets plus any borrowings for investment purposes) in the types of securities and investments suggested by its name. Each such Fund will provide its shareholders with at least 60 days prior written notice of any changes to such policy as required by Rule 35d-1.

VALUATION OF SECURITIES

MONEY MARKET FUNDS

The Board has approved the use of amortized cost for purposes of valuing portfolio instruments held by the Money Market Funds . Under this method, portfolio instruments are valued at the acquisition cost as adjusted for amortization of premium or accumulation of discount rather than at current market value.

 

B-35


Table of Contents

The Money Market Funds’ use of the amortized cost method of valuing portfolio instruments depends on their compliance with the provisions of Rule 2a-7 under the 1940 Act. Under the Rule, the Board must establish procedures reasonably designed to stabilize the NAV per share, as computed for purposes of distribution and redemption, at $1.00 per share, taking into account current market conditions and the Funds’ investment goals.

Under the Rule, the Money Market Funds are permitted to purchase instruments that are subject to demand features or standby commitments. As defined by the Rule, a demand feature entitles a Fund to receive the principal amount of the instrument from the issuer or a third party (1) on no more than 30 days’ notice or (2) at specified intervals not exceeding 397 days on no more than 30 days’ notice. A standby commitment entitles a Fund to achieve same-day settlement and to receive an exercise price equal to the amortized cost of the underlying instrument plus accrued interest at the time of exercise.

The Money Market Funds acquire instruments subject to demand features and standby commitments to enhance the instruments’ liquidity. The Funds treat demand features and standby commitments as part of the underlying instruments, because the Funds do not acquire them for speculative purposes and cannot transfer them separately from the underlying instruments. Therefore, although the Funds define demand features and standby commitments as puts, the Funds do not consider them to be corporate investments for purposes of their investment policies.

Monitoring Procedures. The Board’s procedures include monitoring the relationship between the amortized cost value per share and the NAV per share based upon available indications of market value. The Board will decide what, if any, steps should be taken if there is a difference of more than 0.5 of 1% between the two values. The Board will take any steps they consider appropriate (such as redemption in kind or shortening the average portfolio maturity) to minimize any material dilution or other unfair results arising from differences between the two methods of determining NAV.

Investment Restrictions. As required by the Rule, the Money Market Funds limit their investments to instruments that, in the opinion of the Adviser, present minimal credit risks and have received the requisite rating from one or more NRSROs. If the instruments are not rated, the Adviser must determine that they are of comparable quality pursuant to procedures approved by the Board. The Rule also requires the Funds to maintain a dollar-weighted average portfolio maturity (not more than 90 days) appropriate to the objective of maintaining a stable NAV of $1.00 per share. In addition, no instrument with a remaining maturity of more than 397 days may be purchased by the Funds.

Should the disposition of a portfolio security result in a dollar-weighted average portfolio maturity of more than 90 days, the Money Market Funds will invest their available cash to reduce the average maturity to 90 days or less as soon as possible. Shares of investment companies purchased by the Funds will meet these same criteria and will have investment policies consistent with the Rule.

Under the amortized cost method of valuation, neither the amount of daily income nor the NAV is affected by any unrealized appreciation or depreciation of the portfolio. In periods of declining interest rates, the indicated daily yield on shares of the Money Market Funds , computed based upon amortized cost valuation, may tend to be higher than a similar computation made by using a method of valuation based upon market prices and estimates. In periods of rising interest rates, the indicated daily yield on shares of the Funds computed the same way may tend to be lower than a similar computation made by using a method of calculation based upon market prices and estimates.

 

B-36


Table of Contents

ALL OTHER FUNDS

Portfolio securities of the other Funds are valued as follows:

 

 

for equity securities traded on a securities exchange, including NASDAQ, at the last sale price or official closing price reported on the exchange on which the security is principally traded;

 

 

in the absence of recorded sales for equity securities, at the mean of the last bid and asked prices as furnished by an independent pricing service;

 

 

for U.S. government securities, listed corporate bonds, private placement securities, other fixed income and asset-backed securities and unlisted securities, at the mean of the last bid and asked prices as furnished by an independent pricing service, except that fixed income securities with remaining maturities of 60 days or less at the time of purchase are valued at amortized cost;

 

 

for municipal bonds, by an independent pricing service;

 

 

in the absence of a market quote for asset and mortgage-backed securities for which final paydowns have been processed, par value will be used to price the security until the final payment is received and the final paydown has been removed from the fund accounting records;

 

 

for securities of other open-end registered investment companies, at net asset value; and

 

 

for all other securities, at fair value as determined in good faith by the Board.

Prices provided by independent pricing services may be determined without relying exclusively on quoted prices and may consider institutional trading in similar groups of securities, yield, quality, stability, risk, coupon rate, maturity, type of issue, trading characteristics and other market data or factors.

A Fund values futures contracts and options at their market values established by the exchanges on which they are traded at the close of trading on such exchanges. Options traded in the OTC market are valued according to the mean between the last bid and the last asked price for the option as provided by an investment dealer or other financial institution that deals in the option. The Board may determine in good faith that another method of valuing such investments is necessary to appraise their fair market value.

Any securities or other assets for which market valuations are not readily available or are deemed to be inaccurate are valued at fair value as determined in good faith and in accordance with procedures approved by the Board. The Board has established and appointed a Pricing Committee, which is responsible for determinations of fair value. See “Committees of the Board.” In determining fair value, the Pricing Committee takes into account all information available and any factors it deems appropriate.

 

B-37


Table of Contents

TRADING IN FOREIGN SECURITIES

Trading in foreign securities may be completed at times which vary from the closing of the New York Stock Exchange (NYSE). In computing its NAV, the International Stock Fund and Emerging Markets Equity Fund each values foreign securities at the latest closing price on the principal exchange on which they are traded immediately prior to the closing of the NYSE. Certain foreign currency exchange rates may also be determined at the latest rate prior to the closing of the NYSE. Foreign securities quoted in foreign currencies are translated into U.S. dollars at current rates. Occasionally, events that affect these values and exchange rates may occur between the times at which they are determined and the closing of the NYSE. If it is determined, based upon certain triggers, that the closing price of a foreign security held by the Fund is unreliable, such security will be priced using factors provided by an independent pricing service approved by the Board (Factors). If an appropriate Factor is not available for pricing of the security, the security will be priced at fair value as determined in good faith by the Board.

WHAT DO SHARES COST?

Except under certain circumstances described in the Prospectuses, shares of each class of the Funds are sold at their public offering price (i.e., their NAV plus a sales charge, if applicable) on days the NYSE is open for business. The procedure for purchasing shares is explained in the Prospectuses under “How to Buy Shares.”

HOW ARE THE FUND SHARES SOLD?

M&I Distributors, LLC (MID), located at 111 East Kilbourn Avenue, Milwaukee, Wisconsin 53202, serves as the principal distributor of the Funds’ shares (the Distributor). Under a Distribution Agreement with the Funds, MID offers the Funds’ shares on a continuous, best-efforts basis. MID is an affiliate of the Adviser and M&I Trust. Prior to September 2, 2008, the Fund’s distributor was Grand Distribution Services, LLC (Grand), located at 803 West Michigan Street, Milwaukee, Wisconsin 53233.

For the fiscal years ended August 31, 2008, 2007 and 2006, the previous distributor, Grand, received the following commissions for Advisor Class shares. Commission information is not provided for the Corporate Income Fund and Emerging Markets Equity Fund because the Funds were not offered for sale until the date of this SAI.

Underwriting Commissions

(Aggregate Amount/Amount Retained)

 

     For the Fiscal Year Ended August 31

Fund

   2008    2007   2006

Short-Term Income Fund

   $2,807/$664    $4,132/$923   $3,547/$814

Short-Intermediate Bond Fund

   $7,371/$1,860    $12,766/$3,285   $17,468/$4,434

Government Income Fund

   $10,248/$2,593    $23,174/$5,797   $29,565/$7,395

Aggregate Bond Fund

   $5,726/$1,526    $581/$148*   N/A

Large-Cap Value Fund

   $22,490/$4,160    $48,085/$9,367   $50,906/$9,642

Large-Cap Growth Fund

   $25,390/$4,887    $36,833/$7,142   $52,921/$10,525

Mid-Cap Value Fund

   $19,576/$3,870    $39,129/$8,056   $37,009/$6,733

Mid-Cap Growth Fund

   $22,708/$4,785    $12,048/$2,331   $13,269/$2,469

Small-Cap Growth Fund

   $25,790/$5,239    $23,636/$4,691   $25,000/$4,813

International Stock Fund

   $22,713/$4,820    $27,589/$5,470   $35,412/$7,329

 

* Commission information for the Aggregate Bond Fund is for the period from July 1, 2007, the date on which the Fund commenced operations, to August 31, 2008, the end of the Fund’s fiscal year.

 

B-38


Table of Contents

SALES CHARGE REALLOWANCE (ADVISOR CLASS ONLY)

Sales of Advisor Class shares are subject to a front-end sales charge, which may be reallowed, as a sales commission, to broker/dealers, investment professionals or financial institutions (Authorized Dealers) of record as a percentage of the purchase price. MIS retains a portion of the sales charge for sales support services. Typically, the Authorized Dealers of record will receive the following amounts from the sales charge on such sales:

Equity Funds

 

Purchase Amount

   Typical Dealer Concession as a
% of Public Offering Price

Up to $24,999

   5.00%  

$ 25,000 – $ 49,999

   4.25%  

$ 50,000 – $ 99,999

   3.75%  

$100,000 – $249,999

   2.75%  

$250,000 – $499,999

   2.00%  

$500,000 – $749,999

   1.60%  

$750,000 – $999,999

   1.20%  

$1 million or greater

   1.00%*

Income Funds (except the Short-Term Income Fund )

 

Purchase Amount

   Typical Dealer Concession as a
% of Public Offering Price

Up to $99,999

   3.00%  

$100,000 – $249,999

   2.75%  

$250,000 – $499,999

   2.00%  

$500,000 – $749,999

   1.60%  

$750,000 – $999,999

   1.20%  

$1 million or greater

   1.00%*

Short-Term Income Fund

 

Purchase Amount

   Typical Dealer Concession as a
% of Public Offering Price

Up to $999,999

   1.60%  

$1 million or greater

   1.00%*

 

* The concession is paid by the Adviser on sales of $1 million or more made during a 12-month period.

The amount reallowed to an Authorized Dealer may be changed from time to time.

12B-1 PLAN (PRIME MONEY MARKET FUND ONLY)

The Prime Money Market Fund is subject to a compensation-type distribution plan adopted by the Corporation pursuant to Rule 12b-1 under the 1940 Act (the Plan). The Plan authorizes payments by the Advisor Class shares of the Prime Money Market Fund at an annual rate of 0.30% of the average daily net assets of the Advisor Class shares of the Fund (Plan Shares). The Plan provides that the Distributor shall act as the distributor of Plan Shares, and it permits the payment of fees to brokers (including M&I Financial Advisors, an affiliate of the Adviser), dealers and administrators for distribution and/or administrative services. The Plan is designed to stimulate brokers, dealers and administrators to provide distribution and/or administrative support services to Advisor Class shares and holders of Plan Shares. These services are to be provided by representatives who have knowledge of the shareholders’ particular

 

B-39


Table of Contents

circumstances and goals, and include, but are not limited to: (1) providing office space, equipment, telephone facilities, and various personnel, including clerical, supervisory, and computer, as necessary or beneficial to establish and maintain shareholder accounts and records; (2) processing purchase and redemption transactions and automatic investment of client account cash balances; (3) answering client inquiries regarding the Plan Shares; (4) assisting clients in changing dividend options, account designations, and addresses; and (5) providing such other services as the Fund reasonably requests.

Other benefits of the Plan include, but are not limited to, the following: (1) an efficient and effective administrative system; (2) a more efficient use of assets of holders of Plan Shares by having them rapidly invested in the Fund with a minimum of delay and administrative detail; and (3) an efficient and reliable records system for holders of Plan Shares and prompt responses to shareholder requests and inquiries concerning their accounts.

For the fiscal year ended August 31, 2008, the Advisor Class shares of the Prime Money Market Fund paid $420,467 under the Plan at an annual rate of 0.30% of the Fund’s average daily net assets during this period. The entire amount paid by the Advisor Class shares of the Fund pursuant to the Plan was spent on dealer compensation.

SHAREHOLDER SERVICES (CLASS Y AND CLASS A SHARES ONLY)

M&I Trust is the shareholder servicing agent for the Funds. As such, it provides shareholder services to the Funds that include, but are not limited to, distributing Prospectuses and other information, providing shareholder assistance, and communicating or facilitating purchases and redemption of shares.

The Funds may pay M&I Trust for providing shareholder services and maintaining shareholder accounts. M&I Trust may select others to perform these services for their customers and may pay them fees.

 

B-40


Table of Contents

For the fiscal year ended August 31, 2008, the Investor Class and Advisor Class shares of the Funds paid the following shareholder services fees and M&I Trust voluntarily waived the following amounts. M&I Trust may terminate such voluntary waivers at any time. Shareholder services fee information is not provided for the Corporate Income Fund, Core Plus Bond Fund and Emerging Markets Equity Fund because the Funds were not offered for sale until the date of this SAI.:

 

     Shareholder Services Fee Paid/
Shareholder Services Fee Waived

Fund

   Class Y    Class A

Government Money Market Fund

   $675,642/$0    N/A

Tax-Free Money Market Fund

   $903,158/$0    N/A

Prime Money Market Fund

   $6,987,133/$0    $350,389/$0

Short-Term Income Fund

   $123,875/$0    $5,645/$0

Short-Intermediate Bond Fund

   $519,219/$0    $13,604/$0

Intermediate Tax-Free Fund

   $214,769/$197,587    N/A

Government Income Fund

   $1,160,504/$0    $13,199/$0

Aggregate Bond Fund

   $187,173/$0    $451/$0

Large-Cap Value Fund

   $554,656/$0    $27,383/$0

Large-Cap Growth Fund

   $464,946/$0    $22,129/$0

Mid-Cap Value Fund

   $886,092/$0    $26,120/$0

Mid-Cap Growth Fund

   $460,084/$0    $12,777/$0

Small-Cap Growth Fund

   $527,061/$0    $34,118

International Stock Fund

   $448,602/$0    $17,102/$0

HOW TO BUY SHARES

QUANTITY DISCOUNTS AND ACCUMULATED PURCHASES (CLASS A SHARES ONLY)

As described in the Prospectus for the Advisor Class shares, larger purchases of the Advisor Class shares reduce or eliminate the sales charge paid. For example, the Funds will combine all the Advisor Class shares purchases made on the same day by the investor, the investor’s spouse, and the investor’s children under age 21 when they calculate the sales charge. In addition, the sales charge, if applicable, is reduced for purchases made at one time by a trustee or fiduciary for a single trust estate or a single fiduciary account.

If additional Advisor Class shares are purchased, the Funds will consider the previous purchases still invested in the Funds. For example, if a shareholder already owns the Advisor Class shares of an Equity Fund having a current value of $40,000 and he purchases $10,000 of additional shares, the sales charge on the additional purchase according to the schedule now in effect would be 4.50%, not 5.75% (see “How to Buy Shares—Sales Charge—Advisor Class” in the Class A Prospectus).

The Funds also will consider purchases of shares of certain other mutual funds held at M&I Financial Advisors. For example, if a shareholder purchases shares of a certain mutual fund having a current value of $40,000 and then purchases the Advisor Class shares of a Fund having a current value of $10,000, the shareholder would receive a reduced sales charge on the $10,000 Advisor Class shares purchase based on the other mutual fund’s reduced sales charge schedule applicable to a $50,000 investment in such fund’s shares.

To receive the sales charge reduction, M&I Financial Advisors must be notified by the shareholder in writing or by his investment professional or financial institution at the time the purchase is made that the Advisor Class shares are already owned or that purchases are being combined. The Funds will reduce or eliminate the sales charge after they confirm the purchases.

 

B-41


Table of Contents

CONCURRENT PURCHASES (CLASS A SHARES ONLY)

Shareholders have the privilege of combining concurrent purchases of the Advisor Class shares of two or more Marshall Funds in calculating the applicable sales charge.

To receive a sales charge reduction or elimination, MIS must be notified by the shareholder in writing or by his/her investment professional or financial institution at the time the concurrent purchases are made. The Funds will reduce or eliminate the sales charge after they confirm the purchases. Shareholders should retain records of their purchases for this purpose and may be required to provide supporting documentation to MIS.

LETTER OF INTENT (CLASS A SHARES ONLY)

A shareholder may sign a letter of intent committing to purchase a certain amount of the same Advisor Class shares within a 13-month period in order to combine such purchases in calculating the applicable sales charge. The Funds’ custodian will hold shares in escrow equal to the maximum applicable sales charge. If the shareholder completes the commitment, the escrowed shares will be released to his/her account. If the commitment is not completed within 13 months, the custodian will redeem an appropriate number of escrowed shares to pay for the applicable sales charge.

While this letter of intent will not obligate the shareholder to purchase the Advisor Class shares, each purchase during the period will be at the sales charge applicable to the total amount intended to be purchased. At the time a letter of intent is established, current balances in accounts in any Advisor Class shares of any Fund, excluding money market accounts, will be aggregated to provide a purchase credit towards fulfillment of the letter of intent. The letter may be dated as of a prior date to include any purchase made within the past 90 days. Prior trade prices will not be adjusted.

REINVESTMENT PRIVILEGE

The reinvestment privilege is available for all shares of the Funds within the same share class.

The Advisor Class shareholders who redeem from a Fund may reinvest the redemption proceeds back into the Fund’s Advisor Class shares at the next determined NAV without any sales charge. The original shares must have been subject to a sales charge and the reinvestment must be within 90 days.

In addition, if shares were reinvested through an investment professional or financial institution, the investment professional or financial institution would not be entitled to an advanced payment from M&I Financial Advisors on the reinvested shares, if otherwise applicable. M&I Financial Advisors must be notified by the shareholder in writing or by his/her investment professional or financial institution of the reinvestment in order to eliminate a sales charge or a contingent deferred sales charge. If a shareholder redeems shares in a Fund, there may be tax consequences.

EXCHANGING SECURITIES FOR SHARES

A shareholder may contact the Funds to request a purchase of shares in an exchange for securities owned by the shareholder. The Funds reserve the right to determine whether to accept the securities and the minimum market value to accept. The Funds will value the securities in the same manner as it values its assets. This exchange is treated as a sale of a shareholder’s securities for federal tax purposes.

REDEMPTION IN KIND

Although the Funds intend to pay share redemptions in cash, the Funds reserve the right, as described below, to pay the redemption price in whole or in part by a distribution of a Fund’s portfolio securities.

 

B-42


Table of Contents

Because the Corporation has elected to be governed by Rule 18f-1 under the 1940 Act, the Funds are obligated to pay share redemptions to any one shareholder in cash only up to the lesser of $250,000 or 1% of a Fund’s net assets represented by such share class during any 90-day period. Any share redemption payment greater than this amount will be in cash unless the Adviser determines that payment should be in kind. In such a case, a Fund will pay all or a portion of the remainder of the redemption in portfolio securities, valued in the same way as the Fund determines its NAV. The portfolio securities will be selected in a manner that the Adviser deems fair and equitable and, to the extent available, such securities will be readily marketable.

Redemption in kind is not as liquid as a cash redemption. If a redemption is made in kind, the redeeming shareholder would incur transaction costs in selling the portfolio securities received, and the proceeds of such sales, when made, may be more or less than the value on the redemption date.

In addition, the Funds have adopted procedures, consistent with SEC guidelines, to permit redemption in kind to an affiliate.

ACCOUNT AND SHARE INFORMATION

VOTING AND DISTRIBUTION RIGHTS

Shareholders of each Fund are entitled: (i) to one vote per full share of common stock; (ii) to distributions declared by the Board; and (iii) upon liquidation of the Fund, to participate ratably in the assets of the Fund available for distribution. Each share of a Fund gives the shareholder one vote in the election of directors and other matters submitted to shareholders for vote and is entitled to participate equally in dividends and capital gains distributions by the Fund. All shares of each Fund or class in the Corporation have equal voting rights, except that only shares of a particular Fund or class are entitled to vote on matters affecting that Fund or class. Consequently, the holders of more than 50% of the Corporation’s shares of common stock voting for the election of directors can elect the entire Board, and, in such event, the holders of the Corporation’s remaining shares voting for the election of directors will not be able to elect any person or persons to the Board.

The WBCL permits registered investment companies, such as the Corporation, to operate without an annual meeting of shareholders under specified circumstances if an annual meeting is not required by the 1940 Act. The Corporation’s By-laws provide that each director shall hold office for a period of five years or until his or her successor is duly elected at the next annual meeting of shareholders. Consequently, the Corporation holds annual meetings of shareholders to elect directors every five years, unless more frequent meetings are required by the 1940 Act, the Corporation’s Articles of Incorporation or By-laws. Directors may be removed by the shareholders at a special meeting. A special meeting of the shareholders may be called by the Board upon written request of shareholders owning at least 10% of the Corporation’s outstanding voting shares.

The shares are redeemable and transferable. All shares issued and sold by the Corporation will be fully paid and nonassessable, except as provided under former WBCL Section 180.0622(2)(b) with respect to certain obligations incurred by the Corporation prior to June 14, 2006. Former Section 180.0622(2)(b) of the WBCL provided that holders of common stock of a corporation could be assessed up to the par value of their shares to satisfy the obligations of the corporation to its employees for services performed for the corporation, but not exceeding six months’ service in any one case. Certain Wisconsin courts interpreted “par value” to mean the full amount paid upon the purchase of shares of common stock. Pursuant to 2005 Wisconsin Act 474, Section 180.0622(2)(b) of the WBCL was repealed effective June 14, 2006 and is not applicable to obligations incurred by the Corporation on or after such date. Fractional shares of common stock entitle the holder to the same rights as whole shares of common stock except the right to receive a certificate evidencing such fractional shares.

 

B-43


Table of Contents

CONTROL PERSONS AND PRINCIPAL SHAREHOLDERS

As of November 30, 2008, the following shareholders owned of record or are known by the Corporation to own of record or beneficially more than 5% of a Fund’s outstanding Investor Class, Advisor Class and/or Institutional Class shares:

 

Fund Name

  

Class

  

Name and Address

   Number of
Shares
   Percent
of Class

Marshall Government Money Market Fund

   I   

M&I Marshall & Ilsley Bank*

c/o M&I Support Services

PO Box 1119

Appleton WI 54912-1119

   196,572,617.7    38%
  

I

  

Maril & Co*

FBO Washington Trust

11270 West Park Place Ste 400

Milwaukee WI 53224-3638

   117,124,158.7    23%
  

I

  

Maril & Co*

M&I Trust Company, NA

11270 W Park Pl Ste 400

Milwaukee WI 53224-3638

   109,489,200.7    21%
  

I

  

M&I Custody of Nevada Inc Cust.

FBO ASBC Investment Corp

3993 Howard Hughes Pkwy Ste 100

Las Vegas NV 89169-5967

   32,471,213.1    6%
  

I

  

Maril & Co*

FBO Members Trust Company

11270 W Park Place Ste 400

Milwaukee WI 53224-3638

   29,025,312.1    5%
  

Y

  

Maril & Co*

M&I Trust Company, NA

11270 W Park Place St 400

Milwaukee WI 53224-3638

   225,359,888.0    33%
  

Y

  

M&I Marshall & Ilsley Bank*

c/o M&I Support Services

PO Box 1119

Appleton WI 54912-1119

   130,172,124.4    19%
  

Y

  

Maril & Co*

FBO Enterprise Bank

11270 W Park Place Ste 400

Milwaukee WI 53224-3638

   62,575,826.9    9%
  

Y

  

M&I Custody of Nevada Inc Cust

FBO Ozaukee Portfolio

3993 Howard Hughes Pkwy Ste 100

Las Vegas NV 89169-5967

   41,837,778.1    6%
  

Y

  

Maril & Co*

FBO Finemark National

11270 W Park Place Ste 400

Milwaukee WI 53224-3638

   39,100,050.8    5%

 

B-44


Table of Contents

Fund Name

  

Class

  

Name and Address

   Number of
Shares
   Percent
of Class

Marshall Tax-Free Money Market Fund

   I   

Maril & Co*

11270 W Park Place Ste 400

Milwaukee WI 53224-3638

   480,534,783.6    97%
  

Y

  

Maril & Co*

11270 W Park Place Ste 400

Milwaukee WI 53224-3638

   126,622,512.1    30%
  

Y

  

Pershing LLC*

As Agent for its Brokerage

Customer Services

1 Pershing Plz

Jersey City NJ 07399-0002

   114,116,890.6    27%
  

Y

  

M&I Marshall & Ilsley SSC

PO Box 1119

Appleton, WI 54912-1119

   56,082,212.6    13%

Marshall Prime Money Market Fund

  

A

  

Pershing LLC*

As Agent for its Brokerage Cust

1 Pershing Plz

Jersey City NJ 07399-0002

   107,144,485.9    77%
  

I

  

Maril & Co*

M&I Trust Company, NA

11270 West Park Place Ste 400

Milwaukee WI 53224-3638

   1,712,613,358    70%
  

I

  

M&I Marshall & Ilsley Bank-SSC*

c/o M&I Support Services

PO Box 1119

Appleton WI 54912-1119

   203,469,960.4    8%
  

I

  

Aurora Health Care Inc.

PO Box 343910

Milwaukee WI 53234-3910

   157,300,000.0    6%
  

Y

  

Maril & Co*

11270 W Park Place Ste 400

Milwaukee, WI 53224-3638

   1,633,291,076    70%
  

Y

  

M&I SCC Milwaukee*

c/o M&I Support Services Corp

PO Box 1119

Appleton WI 54912-1119

   186,035,195.1    8%

Marshall Short-Term Income Fund

   A   

Pershing LLC*

P O Box 2052

Jersey City NJ 07303-2052

   20,361.3    9%
  

I

  

Mitra & Co*

Marshall & Ilsley Trust Oper

11270 W Park Place

Suite 400- PPW-08-WM

Milwaukee WI 53224-3638

   4,658,800.6    58%

 

B-45


Table of Contents

Fund Name

  

Class

  

Name and Address

   Number of
Shares
   Percent
of Class
   I   

Vallee & Co*

Marshall & Ilsley Trust Oper

11270 W Park Place

Suite 400- PPW-08-WM

Milwaukee WI 53224-3638

   3,059,642.02    38%
  

Y

  

Vallee & Co*

Marshall & Ilsley Trust Oper

11270 W Park Place

Suite 400- PPW-08-WM

Milwaukee WI 53224-3638

   542,410.5    23%
  

Y

  

Mitra & Co*

Marshall & Ilsley Trust Oper

11270 W Park Place

Suite 400- PPW-08-WM

Milwaukee WI 53224-3638

   498,637.4    21%
  

Y

  

NFS LLC FEBO*

Marshall & Ilsley Trust Co NA

FBO Bank 98 Daily

Recordkeeping

11270 W Park Place Ste 400

Milwaukee WI 53224-3638

   229,160.0    10%
  

Y

  

Robert F Gall TTEE

Robert F Gall Trust

PO Box 80230

Saukville WI 53080-0230

   119,929.1    5%

Marshall Short-Intermediate Bond Fund

  

A

  

Pershing LLC*

P O Box 2052

Jersey City NJ 07303-2052

   37,180.9    6%
  

I

  

Vallee & Co*

Marshall & Ilsley Trust Co.

11270 W Park Place

Suite 400- PPW-08-WM

Milwaukee WI 53224-3638

   9,456,166.9    48%
  

I

  

NFS LLC FEBO*

Marshall & Ilsley Trust Co

FBO Bank 98 Daily

Recordkeeping

11270 W Park Place Ste 400

Milwaukee WI 53224-2628

   6,357,107.8    32%
  

I

  

Mitra & Co*

Marshall & Ilsley Trust Oper

11270 W Park Place

Suite 400- PPW-08-WM

Milwaukee WI 53224-3623

   2,765,592.3    14%

 

B-46


Table of Contents

Fund Name

  

Class

  

Name and Address

   Number of
Shares
   Percent
of Class
   Y   

NFS LLC FEBO*

Marshall & Ilsley Trust Co.

FBO Bank 98 Daily

Recordkeeping

11270 W Park Place Ste 400

Milwaukee WI 53224-3623

   2,054,065.7    24%
  

Y

  

Vallee & Co*

Marshall & Ilsley Trust Oper

11270 W Park Place

Suite 400- PPW-08-WM

Milwaukee WI 53224-3638

   1,174,052.1    13%
  

Y

  

Mitra & Co*

Marshall & Ilsley Trust Oper

11270 W Park Place

Suite 400- PPW-08-WM

Milwaukee WI 53224-3638

   789,178.1    9%

Marshall Intermediate Tax-Free Fund

  

Y

  

Vallee & Co*

Marshall & Ilsley Trust Oper

11270 W Park Place

Suite 400- PPW-08-WM

Milwaukee WI 53224-3638

   6,658,927.6    69%
  

Y

  

Mitra & Co*

Marshall & Ilsley Trust Oper

11270 W Park Place

Suite 400- PPW-08-WM

Milwaukee WI 53224-3638

   1,374,886.6    14%

Marshall Government Income Fund

  

I

  

Mitra & Co*

Marshall & Ilsley Trust Oper

11270 W Park Place

Suite 400- PPW-08-WM

Milwaukee WI 53224-3638

   11,758,242.7    48%
  

I

  

Vallee & Co*

Marshall & Ilsley Trust Oper

11270 W Park Place

Suite 400- PPW-08-WM

Milwaukee WI 53224-3638

   10,686,369.7    44%
  

I

  

Maril & Co*

Marshall & Ilsley Trust Oper

11270 W Park Place

Suite 400- PPW-08-WM

Milwaukee WI 53224-3638

   1,757,461.8    7%
  

Y

  

Mitra & Co*

Marshall & Ilsley Trust Oper

11270 W Park Place

Suite 400- PPW-08-WM

Milwaukee WI 53224-3638

   9,380,316.9    27%

 

B-47


Table of Contents

Fund Name

  

Class

  

Name and Address

   Number of
Shares
   Percent
of Class

Marshall Aggregate Bond Fund

   A   

Marshall & Ilsley Trust Co

IRA Michael E Schwittau

3222 Regent Pl

West Bend WI 53090-8454

   6,625.8    16%
  

A

  

Marshall & Ilsley Trust Co

IRA Allan Kleimola

1905 De Koven Ave

Racine WI 53403-2438

   3,840.7    9%
  

A

  

Pershing LLC

PO Box 2052

Jersey City NJ 07303-2052

   3,621.5    9%
  

A

  

Amos Braund

Frances Braund JT WROS

4118 Buckeye Rd

Madison WI 53716-1647

   3,348.5    8%
  

A

  

Pershing LLC

PO Box 2052

Jersey City NJ 07303-2052

   3,486.2    8%
  

A

  

Pershing LLC

PO Box 2052

Jersey City NJ 07303-2052

   2,782.2    7%
  

A

  

Marshall & Ilsley Trust Co

IRA Wayne Baltes

4325 5 th Ave

Kenosha WI 53140-2914

   2,227.7    5%
  

A

  

Marshall & Ilsley Trust Co

IRA Robert E Oberg

5821 65 th St

Kenosha WI 53142-1224

   2,077.0    5%
  

I

  

Mitra & Co*

Marshall & Ilsley Trust Oper

11270 W Park Place

Suite 400- PPW-08-WM

Milwaukee WI 53224-3638

   14,880,397.2    78%
   I   

Vallee & Co*

Marshall & Ilsley Trust Oper

11270 W Park Place

Suite 400- PPW-08-WM

Milwaukee WI 53224-3638

   4,001,432.2    21%
  

Y

  

Mitra & Co*

Marshall & Ilsley Trust Oper

11270 W Park Place

Suite 400- PPW-08-WM

Milwaukee WI 53224-3638

   6,702,683.7    93%

 

B-48


Table of Contents

Fund Name

  

Class

  

Name and Address

   Number of
Shares
   Percent
of Class
   Y   

Vallee & Co*

Marshall & Ilsley Trust Oper

11270 W Park Place

Suite 400- PPW-08-WM

Milwaukee WI 53224-3638

   377,235.7    5%
Marshall Large-Cap Value Fund   

I

  

Vallee & Co*

Marshall & Ilsley Trust Oper

11270 W Park Place

Suite 400- PPW-08-WM

Milwaukee WI 53224-3638

   4,472,839.7    37%
  

I

  

Mitra & Co*

Marshall & Ilsley Trust Oper

11270 W Park Place

Suite 400- PPW-08-WM

Milwaukee WI 53224-3638

   4,305,355.3    35%
  

I

  

NFS LLC FEBO*

Marshall & Ilsley Trust Co.

FBO Bank 98 Daily

Recordkeeping

11270 W Park Place Ste 400

Milwaukee WI 53224-3638

   2,542,005.5    21%
  

I

  

Maril & Co*

Marshall & Ilsley Trust Oper

11270 W Park Place

Suite 400- PPW-08-WM

Milwaukee WI 53224-3638

   655,237.2    5%
  

Y

  

Mitra & Co*

Marshall & Ilsley Trust Oper

11270 W Park Place

Suite 400- PPW-08-WM

Milwaukee WI 53224-3638

   4,615,766.0    55%
  

Y

  

NFS LLC FEBO*

Marshall & Ilsley Trust Co.

FBO Bank 98 Daily

Recordkeeping

11270 W Park Place Ste 400

Milwaukee WI 53224-3638

   2,202,802.0    26%
Marshall Large-Cap Growth Fund   

I

  

NFS LLC FEBO*

Marshall & Ilsley Trust Co.

FBO Bank 98 Daily

Recordkeeping

11270 W Park Place Ste 400

Milwaukee WI 53224-3638

   7,890,289.4    70%
  

I

  

Vallee & Co*

Marshall & Ilsley Trust Oper

11270 W Park Place

Suite 400- PPW-08-WM

Milwaukee WI 53224-3623

   2,232,246.5    19%

 

B-49


Table of Contents

Fund Name

  

Class

  

Name and Address

   Number of
Shares
   Percent
of Class
   I   

Mitra & Co*

Marshall & Ilsley Trust Oper

11270 W Park Place

Suite 400- PPW-08-WM

Milwaukee WI 53224-3638

   708,956.3    6%
  

Y

  

Mitra & Co*

Marshall & Ilsley Trust Oper

11270 W Park Place

Suite 400- PPW-08-WM

Milwaukee WI 53224-3638

   3,059,698.9    52%
Marshall Mid-Cap Value Fund   

I

  

Mitra & Co*

Marshall & Ilsley Trust Oper

11270 W Park Place

Suite 400- PPW-08-WM

Milwaukee WI 53224-3638

   5,965,884.8    60%
  

I

  

Vallee & Co*

Marshall & Ilsley Trust Oper

11270 W Park Place

Suite 400- PPW-08-WM

Milwaukee WI 53224-3638

   2,524,318.7    25%
  

I

  

NFS LLC FEBO*

Marshall & Ilsley Trust Co.

FBO Bank 98 Daily

Recordkeeping

11270 W Park Place Ste 400

Milwaukee WI 53224-3638

   1,082,047.4    10%
  

Y

  

NFS LLC FEBO*

Marshall & Ilsley Trust Co.

FBO Bank 98 Daily

Recordkeeping

11270 W Park Place Ste 400

Milwaukee WI 53224-3623

   3,867,265.2    29%
  

Y

  

Mitra & Co*

Marshall & Ilsley Trust Oper

11270 W Park Place

Suite 400- PPW-08-WM

Milwaukee WI 53224-3623

   3,245,966.6    24%
  

Y

  

Charles Schwab & Co Inc

Reinvest Account

101 Montgomery St

San Francisco CA 94101-4151

   1,350,349.01    10%
Marshall Mid-Cap Growth Fund   

I

  

NFS LLC FEBO*

Marshall & Ilsley Trust Co.

FBO Bank 98 Daily

Recordkeeping

11270 W Park Place Ste 400

Milwaukee WI 53224-3638

   4,014,337.0    40%

 

B-50


Table of Contents

Fund Name

  

Class

  

Name and Address

   Number of
Shares
   Percent
of Class
   I   

Mitra & Co*

Marshall & Ilsley Trust Oper

11270 W Park Place

Suite 400- PPW-08-WM

Milwaukee WI 53224-3638

   3,802,236.7    38%
  

I

  

Vallee & Co*

Marshall & Ilsley Trust Oper

11270 W Park Place

Suite 400- PPW-08-WM

Milwaukee WI 53224-3638

   1,873,614.9    18%
  

Y

  

Mitra & Co*

Marshall & Ilsley Trust Oper

11270 W Park Place

Suite 400- PPW-08-WM

Milwaukee WI 53224-3623

   2,167,854.4    55%
   Y   

NFS LLC FEBO*

Marshall & Ilsley Trust Co.

FBO Bank 98 Daily

Recordkeeping

11270 West Park Place, Suite 400-

Milwaukee WI 53224-3623

   893,448.7    22%
Marshall Small-Cap Growth Fund   

A

  

NFS LLC FEBO*

Marshall & Ilsley Trust Oper

FBO Intrust Allncecoal Aff PSP

11270 W Park Place Ste 400

Milwaukee WI 53224-3638

   616,351.1    59%
  

I

  

Mitra & Co*

Marshall & Ilsley Trust Oper

11270 W Park Place

Suite 400- PPW-08-WM

Milwaukee WI 53224-3638

   5,185,888.0    52%
  

I

  

Vallee & Co*

Marshall & Ilsley Trust Oper

11270 W Park Place

Suite 400- PPW-08-WM

Milwaukee WI 53224-3638

   3,264,725.1    33%
  

I

  

NFS LLC FEBO*

Marshall & Ilsley Trust Co.

FBO Bank 98 Daily Recordkeeping

11270 West Park Place Ste 400

Milwaukee WI 53224-3638

   1,089,552.8    11%
  

Y

  

Mitra & Co*

Marshall & Ilsley Trust Oper

11270 W Park Place

Suite 400- PPW-08-WM

Milwaukee WI 53224-3638

   3,007,656.6    32%

 

B-51


Table of Contents

Fund Name

  

Class

  

Name and Address

   Number of
Shares
   Percent
of Class
   Y   

NFS LLC FEBO*

Marshall & Ilsley Trust Co.

FBO Bank 98 Daily Recordkeeping

11270 West Park Place Ste 400

Milwaukee WI 53224-3638

   2,707,226.3    29%
  

Y

  

Vallee & Co*

Marshall & Ilsley Trust Oper

11270 W Park Place

Suite 400- PPW-08-WM

Milwaukee WI 53224-3638

   857,668.3    9%
Marshall International Stock Fund   

A

  

Pershing LLC*

P O Box 2052

Jersey City NJ 07303-2052

   45,458.8    11%
   I   

Mitra & Co*

Marshall & Ilsley Trust Oper

11270 W Park Place

Suite 400- PPW-08-WM

Milwaukee WI 53224-3638

   5,854,065.9    43%
  

I

  

NFS LLC FEBO*

Marshall & Ilsley Trust Co

FBO Bank 98 Daily

Recordkeeping

11270 W Park Place Ste 400

Milwaukee WI 53224-2628

   5,073,960.8    37%
  

I

  

Vallee & Co*

Marshall & Ilsley Trust Oper

11270 W Park Place

Suite 400- PPW-08-WM

Milwaukee WI 53224-3638

   1,847,614.9    13%
  

Y

  

NFS LLC FEBO*

Marshall & Ilsley Trust Co

FBO Bank 98 Daily

Recordkeeping

11270 W Park Place Ste 400

Milwaukee WI 53224-2638

   2,213,339.7    41%
  

Y

  

Mitra & Co*

Marshall & Ilsley Trust Oper

11270 W Park Place

Suite 400- PPW-08-WM

Milwaukee WI 53224-3638

   2,202,955.4    41%

 

* The Corporation believes that this entity, the holder of record of these shares, is not the beneficial owner of such shares.

 

B-52


Table of Contents

Any person who beneficially owns more than 25% of the outstanding shares of a Fund or a class may be considered a “controlling person” of such Fund or class. Shareholders with a controlling interest could affect the outcome of proxy voting or the direction of management of a Fund.

As of November 30, 2008, the current officers and directors of the Corporation, as a group, did not own any shares of the Corporate Income Fund, Core Plus Bond Fund and Emerging Markets Equity Fund and owned less than 1% of any class of each of the other Fund’s outstanding shares.

WHAT ARE THE TAX CONSEQUENCES?

This section is not intended to be a full discussion of federal income tax laws and does not discuss state, local or foreign tax laws. Please consult your own tax advisor regarding federal, state, local, or foreign tax considerations.

FEDERAL INCOME TAX

Each Fund intends to meet the requirements of Subchapter M of the Code applicable to regulated investment companies. In the event a Fund fails to qualify as a regulated investment company under Subchapter M, it will be treated as a regular corporation for federal income tax purposes. Accordingly, the Fund would be subject to federal income taxes on the full amount of its taxable income and gains, and any distributions that the Fund makes would not qualify for any dividends paid deduction. This would increase the cost of investing in the Fund for shareholders and would make it more economical for shareholders to invest directly in securities held by the Fund instead of investing indirectly in such securities through the Fund. In addition, if the Fund fails to distribute a sufficient amount of its ordinary income and capital gains, it will be subject to a 4% federal excise tax on a portion of its undistributed ordinary income and capital gains.

Each Fund will be treated as a single, separate entity for federal income tax purposes so that income earned and capital gains and losses realized by the Corporation’s other portfolios will be separate from those realized by each Fund.

To the extent a Fund is unable to use its capital losses, it may be entitled to a capital loss carry-forward, which may reduce the taxable gain that the Fund would realize and on which the shareholder would be subject to federal income tax in the future.

Assuming the Equity Funds qualify as regulated investment companies and certain holding period and other requirements are met with respect to the Fund’s shares, the dividends received deduction for shareholders of the Equity Funds who are corporations will apply to ordinary income distributions to the extent the distribution represents amounts that would qualify for the dividends received deduction to the Equity Funds if the Equity Funds were regular corporations, and to the extent designated by the Equity Funds as so qualifying. No portion of any ordinary income distributions paid by the other Funds is eligible for the dividends received deduction available to corporations.

Distributions from the Funds’ investment company taxable income (which includes dividends, interest, net short-term capital gains, and net gains from foreign currency transactions, determined without regard to the deduction for dividends paid), if any, generally are taxable as ordinary income whether reinvested or received in cash, unless such distributions are attributable to “qualified dividend income” eligible for the reduced federal income tax rate for long-term capital gains. Currently, the maximum federal income tax rate on ordinary income is 35%, while the maximum federal income tax rate on long-term capital gains is 15%. Distributions of a Fund’s net long-term capital gain income, if distributed by the Fund as “capital gains distributions,” will generally be taxable as long-term capital gains, regardless of how long a shareholder has held shares of the Fund.

 

B-53


Table of Contents

Distributions of the Tax-Free Money Market Fund and Intermediate Tax-Free Fund will primarily consist of exempt interest dividends which are generally exempt from regular federal income tax . Either Fund may, however, also distribute long-term capital gains and/or investment company taxable income, if any, which distributions will generally be taxable for federal income tax purposes. Distributions representing net interest earned on certain “private activity” municipal bonds, which otherwise might be tax-exempt, may be included in calculating the federal AMT for individuals or the federal AMT for corporations, if the federal AMT applies to the shareholder. Each Fund will be qualified to distribute tax-exempt interest dividends for any taxable year if, at the close of each quarter of the taxable year, at least 50% of the value of the Fund’s assets consists of securities described in Section 103 of the Code.

Each of these Funds intends to continue to satisfy this Code requirement. The aggregate dividends excludable from the federal gross income of a Fund’s shareholders may not exceed the Fund’s net tax-exempt income. Dividends may be subject to state and local taxation despite their status as exempt interest dividends for federal income tax purposes.

Purchasing shares shortly before a distribution may not be advantageous. If the distribution is taxable, it will essentially result in a taxable return of a portion of the purchase price.

A shareholder will not be allowed a deduction for some or all of the shareholder’s interest expense paid with respect to indebtedness incurred or continued in order to purchase or carry shares of a Fund if the Fund pays exempt-interest distributions.

Redemption of Fund shares may result in a taxable gain or loss to a shareholder for federal income tax purposes, depending on whether the redemption proceeds are more or less than the shareholder’s basis in the redeemed shares. An exchange of Fund shares for shares in any other Marshall Fund will have similar federal income tax consequences.

FOREIGN INVESTMENTS

If a Fund purchases foreign securities, interest and dividends received by the Fund may be subject to income withholding or other taxes imposed by foreign countries and U.S. possessions that could reduce the return on these securities. Tax treaties and conventions between the United States and certain foreign countries, however, may reduce or eliminate the amount of foreign taxes to which the Fund would be subject. Also, many foreign countries do not impose taxes on capital gains in respect of investments by foreign investors. The effective rate of foreign tax cannot be predicted since the amount of Fund assets to be invested within various countries is uncertain. However, the Corporation intends to operate so as to qualify for treaty-reduced tax rates when applicable.

Distributions from a Fund may be based on estimates of book income for the year. Book income generally consists solely of the income generated by the securities in the portfolio, whereas tax-basis income includes, in addition, gains or losses attributable to currency fluctuation. Due to differences in the book and tax treatment of fixed income securities denominated in foreign currencies, it is difficult to project currency effects on an interim basis. Therefore, to the extent that currency fluctuations cannot be anticipated, a portion of distributions to shareholders could later be designated as a return of capital, rather than income, for federal income tax purposes, which may be of particular concern to simple trusts.

A Fund may invest in the stock of certain foreign companies that constitute Passive Foreign Investment Companies (PFICs). There are several elections available under federal law to determine how the Fund’s shareholders will be taxed on PFIC investments. Depending upon the election the Fund selects, the Fund’s shareholders may be subject to federal income taxes (at either capital or ordinary tax rates) with respect to a taxable year attributable to a PFIC investment, even though the Fund receives no distribution from the PFIC and does not dispose of the PFIC investment during such year, and/or the Fund’s shareholders may be subject to federal income taxes upon the disposition of the PFIC investments.

 

B-54


Table of Contents

If more than 50% of the value of a Fund’s assets at the end of the tax year is represented by stock or securities of foreign corporations, the Fund may elect the application of certain Code provisions that require a shareholder of that Fund to include in taxable income the shareholder’s portion of the Fund’s foreign taxes and allow the shareholder to claim a foreign tax credit or deduction on the shareholder’s U.S. income tax returns for such taxes. The Code may limit a shareholder’s ability to claim a foreign tax credit. Shareholders who elect to deduct their portion of the Fund’s foreign taxes rather than take the foreign tax credit must itemize deductions on their federal income tax returns. The Corporation expects that only the International Stock Fund and Emerging Markets Equity Fund will qualify for these Code provisions.

STATE AND LOCAL TAXES

Distributions representing net interest received on tax-exempt municipal securities are not necessarily free from income taxes of any state or local taxing authority. State laws differ on this issue, and you should consult your tax adviser for specific details regarding the status of your account under state and local tax laws, including treatment of distributions as income or return of capital.

CAPITAL GAINS

Net capital gains, when realized by the Funds, could result in an increase in distributions. Capital losses could result in a decrease in distributions. When a Fund realizes net long-term capital gains, it will distribute them at least once every 12 months.

WITHHOLDING

If a shareholder does not furnish a Fund with a correct social security number or taxpayer identification number and/or the Fund receives notification from the Internal Revenue Service requiring back-up withholding, the Fund is required by federal law to withhold federal income tax from the shareholder’s distributions and redemption proceeds at the rate set forth in applicable IRS rules and regulations.

Foreign taxpayers (including nonresident aliens) are generally subject to a flat withholding rate of 30% on their U.S. source income. This withholding rate may be lower under the terms of a tax treaty or convention.

This section is not intended to be a full discussion of federal income tax laws and the effect of such laws on an investor. There may be other federal, state, local or foreign tax considerations applicable to a particular investor. Investors are urged to consult their own tax advisors.

WHO MANAGES THE FUNDS?

BOARD OF DIRECTORS

The Board is responsible for managing the Corporation’s business affairs and for exercising all the Corporation’s powers, except those reserved for the shareholders. Directors of the Corporation, together with information regarding their age, business experience during the past five years, and other information are shown in the following table. The address of each director is 111 East Kilbourn Avenue, Suite 200, Milwaukee, Wisconsin 53202. Pursuant to the Corporation’s By-Laws, a director holds office for a period of five years or until his or her successor is duly elected at the next annual meeting of shareholders. Each director with an asterisk (*) is deemed to be an “interested person,” as defined in the 1940 Act. Current directors who are not considered to be “interested persons” of the Funds are referred to in this SAI as “independent directors.” The Corporation, which currently consists of seventeen separate portfolios or funds, is the only investment company in the Fund Complex. Information in the following table is as of December 1, 2008 unless otherwise indicated.

 

B-55


Table of Contents

I NTERESTED D IRECTORS

 

Name and Age
(as of 8/31/08)

  

Position(s)

Held

with the
Corporation

  

Term of
Office and
Length of
Time Served

  

Principal Occupation(s)
During Past 5 Years

   Number of
Portfolios in
Fund
Complex
Overseen
by Director
   Other
Directorships
Held by
Director

John M. Blaser*

Age: 51

   Director and President    2004-2009; since May 1999    Vice President of the Adviser and Marshall & Ilsley Trust Company (“M&I Trust”) since 1998.    17    None

Kenneth C. Krei*

Age: 58

   Director   

2004-2009;

since July

2004

   Chairman of M&I Financial Advisors, Inc. and M&I Insurance Services, Inc. since January 2005; Director and Chief Executive Officer of the Adviser since July 2003; Director, President and Chief Executive Officer of M&I Trust since July 2003; Senior Vice President of Marshall & Ilsley Corporation (a bank holding company) since July 2003.    17    None

 

* Mr. Blaser is an “interested person” of the Corporation (as defined in the 1940 Act) due to the positions that he holds with the Corporation, the Adviser and M&I Trust. Mr. Krei is an “interested person” of the Corporation due to the positions that he holds with the Adviser, M&I Trust and Marshall & Ilsley Corporation.

 

B-56


Table of Contents

I NDEPENDENT D IRECTORS

 

Name and Age
(as of 8/31/08)

  

Position(s) Held
with the
Corporation

  

Term of
Office and
Length of
Time
Served

  

Principal Occupation(s)
During Past 5 Years

   Number of
Portfolios in
Fund Complex
Overseen by
Director
   Other
Directorships
Held by
Director

Larry D. Armel

Age: 66

   Independent Director    2006-2011; since September 2006    Retired; formerly, Chairman, Gold Bank Funds, from 2002 to 2005.    17    None

Benjamin M. Cutler

Age: 63

   Independent Director    2004-2009; since July 2004    Chairman, CEO and President, USHEALTH Group, Inc. (a health insurance company), since September 2004; Chairman, Assurant Health (a health insurer), and Executive Vice President, Assurant, Inc. (an insurance company), from 2002 to 2004; President and CEO, Fortis Health (a health insurer), from 1996 to 2003.    17    None

John DeVincentis

Age: 74

   Independent Director    2004-2009; since October 1993    Independent financial consultant; retired; formerly, Senior Vice President of Finance, In-Sink-Erator Division of Emerson Electric Corp. (an electrical products manufacturer).    17    None

John A. Lubs

Age: 60

   Independent Director    2004-2009; since July 2004    Vice Chairman, Mason Companies, Inc. (a footwear distributor), since October 2004; President and Chief Operating Officer, Mason Companies, Inc., from 1990 to 2004.    17    None

James Mitchell

Age: 61

   Independent Director    2004-2009; since March 1999    Chairman, Golner Precision Products, Inc. (a supplier of machine parts), from 2004 to 2008; Chief Executive Officer, General Automotive Manufacturing, LLC (an automotive parts manufacturing company), from 2001-2007; Chief Executive Officer, NOG, Inc. (a metal processing and consulting company), since 1999; Chairman, Ayrshire Precision Engineering (a precision machining company), since 1992.    17    None

Barbara J. Pope

Age: 60

   Independent Director    2004-2009; since March 1999    President of Barbara J. Pope, P.C. (a financial consulting firm) since 1992; President of Sedgwick Street Fund LLC (a private investment partnership) since 1996; formerly, Tax Partner, Price Waterhouse.    17    None

 

B-57


Table of Contents

OFFICERS

The officers of the Corporation are elected annually by the Board and hold the same position with all of the Funds of the Corporation. Each officer holds office for one year and until the election and qualification of his or her successor. The address of each officer is 111 East Kilbourn Avenue, Suite 200, Milwaukee, Wisconsin 53202. Officers of the Corporation, together with information as to their principal business occupation during the past five years and certain other information, are shown in the following table.

P RINCIPAL O FFICERS

 

Name and Age

(as of 8/31/08)

  

Position(s) Held

with the

Corporation

  

Term of Office and Length of Time
Served

  

Principal Occupation(s) During Past 5 Years

Timothy M. Bonin Age: 35    Treasurer   

Re-elected by the Board annually;

since February 2006

   Vice President of the Adviser, since February 2006; Financial Services Audit Senior Manager, PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP, prior thereto.
John D. Boritzke Age: 52    Vice President    Re-elected by the Board annually; since October 2001    Senior Vice President of the Adviser and M&I Trust, since 2008; Vice President of the Adviser and M&I Trust, 1993-2008.

Daniel Eyre

Age: 40

   Anti-Money Laundering Compliance Officer    Re-elected by the Board annually; since June 2004    Manager, MIS, a division of M&I Trust, since April 2004; Programmer and Analyst, Metavante Corporation (a banking and payments technology provider), prior thereto.
William A. Frazier Age: 52    Vice President    Re-elected by the Board annually; since October 2001    Senior Vice President of the Adviser and M&I Trust, since 2008; Vice President of the Adviser and M&I Trust, 1985-2008.

Angela L. Pingel

Age: 37

   Secretary    Re-elected by the Board annually; since March 2008    Vice President and Securities Counsel of the Adviser and M&I Trust since 2007; Counsel, U.S. Bancorp Fund Services LLC, 2004-2007; Associate, Krukowski & Costello, S.C. (a law firm), 2002-2004.
Stephen R. Oliver Age: 57    Chief Compliance Officer    Re-elected by the Board annually; since July 2008    Director, Vice President and Chief Compliance Officer of MID, since 2007; Vice President M&I Trust and M&I Financial Advisors, Inc., since March 2006; President, Gold Bank Funds from February 2006 to June 2006; Chief Compliance Officer, Gold Bank Funds from December 2001 to June 2006; Senior Vice President, Gold Capital Management, Inc. (broker/dealer) and Senior Vice President, Gold Financial Services, Inc. (financial holding company) from September 1998 to March 2006; President, Gold Insurance, Inc. (full line insurance agency) and President, Gold Reinsurance Company Ltd. (reinsurance company) from December 2001 to March 2006.

 

B-58


Table of Contents

COMMITTEES OF THE BOARD

The standing committees of the Board are the Audit Committee and the Nominating Committee. These committees are comprised solely of independent directors.

 

Board
Committee

  

Committee Members

  

Committee Functions

   Meetings Held During
Last Fiscal Year

Audit

  

John DeVincentis (Chair)

Larry D. Armel

Benjamin M. Cutler

John A. Lubs

James Mitchell

Barbara J. Pope

   The Board has adopted a written charter of the Audit Committee pursuant to which the Audit Committee retains the independent auditors to audit the financial statements of each Fund; meets with the independent auditors periodically to review the results of the audits and reports their results to the full Board; evaluates the independence of the auditors; and preapproves, or establishes preapproval policies and procedures concerning, all audit and non-audit services provided to the Funds.    Three

Nominating

  

John DeVincentis

Larry D. Armel

Benjamin M. Cutler

John A. Lubs

James Mitchell

Barbara J. Pope

   The Nominating Committee identifies, evaluates, selects and nominates, or recommends for nomination, candidates for the Board. It also may set standards or qualifications for directors.    None

The Nominating Committee may consider candidates for the Board submitted by shareholders if a vacancy were to exist. Shareholders who wish to recommend a nominee may do so by submitting the appropriate information about the candidate to the Corporation’s Secretary.

The Board has also established a Pricing Committee, which is not a committee of the Board. The Pricing Committee is responsible for monitoring the valuation of Fund securities and other investments as well as determining the fair value of securities for which market quotations are not readily available, after consideration of all relevant factors, which determinations are subsequently reported to the full Board. The Pricing Committee meets as necessary and is comprised of members of the Adviser and UMB Fund Services, Inc. (UMBFS), the Funds’ sub-administrator.

 

B-59


Table of Contents

COMPENSATION OF DIRECTORS

The following table shows the fees paid to the independent directors by the Corporation for the fiscal year ended August 31, 2008. The Corporation does not pay any fees to its interested directors or officers. Mr. Oliver receives compensation from the Adviser for his services as Chief Compliance Officer of the Corporation. Neither the Corporation nor the Funds maintain any deferred compensation, pension or retirement plans, and no pension or retirement benefits are accrued as Corporation or Fund expenses.

 

Name

   Aggregate
Compensation
from the
Corporation
   Total Compensation
from

Funds and Fund
Complex Paid to
Directors (1)

Larry D. Armel

   $ 45,000    $ 45,000

Benjamin M. Cutler

   $ 45,000    $ 45,000

John DeVincentis

   $ 45,000    $ 45,000

John A. Lubs

   $ 45,000    $ 45,000

James Mitchell

   $ 45,000    $ 45,000

Barbara J. Pope

   $ 45,000    $ 45,000

 

(1)

Represents compensation from 14 portfolios. The Corporation, an open-end registered investment company, consists of 17 portfolios. Three of the portfolios, the Corporate Income Fund, Core Plus Bond Fund and Emerging Markets Equity Fund , had not commenced operations as of August 31, 2008. Each Fund pays a pro rata share of the total compensation received by each independent director.

 

B-60


Table of Contents

BOARD OWNERSHIP OF SHARES IN THE FUND AND IN THE MARSHALL FUNDS FAMILY OF INVESTMENT COMPANIES AS OF DECEMBER 31, 2007

 

Name of Director (1)

  

Fund Name

  

Dollar Range of
Shares Owned in
Fund

   Aggregate Dollar Range of
Shares Owned in Marshall
Funds Family of
Investment Companies

Larry D. Armel

   Prime Money Market    $1-$10,000    over $100,000
   Large-Cap Value    $50,001-$100,000   
   Mid-Cap Value    $50,001-$100,000   

John M. Blaser

   Tax-Free Money Market    over $100,000    over $100,000
   Prime Money Market    $1-$10,000   
   Short-Intermediate Bond    $10,001-$50,000   
   Large-Cap Value    over $100,000   
   Large-Cap Growth    $10,001-$50,000   
   Mid-Cap Value    over $100,000   
   Mid-Cap Growth    $10,001-$50,000   
   Small-Cap Growth    $50,001-$100,000   
   International Stock    over $100,000   

Benjamin M. Cutler

   International Stock    over $100,000    over $100,000

John DeVincentis

   Prime Money Market    $50,001-$100,000    over $100,000
   International Stock    $10,001-$50,000   

Kenneth C. Krei

   Tax-Free Money Market    over $100,000    over $100,000
   Intermediate Tax-Free    $1-$10,000   

John A. Lubs

   Large-Cap Value    $10,001-$50,000    $50,001-$100,000
   Mid-Cap Value    $10,001-$50,000   
   Mid-Cap Growth    $10,001-$50,000   

James Mitchell

   Prime Money Market    over $100,000    over $100,000
   Mid-Cap Value    over $100,000   
   Mid-Cap Growth    over $100,000   
   Small-Cap Growth    over $100,000   
   International Stock    over $100,000   

Barbara J. Pope

   Tax-Free Money Market    $1-$10,000    over $100,000
   Prime Money Market    $10,001-$50,000   
   Large-Cap Growth    $10,001-$50,000   
   Mid-Cap Value    $10,001-$50,000   
   Mid-Cap Growth    $10,001-$50,000   
   Small-Cap Growth    $10,001-$50,000   

 

(1)

Dollar range of shares owned in any Fund that is not identified in this table is “None.”

 

B-61


Table of Contents

ADVISER TO THE FUNDS

The Funds’ investment adviser is M&I Investment Management Corp., a Wisconsin corporation headquartered in Milwaukee, Wisconsin. The Adviser conducts investment research and makes investment decisions for the Funds, except for the Corporate Income Fund, Core Plus Bond Fund, International Stock Fund and Emerging Markets Equity Fund for which the Adviser performs oversight of the Fund’s Sub-Advisers as described below. The Adviser provides investment management services for investment companies, financial institutions, individuals, corporations and not-for-profit organizations, and is registered as an investment adviser with the SEC. The Adviser is a wholly-owned subsidiary of Marshall & Ilsley Corporation (M&I Corp.), a bank holding company headquartered in Milwaukee, Wisconsin. The Adviser shall not be liable to the Corporation, the Funds, or any shareholder of the Funds for any losses that may be sustained in the purchase, holding, or sale of any security, or for anything done or omitted by it, except acts or omissions involving willful misfeasance, bad faith, gross negligence, or reckless disregard of the duties imposed upon it by its contract with the Corporation. Because of the internal controls maintained by the Adviser’s affiliates to restrict the flow of non-public information, Fund investments are typically made without any knowledge of the lending relationships that affiliates of the Adviser may have.

As compensation for its advisory services under the investment advisory agreement with the Corporation, each of the Funds pays the Adviser, on a monthly basis, an annual management fee based on the percentage of the average daily net assets of the Fund (ADNA) as follows:

 

Fund

   Annual Fee as %
of ADNA

Government Money Market Fund

   0.20%

Tax-Free Money Market Fund

   0.20   

Prime Money Market Fund

   0.15   

Short-Term Income Fund

   0.20   

Short-Intermediate Bond Fund

   0.40   

Intermediate Tax-Free Fund

   0.60   

Government Income Fund

   0.40   

Corporate Income Fund

   0.25   

Aggregate Bond Fund

   0.40   

Core Plus Bond Fund

   0.25   

Large-Cap Value Fund

   0.75   

Large-Cap Growth Fund

   0.75   

Mid-Cap Value Fund

   0.75   

Mid-Cap Growth Fund

   0.75   

Small-Cap Growth Fund

   1.00   

International Stock Fund

   1.00   

Emerging Markets Equity Fund

   1.00   

 

B-62


Table of Contents

The Funds and the Adviser have implemented a fee reduction schedule for the investment advisory fees charged to the Funds (excluding the Small-Cap Growth Fund). The fee reduction schedule for such Funds, excluding the Money Market Funds and the new Funds (the Corporate Income Fund, the Core Plus Bond Fund and Emerging Markets Equity Fund ) was effective November 1, 2007. The advisory fees for the Income Funds and Equity Funds (except the Small-Cap Growth Fund ) are subject to the breakpoints listed in the following table:

 

     Advisory Fee (as % of each Fund’s ADNA)

Fund

   on the first $500
million
  on the next $200
million
  on the next $100
million
  in excess of
$800 million

Short-Term Income Fund

   0.20%   0.19%   0.10%   0.10%

Short-Intermediate Bond Fund

   0.40   0.39   0.30   0.25

Intermediate Tax-Free Fund

   0.60   0.59   0.50   0.45

Government Income Fund

   0.40   0.39   0.30   0.25

Aggregate Bond Fund

   0.40   0.39   0.30   0.25

Large-Cap Value Fund

   0.75   0.74   0.70   0.65

Large-Cap Growth Fund

   0.75   0.74   0.70   0.65

Mid-Cap Value Fund

   0.75   0.74   0.70   0.65

Mid-Cap Growth Fund

   0.75   0.74   0.70   0.65

International Stock Fund

   1.00   0.99   0.95   0.90

From September 1, 2007 to October 31, 2007, a different fee reduction schedule was in effect for the investment advisory fees charged to the Funds then in existence, except with respect to the Small-Cap Growth Fund. During this period, the following advisory fee reduction schedule for these Funds was in effect: -0.01% on net assets in excess of $500 million and up to and including $750 million, -0.05% on net assets in excess of $750 million and up to and including $1 billion and -0.10% on net assets in excess of $1 billion.

Effective July 1, 2008, the advisory fees for the Money Market Funds are subject to the breakpoints listed in the following table:

 

     Advisory Fee (as % of each Fund’s ADNA)

Fund

   on the first
$2 billion
  on the next
$2 billion
  on the next
$2 billion
  on the next
$2 billion
  in excess of
$8 billion

Government Money Market Fund

   0.200%   0.185%   0.170%   0.155%   0.140%

Tax-Free Money Market Fund

   0.200   0.185   0.170   0.155   0.140

Prime Money Market Fund

   0.150   0.135   0.120   0.105   0.090

From time to time, the Adviser may voluntarily waive any portion of its management fee for a Fund.

For the fiscal periods ended August 31, 2008, 2007 and 2006, the Adviser was entitled to receive the following management fees and voluntarily waived the indicated amounts. The Adviser may terminate such voluntary waivers at any time. Management fee information is not provided for the Corporate Income Fund, Core Plus Bond Fund and Emerging Markets Equity Fund because the Funds were not offered for sale until the date of this SAI.

 

     Management Fee/Management Fee Waived
     For the Fiscal Year Ended

Fund

   2008    2007     2006

Government Money Market Fund

   $ 1,000,213/$487,025    $ 548,242/$357,291     $ 383,530/$324,117

Tax-Free Money Market Fund

   $ 1,423,717/$638,157    $ 882,880/$575,799     $ 509,844/$330,543

Prime Money Market Fund

   $ 8,263,821/$795,580    $ 7,145,977/$833,309     $ 6,009,650/$1,602,573

Short-Term Income Fund (1)

   $ 227,213/$266,039    $ 626,681/$387,958     $ 768,859/$435,687

Short-Intermediate Bond Fund (1)

   $ 1,790,658/$266,960    $ 3,822,019/$429,080     $ 3,999,383/$399,939

Intermediate Tax-Free Fund

   $ 515,672/$296,767    $ 486,531/$236,490     $ 505,355/$227,410

Government Income Fund (1)

   $ 2,746,419/$401,023    $ 4,244,587/$683,551     $ 3,997,638/$533,018

Aggregate Bond Fund

   $ 1,048,624/$214,430    $ 192,629/$66,886 (2)     N/A

Large-Cap Value Fund

   $ 2,318,139/$0    $ 2,661,851/$0     $ 2,508,368/$0

Large-Cap Growth Fund

   $ 1,888,329/$0    $ 1,848,264/$0     $ 1,787,019/$0

Mid-Cap Value Fund

   $ 3,130,708/$0    $ 4,770,202/$0     $ 4,965,264/$0

Mid-Cap Growth Fund

   $ 1,897,899/$0    $ 1,537,472/$0     $ 1,367,619/$0

Small-Cap Growth Fund

   $ 2,847,817/$0    $ 2,359,137/$0     $ 1,835,391/$0

International Stock Fund

   $ 4,642,620/$0    $ 5,004,824/$70,000     $ 3,904,696/$70,000

 

(1)

On June 1, 2007, the Adviser reduced its management fee from 0.60% to 0.20% for the Short-Term Income Fund, from 0.60% to 0.40% for the Short-Intermediate Bond Fund and from 0.75% to 0.40% for the Government Income Fund. The table does not reflect these changes in management fees for fiscal year 2006.

(2)

The fees paid by the Fund are for the period from June 1, 2007, the date on which the Fund began operations, to August 31, 2007, the end of the Fund’s fiscal year.

 

B-63


Table of Contents

SUB-ADVISERS TO THE CORPORATE INCOME FUND, CORE PLUS BOND FUND, INTERNATIONAL STOCK FUND AND EMERGING MARKETS EQUITY FUND

It is the Adviser’s responsibility to select sub-advisers for the Corporate Income Fund, Core Plus Bond Fund, International Stock Fund and Emerging Markets Equity Fund that have distinguished themselves in their areas of expertise in asset management and to review each Sub-Adviser’s performance. TCH is the sub-adviser to the Corporate Income Fund and Core Plus Bond Fund . Acadian and Trilogy are the sub-advisers to the International Stock Fund . Trilogy is the sub-adviser to the Emerging Markets Equity Fund . The Adviser provides investment management evaluation services by performing initial due diligence on each Sub-Adviser and thereafter by monitoring the Sub-Advisers’ performance through quantitative and qualitative analysis, as well as periodic in-person, telephonic and written consultations. In evaluating the Sub-Advisers, the Adviser considers, among other factors, their level of expertise; relative performance and consistency of performance over a minimum period of time; level of adherence to investment discipline or philosophy; personnel, facilities and financial strength; and quality of service and client communications. The Adviser has the responsibility for communicating performance expectations and evaluations to the Sub-Advisers and ultimately recommending to the Corporation’s Board whether their sub-advisory agreements should be renewed, modified or terminated. The Adviser provides written reports to the Board regarding the results of its evaluation and monitoring functions. The Adviser is also responsible for conducting all operations of the Funds, except those operations contracted to the Sub-Advisers, the custodian, the transfer agent and the administrator. Although the Sub-Advisers’ activities are subject to oversight by the Board and officers of the Corporation, neither the Board, the officers, nor the Adviser evaluates the investment merits of the Sub-Advisers’ individual security selections. The Sub-Advisers have complete discretion to purchase, manage and sell portfolio securities for their respective Funds, subject to the Fund’s investment goal, policies and limitations.

For its services to the Corporate Income Fund and Core Plus Bond Fund , TCH receives a fee at the annual rate of 0.25% of each Fund’s average daily net assets for Fund assets of $500 million or less; 0.24% for the next $200 million; 0.15% for the next $100 million and 0.10% for assets in excess of $800 million. TCH is paid by the Adviser and not by the Corporate Income Fund or Core Plus Bond Fund .

TCH is a Delaware limited liability company and an investment adviser registered with the SEC. TCH provides investment management services to investment companies, pension and profit sharing plans, state or municipal government entities, corporations, charitable organizations and individuals. As noted above, the Adviser is a wholly-owned subsidiary of M&I Corp. In 2008, M&I Corp. acquired the majority interest in TCH. As a result, TCH became an indirect subsidiary of the Adviser. Accordingly, TCH and the Adviser are affiliates.

For their respective services under the subadvisory agreements, on behalf of the International Stock Fund , (i) Acadian receives a fee at the annual rate of 0.55% of the average daily net assets of the portion of the International Stock Fund ’s assets it manages up to $100 million in net assets and 0.40% of the average daily net assets above $100 million and (ii) Trilogy receives a fee at the annual rate of 0.40% of the average daily net assets of the portion of the International Stock Fund ’s assets it manages. Acadian and Trilogy are paid by the Adviser and not by the International Stock Fund .

 

B-64


Table of Contents

Acadian is a Delaware limited liability company and an investment adviser registered with the SEC. It has been providing investment management services to corporations, pension and profit sharing plans, 401(k) and thrift plans, other institutions and individuals since 1986. Acadian is a wholly owned subsidiary of Old Mutual Asset Managers (US) LLC, a Delaware limited liability company and a wholly owned subsidiary of Old Mutual (US) Holdings Inc., a Delaware holding company. Old Mutual (US) Holdings Inc. is owned by OM Group (UK) Limited, a wholly owned subsidiary of Old Mutual plc, a financial services group based in the United Kingdom.

Trilogy provides portfolio management services for investment companies, corporations, trusts, estates, pension and profit sharing plans, individuals, and other institutions located principally in Canada and the United States, and is an investment adviser registered with the SEC. Trilogy is the successor to a Delaware limited liability partnership, BPI Global Asset Management LLP (BPI), which managed the Fund’s entire portfolio from 1999 until September 1, 2005. On August 15, 2005, shareholders approved a new subadvisory agreement between the Adviser and BPI together with a new subadvisory agreement between the Adviser and Acadian.

For its services to the Emerging Markets Equity Fund , Trilogy receives a fee at the annual rate of 0.00% of the Emerging Markets Equity Fund’s average daily net assets for Fund assets up to $50 million; 0.50% for the next $50 million and 0.75% for assets in excess of $100 million. Trilogy is paid by the Adviser and not by the Emerging Markets Equity Fund .

PORTFOLIO MANAGERS

Other Accounts Managed by Portfolio Managers of the Funds

As described in the Funds’ respective Prospectuses, the portfolio managers listed below are responsible for the day-to-day management of the Funds. With respect to the Funds for which one portfolio manager is listed in the following table, such portfolio manager is solely responsible for the day-to-day management of the Fund and is primarily responsible for the day-to-day management of the other accounts set forth in the table. In the case of the Funds for which more than one portfolio manager is listed in the following table, such portfolio managers are jointly responsible for the day-to-day management of the applicable Fund. In the case of the International Stock Fund , the portion of the portfolio sub-advised by Acadian is jointly managed by two portfolio managers and the portion of the portfolio sub-advised by Trilogy is jointly managed by three portfolio managers. Unless noted otherwise, none of the mutual fund clients listed in the table pays a performance-based fee to the Adviser or Sub-Advisers.

 

B-65


Table of Contents

Other Accounts Managed by the Portfolio Managers

As of August 31, 2008 (Except as Noted)

 

    Other Registered
Investment Companies
Managed by Portfolio

Manager
  Other Pooled Investment Vehicles
Managed by Portfolio Manager
  Other Accounts Managed by
Portfolio Manager

Portfolio Manager

  Number     Total
Assets ($)
  Number     Total
Assets ($)
  Number with
Performance –

Based Fees
  Total Assets of
Pooled
Investment
Vehicles with
Performance –

Based Fees ($)
  Number     Total Assets ($)   Number with
Performance–

Based Fees
  Total Assets
of Accounts
with
Performance–
Based Fees ($)

Short-Term Income Fund

                   

Richard M. Rokus

  0     0   1     7.6 billion   0   0   35 *   3.6 billion   0   0

Short-Intermediate Bond Fund

                   

Jason D. Weiner

  0     0   0     0   0   0   43     974.0 million   0   0

Intermediate Tax-Free Fund

                   

John D. Boritzke

  0     0   3 *   147.9 million   0   0   33     439.7 million   0   0

Duane A. McAllister

  0     0   3 *   147.9 million   0   0   5     15.0 million   0   0

Government Income Fund

                   

Jason D. Weiner

  0     0   0     0   0   0   43     974.0 million   0   0

Corporate Income Fund (3)

                   

Tere Alvarez Canida (TCH)

  2 *   73.8 million   0     0   0   0   78 *   7.0 billion   0   0

Alan M. Habacht (TCH)

  2 *   73.8 million   0     0   0   0   78 *   7.0 billion   0   0

William J. Canida (TCH)

  2 *   73.8 million   0     0   0   0   78 *   7.0 billion   0   0

Aggregate Bond Fund

                   

Jason D. Weiner

  0     0   0     0   0   0   43     974.0 million   0   0

 

B-66


Table of Contents
    Other Registered
Investment Companies
Managed by Portfolio

Manager
  Other Pooled Investment Vehicles
Managed by Portfolio Manager
  Other Accounts Managed by
Portfolio Manager

Portfolio Manager

  Number     Total
Assets ($)
  Number     Total
Assets ($)
  Number with
Performance –

Based Fees
  Total Assets of
Pooled
Investment
Vehicles with
Performance –

Based Fees ($)
  Number     Total Assets ($)   Number with
Performance–

Based Fees
  Total Assets
of Accounts
with
Performance–
Based Fees ($)

Core Plus Bond Fund (3)

                   

Tere Alvarez Canida (TCH)

  2 *   73.8 million   0     0   0   0   78 *   7.0 billion   0   0

Alan M. Habacht (TCH)

  2 *   73.8 million   0     0   0   0   78 *   7.0 billion   0   0

William J. Canida (TCH)

  2 *   73.8 million   0     0   0   0   78 *   7.0 billion   0   0

Large-Cap Value Fund

                   

Daniel P. Brown

  0     0   1     51.9 million   0   51.9 million   859     613.2 million   0   0

Large-Cap Growth Fund

                   

Alan K. Creech

  0     0   0     0   0   0   0     0   0   0

Robert G. Cummisford

  0     0   3 *   0   0   0   0     0   0   0

Mid-Cap Value Fund

                   

Matthew B. Fahey

  0     0   0     0   0   0   77     70.0 million   0   0

Mid-Cap Growth Fund

                   

Kenneth S. Salmon

  0     0   0     0   0   0   107 *   95.9 million   0   0

Patrick M. Gundlach

  0     0   0     0   0   0   107 *   95.9 million   0   0

Small-Cap Growth Fund

                   

Kenneth S. Salmon

  0     0   0     0   0   0   107 *   95.9 million   0   0

Patrick M. Gundlach

  0     0   0     0   0   0   107 *   95.9 million   0   0

 

B-67


Table of Contents
    Other Registered
Investment Companies
Managed by Portfolio

Manager
    Other Pooled Investment Vehicles
Managed by Portfolio Manager
  Other Accounts Managed by
Portfolio Manager

Portfolio Manager

  Number     Total
Assets ($)
    Number     Total
Assets ($)
  Number with
Performance –

Based Fees
  Total Assets of
Pooled
Investment
Vehicles with
Performance –

Based Fees ($)
  Number     Total Assets ($)   Number with
Performance–

Based Fees
  Total Assets
of Accounts
with
Performance–
Based Fees ($)

International Stock Fund

                   

Brian K. Wolahan (Acadian) (1)

  12 (1)   5.3 billion (2)   58 *   12.0 billion   8   1.4 billion   202 *   53.3 billion   36   15.2 billion

Charles H. Wang
(Acadian)
(1)

  12 (1)   5.3 billion (2)   58 *   12.0 billion   8   1.4 billion   202 *   53.3 billion   36   15.2 billion

William Sterling (Trilogy)

  0     0     25 *   862 million   0   0   75 *   11.8 billion   3   1.2 billion

Robert Beckwitt (Trilogy)

  0     0     25 *   862 million   0   0   81 *   12.2 billion   3   1.2 billion

Greg Gigliotti (Trilogy)

  0     0     22 *   810 million   0   0   58 *   9.5 billion   2   978 million

Emerging Markets Equity
Fund
(3)

                   

Pablo Salas (Trilogy)

  0     0     5 *   25.6 million   0   0   21 *   1.7 billion   1   101 million

William Sterling (Trilogy)

  0     0     26 *   477 million   0   0   80 *   8.2 billion   4   1.03 billion

Robert Beckwitt (Trilogy)

  0     0     26 *   477 million   0   0   86 *   8.5 billion   4   1.03 billion

 

* Includes account(s) managed jointly with other portfolio manager(s).

(1)

Acadian’s portfolio managers function as a team and are not segregated along product lines or by client type. A team of fourteen portfolio managers works jointly on all accounts and the data shown in this table reflects firm-level numbers of accounts and assets under management segregated by investment vehicle type.

(2)

Four of the accounts, with total assets of $3.1 billion, pay a performance-based fee.

(3)

As of October 31, 2008. The Corporate Income Fund, Core Plus Bond Fund and Emerging Markets Equity Fund were not offered for sale before the date of this SAI.

 

B-68


Table of Contents

Conflicts of Interest

A conflict of interest may arise as a result of a portfolio manager being responsible for multiple accounts, including the Funds, which may have different investment guidelines and objectives. In addition to the Funds, these accounts may include other mutual funds managed on an advisory or subadvisory basis, separate accounts and collective trust accounts. An investment opportunity may be suitable for a Fund as well as for any of the other managed accounts. However, the investment may not be available in sufficient quantity for all of the accounts to participate fully. In addition, there may be limited opportunity to sell an investment held by a Fund and the other accounts. The other accounts may have similar investment objectives or strategies as the Funds, they may track the same benchmarks or indexes as the Funds track, and they may sell securities that are eligible to be held, sold or purchased by the Funds. A portfolio manager may be responsible for accounts that have different advisory fee schedules, which may create the incentive for the portfolio manager to favor one account over another in terms of access to investment opportunities. A portfolio manager may also manage accounts whose investment objectives and policies differ from those of the Funds, which may cause the portfolio manager to effect trading in one account that may have an adverse affect on the value of the holdings within another account, including a Fund.

To address and manage these potential conflicts of interest, each of the Adviser, Acadian, Trilogy and TCH has adopted compliance policies and procedures to allocate investment opportunities and to ensure that each of their clients is treated on a fair and equitable basis. Such policies and procedures include, but are not limited to, trade allocation and trade aggregation policies, cross trading policies, portfolio manager assignment practices and oversight by investment management and/or compliance departments.

Compensation of Portfolio Managers

Adviser

Compensation for the Adviser’s portfolio managers generally consists of a base salary, a performance bonus and an annual incentive bonus. A portfolio manager’s base salary is generally a fixed amount based on his or her level of experience and responsibilities in accordance with industry standards and competitive factors. A portfolio manager’s performance bonus is determined primarily in relation to the pre-tax investment performance of the accounts, including the Funds, under his or her management. Performance is measured relative to the long- and short-term performance of an index assigned to each Fund and account, measured on a one- and three-year basis, with greater weight given to long-term performance. With respect to the portion of compensation received for managing the Funds, each portfolio manager’s performance is measured against the index set forth in the following table:

 

Fund

  

Index

Marshall Short-Term Income Fund

   Lipper Short-Term Investment Grade Debt Funds Index

Marshall Short-Intermediate Bond Fund

   Lipper Short/Intermediate Investment Grade Debt Funds Index

Marshall Intermediate Tax-Free Fund

   Lipper Intermediate Municipal Debt Funds Index

Marshall Government Income Fund

   Lipper U.S. Mortgage Funds Index

Marshall Aggregate Bond Fund

   Lipper Intermediate Investment Grade Debt Funds Index

Marshall Large-Cap Value Fund

   Lipper Large Cap Value Funds Index

Marshall Large-Cap Growth Fund

   Lipper Large-Cap Growth Funds Index

Marshall Mid-Cap Value Fund

   Lipper Mid-Cap Value Funds Index

Marshall Mid-Cap Growth Fund

   Lipper Mid-Cap Growth Funds Index

Marshall Small-Cap Growth Fund

   Lipper Small-Cap Growth Funds Index

 

B-69


Table of Contents

In addition, portfolio managers are eligible to participate in a bonus pool, which is based on the percentage of revenues generated by the assets managed by the Adviser. Payments under the bonus pool are discretionary as determined by the Adviser’s Chief Investment Officer and Director of Equity Research or Director of Fixed Income Research, as applicable. The Chief Investment Officer may also authorize additional incentive compensation to certain portfolio managers who provide significant assistance to the Adviser in creating new institutional investor relationships. In order to attract and retain experienced and talented individuals, the Adviser also may offer certain portfolio managers stock options in Marshall & Ilsley Corporation, the Adviser’s parent company, and/or certain perquisites, such as reimbursement of club membership dues. Portfolio managers are also eligible to participate in broad-based plans offered generally to the Adviser’s employees, including broad-based retirement, 401(k), health and other employee benefit plans.

TCH

Compensation for TCH’s portfolio managers includes an annual base salary with an additional bonus based on the profits of the company. The portfolio managers’ compensation is not based on the performance of the individual Funds. Compensation is not directly based on the value of assets held in the Funds’ portfolios.

Acadian

Acadian’s compensation structure varies among professionals, although the basic package involves a base salary, bonus potential, profit sharing potential, various fringe benefits, and, among senior investment professionals and certain other key employees, equity ownership in the firm as part of a Key Employee Limited Partnership (KELP). Portfolio manager compensation is not tied to the performance of specific portfolios but is based on firm performance as a whole.

Depending on Acadian’s financial performance, employees may also receive a percentage of base pay as a profit-sharing contribution. In addition, Acadian’s bonus pool is funded via a profit-sharing arrangement with Old Mutual plc, Acadian’s parent company. The profit-sharing is solely a function of Acadian’s financial results; the results of the larger Old Mutual group do not impact this calculation.

Trilogy

The primary elements of total compensation for Trilogy portfolio managers are a base salary and a variable annual performance cash incentive award. In addition, long term non-cash incentives such as equity ownership may be awarded from time to time. Furthermore, each senior portfolio manager is currently an equity stakeholder with Trilogy, which encourages retention and provides full participation in the success of the business. The base salary portion of total compensation for portfolio managers represents a relatively small portion of total compensation for the portfolio managers. Compensation is structured in this way to create strong incentives for overall portfolio manager performance. A portfolio manager’s base salary is determined by the manager’s experience and performance in the role. The portfolio manager’s bonus is determined by the Trilogy Compensation Committee and may be modified each year as appropriate to reflect changes in the market. In addition, the Compensation Committee may adjust the factors used to determine bonuses to align behavior with good performance. The factors used by Trilogy’s Compensation Committee include, among others, individual performance, attainment of specified goals, teamwork, success of investment ideas, leadership and the success of the firm and its investment products. The Trilogy Compensation Committee evaluates competitive market compensation by reviewing compensation survey results conducted by an independent third-party industry compensation consultant. No material differences exist between the compensation structure that exists for portfolio managers responsible for mutual fund accounts and that of portfolio managers responsible for other types of accounts.

 

B-70


Table of Contents

Ownership of Fund Shares by Portfolio Managers

As of August 31, 2008, the portfolio managers beneficially owned shares of the Funds they manage having a value within the range shown below. No ownership information is provided for the Corporate Income Fund , Core Plus Bond Fund and Emerging Markets Equity Fund because they were not offered for sale until the date of this SAI.

 

Fund/Portfolio Manager

   Dollar Range of Shares Owned
Short-Term Income Fund   

Richard M. Rokus

   None
Short-Intermediate Bond Fund   

Jason D. Weiner

   None
Intermediate Tax-Free Fund   

John D. Boritzke

   None

Duane A. McAllister

   None
Government Income Fund   

Jason D. Weiner

   None
Aggregate Bond Fund   

Jason D. Weiner

   None
Large-Cap Value Fund   

Daniel P. Brown

   $50,001 - $100,000
Large-Cap Growth Fund   

Alan K. Creech

   $50,001 - $100,000

Robert G. Cummisford

   $10,001 - $50,000
Mid-Cap Value Fund   

Matthew B. Fahey

   $100,001 -  $500,000
Mid-Cap Growth Fund   

Kenneth S. Salmon

   $50,001 - $100,000

Patrick M. Gundlach

   $100,001 - $500,000
Small-Cap Growth Fund   

Kenneth S. Salmon

   $10,001 – $50,000

Patrick M. Gundlach

   $100,001 - $500,000
International Stock Fund   

Brian K. Wolahan (Acadian)

   None

Charles H. Wang (Acadian)

   None

William Sterling (Trilogy)

   None

Robert Beckwitt (Trilogy)

   None

Greg Gigliotti (Trilogy)

   None

 

B-71


Table of Contents

VOTING PROXIES ON FUND PORTFOLIO SECURITIES

The Board has delegated the authority to vote proxies relating to the securities held in the Funds’ portfolios to the Adviser and, in the case of the International Stock Fund and Emerging Markets Equity Fund , has authorized the Adviser to delegate its authority to vote proxies to the Sub-Advisers on behalf of the Funds. Due to the Funds’ proposed investments in fixed income securities, the Adviser does not anticipate voting proxies on behalf of the Money Market Funds or Income Funds .

Adviser’s Proxy Voting Policies and Procedures

Proxy Voting Policies

The Adviser’s general policy is to cast proxy votes in a manner that, in the best judgment of the Adviser, is in the best economic interests of the Adviser’s clients with respect to the potential economic return on the clients’ investments. Generally, this will mean voting for proposals that the Adviser believes will improve the management of a company; increase the rights or preferences of the voted securities; and/or increase the chance that a premium offer would be made for the company or for the voted securities.

The following examples illustrate how these general policies may apply to proposals submitted to a company’s shareholders for vote. However, whether the Adviser supports or opposes a proposal will always depend on the specific circumstances described in the proxy statement and other available information.

On routine matters, generally the Adviser will vote in accordance with the recommendation of the issuer’s board of directors. Routine matters include, but are not limited to, proposals to approve independent auditors; election of directors in uncontested elections; increases in authorized common shares for stock dividends, stock splits or general issuance, unless proposed as an anti-takeover action; share repurchase programs that institute or renew open market share repurchase programs in which all shareholders may participate on equal terms; and compensation or salary levels for employees and/or directors that appear to be consistent with standard business practices, such as bonus plans, incentive plans, stock option plans, pension and retirement benefits, stock purchase plans, or thrift plans, except that the Adviser will require management to provide substantial justification for repricing of options in order to vote for such proposal.

On matters of corporate governance, generally the Adviser will vote for proposals to permit a simple majority of shareholders to approve acquisitions of a controlling interest of issuers; eliminate classified or staggered boards of directors; eliminate cumulative voting and preemptive rights; and proposals to opt-out of state takeover statutes. The Adviser will generally vote against the adoption of super-majority voting provisions that require greater than a two-thirds shareholder approval to change the corporate charter or bylaws or to approve mergers and acquisitions; fair price amendments that are linked to a super-majority provision and do not permit a takeover unless an arbitrary fair price is offered to all shareholders; proposals that would create different classes of stock with unequal voting rights, such as dual class exchange offers and dual class recapitalizations; and proposals that do not allow replacement of existing members of the board of directors.

On matters relating to corporate transactions, the Adviser will vote proxies relating to proposed mergers, capital reorganizations, and similar transactions in accordance with the general policy, based upon its analysis of the proposed transaction.

In addition, the Adviser will not vote if it determines that the consequences or costs outweigh the potential benefit of voting.

 

B-72


Table of Contents

Proxy Voting Procedures

The Trust Investment Committee, comprised of the members of the Adviser and M&I Trust, has appointed a Proxy Officer who has the authority to vote proxies pursuant to the proxy voting policy. The Proxy Officer will direct proposals that he or she is unable to determine how to vote or where there has been a recommendation not to vote in accordance with a predetermined policy to the Proxy Voting Committee of M&I Trust. The Proxy Voting Committee may refer any matter that it is uncertain how to vote to the Trust Investment Committee for a final decision.

The Adviser’s proxy voting procedures permit the Proxy Voting Committee to develop and revise further procedures to assist the Adviser in the voting of proxies, which may include the use of a third party vendor for purposes of recommendations on particular shareholder votes being solicited or for the voting of proxies, or to override the directions provided in such guidelines, whenever necessary to comply with the proxy voting policies.

Conflicts of Interest

The Adviser addresses potential material conflicts of interest by having a predetermined voting policy. For those proposals that require case-by-case determinations, or in instances where special circumstances may require varying from the predetermined policy, the Proxy Officer will determine the vote in the best interests of the Adviser’s clients, without consideration of any benefit to the Adviser, its affiliates, its employees, its other clients, customers, service providers or any other party.

TCH’s Proxy Voting Policies and Procedures

TCH, the Subadviser to the Corporate Income Fund and Core Plus Bond Fund , does not anticipate voting proxies on behalf of these Funds due to their proposed investments in bonds and other non-voting fixed-income securities.

Acadian’s Proxy Voting Policies and Procedures

Proxy Voting Policies

When voting proxies on behalf of its clients, Acadian assumes a fiduciary responsibility to vote in its clients’ best interests. Acadian has retained RiskMetrics Group (formerly Institutional Shareholder Services) (RiskMetrics) to research and vote proxies on behalf of its clients, subject to ongoing supervision and in accordance with policies and procedures negotiated and agreed to between Acadian and Risk Metrics. Generally, Risk Metrics’ proxy voting policies are as follows:

 

 

Management Proposals – On proposals introduced by company management, RiskMetrics will generally vote in accordance with management’s recommendations on proposals involving uncontested election of directors, approval of independent auditors, executive compensation plans, routine corporate structure, share issuance, allocations of income, script dividend proposals, increases in capital or par value and share repurchase plans.

 

 

Shareholder Proposals – Proxies will generally be voted with management in opposition to shareholder resolutions which could negatively impact the company’s ability to conduct business and voted in favor of shareholder initiatives concerning the maximization of shareholder value.

 

 

Non-routine proposals – Non-routine proposals are examined on a case-by-case basis and a variety of issues are considered including the benefits to shareholders’ existing and future earnings, preservation of shareholder value, financial terms of the transaction and the strategic rationale for the proposal. Examples of non-routine proposals are reorganizations or restructurings, amendments to articles of association, non-executive director compensation proposals, increased borrowing power and debt issuance requests.

 

B-73


Table of Contents

Acadian reserves the right to override RiskMetrics vote recommendations if it believes that changing the vote is in the best interest of its clients. Overrides must be approved by an executive officer of Acadian and documented, including the reasons for voting against the RiskMetrics recommendation.

Conflicts of Interest

Occasions may arise during the voting process in which the best interests of clients conflicts with Acadian’s interests. In these situations Risk Metrics will continue to follow the same predetermined guidelines as formally agreed upon between Acadian and RiskMetrics before such conflict of interest existed. Conflicts of interest generally include (i) business relationships where Acadian has a substantial business relationship with, or is actively soliciting business from, a company soliciting proxies, or (ii) personal or family relationships whereby an employee of Acadian has a family member or other personal relationship that is affiliated with a company soliciting proxies, such as a spouse who serves as a director of a public company. A conflict could also exist if a substantial business relationship exists with a proponent or opponent of a particular initiative.

If Acadian learns that a conflict of interest exists, the Acadian Proxy Coordinator will prepare a report to the Acadian Compliance Committee that identifies (i) the details of the conflict of interest, (ii) whether or not the conflict is material, and (iii) procedures to ensure that Acadian makes proxy voting decisions based on the best interests of clients. If Acadian determines that a material conflict exists, it will defer to Risk Metrics to vote the proxy in accordance with the predetermined voting policy.

Trilogy’s Proxy Voting Policies and Procedures

Proxy Voting Policies

As a matter of policy and as a fiduciary to its clients, Trilogy has responsibility for the voting of proxies for portfolio securities consistent with the best economic interests of the clients. The guiding principal by which Trilogy votes on all matters submitted for vote is the maximization of the ultimate economic value of a client’s holdings. Trilogy has engaged RiskMetrics to vote its proxies and to provide research concerning matters contained in the proxies. RiskMetrics ensures that each proposal regarding stocks held in the portfolio of the International Stock Fund managed by Trilogy or the Emerging Markets Equity Fund is voted in the best interests of its shareholders.

In order to avoid inherent conflicts of interest, Trilogy generally votes its proxies in accordance with the RiskMetrics recommendation. Certain client proxies, such as those of ERISA plans, may be voted differently from other clients. In the case where a member of the investment team wishes to vote against the RiskMetrics recommendation, the matter is brought to the Trilogy Proxy Committee which decides the matter using its best judgment based upon the guiding principle of seeking the maximization of economic value to its clients and avoiding conflicts of interest between Trilogy and its clients. Trilogy reserves the right to abstain on any particular vote or otherwise withhold its vote on any matter if the costs associated with voting such proxy outweigh the benefits to clients or circumstances make such an abstention or withholding in the best interests of the clients.

Proxy Voting Record

Each Fund’s proxy voting record for the most recent 12-month period ended June 30 is available without charge, either upon request, by calling toll free, 1-800-236-FUND (3863), or by accessing the SEC’s website at http://www.sec.gov .

 

B-74


Table of Contents

PORTFOLIO HOLDINGS DISCLOSURE POLICY

The Funds do not provide or permit others to provide information about the Funds’ portfolio holdings to any third party on a selective basis, except as permitted by the Corporation’s policy regarding disclosure of portfolio holdings (Disclosure Policy). This Disclosure Policy also applies to the Adviser, Sub-Advisers and M&I Trust. Pursuant to the Disclosure Policy, the Corporation may disclose information about the Funds’ portfolio holdings only in the following circumstances:

 

 

As required by SEC regulations, the Corporation will disclose the portfolio holdings of each Fund as of the end of the first and third fiscal quarters by filing Form N-Q with the SEC and as of the end of the second and fourth fiscal quarters by filing Form N-CSR with the SEC;

 

 

The Adviser or a Sub-Adviser may disclose Fund portfolio holdings in regulatory filings and, from time to time, to the Funds’ service providers, including the administrator, sub-administrator, custodians, fund accountant, transfer agent, independent accountant, legal counsel and financial printer (currently RR Donnelley), in connection with the fulfillment of their duties to the Funds and the Corporation;

 

 

The Funds’ portfolio holdings as of each month end are disclosed on the Funds’ website at http://www.marshallfunds.com no earlier than five days after month end;

 

 

The Funds’ portfolio holdings as of each month end are disclosed to certain approved institutional databases following the posting of the holdings on the Funds’ website as described above;

 

 

Portfolio holdings of the Funds as of a particular month end may be provided to portfolio managers of M&I Trust in connection with presentations to M&I Trust’s existing clients.

The Corporation is prohibited from entering into any other arrangements to disclose information regarding the Funds’ portfolio securities prior to public availability without prior approval of the Board. Third parties who receive portfolio holdings information are subject to restrictions by contract or by law which prohibit the disclosure or misuse of the holdings information to ensure that the information remains confidential. No compensation or other consideration may be received by the Funds, the Adviser, Sub-Advisers or M&I Trust in connection with the disclosure of portfolio holdings in accordance with this policy. The Funds’ Chief Compliance Officer monitors compliance with the Disclosure Policy and reports any violations to the Board.

The Board will review any disclosures of Fund portfolio holdings outside of the permitted disclosures described above on a quarterly basis to ensure that disclosure of information about portfolio holdings is in the best interest of Fund shareholders and to address any conflicts between the interests of Fund shareholders and those of the Adviser or any other Fund affiliate.

BROKERAGE TRANSACTIONS

As used in this section, the term Adviser means Adviser or Sub-Adviser, as applicable.

The Adviser is responsible for decisions to buy and sell securities for the Funds and for the placement of the Funds’ securities business, the negotiation of the charges to be paid on such transactions, and the allocation of portfolio brokerage and principal business. Trades may be done with brokers, dealers and, on occasion, issuers. Remuneration for trades may include commissions, commission-equivalent charges, dealer spreads, mark-ups and mark-downs.

In executing transactions on behalf of the Funds, the Adviser has no obligation to deal with any particular broker or dealer. Rather, the Adviser seeks to obtain the best qualitative execution. The best net price is an

 

B-75


Table of Contents

important factor, but the Adviser also considers the full range and quality of a broker’s services, as described below. Recognizing the value of the range of services, the Funds may not pay the lowest commission or spread available on any particular transaction.

Section 28(e) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (Section 28(e)), permits an investment advisor, under certain circumstances, to cause an account to pay a broker who supplies brokerage and research services a commission or commission-equivalent charge for effecting a transaction in excess of the amount of commission another broker would have charged for effecting the transaction. Brokerage and research services include:

 

 

furnishing advice as to the value of securities, the advisability of investing, purchasing, or selling securities, and the availability of securities or purchasers or sellers of securities;

 

 

furnishing analyses and reports concerning issuers, industries, sectors, securities, economic factors and trends, portfolio strategy and the performance of accounts; and

 

 

effecting securities transactions and performing functions incidental thereto (such as clearance, settlement and custody).

In selecting brokers, the Adviser considers quality of investment research and brokerage services; communication of such information; trade execution pricing, capability and efficiency; and the appropriateness of the commission rate. Investment research services utilized by the Adviser include economic forecasts, industry analysis, individual company or issuer analysis and opinion, and investment strategy. In ensuring that the commission to be paid is fair compensation for the nature of the trade and the quality of the execution provided by the broker/dealer, the Adviser considers the commission rates paid by investment institutions of similar size. While the Adviser negotiates similar commission rates with all brokers and dealers, if the Adviser believes favorable prices and efficient execution is available from more than one broker or dealer, the Adviser may give consideration to placing trades with those brokers or dealers who furnish investment research and other brokerage services.

The Adviser places portfolio transactions for other advisory accounts in addition to the Funds. Research services furnished by firms through which the Funds effect their securities transactions may be used by the Adviser in servicing all of their accounts; that is, not all of such services may be used by the Adviser in connection with the Funds. The Adviser believes it is not possible to measure separately the benefits from research services received by each of the accounts (including the Funds) managed by them. Because the volume and nature of the trading activities of the accounts are not uniform, the amount of commissions in excess of those charged by another broker (if any) paid by each account for brokerage and research services will vary. The Adviser believes any such costs to the Funds, however, will not be disproportionate to the benefits received by the Funds on a continuing basis and, to the extent that receipt of these services may supplant services for which the Adviser might otherwise have paid, it would tend to reduce their expenses.

The following table shows aggregate total commissions paid by each Fund to brokers that provide brokerage and research services to the Adviser and/or Sub-Advisers and the aggregate principal value of the transactions for the fiscal year ended August 31, 2008:

 

Fund

   Brokerage Commissions Paid to
Brokers Who Provide Brokerage
and Research Services
   Principal Value of
Transactions

Government Money Market Fund

   N/A      N/A  

Tax-Free Money Market Fund

   N/A      N/A  

Prime Money Market Fund

   N/A      N/A  

Short-Term Income Fund

   N/A      N/A  

Short-Intermediate Bond Fund

   N/A      N/A  

Intermediate Tax-Free Fund

   N/A      N/A  

Government Income Fund

   N/A      N/A  

Corporate Income Fund

   N/A*    N/A*

Aggregate Bond Fund

   N/A      N/A  

Core Plus Bond Fund

   N/A*    N/A*

Large-Cap Value Fund

   $263,011    $271,168,879

Large-Cap Growth Fund

   $436,701    $597,863,570

Mid-Cap Value Fund

   $678,511    $583,682,080

Mid-Cap Growth Fund

   $938,808    $922,807,921

Small-Cap Growth Fund

   $1,949,324    $1,028,446,081

International Stock Fund

   N/A      N/A  

Emerging Markets Equity Fund

   N/A*    N/A*

 

N/A - Not applicable

 

* Information is not provided for the Corporate Income Fund, Core Plus Bond Fund and Emerging Markets Equity Fund because the Funds were not offered for sale until the date of this SAI.

 

B-76


Table of Contents

The Adviser generally seeks to allocate portfolio transactions equitably whenever concurrent decisions are made to purchase or sell securities by the Funds and other advisory accounts. There can be no assurance that a particular purchase or sale opportunity will be allocated to a Fund. In making allocations between the Funds and between a Fund and other advisory accounts, certain factors considered by the Adviser are the respective investment objectives, the relative size of portfolio holdings of the same or comparable securities, the availability of cash for investment, and the size of investment commitments generally held.

For the fiscal years ended August 31, 2008, 2007 and 2006, the Funds paid the following brokerage commissions:

 

     Brokerage Commissions Paid  
     For the fiscal year ended August 31  

Fund

   2008     2007     2006  

Government Money Market Fund

   N/A       N/A       N/A  

Tax-Free Money Market Fund

   N/A       N/A       N/A  

Prime Money Market Fund

   N/A       N/A       N/A  

Short-Term Income Fund

   4,972     $ 7,920     $ 3,247  

Short-Intermediate Bond Fund

   N/A       N/A       N/A  

Intermediate Tax-Free Fund

   N/A       N/A       N/A  

Government Income Fund

   N/A       N/A       N/A  

Corporate Income Fund

   N/A *     N/A *     N/A *

Aggregate Bond Fund

   N/A       N/A       N/A  

Core Plus Bond Fund

   N/A *     N/A *     N/A *

Large-Cap Value Fund

   263,011     $ 266,008     $ 657,570  

Large-Cap Growth Fund

   436,701     $ 305,641     $ 532,122  

Mid-Cap Value Fund

   678,511     $ 1,035,841     $ 1,288,206  

Mid-Cap Growth Fund

   938,808     $ 835,460     $ 690,031  

Small-Cap Growth Fund

   1,949,324     $ 1,685,455     $ 1,392,273  

International Stock Fund

   737,689     $ 991,149     $ 1,093,676  

Emerging Markets Equity Fund

   N/A *     N/A *     N/A *

 

N/A - Not applicable

 

* Information is not provided for the Corporate Income Fund, Core Plus Bond Fund and Emerging Markets Equity Fund because the Funds were not offered for sale until the date of this SAI.

 

B-77


Table of Contents

Unless otherwise noted below, during the fiscal year ended August 31, 2008, the Funds (except the Corporate Income Fund, Core Plus Bond Fund and Emerging Markets Equity Fund ) did not acquire securities of their regular brokers or dealers (as defined in Rule 10b-1 under the 1940 Act). Information is not provided for the Corporate Income Fund, Core Plus Bond Fund and Emerging Markets Equity Fund because the Funds were not offered for sale until the date of this SAI.

 

Fund

  

Regular Broker or

Dealer (or Parent) Issuer

   Value of Securities
Owned (as of 8/31/08)
(000s omitted)

Tax-Free Money Market

  

Deutsche Bank Securities, Inc.

Lehman Brothers, Inc.

   13,305

4,000

Prime Money Market

  

Wachovia Capital Markets, Inc.

Deutsche Bank Securities, Inc.

Morgan Stanley & Co., Inc.

Greenwich Capital

Bank of America Corp.

JP Morgan Capital Corp.

Goldman Sachs & Co.

Merrill Lynch & Co., Inc.

   215,000

200,000

198,889

100,000

85,000

63,000

22,697

10,187

Short-Term Income

  

JP Morgan Capital Corp.

Lehman Brothers, Inc.

Morgan Stanley & Co., Inc.

Merrill Lynch & Co., Inc.

Countrywide

Wachovia Capital Markets, LLC.

Credit Suisse First Boston, Inc.

   8,135

5,129

2,627

1,295

903

515

179

Short-Intermediate Bond Fund

  

JP Morgan Capital Corp.

Lehman Brothers, Inc.

Citigroup Global Markets Holdings, Inc.

Bear Stearns & Co.

Countrywide

UBS Securities LLC

Morgan Stanley & Co., Inc.

   30,786

13,248

9,445

8,402

6,912

6,744

6,619

Aggregate Bond

  

JP Morgan Capital Corp.

Lehman Brothers Inc.

Merrill Lynch & Co., Inc.

Bank of America Corp.

Citigroup Global Market Holdings

Countrywide

Bear Stearns & Co.

   16,890

12,332

8,111

7,522

7,291

5,295

4,300

Large-Cap Value

  

JP Morgan Capital Corp.

Goldman Sachs & Co.

Bank of America Corp.

Morgan Stanley & Co., Inc.

Charles Schwab Corp.

Lehman Brothers, Inc.

   5,201

3,772

2,955

2,944

1,346

994

Large-Cap Growth

   Charles Schwab Corp.    3,119

International Stock

   Deutsche Bank Securities, Inc.    6,912

 

B-78


Table of Contents

CODE OF ETHICS RESTRICTIONS ON PERSONAL TRADING

As required by SEC rules, the Funds, the Adviser, TCH, Acadian, Trilogy and the Distributor have adopted codes of ethics. These codes govern securities trading activities of investment personnel, Fund directors and certain other employees (Access Persons). Although the codes permit Access Persons to trade in securities, including those that the Funds could buy, they also contain significant safeguards designed to protect the Funds and their shareholders from abuses in this area, such as requirements to obtain prior approval for, and to report, particular transactions.

ADMINISTRATOR

M&I Trust is the administrator of the Funds. M&I Trust is entitled to receive fees from each of the EQUITY FUNDS and INCOME FUNDS at the following annual rates as a percentage of the Fund’s ADNA:

 

Fee

  

Fund’s ADNA

0.0925%

   on the first $250 million

0.0850%

   on the next $250 million

0.0800%

   on the next $200 million

0.0400%

   on the next $100 million

0.0200%

   on the next $200 million

0.0100%

   on ADNA in excess of $1.0 billion

M&I Trust, as administrator, is entitled to receive fees from the MONEY MARKET FUNDS at the following annual rates based on the aggregate ADNA of the MONEY MARKET FUNDS combined:

 

Fee

  

Combined ADNA

0.040%

   on the first $2 billion

0.030%

   on the next $2 billion

0.025%

   on the next $2 billion

0.020%

   on the next $2 billion

0.010%

   on ADNA in excess of $8 billion

The aggregate fees paid by the Money Market Funds are allocated to each Fund based on its assets.

 

B-79


Table of Contents

For the fiscal periods ended August 31, 2008, 2007 and 2006, the administrator was paid (net of waivers) the following fees. Administrative fee information is not provided for the Corporate Income Fund, Core Plus Bond Fund and Emerging Markets Equity Fund because the Funds were not offered for sale until the date of this SAI.

 

     Administrative Fee Paid  
     For the fiscal year ended August 31  

Fund

   2008    2007     2006  

Government Money Market Fund (1)

   149,887    $ 90,875     $ 70,112  

Tax-Free Money Market Fund (1)

   213,998    $ 145,501     $ 92,988  

Prime Money Market Fund (1)

   1,695,571    $ 1,563,767     $ 1,465,024  

Short-Term Income Fund

   103,271    $ 119,963 (2)   $ 128,143  

Short-Intermediate Bond Fund

   397,153    $ 598,593 (2)   $ 620,751 (2)

Intermediate Tax-Free Fund

   79,465    $ 77,045 (2)   $ 84,226 (2)

Government Income Fund

   593,257    $ 568,394 (2)   $ 513,619 (2)

Aggregate Bond Fund

   239,101    $ 47,565 (2)(3)     N/A  

Large-Cap Value Fund

   280,263    $ 327,886 (2)   $ 330,227 (2)

Large-Cap Growth Fund

   231,115    $ 235,073 (2)   $ 238,269 (2)

Mid-Cap Value Fund

   371,846    $ 560,031 (2)   $ 617,128 (2)

Mid-Cap Growth Fund

   232,323    $ 195,956 (2)   $ 182,349 (2)

Small-Cap Growth Fund

   259,599    $ 225,019 (2)   $ 183,539 (2)

International Stock Fund

   416,088    $ 451,075 (2)   $ 384,320 (2)

 

N/A - Not applicable

 

(1)

Fees for the Money Market Funds prior to July 1, 2008 were:

 

Fee

  

Combined ADNA

0.100%

   on the first $250 million

0.095%

   on the next $250 million

0.080%

   on the next $250 million

0.060%

   on the next $250 million

0.040%

   on the next $500 million

0.020%

   on ADNA in excess of $1.5 billion

 

(2)

Fees for the Income Funds and Equity Funds for fiscal 2006 and 2007 were:

 

Fee

  

Fund’s ADNA

0.100%

   on the first $250 million

0.095%

   on the next $250 million

0.080%

   on the next $250 million

0.060%

   on the next $250 million

0.040%

   on the next $500 million

0.020%

   on ADNA in excess of $1.5 billion

 

(3)

The fees paid by the Fund are for the period from June 1, 2007, the date on which the Fund began operations, to August 31, 2007, the end of the Fund’s fiscal year.

The administrator may choose voluntarily to reimburse a portion of its fee at any time.

The functions performed by the administrator include, but are not limited, to the following:

 

 

preparation, filing and maintenance of the Corporation’s governing documents, minutes of Board meetings and shareholder meetings;

 

 

preparation and filing with the SEC and state regulatory authorities, the Corporation’s registration statement and all amendments, and any other documents required for the Funds to make a continuous offering of their shares;

 

B-80


Table of Contents
 

preparation, negotiation and administration of contracts on behalf of a Fund;

 

 

supervision of the preparation of financial reports;

 

 

preparation and filing of federal and state tax returns;

 

 

assistance with the design, development and operation of a Fund; and

 

 

provision of advice to the Funds and the Board.

SUB-ADMINISTRATOR

UMBFS is the Funds’ sub-administrator pursuant to the Sub-Administration Agreement with the administrator. Under the Sub-Administration Agreement, the functions performed by UMBFS include and relate to, but are not limited to, the following:

 

 

review and filing with the SEC and state regulatory authorities of the Corporation’s registration statement and all amendments, and any other documents required for the Funds to make a continuous offering of their shares;

 

 

drafting and reviewing of the Funds’ annual and semi-annual reports;

 

 

various services relating to the shareholder and Board meetings, such as preparing and obtaining executed authorized signatures, attendance at Board meetings and drafting of proxy materials;

 

 

obtaining CUSIPs, NASDAQ symbols, and IRS tax identification numbers;

 

 

coordination and facilitation of external audits by the Corporation’s independent auditors and regulatory examinations of the Corporation;

 

 

follow-up on any issues surrounding reporting of performance for the Funds; and

 

 

preparation of the Corporation’s tax returns.

For its services, UMBFS is entitled to receive from the administrator with respect to each of the Funds (other than the Money Market Funds ), in addition to a monthly multi-class fee of $200 per class and out-of-pocket expenses, fees at the following annual rates as a percentage of the Fund’s ADNA:

 

ADNA

  

Fee (Domestic Funds)

  

Fee (International Funds)

Up to $200 million

   0.0090%    0.0300%

Next $200 million

   0.0085    0.0250

Next $200 million

   0.0075    0.0200

Next $200 million

   0.0065    0.0175

Next $200 million

   0.0055    0.0150

Next $200 million

   0.0045    0.0125

Over $1.2 billion

   0.0035    0.0100

 

B-81


Table of Contents

With respect to the Money Market Funds , UMBFS receives from the administrator, in addition to a monthly multi-class fee of $200 per class and out-of-pocket expenses, fees at the following annual rate as a percentage of the Fund’s ADNA:

 

ADNA

   Fee  

Up to $250 million

   0.0055 %

Next $250 million

   0.0050  

Next $250 million

   0.0045  

Over $750 million

   0.0030  

For the fiscal periods ended August 31, 2008, 2007 and 2006, the administrator paid UMBFS $678,521, $668,172 and $573,754, respectively, under the Sub-Administration Agreement.

SECURITIES LENDING

The Funds pay a portion of the net revenue earned on securities lending activities to M&I Trust for its services as a securities lending agent. The following amounts were paid for the fiscal year ended August 31, 2008. Securities lending fee information is not provided for the Corporate Income Fund, Core Plus Bond Fund and Emerging Markets Equity Fund because the Funds were not offered for sale until the date of this SAI.

 

Fund

   Securities Lending
Fees Paid

Short-Term Income Fund

   $ 29,004

Short-Intermediate Bond Fund

   $ 166,455

Government Income Fund

   $ 441,901

Aggregate Bond Fund

   $ 155,384

Large-Cap Value Fund

   $ 51,634

Large-Cap Growth Fund

   $ 51,729

Mid-Cap Value Fund

   $ 104,139

Mid-Cap Growth Fund

   $ 148,134

Small-Cap Growth Fund

   $ 438,342

International Stock Fund

   $ 115,239

TRANSFER AGENT AND DIVIDEND DISBURSING AGENT

Boston Financial Data Services, Inc., 2 Heritage Drive, Quincy, Massachusetts, maintains all necessary shareholder records. For its services, the transfer agent receives a fee based on the size, type and number of accounts and transactions made by shareholders. The fee is based on the level of the Funds’ average net assets for the period plus out-of-pocket expenses.

Each Fund may pay amounts to third parties, such as banks, broker-dealers or affiliated entities, including M&I Trust, that provide sub-transfer agency services, shareholder servicing and/or other administrative services to the Funds.

FUND ACCOUNTANTS

UMBFS, 803 West Michigan Street, Milwaukee, Wisconsin, provides fund accounting services to the Funds, except the International Stock Fund and Emerging Markets Equity Fund .

State Street Bank & Trust Company, 200 Clarendon Street, Boston, Massachusetts, provides fund accounting services to the International Stock Fund and Emerging Markets Equity Fund .

 

B-82


Table of Contents

For their services, UMBFS and State Street Bank & Trust Company receive a fee based on net assets of the Funds.

CUSTODIANS

M&I Trust, 111 East Kilbourn Avenue, Suite 200, Milwaukee, Wisconsin, a subsidiary of M&I Corp., is a custodian for the securities and cash of the Funds, except the International Stock Fund and Emerging Markets Equity Fund . For its services as custodian, M&I Trust receives an annual fee, payable monthly, based on a percentage of a Fund’s average aggregate daily net assets.

State Street Bank & Trust Company, 200 Clarendon Street, Boston, Massachusetts, is a custodian for the securities and cash of the International Stock Fund and Emerging Markets Equity Fund .

INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM

The independent registered public accounting firm for the Funds, PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP, One North Wacker, Chicago, Illinois, conducts its audits in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States), which require it to plan and perform its audits to provide reasonable assurance about whether the Funds’ financial statements and financial highlights are free of material misstatements.

PERFORMANCE

From time to time, the yield and total return of the Investor Class, Advisor Class and/or Institutional Class shares of a Fund may be quoted in advertisements, shareholder reports or other communications to shareholders. Performance information is generally available by calling the Funds (toll free) at 1-800-236-FUND (3863).

FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

The audited financial statements for the fiscal year ended August 31, 2008 are incorporated herein by reference from the Funds’ Annual Report dated August 31, 2008 (for the fiscal year ended August 31, 2008) (File Nos. 33-48907 and 811-58433). A copy of the Annual Report for a Fund may be obtained without charge by contacting MIS at the address located on the back cover of the SAI or by calling MIS at 1-414-287-8555 or 1-800-236-FUND (3863).

 

B-83


Table of Contents

APPENDIX

SHORT-TERM RATINGS

Standard & Poor’s Short-Term Issue Credit Ratings

A Standard & Poor’s issue credit rating is a current opinion of the creditworthiness of an obligor with respect to a specific financial obligation, a specific class of financial obligations, or a specific financial program (including ratings on medium-term note programs and commercial paper programs). It takes into consideration the creditworthiness of guarantors, insurers, or other forms of credit enhancement on the obligation and takes into account the currency in which the obligation is denominated. The opinion evaluates the obligor’s capacity and willingness to meet its financial commitments as they come due, and may assess terms, such as collateral security and subordination, which could affect ultimate payment in the event of default. The issue credit rating is not a recommendation to purchase, sell, or hold a financial obligation, inasmuch as it does not comment as to market price or suitability for a particular investor.

Issue credit ratings are based on current information furnished by the obligors or obtained by Standard & Poor’s from other sources it considers reliable. Standard & Poor’s does not perform an audit in connection with any credit rating and may, on occasion, rely on unaudited financial information. Credit ratings may be changed, suspended, or withdrawn as a result of changes in, or unavailability of, such information, or based on other circumstances.

Issue credit ratings can be either long term or short term. Short-term ratings are generally assigned to those obligations considered short-term in the relevant market. In the U.S., for example, that means obligations with an original maturity of no more than 365 days including commercial paper. Short-term ratings are also used to indicate the creditworthiness of an obligor with respect to put features on long-term obligations. The result is a dual rating, in which the short-term rating addresses the put feature, in addition to the usual long-term rating.

Short-Term Issue Credit Ratings

A-1

A short-term obligation rated ‘A-1’ is rated in the highest category by Standard & Poor’s. The obligor’s capacity to meet its financial commitment on the obligation is strong. Within this category, certain obligations are designated with a plus sign (+). This indicates that the obligor’s capacity to meet its financial commitment on these obligations is extremely strong.

A-2

A short-term obligation rated ‘A-2’ is somewhat more susceptible to the adverse effects of changes in circumstances and economic conditions than obligations in higher rating categories. However, the obligor’s capacity to meet its financial commitment on the obligation is satisfactory.

A-3

A short-term obligation rated ‘A-3’ exhibits adequate protection parameters. However, adverse economic conditions or changing circumstances are more likely to lead to a weakened capacity of the obligor to meet its financial commitment on the obligation.

 

A-1


Table of Contents

B

A short-term obligation rated ‘B’ is regarded as having significant speculative characteristics. Ratings of ‘B-1’, ‘B-2’, and ‘B-3’ may be assigned to indicate finer distinctions within the ‘B’ category. The obligor currently has the capacity to meet its financial commitment on the obligation; however, it faces major ongoing uncertainties which could lead to the obligor’s inadequate capacity to meet its financial commitment on the obligation.

B-1

A short-term obligation rated ‘B-1’ is regarded as having significant speculative characteristics, but the obligor has a relatively stronger capacity to meet its financial commitments over the short-term compared to other speculative-grade obligors.

B-2

A short-term obligation rated ‘B-2’ is regarded as having significant speculative characteristics, and the obligor has an average speculative-grade capacity to meet its financial commitments over the short-term compared to other speculative-grade obligors.

B-3

A short-term obligation rated ‘B-3’ is regarded as having significant speculative characteristics, and the obligor has a relatively weaker capacity to meet its financial commitments over the short-term compared to other speculative-grade obligors.

C

A short-term obligation rated ‘C’ is currently vulnerable to nonpayment and is dependent upon favorable business, financial, and economic conditions for the obligor to meet its financial commitment on the obligation.

D

A short-term obligation rated ‘D’ is in payment default. The ‘D’ rating category is used when payments on an obligation are not made on the date due even if the applicable grace period has not expired, unless Standard & Poor’s believes that such payments will be made during such grace period. The ‘D’ rating also will be used upon the filing of a bankruptcy petition or the taking of a similar action if payments on an obligation are jeopardized.

Dual Ratings

Standard & Poor’s assigns “dual” ratings to all debt issues that have a put option or demand feature as part of their structure. The first rating addresses the likelihood of repayment of principal and interest as due, and the second rating addresses only the demand feature. The long-term rating symbols are used for bonds to denote the long-term maturity and the short-term rating symbols for the put option (for example, ‘AAA/A-1+’). With U.S. municipal short-term demand debt, note rating symbols are used with the short-term issue credit rating symbols (for example, ‘SP-1+/A-1+’).

 

A-2


Table of Contents

Active Qualifiers (Currently applied and/or outstanding)

i

This subscript is used for issues in which the credit factors, terms, or both, that determine the likelihood of receipt of payment of interest are different from the credit factors, terms or both that determine the likelihood of receipt of principal on the obligation. The ‘i’ subscript indicates that the rating addresses the interest portion of the obligation only. The ‘i’ subscript will always be used in conjunction with the ‘p’ subscript, which addresses likelihood of receipt of principal. For example, a rated obligation could be assigned ratings of “AAAp N.R.i” indicating that the principal portion is rated “AAA” and the interest portion of the obligation is not rated.

L

Ratings qualified with ‘L’ apply only to amounts invested up to federal deposit insurance limits.

p

This subscript is used for issues in which the credit factors, the terms, or both, that determine the likelihood of receipt of payment of principal are different from the credit factors, terms or both that determine the likelihood of receipt of interest on the obligation. The ‘p’ subscript indicates that the rating addresses the principal portion of the obligation only. The ‘p’ subscript will always be used in conjunction with the ‘i’ subscript, which addresses likelihood of receipt of interest. For example, a rated obligation could be assigned ratings of “AAAp N.R.i” indicating that the principal portion is rated “AAA” and the interest portion of the obligation is not rated.

pi

Ratings with a ‘pi’ subscript are based on an analysis of an issuer’s published financial information, as well as additional information in the public domain. They do not, however, reflect in-depth meetings with an issuer’s management and are therefore based on less comprehensive information than ratings without a ‘pi’ subscript. Ratings with a ‘pi’ subscript are reviewed annually based on a new year’s financial statements, but may be reviewed on an interim basis if a major event occurs that may affect the issuer’s credit quality.

pr

The letters ‘pr’ indicate that the rating is provisional. A provisional rating assumes the successful completion of the project financed by the debt being rated and indicates that payment of debt service requirements is largely or entirely dependent upon the successful, timely completion of the project. This rating, however, while addressing credit quality subsequent to completion of the project, makes no comment on the likelihood of or the risk of default upon failure of such completion. The investor should exercise his own judgment with respect to such likelihood and risk.

preliminary

Preliminary ratings are assigned to issues, including financial programs, in the following circumstances.

 

   

Preliminary ratings may be assigned to obligations, most commonly structured and project finance issues, pending receipt of final documentation and legal opinions. Assignment of a final rating is conditional on the receipt and approval by Standard & Poor’s of appropriate documentation. Changes in the information provided to Standard & Poor’s could result in the assignment of a different rating. In addition, Standard & Poor’s reserves the right not to issue a final rating.

 

A-3


Table of Contents
   

Preliminary ratings are assigned to Rule 415 Shelf Registrations. As specific issues, with defined terms, are offered from the master registration, a final rating may be assigned to them in accordance with Standard & Poor’s policies. The final rating may differ from the preliminary rating.

t

This symbol indicates termination structures that are designed to honor their contracts to full maturity or, should certain events occur, to terminate and cash settle all their contracts before their final maturity date.

unsolicited

Unsolicited ratings are those credit ratings assigned at the initiative of Standard & Poor’s and not at the request of the issuer or its agents.

Inactive Qualifiers (No longer applied or outstanding)

*

This symbol indicated continuance of the ratings is contingent upon Standard & Poor’s receipt of an executed copy of the escrow agreement or closing documentation confirming investments and cash flows. Discontinued use in August 1998.

c

This qualifier was used to provide additional information to investors that the bank may terminate its obligation to purchase tendered bonds if the long-term credit rating of the issuer is below an investment-grade level and/or the issuer’s bonds are deemed taxable. Discontinued use in January 2001.

q

A ‘q’ subscript indicates that the rating is based solely on quantitative analysis of publicly available information. Discontinued use in April 2001.

r

The ‘r’ modifier was assigned to securities containing extraordinary risks, particularly market risks, that are not covered in the credit rating. The absence of an ‘r’ modifier should not be taken as an indication that an obligation will not exhibit extraordinary non-credit related risks. Standard & Poor’s discontinued the use of the ‘r’ modifier for most obligations in June 2000 and for the balance of obligations (mainly structured finance transactions) in November 2002.

Local Currency and Foreign Currency Risks

Country risk considerations are a standard part of Standard & Poor’s analysis for credit ratings on any issuer or issue. Currency of repayment is a key factor in this analysis. An obligor’s capacity to repay foreign currency obligations may be lower than its capacity to repay obligations in its local currency due to the sovereign government’s own relatively lower capacity to repay external versus domestic debt. These sovereign risk considerations are incorporated in the debt ratings assigned to specific issues. Foreign currency issuer ratings are also distinguished from local currency issuer ratings to identify those instances where sovereign risks make them different for the same issuer.

 

A-4


Table of Contents

Moody’s Short-Term Debt Ratings

Short-Term Ratings

Moody’s short-term ratings are opinions of the ability of issuers to honor short-term financial obligations. Ratings may be assigned to issuers, short-term programs or to individual short-term debt instruments. Such obligations generally have an original maturity not exceeding thirteen months, unless explicitly noted.

Moody’s employs the following designations to indicate the relative repayment ability of rated issuers:

P-1

Issuers (or supporting institutions) rated Prime-1 have a superior ability to repay short-term debt obligations.

P-2

Issuers (or supporting institutions) rated Prime-2 have a strong ability to repay short-term debt obligations.

P-3

Issuers (or supporting institutions) rated Prime-3 have an acceptable ability to repay short-term obligations.

NP

Issuers (or supporting institutions) rated Not Prime do not fall within any of the Prime rating categories.

Note: Canadian issuers rated P-1 or P-2 have their short-term ratings enhanced by the senior-most long-term rating of the issuer, its guarantor or support-provider.

LOGO

 

A-5


Table of Contents

Fitch’s International Short-Term Credit Ratings

The following ratings scale applies to foreign currency and local currency ratings. A Short-term rating has a time horizon of less than 13 months for most obligations, or up to three years for US public finance, in line with industry standards, to reflect unique risk characteristics of bond, tax, and revenue anticipation notes that are commonly issued with terms up to three years. Short-term ratings thus place greater emphasis on the liquidity necessary to meet financial commitments in a timely manner.

F1 Highest credit quality. Indicates the Strongest capacity for timely payment of financial commitments; may have an added “+” to denote any exceptionally strong credit feature.

F2 Good credit quality. A satisfactory capacity for timely payment of financial commitments, but the margin of safety is not as great as in the case of the higher ratings.

F3 Fair credit quality. The capacity for timely payment of financial commitments is adequate; however, near-term adverse changes could result in a reduction to non-investment grade.

B Speculative. Minimal capacity for timely payment of financial commitments, plus vulnerability to near-term adverse changes in financial and economic conditions.

C High default risk. Default is a real possibility. Capacity for meeting financial commitments is solely reliant upon a sustained, favorable business and economic environment.

D Indicates an entity or sovereign that has defaulted on all of its financial obligations.

Notes to International Long-Term and Short-Term ratings:

The modifiers “+” or “-” may be appended to a rating to denote relative status within major rating categories. Such suffixes are not added to the ‘AAA’ Long-term rating category, to categories below ‘CCC’, or to Short-term ratings other than ‘F1’. (The +/- modifiers are only used to denote issues within the CCC category, whereas issuers are only rated CCC without the use of modifiers.)

Rating Watch: Ratings are placed on Rating Watch to notify investors that there is a reasonable probability of a rating change and the likely direction of such change. These are designated as “Positive”, indicating a potential upgrade, “Negative”, for a potential downgrade, or “Evolving”, if ratings may be raised, lowered or maintained. Rating Watch is typically resolved over a relatively short period.

Rating Outlook: An Outlook indicates the direction a rating is likely to move over a one to two-year period. Outlooks may be positive, stable or negative. A positive or negative Rating Outlook does not imply a rating change is inevitable. Similarly, ratings for which outlooks are ‘stable’ could be upgraded or downgraded before an outlook moves to positive or negative if circumstances warrant such an action. Occasionally, Fitch Ratings may be unable to identify the fundamental trend. In these cases, the Rating Outlook may be described as evolving.

Program ratings (such as the those assigned to MTN shelf registrations) relate only to standard issues made under the program concerned; it should not be assumed that these ratings apply to every issue made under the program. In particular, in the case of non-standard issues, i.e. those that are linked to the credit of a third party or linked to the performance of an index, ratings of these issues may deviate from the applicable program rating.

 

A-6


Table of Contents

Variable rate demand obligations and other securities which contain a short-term ‘put’ or other similar demand feature will have a dual rating, such as AAA/F1+. The first rating reflects the ability to meet long-term principal and interest payments, whereas the second rating reflects the ability to honor the demand feature in full and on time.

Fitch’s ratings on U.S. public finance debt securities measure credit quality relative of other U.S. public finance debt securities. Loss rates of most Fitch-rated U.S. public finance debt securities have historically been significantly lower, and are expected to continue to be significantly lower, than other debt instruments rated comparably by Fitch.

Interest Only

Interest Only ratings are assigned to interest strips. These ratings do not address the possibility that a security holder might fail to recover some or all of its initial investment due to voluntary or involuntary principal repayments.

Principal Only

Principal Only ratings address the likelihood that a security holder will receive their initial principal investment either before or by the scheduled maturity date.

Rate of Return

Ratings also may be assigned to gauge the likelihood of an investor receiving a certain predetermined internal rate of return without regard to the precise timing of any cash flows.

‘PIF’

The tranche has reached maturity and has been “paid-in-full”, regardless of whether it was amortized or called early. As the issue no longer exists, it is therefore no longer rated.

‘NR’ denotes that Fitch Ratings does not publicly rate the associated issuer or issuer.

‘WD’

Indicates that the rating has been withdrawn and is no longer maintained by Fitch.

Fitch Ratings (“Fitch”) National Short-Term Credit Ratings

National Ratings are an assessment of credit quality relative to the rating of the “best” credit risk in a country. This “best” risk will normally, although not always, be assigned to all financial commitments issued or guaranteed by the sovereign state.

A special identifier for the country concerned will be added at the end of all national ratings. For illustrative purposes, (xxx) has been used, in the table below.

F1(xxx) Indicates the strongest capacity for timely payment of financial commitments relative to other issuers or issues in the same country. Under their national rating scale, this rating is assigned to the “best” credit risk relative to all others in the same country and is normally assigned to all financial commitments issued or guaranteed by the sovereign state. Where the creditworthiness is particularly strong, a “+” is added to the assigned rating.

F2(xxx) Indicates a satisfactory capacity for timely payment of financial commitments relative to other issuers or issues in the same country. However, the margin of safety is not as great as in the case of the higher ratings.

F3(xxx) Indicates an adequate capacity for timely payment of financial commitments relative to other issuers or issues in the same country. However, such capacity is more susceptible to near-term adverse changes than for financial commitments in higher rated categories.

 

A-7


Table of Contents

B (xxx) Indicates an uncertain capacity for timely payment of financial commitments relative to other issuers or issues in the same country. Such capacity is highly susceptible to near-term adverse changes in financial and economic conditions.

C (xxx) Indicates a highly uncertain capacity for timely payment of financial commitments relative to other issuers or issues in the same country. Capacity or meeting financial commitments is solely reliant upon a sustained, favorable business and economic environment.

D (xxx) Indicates actual or imminent payment default.

Note to National Short-Term ratings:

In certain countries, regulators have established credit rating scales, to be used within their domestic markets, using specific nomenclature. In these countries, our National Short-Term Ratings definitions for F1+(xxx), F1(xxx), F2(xxx) and F3(xxx) may be substituted by those regulatory scales, e.g. A1+, A1, A2 and A3.

LONG-TERM RATINGS

Standard & Poor’s Long-Term Issue Credit Ratings

Long-Term Issue Credit Ratings

Issue credit ratings are based, in varying degrees, on the following considerations:

 

   

Likelihood of payment capacity and willingness of the obligor to meet its financial commitment on an obligation in accordance with the terms of the obligation;

 

   

Nature of and provisions of the obligation;

 

   

Protection afforded by, and relative position of, the obligation in the event of bankruptcy, reorganization, or other arrangement under the laws of bankruptcy and other laws affecting creditors’ rights.

Issue ratings are an assessment of default risk, but may incorporate an assessment of relative seniority or ultimate recovery in the event of default. Junior obligations are typically rated lower than senior obligations, to reflect the lower priority in bankruptcy, as noted above. (Such differentiation may apply when an entity has both senior and subordinated obligations, secured and unsecured obligations, or operating company and holding company obligations.)

AAA

An obligation rated ‘AAA’ has the highest rating assigned by Standard & Poor’s. The obligor’s capacity to meet its financial commitment on the obligation is extremely strong.

AA

An obligation rated ‘AA’ differs from the highest-rated obligations only to a small degree. The obligor’s capacity to meet its financial commitment on the obligation is very strong.

 

A-8


Table of Contents

A

An obligation rated ‘A’ is somewhat more susceptible to the adverse effects of changes in circumstances and economic conditions than obligations in higher-rated categories. However, the obligor’s capacity to meet its financial commitment on the obligation is still strong.

BBB

An obligation rated ‘BBB’ exhibits adequate protection parameters. However, adverse economic conditions or changing circumstances are more likely to lead to a weakened capacity of the obligor to meet its financial commitment on the obligation.

BB, B, CCC, CC, and C

Obligations rated ‘BB’, ‘B’, ‘CCC’, ‘CC’, and ‘C’ are regarded as having significant speculative characteristics. ‘BB’ indicates the least degree of speculation and ‘C’ the highest. While such obligations will likely have some quality and protective characteristics, these may be outweighed by large uncertainties or major exposures to adverse conditions.

BB

An obligation rated ‘BB’ is less vulnerable to nonpayment than other speculative issues. However, it faces major ongoing uncertainties or exposure to adverse business, financial, or economic conditions which could lead to the obligor’s inadequate capacity to meet its financial commitment on the obligation.

B

An obligation rated ‘B’ is more vulnerable to nonpayment than obligations rated ‘BB’, but the obligor currently has the capacity to meet its financial commitment on the obligation. Adverse business, financial, or economic conditions will likely impair the obligor’s capacity or willingness to meet its financial commitment on the obligation.

CCC

An obligation rated ‘CCC’ is currently vulnerable to nonpayment, and is dependent upon favorable business, financial, and economic conditions for the obligor to meet its financial commitment on the obligation. In the event of adverse business, financial, or economic conditions, the obligor is not likely to have the capacity to meet its financial commitment on the obligation.

CC

An obligation rated ‘CC’ is currently highly vulnerable to nonpayment.

C

A ‘C’ rating is assigned to obligations that are currently highly vulnerable to nonpayment, obligations that have payment arrearages allowed by the terms of the documents, or obligations of an issuer that is the subject of a bankruptcy petition or similar action which have not experienced a payment default. Among others, the ‘C’ rating may be assigned to subordinated debt, preferred stock or other obligations on which cash payments have been suspended in accordance with the instrument’s terms.

 

A-9


Table of Contents

D

An obligation rated ‘D’ is in payment default. The ‘D’ rating category is used when payments on an obligation are not made on the date due even if the applicable grace period has not expired, unless Standard & Poor’s believes that such payments will be made during such grace period. The ‘D’ rating also will be used upon the filing of a bankruptcy petition or the taking of a similar action if payments on an obligation are jeopardized.

Plus (+) or minus (-)

The ratings from ‘AA’ to ‘CCC’ may be modified by the addition of a plus (+) or minus (-) sign to show relative standing within the major rating categories.

N.R.

This indicates that no rating has been requested, that there is insufficient information on which to base a rating, or that Standard & Poor’s does not rate a particular obligation as a matter of policy.

Active Qualifiers (Currently applied and/or outstanding)

i

This subscript is used for issues in which the credit factors, terms, or both, that determine the likelihood of receipt of payment of interest are different from the credit factors, terms or both that determine the likelihood of receipt of principal on the obligation. The ‘i’ subscript indicates that the rating addresses the interest portion of the obligation only. The ‘i’ subscript will always be used in conjunction with the ‘p’ subscript, which addresses likelihood of receipt of principal. For example, a rated obligation could be assigned ratings of “AAAp N.R.i” indicating that the principal portion is rated “AAA” and the interest portion of the obligation is not rated.

L

Ratings qualified with ‘L’ apply only to amounts invested up to federal deposit insurance limits.

p

This subscript is used for issues in which the credit factors, the terms, or both, that determine the likelihood of receipt of payment of principal are different from the credit factors, terms or both that determine the likelihood of receipt of interest on the obligation. The ‘p’ subscript indicates that the rating addresses the principal portion of the obligation only. The ‘p’ subscript will always be used in conjunction with the ‘i’ subscript, which addresses likelihood of receipt of interest. For example, a rated obligation could be assigned ratings of “AAAp N.R.i” indicating that the principal portion is rated “AAA” and the interest portion of the obligation is not rated.

pi

Ratings with a ‘pi’ subscript are based on an analysis of an issuer’s published financial information, as well as additional information in the public domain. They do not, however, reflect in-depth meetings with an issuer’s management and are therefore based on less comprehensive information than ratings without a ‘pi’ subscript. Ratings with a ‘pi’ subscript are reviewed annually based on a new year’s financial statements, but may be reviewed on an interim basis if a major event occurs that may affect the issuer’s credit quality.

 

A-10


Table of Contents

pr

The letters ‘pr’ indicate that the rating is provisional. A provisional rating assumes the successful completion of the project financed by the debt being rated and indicates that payment of debt service requirements is largely or entirely dependent upon the successful, timely completion of the project. This rating, however, while addressing credit quality subsequent to completion of the project, makes no comment on the likelihood of or the risk of default upon failure of such completion. The investor should exercise his own judgment with respect to such likelihood and risk.

preliminary

Preliminary ratings are assigned to issues, including financial programs, in the following circumstances.

 

   

Preliminary ratings may be assigned to obligations, most commonly structured and project finance issues, pending receipt of final documentation and legal opinions. Assignment of a final rating is conditional on the receipt and approval by Standard & Poor’s of appropriate documentation. Changes in the information provided to Standard & Poor’s could result in the assignment of a different rating. In addition, Standard & Poor’s reserves the right not to issue a final rating.

 

   

Preliminary ratings are assigned to Rule 415 Shelf Registrations. As specific issues, with defined terms, are offered from the master registration, a final rating may be assigned to them in accordance with Standard & Poor’s policies. The final rating may differ from the preliminary rating.

t

This symbol indicates termination structures that are designed to honor their contracts to full maturity or, should certain events occur, to terminate and cash settle all their contracts before their final maturity date.

unsolicited

Unsolicited ratings are those credit ratings assigned at the initiative of Standard & Poor’s and not at the request of the issuer or its agents.

Inactive Qualifiers (No longer applied or outstanding)

*

This symbol indicated continuance of the ratings is contingent upon Standard & Poor’s receipt of an executed copy of the escrow agreement or closing documentation confirming investments and cash flows. Discontinued use in August 1998.

c

This qualifier was used to provide additional information to investors that the bank may terminate its obligation to purchase tendered bonds if the long-term credit rating of the issuer is below an investment-grade level and/or the issuer’s bonds are deemed taxable. Discontinued use in January 2001.

 

A-11


Table of Contents

q

A ‘q’ subscript indicates that the rating is based solely on quantitative analysis of publicly available information. Discontinued use in April 2001.

r

The ‘r’ modifier was assigned to securities containing extraordinary risks, particularly market risks, that are not covered in the credit rating. The absence of an ‘r’ modifier should not be taken as an indication that an obligation will not exhibit extraordinary non-credit related risks. Standard & Poor’s discontinued the use of the ‘r’ modifier for most obligations in June 2000 and for the balance of obligations (mainly structured finance transactions) in November 2002.

Local Currency and Foreign Currency Risks

Country risk considerations are a standard part of Standard & Poor’s analysis for credit ratings on any issuer or issue. Currency of repayment is a key factor in this analysis. An obligor’s capacity to repay foreign currency obligations may be lower than its capacity to repay obligations in its local currency due to the sovereign government’s own relatively lower capacity to repay external versus domestic debt. These sovereign risk considerations are incorporated in the debt ratings assigned to specific issues. Foreign currency issuer ratings are also distinguished from local currency issuer ratings to identify those instances where sovereign risks make them different for the same issuer.

Moody’s Long-Term Debt Ratings

Long-Term Obligation Ratings

Moody’s long-term obligation ratings are opinions of the relative credit risk of fixed-income obligations with an original maturity of one year or more. They address the possibility that a financial obligation will not be honored as promised. Such ratings reflect both the likelihood of default and any financial loss suffered in the event of default.

Moody’s Long-Term Rating Definitions:

Aaa

Obligations rated Aaa are judged to be of the highest quality, with minimal credit risk.

Aa

Obligations rated Aa are judged to be of high quality and are subject to very low credit risk.

A

Obligations rated A are considered upper-medium grade and are subject to low credit risk.

Baa

Obligations rated Baa are subject to moderate credit risk. They are considered medium-grade and as such may possess certain speculative characteristics.

Ba

Obligations rated Ba are judged to have speculative elements and are subject to substantial credit risk.

 

A-12


Table of Contents

B

Obligations rated B are considered speculative and are subject to high credit risk.

Caa

Obligations rated Caa are judged to be of poor standing and are subject to very high credit risk.

Ca

Obligations rated Ca are highly speculative and are likely in, or very near, default, with some prospect of recovery of principal and interest.

C

Obligations rated C are the lowest rated class of bonds and are typically in default, with little prospect for recovery of principal or interest.

Note: Moody’s appends numerical modifiers 1, 2, and 3 to each generic rating classification from Aa through Caa. The modifier 1 indicates that the obligation ranks in the higher end of its generic rating category; the modifier 2 indicates a mid-range ranking; and the modifier 3 indicates a ranking in the lower end of that generic rating category.

Fitch’s International Long-Term Credit Ratings

International Long-Term Credit Ratings (LTCR) may also be referred to as Long-Term Ratings. When assigned to most issuers, it is used as a benchmark measure of probability of default and is formally described as an Issuer Default Rating (IDR). The major exception is within Public Finance, where IDRs will not be assigned as market convention has always focused on timeliness and does not draw analytical distinctions between issuers and their underlying obligations. When applied to issues or securities, the LTCR may be higher or lower than the issuer rating (IDR) to reflect relative differences in recovery expectations.

The following rating scale applies to foreign currency and local currency ratings:

Investment Grade

AAA Highest credit quality. ‘AAA’ ratings denote the lowest expectation of credit risk. They are assigned only in case of exceptionally strong capacity for payment of financial commitments. This capacity is highly unlikely to be adversely affected by foreseeable events.

AA Very high credit quality. ‘AA’ ratings denote expectations of very low credit risk. They indicate very strong capacity for payment of financial commitments. This capacity is not significantly vulnerable to foreseeable events.

A High credit quality. ‘A’ ratings denote expectations of low credit risk. The capacity for payment of financial commitments is considered strong. This capacity may, nevertheless, be more vulnerable to changes in circumstances or in economic conditions than is the case for higher ratings.

BBB Good credit quality. ‘BBB’ ratings indicate that there is currently expectations of low credit risk. The capacity for payment of financial commitments is considered adequate, but adverse changes in circumstances and economic conditions are more likely to impair this capacity. This is the lowest investment-grade category.

 

A-13


Table of Contents

Speculative Grade

BB Speculative. ‘BB’ ratings indicate that there is a possibility of credit risk developing, particularly as the result of adverse economic change over time; however, business or financial alternatives may be available to allow financial commitments to be met. Securities rated in this category are not investment grade.

B Highly speculative.

 

   

For issuers and performing obligations, ‘B’ ratings indicate that significant credit risk is present, but a limited margin of safety remains. Financial commitments are currently being met; however, capacity for continued payment is contingent upon a sustained, favorable business and economic environment.

 

   

For individual obligations, may indicate distressed or defaulted obligations with potential for extremely high recoveries. Such obligations would possess a Recovery Rating of ‘RR1’ (outstanding).

CCC

 

   

For issuers and performing obligations, default is a real possibility. Capacity for meeting financial commitments is solely reliant upon sustained, favorable business or economic conditions.

 

   

For individual obligations, may indicate distressed or defaulted obligations with potential for average to superior levels of recovery. Differences in credit quality may be denoted by plus/minus distinctions. Such obligations typically would possess a Recovery Rating of ‘RR2’ (superior), or ‘RR3’ (good) or ‘RR4’ (average).

CC

 

   

For issuers and performing obligations, default of some kind appears probable.

 

   

For individual obligations, may indicate distressed or defaulted obligations with a Recovery Rating of ‘RR4’ (average) or ‘RR5’ (below average).

C

 

   

For issuers and performing obligations, default is imminent.

 

   

For individual obligations, may indicate distressed or defaulted obligations with potential for below-average to poor recoveries. Such obligations would possess a Recovery Rating of ‘RR6’ (poor).

RD

Indicates an entity that has failed to make due payments (within the applicable grace period) on some but not all material financial obligations, but continues to honor other classes of obligations.

 

A-14


Table of Contents

D

Indicates an entity or sovereign that has defaulted on all of its financial obligations. Default generally is defined as one of the following:

 

   

failure of an obligor to make timely payment of principal and/or interest under the contractual terms of any financial obligation;

 

   

the bankruptcy filings, administration, receivership, liquidation or other winding-up or cessation of business of an obligor;

 

   

the distressed or other coercive exchange of an obligation, where creditors were offered securities with diminished structural or economic terms compared with the existing obligation.

Default ratings are not assigned prospectively; within this context, non-payment on an instrument that contains a deferral feature or grace period will not be considered a default until after the expiration of the deferral or grace period.

Issuers will be rated ‘D’ upon a default. Defaulted and distressed obligations typically are rated along the continuum of ‘C’ to ‘B’ ratings categories, depending upon their recovery prospects and other relevant characteristics. Additionally, in structured finance transactions, where analysis indicates that an instrument is irrevocably impaired such that it is not expected to meet pay interest and/or principal in full in accordance with the terms of the obligation’s documentation during the life of the transaction, but where no payment default in accordance with the terms of the documentation is imminent, the obligation may be rated in the ‘B’ or ‘CCC-C’ categories.

Default is determined by reference to the terms of the obligations’ documentation. Fitch will assign default ratings where it has reasonably determined that payment has not been made on a material obligation in accordance with the requirements of the obligation’s documentation, or where it believes that default ratings consistent with Fitch’s published definition of default are the most appropriate ratings to assign.

Notes to International Long-Term and Short-Term ratings

The modifiers “+” or “-” may be appended to a rating to denote relative status within major rating categories. Such suffixes are not added to the ‘AAA’ Long-term rating category, to categories below ‘CCC’, or to Short-term ratings other than ‘F1’. (The +/- modifiers are only used to denote issues within the CCC category, whereas issuers are only rated CCC without the use of modifiers.)

Rating Watch: Ratings are placed on Rating Watch to notify investors that there is a reasonable probability of a rating change and the likely direction of such change. These are designated as “Positive”, indicating a potential upgrade, “Negative”, for a potential downgrade, or “Evolving”, if ratings may be raised, lowered or maintained. Rating Watch is typically resolved over a relatively short period.

Rating Outlook: An Outlook indicates the direction a rating is likely to move over a one to two-year period. Outlooks may be positive, stable or negative. A positive or negative Rating Outlook does not imply a rating change is inevitable. Similarly, ratings for which outlooks are ‘stable’ could be upgraded or downgraded before an outlook moves to positive or negative if circumstances warrant such an action.

 

A-15


Table of Contents

Occasionally, Fitch Ratings may be unable to identify the fundamental trend. In these cases, the Rating Outlook may be described as evolving.

Program ratings (such as the those assigned to MTN shelf registrations) relate only to standard issues made under the program concerned; it should not be assumed that these ratings apply to every issue made under the program. In particular, in the case of non-standard issues, i.e. those that are linked to the credit of a third party or linked to the performance of an index, ratings of these issues may deviate from the applicable program rating.

Variable rate demand obligations and other securities which contain a short-term ‘put’ or other similar demand feature will have a dual rating, such as AAA/F1+. The first rating reflects the ability to meet long-term principal and interest payments, whereas the second rating reflects the ability to honor the demand feature in full and on time.

Fitch’s ratings on U.S. public finance debt securities measure credit quality relative of other U.S. public finance debt securities. Loss rates of most Fitch-rated U.S. public finance debt securities have historically been significantly lower, and are expected to continue to be significantly lower, than other debt instruments rated comparably by Fitch.

Interest Only

Interest Only ratings are assigned to interest strips. These ratings do not address the possibility that a security holder might fail to recover some or all of its initial investment due to voluntary or involuntary principal repayments.

Principal Only

Principal Only ratings address the likelihood that a security holder will receive their initial principal investment either before or by the scheduled maturity date.

Rate of Return

Ratings also may be assigned to gauge the likelihood of an investor receiving a certain predetermined internal rate of return without regard to the precise timing of any cash flows.

‘PIF’

The tranche has reached maturity and has been “paid-in-full”, regardless of whether it was amortized or called early. As the issue no longer exists, it is therefore no longer rated.

‘NR’

Denotes that Fitch Ratings does not publicly rate the associated issue or issuer.

‘WD’

Indicates that the rating has been withdrawn and is no longer maintained by Fitch.

Fitch’s National Long-Term Credit Ratings

National Ratings are an assessment of credit quality relative to the rating of the “best” credit risk in a country. This “best” risk will normally, although not always, be assigned to all financial commitments issued or guaranteed by the sovereign state.

 

A-16


Table of Contents

A special identifier for the country concerned will be added at the end of all national ratings. For illustrative purposes, (xxx) has been used, in the table below.

 

  AAA(xxx) ‘AAA’ national ratings denote the highest rating assigned in its national rating scale for that country. This rating is assigned to the “best” credit risk relative to all other issuers or issues in the same country and will normally be assigned to all financial commitments issued or guaranteed by the sovereign state.

 

  AA(xxx) ‘AA’ national ratings denote a very strong credit risk relative to other issuers or issues in the same country. The credit risk inherent in these financial commitments differs only slightly from the country’s highest rated issuers or issues.

 

  A(xxx) ‘A’ national ratings denote a strong credit risk relative to other issuers or issues in the same country. However, changes in circumstances or economic conditions may affect the capacity for timely repayment of these financial commitments to a greater degree than for financial commitments denoted by a higher rated category.

 

  BBB(xxx) ‘BBB’ national ratings denote an adequate credit risk relative to other issuers or issues in the same country. However, changes in circumstances or economic conditions are more likely to affect the capacity for timely repayment of these financial commitments than for financial commitments denoted by a higher rated category.
 
  BB(xxx) ‘BB’ national ratings denote a fairly weak credit risk relative to other issuers or issues in the same country. Within the context of the country, payment of these financial commitments is uncertain to some degree and capacity for timely repayment remains more vulnerable to adverse economic change over time.
 
  B(xxx) ‘B’ national ratings denote a significantly weak credit risk relative to other issuers or issues in the same country. Financial commitments are currently being met but a limited margin of safety remains and capacity for continued timely payments is contingent upon a sustained, favorable business and economic environment.

CCC(xxx), CC(xxx), C(xxx)

 

     These categories of national ratings denote an extremely weak credit risk relative to other issuers or issues in the same country. Capacity for meeting financial commitments is solely reliant upon sustained, favorable business or economic developments.

DDD(xxx), DD(xxx), D(xxx)

 

     These categories of national ratings are assigned to entities or financial commitments which are currently in default.

 

  E(xxx) Adequate information is not available to meet the obligations of the rating. This category is used as a downgrade when the previous rating is suspended due to a lack of documentation from the issuer necessary to continue surveillance and maintain the rating.

 

A-17


Table of Contents

MUNICIPAL NOTE RATINGS

Standard & Poor’s Note Ratings

Short-Term Notes

A Standard & Poor’s U.S. municipal note rating reflects the liquidity factors and market access risks unique to notes. Notes due in three years or less will likely receive a note rating. Notes maturing beyond three years will most likely receive a long-term debt rating. The following criteria will be used in making that assessment:

 

   

Amortization schedule - the larger the final maturity relative to other maturities, the more likely it will be treated as a note; and

 

   

Source of payment - the more dependent the issue is on the market for its refinancing, the more likely it will be treated as a note.

Note rating symbols are as follows:

SP-1

Strong capacity to pay principal and interest. An issue determined to possess a very strong capacity to pay debt service is given a plus (+) designation.

SP-2

Satisfactory capacity to pay principal and interest, with some vulnerability to adverse financial and economic changes over the term of the notes.

SP-3

Speculative capacity to pay principal and interest.

Moody’s MIG/VMIG Ratings U.S. Short-Term Ratings

US Municipal Short-Term Debt And Demand Obligation Ratings

Short-Term Debt Ratings

There are three rating categories for short-term municipal obligations that are considered investment grade. These ratings are designated as Municipal Investment Grade (MIG) and are divided into three levels — MIG 1 through MIG 3. In addition, those short-term obligations that are of speculative quality are designated SG, or speculative grade. MIG ratings expire at the maturity of the obligation.

MIG 1

This designation denotes superior credit quality. Excellent protection is afforded by established cash flows, highly reliable liquidity support, or demonstrated broad-based access to the market for refinancing.

MIG 2

This designation denotes strong credit quality. Margins of protection are ample, although not as large as in the preceding group.

 

A-18


Table of Contents

MIG 3

This designation denotes acceptable credit quality. Liquidity and cash-flow protection may be narrow, and market access for refinancing is likely to be less well-established.

SG

This designation denotes speculative-grade credit quality. Debt instruments in this category may lack sufficient margins of protection.

Demand Obligation Ratings

In the case of variable rate demand obligations (VRDOs), a two-component rating is assigned; a long or short-term debt rating and a demand obligation rating. The first element represents Moody’s evaluation of the degree of risk associated with scheduled principal and interest payments. The second element represents Moody’s evaluation of the degree of risk associated with the ability to receive purchase price upon demand (“demand feature”), using a variation of the MIG rating scale, the Variable Municipal Investment Grade or VMIG rating.

When either the long- or short-term aspect of a VRDO is not rated, that piece is designated NR, e.g., Aaa/NR or NR/VMIG 1.

VMIG rating expirations are a function of each issue’s specific structural or credit features.

VMIG 1

This designation denotes superior credit quality. Excellent protection is afforded by the superior short-term credit strength of the liquidity provider and structural and legal protections that ensure the timely payment of purchase price upon demand.

VMIG 2

This designation denotes strong credit quality. Good protection is afforded by the strong short-term credit strength of the liquidity provider and structural and legal protections that ensure the timely payment of purchase price upon demand.

VMIG 3

This designation denotes acceptable credit quality. Adequate protection is afforded by the satisfactory short-term credit strength of the liquidity provider and structural and legal protections that ensure the timely payment of purchase price upon demand.

SG

This designation denotes speculative-grade credit quality. Demand features rated in this category may be supported by a liquidity provider that does not have an investment grade short-term rating or may lack the structural and/or legal protections necessary to ensure the timely payment of purchase price upon demand.

 

A-19


Table of Contents

ADDRESSES

Marshall Government Money Market Fund

Marshall Tax-Free Money Market Fund

Marshall Prime Money Market Fund

Marshall Short-Term Income Fund

Marshall Short-Intermediate Bond Fund

Marshall Intermediate Tax-Free Fund

Marshall Government Income Fund

Marshall Corporate Income Fund

Marshall Aggregate Bond Fund

Marshall Core Plus Bond Fund

Marshall Large-Cap Value Fund

Marshall Large-Cap Growth Fund

Marshall Mid-Cap Value Fund

Marshall Mid-Cap Growth Fund

Marshall Small-Cap Growth Fund

Marshall International Stock Fund

Marshall Emerging Markets Equity Fund

111 East Kilbourn Avenue, Suite 200

Milwaukee, Wisconsin 53202

P.O. Box 1348

Milwaukee, Wisconsin 53201-1348

Distributor:

M&I Distributors, LLC

111 East Kilbourn Avenue

Milwaukee, Wisconsin 53202

Adviser to all Funds:

M&I Investment Management Corp.

111 East Kilbourn Avenue, Suite 200

Milwaukee, Wisconsin 53202

Sub-Adviser to Marshall Corporate Income Fund and Marshall

Core Plus Bond Fund:

Taplin, Canida & Habacht, LLC

1001 Brickell Bay Drive, Suite 2100

Miami, Florida 33131

Sub-Advisers to Marshall International Stock Fund:

Acadian Asset Management, LLC

One Post Office Square

Boston, Massachusetts 02109

Trilogy Global Advisors, LLC

1114 Avenue of the Americas, 28 th Floor

New York, New York 10036

Sub-Adviser to Marshall Emerging Markets Equity Fund:

Trilogy Global Advisors, LLC

1114 Avenue of the Americas, 28 th Floor

New York, New York 10036


Table of Contents

Custodian (except Marshall International Stock Fund and

Marshall Emerging Markets Equity Fund) and Administrator:

Marshall & Ilsley Trust Company N.A.

111 East Kilbourn Avenue, Suite 200

Milwaukee, Wisconsin 53202

Transfer Agent and Dividend Disbursing Agent:

Boston Financial Data Services, Inc.

2 Heritage Drive

Quincy, Massachusetts 02171

Sub-Administrator and Portfolio Accounting Services Agent

(except Marshall International Stock Fund and Marshall

Emerging Markets Equity Fund):

UMB Fund Services, Inc.

803 West Michigan Street

Milwaukee, Wisconsin 53233

Custodian and Portfolio Accounting Services Agent for

Marshall International Stock Fund and Marshall Emerging

Markets Equity Fund:

State Street Bank & Trust Company

200 Clarendon Street

Boston, Massachusetts 02116

Shareholder Servicing Agent:

Marshall Investor Services, a division of

Marshall & Ilsley Trust Company N.A.

P.O. Box 1348

Milwaukee, Wisconsin 53201-1348

Legal Counsel:

Vedder Price P.C.

222 North LaSalle Street

Chicago, Illinois 60601

Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm:

PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP

One North Wacker

Chicago, Illinois 60606

Marshall Investor Services

111 East Kilbourn Avenue, Suite 200

Milwaukee, Wisconsin 53202

414-287-8555 or 1-800-236-FUND (3863)

Internet address: http:www.marshallfunds.com


Table of Contents

MARSHALL FUNDS, INC.

PART C

OTHER INFORMATION

 

Item 23. Exhibits.

 

(a)(1)   Articles of Incorporation dated July 30, 1992 5
(a)(2)   Amendment No. 1 to Articles of Incorporation dated August 11, 1992 5
(a)(3)   Amendment No. 2 to Articles of Incorporation dated September 14, 1992 5
(a)(4)   Amendment No. 3 to Articles of Incorporation dated April 23, 1993 5
(a)(5)   Amendment No. 4 to Articles of Incorporation dated November 1, 1993 3
(a)(6)   Amendment No. 5 to Articles of Incorporation dated July 25, 1994 5
(a)(7)   Amendment No. 6 to Articles of Incorporation dated October 24, 1994 7
(a)(8)   Amendment No. 7 to Articles of Incorporation dated July 22, 1996 8
(a)(9)   Amendment No. 8 to Articles of Incorporation dated April 28, 1997 9
(a)(10)   Amendment No. 9 to Articles of Incorporation dated October 26, 1998 10
(a)(11)   Amendment No. 10 to Articles of Incorporation dated June 7, 1999 11
(a)(12)   Amendment No. 11 to Articles of Incorporation dated January 31, 2000 12
(a)(13)   Amendment No. 12 to Articles of Incorporation dated July 10, 2000 13
(a)(14)   Amendment No. 13 to Articles of Incorporation dated February 26, 2004 18
(a)(15)   Amendment No. 14 to Articles of Incorporation dated July 30, 2004 18
(a)(16)   Amendment No. 15 to Articles of Incorporation dated June 21, 2005 20
(a)(17)   Amendment No. 16 to Articles of Incorporation dated October 26, 2005 20
(a)(18)   Amendment No. 17 to Articles of Incorporation dated May 7, 2007 22
(a)(19)   Amendment No. 18 to Articles of Incorporation dated January 29, 2008 24
(a)(20)   Amendment No. 19 to Articles of Incorporation dated December 1, 2008 #
(b)   By-Laws As Amended and Restated through October 25, 2004 18
(c)   Instruments Defining Rights of Security Holders — Incorporated by reference to the Articles of Incorporation and By-Laws
(d)(1)   Investment Advisory Contract with M&I Investment Management Corp. dated October 1, 1992 1
(d)(2)   Amendment No. 1 to Exhibit A of Investment Advisory Contract dated May 1, 2000 12
(d)(3)   Amendment No. 1 to Exhibit B of Investment Advisory Contract dated May 29, 2007 22
(d)(4)   Amendment No. 1 to Exhibit E of Investment Advisory Contract dated May 29, 2007 22

 

C-1


Table of Contents
(d)(5)   Amendment No. 1 to Exhibit F of Investment Advisory Contract dated May 29, 2007 22
(d)(6)   Exhibit H to Investment Advisory Contract dated April 26, 1993 2
(d)(7)   Exhibit I to Investment Advisory Contract dated April 26, 1993 2
(d)(8)   Exhibit J to Investment Advisory Contract dated April 26, 1993 2
(d)(9)   Exhibit L to Investment Advisory Contract dated November 1, 1993 4
(d)(10)   Exhibit M to Investment Advisory Contract dated August 1, 1994 7
(d)(11)   Exhibit N to Investment Advisory Contract dated August 1, 1996 8
(d)(12)   Exhibit O to Investment Advisory Contract dated December 1, 2003 16
(d)(13)   Exhibit P to Investment Advisory Contract dated May 29, 2007 22
(d)(14)   Exhibit Q to Investment Advisory Contract dated December 15, 2008 #
(d)(15)   Exhibit R to Investment Advisory Contract dated December 15, 2008 #
(d)(16)   Exhibit S to Investment Advisory Contract dated December 15, 2008 #
(d)(17)   Amendment to Investment Advisory Contract dated June 15, 2001 14
(d)(18)   Amendment to Investment Advisory Contract dated November 1, 2007 23
(d)(19)   Amendment to Investment Advisory Contract dated July 1, 2008 25
(d)(20)   Amendment to Investment Advisory Contract dated December 15, 2008
(d)(21)   Form of Sub-Advisory Agreement with Acadian Asset Management dated September 1, 2005 19
(d)(22)   Form of Sub-Advisory Agreement with Trilogy Global Advisors, LLC (formerly BPI Global Asset Management, LLC) dated September 1, 2005 19
(d)(23)   Form of Sub-Advisory Agreement with Trilogy Global Advisors, LLC dated December 15, 2008 #
(d)(24)   Form of Sub-Advisory Agreement with Taplin, Canida & Habacht, LLC dated December 15, 2008 #
(e)(1)   Distribution Agreement with M&I Distributors, LLC dated September 2, 2008 25
(e)(2)   Form of Amended and Restated Schedule A to Distribution Agreement dated December 15, 2008 #
(f)   Bonus or Profit Sharing Contracts — None
(g)(1)   Custodian Contract with Marshall & Ilsley Trust Company dated April 26, 1993 4
(g)(2)   Amendment to Custodian Contract dated November 1, 1995 20
(g)(3)   Amendment to Custodian Contract dated November 1, 2000 20
(g)(4)   Amendment to Custodian Contract dated June 22, 2001 14
(g)(5)   Custodian Agreement with State Street Bank and Trust Company (formerly Investors Bank & Trust Company) for Marshall International Stock Fund dated September 1, 2004 18
(g)(6)   Amendment to Custodian Agreement dated December 1, 2008 #
(h)(1)   Administrative Services Agreement with M& I Trust Company dated January 1, 2000 and Amendment No. 1 to Administrative Services Agreement dated September 15, 2000 15
(h)(2)   Amendment to Administrative Services Agreement dated June 22, 2001 14

 

C-2


Table of Contents
(h)(3)   Amendment to Administrative Services Agreement dated November 1, 2007 23
(h)(4)   Amendment to Administrative Services Agreement dated July 1, 2008 25
(h)(5)   Sub-Administration Agreement with UMB Fund Services, Inc. dated September 1, 2004 18
(h)(6)   Amended and Restated Schedule A to Sub-Administration Agreement dated December 1, 2008 #
(h)(7)   Shareholder Services Agreement dated September 1, 1999 11
(h)(8)   Amended and Restated Exhibit 1 of Shareholder Services Agreement dated December 15, 2008 #
(h)(9)   Amendment to Shareholder Services Agreement dated June 22, 2001 14
(h)(10)   Transfer Agency, Sub-Transfer Agency and Service Agreement dated September 1, 2006 21
(h)(11)   Amended Schedule A to Transfer Agency and Service Agreement dated December 1, 2008 #
(h)(12)   Fund Accounting Agreement with UMB Fund Services, Inc. dated September 1, 2004 18
(h)(13)   Amended and Restated Schedule A to Fund Accounting Agreement with UMB Fund Services, Inc. dated December 1, 2008 #
(h)(14)   Fund Accounting Agreement with State Street Bank and Trust Company (formerly Investors Bank & Trust Company) for Marshall International Stock Fund dated September 1, 2004 18
(h)(15)   Amendment to Fund Accounting Agreement with State Street Bank and Trust Company dated December 1, 2008 #
(i)(1)   Opinion and Consent 1
(i)(2)   Opinion and Consent of Godfrey & Kahn, S.C. dated May 31, 2007 22
(i)(3)   Opinion and Consent of Godfrey & Kahn, S.C. dated January 29, 2008 24
(i)(4)   Opinion and Consent of Godfrey & Kahn, S.C. dated December 15, 2008 #
(j)   Consent of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm #
(k)   Omitted Financial Statements — None
(l)   Initial Capital Understanding 6
(m)(1)   Amended and Restated Rule 12b-1 Plan dated September 2, 2008 25
(m)(2)   Form of Sales and Services Agreement 25
(m)(3)   Form of Sales and Services Agreement, As Amended through December 1, 2008 #
(n)(1)   Multiple Class Plan, As Amended through January 29, 2008 24
(n)(2)   Multiple Class Plan, As Amended through December 1, 2008 #
(o)   Reserved
(p)(1)   Marshall Funds and M&I Investment Management Corp. Code of Ethics dated August 1, 2008 #
(p)(2)   Trilogy Global Advisors, LLC Code of Ethics and Insider Trading Policy Statement dated December 2007 #
(p)(3)   Acadian Asset Management Code of Ethics dated January 2008 #

 

C-3


Table of Contents
(p)(4)   Taplin, Canida & Habacht, LLC Code of Ethics #
(p)(5)   M&I Distributors, LLC Code of Ethics dated January 1, 2008 25
(q)(1)   Power of Attorney dated October 25, 2004 17
(q)(2)   Power of Attorney dated October 23, 2006 21

 

#

Filed herewith.

1

Exhibit to PEA No. 5 filed April 23, 1993.*

2

Exhibit to PEA No. 7 filed October 29, 1993.*

3

Exhibit to PEA No. 8 filed December 28, 1993.*

4

Exhibit to PEA No. 10 filed July 1, 1994.*

5

Exhibit to PEA No. 11 filed October 21, 1994.*

6

Exhibit to PEA No. 14 filed December 26, 1995.*

7

Exhibit to PEA No. 15 filed June 17, 1996.*

8

Exhibit to PEA No. 17 filed August 30, 1996.*

9

Exhibit to PEA No. 22 filed October 21, 1998.*

10

Exhibit to PEA No. 27 filed August 27, 1999.*

11

Exhibit to PEA No. 29 filed October 29, 1999.*

12

Exhibit to PEA No. 31 filed March 1, 2000.*

13

Exhibit to PEA No. 33 filed October 30, 2000.*

14

Exhibit to PEA No. 34 filed October 29, 2001.*

15

Exhibit to PEA No. 37 filed October 30, 2003.*

16

Exhibit to PEA No. 39 filed July 9, 2004.*

17

Exhibit to PEA No. 41 filed October 27, 2004.*

18

Exhibit to PEA No. 42 filed December 30, 2004.*

19

Appendix to Definitive Proxy Statement filed July 13, 2005.

20

Exhibit to PEA No. 46 filed October 31, 2005.*

21

Exhibit to PEA No. 47 filed October 31, 2006.*

22

Exhibit to PEA No. 49 filed June 1, 2007.*

23

Exhibit to PEA No. 51 filed November 30, 2007.*

 

C-4


Table of Contents
24    Exhibit to PEA No. 52 filed January 29, 2008.*
25    Exhibit to PEA No. 53 filed September 16, 2008.*

 

*

Incorporated by reference.

 

Item 24. Persons Controlled by or Under Common Control with Registrant.

The information in the Statement of Additional Information captions “Account and Share Information – Control Persons and Principal Shareholders” and “Who Manages the Funds – Adviser to the Funds” is incorporated by reference.

 

Item 25. Indemnification.

Reference is made to Article IX of the Registrant’s By-Laws and Section 4 of the Distribution Agreement between the Registrant and M&I Distributors, LLC.

The Registrant’s By-Laws provide for indemnification of its officers and directors to the fullest extent permitted by Wisconsin Business Corporation Law and applicable federal and state securities laws. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the By-Laws state that this indemnification will not protect any officer or director against liability to the Registrant or any shareholder by reason of his/her willful misfeasance, bad faith, gross negligence or reckless disregard of the duties involved in the conduct of such officer’s or director’s office.

The Distribution Agreement between the Registrant and the Distributor provides that the Registrant will indemnify the Distributor and any of its officers, directors, employees and control persons against certain losses incurred under the securities laws or otherwise, arising out of or based upon any alleged untrue statement or omission of a material fact contained in the Registrant’s SEC filings or other documents and in certain other circumstances.

The Registrant’s directors and officers are insured under a policy of insurance maintained by the Registrant against certain liabilities that might be imposed as a result of actions, suit or proceedings to which they are parties by reason of being or having been such directors or officers.

 

Item 26. Business and Other Connections of the Investment Adviser.

M&I Investment Management Corp. (the “Adviser”) serves as the investment adviser for the Registrant. The Adviser is a registered investment adviser and wholly-owned subsidiary of Marshall & Ilsley Corporation, a registered bank holding company headquartered in Milwaukee, Wisconsin. The business and other connections of the Adviser, as well as the names and titles of the executive officers and directors of the Adviser, are further described in the Adviser’s Uniform Application for Investment Adviser Registration (“Form ADV”) as filed with the SEC.

Acadian Asset Management, LLC (“Acadian”) serves as a sub-adviser with respect to the Registrant’s International Stock Fund. Acadian is a registered investment adviser. The business and other connections of Acadian, as well as the names and titles of the executive officers and directors of Acadian, are further described in Acadian’s Form ADV as filed with the SEC.

Trilogy Global Advisors, LLC (“Trilogy”) serves as a sub-adviser with respect to the Registrant’s International Stock Fund and Emerging Markets Equity Fund. Trilogy is a registered investment adviser. The business and other connections of Trilogy, as well as the names and titles of the executive officers and directors of Trilogy, are further described in Trilogy’s Form ADV as filed with the SEC.

Taplin, Canida & Habacht, LLC (“TCH”) serves as the sub-adviser with respect to the Registrant’s Corporate Income Fund and Core Plus Bond Fund. TCH is a registered investment adviser. The business and other connections of TCH, as well as the names and titles of the executive officers and directors of TCH, are further described in TCH’s Form ADV as filed with the SEC.

 

C-5


Table of Contents

To the best of Registrant’s knowledge, none of the Adviser’s, Acadian’s, Trilogy’s or TCH’s directors or executive officers is or has been engaged in any other business, profession, vocation or employment of a substantial nature for the past two fiscal years, except as noted in the “Who Manages the Funds?” section of the Registrant’s Statement of Additional Information, which are incorporated herein by reference.

 

Item 27. Principal Underwriters.

(a) None.

(b) To the best of Registrant’s knowledge, the executive officers of M&I Distributors, LLC are as follows:

 

Name and Principal

Business Address*

  

Positions and Offices with

M&I Distributors, LLC

  

Positions and Offices with Registrant

William J. Crain, Jr.

   Director, Senior Vice President and Chief Financial Officer    None

William K. Curtis

   Director, Senior Vice President and Chief Operating Officer    None

Stephen R. Oliver

   Director, Vice President and Chief Compliance Officer    Chief Compliance Officer

James F. Duca II

   Director, President, CEO and Managing Member    None

 

* The address of each of the foregoing is 111 East Kilbourn Avenue, Suite 200, Milwaukee, Wisconsin 53202.

(c) Not applicable.

 

Item 28. Location of Accounts and Records.

The books and records required to be maintained by Section 31(a) of the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended, and the rules under that section are maintained in the following locations:

 

Records Relating to:

  

Are located at:

Registrant’s Transfer Agent and Dividend Disbursing Agent   

Boston Financial Data Services Inc.

2 Heritage Drive

Quincy, MA 02171

Registrant’s Administrator and Sub-Transfer Agent   

Marshall & Ilsley Trust Company N.A.

111 East Kilbourn Avenue, Suite 200

Milwaukee, WI 53202

Registrant’s Sub-Administrator and Portfolio Accounting Services Agent (except Marshall International Stock Fund and Marshall Emerging Markets Equity Fund)   

UMB Fund Services, Inc.

803 West Michigan Street

Milwaukee, WI 53233

Registrant’s Investment Adviser   

M&I Investment Management Corp.

111 East Kilbourn Avenue, Suite 200

Milwaukee, WI 53202

 

C-6


Table of Contents

Records Relating to:

  

Are located at:

Registrant’s Sub-Advisers to Marshall International Stock Fund   

Trilogy Global Advisors, LLC

1114 Avenue of the Americas, 28th Floor

New York, NY 10036

  

Acadian Asset Management, LLC

One Post Office Square

Boston, MA 02109

Registrant’s Sub-Adviser to Marshall Emerging Markets Equity Fund   

Trilogy Global Advisors, LLC

1114 Avenue of the Americas, 28th Floor

New York, NY 10036

Registrant’s Sub-Adviser to Marshall Corporate Income Fund and Marshall Core Plus Bond Fund   

Taplin, Canida & Habacht, LLC

1001 Brickell Bay Drive, Suite 2100

Miami, Florida 33131

Registrant’s Custodian (except Marshall International Stock Fund and Marshall Emerging Markets Equity Fund)   

Marshall & Ilsley Trust Company N.A.

111 East Kilbourn Avenue, Suite 200

Milwaukee, WI 53202

Registrant’s Custodian (Marshall International Stock Fund and Marshall Emerging Markets Equity Fund) and Portfolio Accounting Services Agent (Marshall International Stock Fund and Marshall Emerging Markets Equity Fund)   

State Street Bank & Trust Company

200 Clarendon Street

P.O. Box 9130

Boston, MA 02116

Registrant’s Distributor   

M&I Distributors, LLC

111 East Kilbourn Avenue, Suite 200

Milwaukee, WI 53202

 

Item 29. Management Services.

None.

 

Item 30. Undertakings.

Not applicable.

 

C-7


Table of Contents

EXHIBIT INDEX

 

(a)(20)    Amendment No. 19 to Articles of Incorporation dated December 1, 2008
(d)(14)    Exhibit Q to Investment Advisory Contract dated December 15, 2008
(d)(15)    Exhibit R to Investment Advisory Contract dated December 15, 2008
(d)(16)    Exhibit S to Investment Advisory Contract dated December 15, 2008
(d)(20)    Amendment to Investment Advisory Agreement dated December 15, 2008
(d)(23)    Form of Sub-Advisory Agreement with Trilogy Global Advisors, LLC dated December 15, 2008
(d)(24)    Form of Sub-Advisory Agreement with Taplin, Canida & Habacht, LLC dated December 15, 2008
(e)(2)    Form of Amended and Restated Schedule A to Distribution Agreement dated December 15, 2008
(g)(6)    Amendment to Custodian Agreement dated December 1, 2008
(h)(6)    Amended and Restated Schedule A to Sub-Administration Agreement dated December 1, 2008
(h)(8)    Amended and Restated Exhibit 1 of Shareholder Services Agreement dated December 15, 2008
(h)(11)    Amended Schedule A to Transfer Agency and Service Agreement dated December 1, 2008
(h)(13)    Amended and Restated Schedule A to Fund Accounting Agreement with UMB Fund Services, Inc. dated December 1, 2008
(h)(15)    Amendment to Fund Accounting Agreement with State Street Bank & Trust Company dated December 1, 2008
(i)(4)    Opinion and Consent of Godfrey & Kahn, S.C. dated December 15, 2008
(j)    Consent of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm
(m)(3)    Form of Sales and Services Agreement, As Amended through December 1, 2008
(n)(2)    Multiple Class Plan, As Amended through December 1, 2008
(p)(1)    Marshall Funds and M&I Investment Management Corp. Code of Ethics dated August 1, 2008
(p)(2)    Trilogy Global Advisors, LLC Code of Ethics and Insider Trading Policy Statement dated December 2007
(p)(3)    Acadian Asset Management Code of Ethics dated January 2008
(p)(4)    Taplin, Canida & Habacht, LLC Code of Ethics

 

C-8


Table of Contents

SIGNATURES

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933 and the Investment Company Act of 1940, the Registrant certifies that it meets all of the requirements for effectiveness of this registration statement under Rule 485(b) under the Securities Act of 1933 and has duly caused this Post-Effective Amendment No. 55 to the Registration Statement on Form N-1A to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, duly authorized, in the City of Milwaukee and the State of Wisconsin on the 15 th day of December, 2008.

 

  MARSHALL FUNDS, INC.
  (Registrant)
By:  

/s/ John M. Blaser

  John M. Blaser
  President

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, this Post-Effective Amendment No. 55 to the Registration Statement on Form N-1A has been signed below on December 15, 2008 by the following persons in the capacities indicated.

 

Signature

     

Title

/s/ John M. Blaser

    President (principal executive officer) and Director
John M. Blaser    

/s/ Timothy M. Bonin

    Treasurer (principal financial officer)
Timothy M. Bonin    

 

    Director
Kenneth C. Krei *    

 

    Director
Larry D. Armel**    

 

    Director
Benjamin M. Cutler *    

 

    Director
John DeVincentis *    

 

    Director
John A. Lubs *    

 

    Director
James Mitchell *    

 

    Director

Barbara J. Pope *

   

 

*By:   

/s/ John M. Blaser

  
   John M. Blaser   
   Attorney in fact pursuant to Power of Attorney filed with Post-Effective Amendment No. 41 to the Registration Statement on Form N-1A.
**By:   

/s/ John M. Blaser

  
   John M. Blaser   
   Attorney in fact pursuant to Power of Attorney. filed with Post-Effective Amendment No. 47 to the Registration Statement on Form N-1A.

Exhibit (a)(20)

MARSHALL FUNDS, INC.

AMENDMENT NO. 19

TO

ARTICLES OF INCORPORATION

The undersigned officer of Marshall Funds, Inc. (the “Corporation”) hereby certifies that in accordance with Section 180.1002 of the Wisconsin Statutes, the following Amendment was duly adopted to (1) create the Marshall Emerging Markets Equity Fund as an additional class of common stock with Series A, Series Y and Series I series of shares; (2) create the Marshall Core Plus Bond Fund as an additional class of common stock with Series Y and Series I series of shares; and (3) create the Marshall Corporate Income Fund as an additional class of common stock with Series A, Series Y and Series I series of shares.

“Section (a) of Article IV is hereby amended by deleting section (a) thereof and inserting the following as a new paragraph:

‘(a) The Corporation is authorized to issue an indefinite number of shares of common stock, par value $.0001 per share. Subject to the following paragraph, the authorized shares are classified as follows:

 

CLASS

  

SERIES

  

AUTHORIZED NUMBER

OF SHARES

Advisor Class      
Marshall Large-Cap Value Fund    Series A    Indefinite
Marshall Government Income Fund    Series A    Indefinite
Marshall Short-Intermediate Bond Fund    Series A    Indefinite
Marshall Mid-Cap Growth Fund    Series A    Indefinite
Marshall Prime Money Market Fund    Series A    Indefinite
Marshall Short-Term Income Fund    Series A    Indefinite
Marshall Large-Cap Growth Fund    Series A    Indefinite
Marshall Mid-Cap Value Fund    Series A    Indefinite
Marshall International Stock Fund    Series A    Indefinite
Marshall Small-Cap Growth Fund    Series A    Indefinite
Marshall Aggregate Bond Fund    Series A    Indefinite
Marshall Emerging Markets Equity Fund    Series A    Indefinite
Marshall Corporate Income Fund    Series A    Indefinite
Investor Class      
Marshall Large-Cap Value Fund    Series Y    Indefinite
Marshall Government Income Fund    Series Y    Indefinite
Marshall Short-Intermediate Bond Fund    Series Y    Indefinite
Marshall Mid-Cap Growth Fund    Series Y    Indefinite
Marshall Prime Money Market Fund    Series Y    Indefinite
Marshall Government Money Market Fund    Series Y    Indefinite
Marshall Short-Term Income Fund    Series Y    Indefinite
Marshall Large-Cap Growth Fund    Series Y    Indefinite
Marshall Mid-Cap Value Fund    Series Y    Indefinite
Marshall Intermediate Tax-Free Fund    Series Y    Indefinite


CLASS

  

SERIES

  

AUTHORIZED NUMBER

OF SHARES

Marshall International Stock Fund    Series Y    Indefinite
Marshall Small-Cap Growth Fund    Series Y    Indefinite
Marshall Tax-Free Money Market Fund    Series Y    Indefinite
Marshall Aggregate Bond Fund    Series Y    Indefinite
Marshall Emerging Markets Equity Fund    Series Y    Indefinite
Marshall Core Plus Bond Fund    Series Y    Indefinite
Marshall Corporate Income Fund    Series Y    Indefinite
Institutional Class      
Marshall Prime Money Market Fund    Series I    Indefinite
Marshall Government Money Market Fund    Series I    Indefinite
Marshall International Stock Fund    Series I    Indefinite
Marshall Tax-Free Money Market Fund    Series I    Indefinite
Marshall Aggregate Bond Fund    Series I    Indefinite
Marshall Government Income Fund    Series I    Indefinite
Marshall Short-Intermediate Bond Fund    Series I    Indefinite
Marshall Short-Term Income Fund    Series I    Indefinite
Marshall Small-Cap Growth Fund    Series I    Indefinite
Marshall Mid-Cap Growth Fund    Series I    Indefinite
Marshall Mid-Cap Value Fund    Series I    Indefinite
Marshall Large-Cap Growth Fund    Series I    Indefinite
Marshall Large-Cap Value Fund    Series I    Indefinite
Marshall Emerging Markets Equity Fund    Series I    Indefinite
Marshall Core Plus Bond Fund    Series I    Indefinite
Marshall Corporate Income Fund    Series I    Indefinite

This Amendment to the Articles of Incorporation of the Corporation was adopted by the Board of Directors on October 31, 2008 in accordance with Sections 180.1002 and 180.0602 of the Wisconsin Statutes. Shareholder approval was not required. Prior to this Amendment, none of the shares of the Marshall Emerging Markets Equity Fund, Marshall Core Plus Bond Fund or Marshall Corporate Income Fund have been issued.

Executed in duplicate this 11 th day of December, 2008.

 

MARSHALL FUNDS, INC.
By:  

/s/ John M. Blaser

  John M. Blaser, President

This instrument was drafted by:

Michele L. Racadio

Godfrey & Kahn, S.C.

780 North Water Street

Milwaukee, Wisconsin 53202

Telephone: 414-273-3500

Exhibit (d)(14)

EXHIBIT Q

to the

Investment Advisory Contract

Marshall Emerging Markets Equity Fund

For all services rendered by Adviser hereunder, the above-named Portfolio of the Fund shall pay to Adviser and Adviser agrees to accept as full compensation for all services rendered hereunder, an annual investment advisory fee equal to 1.00% of the average daily net assets of the Portfolio.

The portion of the fee based upon the average daily net assets of the Portfolio shall be accrued daily at the rate of 1/365th of 1.00% applied to the daily net assets of the Portfolio.

The advisory fee so accrued shall be paid to Adviser daily.

Witness the due execution hereof this 15 th day of December, 2008.

 

M&I Investment Management Corp.
By:  

/s/ Timothy M. Bonin

Title:   Vice President
Marshall Funds, Inc.
By:  

/s/ John M. Blaser

Title:   President

Exhibit (d)(15)

EXHIBIT R

to the

Investment Advisory Contract

Marshall Corporate Income Fund

For all services rendered by Adviser hereunder, the above-named Portfolio of the Fund shall pay to Adviser and Adviser agrees to accept as full compensation for all services rendered hereunder, an annual investment advisory fee equal to 0.25% of the average daily net assets of the Portfolio.

The portion of the fee based upon the average daily net assets of the Portfolio shall be accrued daily at the rate of 1/365th of 0.25% applied to the daily net assets of the Portfolio.

The advisory fee so accrued shall be paid to Adviser daily.

Witness the due execution hereof this 15 th day of December, 2008.

 

M&I Investment Management Corp.
By:  

/s/ Timothy M. Bonin

Title:   Vice President
Marshall Funds, Inc.
By:  

/s/ John M. Blaser

Title:   President

Exhibit (d)(16)

EXHIBIT S

to the

Investment Advisory Contract

Marshall Core Plus Bond Fund

For all services rendered by Adviser hereunder, the above-named Portfolio of the Fund shall pay to Adviser and Adviser agrees to accept as full compensation for all services rendered hereunder, an annual investment advisory fee equal to 0.25% of the average daily net assets of the Portfolio.

The portion of the fee based upon the average daily net assets of the Portfolio shall be accrued daily at the rate of 1/365th of 0.25% applied to the daily net assets of the Portfolio.

The advisory fee so accrued shall be paid to Adviser daily.

Witness the due execution hereof this 15 th day of December, 2008.

 

M&I Investment Management Corp.
By:  

/s/ Timothy M. Bonin

Title:   Vice President
Marshall Funds, Inc.
By:  

/s/ John M. Blaser

Title:   President

Exhibit (d)(20)

Amendment to

Investment Advisory Contract

between

Marshall Funds, Inc.

and M&I Investment Management Corp.

This Amendment to the Investment Advisory Contract between Marshall Funds, Inc. and M&I Investment Management Corp. (the “Adviser”) is made and entered into as of the 15 th day of December, 2008.

Effective December 15, 2008, the following breakpoint schedule for the investment advisory fee payable to the Adviser shall take effect with respect to the portfolios listed below.

 

     Annual Investment Advisory Fee
As a Percentage of Each Portfolio’s
Aggregate Daily Net Assets
 

Fund

   on the first
$500 million
    on the
next $200
million
    on the
next $100
million
    in excess of
$800 million
 

Emerging Markets Equity Fund

   1.00 %   0.99 %   0.95 %   0.90 %

Corporate Income Fund

   0.25 %   0.24 %   0.15 %   0.10 %

Core Plus Bond Fund

   0.25 %   0.24 %   0.15 %   0.10 %

 

Marshall Funds, Inc.
By:  

/s/ John M. Blaser

Name:   John M. Blaser
Title:   President
M&I Investment Management Corp.
By:  

/s/ Timothy M. Bonin

Name:   Timothy M. Bonin
Title:   Vice President

Exhibit (d)(23)

SUBADVISORY AGREEMENT

AGREEMENT made as of the 15 th day of December, 2008 by and between M&I Investment Management Corp., an investment adviser registered under the Investment Advisers Act of 1940, as amended (the “Advisers Act”), organized under the laws of Wisconsin and having its principal place of business in Milwaukee, Wisconsin (the “Adviser”), and Trilogy Global Advisors, LLC, a limited liability company organized under the laws of Delaware and an investment adviser registered under the Advisers Act (the “Subadviser”).

WITNESSETH

WHEREAS, Marshall Funds, Inc. (the “Corporation”) is an open-end, management investment company registered under the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended (the “1940 Act”); and

WHEREAS, pursuant to authority granted the Adviser by the Corporation’s Directors and pursuant to the provisions of the Investment Advisory Contract dated October 1, 1992, as amended, between the Adviser and the Corporation (the “Advisory Contract”), the Adviser has selected the Subadviser to act as a sub-investment adviser of the Marshall Emerging Markets Equity Fund and to provide certain other services, as more fully set forth below, and to perform such services under the terms and conditions hereinafter set forth.

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the mutual agreements herein contained, it is agreed as follows:

1. The Subadviser’s Services.

 

  (a) Within the framework of the fundamental policies, investment objectives, and investment restrictions of the Fund, and subject to the supervision and review of the Adviser and of the Directors of the Corporation, the Subadviser shall have the sole and exclusive responsibility for the making of all investment decisions for that portion of the Fund’s portfolio as designated by the Adviser (the “Portfolio”), including the purchase, retention and disposition of securities, in accordance with the Fund’s investment objectives, policies and restrictions as stated in the Corporation’s Registration Statement, including the Prospectus and Statement of Additional Information (such Registration Statement, as currently in effect and as amended or supplemented from time to time, collectively called the “Prospectus”) and subject to the following understandings:

 

  (i) The Subadviser shall supervise the Portfolio’s investments and determine from time to time what securities will be purchased, retained, sold or loaned by the Portfolio, and what portion of the assets will be invested or held uninvested as cash.

 

  (ii) In performance of its duties and obligations under this Agreement, the Subadviser shall act in conformity with the Corporation’s Articles of Incorporation and By-Laws; the Fund’s Prospectus, policies and procedures; and with the instructions and directions received in writing from the Adviser or the Directors of the Corporation and will conform to and comply with the requirements of the 1940 Act, the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (including the requirements for qualification as a regulated investment company) and all other applicable federal and state laws and regulations.

 

1


  (iii) As of the date of this Agreement 100% of the Fund’s investable assets will be allocated to the Portfolio; provided, however, that the Adviser has the right at any time to reallocate the portion of the Fund’s assets allocated to the Portfolio pursuant to this Agreement if the Adviser deems such reallocation appropriate.

 

  (b) The Subadviser shall not be responsible for the provision of administrative, bookkeeping or accounting services to the Fund, except as otherwise provided herein or as may be necessary for the Subadviser to supply to the Adviser, the Corporation or its Directors the information required to be supplied under this Agreement.

The Subadviser shall maintain separate books and detailed records of all matters pertaining to the Fund and the Portfolio (the “Fund’s Books and Records”), including without limitation a daily ledger of such assets and liabilities relating thereto and brokerage and other records of all securities transactions. The Fund’s Books and Records shall be available by overnight delivery of copies or for telecopying without delay to the Adviser during any day that the Fund is open for business upon reasonable notice to the Subadviser.

 

  (c) The Subadviser shall determine the securities to be purchased or sold by the Fund in respect of the Portfolio and will place orders with or through such persons, brokers or dealers to carry out the policy with respect to brokerage as set forth in the Fund’s Prospectus or as the Directors may direct from time to time. Subject to the provisions of the following paragraph, the Subadviser will take reasonable steps to assure that Portfolio transactions are effected at the best price and execution available, as such phrase is used in the Fund’s Prospectus.

In using reasonable efforts to obtain for the Fund the most favorable price and execution available, the Subadviser, bearing in mind the Fund’s best interests at all times, shall consider all factors it deems relevant, including by way of illustration, price, the size of the transaction, the nature of the market for the security, the amount of the commission, the timing of the transaction taking into account market prices and trends, the reputation, experience and financial stability of the broker or dealer involved and the quality of service rendered by the broker or dealer in other transactions. Subject to such policies as the Directors of the Corporation may determine, the Subadviser is specifically authorized to allocate brokerage business to firms that provide such services or facilities and to cause the Fund to pay a member of a securities exchange or any other securities broker or dealer an amount of commission for effecting a securities transaction in excess of the amount of commission another member of an exchange, broker, or dealer would have charged for effecting that transaction, if the Subadviser determines in good faith that such amount of commission is reasonable in relation to the value of the brokerage and research services (as such services are defined in Section 28(e) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended) provided by such member, broker, or dealer, viewed in terms either of that particular transaction or the Subadviser’s overall responsibilities with respect to the accounts as to which it exercises investment discretion. Brokerage or research services so provided may be used for the benefit of any or all of the Subadviser’s clients.

Consistent with the foregoing paragraph, nothing in this agreement is intended to inhibit the Subadviser’s selection of broker-dealers used to execute trades for the Fund,

 

2


including trades placed with broker-dealers who provide investment research services to the Subadviser. Such research services may include, but are not limited to, advice provided either directly or through publications or writings, including electronic publications, telephone contacts and personal meetings with security analysts, economists and corporate and industry spokespersons, and analyses and reports concerning issues, industries, securities economic factors and trends, accounting and tax law interpretations and political developments. Research so provided is in addition to and not in lieu of the services required to be performed by the Subadviser.

It is understood that the Subadviser may have advisory, management, service or other contracts with other individuals or entities, and may have other interests and businesses. When a security proposed to be purchased or sold for the Fund is also to be purchased or sold for other accounts managed by the Subadviser at the same time, the Subadviser may aggregate such orders and shall allocate such purchases or sales on a pro-rata, rotating or other equitable basis so as to avoid any one account being systematically preferred over any other account.

The Subadviser will advise the Adviser and, if instructed by the Adviser, the Fund’s custodian or sub-custodians on a prompt basis each day by electronic telecommunication of each confirmed purchase and sale of a Portfolio security specifying the name of the issuer, the full description of the security including its class, and amount or number of shares of the security purchased or sold, the market price, commission, government charges and gross or net price, trade date, settlement date and identity of the clearing broker. Under no circumstances may the Subadviser or any affiliates of the Subadviser act as a principal in a securities transaction with the Fund or any other investment company managed by the Adviser unless (i) permitted by an exemptive provision, rule or order under the 1940 Act, and (ii) upon obtaining prior approval of the securities transaction from the Adviser. Any such transactions shall be reported quarterly to the Corporation’s Directors.

 

  (d) From time to time as the Adviser or the Directors of the Corporation may reasonably request, the Subadviser shall furnish the Adviser and to each of the Corporation’s Directors reports of Portfolio transactions and reports on securities held in the Portfolio, all in such detail as the Adviser or the Directors may reasonably request. The Subadviser will also inform the Adviser and the Corporation’s Directors of material changes in investment strategy or tactics or in key personnel.

It shall be the duty of the Subadviser to furnish to the Corporation’s Directors such information as may reasonably be necessary in order for such Directors to evaluate this Agreement or any proposed amendments hereto for the purpose of casting a vote pursuant to Section 8 or 9 hereof or in connection with the Directors’ annual consideration of this Agreement under Section 15(c) of the 1940 Act.

 

3


  (e) The Subadviser shall use its good faith judgment in a manner which it reasonably believes best serves the interests of the Fund’s shareholders to vote or abstain from voting all proxies solicited by or with respect to the issuers of securities in the Portfolio. The Subadviser’s obligations in the previous sentence are contingent upon its timely receipt of such proxy solicitation materials, which the Adviser shall cause to be forwarded to the Subadviser. The Subadviser further agrees that it will provide the Board of Directors of the Corporation, as the Board may reasonably request, with a written report of the proxies voted during the most recent 12-month period or such other period as the Board may designate, in a format that shall comply with the 1940 Act. Upon reasonable request, the Subadviser shall provide the Adviser with all proxy voting records relating to the Portfolio, including but not limited to those required by Form N-PX. Upon request of the Adviser, the Subadviser will also provide an annual certification, in a form reasonably acceptable to Adviser, attesting to the accuracy and completeness of such proxy voting records.

 

  (f) As reasonably requested by the Corporation on behalf of the Corporation’s officers and in accordance with the scope of the Subadviser’s obligations and responsibilities contained in this Agreement, the Subadviser shall provide reasonable assistance to the Corporation in connection with the Corporation’s compliance with the Sarbanes-Oxley Act and the rules and regulations promulgated by the SEC thereunder, and Rule 38a-1 of the 1940 Act. Such assistance shall include, but not be limited to, (i) certifying periodically, upon the reasonable request of the Corporation, that it is in compliance with all applicable “federal securities laws,” as required by Rule 38a-1(e)(1) under the 1940 Act, and Rule 206(4)-7 under the Advisers Act; (ii) facilitating and cooperating with third-party audits arranged by the Corporation to evaluate the effectiveness of its compliance controls; (iii) providing the Corporation’s chief compliance officer with direct access to its compliance personnel; (iv) providing the Corporation’s chief compliance officer with periodic reports; and (v) promptly providing special reports to the Corporation’s chief compliance officer in the event of compliance problems. Further, the Subadviser is aware that: (i) the president (principal executive officer) and treasurer (principal financial officer) of the Corporation (collectively, the “Certifying Officers”) are required to certify the Corporation’s periodic reports on Form N-CSR and Form N-Q pursuant to Rule 30a-2 under the 1940 Act; and (ii) the Certifying Officers must rely upon certain matters of fact generated by the Subadviser of which they do not have firsthand knowledge. Consequently, the Subadviser has in place and has observed procedures and controls that are reasonably designed to ensure the adequacy of the services provided to the Corporation under this Agreement and the accuracy of the information prepared by it and which is included in the Corporation’s periodic reports, and shall provide certifications to the Corporation to be relied upon by the Certifying Officers in certifying the Corporation’s periodic reports on Form N-CSR and Form N-Q (and such other periodic reports that may require certification in the future), in a form satisfactory to the Corporation.

2. Allocation of Charges and Expenses . The Subadviser will bear its own costs of providing services hereunder. Other than as specifically indicated herein, the Subadviser shall not be responsible for the Corporation’s or the Adviser’s expenses, including, without limitation the expenses of organizing the Corporation and continuing its existence; fees and expenses of Directors and officers of the Corporation; fees for investment advisory services and administrative personnel and services; expenses incurred in the distribution of its shares (“Shares”), including expenses of administrative support services, fees and expenses of preparing and printing its Registration Statements under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, and the 1940 Act, and any amendments thereto; expenses of registering and qualifying the

 

4


Corporation, the Fund and Shares of the Fund under federal and state laws and regulation; expenses of preparing, printing and distributing prospectuses (and any amendments thereto) to shareholders; interest expense; taxes, fees and commissions of every kind; expenses of issue (including costs of Share certificates), purchase, repurchase and redemption of Shares including expenses attributable to a program of periodic issue, charges and expenses of custodians, transfer agents, dividend disbursing agents, shareholder servicing agents and registrars, printing and mailing costs, auditing, accounting and legal expenses; reports to shareholders and governmental officers and commissions; expenses of meetings of Directors and shareholders and proxy solicitations therefore; insurance expenses; association membership dues and such nonrecurring items as may arise, including all losses and liabilities incurred in administrating the Corporation and the Fund. The Corporation or the Adviser, as the case may be, shall reimburse the Subadviser for any such expenses or other expenses of the Fund or the Adviser, as may be reasonably incurred by such Subadviser on behalf of the Fund or the Adviser. The Subadviser shall keep and supply to the Corporation and the Adviser adequate records of all such expenses.

3. Information Supplied by the Adviser . The Adviser shall provide the Subadviser with the Corporation’s Articles of Incorporation and By-Laws, the Fund’s most current Prospectus and Statement of Additional Information, and the Corporation’s Code of Ethics and instructions, policies and directions of the Directors of the Corporation pertaining to the Adviser and the Fund, as in effect from time to time; and the Subadviser shall have no responsibility for actions taken in reliance on any such documents. The Adviser shall promptly furnish to the Subadviser copies of all material amendments or supplements to the foregoing documents.

4. Representations of the Subadviser . The Subadviser represents, warrants, and agrees as follows:

 

  (a) The Subadviser: (i) is registered as an investment adviser under the Advisers Act and will continue to be so registered for so long as this Agreement remains in effect; (ii) is not prohibited by the 1940 Act or the Advisers Act from performing the services contemplated by this Agreement; (iii) has met, and will continue to meet for so long as this Agreement remains in effect, any other applicable federal or state requirements, or the applicable requirements of any regulatory or industry self-regulatory organization, necessary to be met in order to perform the services contemplated by this Agreement; (iv) has the authority to enter into and perform the services contemplated by this Agreement; and (v) will promptly notify the Adviser of the occurrence of any event that would disqualify the Subadviser from serving as an investment adviser of an investment company pursuant to Section 9(a) of the 1940 Act or otherwise.

 

  (b) The Subadviser has adopted a written code of ethics complying with the requirements of Rule 17j-1 under the 1940 Act and, if it has not already done so, will provide the Adviser and the Corporation with a copy of such code of ethics. On at least an annual basis, the Subadviser will comply with the reporting requirements of Rule 17j-1, which may include (i) certifying to the Adviser that the Subadviser and its access persons have complied with the Subadviser’s code of ethics with respect to the Portfolio, and (ii) identifying any material violations which have occurred with respect to the Portfolio. Upon reasonable notice from and the reasonable request of the Adviser, the Subadviser shall permit the Adviser, its employees and its agents to examine the reports required to be made by the Subadviser pursuant to Rule 17j-1 and all other records relevant to the Subadviser’s code of ethics. The Adviser shall be responsible for any travel costs it incurs in connection with on-site inspections of the Subadviser.

 

5


  (c) The Subadviser has adopted and implemented written policies and procedures, as required by Rule 206(4)-7 under the Advisers Act, which are reasonably designed to prevent violations of federal securities laws by the Subadviser, its employees, officers and agents. Upon reasonable notice to and reasonable request, the Subadviser shall provide the Adviser with access to the records relating to such policies and procedures as they relate to the Portfolio. The Adviser shall be responsible for any travel costs it incurs in connection with on-site inspections of the Subadviser. The Subadviser will also provide, at the reasonable request of the Adviser, periodic certifications, in a form reasonably acceptable to the Adviser, attesting to such written policies and procedures.

 

  (d) The Subadviser has adopted written proxy voting procedures that shall comply with the requirements of the 1940 Act and the Advisers Act.

 

  (e) The Subadviser has adopted, maintains and implements written policies and procedures with regard to the protection of customer records and information, as required by Regulation S-P.

5. Subadviser’s Compensation . As compensation for the Subadviser’s services with respect to the Fund hereunder, the Adviser shall pay to the Subadviser a fee, computed daily and paid monthly in arrears, at an annual rate set forth on Exhibit A. The method of determining net assets of the Portfolio for purposes hereof shall be the same as the method of determining net assets for purposes of establishing the offering and redemption price of Fund shares as described in the Fund’s Prospectus. If this Agreement shall be effective for only a portion of a month, the aforesaid fee shall be prorated for the portion of such month during which this contract is in effect.

6. Independent Contractor . In the performance of its duties hereunder, the Subadviser is and shall be an independent contractor and unless otherwise expressly provided herein or otherwise authorized in writing, shall have no authority to act for or represent the Corporation in any way or otherwise be deemed to be an agent of the Corporation or of the Adviser.

7. Sales Literature . The Adviser and Subadviser acknowledge that all sales literature for investment companies (such as the Corporation) are subject to strict regulatory oversight. The Subadviser agrees to submit any proposed sales literature for the Corporation (or any Fund) or for itself or its affiliates which mentions the Corporation (or any Fund) to the Corporation’s distributor for review and filing with the appropriate regulatory authorities prior to the public release of any such sales literature, provided, however, that nothing herein shall be construed so as to create any obligation or duty on the part of the Subadviser to produce sales literature for the Corporation (or any Fund). Further, the Adviser agrees to submit to the Subadviser any and all sales literature referencing Subadviser by name or any affiliate of Subadviser for review and approval prior to filing or public release.

8. Amendments . The terms of this Agreement shall not be changed unless such change is approved by the affirmative vote of a majority of Directors of the Corporation voting in person, including a majority of the Directors who are not interested persons of the Corporation, the Adviser or the Subadviser, at a meeting called for the purpose of voting on such change and, if required under the 1940 Act, the change is also approved at a meeting by the affirmative vote of a majority of the outstanding voting securities of the Fund.

9. Duration and Termination .

 

  (a)

Duration . This Agreement shall become effective with respect to the Fund after it has been approved in accordance with the requirements of the 1940 Act and the Exhibit

 

6


 

relating to the Fund has been executed by the Adviser and Subadviser, and shall continue in effect for two years from its effective date and thereafter for successive periods of one year, subject in both cases to the provisions for termination and all of the other terms and conditions hereof and provided in the latter case that such continuation is specifically approved at least annually by (i) the affirmative vote of a majority of the Board of Directors of the Corporation voting in person, including a majority of the Directors who are not interested persons of the Corporation, the Adviser or the Subadviser, at a meeting called for that purpose, or (ii) the affirmative vote of a majority of the outstanding voting securities of the Fund. If the continuance of this Agreement is submitted to the shareholders of the Fund for their approval and such shareholders fail to approve such continuance as provided herein, the Subadviser may nonetheless continue to serve hereunder as to the Fund in a manner consistent with the 1940 Act and the rules and regulations thereunder.

 

  (b) Termination . Notwithstanding anything to the contrary provided herein, this Agreement may be terminated at any time, without payment of any penalty, by the affirmative vote of a majority of the Board of Directors of the Corporation, or by the affirmative vote of a majority of the outstanding voting securities of the Fund or by the Adviser, in each case upon not more than 60 nor less than 30 calendar days’ written notice to the Subadviser. The Subadviser may terminate this Agreement at any time, without payment of any penalty, upon not less than 60 calendar days’ written notice to the Adviser. This Agreement shall also terminate automatically in the event of its assignment by either party (as defined in Section 2(a)(4) of the 1940 Act) and upon the termination of the Advisory Contract.

In the event of termination of this Agreement for any reason, the Subadviser shall, immediately upon notice of termination or on such later date as may be specified in such notice, cease all activity on behalf of the Fund and with respect to any of its assets, except as expressly directed by the Adviser. In addition, the Subadviser shall deliver the Fund’s Books and Records to the Adviser by such means and in accordance with such schedule as the Adviser shall direct and shall otherwise cooperate, as reasonably directed by the Adviser, in the transition of portfolio assets management to any successors of the Subadviser, including the Adviser. The Subadviser may retain copies of any record required to meet any record retention obligation imposed by law or regulation.

10. Certain Definitions . For the purposes of this Agreement:

 

  (a) “Affirmative vote of a majority of the outstanding voting securities of the Fund” means the affirmative vote, at an annual or special meeting of shareholders of the Fund, duly called and held, of (i) 67% or more of the shares of the Fund present (in person or by proxy) and entitled to vote at such meeting, if the holders of more than 50% of the outstanding shares of the Fund entitled to vote at such meeting are present (in person or by proxy), or (ii) more than 50% of the outstanding shares of the Fund entitled to vote at such meeting, whichever is less.

 

  (b) “Interested persons” and “Assignment” shall have their respective meanings as set forth in the 1940 Act, subject, however, to such exemptions as may be granted by the Securities and Exchange Commission under said Act.

 

7


11. Standard of Care, Liability and Indemnification .

 

  (a) The Subadviser shall exercise its best judgment in rendering the services provided by it under this Agreement. In the absence of willful misfeasance, bad faith or gross negligence on the part of the Subadviser, or of reckless disregard of its obligations and duties hereunder, the Subadviser shall not be subject to any liability to the Adviser or the Corporation, to any shareholder of the Fund, or to any person, firm or organization, for any act or omission in the course of, or connected with the rendering of services by Subadviser. Nothing herein, however, shall derogate from the Subadviser’s obligations under federal and state securities laws.

 

  (b) The Subadviser shall indemnify and hold the Adviser harmless from and against any and all losses, damages, costs, charges, counsel fees, payments, expenses and liabilities arising out of or attributable to any action or failure or omission to act by the Subadviser as a result of the Subadviser’s willful misfeasance, bad faith, gross negligence or reckless disregard of its obligations and duties hereunder.

 

  (c) The Adviser shall indemnify and hold the Subadviser harmless from and against any and all losses, damages, costs, charges, counsel fees, payments, expenses and liabilities arising out of or attributable to any action or failure or omission to act by the Adviser as a result of the Adviser’s willful misfeasance, bad faith, gross negligence or reckless disregard of its obligations and duties hereunder.

12. Confidentiality . In accordance with SEC Regulation S-P, the Adviser and the Subadviser acknowledge that the Fund may disclose shareholder nonpublic personal information (“NPI”) to the Subadviser solely in furtherance of fulfilling the Subadviser’s contractual obligations under this Agreement in the ordinary course of business to support the Fund and its shareholders. The Subadviser agrees to be bound to use and redisclose such NPI only for the limited purposes of processing and servicing transactions; for specified law enforcement and miscellaneous legally permitted purposes; and as a Fund service provider or in connection with joint marketing arrangements solely at the direction and discretion of the Fund, each in accordance with the limited exceptions set forth in 17 CFR §§ 248.13, 248.14 and 248.15, respectively. The Subadviser further represents and warrants that, in accordance with 17 CFR § 248.30, it has implemented safeguards by adopting policies and procedures reasonably designed to insure the security and confidentiality of records and NPI of Fund shareholders; protect against any anticipated threats or hazards to the security or integrity of Fund shareholder records and NPI; and protect against unauthorized access to or use of such Fund shareholder records or NPI that could result in substantial harm or inconvenience to any Fund shareholder. The Subadviser agrees to maintain the confidentiality of any NPI it receives from the Fund in connection with this Agreement or any joint marketing arrangement beyond the termination date of this Agreement.

13. Jurisdiction . This Agreement shall be governed by and construed to be consistent with the Advisory Contract and in accordance with substantive laws of the State of Wisconsin without giving regard to the conflict of law principles thereof and in accordance with the 1940 Act. In the case of any conflict between state law and the 1940 Act, the 1940 Act shall control.

14. Counterparts . This Agreement may be executed simultaneously in two or more counterparts, each of which shall be deemed an original, but all of which together shall constitute one and the same instrument.

 

8


15. Miscellaneous .

 

  (a) The Subadviser agrees to notify the Adviser of any material changes in its ownership within a reasonable time prior to such changes.

 

  (b) The Adviser acknowledges having received, not less than 48 hours prior to entering into this Agreement, and reviewed the Subadviser’s most recent Form ADV.

 

9


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this instrument to be signed on behalf by their duly authorized officers as the date first above written.

 

    M&I INVESTMENT MANAGEMENT CORP.

 

    By:  

 

ATTEST:     Name:  
    Title:  
    TRILOGY GLOBAL ADVISORS, LLC

 

    By:  

 

ATTEST:     Name:  
    Title:  

 

10


Exhibit A

Marshall Emerging Markets Equity Fund

Subadvisory Fee:

First $50 million – 0.00% of the Portfolio’s average daily net assets.

Next $50 million – 0.50% of the Portfolio’s average daily net assets.

In excess of $100 million – 0.75% of the Portfolio’s average daily net assets.

Executed as of this 15th day of December, 2008.

 

M&I INVESTMENT MANAGEMENT CORP.

By:

 

 

Name:

 

Title:

 

TRILOGY GLOBAL ADVISORS, LLC

By:

 

 

Name:

 

Title:

 

Exhibit(d)(24)

SUBADVISORY AGREEMENT

AGREEMENT made as of the 15 th day of December, 2008 by and between M&I Investment Management Corp., an investment adviser registered under the Investment Advisers Act of 1940, as amended (the “Advisers Act”), organized under the laws of Wisconsin and having its principal place of business in Milwaukee, Wisconsin (the “Adviser”), and Taplin, Candida & Habacht, LLC, a limited liability company organized under the laws of Delaware and an investment adviser registered under the Advisers Act (the “Subadviser”).

WITNESSETH

WHEREAS, Marshall Funds, Inc. (the “Corporation”) is an open-end, management investment company registered under the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended (the “1940 Act”); and

WHEREAS, pursuant to authority granted the Adviser by the Corporation’s Directors and pursuant to the provisions of the Investment Advisory Contract dated October 1, 1992, as amended, between the Adviser and the Corporation (the “Advisory Contract”), the Adviser has selected the Subadviser to act as a sub-investment adviser of the Corporation’s portfolios named on an Exhibit to this Agreement (each a “Fund”) and to provide certain other services, as more fully set forth below, and to perform such services under the terms and conditions hereinafter set forth.

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the mutual agreements herein contained, it is agreed as follows:

1. The Subadviser’s Services .

 

  (a) Within the framework of the fundamental policies, investment objectives, and investment restrictions of each Fund, and subject to the supervision and review of the Adviser and of the Directors of the Corporation, the Subadviser shall have the sole and exclusive responsibility for the making of all investment decisions for that portion of each Fund’s portfolio as designated by the Adviser (each, a “Portfolio”), including the purchase, retention and disposition of securities, in accordance with each Fund’s investment objectives, policies and restrictions as stated in the Corporation’s Registration Statement, including the Prospectus and Statement of Additional Information (such Registration Statement, as currently in effect and as amended or supplemented from time to time, collectively called the “Prospectus”) and subject to the following understandings:

 

  (i) The Subadviser shall supervise each Portfolio’s investments and determine from time to time what securities will be purchased, retained, sold or loaned by such Portfolio, and what portion of the assets will be invested or held uninvested as cash.

 

  (ii) In performance of its duties and obligations under this Agreement, the Subadviser shall act in conformity with the Corporation’s Articles of Incorporation and By-Laws; the Fund’s Prospectus, policies and procedures; and with the instructions and directions received in writing from the Adviser or the Directors of the Corporation and will conform to and comply with the requirements of the 1940 Act, the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (including the requirements for qualification as a regulated investment company) and all other applicable federal and state laws and regulations.


  (iii) As of the date of this Agreement 100% of each Fund’s investable assets will be allocated to the applicable Portfolio; provided, however, that the Adviser has the right at any time to reallocate the portion of the Fund’s assets allocated to a Portfolio pursuant to this Agreement if the Adviser deems such reallocation appropriate.

 

  (b) The Subadviser shall not be responsible for the provision of administrative, bookkeeping or accounting services to each Fund, except as otherwise provided herein or as may be necessary for the Subadviser to supply to the Adviser, the Corporation or its Directors the information required to be supplied under this Agreement.

The Subadviser shall maintain separate books and detailed records of all matters pertaining to each Fund and each Portfolio (the “Fund Books and Records”), including without limitation a daily ledger of such assets and liabilities relating thereto and brokerage and other records of all securities transactions. Fund Books and Records shall be available by overnight delivery of copies or for telecopying without delay to the Adviser during any day that a Fund is open for business upon reasonable notice to the Subadviser.

 

  (c) The Subadviser shall determine the securities to be purchased or sold by each Fund in respect of the Portfolio and will place orders with or through such persons, brokers or dealers to carry out the policy with respect to brokerage as set forth in each Fund’s Prospectus or as the Directors may direct from time to time. Subject to the provisions of the following paragraph, the Subadviser will take reasonable steps to assure that Portfolio transactions are effected at the best price and execution available, as such phrase is used in each Fund’s Prospectus.

In using reasonable efforts to obtain for a Fund the most favorable price and execution available, the Subadviser, bearing in mind a Fund’s best interests at all times, shall consider all factors it deems relevant, including by way of illustration, price, the size of the transaction, the nature of the market for the security, the amount of the commission, the timing of the transaction taking into account market prices and trends, the reputation, experience and financial stability of the broker or dealer involved and the quality of service rendered by the broker or dealer in other transactions. Subject to such policies as the Directors of the Corporation may determine, the Subadviser is specifically authorized to allocate brokerage business to firms that provide such services or facilities and to cause the Fund to pay a member of a securities exchange or any other securities broker or dealer an amount of commission for effecting a securities transaction in excess of the amount of commission another member of an exchange, broker, or dealer would have charged for effecting that transaction, if the Subadviser determines in good faith that such amount of commission is reasonable in relation to the value of the brokerage and research services (as such services are defined in Section 28(e) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended) provided by such member, broker, or dealer, viewed in terms either of that particular transaction or the Subadviser’s overall responsibilities with respect to the accounts as to which it exercises investment discretion. Brokerage or research services so provided may be used for the benefit of any or all of the Subadviser’s clients.

Consistent with the foregoing paragraph, nothing in this agreement is intended to inhibit the Subadviser’s selection of broker-dealers used to execute trades for a Fund, including trades placed with broker-dealers who provide investment research services to the Subadviser. Such research services may include, but are not limited to, advice provided

 

2


either directly or through publications or writings, including electronic publications, telephone contacts and personal meetings with security analysts, economists and corporate and industry spokespersons, and analyses and reports concerning issues, industries, securities economic factors and trends, accounting and tax law interpretations and political developments. Research so provided is in addition to and not in lieu of the services required to be performed by the Subadviser.

It is understood that the Subadviser may have advisory, management, service or other contracts with other individuals or entities, and may have other interests and businesses. When a security proposed to be purchased or sold for a Fund is also to be purchased or sold for other accounts managed by the Subadviser at the same time, the Subadviser may aggregate such orders and shall allocate such purchases or sales on a pro-rata, rotating or other equitable basis so as to avoid any one account being systematically preferred over any other account.

The Subadviser will advise the Adviser and, if instructed by the Adviser, each Fund’s custodian or sub-custodians on a prompt basis each day by electronic telecommunication of each confirmed purchase and sale of a Portfolio security specifying the name of the issuer, the full description of the security including its class, and amount or number of shares of the security purchased or sold, the market price, commission, government charges and gross or net price, trade date, settlement date and identity of the clearing broker. Under no circumstances may the Subadviser or any affiliates of the Subadviser act as a principal in a securities transaction with a Fund or any other investment company managed by the Adviser unless (i) permitted by an exemptive provision, rule or order under the 1940 Act, and (ii) upon obtaining prior approval of the securities transaction from the Adviser. Any such transactions shall be reported quarterly to the Corporation’s Directors.

 

  (d) From time to time as the Adviser or the Directors of the Corporation may reasonably request, the Subadviser shall furnish the Adviser and to each of the Corporation’s Directors reports of Portfolio transactions and reports on securities held in the Portfolio, all in such detail as the Adviser or the Directors may reasonably request. The Subadviser will also inform the Adviser and the Corporation’s Directors of material changes in investment strategy or tactics or in key personnel.

It shall be the duty of the Subadviser to furnish to the Corporation’s Directors such information as may reasonably be necessary in order for such Directors to evaluate this Agreement or any proposed amendments hereto for the purpose of casting a vote pursuant to Section 8 or 9 hereof or in connection with the Directors’ annual consideration of this Agreement under Section 15(c) of the 1940 Act.

 

3


  (e) The Subadviser shall use its good faith judgment in a manner which it reasonably believes best serves the interests of each Fund’s shareholders to vote or abstain from voting all proxies solicited by or with respect to the issuers of securities in the Portfolio. The Subadviser’s obligations in the previous sentence are contingent upon its timely receipt of such proxy solicitation materials, which the Adviser shall cause to be forwarded to the Subadviser. The Subadviser further agrees that it will provide the Board of Directors of the Corporation, as the Board may reasonably request, with a written report of the proxies voted during the most recent 12-month period or such other period as the Board may designate, in a format that shall comply with the 1940 Act. Upon reasonable request, the Subadviser shall provide the Adviser with all proxy voting records relating to each Portfolio, including but not limited to those required by Form N-PX. Upon request of the Adviser, the Subadviser will also provide an annual certification, in a form reasonably acceptable to Adviser, attesting to the accuracy and completeness of such proxy voting records.

 

  (f) As reasonably requested by the Corporation on behalf of the Corporation’s officers and in accordance with the scope of the Subadviser’s obligations and responsibilities contained in this Agreement, the Subadviser shall provide reasonable assistance to the Corporation in connection with the Corporation’s compliance with the Sarbanes-Oxley Act and the rules and regulations promulgated by the SEC thereunder, and Rule 38a-1 of the 1940 Act. Such assistance shall include, but not be limited to, (i) certifying periodically, upon the reasonable request of the Corporation, that it is in compliance with all applicable “federal securities laws,” as required by Rule 38a-1(e)(1) under the 1940 Act, and Rule 206(4)-7 under the Advisers Act; (ii) facilitating and cooperating with third-party audits arranged by the Corporation to evaluate the effectiveness of its compliance controls; (iii) providing the Corporation’s chief compliance officer with direct access to its compliance personnel; (iv) providing the Corporation’s chief compliance officer with periodic reports; and (v) promptly providing special reports to the Corporation’s chief compliance officer in the event of compliance problems. Further, the Subadviser is aware that: (i) the president (principal executive officer) and treasurer (principal financial officer) of the Corporation (collectively, the “Certifying Officers”) are required to certify the Corporation’s periodic reports on Form N-CSR and Form N-Q pursuant to Rule 30a-2 under the 1940 Act; and (ii) the Certifying Officers must rely upon certain matters of fact generated by the Subadviser of which they do not have firsthand knowledge. Consequently, the Subadviser has in place and has observed procedures and controls that are reasonably designed to ensure the adequacy of the services provided to the Corporation under this Agreement and the accuracy of the information prepared by it and which is included in the Corporation’s periodic reports, and shall provide certifications to the Corporation to be relied upon by the Certifying Officers in certifying the Corporation’s periodic reports on Form N-CSR and Form N-Q (and such other periodic reports that may require certification in the future), in a form satisfactory to the Corporation.

2. Allocation of Charges and Expenses . The Subadviser will bear its own costs of providing services hereunder. Other than as specifically indicated herein, the Subadviser shall not be responsible for the Corporation’s or the Adviser’s expenses, including, without limitation the expenses of organizing the Corporation and continuing its existence; fees and expenses of Directors and officers of the Corporation; fees for investment advisory services and administrative personnel and services; expenses incurred in the distribution of its shares (“Shares”), including expenses of administrative support services, fees and expenses of preparing and printing its Registration Statements under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, and the 1940 Act, and any amendments thereto; expenses of registering and qualifying the

 

4


Corporation, each Fund and Shares of each Fund under federal and state laws and regulation; expenses of preparing, printing and distributing prospectuses (and any amendments thereto) to shareholders; interest expense; taxes, fees and commissions of every kind; expenses of issue (including costs of Share certificates), purchase, repurchase and redemption of Shares including expenses attributable to a program of periodic issue, charges and expenses of custodians, transfer agents, dividend disbursing agents, shareholder servicing agents and registrars, printing and mailing costs, auditing, accounting and legal expenses; reports to shareholders and governmental officers and commissions; expenses of meetings of Directors and shareholders and proxy solicitations therefore; insurance expenses; association membership dues and such nonrecurring items as may arise, including all losses and liabilities incurred in administrating the Corporation and each Fund. The Corporation or the Adviser, as the case may be, shall reimburse the Subadviser for any such expenses or other expenses of each Fund or the Adviser, as may be reasonably incurred by such Subadviser on behalf of a Fund or the Adviser. The Subadviser shall keep and supply to the Corporation and the Adviser adequate records of all such expenses.

3. Information Supplied by the Adviser . The Adviser shall provide the Subadviser with the Corporation’s Articles of Incorporation and By-Laws, each Fund’s most current Prospectus and Statement of Additional Information, and the Corporation’s Code of Ethics and instructions, policies and directions of the Directors of the Corporation pertaining to the Adviser and each Fund, as in effect from time to time; and the Subadviser shall have no responsibility for actions taken in reliance on any such documents. The Adviser shall promptly furnish to the Subadviser copies of all material amendments or supplements to the foregoing documents.

4. Representations of the Subadviser . The Subadviser represents, warrants, and agrees as follows:

 

  (a) The Subadviser: (i) is registered as an investment adviser under the Advisers Act and will continue to be so registered for so long as this Agreement remains in effect; (ii) is not prohibited by the 1940 Act or the Advisers Act from performing the services contemplated by this Agreement; (iii) has met, and will continue to meet for so long as this Agreement remains in effect, any other applicable federal or state requirements, or the applicable requirements of any regulatory or industry self-regulatory organization, necessary to be met in order to perform the services contemplated by this Agreement; (iv) has the authority to enter into and perform the services contemplated by this Agreement; and (v) will promptly notify the Adviser of the occurrence of any event that would disqualify the Subadviser from serving as an investment adviser of an investment company pursuant to Section 9(a) of the 1940 Act or otherwise.

 

  (b) The Subadviser has adopted a written code of ethics complying with the requirements of Rule 17j-1 under the 1940 Act and, if it has not already done so, will provide the Adviser and the Corporation with a copy of such code of ethics. On at least an annual basis, the Subadviser will comply with the reporting requirements of Rule 17j-1, which may include (i) certifying to the Adviser that the Subadviser and its access persons have complied with the Subadviser’s code of ethics with respect to the Portfolio, and (ii) identifying any material violations which have occurred with respect to the Portfolio. Upon reasonable notice from and the reasonable request of the Adviser, the Subadviser shall permit the Adviser, its employees and its agents to examine the reports required to be made by the Subadviser pursuant to Rule 17j-1 and all other records relevant to the Subadviser’s code of ethics. The Adviser shall be responsible for any travel costs it incurs in connection with on-site inspections of the Subadviser.

 

5


  (c) The Subadviser has adopted and implemented written policies and procedures, as required by Rule 206(4)-7 under the Advisers Act, which are reasonably designed to prevent violations of federal securities laws by the Subadviser, its employees, officers and agents. Upon reasonable notice to and reasonable request, the Subadviser shall provide the Adviser with access to the records relating to such policies and procedures as they relate to the Portfolio. The Adviser shall be responsible for any travel costs it incurs in connection with on-site inspections of the Subadviser. The Subadviser will also provide, at the reasonable request of the Adviser, periodic certifications, in a form reasonably acceptable to the Adviser, attesting to such written policies and procedures.

 

  (d) The Subadviser has adopted written proxy voting procedures that shall comply with the requirements of the 1940 Act and the Advisers Act.

 

  (e) The Subadviser has adopted, maintains and implements written policies and procedures with regard to the protection of customer records and information, as required by Regulation S-P.

5. Subadviser’s Compensation . As compensation for the Subadviser’s services with respect to a Fund hereunder, the Adviser shall pay to the Subadviser a fee, computed daily and paid monthly in arrears, at an annual rate set forth on the Exhibit relating to such Fund. The method of determining net assets of such Portfolio for purposes hereof shall be the same as the method of determining net assets for purposes of establishing the offering and redemption price of Fund shares as described in each Fund’s Prospectus. If this Agreement shall be effective for only a portion of a month, the aforesaid fee shall be prorated for the portion of such month during which this contract is in effect.

6. Independent Contractor . In the performance of its duties hereunder, the Subadviser is and shall be an independent contractor and unless otherwise expressly provided herein or otherwise authorized in writing, shall have no authority to act for or represent the Corporation in any way or otherwise be deemed to be an agent of the Corporation or of the Adviser.

7. Sales Literature . The Adviser and Subadviser acknowledge that all sales literature for investment companies (such as the Corporation) are subject to strict regulatory oversight. The Subadviser agrees to submit any proposed sales literature for the Corporation (or any Fund) or for itself or its affiliates which mentions the Corporation (or any Fund) to the Corporation’s distributor for review and filing with the appropriate regulatory authorities prior to the public release of any such sales literature, provided, however, that nothing herein shall be construed so as to create any obligation or duty on the part of the Subadviser to produce sales literature for the Corporation (or any Fund). Further, the Adviser agrees to submit to the Subadviser any and all sales literature referencing Subadviser by name or any affiliate of Subadviser for review and approval prior to filing or public release.

8. Amendments . The terms of this Agreement shall not be changed unless such change is approved by the affirmative vote of a majority of Directors of the Corporation voting in person, including a majority of the Directors who are not interested persons of the Corporation, the Adviser or the Subadviser, at a meeting called for the purpose of voting on such change and, if required under the 1940 Act, the change is also approved at a meeting by the affirmative vote of a majority of the outstanding voting securities of the Fund.

9. Duration and Termination .

 

  (a)

Duration . This Agreement shall become effective with respect to a Fund after it has been approved in accordance with the requirements of the 1940 Act and the Exhibit relating to

 

6


 

such Fund has been executed by the Adviser and Subadviser, and shall continue in effect for two years from its effective date and thereafter for successive periods of one year, subject in both cases to the provisions for termination and all of the other terms and conditions hereof and provided in the latter case that such continuation is specifically approved at least annually by (i) the affirmative vote of a majority of the Board of Directors of the Corporation voting in person, including a majority of the Directors who are not interested persons of the Corporation, the Adviser or the Subadviser, at a meeting called for that purpose, or (ii) the affirmative vote of a majority of the outstanding voting securities of each Fund. If the continuance of this Agreement is submitted to the shareholders of a Fund for their approval and such shareholders fail to approve such continuance as provided herein, the Subadviser may nonetheless continue to serve hereunder as to such Fund in a manner consistent with the 1940 Act and the rules and regulations thereunder.

 

  (b) Termination . Notwithstanding anything to the contrary provided herein, this Agreement may be terminated at any time with respect to a Fund, without payment of any penalty, by the affirmative vote of a majority of the Board of Directors of the Corporation, or by the affirmative vote of a majority of the outstanding voting securities of such Fund or by the Adviser, in each case upon not more than 60 nor less than 30 calendar days’ written notice to the Subadviser. The Subadviser may terminate this Agreement at any time, without payment of any penalty, upon not less than 60 calendar days’ written notice to the Adviser. This Agreement shall also terminate automatically in the event of its assignment by either party (as defined in Section 2(a)(4) of the 1940 Act) and upon the termination of the Advisory Contract.

In the event of termination of this Agreement with respect to a Fund for any reason, the Subadviser shall, immediately upon notice of termination or on such later date as may be specified in such notice, cease all activity on behalf of such Fund and with respect to any of its assets, except as expressly directed by the Adviser. In addition, the Subadviser shall deliver the Fund Books and Records to the Adviser by such means and in accordance with such schedule as the Adviser shall direct and shall otherwise cooperate, as reasonably directed by the Adviser, in the transition of portfolio assets management to any successors of the Subadviser, including the Adviser. The Subadviser may retain copies of any record required to meet any record retention obligation imposed by law or regulation.

10. Certain Definitions . For the purposes of this Agreement:

 

  (a) “Affirmative vote of a majority of the outstanding voting securities of the Fund” means the affirmative vote, at an annual or special meeting of shareholders of the Fund, duly called and held, of (i) 67% or more of the shares of the Fund present (in person or by proxy) and entitled to vote at such meeting, if the holders of more than 50% of the outstanding shares of the Fund entitled to vote at such meeting are present (in person or by proxy), or (ii) more than 50% of the outstanding shares of the Fund entitled to vote at such meeting, whichever is less.

 

  (b) “Interested persons” and “Assignment” shall have their respective meanings as set forth in the 1940 Act, subject, however, to such exemptions as may be granted by the Securities and Exchange Commission under said Act.

 

7


11. Standard of Care, Liability and Indemnification .

 

  (a) The Subadviser shall exercise its best judgment in rendering the services provided by it under this Agreement. In the absence of willful misfeasance, bad faith or negligence on the part of the Subadviser, or of reckless disregard of its obligations and duties hereunder, the Subadviser shall not be subject to any liability to the Adviser or the Corporation, to any shareholder of the Fund, or to any person, firm or organization, for any act or omission in the course of, or connected with the rendering of services by Subadviser. Nothing herein, however, shall derogate from the Subadviser’s obligations under federal and state securities laws.

 

  (b) The Subadviser shall indemnify and hold the Adviser harmless from and against any and all losses, damages, costs, charges, counsel fees, payments, expenses and liabilities arising out of or attributable to any action or failure or omission to act by the Subadviser as a result of the Subadviser’s willful misfeasance, bad faith, negligence or reckless disregard of its obligations and duties hereunder.

 

  (c) The Adviser shall indemnify and hold the Subadviser harmless from and against any and all losses, damages, costs, charges, counsel fees, payments, expenses and liabilities arising out of or attributable to any action or failure or omission to act by the Adviser as a result of the Adviser’s willful misfeasance, bad faith, negligence or reckless disregard of its obligations and duties hereunder.

12. Confidentiality . In accordance with SEC Regulation S-P, the Adviser and the Subadviser acknowledge that the Fund may disclose shareholder nonpublic personal information (“NPI”) to the Subadviser solely in furtherance of fulfilling the Subadviser’s contractual obligations under this Agreement in the ordinary course of business to support the Fund and its shareholders. The Subadviser agrees to be bound to use and redisclose such NPI only for the limited purposes of processing and servicing transactions; for specified law enforcement and miscellaneous legally permitted purposes; and as a Fund service provider or in connection with joint marketing arrangements solely at the direction and discretion of the Fund, each in accordance with the limited exceptions set forth in 17 CFR §§ 248.13, 248.14 and 248.15, respectively. The Subadviser further represents and warrants that, in accordance with 17 CFR § 248.30, it has implemented safeguards by adopting policies and procedures reasonably designed to insure the security and confidentiality of records and NPI of Fund shareholders; protect against any anticipated threats or hazards to the security or integrity of Fund shareholder records and NPI; and protect against unauthorized access to or use of such Fund shareholder records or NPI that could result in substantial harm or inconvenience to any Fund shareholder. The Subadviser agrees to maintain the confidentiality of any NPI it receives from the Fund in connection with this Agreement or any joint marketing arrangement beyond the termination date of this Agreement.

13. Jurisdiction . This Agreement shall be governed by and construed to be consistent with the Advisory Contract and in accordance with substantive laws of the State of Wisconsin without giving regard to the conflict of law principles thereof and in accordance with the 1940 Act. In the case of any conflict between state law and the 1940 Act, the 1940 Act shall control.

14. Counterparts . This Agreement may be executed simultaneously in two or more counterparts, each of which shall be deemed an original, but all of which together shall constitute one and the same instrument.

 

8


15. Miscellaneous .

 

  (a) The Subadviser agrees to notify the Adviser of any material changes in its ownership within a reasonable time prior to such changes.

 

  (b) The Adviser acknowledges having received, not less than 48 hours prior to entering into this Agreement, and reviewed the Subadviser’s most recent Form ADV.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this instrument to be signed on behalf by their duly authorized officers as of the date first above written.

 

    M&I INVESTMENT MANAGEMENT CORP.

 

    By:  

 

ATTEST:

    Name:  
    Title:  
    TAPLIN, CANIDA & HABACHT, LLC

 

    By:  

 

ATTEST:

    Name:  
    Title:  

 

9


Exhibit A

Marshall Core Plus Bond Fund

Subadvisory Fee:

First $500 million – 0.25% of the Portfolio’s average daily net assets.

Next $200 million – 0.24% of the Portfolio’s average daily net assets.

Next $100 million – 0.15% of the Portfolio’s average daily net assets.

In excess of $800 million – 0.10% of the Portfolio’s average daily net assets.

Executed as of this      day of              , 2008.

 

M&I INVESTMENT MANAGEMENT CORP.

By:

 

 

Name:

 

Title:

 

TAPLIN, CANIDA & HABACHT, LLC

By:

 

 

Name:

 

Title:

 


Exhibit B

Marshall Corporate Income Fund

Subadvisory Fee:

First $500 million – 0.25% of the Portfolio’s average daily net assets.

Next $200 million – 0.24% of the Portfolio’s average daily net assets.

Next $100 million – 0.15% of the Portfolio’s average daily net assets.

In excess of $800 million – 0.10% of the Portfolio’s average daily net assets.

Executed as of this      day of              , 2008.

 

M&I INVESTMENT MANAGEMENT CORP.

By:

 

 

Name:

 

Title:

 

TAPLIN, CANIDA & HABACHT, LLC

By:

 

 

Name:

 

Title:

 

Exhibit (e)(2)

Amended and Restated

Schedule A

to the

Distribution Agreement

by and between

Marshall Funds, Inc.

and

M&I Distributors, LLC

Effective December 15, 2008, Marshall Funds, Inc. will include the following portfolios:

Marshall Large-Cap Value Fund

Marshall Large-Cap Growth Fund

Marshall Mid-Cap Value Fund

Marshall Mid-Cap Growth Fund

Marshall Small-Cap Growth Fund

Marshall International Stock Fund

Marshall Emerging Markets Equity Fund

Marshall Core Plus Bond Fund

Marshall Corporate Income Fund

Marshall Aggregate Bond Fund

Marshall Government Income Fund

Marshall Short-Intermediate Bond Fund

Marshall Intermediate Tax-Free Fund

Marshall Short-Term Income Fund

Marshall Prime Money Market Fund

Marshall Government Money Market Fund

Marshall Tax-Free Money Market Fund

 

MARSHALL FUNDS, INC.

    M&I DISTRIBUTORS, LLC

By:

 

 

    By:  

 

Name:

 

 

    Name:  

 

Title:

 

 

    Title:  

 

Exhibit(g)(6)

AMENDMENT TO CUSTODIAN AGREEMENT

THIS AMENDMENT TO CUSTODIAN AGREEMENT (the “Amendment”) is made and entered into as of December 1, 2008 by and between MARSHALL FUNDS, INC. (the “Fund”), a Wisconsin corporation, and STATE STREET BANK AND TRUST COMPANY, a Massachusetts trust company (“State Street”).

WITNESSETH:

WHEREAS, the Fund and Investors Bank & Trust Company are parties to that certain Custodian Agreement dated as of September 1, 2004 (the “Agreement”); and

WHEREAS, Investors Bank & Trust Company merged with and into State Street, effective July 2, 2007; and

WHEREAS, the Fund and State Street desire to amend and supplement the Agreement upon the following terms and conditions.

NOW THEREFORE, for and in consideration of the mutual promises contained herein and other good and valuable consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of which are hereby acknowledged, the Fund and State Street hereby agree that the Agreement is amended and supplemented as follows:

 

1. Appendix A shall be replaced in its entirety by the Appendix A dated December 1, 2008 attached hereto and incorporated herein by this reference.

 

2. This Amendment is intended to modify and amend the Agreement and the terms of this Amendment and the Agreement are to be construed to be cumulative and not exclusive of each other. Except as provided herein, the Agreement is hereby ratified and confirmed and remains in full force and effect.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have caused this Amendment to be executed by their duly authorized officers to be effective as of the date first above written.

 

STATE STREET BANK AND TRUST COMPANY

    MARSHALL FUNDS, INC.

By:

 

/s/ Michael A. Foutes

    By:  

/s/ John M. Blaser

Name:

  Michael A. Foutes     Name:   John M. Blaser

Title:

  Vice President     Title:   President


APPENDIX A

PORTFOLIOS COVERED UNDER THIS AGREEMENT

December 1, 2008

Marshall International Stock Fund

Marshall Emerging Markets Equity Fund

 

2

Exhibit (h)(6)

Amended and Restated

Schedule A

to the

Sub-Administration Agreement

by and between

Marshall & Ilsley Trust Company, N.A.

and

UMB Fund Services, Inc.

Intending to be legally bound, the undersigned hereby amend and restate Schedule A to the aforesaid Agreement as follows, effective as of the date set forth below:

Names of Funds

Marshall Government Money Market Fund

Marshall Tax-Free Money Market Fund

Marshall Prime Money Market Fund

Marshall Short-Term Income Fund

Marshall Short-Intermediate Bond Fund

Marshall Intermediate Tax-Free Fund

Marshall Government Income Fund

Marshall Corporate Income Fund

Marshall Aggregate Bond Fund

Marshall Core Plus Bond Fund

Marshall Large-Cap Value Fund

Marshall Large-Cap Growth Fund

Marshall Mid-Cap Value Fund

Marshall Mid-Cap Growth Fund

Marshall Small-Cap Growth Fund

Marshall International Stock Fund

Marshall Emerging Markets Equity Fund

In witness whereof, the undersigned have executed this Amended and Restated Schedule A to the Sub-Administration Agreement between Marshall & Ilsley Trust Company, N.A. and UMB Fund Services, Inc., effective as of the 1 st day of December, 2008.

 

UMB FUND SERVICES, INC.     MARSHALL & ILSLEY TRUST COMPANY, N.A.
By:  

/s/ Constance Dye Shannon

    By:  

/s/ John M. Blaser

Title:   Ex VP & General Counsel     Title:   President

Exhibit (h)(8)

Amended and Restated Exhibit 1

Shareholder Services Agreement

Pursuant to Section 2 of the Agreement, MFIS agrees to accept as full compensation for its services rendered hereunder a fee at an annual rate, calculated daily and payable monthly, equal to an amount up to the percentage of average net assets of each Fund, as set forth below.

 

Fund/Class

   Shareholder
Service Fee
   

Effective Date

Marshall Short-Term Income Fund – Class A Shares

   0.25 %   September 1, 1999

Marshall Short-Term Income Fund – Class Y Shares

   0.25 %   September 1, 1999

Marshall Government Income Fund – Class A Shares

   0.25 %   September 1, 1999

Marshall Government Income Fund – Class Y Shares

   0.25 %   September 1, 1999

Marshall Short-Intermediate Bond Fund (f/k/a Marshall Intermediate Bond Fund) – Class A Shares

   0.25 %   September 1, 1999

Marshall Short-Intermediate Bond Fund (f/k/a Marshall Intermediate Bond Fund) – Class Y Shares

   0.25 %   September 1, 1999

Marshall Intermediate Tax-Free Fund – Class A Shares

   0.25 %   September 1, 1999

Marshall Intermediate Tax-Free Fund – Class Y Shares

   0.25 %   September 1, 1999

Marshall Large-Cap Value Fund (f/k/a Marshall Equity Income Fund) – Class A Shares

   0.25 %   September 1, 1999

Marshall Large-Cap Value Fund (f/k/a Marshall Equity Income Fund) – Class Y Shares

   0.25 %   September 1, 1999

Marshall Large Cap Growth Fund (f/k/a Marshall Large-Cap Growth & Income Fund) – Class A Shares

   0.25 %   September 1, 1999

Marshall Large Cap Growth Fund (f/k/a Marshall Large-Cap Growth & Income Fund) – Class Y Shares

   0.25 %   September 1, 1999

Marshall Mid-Cap Growth Fund – Class A Shares

   0.25 %   September 1, 1999

Marshall Mid-Cap Growth Fund – Class Y Shares

   0.25 %   September 1, 1999

Marshall Mid-Cap Value Fund – Class A Shares

   0.25 %   September 1, 1999

Marshall Mid-Cap Value Fund – Class Y Shares

   0.25 %   September 1, 1999

Marshall International Stock Fund – Class A Shares

   0.25 %   September 1, 1999

Marshall International Stock Fund – Class Y Shares

   0.25 %   September 1, 1999

Marshall Small-Cap Growth Fund – Class A Shares

   0.25 %   September 1, 1999

Marshall Small-Cap Growth Fund – Class Y Shares

   0.25 %   September 1, 1999

Marshall Prime Money Market Fund (f/k/a Marshall Money Market Fund) – Class A Shares

   0.25 %   September 1, 1999

Marshall Prime Money Market Fund (f/k/a Marshall Money Market Fund) – Class Y Shares

   0.25 %   May 1, 2000

Marshall Government Money Market Fund – Class Y Shares

   0.25 %   May 17, 2004

Marshall Tax-Free Money Market Fund – Class Y Shares

   0.25 %   September 22, 2004

Marshall Aggregate Bond Fund – Class A Shares

   0.25 %   June 1, 2007

Marshall Aggregate Bond Fund – Class Y Shares

   0.25 %   June 1, 2007

Marshall Emerging Markets Equity Fund – Class A Shares

   0.25 %   December 15, 2008

Marshall Emerging Markets Equity Fund – Class Y Shares

   0.25 %   December 15, 2008

Marshall Corporate Income Fund – Class A Shares

   0.25 %   December 15, 2008

Marshall Corporate Income Fund – Class Y Shares

   0.25 %   December 15, 2008

Marshall Core Plus Bond Fund – Class Y Shares

   0.25 %   December 15, 2008


Executed as of this 15 th day of December, 2008.

 

MARSHALL FUNDS, INC.

on behalf of its portfolios listed above

   

MARSHALL & ILSLEY TRUST COMPANY, N.A.

on behalf of its division, Marshall Funds Investor Services

By:  

/s/ John M. Blaser

    By:  

/s/ Timothy M. Bonin

Name:  

John M. Blaser

    Name:  

Timothy M. Bonin

Title:  

President

    Title:  

Vice President

 

2

Exhibit (h)(11)

SCHEDULE A

Dated: December 1, 2008

Marshall Large-Cap Value Fund

Marshall Large-Cap Growth Fund

Marshall Mid-Cap Value Fund

Marshall Mid-Cap Growth Fund

Marshall Small-Cap Growth Fund

Marshall International Stock Fund

Marshall Government Income Fund

Marshall Short-Intermediate Bond Fund

Marshall Intermediate Tax-Free Fund

Marshall Short-Term Income Fund

Marshall Prime Money Market Fund

Marshall Government Money Market Fund

Marshall Tax-Free Money Market Fund

Marshall Aggregate Bond Fund

Marshall Emerging Markets Equity Fund

Marshall Core Plus Bond Fund

Marshall Corporate Income Fund

 

MARSHALL FUNDS, INC.

    BOSTON FINANCIAL DATA SERVICES, INC.
By:  

/s/ John M. Blaser

    By:  

/s/ David J. Madden

Name:   John M. Blaser     Name:   David J. Madden
Title:   President     Title:   Vice President

MARSHALL & ILSLEY TRUST

COMPANY, N.A.

   
By:  

/s/ Timothy M. Bonin

     
Name:   Timothy M. Bonin      
Title:   Vice President      

Exhibit (h)(13)

Amended and Restated

Schedule A

to the

Fund Accounting Agreement

by and between

Marshall Funds, Inc.

and

UMB Fund Services, Inc.

Intending to be legally bound, the undersigned hereby amend and restate Schedule A to the aforesaid Agreement as follows, effective as of the date set forth below:

Names of Funds

Marshall Government Money Market Fund

Marshall Tax-Free Money Market Fund

Marshall Prime Money Market Fund

Marshall Short-Term Income Fund

Marshall Short-Intermediate Bond Fund

Marshall Intermediate Tax-Free Fund

Marshall Government Income Fund

Marshall Corporate Income Fund

Marshall Aggregate Bond Fund

Marshall Core Plus Bond Fund

Marshall Large-Cap Value Fund

Marshall Large-Cap Growth Fund

Marshall Mid-Cap Value Fund

Marshall Mid-Cap Growth Fund

Marshall Small-Cap Growth Fund

In witness whereof, the undersigned have executed this Amended and Restated Schedule A to the Sub-Administration Agreement between Marshall Funds, Inc. and UMB Fund Services, Inc., effective as of the 1 st day of December, 2008.

 

UMB FUND SERVICES, INC.     MARSHALL FUNDS, INC.
By:  

/s/ Constance Dye Shannon

    By:  

/s/ John M. Blaser

Title:   Ex VP & General Counsel     Title:   President

Exhibit (h)(15)

AMENDMENT TO FUND ACCOUNTING AGREEMENT

THIS AMENDMENT TO FUND ACCOUNTING AGREEMENT (the “Amendment”) is made and entered into as of December 1, 2008 by and between MARSHALL FUNDS, INC. (the “Fund”), a Wisconsin corporation, and STATE STREET BANK AND TRUST COMPANY, a Massachusetts trust company (“State Street”).

WITNESSETH:

WHEREAS, the Fund and Investors Bank & Trust Company are parties to that certain Fund Accounting Agreement dated as of September 1, 2004 (the “Agreement”); and

WHEREAS, Investors Bank & Trust Company merged with and into State Street, effective July 2, 2007; and

WHEREAS, the Fund and State Street desire to amend the Agreement upon the following terms and conditions.

NOW THEREFORE, for and into consideration of the mutual promises contained herein and other good and valuable consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of which are hereby acknowledged, the Fund and State Street hereby agree that the Agreement is amended and supplemented as follows:

 

1. Appendix A shall be replaced in its entirety by the Appendix A dated December 1, 2008 attached hereto and incorporated herein by this reference.

 

2. This Amendment is intended to modify and amend the Agreement and the terms of this Amendment and the Agreement are to be construed to be cumulative and not exclusive of each other. Except as provided herein, the Agreement is hereby ratified and confirmed and remains in full force and effect.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have caused this Amendment to be executed by their duly authorized officers to be effective as of the date first above written.

 

STATE STREET BANK AND TRUST COMPANY     MARSHALL FUNDS, INC.
By:  

/s/ Michael A. Foutes

    By:  

/s/ John M. Blaser

Name:   Michael A. Foutes     Name:   John M. Blaser
Title:   Vice President     Title:   President


APPENDIX A

PORTFOLIOS COVERED UNDER THIS AGREEMENT

December 1, 2008

Marshall International Stock Fund

Marshall Emerging Markets Equity Fund

 

2

Exhibit (i)(4)

December 15, 2008

M&I Investment Management Corp.

111 East Kilbourn Avenue, Suite 200

Milwaukee, Wisconsin 53202

 

  RE: Marshall Corporate Income Fund, Marshall Core Plus Bond Fund and Marshall Emerging Markets Equity Fund (the “Funds”)

Ladies and Gentlemen:

We have acted as Wisconsin corporate counsel for you in connection with the sale by Marshall Funds, Inc. (the “Company”) of an indefinite number of shares (the “Shares”) of common stock, $.0001 par value, of (a) Series A, Series Y and Series I shares of the Marshall Corporate Income Fund; (b) Series Y and Series I shares of the Marshall Core Plus Bond Fund; and (c) Series A, Series Y and Series I shares of the Marshall Emerging Markets Equity Fund, in the manner set forth in Post-Effective Amendment No. 55 to the Company’s Registration Statement on Form N-1A (the “Registration Statement”).

We have examined: (a) the Registration Statement (and the Prospectuses of the Funds included therein), (b) the Company’s Articles of Incorporation and By-Laws, each as amended to date, (c) certain resolutions of the Company’s Board of Directors and (d) such other proceedings, documents and records as we have deemed necessary to enable us to render this opinion.

Based upon the foregoing, we are of the opinion that the Shares, when sold as contemplated in the Registration Statement, will be duly authorized and validly issued, fully paid and nonassessable.

We consent to the use of this opinion as an exhibit to the Registration Statement. In giving this consent, however, we do not admit that we are “experts” within the meaning of Section 11 of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “1933 Act”), or within the category of persons whose consent is required by Section 7 of the 1933 Act.

 

Very truly yours,
/s/ Godfrey & Kahn, S.C.
GODFREY & KAHN, S.C.

Exhibit (j)

CONSENT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM

We hereby consent to the incorporation by reference in this Registration Statement on Form N-1A of our report dated October 22, 2008, relating to the financial statements and financial highlights which appears in the August 31, 2008 Annual Report to Shareholders of the Marshall Large-Cap Value Fund, Marshall Large-Cap Growth Fund, Marshall Mid-Cap Value Fund, Marshall Mid-Cap Growth Fund, Marshall Small-Cap Growth Fund, Marshall International Stock Fund, Marshall Government Income Fund, Marshall Short-Intermediate Bond Fund, Marshall Aggregate Bond Fund, Marshall Intermediate Tax-Free Fund, Marshall Short-Term Income Fund, Marshall Government Money Market Fund, Marshall Prime Money Market Fund and Marshall Tax-Free Money Market Fund, which is also incorporated by reference into the Registration Statement. We also consent to the references to us under the headings “Financial Highlights” and “Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm” in such Registration Statement.

 

PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP
/s/ PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP
Chicago, Illinois
December 15, 2008

Exhibit (m)(3)

M&I DISTRIBUTORS, LLC

111 East Kilbourn Avenue, Suite 200

Milwaukee, Wisconsin 53202

SALES AND SERVICES AGREEMENT FOR THE SALE OF SHARES

OF THE MARSHALL FUNDS

Ladies and Gentlemen:

We have entered into a Distribution Agreement with the Marshall Funds, Inc. (the “Corporation”), a Wisconsin corporation registered as a management investment company under the Investment Company Act of 1940 (the “1940 Act”), in connection with its seventeen (17) series, and such other series as may be added to the Corporation in the future (collectively the “Funds”) pursuant to which we have been appointed distributor of shares of the Funds. We have also been appointed as agent for Marshall & Ilsley Trust Company N.A., the shareholder services agent for the Corporation and the Funds (“M&I Trust”) pursuant to an agreement dated September 1, 1999, as subsequently amended (the “Services Agreement”), for the purpose of making payment of shareholder services fees to dealers and financial intermediaries who provide certain record maintenance, communications, administrative and other related services to shareholders of the Funds, all as contemplated in the Services Agreement.

This Sales and Services Agreement (the “Agreement”) has been adopted pursuant to Rule 12b-1 under the 1940 Act by the Corporation on behalf of the Funds under a Distribution and Service Plan (the “Plan”) adopted pursuant to said Rule and, in applicable part, relates to “Distribution (12b-1) Fees” payable in accordance with the Agreement and set forth in Schedule A attached hereto. This Agreement also provides for the payment of “Shareholder Servicing Fees” as set forth in Schedule A attached hereto, which shareholder servicing fees are set forth and payable pursuant to the Services Agreement and are not payable pursuant to the Plan. This Agreement, being made between M&I Distributors, LLC (the “Distributor”) and the undersigned authorized dealer or financial intermediary (“you”), relates to the services to be provided by you and for which you are entitled to receive payments pursuant to this Agreement.

1. To the extent that you provide distribution assistance and account maintenance and personal services in accordance with the Plan and applicable rules of the Financial Industry Regulatory Authority, Inc. (“FINRA”) to those of your customers who may from time to time directly or beneficially own shares of the Funds, you shall be entitled to a Distribution (12b-1) Fee periodically pursuant to the Plan. You agree that you will only offer and sell shares of the Funds at the public offering prices that are currently in effect, in accordance with the terms of the then current prospectuses of the Funds.

2. To the extent that you render or cause to be rendered personal services to shareholders of the Funds and/or maintenance of accounts of shareholders of the Funds, you shall be entitled to a Shareholder Servicing Fee periodically in accordance with the terms of this Agreement. For the purposes of this Agreement, such services include, but are not limited to, the following: establishing new accounts; processing transactions, including purchases, redemptions and exchanges; processing change of addresses; adding/changing wiring instructions or bank account

 

1


information for the systematic investment/withdrawal plans; reviewing activity in applicable accounts; providing training and supervision of personnel; maintaining and distributing current copies of prospectuses, statements of additional information and shareholder reports to current shareholders; responding to shareholder inquiries and correspondence; verifying shareholder signatures in conjunction with redemptions or changes in account classifications; surveying shareholders for information concerning satisfaction with mutual fund products and services; and maintaining files.

3. The Distribution (12b-1) and/or Shareholder Servicing Fees paid with respect to the classes of shares of the Funds will be computed daily and paid monthly (within 45 days after the end of each month) at annual rates of up to the percentages specified on Schedule A of the average net asset value of the shares of the Funds purchased or acquired by your firm as nominee for your customers, or are owned by those customers of your firm whose records, as maintained by the Funds or their transfer agent, designate your firm as the customers’ dealer of record or holder of record (collectively, the “Fund Shares”). For purposes of determining the fees payable under this Agreement, the average daily net asset value of the Fund Shares will be computed in the manner specified in the Funds’ Registration Statement (“Registration Statement”) (as the same is in effect from time to time) in connection with the computation of the net asset value of shares for purposes of purchases and redemptions.

4. We reserve the right at any time to impose minimum fee payment requirements before any periodic payments will be made to you hereunder . In the event payment due for a period is less than $10.00, such payment will not be made but will be included with the next scheduled payment when the aggregate due exceeds $10.00.

5. You shall furnish the Funds and us with such information as shall reasonably be requested either by the Directors or officers of the Corporation or M&I Trust or by us with respect to the services provided and the fees paid to you pursuant to this Agreement, including but not limited to blue sky sales reports. We shall furnish the Directors of the Corporation, for their review on a quarterly basis, a written report of the amounts expended under the Plan by us and the purposes for which such expenditures were made. We shall also furnish to officers of M&I Trust, for their review on a quarterly basis, a written report of the amounts paid in respect of Shareholder Servicing Fees.

6. Orders shall be placed either directly with the Funds’ transfer agent in accordance with such procedures as may be established by the transfer agent or us, or with the transfer agent through the facilities of the National Securities Clearing Corporation (“NSCC”), if available, in accordance with the rules of the NSCC. In addition, all orders are subject to acceptance or rejection by the Distributor or the relevant Fund in the sole discretion of either. Purchase orders shall be subject to receipt by the Corporation’s transfer agent of all required documents in proper form and to the minimum initial and subsequent purchase requirements set forth in the Registration Statement.

7. Settlement of transactions shall be in accordance with such procedures as may be established by the transfer agent or us, if applicable, the rules of the NSCC. If payment is not received, we and the Funds reserve the right forthwith to cancel the sale, or at the option of the Funds or us to sell the Shares at the then prevailing net asset value, in either case you agree to be responsible for any loss resulting to the Fund and/or to us from your failure to make payments as aforesaid.

 

2


8. To the extent applicable, you shall be allowed the concessions from the public offering price, if any, as set forth in the Registration Statement. Reduced sales charges may also be available pursuant to any special features of the Funds (such as cumulative discounts, letters of intent, etc., the terms of which shall be described in the Funds’ Registration Statement.) Unless at the time of transmitting an order you advise the Funds and their transfer agent to the contrary, the Funds may consider the order to be the total holding of an investor and assume that the investor is not entitled to any reduction in sales price beyond that accorded to the amount of the purchase as determined by the schedule set forth in the then current prospectus of the relevant Fund.

9. If any Fund Shares sold to you or your customers are redeemed by the Funds or repurchased for the account of the Funds or are tendered to the Funds for redemption or repurchase within seven business days after the date of confirmation to you of the original purchase order for said Fund Shares, you agree to pay forthwith to us the full amount of any dealer concession allowed or commission paid to you on the original sale, and we agree to pay the amount of any such dealer concession to the Fund when received by us. Alternatively, we may, in our discretion, withhold payment of dealer concessions or commissions to you for such Fund Shares.

10. For all purposes of this Agreement you will be deemed to be an independent contractor and neither you nor any of your employees or agents shall have any authority to act in any matter or in any respect as agent for the Funds or for the Distributor. Neither you nor any of your employees or agents are authorized to make any representation concerning shares of the Funds except those contained in the Registration Statement. By your written acceptance of this Agreement, you agree to and do release, indemnify and hold us harmless from and against any and all liabilities, losses, claims, demands, charges, costs and expenses (including reasonable attorneys fees) arising out of or resulting from (i) requests, directions, actions or inactions of or by you or your officers, employees or agents or, (ii) the purchase, redemption, transfer or registration of shares of the Funds (or orders relating to the same) by you or your clients, or (iii) your breach of any of the terms of this Agreement. In the event we or the Funds determine to refund any amount paid by an investor for any reason, you shall return to the Funds or us any commission previously paid or discounts allowed with respect to the transaction for which the refund is made. Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, the foregoing indemnity and hold harmless agreement shall indefinitely survive the termination of this Agreement.

11. We may enter into other similar agreements with any other person without your consent.

12. You represent that you are registered as a broker/dealer under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, and a member of FINRA and agree to maintain membership in FINRA or that you are not required to be so registered as a broker/dealer or be a member of FINRA. To the extent applicable, you agree to abide by all the rules and regulations of the Securities and Exchange Commission (“SEC”) and FINRA which are binding upon underwriters and dealers in the distribution of the securities of open-end investment companies, including without limitation, Rule 2830 of FINRA Conduct Rules, as it may be amended from time to time. You shall comply

 

3


with all applicable laws including state and federal laws and the rules and regulations of authorized regulatory agencies. You will not sell or offer for sale shares of any Fund in any state or jurisdiction where (i) you are not qualified to act as a dealer or exempt from qualification as a dealer or (ii) the shares are not qualified for sale or exempt from qualification, including under the blue sky laws and regulations of such state. You agree to notify us immediately if any license or registration to act as a broker-dealer that you currently hold or subsequently obtain is revoked or suspended by any federal, self-regulatory or state agency. We do not assume any responsibility in connection with your registration under the laws of the various states or jurisdictions or under federal law or your qualification under any applicable law or regulation to offer or sell shares of the Funds.

13. You hereby certify that you are in compliance and will continue to comply with all applicable anti-money laundering laws, regulations, rules and government guidance and have in place a comprehensive anti-money laundering compliance program that includes: internal policies, procedures and controls for complying with the USA PATRIOT Act, a designated compliance officer, an ongoing training program for appropriate employees and an independent audit function. You also certify that you are in compliance and will continue to comply with the economic sanctions programs administered by the U.S. Treasury Department’s Office of Foreign Asset Control (“OFAC”) and have an OFAC compliance program in place that satisfies all applicable laws and regulations. You acknowledge that, because the Distributor will not have access to detailed information about your customers who purchase Fund Shares, you will assume responsibility for compliance with the foregoing laws and regulations in regard to such customers. You hereby agree to notify the Distributor promptly whenever, (i) pursuant to the provisions of your programs, indications of suspicious activity or OFAC matches are detected in connection with the purchase, sale or exchange of Fund Shares; or (ii) you receive any reports from any regulator(s) pertaining to your compliance with the foregoing laws or regulations in connection with your customers.

14. You agree to maintain all records required by law relating to transactions involving the Shares, and upon the request of us, the Corporation or M&I Trust, promptly make such of these records available to us, the Corporation’s or M&I Trust’s agents as are requested. In addition you hereby agree to establish appropriate procedures and reporting forms and/or mechanisms and schedules in conjunction with us and the Corporation’s administrator, to enable the Corporation to identify the location, type of, and sales to all accounts opened and maintained by your customers or by you on behalf of your customers.

15. You hereby certify that you are in compliance with and will continue to comply with the applicable provisions of Regulation S-P, which permits financial institutions, such as the Funds, to disclose “nonpublic personal information” (“NPI”) of its “customers” and “consumers” to affiliated and non-affiliated persons of the Funds for the limited purposes of processing and servicing transactions, for specified law enforcement and miscellaneous purposes or as a service provider or in connection with joint marketing arrangements. You hereby acknowledge that we, the Corporation, the Funds and M&I Trust may receive and disclose NPI to you as agent for the Funds but solely in fulfilling your contracted obligations under this Agreement in the ordinary course of business to support to Funds and their shareholders. You hereby agree to be bound to use and disclose NPI only for the limited purposes set forth in the first sentence of this Section 15. You represent and warrant that you have implemented safeguards by adopting

 

4


policies and procedures reasonably designed to insure the security and confidentiality of NPI, to protect against any anticipated hazards or threats to the security or integrity of NPI and to protect against unauthorized access to or use of NPI that could result in substantial harm or inconvenience to any shareholder of the Funds. The provisions of this Section 15 shall survive the termination of this Agreement.

16. Either party to this Agreement may terminate this Agreement by giving ten (10) days’ written notice to the other. This Agreement will terminate automatically if: (i) any bankruptcy, insolvency or receivership proceedings, or an assignment for the benefit of creditors, is brought under any federal or state law by or against you; (ii) your registration with the SEC as a broker-dealer is suspended or revoked and you are not otherwise exempt from registration; (iii) your FINRA membership is suspended or revoked and you are not otherwise exempt from such membership; (iv) you and your representatives are not licensed or qualified in a state or other jurisdiction in which you sell Fund Shares and there is not an applicable exemption, (v) an application for a protective decree under the provisions of the Securities Investor Protection Act of 1970 is filed against you, or (vi) the Distribution Agreement between us and a Fund, the Services Agreement or the Plan is terminated. This Agreement also will terminate automatically in the event of its assignment as that term is defined in the 1940 Act. We may, in our sole discretion, modify or amend this Agreement upon written notice to you of such modification or amendment, which shall be effective on the date stated in such notice.

17. The provisions of the Plan, the Services Agreement and the Distribution Agreement, insofar as they relate to our obligations and the payment of fees hereunder, are incorporated herein by reference. This Agreement shall become effective upon acceptance and execution by us. Unless sooner terminated as provided herein, this Agreement shall continue in full force and effect as long as the continuance of the Plan is approved at least annually by a vote of the Directors of the Corporation, including a majority of the Corporation’s independent directors (as defined in the 1940 Act), cast in person at a meeting called for the purpose of voting thereon. All communications to us should be sent to the address shown on the first page of this Agreement. Any notice to you shall be duly given if mailed or telegraphed to you at the address specified by you below.

18. This Agreement shall be construed in accordance with the laws of the State of Wisconsin, excluding the laws on conflicts of laws.

(The remainder of this page has been intentionally left blank)

 

5


 

      M&I DISTRIBUTORS, LLC

Name of Dealer or Financial Intermediary

(Please Print or Type)*

   

111 East Kilbourn Avenue, Suite 200

Milwaukee, Wisconsin 53202

 

   
Address of Dealer or Financial Intermediary    
By:  

 

    By:  

 

  Authorized Officer       Authorized Officer
 

 

     

 

  Print Name       Print Name
Date:  

 

    Date:  

 

Phone:  

 

     
Email:  

 

     

 

*NOTE:

  Please sign and return both copies of this Agreement to M&I Distributors, LLC, Attention: Legal Department/Brion Winters. Upon acceptance, one countersigned copy will be returned to you for your files.

 

6


S CHEDULE A TO S ALES AND S ERVICES A GREEMENT

As of 12/01/2008

The following lists the Funds and Shares subject to the Sales and Services Agreement and the compensation payable before waivers to dealers or financial intermediaries pursuant to the Sales and Services Agreement. Distributor shall not pay out shareholder services fees to a dealer or financial intermediary until the accrued, unpaid amount of shareholder services fees exceeds ten dollars ($10). Each Fund’s prospectus contains information regarding current waivers and shall control in case of any conflict with this Schedule.

C LASS  A S HARES

E QUITY FUNDS

 

       M AXIMUM  S ALES
C HARGE  (L OAD )
I MPOSED
    D ISTRIBUTION
(12b-1) F EE
   S HAREHOLDER
S ERVICING  F EE
 

F UND N AME

   APPLICABLE
Y ES ¨     N O ¨
    APPLICABLE
Y ES   ¨     N O   ¨
   APPLICABLE
Y ES   ¨     N O   ¨
 

Large Cap-Value Fund

   5.75 %   None    0.25 %

Large-Cap Growth Fund

   5.75 %   None    0.25 %

Mid-Cap Value Fund

   5.75 %   None    0.25 %

Mid-Cap Growth Fund

   5.75 %   None    0.25 %

Small-Cap Growth Fund

   5.75 %   None    0.25 %

International Stock Fund

   5.75 %   None    0.25 %

Emerging Markets Equity Fund

   5.75 %   None    0.25 %
       

 

     S ALES  C HARGE
AS A % OF
P UBLIC
O FFERING
P RICE
    S ALES
C HARGE   AS   A
% OF NAV
 

P URCHASE

A MOUNT

    
Up to $24,999    5.75 %   6.10 %
$25,000 - $49,999    5.00 %   5.26 %
$50,000 - $99,999    4.50 %   4.71 %
$100,000 - $249,999    3.50 %   3.63 %
$250,000 - $499,999    2.50 %   2.56 %
$500,000 - $749,999    2.00 %   2.04 %
$750,000 - $999,999    1.50 %   1.52 %
$1 million or greater 1    None     None  

 

1

A contingent deferred sales charge of 1.00% applies to Advisor Class of Shares redeemed up to 12 months after purchase of $1 million or more.

 

A-1


I NCOME F UNDS ( EXCEPT FOR S HORT -T ERM I NCOME F UND )

 

       M AXIMUM  S ALES
C HARGE (L OAD )
I MPOSED
    D ISTRIBUTION
(12b-1) F EE
    S HAREHOLDER
S ERVICING  F EE
 

F UND N AME

   APPLICABLE
Y ES ¨     N O ¨
    APPLICABLE
Y ES   ¨     N O   ¨
    APPLICABLE
Y ES ¨     N O ¨
 

Government Income Fund

   3.75 %   None     0.25 %

Short-Intermediate Bond Fund

   3.75 %   None     0.25 %

Aggregate Bond Fund

   3.75 %   None     0.25 %

Prime Money Market Fund

   None     0.30 %   0.25 %

Corporate Income Fund

   3.75 %   None     0.25 %
      

 

P URCHASE

A MOUNT

   S ALES  C HARGE
AS A % OF
P UBLIC
O FFERING
P RICE
    S ALES
C HARGE   AS   A
% OF NAV
 
    
Up to $99,999    3.75 %   3.90 %
$100,000 - $249,999    3.50 %   3.63 %
$250,000 - $499,999    2.50 %   2.56 %
$500,000 - $749,999    2.00 %   2.04 %
$750,000 - $999,999    1.50 %   1.52 %
$1 million or greater 2    None     None  

S HORT -T ERM I NCOME F UND

 

       M AXIMUM  S ALES
C HARGE (L OAD )
I MPOSED
    D ISTRIBUTION
(12b-1) F EE
   S HAREHOLDER
S ERVICING  F EE
 

F UND N AME

   APPLICABLE
Y ES ¨     N O ¨
    APPLICABLE
Y ES   ¨     N O   ¨
   APPLICABLE
Y ES ¨     N O ¨
 

Short-Term Income Fund

   2.00 %   None    0.25 %
       

 

P URCHASE

A MOUNT

   S ALES  C HARGE
AS A % OF
P UBLIC
O FFERING
P RICE
    S ALES
C HARGE   AS   A
% OF NAV
 
    
Up to $999,999    2.00 %   2.04 %
$1 million or greater 2    None     None  

 

2

A contingent deferred sales charge of 1.00% applies to Advisor Class of Shares redeemed up to 12 months after purchase of $1 million or more.

 

A-2


C LASS I S HARES

 

F UND N AME

  

M AXIMUM S ALES C HARGE

(L OAD ) I MPOSED

  

D ISTRIBUTION

(12b-1) F EE

  

S HAREHOLDER

S ERVICING F EE

Large-Cap Value Fund    None    None    None
Large-Cap Growth Fund    None    None    None
Mid-Cap Value Fund    None    None    None
Mid-Cap Growth Fund    None    None    None
Small-Cap Growth Fund    None    None    None
International Stock Fund    None    None    None
Emerging Markets Equity Fund    None    None    None
Core Plus Bond Fund    None    None    None
Corporate Income Fund    None    None    None
Aggregate Bond Fund    None    None    None
Government Income Fund    None    None    None
Short-Intermediate Bond Fund    None    None    None
Short-Term Income Fund    None    None    None
Prime Money Market Fund    None    None    None
Government Money Market Fund    None    None    None
Tax-Free Money Market Fund    None    None    None

 

A-3


C LASS Y S HARES

 

Fund Name

   M AXIMUM  S ALES  C HARGE
(L OAD ) I MPOSED
   S HAREHOLDER  S ERVICING
F EE
 
      APPLICABLE
Y ES   ¨     N O   ¨
 

Large-Cap Value Fund

   None    0.25 %

Large-Cap Growth Fund

   None    0.25 %

Mid-Cap Value Fund

   None    0.25 %

Mid-Cap Growth Fund

   None    0.25 %

Small-Cap Growth Fund

   None    0.25 %

International Stock Fund

   None    0.25 %

Emerging Markets Equity Fund

   None    0.25 %

Core Plus Bond Fund

   None    0.25 %

Corporate Income Fund

   None    0.25 %

Aggregate Bond Fund

   None    0.25 %

Government Income Fund

   None    0.25 %

Short-Intermediate Bond Fund

   None    0.25 %

Intermediate Tax-Free Fund

   None    0.25 %

Short-Term Income Fund

   None    0.25 %

Prime Money Market Fund

   None    0.25 %

Government Money Market Fund

   None    0.25 %

Tax-Free Money Market Fund

   None    0.25 %

 

A-4

Exhibit (n)(2)

MARSHALL FUNDS, INC.

MULTIPLE CLASS PLAN

AMENDED DECEMBER 1, 2008

This Multiple Class Plan (“Plan”) is adopted by Marshall Funds, Inc. (the “Corporation”), a Wisconsin corporation, with respect to the classes of shares (“Classes”) of certain of its portfolios (the “Funds”) set forth in exhibits hereto (the “Class Exhibits”).

 

1. PURPOSE

This Plan is adopted pursuant to Rule 18f-3 under the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended (the “Rule”), in connection with the issuance by the Corporation of more than one class of shares of any or all of the Funds in reliance on the Rule.

 

2. SEPARATE ARRANGEMENTS / CLASS DIFFERENCES

The arrangements for shareholders services or the distribution of securities, or both, for each Class shall be as set forth in the applicable Class Exhibit hereto.

 

3. EXPENSE ALLOCATIONS

Each Class shall be allocated their allocable portion of Fund-level and Corporation-level expenses. Each Class shall be allocated those expenses attributable specifically to the Class, which are described in the applicable Class Exhibit hereto (“Class Expenses”). Class Expenses may include distribution expenses; shareholder services expenses; transfer agent fees; printing and postage expenses related to preparing and distributing materials such as shareholder reports, prospectuses, and proxies to current shareholders; blue sky registration fees; SEC registration fees; the expense of administrative personnel and services as required to support the shareholders of a specific class; litigation or other legal expenses relating solely to one Class; or directors’ fees incurred as a result of issues relating to one Class of shares.

 

4. CONVERSION FEATURES

The conversion features for shares of each Class shall be as set forth in the applicable Class Exhibit hereto.

 

5. EXCHANGE FEATURES

The exchange features for shares of each Class shall be as set forth in the applicable Class Exhibit hereto.

 

6. AMENDMENT

Any material amendment of this Plan or any Class Exhibit hereto by the Corporation is subject to the approval of a majority of the directors of the Corporation, and a majority of the directors of the Corporation who are not interested persons of the Corporation, pursuant to the Rule.


EXHIBIT A

to the

Multiple Class Plan

MARSHALL FUNDS, INC.

CLASS Y SHARES

Marshall Prime Money Market Fund

Marshall Government Money Market Fund

Marshall Tax-Free Money Market Fund

This Exhibit to the Multiple Class Plan (the “Plan”) is hereby adopted by the above-listed portfolios of the Corporation (“Funds”) pursuant to Sections 2, 3, 4, and 5 of the Plan with regard to the Class Y Shares of the Fund.

 

1. SEPARATE ARRANGEMENTS

CHANNEL/TARGET CUSTOMERS

Class Y Shares are designed for sale to customers of Marshall & Ilsley Corporation and its affiliates or retail customers of institutions that have not entered into a marketing arrangement or do not provide sales and/or administrative services for the sale of Fund shares.

SALES LOAD

None

DISTRIBUTION FEES

None

SHAREHOLDER SERVICES FEES

Maximum shareholder service fee: 0.25 of 1% of the average daily net asset value of the Class Y Shares. All or any portion of this fee may be waived by the shareholder servicing agent from time to time.

MINIMUM INVESTMENTS

The minimum initial investment in Class Y Shares is $1,000. Subsequent investments must be in amounts of at least $50.

VOTING RIGHTS

Each Class Y Share gives the shareholder one vote in Director elections and other matters submitted to shareholders of the entire Corporation for vote. All shares of each portfolio or class in the Funds have equal voting rights, except that only shares of a particular portfolio or class are entitled to vote in matters affecting that portfolio or class.

 

A-1


2. EXPENSE ALLOCATION

DISTRIBUTION FEES

No Distribution Fees are allocated to Class Y Shares.

SHAREHOLDER SERVICE FEES

Shareholder Service Fees are allocated equally among the Class Y Shares of each Fund.

 

3. CONVERSION FEATURES

Class Y Shares are not convertible into shares of any other class.

 

4. EXCHANGE FEATURES

Class Y Shares of any portfolio may be exchanged for Shares of other Funds of the Corporation pursuant to the conditions described in the applicable prospectus.

 

A-2


EXHIBIT B

to the

Multiple Class Plan

MARSHALL FUNDS, INC.

CLASS Y SHARES

Marshall Large-Cap Value Fund

Marshall Large-Cap Growth Fund

Marshall Mid-Cap Value Fund

Marshall Mid-Cap Growth Fund

Marshall Small-Cap Growth Fund

Marshall International Stock Fund

Marshall Emerging Markets Equity Fund

Marshall Core Plus Bond Fund

Marshall Corporate Income Fund

Marshall Aggregate Bond Fund

Marshall Government Income Fund

Marshall Short-Intermediate Bond Fund

Marshall Intermediate Tax-Free Fund

Marshall Short-Term Income Fund

This Exhibit to the Multiple Class Plan (the “Plan”) is hereby adopted by the above-listed portfolios of the Corporation (“Funds”) pursuant to Sections 2, 3, 4, and 5 of the Plan with regard to the Class Y Shares of the Funds.

 

1. SEPARATE ARRANGEMENTS

CHANNEL/TARGET CUSTOMERS

Class Y Shares are designed for sale to individuals, trust customers of affiliates of Marshall & Ilsley Corporation and other financial institutions, as well as customers of institutions that have entered into a sales arrangement with the Funds, who prefer to invest in open-end investment company securities sold without an initial sales load.

SALES LOAD

None

DISTRIBUTION FEES

None

 

B-1


SHAREHOLDER SERVICES FEES

Maximum shareholder service fee: 0.25 of 1% of the average daily net asset value of the Class Y Shares. All or any portion of this fee may be waived by the shareholder servicing agent from time to time.

MINIMUM INVESTMENTS

The minimum initial investment in Class Y Shares is $1,000. Subsequent investments must be in amounts of at least $50.

VOTING RIGHTS

Each Class Y Share gives the shareholder one vote in Director elections and other matters submitted to shareholders of the entire Corporation for vote. All shares of each portfolio or class in the Funds have equal voting rights, except that only shares of a particular portfolio or class are entitled to vote in matters affecting that portfolio or class.

 

2. EXPENSE ALLOCATION

DISTRIBUTION FEES

No Distribution Fees are allocated to Class Y Shares.

SHAREHOLDER SERVICE FEES

Shareholder Service Fees are allocated equally among the Class Y Shares of each Fund.

 

3. CONVERSION FEATURES

Class Y Shares are not convertible into shares of any other class.

 

4. EXCHANGE FEATURES

Class Y Shares of the Funds may be exchanged for Shares of other Funds of the Corporation pursuant to the conditions described in the appropriate prospectus.

 

B-2


EXHIBIT C

to the

Multiple Class Plan

MARSHALL FUNDS, INC.

CLASS A SHARES

Marshall Prime Money Market Fund

This Exhibit to the Multiple Class Plan (the “Plan”) is hereby adopted by the above-listed portfolios of the Corporation (“Funds”) pursuant to Sections 2, 3, 4, and 5 of the Plan with regard to the Class A Shares of the Fund.

 

1. SEPARATE ARRANGEMENTS

CHANNEL/TARGET CUSTOMERS

Class A Shares are sold through institutions and other entities that have entered into marketing arrangements to make Fund shares available to their clients, customers or other specified investors, or that have agreed to provide sales and/or administrative services as agents for holders of Class A Shares.

SALES LOAD

None

DISTRIBUTION FEES

0.30 of 1% of the average daily net asset value of the Class A Shares of each Fund

SHAREHOLDER SERVICES FEES

Maximum shareholder service fee: 0.25 of 1% of the average daily net asset value of the Class A Shares. All or any portion of this fee may be waived by the shareholder servicing agent from time to time.

MINIMUM INVESTMENTS

The minimum initial investment in Class A Shares is $1,000. Subsequent investments must be in amounts of at least $50.

VOTING RIGHTS

Each Class A Share gives the shareholder one vote in Director elections and other matters submitted to shareholders of the entire Corporation for vote. All shares of each portfolio or class in the Funds have equal voting rights, except that only shares of a particular portfolio or class are entitled to vote in matters affecting that portfolio or class.

 

C-1


2. EXPENSE ALLOCATION

DISTRIBUTION FEES

Distribution Fees are allocated equally among the Class A Shares of the Fund.

SHAREHOLDER SERVICE FEES

Shareholder Service Fees are allocated equally among the Class A Shares of the Fund.

 

3. CONVERSION FEATURES

Class A Shares are not convertible into shares of any other class.

 

4. EXCHANGE FEATURES

Class A Shares of any Fund may be exchanged for Shares of other Funds of the Corporation pursuant to the conditions described in the applicable prospectus.

 

C-2


EXHIBIT D

to the

Multiple Class Plan

MARSHALL FUNDS, INC.

CLASS A SHARES

Marshall Large-Cap Value Fund

Marshall Large-Cap Growth Fund

Marshall Mid-Cap Value Fund

Marshall Mid-Cap Growth Fund

Marshall Small-Cap Growth Fund

Marshall International Stock Fund

Marshall Emerging Markets Equity Fund

Marshall Corporate Income Fund

Marshall Aggregate Bond Fund

Marshall Government Income Fund

Marshall Short-Intermediate Bond Fund

Marshall Short-Term Income Fund

This Exhibit to the Multiple Class Plan (the “Plan”) is hereby adopted by the above-listed portfolios of the Corporation (“Funds”) pursuant to Sections 2, 3, 4, and 5 of the Plan with regard to the Class A Shares of the Funds.

 

1. SEPARATE ARRANGEMENTS

CHANNEL/TARGET CUSTOMERS

Class A Shares are designed for sale to retail customers of brokerage affiliates of Marshall & Ilsley Corporation and other authorized broker-dealers, who prefer to receive consultation services in connection with their investment in open-end investment company securities.

SALES LOAD

Class A Shares are sold with a maximum front-end sales load of 5.75%

DISTRIBUTION FEES

None

 

D-1


SHAREHOLDER SERVICES FEES

Maximum shareholder service fee: 0.25 of 1% of the average daily net asset value of the Class A Shares. All or any portion of this fee may be waived by the shareholder servicing agent from time to time.

MINIMUM INVESTMENTS

The minimum initial investment in Class A Shares is $1,000. Subsequent investments must be in amounts of at least $50.

VOTING RIGHTS

Each Class A Share gives the shareholder one vote in Director elections and other matters submitted to shareholders of the entire Corporation for vote. All shares of each portfolio or class in the Funds have equal voting rights, except that only shares of a particular portfolio or class are entitled to vote in matters affecting that portfolio or class.

 

2. EXPENSE ALLOCATION

DISTRIBUTION FEES

No Distribution Fees are allocated to Class A Shares.

SHAREHOLDER SERVICE FEES

Shareholder Service Fees are allocated equally among the Class A Shares of each Fund.

 

3. CONVERSION FEATURES

Class A Shares are not convertible into shares of any other class.

 

4. EXCHANGE FEATURES

Class A Shares of any portfolio may be exchanged for Shares of other Funds of the Corporation pursuant to the conditions described in the applicable prospectus.

 

D-2


EXHIBIT E

to the

Multiple Class Plan

MARSHALL FUNDS, INC.

CLASS I SHARES

Marshall Large-Cap Value Fund

Marshall Large-Cap Growth Fund

Marshall Mid-Cap Value Fund

Marshall Mid-Cap Growth Fund

Marshall Small-Cap Growth Fund

Marshall International Stock Fund

Marshall Emerging Markets Equity Fund

Marshall Core Plus Bond Fund

Marshall Corporate Income Fund

Marshall Aggregate Bond Fund

Marshall Government Income Fund

Marshall Short-Intermediate Bond Fund

Marshall Short-Term Income Fund

Marshall Prime Money Market Fund

Marshall Government Money Market Fund

Marshall Tax-Free Money Market Fund

This Exhibit to the Multiple Class Plan (the “Plan”) is hereby adopted by the above-listed portfolios of the Corporation (“Funds”) pursuant to Sections 2, 3, 4, and 5 of the Plan with regard to the Class I Shares of the Funds.

 

1. SEPARATE ARRANGEMENTS

CHANNEL/TARGET CUSTOMERS

Class I Shares of the Marshall Large-Cap Value Fund, Marshall Large-Cap Growth Fund, Marshall Mid-Cap Value Fund, Marshall Mid-Cap Growth Fund, Marshall Small-Cap Growth Fund, Marshall International Stock Fund and Marshall Emerging Markets Equity Fund (the “Equity Funds”) are designed for sale to institutional investors. Class I Shares of the Marshall Core Plus Bond Fund, Marshall Corporate Income Fund, Marshall Aggregate Bond Fund, Marshall Government Income Fund, Marshall Short-Intermediate Bond Fund and Marshall Short-Term Income Fund (collectively, the “Income Funds”) are designed for sale to institutional investors. Class I Shares of the Marshall Prime Money Market Fund, Marshall Government Money Market Fund and Marshall Tax-Free Money Market Fund (collectively, the “Money Market Funds”) are designed for sale to institutional investors that are not natural persons.

 

E-1


SALES LOAD

None

DISTRIBUTION FEES

None

SHAREHOLDER SERVICES FEES

None

MINIMUM INVESTMENTS

The minimum initial investment in Class I Shares of each Equity Fund is $2 million. The minimum initial investment in Class I Shares of each Income Fund is $2 million. The minimum initial investment in Class I Shares of each Money Market Fund is $10 million.

VOTING RIGHTS

Each Class I Share gives the shareholder one vote in Director elections and other matters submitted to shareholders of the entire Corporation for vote. All shares of each portfolio or class in the Funds have equal voting rights, except that only shares of a particular portfolio or class are entitled to vote in matters affecting that portfolio or class.

 

2. EXPENSE ALLOCATION

DISTRIBUTION FEES

None

SHAREHOLDER SERVICE FEES

None

 

3. CONVERSION FEATURES

Class I Shares are not convertible into shares of any other class.

 

4. EXCHANGE FEATURES

Class I Shares of any portfolio may be exchanged for Shares of other Funds of the Corporation pursuant to the conditions described in the applicable prospectus.

 

E-2

Exhibit (p)(1)

M ARSHALL F UNDS , I NC .

M&I I NVESTMENT M ANAGEMENT C ORP .

CODE OF ETHICS

 

I. BACKGROUND

This Code of Ethics (the “Code”) has been adopted by M&I Investment Management Corp. (“M&I” or the “Adviser”) and Marshall Funds, Inc. (the “Company” or each series or portfolio a “Fund”) to comply with Rule 204A-1 under the Investment Advisers Act of 1940, as amended (the “Advisers Act”), and Rule 17j-1 under the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended (the “Investment Company Act”). The Adviser and the Company believe that the provisions of this Code and any Associated Procedures contain procedures reasonably necessary to prevent Access Persons from violating the Code.

 

  1. Definitions

 

  (a) “Access Person” means (i) any Advisory Person of the Adviser or the Company; (ii) any Supervised Person who has access to nonpublic information regarding any Advisory Clients’ purchase or sale of securities, or nonpublic information regarding the portfolio holdings of any Reportable Fund; (iii) any Supervised Person who is involved in making securities recommendations to Advisory Clients, or who has access to such recommendations that are nonpublic; (iv) any director or officer of the Company’s principal underwriter who, in the ordinary course of business, makes, participates in, or obtains information regarding, the purchase or sale of Reportable Securities by the Company, or whose functions or duties in the ordinary course of business relate to the making of any recommendations to the Company regarding the purchase or sale of Reportable Securities; and (v) any director or officer of the Adviser or the Company, who is not a Disinterested Director.

 

  (b) “Adviser” means M&I Investment Management Corp. (“IMC”).

 

  (c) “Advisory Client” means any client (including investment companies, managed accounts, and trust accounts) for which IMC serves as an investment adviser, renders investment advice, or makes investment decisions.

 

  (d) “Advisory Person” means (i) any director, officer, or employee of the Adviser (or of any company in a control relationship to the Adviser or the Company), who, in connection with his or her regular functions or duties, makes, participates in, or obtains information regarding the current purchases or sales of a Reportable Security by an Advisory Client, or whose functions relate to the making of any recommendations with respect to such purchases or sales; and (ii) any natural person in a control relationship to the Adviser or the Company who normally obtains information concerning current recommendations made to an Advisory Client with regard to the purchases or sales of a Reportable Security.

 

Effective 8/01/2008

1


  (e) “Associated Procedures” means those policies, procedures and/or statements that have been adopted by the Adviser, and which are designed to supplement this Code and its provisions.

 

  (f) “Automatic Investment Plan” means a program in which regular periodic purchases (or withdrawals) are made automatically in (or from) investment accounts in accordance with a predetermined schedule and allocation. An automatic investment plan includes a dividend reinvestment plan.

 

  (g) A Security is “being considered for purchase or sale” when a recommendation to purchase or sell a Security has been made and communicated and, with respect to the person making the recommendation, when such person seriously considers making such a recommendation.

 

  (h) “Beneficial Ownership” shall be interpreted in the same manner as it would be in determining whether a person is subject to the provisions of Section 16 of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, and the rules and regulations thereunder, except that the determination of direct or indirect beneficial ownership shall apply to all Securities which an Access Person has or acquires. As a general matter, “beneficial ownership” will be attributed to an Access Person in all instances where the Access Person (i) possesses the ability to purchase or sell the Securities (or the ability to direct the disposition of the Securities); (ii) possesses voting power (including the power to vote or to direct the voting) over such Securities; or (iii) receives any benefits substantially equivalent to those of ownership. In addition to an Access Person’s own accounts, a person is presumed to be the beneficial owner of Securities held by immediate family members sharing the Access Person’s household (“immediate family” means any child, stepchild, grandchild, parent, stepparent, grandparent, spouse or equivalent domestic partner, sibling, mother-in-law, father-in-law, son-in-law, daughter-in-law, brother-in-law, or sister-in-law, including adoptive relationships).

 

  (i) “Chief Compliance Officer” means the Chief Compliance Officer of the Adviser.

 

  (j) “Code” means this Code of Ethics.

 

  (k) “Control” shall have the same meaning as that set forth in Section 2(a)(9) of the Investment Company Act.

 

  (l) “Disinterested Director” means a director or trustee of the Company who is not an “interested person” of the Company within the meaning of Section 2(a)(19) of the Investment Company Act.

 

  (m) “Federal Securities Laws” include the Investment Advisers Act of 1940, the Investment Company Act of 1940, the Securities Act of 1933, the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, Title V of the Gramm-Leach-Bliley Act, and the Bank Secrecy Act as it applies to funds and investment advisers, all as amended from time to time, and the rules and regulations thereunder.

 

Effective 8/01/2008

2


  (n) “Reportable Fund” means each registered investment company (and any series or portfolios of such company) that is advised or sub-advised by the Adviser. Reportable Funds do not include money market funds.

 

  (o) “Investment Personnel” include: Access Persons with direct responsibility and authority to make investment decisions affecting the Advisory Client portfolios (such as fund or portfolio managers); Access Persons who provide information and advice to such managers (such as securities analysts); Access Persons who assist in executing investment decisions for the Advisory Clients (such as traders); and any natural person who controls the Adviser or the Company, who obtains information concerning recommendations made to an Advisory Client regarding the purchase or sale of securities by the Advisory Client. As the context requires, “Investment Personnel” may refer to one or more Access Persons.

 

  (p) “Limited Offering” means an offering that is exempt from registration under the Securities Act of 1933 pursuant to section 4(2) or section 4(6) or pursuant to Rule 504, Rule 505, or Rule 506 under the Securities Act of 1933.

 

  (q) “Public Company” means any entity subject to the reporting requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934.

 

  (r) “Purchase or sale of a Security” includes the writing of an option to purchase or sell a Security.

 

  (s) “Reportable Security” shall have the same meaning as “Security” defined below, except that Reportable Securities include Exchange Traded Funds (“ETFs”) but do not include:

 

   

Direct obligations of the Government of the United States;

 

   

Bankers’ acceptances, bank certificates of deposit, commercial paper and high quality short-term debt instruments, including repurchase agreements;

 

   

Shares issued by non-affiliated open-end registered investment companies (i.e., Marshall Funds are reportable); and

 

   

Shares issued by money market funds, including Marshall Money Market funds.

 

  (t)

“Security” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 2(a)(36) of the Investment Company Act or Section 202(a)(18) of the Advisers Act. Security means any note, stock, treasury stock, security future, bond, debenture, evidence of indebtedness, certificate of interest or participation in any profit-sharing agreement, collateral-trust certificate, reorganization certificate or subscription, transferable share, investment contract, voting-trust certificate, certificate of deposit for a security, fractional undivided interest in oil, gas, or other mineral

 

Effective 8/01/2008

3


 

rights, any put, call, straddle, option, or privilege on any security (including a certificate of deposit) or on any group or index of securities (including any interest therein or based on the value thereof), or any put, call, straddle, option, or privilege entered into on a national securities exchange relating to foreign currency, or, in general, any interest or instrument commonly known as a “security”, or any certificate of interest or participation in, temporary or interim certificate for, receipt for, guarantee of, or warrant or right to subscribe to or purchase, any of the foregoing.

 

  (u) “Supervised Person” means any employee of the Adviser. Employees of IMC typically include individuals working in the following areas: the Investment Department (fund managers, analysts, traders, etc.), Compliance/Legal, Performance Measurement, IMC Technology, or portfolio managers and their staff. Additionally, based on circumstance, the Chief Compliance Officer or his or her designee may consider non-employees of IMC to be Supervised Persons and subject to this Code. The Chief Compliance Officer (or his or her designee) will maintain a list of all Supervised Persons and provide each Supervised Person with this Code and any amendments.

 

II. STANDARDS OF CONDUCT AND COMPLIANCE WITH LAWS

As a fiduciary to our clients, M&I strives to act in the best interest of our clients and Fund shareholders and to place their interests ahead of our own. We believe over the long run M&I’s interests will be best served by this philosophy. This Code of Ethics is based on concepts of fiduciary duty, securities laws, and internal policies adopted by M&I. It is intended to promote the highest standards of ethical and professional conduct. In addition to the specific requirements of the Code, M&I’s Supervised Persons are required to comply with all applicable federal securities laws. Such laws include laws regulating privacy, anti-money laundering, insider trading, offerings and sales of securities, and fraud. If you have a question regarding such laws, please consult with the IMC Compliance Department.

Section IV of the Code deals with personal securities trading by M&I’s Supervised Persons. The general fiduciary principles that govern personal investment activities are: (1) the duty at all times to place the interests of clients and Fund shareholders first; (2) the requirement that all personal securities transactions be conducted in such a manner as to be consistent with the Code and to avoid any actual or potential conflict of interest or any abuse of a Supervised Person’s position of trust and responsibility; and (3) the principle that the Adviser’s personnel should not take inappropriate advantage of their positions.

M&I recognizes that independence in the investment decision-making process is vital. Causing a portfolio to take action or to fail to take action for the purpose of achieving a personal benefit rather than to benefit the portfolio is a violation of this Code. Investment Personnel have an affirmative duty to bring suitable securities to the attention of those making investment decisions. Consequently, the failure to recommend or buy a suitable security for a client or Fund in order to avoid the appearance of conflict from a personal transaction in that security will be considered a violation of this Code.

 

Effective 8/01/2008

4


This Code is not intended to deal with every possible situation Supervised Persons may encounter. If a situation arises that is not covered in the Code, or if a Supervised Person is uncertain about any aspect of the Code, he/she is asked to consult with the IMC Compliance Department.

 

III. PROTECTION OF NON-MATERIAL NON-PUBLIC INFORMATION

A Supervised Person who becomes aware of material information that has not been disclosed to the marketplace generally should not, without first discussing the matter with the Chief Compliance Officer, (i) trade in (purchase or sell) the securities of the company to which the information relates, either on behalf of an Advisory Client or for his or her own or a related account, (ii) recommend transactions in such securities, or (iii) disclose that information (tip) to others. These restrictions apply if such information has been acquired improperly or, though acquired properly, has been obtained in circumstances in which there is a reasonable expectation that it will not be used for trading purposes, or where the information relates to a tender offer and came from a tender offer participant.

In particular, no employee should trade, tip, or recommend the securities of any issuer having obtained material nonpublic information on a confidential basis, from an insider in breach of his or her duty, or through misappropriation. On the other hand, there is no prohibition against using information obtained legitimately through one’s own analyses or appropriate investigative efforts.

Any Supervised Person who acquires material nonpublic information may not discuss that company with others, other than to report such fact to the Chief Compliance Officer and/or M&I Wealth Management’s General Counsel. Once material nonpublic information has been disclosed to a person, he or she is precluded from trading in the security to which that information relates, making any comment which could be viewed as a recommendation, or otherwise further disclosing the information, as long as he or she possesses material nonpublic information. 1 In this regard, particular restraint should be exercised to avoid the transmission of information which is not likely to become public in the short term.

In addition, all Supervised Persons are subject to Marshall & Ilsley Corporation’s (“M&I Corp.”) Policy on Securities Trading. Employees are also subject to the Marshall & Ilsley Trust Company, N.A.’s Insider Activity Policy.

 

  1. Materiality. Information is “material” if it has market significance, that is, if its public dissemination is likely to affect the market value of securities, or if it is otherwise information that a reasonable investor would want to know before making an investment decision.

 

1

The restrictions on trading securities imposed by this section apply to anyone receiving material nonpublic information from an employee and (i) the IMC employee, (ii) the employee’s spouse, (iii) the employee’s minor children, (iv) any other person living with the employee or to whose support the employee contributes, and (v) any client over which the employee has discretionary authority.

 

Effective 8/01/2008

5


While it is impossible to list all types of information which might be deemed material under particular circumstances, information dealing with the following subjects is often found to be material:

 

   

earnings estimates and other financial projections

 

   

dividends

 

   

major new discoveries or advances in research

 

   

acquisitions, including mergers and tender offers

 

   

sales of substantial assets

 

   

changes in debt ratings

 

   

significant write-downs of assets or additions to reserves for bad debts or contingent liabilities

On the other hand, information is generally not material if its public dissemination would not have a market impact, or if the information would not likely influence a reasonable investor making an investment decision. Since such judgments may ultimately be challenged with the benefit of hindsight, and the consequences of a wrong decision are potentially severe, an employee should contact the Chief Compliance Officer for advice as to whether particular information is material.

 

  2. Nonpublic. Information that has not been disclosed to the public generally is “nonpublic.”

To demonstrate that certain information is public, the Supervised Person should be able to point to some fact showing that it is widely available. Information would generally be deemed widely available if it has been disclosed, for example, in the broad tape, Wall Street Journal, or widely circulated public disclosure documents, such as prospectuses, annual reports, or proxy statements. Nonpublic information may include (a) information available to a select group of analysts or brokers or institutional investors, (b) undisclosed facts which are the subject of rumors, even if the rumors are widely circulated, and (c) information that has been imparted on a confidential basis, unless and until the information is made public and enough time has elapsed for the market to respond to a public announcement of the information.

 

  3. Information from Affiliates. Because the Adviser is under common control with affiliate banks and other financial institutions, all of which could be a source of nonpublic information, the Adviser employees must be particularly careful to consider the nature of the information they receive before using it. Use of “insider” information obtained from an affiliate of the Adviser could subject both the Adviser and the affiliate to penalties for insider trading.

 

  4. Information Obtained on a Confidential Basis. When an Adviser employee obtains information from a source with the expectation that he or she will keep such information confidential, the Adviser and its employees are prohibited from using that information to trade, tip, or recommend securities and such confidential information may not be given to affiliates of the Adviser. The expectation of confidentiality may be either explicitly set forth or implied by the nature of the Adviser’s relationship with the source of the information.

 

Effective 8/01/2008

6


  5. Information Obtained through a Breach of Fiduciary Duty. Even in the absence of an expectation of confidentiality, the Adviser’s employees are prohibited from trading, tipping, or recommending securities on the basis of material nonpublic information disclosed by an insider in breach of a fiduciary or similar duty.

 

  6. Information Obtained Through Misappropriation. “Misappropriated” information is information that has been improperly obtained or, though obtained properly, is being used improperly for a purpose contrary to the purpose for which it was given. For example, if a printer, a commercial banker, or a lawyer passes along to others material nonpublic information entrusted to him or her by a client, misappropriation may have occurred. Thus, if such a person divulges the information to a person who knows of that relationship, and the person trades, tips, or recommends the client’s securities, liability as a “tippee” with respect to the misappropriated information may be found. For this reason, absent approval by Chief Compliance Officer on the basis of a full exploration of the facts, no employee may trade, tip, or make recommendations regarding affected securities where he or she has reason to believe the information has been misappropriated.

Any violation of the procedures in this section, or any other disclosure or use of material nonpublic information, should be reported to the Chief Compliance Officer immediately. Violations may result in disciplinary action.

Any question as to the applicability or interpretation of these guidelines or the propriety of any desired action must be discussed with Chief Compliance Officer prior to trading or disclosure of the information.

 

IV. PERSONAL SECURITIES TRADING

The Code requires Supervised Persons to conduct any personal securities trading activities in compliance with the provisions of the Code and to periodically report their personal securities transactions and holdings to the IMC Compliance Department, which is required to review those reports. If a Supervised Person is considered an Access Person, he/she is also subject to the pre-clearance requirements detailed in Section A.1 below.

Supervised Persons must submit holdings and transaction reports for Reportable Securities in which the Supervised Person has, or acquires, any direct or indirect Beneficial Ownership. Access Persons reporting obligations may be met by submitting the necessary reports on the Sungard Protegent PTA (“PTA”) web-based personal trade monitoring system.

 

A. Personal Trading Procedures

 

  1. Pre-Clearance Requirements

Access Persons must pre-clear every purchase or sale of a Reportable Security in which the Access Person has a Beneficial Ownership (including transactions in 401k, pension or profit-sharing plans) unless they are specifically excluded from pre-clearance per Section 2 below. Equity-related securities must be pre-cleared using PTA and fixed income securities must be pre-cleared through the fixed income trading desk.

 

Effective 8/01/2008

7


  (a) Pre-clearance approval remains in effect until the end of the business day on which it was granted

 

  (b) Pre-clearance approval and the receipt of express prior pre-clearance approval does not exempt you from the prohibitions outlined in this Code.

 

  (c) When trading options, the Access Person must pre-clear the underlying security before entering into the option contract.

 

  (d) When entering limit orders for transactions that do not meet the de minimis exemption, Access Persons must obtain pre-clearance approval each day the order is outstanding.

 

  2. Exceptions from Pre-Clearance Requirements

The following exceptions are from pre-clearance only ; please see Section B for applicable reporting requirements.

Access Persons are not required to pre-clear the following transactions:

 

  (a) purchases or sales of 2,000 common shares or less (or 20 options contracts or less) in a public company whose market capitalization is greater than $5 billion at the time of the purchase or sale;

 

  (b) purchases or sales in ETFs;

 

  (c) transactions in affiliated mutual funds, such as Marshall Funds and/or the Marshall Asset Allocation Program;

 

  (d) transactions in the M&I 401(k) plan;

 

  (e) purchases or sales in foreign currency futures or forwards;

 

  (f) purchases or sales of options, futures, or forwards on broad-based indices, defined as indices consisting of 100 names or more;

 

  (g) transactions over which the Access Person has no control, such as the expiration of an option contract or option exercise thresholds that trigger an automatic exercise of options;

 

  (h) the execution of options of Marshall & Ilsley Corporation acquired as the result of employment at M&I or its affiliates;

 

  (i)

purchases which are made through an automatic investment plan; part of an automatic payroll deduction plan whereby an employee purchases securities issued by an employer; however, any transaction that overrides the pre-set schedule or allocations of the automatic investment plan must be pre-cleared, as

 

Effective 8/01/2008

8


 

appropriate, and reported. If an Access Person makes a change that will remain in effect for the following periods, such change will not be considered to be an “override.” For example, if an Access Person decides to increase his routine automatic contribution into a Reportable Security from $1,000 to $2,000, and this change will remain in effect for the foreseeable future, he does not need to pre-clear or report this. However, if an Access Person is increasing his automatic contribution from $1,000 to $2,000 as a one-time occurrence, and the following automatic investment will revert back to the $1,000 following the $2,000 transaction, then this transaction must be reported and possibly pre-cleared depending on the type of security (please refer to Section IV.A.);

 

  (j) purchases effected upon the exercise of rights issued by an issuer pro rata to all holders of a class of its Securities, to the extent such rights were acquired from such issuer, and any sales of such rights so acquired;

 

  (k) the acquisition of Reportable Securities through stock dividends, dividend reinvestments, stock splits, reverse stock splits, mergers, consolidations, spin-offs, and other similar corporate reorganizations or distributions generally applicable to all holders of the same class of securities;

 

  (l) purchases which (upon advance notification and approval of the Chief Compliance Officer or his or her designee) are part of an offering made available to a member of the Access Person’s household solely by virtue of that person’s employment;

 

  (m) purchases or sales effected in any account over which the Access Person has no direct or indirect influence or control; or

 

  (n) any transaction in which the Chief Compliance Officer or his or her designee determines that the nature of the Security traded or the facts surrounding the transaction are sufficient enough to make pre-clearance unwarranted.

 

  3. Prohibited Transactions and Activities

 

  (a) Unless a personal transaction meets the de minimis exception listed under Section 2(a), no Supervised Person or immediate family member sharing the Supervised Person’s household shall purchase or sell, directly or indirectly, any Reportable Security in which he or she has, or by reason of such transaction acquires, a direct or indirect beneficial ownership interest and which he or she knows, or should have known, at the time of such purchase or sale:

 

  i. is being considered for purchase or sale by an Advisory Client; or

 

  ii. is being purchased or sold by an Advisory Client.

 

  (b) Inducing or causing an Advisory Client to take action, or to fail to take action, for the purpose of achieving a personal benefit, rather than a benefit for the Advisory Client, is a violation of this Code. Examples of this would include causing an Advisory Client to purchase a Security owned by the Supervised Person for the purpose of supporting or driving up the price of the Security, and causing the Advisory Client to refrain from selling a Security in an attempt to protect the value of the Supervised Person’s investment, such as an outstanding option.

 

Effective 8/01/2008

9


  (c) Using knowledge of an Advisory Client’s portfolio transactions to profit by the market effect of such transactions is a violation of this Code. One test which will be applied in determining whether this prohibition has been violated will be to review the Securities transactions of Supervised Persons for patterns. However, it is important to note that a violation could result from a single transaction if the circumstances warranted a finding that the provisions of Section II of this Code have been violated.

 

  (d) All Supervised Persons and immediate family members sharing the same household are prohibited from acquiring any Security distributed in an initial public offering (“IPO”), until trading of the Security commences in the secondary market.

 

  (e) All Supervised Persons and immediate family members sharing the same household are prohibited from acquiring Securities for their personal accounts in a Limited Offering made by an issuer that is a Public Company, without the express prior approval of the President of the Adviser (or his or her designee) and the Chief Compliance Officer (or his or her designee). All Supervised Persons and immediate family members sharing the same household must pre-clear with the Chief Compliance Officer purchases in a Limited Offering made by an issuer that is not a Public Company. The Chief Compliance Officer, as appropriate, will maintain a record of any decision, and the reasons supporting the decision, to approve the acquisition of Securities in a Limited Offering. Investment Personnel, after purchasing an approved Limited Offering, may not participate in any investment decision making regarding that Limited Offering for any Advisory Client. As such, a recommendation to an Advisory Client’s to purchase or sell Securities of such an issuer (following a purchase by an Investment Personnel in an approved personal transaction) will be subject to an independent review by the President of the Adviser (or his or her designee), so long as the person conducting such review has no personal interest in the issuer. The Investment Personnel will affirmatively disclose to the Chief Compliance Officer any such independent review.

 

  (f) Unless a personal transaction meets the de minimis exception listed under Section 2(a), all Access Persons and immediate family members sharing the same household, including all Investment Personnel, are prohibited from executing a personal transaction in any Reportable Security on a day during which an Advisory Client has a pending “buy” or “sell” order for that Reportable Security, and for seven (7) calendar days after an Advisory Client purchases or sells the same Reportable Security. Any purchases or sales of any Reportable Security by an Access Person within seven (7) days before an Advisory Client purchases or sells the same Reportable Security are subject to review on a case-by-case basis for purposes of determining whether a violation of this Code has or may have occurred. Transactions undertaken in violation of this Code’s prohibitions will be subject to disciplinary action, as determined by the Chief Compliance Officer ( or his or her designee) and/or the Company’s Board of Directors.

 

Effective 8/01/2008

10


  (g) When purchasing, exchanging, or redeeming shares of a Reportable Fund, Supervised Persons must comply in all respects with the policies and standards set forth in the then current prospectus, including restrictions on short-term trading.

 

B. Reporting Requirements

Failure to complete the reports described in this Section of the Code in the specified timeframe is a violation of Rule 17j-1 and Rule 204A-1 under the Investment Company Act of 1940 and the Investment Advisers Act of 1940, respectively, as well as the Code. Such violations may be reported to the Adviser’s and the Company’s Board of Directors and may also result, among other things, in denial of future personal security transaction requests. Access Persons reporting obligations may be met by submitting the necessary reports on PTA. IMC Compliance generally maintains these reports within PTA.

 

  1. Initial and Annual Holdings Reports

 

  (a) Content of Holdings Reports.

Every Supervised Person shall report the information described below to the Chief Compliance Officer (or his or her designee):

 

  i. the full name (title), description (type and exchange ticker symbol or CUSIP number), number of shares and principal amount of each Reportable Security in which the Supervised Person or any immediate family member sharing the same household had any direct or indirect Beneficial Ownership when the person became a Supervised Person;

 

  ii. the name of any broker, dealer or bank maintaining an account in which any Securities that the Supervised Person has any indirect or direct Beneficial Ownership are held; and

 

  iii. date the report is submitted and signature.

 

  (b) Timing of Holdings Reports

Supervised Persons are required to submit a Holdings Report:

 

  i. no later than 10 days after the person becomes a Supervised Person, an initial holdings report listing all of the information described above which must be current as of a date no more than 45 days prior to the date the person becomes a Supervised Person; and

 

  ii. by February 14 of each year, an annual holdings report listing all of the information described above as of December 31 of the prior year.

 

Effective 8/01/2008

11


  2. Quarterly Transaction Reports

 

  (a) Content and Timing of Transaction Reports

Within 30 calendar days after the end of each quarter, each Supervised Person will provide the Chief Compliance Officer (or his or her designee) with a transaction report covering, at a minimum, all transactions during the most recent quarter in which the Supervised Person had any direct or indirect Beneficial Ownership (the “Quarterly Transaction Report”) containing the following information:

 

  i. the date of the transaction, the title, and as applicable the exchange ticker symbol or CUSIP number, interest rate and maturity date, the number of shares and the principal amount of each Reportable Security involved;

 

  ii. the nature of the transaction (i.e., purchase, sale or any other type of acquisition or disposition such as a gift or charitable contribution);

 

  iii. the price at which the transaction was effected;

 

  iv. the name of the broker, dealer or bank with or through which the transaction was effected;

 

  v. date the report is submitted and signature; and

 

  vi. if there were no personal transactions in Reportable Securities during the period, either a statement to that effect or the word “None” (or some similar designation).

 

  (b) Exceptions to Reporting Requirements

Supervised Persons are not required to report:

 

  i. purchases which are made through an automatic investment plans; part of an automatic payroll deduction plan whereby an employee purchases securities issued by an employer; However, any transaction that overrides the pre-set schedule or allocations of the automatic investment plan must be pre-cleared, as appropriate, and reported. If an Access Person makes a change that will remain in effect for the following periods, such change will not be considered to be an “override.” For example, if an Access Person decides to increase his routine automatic contribution into a Reportable Security from $1,000 to $2,000, and this change will remain in effect for the foreseeable future, he does not need to pre-clear or report this. However, if an Access Person is increasing his automatic contribution from $1,000 to $2,000 as a one-time occurrence, and the following automatic investment will revert back to the $1,000 following the $2,000 transaction, then this transaction must be reported and possibly pre-cleared depending on the type of security (please refer to Section IV.A);

 

  ii. purchases effected upon the exercise of rights issued by an issuer pro rata to all holders of a class of its Securities, to the extent such rights were acquired from such issuer, and any sales of such rights so acquired;

 

Effective 8/01/2008

12


  iii. the acquisition of Reportable Securities through stock dividends, dividend reinvestments, stock splits, reverse stock splits, mergers, consolidations, spin-offs, and other similar corporate reorganizations or distributions generally applicable to all holders of the same class of securities;

 

  iv. purchases which (upon advance notification and approval of the Chief Compliance Officer) are part of an offering made available to a spouse of an Supervised Person solely by virtue of that spouse’s employment; or

 

  v. purchases or sales effected in any account over which the Supervised Person has no direct or indirect influence or control.

 

  3. New Brokerage Account Reports

Supervised Persons will be required to disclose to the Chief Compliance Officer (or his or her designee) any new broker, dealer or bank accounts established during the previous quarter in which any Securities that the Supervised Person has any indirect or direct Beneficial Ownership were held during the quarter. The report shall include (i) the name of the broker, dealer or bank with whom the Supervised Person established the account, (ii) the date the account was established and (iii) the date the report was submitted. Ideally, Supervised Persons should report new brokerage accounts when they are opened.

 

  4. Duplicate Statements

Every Supervised Person is required to direct his or her broker to forward to the IMC Compliance Department, on a timely basis, duplicate copies of both confirmations of all personal transactions in Reportable Securities effected for any account in which such Supervised Person has any direct or indirect Beneficial Ownership interest and periodic statements relating to any such account.

 

C. Marshall & Ilsley Corporation & Related Employee Benefits

 

  1. M&I Corp. Stock

Shares of M&I Corp. stock are subject to the same provisions of this Code, as any other equity security. As long as M&I has a market cap in excess of $5 billion, it will qualify for treatment under Section IV.A.2(a).

 

  2. M&I Corp. ESPP

Supervised Persons who participate in the M&I ESPP plan are required to report this account. Initial and subsequent additions to the plan are not subject to pre-clearance, nor are they reportable. However, sales of M&I stock acquired through the plan are subject to pre-clearance for Access Persons. All Supervised Persons must report such sales on their Quarterly Transaction Report.

 

  3. M&I Corp. Stock Option Program

Supervised Persons who receive M&I stock options are required to report this “account.” Because M&I Corporation reviews cashless/sameday sales of these stock options, cashless/sameday sales are not subject to pre-clearance requirements, but the transaction is reportable on the Quarterly Transaction Report. If an Access Person exercises his/her options and does not elect to do a same day sale, any subsequent sales of M&I Corp. stock will be subject to pre-clearance in accordance with Section IV.A

 

Effective 8/01/2008

13


  4. M&I Corp. 401(k) Plan

Transactions within the M&I 401(k) Plan do not require pre-clearance. Transfers within the 401(k) that involve the M&I Stock Fund, Metavante Stock Fund, MAAP products or Reportable Funds (e.g., Marshall Funds) should be reported on the Supervised Person’s Quarterly Transaction Report. Transactions in any money market or stable value products do not need to be reported.

 

  5. Marshall Funds & MAAP

Transactions in the Marshall Funds and MAAP products do not require pre-clearance, but must be reported, unless exempted under Section IV.B.2(b).

 

V. GIFT POLICY

All Investment Personnel are prohibited from offering or receiving any gifts, favors, preferential treatment, valuable consideration, or other thing of more than a de minimis value in the aggregate in any calendar year from any person or entity from, to or through whom the Adviser purchases or sells Securities, or an issuer of Securities. All other Supervised Persons must receive approval from the Chief Compliance Officer (or his or her designee) prior to offering or accepting any gifts, favors, preferential treatment, valuable consideration or other things of more than a de minimis value in the aggregate in any calendar year from any person that does business with or on behalf of the Adviser. For purposes of this section, de minimis value is equal to $100 or less. In determining the value of a gift, Supervised Persons, including Investment Personnel, should use the higher of cost or market value.

 

A. Exceptions to the Definition of a “Gift”

The gift policy does not apply to the following items:

 

  (a) salaries, wages, fees or other compensation paid, or expenses paid or reimbursed, in the usual scope of an Supervised Person’s employment responsibilities for the Supervised Person’s employer;

 

  (b) the offer or acceptance of meals, refreshments or entertainment of reasonable value in the course of a meeting or other occasion, the purpose of which is to hold bona fide business discussions;

 

  (c) the offer or acceptance of advertising or promotional material of nominal value, which is generally $50 or less, such as pens, pencils, note pads, key chains, calendars and similar items;

 

  (d) the offer or acceptance of gifts, meals, refreshments, or entertainment of reasonable value, which is generally $100 or less, that are related to commonly recognized major events related to employment, such as a promotion, new job, etc.;

 

  (e)

the offer or acceptance of personal gifts such as a wedding gift or a congratulatory gift for the birth of a child, provided that these gifts are not given as a result of the business

 

Effective 8/01/2008

14


 

relationship 2 and the individual giving the gift bears the cost of the gift and not the employer (e.g., the gift is not paid for by the Adviser, or its affiliates, or any entity with which they transact business); or

 

  (f) the offer or acceptance of awards, from an employer to an employee, for recognition of service and accomplishment.

 

B. State or Municipal Pension Funds

Regulations related to the investment management of state or municipal pension funds often severely restrict or prohibit the offer of gifts or entertainment of any value to government officials (elected officials and employees of elected officials) who have involvement or influence over the selection of an investment manager. Prior to providing any gift or entertainment, the Supervised Person will generally consult with such individuals.

 

C. Reporting

Any Supervised Person who offers or receives any gift, favor, preferential treatment, valuable consideration or other thing of value from or to any person or entity that does business either with or on behalf of an Advisory Client (including an issuer of Securities or any entity or person through whom an Advisory Client purchases or sells Securities) is required to report the offer or receipt of such gift at least quarterly to the Chief Compliance Officer (or his or her designee). The report must include a description of the gift given or received, the name of the person receiving or giving the gift and the estimated value of the gift. This reporting obligation can be met by submitting a gift reporting form through PTA.

 

VI. SERVICE AS BOARD DIRECTOR OR BOARD MEMBER

All Supervised Persons are prohibited from serving on the boards of directors of any Public Company, absent express prior authorization from the President of the Adviser (or his or her designee). Authorization to serve on the board of a Public Company may be granted in instances where the President of the Adviser (or his or her designee) determines that such board service would be consistent with the interests of the Advisory Clients, including shareholders of the Company. If prior approval to serve as a director of a Public Company is granted, an Investment Personnel has an affirmative duty to excuse himself from participating in any deliberations by the Adviser regarding possible investments in the securities issued by the Public Company on whose board the Investment Personnel sits.

 

VII. CERTIFICATION AND ACKNOWLEDGEMENT

Upon becoming a Supervised Person and annually by February 14 of each year, every Supervised Person will provide the Chief Compliance Officer (or his or her designee) with certification that he or she has received, read, and understands the provisions of this Code, and that they recognize that they are subject to its provisions. The annual certification shall also include a statement that, during the prior year, the Supervised Person has complied with the

 

2 For example, in situations where there is a pre-existing personal or family relationship between the person giving the gift and the recipient.

 

Effective 8/01/2008

15


requirements of this Code and that the Supervised Person has disclosed or reported all personal transactions in Reportable Securities that are required to be disclosed or reported pursuant to the requirements of this Code. In addition, should there are any material amendments to the Code, as determined by the Chief Compliance Officer, each Supervised Persons will be asked to certify that he or she has received, read and understands the provisions of this Code.

 

VIII. DISINTERESTED DIRECTORS

 

A. Prohibited Securities Transactions

No Disinterested Director shall purchase or sell, directly or indirectly, any security in which he or she has, or by reason of such transaction acquires, any direct or indirect Beneficial Ownership or interest when the Disinterested Director knows or has reason to believe that securities of the same class are being purchased or sold or considered for purchase or sale by the Company or any series thereof, until those transactions have been completed or consideration of such transactions is abandoned.

This prohibition does not apply to any transaction in an investment advisory account of any Disinterested Director (either alone or with others) over which the investment adviser for the account exercises investment discretion if the Disinterested Director did not have knowledge of the transaction until after the transaction had been executed.

 

B. Exempted Transactions

The provisions of this Code are not intended to restrict unnecessarily the personal investment activities of Disinterested Directors. Therefore, the provisions of Section VIII.A of this Code shall not apply to:

 

  (a) purchases or sales over which a Disinterested Director has no direct or indirect influence or control;

 

  (b) purchases or sales of securities that are not eligible for purchase or sale by a Fund;

 

  (c) purchases or sales that are non-volitional on the part of either the Disinterested Director or a Fund;

 

  (d) purchases that are part of an automatic investment or dividend reinvestment plan;

 

  (e) purchases effected upon the exercise of rights issued by an issuer pro rata to all holders of a class of its securities to the extent such rights were acquired from such issuer, and sales of such rights so acquired; and

 

  (f) purchases or sales that receive the prior approval of the Chief Compliance Officer on the ground that they are not inconsistent with this Code or the provisions of Rule 17-j-l(a).

 

Effective 8/01/2008

16


C. Reporting Securities Transactions

 

  1. Duty to Report

If any Disinterested Director has a Beneficial Ownership in a transaction in a security and at the time of the transaction knew, or in the ordinary course of fulfilling his or her official duties as a director should have known, that on the day of the transaction or within 15 days before or after that day a purchase or sale of that class of security was made or being considered for a Fund, he or she shall report the transaction to the Chief Compliance Officer within 30 days after the end of the calendar quarter in which the transaction occurred.

 

  2. Form of Report

A report pursuant to Section VIII.C.1 may be in any form, such as that in Exhibit A, (including a copy of a confirmation or monthly brokerage statement) but must include:

 

  (a) the date of the transaction;

 

  (b) the title, interest rate and maturity date (if applicable), number of shares, and the principal amount (if applicable) of the security;

 

  (c) the nature of the transaction (i.e., purchase, sale, gift, or other type of acquisition or disposition);

 

  (d) the price at which the transaction was effected;

 

  (e) the name of the broker, dealer or bank with or through whom the transaction was effected;

 

  (f) the name of the reporting person; and

 

  (g) the date on which the report is submitted.

 

  3. Initial and Annual Holdings Reports

Disinterested Directors shall not be required to complete and submit Initial and Annual Holdings Reports.

 

D. Transactions with a Fund or the Company

No Disinterested Director will knowingly sell to or purchase from a Fund any security or other property except securities issued by a Fund.

 

IX. WAIVERS BY THE CHIEF COMPLIANCE OFFICER

The Chief Compliance Officer or his or her designee may, in his or her discretion, waive compliance by an Supervised Person with the provisions of the Code, if he or she finds that such a waiver: (i) is necessary to alleviate undue hardship or in view of unforeseen circumstances or is otherwise appropriate under all the relevant facts and circumstances; (ii) will not be

 

Effective 8/01/2008

17


inconsistent with the purposes and objectives of the Code; (iii) will not adversely affect the interests of any Advisory Client or the interests of the Adviser or its affiliates; and (iv) will not result in a transaction or conduct that would violate provisions of applicable laws or regulations. Any waiver shall be in writing and shall contain a statement of the basis for the waiver.

 

X. REVIEWING AND MONITORING

The Chief Compliance Officer will review all reports required under this Code, and personal trading activity and trading records to identify improper trades or patterns of trading or possible violations. The Chief Compliance Officer may designate one or more individuals to assist with the review of these items.

 

XI. REPORTING VIOLATIONS AND SANCTIONS

Supervised Persons who are aware of any possible violations of this Code must promptly report them to the Chief Compliance Officer. Upon determining that a violation of this Code has occurred, the Chief Compliance Officer may take such actions or impose such sanctions, if any, as he or she deems appropriate, including, but not limited to: (a) a letter of censure; (b) suspension; (c) a fine, either nominal or substantial; (d) the unwinding of trades; (e) the disgorging of profits; or (f) termination. These sanctions may be assessed individually or in combination. Prior violations by the Supervised Person and the degree of responsibility exercised by the Supervised Person will be taken into consideration in the assessment of sanctions. In instances where a member of the Supervised Person’s household commits the violation, any sanction will be imposed on the Supervised Person.

 

XII. ANNUAL REPORT TO MARSHALL FUNDS’ BOARD OF DIRECTORS

No less frequently than annually, the Adviser, the sub-adviser to any Fund, the Company’s distributor and the Company are each required to furnish to the Company’s Board of Directors a written report that:

 

  (a) describes any issues arising under the Code of Ethics since the last report to the Board of Directors, including, but not limited to, information about material violations of the Code or procedures and sanctions imposed in response to the material violations; and

 

  (b) certifies that the Adviser and the Company have adopted procedures reasonably necessary to prevent access persons from violating the Code.

 

XIII. RECORDKEEPING

The Compliance department will maintain copies of the Code, records of persons subject to reporting under the Code, copies of supervised persons’ written acknowledgement of receipt of the Code, records of personal securities transactions and holdings reports and the Compliance department’s review of the same, records of decisions relating to approvals of investments in limited offerings or private placements, records of violations of the Code and actions taken as a result of the violations, and records of the annual reports provided to the Funds’ Board of Directors. These records will be maintained (generally for five full fiscal years) in accordance with applicable laws and rules there under.

 

Effective 8/01/2008

18


XIV. FORM ADV

The Adviser will describe its Code of Ethics in Form ADV and, upon request, furnish the clients with a copy of the Code.

 

XV. CONFIDENTIALITY

All reports and records monitored, prepared or maintained pursuant to this Code shall be considered confidential and proprietary to the Adviser and/or the Company and shall be maintained and protected accordingly, except as disclosed thereof to the Adviser’s or Company’s Board of Directors, M&I Corp.’s Internal Audit department, regulators or other appropriate persons as may be reasonable and necessary to accomplish the purpose of this Code.

 

Effective 8/01/2008

19


EXHIBIT A

M ARSHALL F UNDS , I NC .

TRANSACTION REPORTING FORM FOR DISINTERESTED DIRECTORS

Background. Marshall Funds, Inc. (the “Marshall Funds” or “Funds”) has adopted a code of ethics (the “Code of Ethics”) to comply with Rule 17j-1 of the Investment Company Act. The Code of Ethics requires “access persons” to report their personal securities transactions. While the definition of “access person” includes directors of Marshall Funds, a director who is not an “interested person” of the Funds (i.e. a “Disinterested Director”) and who would be required to make a report solely by reason of being a Fund director, is not required to submit initial or annual holdings reports and is only required to report transactions in Securities (as defined by the Code of Ethics) on a quarterly basis if the director knew or, in the ordinary course of fulfilling his or her official duties as a Fund director, should have known that during the 15-day period immediately before or after the director’s transaction in a Security, a Fund purchased or sold the Security, or the Fund or its investment adviser considered purchasing or selling the Security.

Transaction Reporting. Each Disinterested Director shall submit to the Chief Compliance Officer of M&I Investment Management Corp., the Fund’s investment adviser, a list of any applicable transactions, as described above, within 30 days of each calendar quarter end on this Form. To the extent the Disinterested Director does not have any applicable transactions, this Form need not be submitted. The Disinterested Directors will be reminded periodically of their reporting responsibilities. The reporting of any transaction below shall not be construed as an admission of any direct or indirect beneficial ownership in the subject security.

 

 

T RANSACTION R ECORD FOR ( Print Name )                                                                          F OR THE Q UARTER E NDED                         

I am reporting below all transactions required to be reported for the quarter pursuant to the Code of Ethics.

 

Date of
Transaction

  

Name of Security
and Ticker

   Interest
Rate
   Maturity
Date
   Principal
Amount
   Number of
Shares or Par
   Type of Transaction
(B) (S) (Other)
   Price    Broker/Bank/Other    Name of Account
(if other than yourself)
                          
                          
                          
                          

 

 

   

 

 

Disinterested Director Signature

    Date  

 

    REVIEWED:  

 

   

 

 
      Date     Compliance Review Signature  

 

    FOLLOW-UP ACTION (if any):  

 

 

 

Exhibit (p)(2)

LOGO

TRILOGY GLOBAL ADVISORS, LLC

Code of Ethics / Insider Trading Policy Statement

ACKNOWLEDGEMENT OF RECEIPT

BY SIGNING THIS FORM, I hereby acknowledge receipt of (i) the Code of Ethics of Trilogy Global Advisors, LLC (“TGA”) and (ii) the Insider Trading Policy Statement of the Firm. I represent that I have read and understand both the Code of Ethics and the Insider Trading Policy Statement and will keep both documents for further reference. I understand, acknowledge and agree that both the Code of Ethics and the Insider Trading Policy Statement apply to me and, among other matters, to all transactions and holdings in investments in which I have beneficial ownership, as well as all transactions and holdings in investments in which members of my family/household have beneficial ownership . I hereby agree that I will comply with both the spirit and the specific requirements of the Code of Ethics and the Insider Trading Policy Statement, including all reporting obligations under the Code of Ethics.

 

BY SIGNING THIS FORM, I hereby authorize the Firm to receive duplicate copies of ALL TRANSACTION CONFIRMATION STATEMENTS AND ALL OF MY ACCOUNT STATEMENTS with respect to ANY AND ALL securities account(s) I maintain with any broker-dealer, investment manager or bank. I further acknowledge that any communications concerning pre-clearances of Covered Securities transactions required pursuant to the Code of Ethics may be recorded by the Firm.

 

 

  

 

Date    Signature

 

  

 

Name    Social Security Number

 

  ¨   Regular Employee     ¨   Director     ¨   Temporary or Contract Employee (temp agency employee)

You are REQUIRED to sign and date this Acknowledgement of Receipt and return it along with a Completed Form A (Initial Holdings Report) to the Chief Compliance Officer or, if applicable, to the Assistant Chief Compliance Officer, on or before 10 days after joining the firm.                     


TRILOGY Global ADVISORS, LLC

Code of Ethics / Insider Trading Policy Statement

December 2007

LOGO


TRILOGY GLOBAL ADVISORS, LLC

Code of Ethics

This is the Code of Ethics of Trilogy Global Advisors, LLC (“TGA”), All managers, officers, and employees of the Firm are subject to this Code. “Firm” as used hereunder means, TGA.

The Firm is required to provide each of its “supervised persons” (including the Firm’s members (partners), officers, directors and employees, as well as any other person who provides advice on behalf of the Firm and is subject to the Firm’s supervision and control) with a copy of the Code and any amendments, and all supervised persons are required to provide the Firm (through the Chief Compliance Officer ) with a written acknowledgment of their receipt of the Code and any amendments ( accordingly, please sign and date the Acknowledgement of Receipt accompanying the Code and return it to the Chief Compliance Officer ).

Things You Need to Know to Use This Code

1. Terms in boldface type have special meanings as used in this Code. To understand the Code, you need to read the definitions of these terms. The definitions are at the end of the Code .

2. To understand what parts of this Code apply to you, you need to know whether you fall into one of these categories:

Access Person

Investment Person

If you don’t know whether you fall into either or both categories, ask the Chief Compliance Officer

This Code has three sections:

Part I—Applies to All Personnel

Part II—Applies to Access Persons and Investment Persons

Part III—Definitions

There are also five Reporting Forms that Access Persons have to fill out as called for under this Code, which are attached at the end of this Code as:

 

   

Form A (Initial Holdings Report)

 

   

Form B (Quarterly Transactions Report),

 

   

Form C (Annual Holdings Report / Certification)

 

   

Form D (Request for Pre-Clearance of a Covered Security)

 

Code of Ethics (TGA) 2007 12 10   Page 1 of 34


   

Form E (Request for Pre-Clearance of a Private Placement).

You can also get copies of the Reporting Forms from the Chief Compliance Officer .

All the members of the Firm’s Board and officers of the Firm are treated as Access Persons , even those who aren’t employees of the Firm. Thus, all Board members and officers are subject to both Part I and Part II of this Code. However, if you are a Board member or officer who is not an employee of the Firm, you do not have to comply with certain sections of the Code, including certain trading restrictions and blackout provisions in Sections B and C of Part II.

3. The Chief Compliance Officer has the authority to grant waivers (which may be in writing or in electronic form) of the provisions of this Code in appropriate instances.

However:

 

   

The Firm expects that waivers will be granted only in rare instances, and

 

   

Some provisions of the Code that are mandated by SEC rule cannot be waived. These include, but are not limited to, the requirement that Access Persons file reports.

Other Matters

If a portfolio manager of the Firm has Beneficial Ownership of a Covered Security which he or she desires to purchase on behalf of a Client, the purchase decision must be made by another portfolio manager who has no Beneficial Ownership of the Covered Security and confirmed by the Chief Compliance Officer .

No less frequently than annually, Firm must furnish to the board of directors of any United States registered mutual fund client, a written report that:

 

   

describes any issues arising under the Code or procedures since the last report to the board, including, but not limited to, information about material violations of the Code or procedures and sanctions imposed in response to the material violations; and

 

   

certifies that the Firm has adopted procedures reasonably necessary to prevent Access Persons from violating the Code.

A copy of this Code shall be submitted to the Board of each new U.S. registered mutual fund client, prior to the Firm commencing as adviser or sub-adviser to the fund, for review and approval. Thereafter, all material changes to this Code shall be submitted to each such mutual fund’s Board for review and approval not later than six (6) months following the date of implementation of such material changes, or such earlier date in accordance with the policies imposed by the particular mutual fund.

 

Page 2 of 34


PART I — Applies to All Personnel

General Principles – These Apply to All Personnel (including All Board Members, Officers and Employees)

The Firm recognizes that the knowledge of present or future portfolio transactions and, in certain instances, the power to influence portfolio transactions made by or for any client for which the Firm serves as an investment adviser (a “Client”) which may be possessed by certain of its staff could place such individuals, if they engage in personal transactions in securities, in a position where their personal interest may conflict with that of such Client.

The Firm has adopted this Code to prohibit certain types of personal securities transactions which may create conflicts of interest (or at least the potential for or the appearance of a conflict of interest), to specify certain permitted personal investments and to establish reporting requirements and enforcement procedures.

In general, all of the personnel of the Firm (sometimes referred to in this Code as “staff”) are expected to:

 

   

act with integrity, competence, dignity and in an ethical manner when dealing with the public, clients, prospects, employers, employees and fellow staff;

 

   

practice and encourage others to practice in a professional and ethical manner that will reflect credit on our staff;

 

   

strive to maintain and improve their competence;

 

   

use reasonable care and exercise independent professional judgment where appropriate;

 

   

promptly report violations of this Code to the Compliance Officer; and

 

   

comply with all applicable Federal Securities Laws.

In recognition of the trust and confidence placed in the Firm by its Clients, the Firm has adopted the following general principles to guide the actions of its employees, officers and managers:

 

   

The interests of our Clients are paramount, and all staff should conduct themselves in all situations by placing the interests of the Clients before their own.

 

   

All personal transactions in securities by staff must be accomplished so as to avoid conflicts of interest on the part of such personnel with the interests of our Clients.

 

Page 3 of 34


   

All staff must avoid actions or activities that allow (or appear to allow) a person to profit or benefit from his or her position with respect to the Clients, or that otherwise bring into question the person’s independence or judgment.

The Firm is a fiduciary for its investment advisory and sub-advisory clients. Due to this fiduciary relationship, it is generally improper for the Firm or its personnel to:

 

   

use for their own benefit (or the benefit of anyone other than the client) information about the Firm’s trading or recommendations for client accounts; or

 

   

take advantage of investment opportunities that would otherwise be available for the Firm’s clients.

Moreover, as a matter of business policy, the Firm wants to avoid even the appearance that the Firm, its personnel or others receive any improper benefit from information about client trading or accounts, or from our relationships with our clients or with the brokerage community.

Accordingly, the Firm expects all personnel to comply with the spirit of the Code, as well as the specific rules contained in the Code. You must report any violations of the Code promptly to the Chief Compliance Officer .

The Firm treats violations of this Code (including violations of the spirit of the Code) very seriously. If you violate either the letter or the spirit of this Code, the Firm might impose penalties or fines, cut your compensation, demote you, require disgorgement of trading gains, or suspend or terminate your employment, or any combination of the foregoing.

Improper trading activity can constitute a violation of this Code. However, you can also violate this Code by failing to file required reports, or by making inaccurate or misleading reports or statements concerning trading activity or securities accounts. Your conduct can violate this Code, even if no clients are harmed by your conduct.

If you have any doubt or uncertainty about what this Code requires or permits, you should ask the Chief Compliance Officer . Please do not guess at the answer. Ignorance or lack of understanding is no excuse for a violation.

Compliance with the Federal Securities Laws

More generally, Firm personnel are required to comply with applicable federal securities laws at all times. Examples of federal securities laws include:

 

   

the Investment Advisers Act of 1940 and the SEC rules thereunder;

 

   

the Securities Act of 1933, the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 and the SEC rules thereunder;

 

Page 4 of 34


   

the Investment Company Act of 1940 and the SEC rules thereunder;

 

   

Title V of the Gramm-Leach-Bliley Act of 1999 (privacy and security of client non-public information); and

 

   

the Bank Secrecy Act , as it applies to investment advisers and, as applicable, investment companies, and the SEC and Department of the Treasury rules thereunder.

Gifts to or from Brokers or Clients – This Applies to All Personnel, Except Members of the Firm’s Board and Officers of the Firm Who Are Not Employees of the Firm

No personnel may accept or receive on their own behalf or on behalf of the Firm any gift or other accommodations from a vendor, broker, securities salesman, client or prospective client (a “business contact”) that might create a conflict of interest or interfere with the impartial discharge of such personnel’s responsibilities to the Firm or its clients or place the recipient or the Firm in a difficult or embarrassing position. This prohibition applies equally to gifts or other accommodations to members of the Family/Household of firm personnel.

No personnel may give on their own behalf or on behalf of the Firm any gift or other accommodations to a business contact that may be construed as an improper attempt to influence the recipient.

In any event, no gift or other accommodations to or from a particular business contact may be of more than de minimis value. This applies to multiple gifts or accommodations to or from the same business contact over a fairly short time period (e.g., 12 months). Any questions as to whether gift(s) or other accommodation(s) are de minimis should be directed to the Chief Compliance Officer .

These policies are not intended to prohibit normal business entertainment. Any questions as to whether a particular gift or entertainment activity constitutes normal business entertainment should be directed to the Chief Compliance Officer .

Service on the Board or as an Officer of Another Company – This Applies to All Personnel, Except Members of the Firm’s Board and Officers of the Firm Who Are Not Employees of the Firm

To avoid conflicts of interest, inside information and other compliance and business issues, the Firm prohibits all its employees from serving as officers or members of the board of any other entity, except with the advance written approval of the Firm. Approval must be obtained through the Chief Compliance Officer , and will ordinarily require consideration by the Executive Committee or the Board of the Firm. The Firm can deny approval for any reason. This prohibition does not apply to service as an officer or board member of any parent, subsidiary or other affiliate under common control with the Firm, nor does it apply to members

 

Page 5 of 34


of the Firm’s Board or officers of the Firm who are not employees of the Firm. The prohibition also does not apply to service as an officer or board member of any not-for-profit, charitable foundation, organization or similar entity.

 

Page 6 of 34


PART II – Applies to Access Persons and

Investment Persons

A. Reporting Requirements – These Apply to All Access Persons (including All Investment Persons and All Members of the Firm’s Board and Officers of the Firm)

NOTE: One of the most complicated parts of complying with this Code is understanding what holdings, transactions and accounts you must report and what accounts are subject to trading restrictions. For example, accounts of certain members of your family and household are covered, as are certain categories of trust accounts, certain investment pools in which you might participate, and certain accounts that others may be managing for you. To be sure you understand what holdings, transactions and accounts are covered, it is essential that you carefully review the definitions of Covered Security, Family/Household and Beneficial Ownership in the “Definitions” section at the end of this Code.

You must file the reports described below, even if you have no holdings, transactions or accounts to list in the reports.

The Chief Compliance Officer (or his designee) is responsible for reviewing all holdings and transactions reports submitted pursuant to this Code. The Firm may be required to make the reports available to third parties in limited circumstances, such as in connection with SEC inspections or inquiries.

Copies of all reporting forms are included at the back of this Code and may also be obtained from the Chief Compliance Officer .

1. Initial Holdings Reports. No later than 10 calendar days after you become an Access Person , you must file with the Chief Compliance Officer an Initial Holdings Report ( Form A ).

The Initial Holdings Report requires you to list all Covered Securities (including title and type of security and, as applicable, the exchange ticker symbol or CUSIP number, interest rate and maturity date, the number of shares and principal amount) in which you (or members of your Family/Household ) have Beneficial Ownership . It also requires you to list all broker-dealers and banks where you maintained an account in which any securities (not just Covered Securities ) were held for the direct or indirect benefit of you or a member of your Family/Household on the date you became an employee or other Access Person . You must also include the date upon which the report is submitted. The information contained in the report must be current as of a date no more than 45 days prior to the date you became an Access Person . A form of Initial Holdings Report is included as Form A attached hereto.

2. Quarterly Transactions Reports. No later than 30 calendar days after the end of March, June, September and December each year, you must file with the Chief Compliance Officer a Quarterly Transactions Report ( Form B ).

 

Page 7 of 34


The Quarterly Transactions Report requires you to list all transactions during the most recent calendar quarter in Covered Securities (including the date of the transaction, the title and type of security and, as applicable, the exchange ticker symbol or CUSIP number, interest rate and maturity date, the number of shares and principal amount) in which you (or a member of your Family/Household ) had Beneficial Ownership . It also requires you to report the nature of the transaction (i.e., purchase, sale or any other type of acquisition or disposition), the price of the security at which the transaction was effected and the name of the broker-dealer or bank with or through which the transaction was effected. It also requires you to list all broker-dealers and banks with whom you established an account during the calendar quarter in which any securities (not just Covered Securities ) were held for the direct or indirect benefit of you or a member of your Family/Household . You must also include the date upon which the report is submitted. A form of Quarterly Transactions Report is included as Form B attached hereto.

Reporting through Duplicate Confirmation Statements . The Firm maintains relationships with certain brokers (“Approved Brokers” listed on Attachment A) providing customized reporting to the Firm of your transactions and statements. All Access Persons of the Firm shall designate an Approved Broker as their broker to trade in Covered Securities (except if such account is a fully managed account managed by a registered investment advisor which is not affiliated with the Access Person and over which the Access Person has no discretion in respect of individual investments) and shall use such Approved Broker for all personal trading unless he or she has received approval from the Chief Compliance Officer to use another broker or other financial institution. If you (including owners/members of the Firm) or any member of your Family/Household has a securities account with any other broker or other financial institution or a direct account with a mutual fund, you or your Family/Household member may direct that broker-dealer, bank or mutual fund company to send, directly to the Firm’s Chief Compliance Officer , contemporaneous duplicate copies of all transaction confirmation statements, together with periodic account statements, relating to that account. Otherwise, copies of such brokerage account statements and transaction confirmations shall be provided by the Access Person directly to the Firm’s Chief Compliance Officer . By signing the Acknowledgment and Receipt of the Code, you will have authorized the Firm to receive duplicate copies of all transaction confirmation statements and all account statements with respect to any securities account you maintain with any broker-dealer, investment manager, bank, or mutual fund company. You do not need to submit a Quarterly Transactions Report with respect to information that would duplicate information contained in broker trade confirmations or account statements received by the Chief Compliance Officer not later than 30 days after the end of the calendar quarter in which the transaction occurred .

EXCEPTION: An Access Person need not report securities held in accounts over which the Access Person had no direct or indirect influence or control, or report transactions effected pursuant to an automatic investment plan. An “automatic investment plan” means a program in which regular periodic purchases (or withdrawals) are made automatically in (or from) investment accounts in accordance with a predetermined schedule and allocation. An automatic investment plan includes a dividend reinvestment plan. Purchases of securities pursuant to an Employee Stock Ownership/Purchase Plan are included in this exception.

 

Page 8 of 34


3. Annual Holdings Reports . By January 31 of each year, you must file with the Chief Compliance Officer an Annual Holdings Report ( Form C ).

The Annual Holdings Report requires you to list the same information required in an Initial Holdings Report ( see Section A.1 above ), but the information should be as of December 31 of the prior calendar year . A form of Initial Holdings Report is included as Form C attached hereto.

B. Transaction Restrictions – These Apply to All Access Persons (Including All Investment Persons), provided that Members of the Firm’s Board and Officers of the Firm Who Are Not Employees of the Firm Are Subject to Section 3 Only.

Note : As further detailed below, all Access Persons must submit an executed certification to the Chief Compliance Officer in connection with any purchase or sale of a Covered Security for which preclearance is required. The certification provides that the Access Person :

 

   

does not possess material non-public information relating to the Covered Security ;

 

   

is not aware of any proposed trade or investment program for that Covered Security on behalf of any Client;

 

   

believes that the proposed trade is available to any market participant on the same terms; and

 

   

will provide any other information requested by the Chief Compliance Officer for the proposed trade.

1. Written Preclearance from Chief Compliance Officer . You and members of your Family/Household are prohibited from engaging in any transaction in a Covered Security for any account in which you or a member of your Family/Household has any Beneficial Ownership , unless you obtain, in advance of the transaction, written preclearance for that transaction from the Chief Compliance Officer . This includes exercises of rights granted by an issuer that the security holder must elect or deny. If you have any questions about whether a particular transaction requires pre-clearance, please contact the Chief Compliance Officer.

A form of Request for Pre-Clearance of the Purchase or Sale of a Security is included as Form D attached hereto, which must be completed and signed by the Access Person and the Chief Compliance Officer (or designee) before the trade is executed. In addition, an Investment Person must provide an explanation as to why he or she is making a personal transaction in a security where it is not recommended for client portfolios in any case where the security is for a company with a market cap of over $1 billion. Where securities are for companies with a market cap below $1 billion, an Investment Person may, at the request of a portfolio manager, be required to provide such explanation.

 

Page 9 of 34


Once obtained, written preclearance from the Chief Compliance Officer (evidenced by a Form D signed by the Chief Compliance Officer ) is valid only until the end of the business day noted as the expiration on the pre-approval form (generally the day on which it is granted and the following one (1) business day). Orders that may lead to execution on a later day (such as stop orders and limit orders) may not be used. The Chief Compliance Officer may, for any reason, deny such a preclearance or revoke such a preclearance any time after it is granted and before you execute the transaction.

Certain Exceptions to Pre-Clearance. Neither written preclearance from the Chief Compliance Officer is required, nor submission of a signed pre-clearance Form (Form D), for the following categories of transactions ( These are exceptions from the preclearance process; they are NOT exceptions from the reporting requirements under Section A above ) :

The preclearance requirements do not apply to the following categories of transactions:

 

   

Transactions in securities of collective investment vehicles (other than Reportable Funds ) for which the Firm serves as the investment adviser (for example, the purchase or redemption by you of an interest in a Firm-managed hedge fund would not be subject to pre-clearance).

 

   

Transactions in Covered Securities by Firm-sponsored collective investment vehicles for which the Firm serves as investment adviser as to which you may be deemed to have Beneficial Ownership (for example, the purchase or sale by a Firm- managed hedge fund of a Covered Security would not be subject to pre-clearance, even though the portfolio manager of the hedge fund could be deemed to have a Beneficial Ownership of such Covered Security).

 

   

Transactions in Covered Securities issued or guaranteed by any national government that is a member of the Organization for Economic Cooperation and Development, or any agency or authority thereof.

 

   

Transactions that occur by operation of law or under any other circumstance in which neither you nor any member of your Family/Household exercises any discretion to buy or sell or makes recommendations to a person who exercises such discretion.

 

   

Purchases of Covered Securities pursuant to an automatic dividend reinvestment plan or Employee Stock Ownership/Purchase Plan.

 

Page 10 of 34


   

Purchases pursuant to the exercise of rights issued pro rata to all holders of the class of Covered Securities and received by you (or Family/Household member) from the issuer.

NOTE: The following are not Covered Securities , and so are also not subject to the preclearance requirements: direct obligations of the U.S. Government, bankers’ acceptances, bank certificates of deposit, commercial paper and other high quality short-term debt obligations (including repurchase agreements), and shares of open-end registered investment companies that are not Reportable Funds .

Generally, a gift of Covered Securities to you (or Family/Household member), or a purchase by you for immediate gifting to a non-relative should be presented to the Chief Compliance Officer for pre-clearance.

2. Initial Public Offerings and Private Placements.

NOTE: The Prohibitions in this Section 2 (Initial Public Offerings and Private Placements) Apply to All Access Persons (including Investment Persons and All Members of the Firm’s Board and Officers of the Firm)

Prohibition on Investments Initial Public Offerings .

Neither you nor any member of your Family/Household may acquire any Beneficial Ownership in an initial public offering under any circumstances . This is a strict prohibition and preclearance is not available for an initial public offering.

Preclearance Required for Private Placements .

Neither you nor any member of your Family/Household may acquire Beneficial Ownership in a private placement, except with the specific, advance written approval ( Form E ) of the Chief Compliance Officer , which the Chief Compliance Officer may deny for any reason.

All requests to the Chief Compliance Officer for the preclearance of a purchase or sale of a private placement must be in writing in the form set out in Form E hereto; provided, however , that if the private placement is a private fund sponsored or advised by the Firm, the execution of subscription documents by the Access Person and an authorized person from the Firm will constitute written preclearance and a Form E is not required. Form E requires the Access Person to make the following certifications:

 

   

The aforementioned securities are either (i) units or shares of a private limited partnership or investment fund; or (ii) shares, options or other securities of a private company that is not reasonably contemplated that such company may become a public company within one year; and

 

Page 11 of 34


   

To the best of my knowledge, the proposed trade is available to any eligible market participant on the same terms; and I will provide any other information requested by you for the proposed trade;

 

   

The aforementioned securities or private fund are not (i) managed by me; (ii) funds over which I have discretion in respect of individual investments; (iii) funds in respect of which I am in any way consulted with at any time prior to any particular transaction or (iv) funds of which I am advised of any transaction other than by way of a statement of account issued no earlier than 5 business days after the end of the applicable reporting period; and

 

   

I will not sell any such investment within a 60-day period after having purchased it.

If you have any question as to whether a particular investment you are considering is an initial public offering or a private placement, please consult with the Chief Compliance Officer .

3. Prohibition on Short-Term Trading. Neither you nor any member of your Family/Household may purchase and sell, or sell and purchase, a Covered Security (or any closely related security, such as an option or a related convertible or exchangeable security) within any period of 60 calendar days, provided that no Access Person shall purchase and sell, or sell and purchase, shares of any Reportable Fund managed or administered by the Firm or its affiliates within a period of 90 calendar days. If any such transaction occurs, the Firm may require any “profit” from the transaction to be disgorged for donation by the Firm to charity in accordance with Section E, below.

C. 15-Day Blackout Period – This Applies to All Access Persons

No Access Person (including any member of the Family/Household of such Access Person ) may purchase or sell any Covered Security within the fifteen (15) calendar day period (the day of the client trade, plus seven calendar days before and seven calendar days after) surrounding the purchase or sale of that Covered Security (or any closely related security, such as an option or a related convertible or exchangeable security) for any client account managed by the Firm, unless the Access Person had no actual knowledge that the Covered Security (or any closely related security) was being considered for purchase or sale for any client account. If any such transaction occurs, the Firm will normally require any “profit” from the transaction to be disgorged for donation by the Firm to charity in accordance with Section E, below.

A breach of this blackout period by any Access Person will be considered an “exception” and not a “violation” of this Code where (i) the Access Person complies with the requirements to preclear the trade, (ii) a client account purchases or sells the relevant Covered Security (or any closely related security) within seven (7) calendar days after the Access Person ’s trade, and, (iii) as soon as reasonably practicable but in no event longer than one business day, the Access Person disgorges any “profit” from the trade to a charity of the Firm’s choice in accordance with Section E, below.

NOTE: Portfolio Managers and Research Analysts : It sometimes happens that an Investment Person who is responsible for making investment recommendations or final

 

Page 12 of 34


investment decisions for client accounts ( i.e. , a portfolio manager or research analyst) determines—within the seven calendar days after the day he or she (or a member of his or her Family/Household ) has purchased or sold for his or her own account a Covered Security that was not, to the Investment Person’s knowledge, then under consideration for purchase by any client account—that it would be desirable for client accounts as to which the Investment Person is responsible for making investment decisions to purchase or sell the same Covered Security (or a closely related security). In this situation, the Investment Person MUST put the clients’ interests first and promptly make the investment recommendation or decision in the clients’ interest, rather than delaying the recommendation or decision for clients until after the seventh day following the day of the transaction for the Investment Person’s (or Family/Household member’s) own account to avoid conflict with the blackout provisions of this Code.

The blackout requirements do not apply to the following categories of transactions:

 

   

Transactions in securities of collective investment vehicles (other than Reportable Funds ) for which the Firm serves as the investment adviser (for example, the purchase or redemption by you of an interest in a Firm-managed hedge fund would not be subject to pre-clearance).

 

   

Transactions in Covered Securities by Firm-sponsored collective investment vehicles for which the Firm serves as investment adviser as to which you may be deemed to have Beneficial Ownership (for example, the purchase or sale by a Firm- managed hedge fund of a Covered Security would not be subject to pre-clearance, even though the portfolio manager of the hedge fund could be deemed to have a Beneficial Ownership of such Covered Security).

 

   

Transactions in Covered Securities issued or guaranteed by any national government that is a member of the Organization for Economic Cooperation and Development, or any agency or authority thereof.

 

   

Transactions that occur by operation of law or under any other circumstance in which neither you nor any member of your Family/Household exercises any discretion to buy or sell or makes recommendations to a person who exercises such discretion.

 

   

Purchases of Covered Securities pursuant to an automatic dividend reinvestment plan or Employee Stock Ownership/Purchase Plan.

 

   

Purchases pursuant to the exercise of rights issued pro rata to all holders of the class of Covered Securities and received by you (or Family/Household member) from the issuer.

NOTE : The following are not Covered Securities , and so are also not subject to the blackout requirements: direct obligations of the U.S. Government, bankers’ acceptances, bank certificates of deposit, commercial paper and other high quality short-term debt obligations (including repurchase agreements), and shares of open-end registered investment companies that are not Reportable Funds .

 

Page 13 of 34


D. Prohibition on Participation in Investment Clubs – This Applies to All Access Persons (including All Investment Persons), Except Members of the Firm’s Board and Officers of the Firm Who Are Not Employees of the Firm

Neither you nor any member of your Family/Household may participate in or make investments with or through any investment club or similar association or entity except with the specific, advance written approval of the Chief Compliance Officer , which the Chief Compliance Officer may deny for any reason. If you have any doubt or uncertainty as to whether a particular association or entity is of the type described in this Section D, you should ask the Chief Compliance Officer before you or any member of your Family/Household becomes in any way involved with the association or entity. Please do not guess at the answer.

E. Remittance to Charity

In those instances where the Firm requires disgorgement of “profit” to charity, “profit” means the amount by which the price of the Access Person’s trade bettered the trade made for the client account(s). Any Access Person remitting profits to charity should provide the firm with a copy of the check dated within one business day of notification by compliance that a breach requiring disgorgement to charity has occurred and, when received, a copy of the acknowledgement from the charity of receipt of the funds.

 

Page 14 of 34


PART III – Definitions

These terms have special meanings in this Code of Ethics:

Access Person

Beneficial Ownership

Chief Compliance Officer / Assistant Code Officer

Covered Security

Family/Household

Investment Person

Reportable Fund

The special meanings of these terms as used in this Code of Ethics are explained below. Some of these terms (such as “beneficial ownership”) are sometimes used in other contexts, not related to Codes of Ethics, where they have different meanings. For example, “beneficial ownership” has a different meaning in this Code of Ethics than it does in the SEC’s rules for proxy statement disclosure of corporate directors’ and officers’ stockholdings, or in determining whether an investor has to file 13D or 13G reports with the SEC.

IMPORTANT: If you have any doubt or question about whether an account or person is covered by any of these definitions, ask the Chief Compliance Officer. Please do not guess at the answer.

Access Person includes:

Every member (i.e., Manager) of the Firm’s board, even those Board members that are not employees of the Firm

Every member (i.e., Manager) of the board of an entity that is the managing member or general partner of the Firm.

Every officer of the Firm, even those officers that are not employees of the Firm.

Every (i) employee of the Firm and (ii) every director, officer, employee or general partner of any entity that directly or indirectly has a 25% or greater interest in the Firm who (in the case of (i) or (ii), in connection with his or her regular functions or duties, makes, participates in or obtains information regarding the purchase or sale of a Covered Security for any U.S. registered investment company client of the Firm, or whose functions relate to the making of any recommendations with respect to such purchases and sales).

Every natural person that directly or indirectly has a 25% or greater interest in the Firm who obtains information concerning recommendations made by the Firm to a U.S. registered investment company client of the Firm with regard to the purchase or sale of Covered Securities by such investment company.

 

Page 15 of 34


Every other person (whether or not an employee of the Firm) who is subject to the Firm’s supervision and control (i) who has access to nonpublic information regarding any client’s purchase or sale of securities, (ii) who has access to nonpublic information regarding the portfolio holdings of any Reportable Fund or (iii) who is involved in making securities recommendations to clients or who has access to such recommendations that are nonpublic.

Generally, the Rule also treats as Access Persons any employee who is in a position to exploit information about client securities transactions or holdings.

Beneficial Ownership means any opportunity, directly or indirectly, to profit or share in the profit from any transaction in securities. It also includes transactions over which you exercise investment discretion (other than for a client of the Firm), even if you don’t share in the profits.

Beneficial Ownership is a very broad concept. Some examples of forms of Beneficial Ownership include:

Securities held in a person’s own name, or that are held for the person’s benefit in nominee, custodial or “street name” accounts.

Securities owned by or for a partnership in which the person is a general partner (whether the ownership is under the name of that partner, another partner or the partnership or through a nominee, custodial or “street name” account).

Securities that are being managed for a person’s benefit on a discretionary basis by an investment adviser, broker, bank, trust company or other manager, unless the securities are held in a “blind trust” or similar arrangement under which the person is prohibited by contract from communicating with the manager of the account and the manager is prohibited from disclosing to the person what investments are held in the account. (Just putting securities into a discretionary account is not enough to remove them from a person’s Beneficial Ownership . This is because, unless the account is a “blind trust” or similar arrangement, the owner of the account can still communicate with the manager about the account and potentially influence the manager’s investment decisions.)

Securities in a person’s individual retirement account.

Securities in a person’s account in a 401(k) or similar retirement plan, even if the person has chosen to give someone else investment discretion over the account.

Securities owned by a trust of which the person is either a trustee or a beneficiary .

 

Page 16 of 34


Securities owned by a corporation, partnership or other entity that the person controls (whether the ownership is under the name of that person, under the name of the entity or through a nominee, custodial or “street name” account).

Securities owned by an investment club in which the person participates.

This is not a complete list of the forms of ownership that could constitute Beneficial Ownership for purposes of this Code. You should ask the Chief Compliance Officer if you have any questions or doubts at all about whether you or a member of your Family/Household would be considered to have Beneficial Ownership in any particular situation.

Chief Compliance Officer may mean another person that the Chief Compliance Officer designates to perform the functions of Chief Compliance Officer when he is not available. For purposes of reviewing the Chief Compliance Officer’s own transactions and reports under the Code and for purposes of granting any preclearance or exceptions under the Code to the Chief Compliance Officer , the functions of the Chief Compliance Officer are performed by a separate individual .

The Chief Compliance Officer shall review reported personal securities transactions and the Clients’ securities transactions to determine whether a violation of this Code may have occurred. The Chief Compliance Officer shall also review reports of Code violations. Before making any determination that a violation has been committed by any person, the Chief Compliance Officer shall give such person an opportunity to supply additional explanatory material.

The Chief Compliance Officer shall identify all Access Persons who are required to make these reports and must inform those Access Persons of their reporting obligation.

If the Chief Compliance Officer determines that a violation of this Code has occurred, he or she shall provide a written report to the Board of Trilogy Global and impose upon the individual such sanctions as he or she deems appropriate, which may range from a written warning, suspension with or without pay, termination of employment and/or disgorgement of profits.

In the event that the Access Person disagrees as to whether a violation occurred or with the appropriateness of the sanction, such Access Person may request that the Board of Trilogy Global (excluding for these purposes the Access Person making the request if he or she is a member of the Board) review such decisions, it being understood that the decision of such Managers shall be final and binding upon the Firm and the Access Person .

Covered Security means anything that is considered a “security” under the Investment Company Act of 1940 or the Investment Advisers Act of 1940, except :

Direct obligations of the U.S. Government.

Bankers’ acceptances, bank certificates of deposit, commercial paper and high quality short-term debt obligations, including repurchase agreements.

 

Page 17 of 34


Shares of open-end investment companies that are registered under the Investment Company Act of 1940 (mutual funds), provided that a Reportable Fund ( see definition below ) IS a Covered Security . Note that this exception does not apply to closed-end funds.

Shares issued by money market funds.

This is a very broad definition of security. It includes most kinds of investment instruments, including things that you might not ordinarily think of as “securities,” such as:

options on securities, on indexes and on currencies.

investments in all kinds of limited partnerships.

investments in foreign unit trusts and foreign mutual funds.

investments in U.S. registered closed-end mutual funds.

investments in private investment funds and hedge funds.

If you have any question or doubt about whether an investment is a considered a security or a Covered Security under this Code, ask the Chief Compliance Officer .

Family/Household members include:

Your spouse or domestic partner (unless they do not live in the same household as you and you do not contribute in any way to their support).

Your children under the age of 18.

Your children who are 18 or older (unless they do not live in the same household as you and you do not contribute in any way to their support).

Any of these people who live in your household: your stepchildren, grandchildren, parents, stepparents, grandparents, brothers, sisters, parents-in-law, sons-in-law, daughters-in-law, brothers-in-law and sisters-in-law, including adoptive relationships.

There are a number of reasons why this Code covers transactions in which members of your Family/Household have Beneficial Ownership . First, the SEC regards any benefit to a person that you help support financially as indirectly benefiting you, because it could reduce the amount that you might otherwise contribute to that person’s support. Second, members of your household could, in some circumstances, learn of information regarding the Firm’s trading or recommendations for client accounts, and must not be allowed to benefit from that information.

 

Page 18 of 34


Investment Person means any employee of the Firm (or of any entity that directly or indirectly has a 25% or greater interest in the Firm) who, in connection with his or her regular functions or duties, makes or participates in making recommendations regarding the purchase or sale of any securities (even if they’re not Covered Securities ) for any client account, or whose functions relate to the making of any recommendations with respect to purchases and sales; and any natural person who directly or indirectly has a 25% or greater interest in the Firm and obtains information concerning recommendations made to any client of the Firm regarding the purchase or sale of any securities (even if they’re not Covered Securities ) by the client. All portfolio managers and analysts are Investment Persons.

Reportable Fund means any investment company other than a money market fund that is registered under the Investment Company Act of 1940 for which the Firm serves as an investment adviser or sub-adviser, or whose investment adviser, sub-adviser or principal underwriter controls the Firm, is controlled by the Firm, or is under common control with the Firm. A Reportable Fund includes registered investment companies that are sub-advised by the Firm or its affiliates. Note that a money market fund advised or sub-advised by the Firm or a control affiliate is not a Reportable Fund.

Records

The Chief Compliance Officer on behalf of the Firm shall maintain records in the manner and to the extent set forth below, which records shall be available for examination by representatives of the Securities and Exchange Commission:

 

  (1) a copy of this Code and any other code used by the Firm which is, or at any time within the past five years has been, in effect shall be preserved in an easily accessible place;

 

  (2) a list of all Access Persons and Chief Compliance Officer and Assistant Chief Compliance Officer from time to time;

 

  (3) a record of any violation of this Code and of any action taken as a result of such violation shall be preserved in an easily accessible place for a period of not less than five years following the end of the fiscal year in which the violation occurs;

 

  (4) a copy of each report made by an Access Person pursuant to this Code including any information provided in lieu of such reports shall be preserved for a period of not less than five years from the end of the fiscal year in which it is made or provided, the first two years in an easily accessible place;

 

  (5) a list of persons who are, or within the past five years have been, Access Persons and Chief Compliance Officer and Assistant Chief Compliance Officer shall be maintained in an easily accessible place;

 

Page 19 of 34


  (6) a copy of each report made by the Firm to any Reportable Fund with respect to the Code must be maintained for at least five years after the end of the fiscal year in which it is made, the first two years in an easily accessible place; and

 

  (7) a record of any decision, and the reasons supporting the decision, to approve the acquisition by investment personnel of initial public offerings (which are currently prohibited) or private placements, for at least five years after the end of the fiscal year in which the approval is granted.

 

Page 20 of 34


Trilogy Global Advisors, LLC - Code of Ethics     FAX TO 646-514-2691

FORM A - INITIAL HOLDINGS REPORT

Name of Access Person :                                                                                                   

Date I Became an Access Person (the “ Reporting Date ”):                                     

Date submitted to the Chief Compliance Officer :                                     

Initial Certification:

I understand that for purposes of the Code I am classified as:

 

¨ AN ACCESS PERSON, AND I AM SUBJECT TO THE CODE

Initial Holdings Report (check ONE of the following two boxes):

 

¨ NO COVERED SECURITIE(S) - Neither I, nor any member of my Family/Household , has Beneficial Ownership of any Covered Securities .

 

¨ I OWN COVERED SECURITIE(S) Attached as APPENDIX A is a complete list of all Covered Securities in which I, and/or a member of my Family/Household , had Beneficial Ownership on the Reporting Date.

Accounts with Broker-Dealers and/or Banks (check ONE of the following two boxes):

 

¨ NO ACCOUNTS - As of the Reporting Date, I did not maintain any accounts with broker-dealers or banks in which any securities (including securities which are not Covered Securities ) were held for the direct or indirect benefit of me or a member of my Family/Household .

 

¨ I HAVE ACCOUNTS AND I LISTED THEM BELOW - All accounts that I maintained with broker-dealers or banks in which any securities (including securities which are not Covered Securities ) were held for the direct or indirect benefit of me or a member of my Family/Household as of the Reporting Date are set forth below:

 

Name(s) of Institution(s)

   Account Number
  
  

All information provided in this Form A is true and complete to the best of my knowledge.

I have read the Code, and will keep a copy for future reference. I understand my responsibilities under the Code and agree to comply with all of its terms and conditions. In particular, I understand that the Code applies to me and to all investments in which I have Beneficial Ownership , as well as investments in which members of my Family/Household have Beneficial Ownership .

 

Signed:  

 

    Date:  

 

 

1

Including funds managed by Firm or its affiliates

Appendix A - Initial Report of all Covered Securities

Name of Access Person :                                                                                       

Date submitted to the Chief Compliance Officer :                                                      

 

Account Name

   Account
Number
   Title/Type of Covered Securities
(as applicable, include exchange ticker
symbol or CUSIP number / interest rate
and maturity date)
   Number
of
Shares
   Principal
Amount
           
           

Note: Please use additional sheets as needed

 

A-1


Trilogy Global Advisors, LLC - Code of Ethics     FAX TO 646-514-2691

FORM B - QUARTERLY TRANSACTION REPORT

NOTE: THIS FORM MUST BE COMPLETED BY ALL ACCESS PERSONS AND FILED WITH THE CHIEF COMPLIANCE OFFICER NO LATER THAN 30 DAYS AFTER THE END OF MARCH, JUNE, SEPTEMBER AND DECEMBER OF EACH YEAR. TERMS IN BOLDFACE TYPE HAVE THE MEANINGS SET FORTH IN THE CODE.

Name of Access Person :                                                                                                       

Reporting Period/Calendar Quarter End Date:                                                                  

Date submitted to the Chief Compliance Officer :                                                              

PLEASE CHECK THE APPROPRIATE BOXES BELOW

 

¨ I COMPLIED WITH THE CODE - I hereby certify that during the period covered by this report I complied with all applicable requirements of the Code, and have reported to the Chief Compliance Officer all transactions required to be reported under the Code. I am unaware of any violations of this Code.

Transactions Report (check ONE of the following three boxes):

 

¨ I MADE NO TRANSACTION(S) - There were no transactions in Covered Securities during the most recently completed calendar quarter in which I, or any member of my Family/Household , had Beneficial Ownership .

 

¨ I MADE SOME TRANSACTION(S) - Attached as APPENDIX B is a complete list of all transactions in Covered Securities during the most recently completed calendar quarter in which I, and/or any member of my Family/Household , had Beneficial Ownership , other than transactions effected through securities accounts as to which a standing order was (and remains) in effect to provide duplicate broker confirmations of all transactions in Covered Securities and periodic account statements to the Chief Compliance Officer not later than 30 days after the end of the calendar quarter in which the transaction occurred .

New Securities Accounts (check ONE of the following two boxes):

 

¨ NO NEW ACCOUNT(S) - I did not establish any accounts during the most recent calendar quarter with broker-dealers or banks in which any securities (including securities which are not Covered Securities ) were held for the direct or indirect benefit of me or a member of my Family/Household .

 

¨ I OPENED NEW ACCOUNT(S) - During the most recent calendar quarter, I established the following account(s) with broker-dealers or banks in which securities (including securities which are not Covered Securities ) were held for the direct or indirect benefit of me or a member of my Family/Household :

 

Name(s) of Institution(s)

   Account Number    Date Account Established
     
     

All information provided in this Form B is true and complete to the best of my knowledge.

 

SIGN HERE:  

 

                DATE:  

 

 

 

1

Including funds managed by Firm or its affiliates.

Appendix B - Transactions in Covered Securities During Most Recent Calendar Quarter

Name of Access Person :                                                                              

Reporting Period/Calendar Quarter:                                                          

Date received by Chief Compliance Officer :                                                                  

 

Transaction Date

   Nature of
Transaction
(e.g.,
purchase,
sale, other)
   Title and
Type of
Securities
   Number
of Shares
   Principal
Amount
   Ticker Symbol
or

CUSIP
Number

(if applicable)
   Interest Rate/
Maturity Date
(if applicable)
   Price of
security at
which
transaction
effected
   Institution
through
which
transaction
effected
                       

YOU DO NOT HAVE TO LIST TRANSACTIONS IN COVERED SECURITIES ON APPENDIX B IF THEY WERE EFFECTED THROUGH SECURITIES ACCOUNTS AS TO WHICH A STANDING ORDER WAS (AND REMAINS) IN EFFECT TO PROVIDE DUPLICATE BROKER CONFIRMATION STATEMENTS AND PERIODIC ACCOUNT STATEMENTS TO THE CHIEF COMPLIANCE OFFICER NOT LATER THAN 30 DAYS AFTER THE END OF THE CALENDAR QUARTER IN WHICH THE TRANSACTION OCCURRED .

 

B-2


Trilogy Global Advisors, LLC- Code of Ethics     FAX TO 646-514-2691

FORM C - ANNUAL CODE OF ETHICS CERTIFICATION;

ANNUAL HOLDINGS REPORT

NOTE: THIS FORM MUST BE COMPLETED BY ALL ACCESS PERSONS AND FILED WITH THE CHIEF COMPLIANCE OFFICER NO LATER THAN JANUARY 31 OF EACH YEAR. TERMS IN BOLDFACE TYPE HAVE THE MEANINGS SET FORTH IN THE CODE.

Name of Access Person :                                                                                       

Calendar Year Covered by this Report:                                                              

Date submitted to the Chief Compliance Officer :                                              

PLEASE CHECK THE APPROPRIATE BOXES

Annual Certification

 

¨ I COMPLIED WITH THE CODE - I hereby certify that during the year covered by this report I complied with all applicable requirements of the Code, and have reported to the Chief Compliance Officer all transactions required to be reported under the Code. I am unaware of any violations of this Code.

Annual Holdings Report (check ONE of the following two boxes):

 

¨ I OWN NO COVERED SECURITIES - As of December 31 of the most recently completed calendar year, neither I, nor any member of my Family/Household , had Beneficial Ownership of any Covered Securities .

 

¨ I OWN COVERED SECURITIES AND THEY ARE ATTACHED - Attached as APPENDIX C is a complete list of all Covered Securities in which I, and/or any member of my Family/Household , had Beneficial Ownership as of December 31 of the most recently completed calendar year.

Accounts with Broker-Dealers and/or Banks (check ONE of the following two boxes):

 

¨ I HAVE NO INVESTMENT ACCOUNTS - As of December 31 of the most recently completed calendar year, I did not maintain any accounts with broker-dealers or banks in which any securities (including securities which are not Covered Securities ) were held for the direct or indirect benefit of me or a member of my Family/Household .

 

¨ I HAVE INVESTMENT ACCOUNTS AND HAVE LISTED THEM BELOW - All accounts that I maintained with broker- dealers or banks in which any securities (including securities which are not Covered Securities ) were held for the direct or indirect benefit of me or a member of my Family/Household as of December 31 of the most recently completed calendar year are set forth below:

 

Name(s) of Institution(s)

   Account Number
  
  
  

All information provided in this Form C is true and complete to the best of my knowledge.

 

Signed:  

 

  Date:  

 

 

1

Including funds managed by Firm or its affiliates

Appendix C - Annual Report of all Covered Securities

Name of Access Person :                                                                                       

Date submitted to the Chief Compliance Officer :                                              

 

Account Name

   Account
Number
   Title/Type of Covered Securities
(as applicable, include exchange
ticker symbol or CUSIP number /
interest rate and maturity date)
   Number of
Shares
   Principal
Amount
           
           

Note: All information should be reported as of December 31 of the most recently completed calendar year. Please use additional sheets as needed.

 

C-1


Trilogy Global Advisors, LLC

Code of Ethics

FORM D – REQUEST FOR PRE-CLEARANCE OF THE PURCHASE

OR SALE OF A COVERED SECURITY

FOR APPROVAL PLEASE FAX THIS FORM TO 646-514-2691

To: Chief Compliance Officer

Re: Purchase/Sale (please circle one) of                      (number) shares of                                                                                    (Name of Issuer and Security).

As required by the Code of Ethics of Trilogy Global Advisors, LLC (the “Code”), this shall serve as my request to receive pre-clearance for the purchase/sale of the aforementioned Covered Security(ies) in the case where written pre-clearance is required under the Code.

In connection therewith, I certify that:

 

 

I do not possess material non-public information relating to that Covered Security ;

 

 

I am not aware of any proposed trade or investment program for that Covered Security on behalf of any Client;

 

 

I believe that the proposed trade is available to any market participant on the same terms; and

 

 

I will provide any other information requested by you for the proposed trade.

I have attached either (i) an explanation as to why I am making a personal transaction in a security not recommended for client portfolios if the Covered Security is for a company with a market cap of greater than $1billion or (ii) evidence that the market cap is less than $1billion (e.g., a printout from Bloomberg or other independent source).

I understand that this pre-approval of this sale of a Covered Security shall be valid until the expiration date indicated on this form when returned with approval, which shall generally be on the day such approval is given and on the next business day. After such period, I must re-apply to you for pre-approval to sell such Covered Security .

I further understand that if such Covered Security was acquired within 60 days (90 days for a Reportable Fund) of the sale date, any profit on such short-term sale may be disgorged in accordance with the Code.

 

 

  

 

  

 

Employee Signature    Employee Name    Date

PRE-APPROVAL GRANTED

(Please attach a copy of Longview report, if available.)

 

 

    

 

  
Compliance Officer Signature      Date   
Pre-approval expires on  

 

       
  Date        

 

D-1


Trilogy Global Advisors, LLC Code of Ethics

FAX TO 646-514-2691

FORM E – REQUEST FOR PRE-CLEARANCE OF THE PURCHASE

OF A PRIVATE PLACEMENT

To: Chief Compliance Officer

Re: Purchase of                      (number) shares of                                                                                   (Name of Issuer and Security).

The Code of Ethics of Trilogy Global Advisors, LLC (the “Code”), requires that all Access Persons obtain written pre-clearance prior to making any (i) purchase of units or shares of private limited partnerships or investment funds, and (ii) shares, options or other securities of any other company issued in a private placement.

As required by the Code, this shall serve as the request of the Chief Compliance Officer to receive pre-clearance for the purchase of the aforementioned private placement security(ies). In connection therewith, I certify that:

 

   

The aforementioned securities are either (i) units or shares of a private limited partnership or investment fund; or (ii) shares, options or other securities of a private company that is not reasonably contemplated that such company may become a public company within one year; and

 

   

To the best of my knowledge, the proposed trade is available to any eligible market participant on the same terms; and I will provide any other information requested by you for the proposed trade;

 

   

The aforementioned securities or private fund are not (i) managed by me; (ii) funds over which I have discretion in respect of individual investments; (iii) funds in respect of which I am in any way consulted with at any time prior to any particular transaction or (iv) funds of which I am advised of any transaction other than by way of a statement of account issued no earlier than 5 business days after the end of the applicable reporting period; and

 

   

I will not sell any such investment within a 60-day period after having purchased it.

 

 

  

 

  

 

Employee Signature    Employee Name    Date

PRE-APPROVAL GRANTED

 

 

    

 

  
Compliance Officer Signature      Date   
Pre-approval expires on  

 

       
  Date        

 

E-1


Trilogy Global Advisors, LLC Code of Ethics

ATTACHMENT A – APPROVED BROKER LIST

CHARLES SCHWAB & COMPANY


TRILOGY GLOBAL ADVISORS, LLC

LOGO

INSIDER TRADING POLICY STATEMENT


STATEMENT OF POLICIES AND PROCEDURES

WITH RESPECT TO THE FLOW AND USE OF MATERIAL

NONPUBLIC (INSIDE) INFORMATION

INTRODUCTION

This is a Statement of Policies and Procedures with Respect to the Flow and Use of Material Nonpublic (Inside) Information (the “Statement”) of Trilogy Global Advisors, LLC (“TGA”). Unless otherwise noted or the context otherwise requires, “Firm” as used hereunder means, TGA

A reputation for integrity and high ethical standards in the conduct of the affairs of the Firm is of paramount importance to us. To preserve this reputation, it is essential that all transactions in securities be effected in conformity with applicable securities laws.

This Statement has been adopted in response to the requirements of the Insider Trading and Securities Fraud Enforcement Act of 1988 (the “Act”). The Act was designed to enhance the enforcement of the securities laws, particularly in the area of insider trading, by (i) imposing severe penalties on persons who violate the laws by trading on material, nonpublic information and (ii) requiring broker-dealers and investment advisers to establish, maintain and enforce written policies and procedures reasonably designed to prevent the misuse of inside information. Personnel of the Firm are required to comply with this Statement, as well as with the Firm’s Code of Ethics (the “Code”).

PURPOSE AND APPLICABILITY OF STATEMENT

The purpose of this Statement is to explain: (1) the general legal prohibitions regarding insider trading; (2) the meaning of the key concepts underlying the prohibition; (3) the sanctions for insider trading and expanded liability for controlling persons; and (4) the Firm’s educational program regarding insider trading. This Statement applies to all officers, managers, directors and employees of the Firm.

 

I. The Basic Insider Trading Prohibition

The Act does not define insider trading. However, in general, the “insider trading” doctrine under U.S. federal securities laws prohibits any person (including investment advisers) from knowingly or recklessly breaching a duty owed by that person by:

 

   

trading while in possession of material, nonpublic information;

 

   

communicating (“tipping”) such information to others;

 

   

recommending the purchase or sale of securities on the basis of such information; or

 

   

providing substantial assistance to someone who is engaged in any of the above activities.

 

1


In addition, rules of the Securities and Exchange Commission (the “SEC”) prohibit an individual from trading while in possession of material, nonpublic information relating to a tender offer, whether or not trading involves a breach of duty, except for a firm acting in compliance with “Chinese Wall” procedures.

Possession Versus Use of Inside Information (Meaning of “on the basis of”). Until recently, an unsettled issue under U.S. insider trading laws was whether an alleged violator must have “used” material nonpublic information or whether mere “possession” is enough. To clarify this issue, the SEC adopted Rule 10b5-1 under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, which states that “a purchase or sale of a security of an issuer is ‘ on the basis of ’ material nonpublic information about that security or issuer if the person making the purchase or sale was aware of the material nonpublic information when the person made the purchase or sale .” (Emphasis added.) In other words, if a person trades with respect to a security or issuer while he or she has knowing possession of material nonpublic information about the security or issuer, the person will likely be deemed to have traded “on the basis of” that information (in possible violation of insider trading laws) even if the person did not actually use the information in making the trade.

No Fiduciary Duty to Use Inside Information. Although the Firm has a fiduciary relationship with its clients, it has no legal obligation to trade or recommend trading on the basis of information its employees know to be “inside” information. In fact, such conduct could violate the federal securities laws.

 

II. Basic Concepts

As noted, the Act did not specifically define insider trading. However, federal law prohibits knowingly or recklessly purchasing or selling directly or indirectly a security while in possession of material, nonpublic information or communicating (“tipping”) such information in connection with a purchase or sale. Under current case law, the SEC must establish that the person misusing the information has breached either a fiduciary duty to company shareholders or some other duty not to misappropriate insider information.

Thus, the key aspects of insider trading are: (A) materiality, (B) nonpublic information, (C) knowing or reckless action and (D) breach of fiduciary duty or misappropriation. Each aspect is briefly discussed below.

 

  A. Materiality. Insider trading restrictions arise only when information that is used for trading, recommending or tipping is “material.” Information is considered “material” if there is a substantial likelihood that a reasonable investor would consider it important in making his or her investment decisions, or if it could reasonably be expected to affect the price of a company’s securities. It need not be so important that it would have changed the investor’s decision to buy or sell. On the other hand, not every tidbit of information about a security is material.

 

2


  B. Nonpublic Information. Information is considered public if it has been disseminated in a manner making it available to investors generally (e.g., national business and financial news wire services, such as Dow Jones and Reuters; national news services, such as The Associated Press, The New York Times or The Wall Street Journal; broad tapes; SEC reports; brokerage firm analysts’ reports that have been disseminated to the firm’s customers). Just as an investor is permitted to trade on the basis of nonpublic information that is not material, he or she may also trade on the basis of information that is public. However, information given by a company director to an acquaintance of an impending takeover prior to that information being made public would be considered both “material” and “nonpublic.” Trading by either the director or the acquaintance prior to the information being made public would violate the federal securities laws.

 

  C. Knowing. Under the federal securities laws, a violation of the insider trading limitations requires that the individual act (i) with “scienter” — with knowledge that his or her conduct may violate these limitations — or (ii) in a reckless manner. Recklessness involves acting in a manner that ignores circumstances that a reasonable person would conclude would result in a violation of insider trading limitations.

 

  D. Fiduciary Duty. The general tenor of recent court decisions is that insider trading does not violate the federal securities laws if the trading, recommending or tipping of the insider information does not result in a breach of duty. Over the last decade, the SEC has brought cases against accountants, lawyers and stockbrokers because of their participation in a breach of an insider’s fiduciary duty to the corporation and its shareholders. The SEC has also brought cases against noncorporate employees who misappropriated information about a corporation and thereby allegedly violated their duties to their employers. The situations in which a person can trade on the basis of material, nonpublic information without raising a question whether a duty has been breached are so rare, complex and uncertain that the only prudent course is not to trade, tip or recommend while in possession of or based on inside information. In addition, trading by an individual while in possession of material, nonpublic information relating to a tender offer is illegal irrespective of whether such conduct breaches a fiduciary duty of such individual. Set forth below are several situations where courts have held that such trading involves a breach of fiduciary duty or is otherwise illegal.

Corporate Insider. In the context of interviews or other contact with corporate management, the Supreme Court held that an investment analyst who obtained material, nonpublic information about a corporation from a corporate insider does not violate insider trading restrictions in the use of such information unless the insider disclosed the information for “personal gain.” However, personal gain may be defined broadly to include not only a pecuniary benefit, but also a reputational benefit or a gift. Moreover, selective disclosure of material, nonpublic information to an analyst might be viewed as a gift.

 

3


Tipping Information. The Act includes a technical amendment clarifying that tippers can be sued as primary violators of insider trading prohibitions, and not merely as aiders and abetters of a tippee’s violation. In enacting this amendment, Congress intended to make clear that tippers cannot avoid liability by misleading their tippees about whether the information conveyed was nonpublic or whether its disclosure breached a duty. However, Congress recognized the crucial role of securities analysts in the smooth functioning of the markets, and emphasized that the new direct liability of tippers was not intended to inhibit “honest communications between corporate officials and securities analysts.”

Corporate Outsider. Additionally, liability could be established when trading occurs based on material, nonpublic information that was stolen or misappropriated from any other person, whether a corporate insider or not. An example of an area where trading on information may give rise to liability, even though from outside the company whose securities are traded, is material, nonpublic information secured from an attorney or investment banker employed by the company.

Tender Offers. The SEC has adopted a rule specifically prohibiting trading while in possession of material information about a prospective tender offer before it is publicly announced. This rule also prohibits trading while in possession of material information during a tender offer which a person knows or has reason to know is not yet public. Under the rule, there is no need for the SEC to prove a breach of duty. Furthermore, in the SEC’s view, there is no need to prove that the nonpublic, material information was actively used in connection with trading before or during a tender offer. However, this rule has an exception that allows trading by one part of a securities firm where another part of that firm has material, nonpublic information about a tender offer if certain strict “Chinese Wall” procedures are followed.

 

III. Sanctions and Liabilities

 

  A. Sanctions. Insider trading violations may result in severe sanctions being imposed on the individual(s) involved and on the Firm. These could involve SEC administrative sanctions, such as being barred from employment in the securities industry, SEC suits for disgorgement and civil penalties of, in the aggregate, up to three times profits gained or losses avoided by the trading, private damage suits brought by persons who traded in the market at about the same time as the person who traded on inside information, and criminal prosecution which could result in substantial fines and jail sentences. Even in the absence of legal action, violation of insider trading prohibitions or failure to comply with this Statement or the Code may result in termination of your employment and referral to the appropriate authorities.

 

4


  B. Controlling Persons. The Act increases the liability of “controlling persons” — defined to include both an employer and any person with the power to influence or control the activities of another. For example, any individual that is a manager or director or officer exercising policy making responsibility is presumed to be a controlling person. Thus, a controlling person may be liable for another’s actions as well as his or her own.

A controlling person of an insider trader or tipper may be liable if such person failed to take appropriate steps once such person knew of, or recklessly disregarded the fact that the controlled person was likely to engage in, a violation of the insider trading limitations. The Act does not define the terms, but “reckless” is discussed in the legislative history as a “heedless indifference as to whether circumstances suggesting employee violations actually exist.”

A controlling person of an insider trader or tipper may also be liable if such person failed to adopt and implement measures reasonably designed to prevent insider trading. This Statement and the Code are designed for this purpose, among others.

 

IV. Employee Education

To ensure that every employee of the Firm understands the firm’s policies and procedures with respect to insider trading, the following will occur:

 

  A. Dissemination to Employees. All employees will be given a copy of this Statement along with the Code of Ethics and will be required to familiarize themselves with each.

 

  B. Annual Certification. Firm employees may be required by Firm management to certify compliance with this Statement in writing on at least an annual basis.

 

5

Exhibit (p)(3)

LOGO

ACADIAN ASSET MANAGEMENT LLC

CODE OF ETHICS

Updated as of January 2008


Table of Contents

 

Introduction

   6

General Principles

   7

Scope of the Code

   7

Persons Covered by the Code

   7

Accounts Covered by the Code

   8

How to report accounts

   8

Securities Covered by the Code

   9

Blackout Periods and Restrictions

   9

Old Mutual and affiliate stock

   11

Short-Term Trading

   11

Exceptions to Preclearance, Blackout and Short-Term Trading

   11

Standards of Business Conduct

   12

Compliance with Laws and Regulations

   12

Conflicts of Interest

   12

Conflicts Among Client Interests

   12

Competing with Client Trades

   13

Other Potential Conflicts Provisions

   13

Disclosure of Personal Interest

   13

Referrals/Brokerage

   13

Vendors and Suppliers

   13

Soft Dollars

   13

Frontrunning

   13

Churning

   13

Unfair Treatment of Certain Clients vis-à-vis Others

   13

Insider Trading

   14

Penalties

   14

Material Nonpublic Information

   14

Gifts and Entertainment

   15

General Statement

   15

Gifts

   15

Receipt

   15

Offer

   15

Cash

   16

Entertainment

   16

Conferences

   16

Quarterly Reporting

   16

 

2


Political and Charitable Contributions

   16

Confidentiality

   17

Service on a Board of Directors

   17

Partnerships

   18

Other Outside Activities

   18

Marketing and Promotional Activities

   18

Affiliated Broker-Dealers

   18

Compliance Procedures

   19

Reporting of Access Person Investment Accounts

   19

Duplicate Statements and Confirmations

   19

Personal Securities Transactions Preclearance Procedures

   19

Securities requiring preclearance

   20

Initial Public Offerings

   20

Limited of Private Offerings

   20

Quarterly Reporting

  

Transactions

   21

Gifts and Entertainment

   21

Annual Reporting

   21

New Hire Reporting

   21

Review and Enforcement

   22

Certification of Compliance

   22

Initial Certification

   22

Acknowledgement of Amendments

   22

Annual Certification

   22

Miscellaneous

   22

Excessive or Inappropriate Trading

   22

Access Person Disclosure and Reporting

   23

Access Person Background Information

   23

Upon Occurrence

   23

Responsibility to Know Rules

   23

Recordkeeping

   23

Form ADV Disclosure

   24

 

3


Administration and Enforcement of the Code

   24

Training and Education

   24

New Hires

   24

Annual

   24

Board of Managers Approval

   24

Report to Fund CCOs and Boards

   24

Report to Senior Management

   24

Reporting Violations

   25

Confidentiality

   25

Advice of Counsel

   25

Apparent Violations

   25

Retaliation

   25

Sanctions

   25

Further Information about the Code

   25

 

4


Appendices

 

Appendix A      Required Forms
Appendix B      Frequently Asked Questions and Answers

 

5


Introduction

Acadian Asset Management LLC (“Acadian”) is a quantitative based investment manager following over 25,000 securities on a daily basis. With limited exceptions 1 , daily buy and sell lists are generated automatically via an optimizer, and are not the result of individual stock selection or buy and sell decisions of any employee. There is no “recommended” list maintained. As a result, on any given day it is possible that the Optimizer could recommend that any security in the universe of over 25,000 be traded on behalf of a client.

With limited exceptions 2 , all trades are done as part of “program” trading and executed through the program trading desks of global securities brokers. No affiliated broker is utilized for trading.

Acadian’s Code attempts to recognize this approach to investment management by striking a balance in an effort to ensure a client is not materially impacted by the actions of Acadian or an Acadian “Access Person” while continuing to permit such Access Persons to engage in personal trading and activities the firm deems permissible.

Acadian has adopted this Code of Ethics pursuant to Rule 204A-1 under the Investment Advisers Act of 1940 (the “Advisers Act”) and rule amendments under Section 204 of the Advisers Act. The Code of Ethics sets forth standards of conduct expected of Acadian’s employees, consultants, and contractors and addresses conflicts that may arise from personal trading. Whether an individual is considered an “Access Person” under the Code and thus subject to Code compliance is dependent upon various factors including: what job responsibilities the individual has on behalf of the firm, what type of Access they have to certain internal portfolio construction and trading databases, and whether or not they primarily work on-site or not. Ultimate determination as to whether any individual is subject to the Code, or exempt from certain parts of the Code, is left to the CCO and Compliance Committee.

The policies and procedures outlined in the Code of Ethics are intended to promote compliance with fiduciary standards by Acadian and its Access Persons. As a fiduciary, Acadian has the responsibility to render professional, continuous and unbiased investment advice, owes its clients a duty of honesty, good faith and fair dealing, must act at all times in the best interests of clients and must avoid or disclose conflicts of interests.

This Code of Ethics is designed to:

 

   

Protect Acadian’s clients by deterring misconduct;

 

   

Guard against violation of the securities laws;

 

   

Educate Access Persons regarding Acadian’s expectations and the laws governing their conduct;

 

   

Remind Access Persons that they are in a position of trust and must act with complete propriety at all times;

 

   

Protect the reputation of Acadian; and

 

   

Establish procedures for Access Persons to follow so that Acadian may determine whether Access Persons are complying with its ethical principles.

This Code of Ethics is based upon the principle that the members of the Board of Managers, officers and other Access Persons of Acadian owe a fiduciary duty to, among others, the clients of Acadian to conduct their affairs, including their personal securities transactions, in such a manner as to avoid materially (i) serving their own personal interests ahead of clients; (ii) taking inappropriate advantage of their position with Acadian; and (iii) any actual or potential conflicts of interest or any abuse of their

 

1

Acadian’s Frontier Markets, Emerging Market Debt, and Algorithmic strategies follow a different methodology for stock selection.

2

Acadian’s Frontier Markets, Emerging Market Debt, and Algorithmic strategies follow a different methodology for trading.

 

6


position of trust and responsibility. This fiduciary duty includes the duty of Acadian’s CCO to report violations of this Code of Ethics to Acadian’s Board of Managers, and the Board of Directors of any U.S. registered investment company for which Acadian acts as adviser or sub-adviser.

Part 1. General Principles

Our principles and philosophy regarding ethics stress Acadian’s overarching fiduciary duty to its clients and the obligation of its Access Persons to uphold that fundamental duty. In recognition of the trust and confidence placed in Acadian by its clients and to give effect to the belief that Acadian’s operations should be directed to benefit its clients, Acadian has adopted the following general principles to guide the actions of its Access Persons:

 

  1. The interests of clients are paramount. All Access Persons must conduct themselves and their operations to give maximum effect to this belief by at all times placing the interests of clients before their own.

 

  2. All personal transactions in securities by Access Persons must be accomplished so as to not materially conflict with the interests of any client.

 

  3. All Access Persons must avoid actions or activities that allow (or appear to allow) a person to profit or benefit from his or her position with respect to a client, or that otherwise brings into question the person’s independence or judgment.

 

  4. All information concerning the specific security holdings and financial circumstances of any client is strictly confidential. Access Persons are expected to maintain such confidentiality, secure such information and disclose it only to other Access Persons with a need to know that information.

 

  5. All Access Persons will conduct themselves honestly, with integrity and in a professional manner to preserve and protect Acadian’s reputation.

Federal law requires that this Code of Ethics not only be adopted but that it must also be enforced with reasonable diligence. The Compliance Group will keep records of any violation of the Code of Ethics and of the actions taken as a result of such violations. Failure to comply with the Code of Ethics may result in disciplinary action, including monetary penalties and the potential for the termination of employment with Acadian. In addition, noncompliance with the Code of Ethics has severe ramifications, including enforcement actions by regulatory authorities, criminal fines, civil injunctions and penalties, disgorgement of profits, and sanctions on your ability to remain employed in any capacity in the investment advisory business or in a related capacity.

Part 2. Scope of the Code of Ethics

 

A. Persons Covered by the Code of Ethics

Persons covered by the Code or “Access Person” may include employees, consultants, contractors and certain immediate family members 3 or persons subject to the financial support of the Access Person. A person whose job responsibilities require him or her to spend a significant amount of time working on-site or that give him or her access to Acadian’s research and/or trading databases will be

 

3

An immediate family member is defined to include any relative by blood or marriage living in an Access Person’s household subject to the Access Person’s financial support or any other individual living in the household subject to the Access Person’s financial support (spouse, minor children, a domestic partner etc.).

 

7


characterized as an Access Person as well as any other individual as determined by the CCO and Compliance Committee. The term does not include any officer, director or employee of Acadian, including members of the Board of Managers, who is subject to a Code of Ethics that has been reviewed and approved by the Chief Compliance Officer.

 

B. Accounts Covered by the Code

Each Access Person must report any accounts in which he or she has a direct or indirect beneficial interest and in which a security covered by the Code is eligible for purchase or sale. This typically includes:

 

   

individual and joint accounts

 

   

accounts in the name of an immediate family member as defined in the Code

 

   

accounts in the name of any individual subject to your financial support

 

   

trust accounts

 

   

estate accounts

 

   

accounts where you have power of attorney or trading authority

 

   

other type of accounts in which you have a present or future interest in the income, principal or right to obtain title to securities.

Your 401K account held through Acadian is exempt from this requirement as account information is accessible directly by the Compliance Group.

Each Access Person is required to ensure that any immediate family member as defined herein or person subject to the Access Person’s financial support is complying with this requirement. Education and oversight is a must. Noncompliance with the Code of Ethics by any of these individuals will have the same ramifications on the related employee as if it were the employee who did not comply.

As a best practice, Access Persons are encouraged to report all accounts in which multi-family mutual funds can be purchased or sold. This will address, in advance, the addition of any fund families to the list of those advised or subadvised by Acadian or one of our Old Mutual affiliates. Access Persons should be aware that accounts held directly at a mutual fund sponsor may also require reporting as these circumstances change.

How to report accounts:

1. New Hires should utilize “New Hire” Exhibit B to report any existing “covered accounts” at the time of hire with Acadian.

2. Any “covered account” established after an Access Person is associated with Acadian should be reported as part of a Preclearance Form (Exhibit 1) or on the Quarterly Transaction report (Exhibit 2).

 

8


C. Securities Covered by the Code of Ethics

For purposes of the Code of Ethics and its reporting requirements, the term “covered security” will include the following:

 

   

any stock or corporate bond;

 

   

investment or futures contracts with the exception of currency;

 

   

options or warrants to purchase or sell securities;

 

   

limited partnerships meeting the definition of a “security” (including limited liability and other companies that are treated as partnerships for U.S. federal income tax purposes);

 

   

ETFs and Depository receipts (e.g. ADRs, EDRs and GDRs);

 

   

Index funds, UITs, foreign mutual funds, and closed-end investment companies;

 

   

shares of open end mutual funds that are advised or sub-advised by Acadian,

 

 

 

shares open end mutual funds advised or subadvised by Acadian affiliates, including all companies under the Old Mutual umbrella 4 ; and

 

   

private investment funds, hedge funds, and investment clubs.

Additional types of securities may be added at the discretion of the Compliance Committee as new types of securities are offered and traded in the market and/or Acadian’s business changes.

but specifically does not include:

 

   

direct obligations of the U.S. government;

 

   

bankers’ acceptances, bank certificates of deposit, commercial paper, and high quality short-term debt obligations, including repurchase agreements;

 

   

shares issued by money market funds (domiciled inside or outside the United States); and

 

   

shares of open-end mutual funds that are not advised or sub-advised by Acadian or one of Acadian’s affiliates, including all companies under the Old Mutual umbrellas.

 

D. Blackout Periods and Restrictions.

Acadian’s quantitative investment process has the potential of recommending for purchase or sale on any given day among all of our client portfolios any of the over 25,000 securities covered in our potential investment universe. As a result, adoption of a hard blackout period of any length of time would severely restrict the ability of any Access Person to engage in personal trading and would be difficult to enforce for any trades executed on behalf of client accounts after the Access Person’s trade. Acadian has determined that it will permit its Access Persons to continue to engage in personal trading in individual securities provided the Access Person’s trade does not have a material negative impact on the execution price received by the client. 5 Access Persons will be permitted to trade subject to the following conditions:

 

4

Old Mutual, Acadian’s parent company, provides Acadian with a quarterly update of all affiliated funds. Upon receipt by Acadian, the Compliance Group posts the list to the Compliance section of the intranet. These funds do not require preclearance prior to purchase or sale but any purchases/holdings/sales must be reported on your quarterly transactions report. Please consult this list when preparing the report. Any fund on the list advised or subadvised by Acadian remains subject to preclearance requirements.

5

Whether an Access Person’s trade had a material negative impact on a client trade and any appropriate responsive actions will be reviewed and determined by the Compliance Group on a case-by-case basis taking into account all facts and circumstances.

 

9


  A. No personal trades will be permitted in any individual security on the same day that Acadian trades that security or a similar line of the same security on behalf of any client.

For purposes of clarity, this applies to any individual stock, bond, ETF, Depository Receipt, and to any individual security underlying any Depository Receipt or a different class of the security being traded. For example, the purchase of a ADR would not be permitted if we were trading in the underlying security and vice versa.

Should Acadian expand it currency trading beyond our current practices to include forwards, swaps and options, certain currency trading may also be subject to blackout restrictions.

 

  B. There will be certain restrictions applied to personal trading that may take place 2 days after Acadian trades or 2 days prior to Acadian trading in the same or similar line of the same security on behalf of any client.

 

  (i) Securities with market capitalization under US$5B

For any personal trades requested in a individual stock, bond, ETF, Depository Receipt, and any individual security underlying any Depository Receipt with market capitalization under $5B , the Compliance Group will review the firm’s trading to determine if the position has been traded on behalf of a client within the last 2 trading days. If the position was traded, then the maximum transaction amount that will be approved for a personal trade is $25,000.

If the position was not traded 2 days prior to trade date and is not being traded on the date the personal trade is requested, the trade is still subject to potential blackout restrictions for 2 trade days after the personal trade is executed should Acadian trade in that position on behalf of a client. Similar to the above, a personal trade in a security with market capitalization under $5B in an amount less than $25,000 will be permitted and not subject to a blackout restriction even if Acadian trades in the position for a client during the 2 days after trade date.

However, a trade in a security with market capitalization under $5B in an amount greater than $25,000 would be subject to Compliance action and blackout restrictions if Acadian trades in the position during the 2 days after trade date. An Access Person proceeding with such a trade does so subject to the risk that Acadian will trade in the same position for a client within the 2 days after their trade was approved by the Compliance Group. Should this occur, the Compliance Group will work with the Access person to either “bust” the trade in its entirety or to amend the trade to an amount of $25,000 or less.

 

  (ii) Securities with market capitalization over US$5B

For securities with market capitalization in excess of $5B and all other types of covered securities as defined in the Code no transaction restrictions are in place. However, before “preclearing” any trade the Compliance Group will analyze the Access Person’s trading for patterns that may indicate potential compliance issues including active/intentional front running, excessive trading, or any pattern of trading that may raise concerns that the Access Person is inappropriately taking advantage of their position at Acadian. The short-term trading restrictions apply.

 

10


  (iii) Old Mutual Stock or other affiliate stock

Access Persons are not permitted to invest in Old Mutual or Old Mutual affiliate stock. In addition, stock in such companies will also be put on a “no buy” list for Acadian clients. No Access Person shall advise a Client to purchase, hold or sell Old Mutual stock or stock in any of our other affiliated companies.

Old Mutual is responsible for providing Acadian with an updated list of publicly traded affiliated companies. Any updates will be available through the Compliance Group.

 

E. Short-Term Trading.

Access Persons are reminded that they are specifically prohibited from engaging in short-term trading in mutual funds advised by Acadian or sub-advised by Acadian or in any other covered security.

Unless an exception is granted by the Compliance Group, no Access Person may profit in the purchase and sale, or sale and purchase, of the same securities within sixty (60) calendar days. Trades made in violation of this prohibition should be unwound, if possible. Otherwise, any profits realized on such short-term trades shall be subject to disgorgement to a charity designated by Acadian or to a client if appropriate at the discretion of the Compliance Group.

The ban on short-term trading profits is specifically designed to deter potential conflicts of interest and frontrunning transactions, which typically involve a quick trading pattern to capitalize on a short-lived market impact of a trade by a Client. Acadian shall consider the policy reasons for the ban on these short-term trades, as stated herein, in determining when an exception to this prohibition is permissible. An Access Person wishing to execute a short-term trade must complete both the Pre-Clearance Form (Exhibit 1) and the Short-Term Trading Form (Exhibit 3) and submit both to the Compliance Group for review and approval.

Acadian’s Compliance Group may allow exceptions to the blackout and short-term trading policies on a case-by-case basis when the abusive practices that the policy is designed to prevent, such as frontrunning or conflicts of interest, are not present and the equity of the situation strongly supports an exemption.

 

F. Exceptions to the Code’s Preclearance, Blackout, and 60 day holding requirements:

The following transactions are exempt from the Code’s preclearance, blackout and short-term trading requirements:

 

  1. purchases or sales affected in any account over which the Access Person has no direct or indirect influence or control including accounts in which the Access Person has granted to a broker, dealer, trust officer or other third party non-Access Person full discretion to execute transactions on behalf of the Access Person without consultation or Access Person input or direction. An example would be Managed Accounts

 

  2. purchases or sales which are involuntary on the part of the Access Person;

 

  3. purchases or sales within Acadian’s 401k plan;

 

  4. purchases or sales which are part of an automatic dividend reinvestment plan or a pre-established dollar cost averaging type contribution plan;

 

11


  5. purchases or sales effected upon the exercise of rights issued by an issuer pro rata to all holders of a class of its securities, to the extent such rights were acquired from such issuer, and sales of such rights so acquired;

 

  6. purchases or sales of currencies and interest rate instruments or futures or options on them.

Part 3. Standards of Business Conduct

The Code of Ethics sets forth standards of business conduct that Acadian requires of its Access Persons and that relate to Acadian’s and Access Person’s fiduciary obligations. Access Persons should maintain the highest ethical standards in carrying out Acadian’s business activities. Acadian’s reputation is one of its most important assets. Maintaining the trust and confidence of clients is a vital responsibility. This section sets forth Acadian’s business conduct standards.

 

A. Compliance with Laws and Regulations

Each Access Person must comply with applicable federal securities laws and all provisions of Acadian’s Compliance Manual.

 

  1. As part of this requirement, Access Persons are not permitted, in connection with the purchase or sale, directly or indirectly, of a security held or to be acquired by a client:

 

  a. to defraud that client in any manner;

 

  b. to mislead that client, including by making a statement that omits material facts;

 

  c. to engage in any act, practice or course of conduct which operates or would operate as a fraud or deceit upon that client;

 

  d. to engage in any manipulative practice with respect to that client;

 

  e. to engage in any manipulative practice with respect to securities, including price manipulation; or

 

  f. utilize or transmit to others “inside” information.

 

B. Conflicts of Interest

As a fiduciary, Acadian has an affirmative duty of care, loyalty, honesty and good faith to act in the best interests of its clients. Compliance with this duty can be achieved by trying to avoid conflicts of interest and by fully disclosing all material facts concerning any conflict that does arise with respect to any client. In addition, Acadian imposes a higher standard by providing that Access Persons must try to avoid situations that have even the appearance of conflict or impropriety.

 

  1. Conflicts among Client Interests. Conflicts of interest may arise where Acadian or its Access Persons have reason to favor the interests of one client over another client (e.g., larger accounts over smaller accounts, accounts compensated by performance fees over accounts not so compensated, accounts in which Access Persons have made material personal investments, or accounts of close friends or relatives of Access Persons, etc.). Access Persons are prohibited from engaging in inappropriate favoritism of one client over another client that would constitute a breach of fiduciary duty.

 

12


  2. Competing with Client Trades. As referenced in the section on Personal Transactions, an Access Person is prohibited from engaging in any securities transactions on the day Acadian trades in the security on behalf of a client and any other transaction that would result in a material negative impact to a client.

 

  3. Other Potential Conflicts Provisions:

 

  a. Disclosure of Personal Interest . Access Persons are prohibited from recommending, implementing or considering any securities transaction for a client without having disclosed any material beneficial ownership, business or personal relationship or other material interest in the issuer, or its affiliates, to the Compliance Group or, with respect to the Compliance Group’s interests, another designated senior officer. If such designated Person deems the disclosed interest to present a material conflict, the Access Person may not participate in any decision-making process regarding the securities of that issuer.

This provision applies in addition to Acadian’s initial, quarterly, and annual personal securities reporting requirements for Access Persons.

 

  b. Referrals/Brokerage. Access Persons are required to act in the best interests of Acadian’s clients regarding execution and other costs paid by clients for brokerage services. As part of this principle, Access Persons will strictly adhere to Acadian’s policies and procedures regarding brokerage allocation, best execution, soft dollars and other related policies.

 

  c. Vendors and Suppliers. Each Access Person is required to disclose any personal investments or other interests in vendors or suppliers with respect to which that person negotiates or makes decisions on behalf of Acadian. Access Persons with such interests are prohibited from negotiating or making decisions regarding Acadian’s business with those companies.

 

  d. Soft-Dollar Commissions. Any soft dollar trades must comply with the “safe harbor” provisions of Section 28(e) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 and any client specific restrictions.

 

  e. Front-running. The Company forbids Access Persons from purchasing or selling stock before a buy or sell recommendation is made to the Client if such transaction will have a material negative impact on the client.

 

  f. Churning. Access Persons should not effect transactions to generate increased commissions and unnecessary expenses for a Client. The volume and frequency of all sales and purchases of securities must be measured against the need and purpose for the activities, a Client’s investment objectives, and the expenses and benefits to the account. All trading for a Client’s account must be undertaken solely in the Client’s interest.

 

  g.

Unfair Treatment of Certain Clients vis-à-vis Others. An Access Person who handles one or more Clients may be faced with situations in which it is possible to give preference to certain Clients over others. Access Persons must be careful not to give preference to one Client over another even if the preferential treatment would benefit Acadian or the Access Person. Each situation should be examined closely to determine whether the Client has

 

13


 

consented to the Access Person’s actions favoring another Client and whether the resulting relationship with the Client that was not favored is fair and consistent with the securities laws. If both parts of this test have been satisfied, most likely there has been no breach of fiduciary duty.

 

C. Insider Trading

Access Persons are prohibited from trading, either personally or on behalf of others, while in possession of material nonpublic information and from communicating material nonpublic information to others in violation of the law. This specifically includes personally trading or informing others of the securities held in a client portfolio or securities transaction contemplated on behalf of any client.

 

  1. Penalties. Trading securities while in possession of material nonpublic information or improperly communicating that information to others may expose you to severe penalties. Criminal sanctions may include a fine of up to $1,000,000 and/or ten years imprisonment. The Securities and Exchange Commission (the “SEC”) can recover the profits gained or losses avoided through violative trading, impose a penalty of up to three times the illicit windfall and can permanently bar you from the securities industry. You may also be sued by those seeking to recover damages for insider trading violations. Regardless of whether a government inquiry occurs, Acadian views seriously any violation of its insider trading policies, and such violations constitute grounds for disciplinary sanctions, including immediate dismissal.

 

  2. Material Nonpublic Information. The term “material nonpublic information” relates not only to issuers but also to Acadian’s securities recommendations and client securities holdings and transactions.

Information is “material” when there is a substantial likelihood that a reasonable investor would consider it important in making his or her investment decisions. Generally, this is information the disclosure of which will have a substantial effect on the price of a company’s securities. You should direct any questions about whether information is material to the Compliance Group.

Material information often relates to a company’s results and operations, including, for example, dividend changes, earnings results, changes in previously released earnings estimates, significant merger or acquisition proposals or agreements, major litigation, liquidation problems and extraordinary management developments. Material information also may relate to the market for a company’s securities. Information about a significant order to purchase or sell securities may, in some contexts, be deemed material. Similarly, prepublication information regarding reports in the financial press also may be deemed material.

Information is “public” when it has been disseminated broadly to investors in the marketplace. Tangible evidence of such dissemination is the best indication that the information is public. For example, information is public after it has become available to the general public through a public filing with the SEC or some other governmental agency, The Wall Street Journal , other publications of general circulation, media broadcasts, or over public internet websites.

Access Persons shall not disclose any nonpublic information (whether or not it is material) relating to Acadian or its securities transactions to any person outside Acadian (unless such disclosure has been authorized by Acadian). Material nonpublic information may not be communicated to anyone, including persons within Acadian, with the exception of the Chief Compliance Officer or his designee, unless this is required for the performance of job responsibilities. Such information should be

 

14


secured. For example, access to files containing material nonpublic information and computer files containing it should be restricted to Acadian employees, and conversations containing such information, if appropriate at all, should be conducted in private to avoid potential interception.

 

  3. Before executing any trade for yourself or others, including clients, an Access Person must determine whether he or she has access to material nonpublic information. If you think that you might have access to material nonpublic information, you should take the following steps:

 

  a. report the information and proposed trade immediately to the Chief Compliance Officer.

 

  b. do not purchase or sell the securities on behalf of yourself or others, including clients.

 

  c. do not communicate the information inside or outside Acadian, other than to the Chief Compliance Officer or his designee.

After the Chief Compliance Officer has reviewed the issue, Acadian will determine whether the information is material and nonpublic and, if so, what action Acadian should take, if any.

 

D. Gifts and Entertainment.

 

  1. General Statement

A conflict of interest occurs when the personal interests of Access Persons interfere or could potentially interfere with their responsibilities to Acadian and its clients. Access Persons may not accept inappropriate gifts, favors, entertainment, special accommodations or other things of material value that could influence their decision-making or make them feel beholden to a person or firm. Access Persons are expressly prohibited from considering gifts, gratuities or entertainment when choosing brokers or vendors. Similarly, Access Persons may not offer gifts, favors, entertainment or other things of value that could be viewed as overly generous or aimed at influencing decision-making or making a client feel beholden to Acadian or the Access Person.

 

  2. Gifts

 

  a. Receipt - No Access Person may receive any gift, service or other thing totaling more than de minimis value ($250 per year) from any person or entity that does business with or on behalf of Acadian. (Note - If the Access Person is also registered with the NASD, the permissible limit is only $100 per year). Access Persons are expressly prohibited from soliciting any gift.

 

  b. Offer - No Access Person may give or offer any gift of more than de minimis value ($250 per year) to existing clients, prospective clients or any entity that does business with or on behalf of Acadian without pre-approval by the Compliance Group.

Regulations relating to the investment management of state or municipal pension funds often severely restrict or prohibit the offer of gifts or entertainment of any value to government officials (elected officials and employees of elected offices) who have involvement or influence over the selection of an investment manager. As a best practice, it is advisable to consult with such individuals prior to providing any type gift or entertainment.

 

15


  3. Cash - No Access Person may give or accept cash gifts or cash equivalents to or from a client or prospective client or any other entity that conducts investment related business with or on behalf of Acadian.

 

  4. Entertainment - No Access Person may provide or accept extravagant or excessive entertainment to or from a client, prospective client, or any person or entity that does or seeks to do investment related business with or on behalf of Acadian. Access Persons may provide or accept an occasional business entertainment event, at a venue where business is typically discussed, such as dinner or a sporting event, of reasonable value, provided that the person or a representative of the entity providing the entertainment is present.

If the anticipated value of the entertainment to be received is expected to exceed $250, preapproval from a supervisor is required prior to acceptance of the entertainment. Please use the form provided as Exhibit 4 for this purpose.

Access Persons are expressly prohibited from soliciting any entertainment.

Regulations relating to the investment management of state or municipal pension funds often severely restrict or prohibit the offer of gifts or entertainment of any value to government officials (elected officials and employees of elected offices) who have involvement or influence over the selection of an investment manager. As a best practice, it is advisable to consult with such individuals prior to providing any type gift or entertainment.)

 

  5. Conferences - Employee attendance at all third-party sponsored industry conferences must be pre-approved by the employee’s supervisor. If any part of the conference will be paid for by the host or a third party, this should be disclosed prior to attendance to the Compliance Group. The Compliance Group will review, among other factors, the purpose of the conference, the conference agenda, and the proposed costs that will be paid or reimbursed by the third party. With the exception of the need to obtain prior supervisor approval, the above guidance does not apply to Old Mutual sponsored and hosted conferences.

It is against Acadian policy to pay to attend any conference where the payment to attend will directly or indirectly impact whether Acadian is awarded client business.

 

  6. Quarterly Reporting - Acadian will require all Access Persons to report any gifts or entertainment received on a Quarterly basis using the form provided at Exhibit 5.

 

E. Political and Charitable Contributions

 

a. Political

Acadian as a firm does not make political contributions.

Access Persons are prohibited from making a political contribution to any candidate for office in a state or district for which the employee is not eligible to vote if that candidate would be eligible to participate in directing investment management business.

An example of a prohibited contribution would be: A Massachusetts resident would be prohibited by the Code from donating money to the Rhode Island governor’s race.

 

16


Access Persons are prohibited from making any political contributions to any political campaign for the office of Treasurer, office of Comptroller or any similar office or position that could or may appear to have any influence or control over the selection or retention of an investment manager.

Political contributions requested by a client or prospect will be prohibited as these may be deemed as an attempt to retain or win business.

 

b. Charitable

Although Acadian encourages its Access Persons to be charitable, no donations should be made or should appear to have been made for the purpose of obtaining or retaining client business. No donations should be made in the name of any client if such a donation would result in a violation of the client’s ethical requirements. This is typically the case with state and municipal clients.

Any client or prospect request to Acadian or an Acadian employee for a charitable donation should be brought to the attention of the Compliance Committee. Any donation made by the firm to a client or prospect charity should be nominal as not to appear to have been made to obtain or retain the business and should be done in accordance with the firm’s Charitable giving policy.

F. Confidentiality . Access Persons have the highest fiduciary obligation not to reveal confidential company information to any party that does not have a clear and compelling need to know such information and to safeguard all client information. Access Persons must keep confidential at all times any nonpublic information they may obtain in the course of their employment at Acadian. This information includes but is not limited to:

 

  a. any client’s identity (unless the client consents), any information regarding a client’s financial circumstances or advice furnished to a client by Acadian;

 

  b. information on specific client accounts, including recent or impending securities transactions by clients and activities of the portfolio managers for client accounts;

 

  c. specific information on Acadian’s investments for clients (including former clients) and prospective clients and account transactions;

 

  d. information on other Access Persons, including their compensation, benefits, position level and performance rating; and

 

  e. information on Acadian’s business activities, including new services, products, technologies and business initiatives, unless disclosure has been authorized by Acadian.

Access Persons should be sensitive to the problem of inadvertent or accidental disclosure, through careless conversation in a public place or the failure to safeguard papers and documents. Documents and papers should be kept in appropriately marked file folders and locked in file cabinets when appropriate.

 

G. Service on a Board of Directors

Prior to accepting a position as an officer, director, trustee, partner, or Controlling person in any other company or business venture (other than a non-profit organization that is not a Client of the Company), or as a member of an investment organization (e.g., an investment club), Access Persons must disclose the position to the Compliance Group using the form provided at Exhibit 7. Any such position should also be disclosed to the Compliance Group at least annually using the same form. Notice of such positions may be given to the compliance officer of any Fund advised or subadvised by the Company.

 

17


As a firm policy, Acadian will restrict from its potential investment universe, and will not invest in or recommend client investment in, any publicly traded company for which an Acadian employee serves as a Board member.

 

H . Partnerships

Any partnership or similar arrangement, either participated in or formulated by an Access Person, should be disclosed to the Compliance Group prior to formation or if already in existence, at the time of employment using the form provided at Exhibit 6. Any such partnership interest should also be disclosed to the Compliance Group at least annually using the same form.

 

I. Other Outside Activities

Access Persons may not engage in outside business interests or employment that could in any way conflict with the proper performance of their duties as Access Persons of Acadian. All Access Persons must obtain the approval of their Department Supervisor and Human Resources prior to accepting any employment outside of Acadian. Supervisors will keep a record of all approvals and involve the Compliance Group as needed.

 

J. Marketing and Promotional Activities

Acadian has instituted policies and procedures relating to its marketing, performance, advertising and promotional materials to comply with relevant securities laws. All oral and written statements by Access Persons, including those made to clients, their representatives, the public or the media, must be professional, accurate, balanced and not misleading in any way.

 

K. Affiliated Broker-Dealers

Through the common ownership of our parent company, Acadian has affiliated broker-dealers. Acadian will not utilize the services of any of these firms to trade for the accounts of any firm client. Acadian will also abide by any restrictions imposed by a client regarding the use of any specific broker-dealer including those that may be an affiliate of the client.

 

18


Part 4. Compliance Procedures

Access Persons are expected to respond truthfully and accurately to all requests for information. With general exceptions as outlined below, any reports, statements or confirmations described herein and submitted or created under this Code of Ethics will be treated as confidential to the extent possible.

Access Persons should be aware that copies of such reports, statements or confirmations, or summaries of each, may be provided to certain managers, officers or managers of Acadian, to Old Mutual’s compliance, internal audit, legal or risk management teams, to compliance personnel and the Board of Directors of any registered investment company client, outside counsel, and/or regulatory authorities upon appropriate request.

 

A. Reporting of Access Person Investment Accounts

All Access Persons as defined in the Code are required to notify the Compliance Group in writing of any investment account in which he or she has direct or indirect beneficial interest in which a covered security can be purchased. Notification can be made as follows:

 

  1 New Hires should utilize “New Hire” Exhibit B to report any existing “covered accounts” at the time of hire with Acadian.

 

  2. Any “covered account” established after an Access Person is associated with Acadian should be reported as part of a Preclearance Form (Exhibit 1) or on the Quarterly Transaction report (Exhibit 2).

 

B. Request Duplicate Trade Confirmations and Statements

For any of the above investment accounts where the Access Person has control over the transactions and where a covered security, with certain exceptions noted below*, can be purchased or sold, Acadian will make an effort to request from the broker/dealer or investment manager where the account is held to be made an interested party for the purposes of receiving duplicate account statements and trade confirmations, if provided. Despite making such a request, brokers and advisers will not always comply with our request. In such instances, the Compliance Group will make a determination if an alternative source of receiving statements should be pursued, including requesting statements directly from the Access Person.

The purpose of receiving “duplicates” is to independently confirm Code compliance, especially as it relates to compliance with preclearance of trades, the blackout period and reporting. As such, duplicate statements and/or confirms may not be requested for the following type of accounts:

 

  a. Accounts in which individual stocks, bonds, Depository Receipts, ETFs, index funds, and Acadian advised or subadvised mutual funds can not be purchased or sold;

 

  b. Accounts where the Access Person has relinquished via contract or written agreement trading authority and control over the transaction in the account to a broker or other third party (example - managed accounts, 529 plans)

 

  c. Acadian’s 401K account,

 

  d. Any other account at the discretion of the compliance group.

 

C. Personal Securities Transaction Preclearance Procedures

All Access Persons must strictly comply with Acadian’s policies and procedures regarding personal securities transactions. Acadian’s Preclearance form is attached as Exhibit 1.

 

19


Preclearance approval is only effective on the day granted. Once granted, each preclearance is only effective until the close of U.S. trading on the day approval was granted – 4:00 pm est.

In the absence of a member of the Compliance Group, Mark Minichiello, Chief Financial Officer, is authorized to preclear transactions. No one, including the CCO, is authorized to approve his or her own trades.

Securities Transactions requiring Preclearance

Transactions in the following covered securities must be “precleared” with the Compliance Group in accordance with the procedures outlined herein prior to be executed:

 

   

any stock or corporate bond;

 

   

investment or futures contracts with the exception of currency;

 

   

options or warrants to purchase or sell securities;

 

   

limited partnerships meeting the definition of a “security” (including limited liability and other companies that are treated as partnerships for U.S. federal income tax purposes);

 

   

ETFs and Depository receipts (e.g. ADRs, EDRs and GDRs);

 

   

Index funds, UITs, foreign mutual funds, and closed-end investment companies;

 

   

shares of open end mutual funds that are advised or sub-advised by Acadian,

 

   

private investment funds, hedge funds, and investment clubs.

Additional types of securities may be added to the preclearance requirements at the discretion of the Compliance Committee as new types of securities are offered and traded in the market and/or Acadian’s business changes. For example, this may include the requirement to preclear foreign currency futures, options and forwards.

Initial Public Offerings Unless prohibited from purchasing IPOs as a result of licensing with the NASD, Access Persons must preclear for their personal accounts purchases of any securities in an initial public offering (IPO). Acadian will maintain a written record of any decision, and the reasons supporting the decision, to approve the personal acquisition of an IPO for at least five years after the end of the fiscal year in which the approval was granted. Before granting such approval Acadian will evaluate such investment to determine that the investment creates no material conflict between the Access Person and Acadian. Acadian may consider approving the transaction if it can determine that: (i) the investment did not result from directing Firm brokerage business to the underwriter of the issuer of the security, (ii) the Access Person is not misappropriating an opportunity that should have been offered to eligible clients, and (iii) the Access Person’s investment decisions for clients will not be unduly influenced by his or her personal holdings, and investment decisions are based solely on the best interests of clients. Any Access Person authorized to purchase securities in an IPO shall disclose that investment when they play a part in the client’s subsequent consideration of an investment in that issuer. In such circumstances, the client’s decision to purchase securities of the issuer shall be subject to independent review by investment Access Persons with no personal interest in the issuer.

Limited or Private Offerings Access Persons must preclear for their personal accounts purchases or sales of any securities in limited or private offerings (commonly referred to as private placements). Acadian will maintain a record of any decision, and the reasons supporting the decision to approve the personal acquisition of a private placement for at least five years after the end of the fiscal year in which the approval was granted. Before granting such approval Acadian will evaluate such investment to determine that the investment creates no material conflict between the Access Person and Acadian. Acadian may consider approving the transaction if it can determine that: (i) the investment did not result from directing Firm brokerage business to the underwriter of the issuer of the security, (ii) the Access Person is not misappropriating an opportunity that should have been offered to eligible clients, and (iii) the Access Person’s investment decisions for clients will not be unduly influenced by his or her personal holdings, and investment decisions are based solely on the best interests of clients. Any Access

 

20


Person authorized to purchase securities in a private placement shall disclose that investment when they play a part in the client’s subsequent consideration of an investment in that issuer. In such circumstances, the client’s decision to purchase securities of the issuer shall be subject to independent review by investment Access Persons with no personal interest in the issuer. Qualified Access Persons are permitted to invest in private offerings offered and/or managed by Acadian.

 

D. Quarterly Reporting of Transactions

Within 30 calendar days of each quarter end (by April, July, October, and January) all Access Persons must submit a signed quarterly report to the Compliance Group listing either “no reportable trading activity/none” or all transactions involving covered securities in which they have direct or indirect Beneficial Ownership and the account in which the security was purchased or sold using the form provided at Exhibit 2. You will be required to report any transactions in covered securities, including those that do not require preclearance under the Code (for example – funds that are advised or subadvised by an Acadian affiliate) . Please refer to the list of Old Mutual family affiliated funds posted on the Compliance section of the Acadian intranet for assistance with your reporting requirements.

 

E. Quarterly Reporting of Gifts and Entertainment

Within 30 calendar days of each quarter end (by April 30, July 30, October 30 and January 30) all Access Persons must submit a signed report to the Compliance Group disclosing either “no gifts or entertainment” or all gifts and entertainment received from any person or organization doing or seeking to do business with Acadian. Supervisor approval is required on any form where there is something to report. Supervisor approval is not required if you have nothing to report. The form provided at Exhibit 5 has been provided for this purpose.

 

F. Annual Reporting

By January 31 of each year, each Access Person must complete and submit to the Compliance Group the following annual reports:

 

  1. The Annual Certification and Written Acknowledgement of Receipt of the Code of Ethics form.

 

  2. The form to report your Directorship/Relationship Involvement.

 

  3. The form to Report your Partnership Involvement.

 

  4. The form to report and certify your Reportable Investment Accounts.

 

  5. The form to report and certify your Year-End investment holdings.

These forms can be found at the end of the Code as exhibits A-E under Annual Reporting Requirements.

 

G. New Hire Reporting

New Access Persons are required to file the following forms within ten (10) business days of their hire date:

 

  a. Initial Certification of Receipt of Code. (New Hire - Exhibit A)

 

  b. Initial Report of Reportable Investment Accounts. (New Hire - Exhibit B)

 

  c. Initial Report of Securities Holdings. (New Hire - Exhibit C)

 

  d. Access Person Partnership Involvement Relationship Report. (New Hire - Exhibit -D),

 

  e. Access Person Report of Director/Relationship Involvement. (New Hire - Exhibit E)

 

21


H. Review and Enforcement of Personal Transaction Compliance and General Code Compliance

The Compliance Group will review personal securities transactions reports and other reports periodically submitted by Access Persons under this Code. The review may include, but not limited to, the following:

 

  a. An assessment of whether the Access Person followed the Code and any required internal procedures, such as pre-clearance, including the comparison of the “Pre-Clearance Reports” to the monthly account statements;

 

  b. Comparison of personal trading to any blackout period;

 

  c. An assessment of whether the Access Person and Acadian are trading in the same securities and, if so, whether the clients are receiving terms as favorable as the Access Person;

 

  d. Periodically analyzing the Access Person’s trading for patterns that may indicate potential compliance issues including front running, excessive or short term trading or market timing; and

 

  e. Any pattern of trading or activity raising the appearance that the Access Person may be taking advantage of their position at Acadian.

Before any determination is made that a code violation has been committed by an Access Person, the Access Person will have the opportunity to supply additional explanatory material. If the Chief Compliance Officer initially determines that a material violation has occurred, he will prepare a written summary of the occurrence, together with all supporting information/documentation including any explanatory material provided by the Access Person, and present the situation to the Compliance Committee for initial determination and recommendation for resolution. If deemed warranted by the Compliance Committee, the report of the incident and the recommendation for resolution will be forwarded to Acadian Board of Managers and potentially outside counsel for evaluation and recommendation for resolution. No Access Person will participate in a determination of whether he/she has committed a violation or impose any sanction against him/her. All violations and resolutions will be documented.

 

I. Certification of Compliance

 

  1. Initial Certification. Acadian provides all Access Persons with a copy of this Code of Ethics. Acadian requires all Access Persons to certify in writing that they have: (a) received a copy of the Code; (b) read and understand all provisions of the Code; and (c) agreed to comply with the terms of the Code.

 

  2. Acknowledgement of Amendments. Acadian will provide Access Persons with any material amendments to its Code of Ethics and Access Persons will submit a written acknowledgement that they have received, read, and understood the amendments to the Code. Acadian and members of its compliance staff will make every attempt to bring important changes to the attention of Access Persons.

 

  3. Annual Certification. All Access Persons are required annually to certify that they have read, understood, and complied with the Code of Ethics.

Part 5. Miscellaneous

 

A. Excessive or Inappropriate Trading

The Company understands that it is appropriate for Access Persons to participate in the public securities markets as part of their overall personal investment programs. As in other areas, however, this should be done in a way that limits potential conflicts with the interests of any Fund or Portfolio. Further, it is important to recognize that otherwise appropriate trading, if excessive (measured in

 

22


terms of frequency, complexity of trading programs, numbers of trades, or other measure as deemed appropriate by the Compliance Group), may compromise the best interests of any Client if such excessive trading is conducted during the workday or using Acadian resources. Accordingly, if personal trading rises to such dimension as to create an environment that is not consistent with the Code of Ethics, such personal transactions may not be approved or may be limited by the Compliance Group.

 

B. Access Person Disclosures and Reporting

 

  1. Access Person Background Information. The SEC registration form for investment advisors requires the reporting, under oath, of past disciplinary actions taken against all “advisory affiliates.” The Investment Advisers Act requires similar disclosure to the Client. The term “advisory affiliate” includes directors and chief officers of an advisor; individuals who have the power to direct or cause the direction of the management or policies of a company; and all current Access Persons except those performing only clerical, administrative, support or similar functions. Many advisory affiliates must also provide biographical information that must be reported to the SEC. If any of the information becomes inaccurate or needs to be updated to make it accurate, it shall be your obligation to bring this to the attention of the Compliance Officer.

 

  2. Upon occurrence. Any prior, current, or potential litigation in which the Access Person is, or has been, a party, or is aware of the possibility of being named as a party, which in any way relates to the Company business, must be disclosed to the Chief Compliance Officer.

 

C. Responsibility to Know the Rules

Access Persons are responsible for their actions under the law and are therefore required to be sufficiently familiar with the Advisers Act and other applicable federal and state securities laws and regulations to avoid violating them. Claimed ignorance of any rule or regulation or of any requirement under this Code or any other Acadian policy or procedure is not a defense for employee conduct.

Part 6. Record Keeping

Acadian will maintain the following records in a readily accessible place pertaining to this Code of Ethics:

 

   

A copy of each Code that has been in effect at any time during the past five years;

 

   

A record of any violation of the Code and any action taken as a result of such violation for five years from the end of the fiscal year in which the violation occurred;

 

   

A record of all written acknowledgements of receipt of the Code and amendments for each person who is currently, or within the past five years was, an Access Person (these records must be kept for five years after the individual ceases to be an Access Person of Acadian);

 

   

Holdings and transactions reports made pursuant to the Code;

 

   

A list of the names of persons who are currently, or within the past five years were, Access Persons;

 

   

A record of any decision and supporting reasons for approving the acquisition of securities by Access Persons in IPOs and limited offerings for at least five years after the end of the fiscal year in which approval was granted;

 

23


   

A record of persons responsible for reviewing Access Persons’ reports currently or during the last five years; and

 

   

A copy of reports provided to the board of directors of any U.S. registered management investment company for which Acadian acts as adviser or sub-adviser regarding the Code.

Part 7. Form ADV Disclosure

Acadian will include on Schedule F of Form ADV, Part II a description of Acadian’s Code of Ethics, and Acadian will provide a copy of its Code of Ethics to any client or prospective client upon request.

Part 8. Administration and Enforcement of the Code

 

A. Training and Education

New Hires:

Each new hire receives a copy of the Code of Ethics and must sign an acknowledgement of receipt and understanding. A member of the Compliance Group will meet with each new hire within their first week at Acadian to review the Code of Ethics and to respond to any questions.

Annual:

Mandatory annual Code of Ethics Training will be required for all employees and consultants subject to the Code. This training will be conducted by members of the Compliance Group and will reinforce key sections of the Code as well as any other hot button areas as determined by business changes or regulatory focus.

 

B. Board of Managers Approval

Acadian will submit any material amendments to its Board of Managers and Compliance Committee for review and approval.

 

C. Report to the Board(s) of Investment Company Clients

At the frequency requested and in compliance with Rule 17j-1 of the Investment Company Act, Acadian will comply with any reporting requirements imposed by the Board of Directors of each of our U.S. registered investment company clients as well as any other reporting related to our Code of Ethics requested by any client. A copy of our Code of Ethics is provided to clients and prospects upon request. Reports typically provided to Fund Board’s include a description of any issues arising under Acadian’s Code of Ethics since the last report, information about material violations of the Code and sanctions imposed in response to such violations, and any material changes made to the Code. Acadian will also provide reports when requested certifying that we have adopted procedures reasonably necessary to prevent Access Persons from violating the code.

 

D. Report to Senior Management

The Chief Compliance Officer will report to Acadian’s Compliance Committee and Board of Managers regarding the annual review of this Code and to bring all material violations to their attention at least quarterly.

 

24


E. Reporting Violations

All Access Persons must report violations of Acadian’s Code of Ethics promptly to the Chief Compliance Officer or other appropriate Access Persons designated in this Code. Failure to report a violation known to you will also be considered a violation of the Code.

 

  1. Confidentiality. Any reports pursuant to Acadian’s Code of Ethics will be treated confidentially to the extent permitted by law and investigated promptly and appropriately. Access Persons may submit any violation report referenced herein anonymously to the CCO either via a written statement in a sealed envelop or in any other way the Access Person feels is necessary to preserve his or her confidentiality.

 

  2. Advice of Counsel. Access Persons are encouraged to seek advice from the Chief Compliance Officer with respect to any action or transaction which may violate Acadian’s Code of Ethics and should also refrain from any action or transaction with might lead to the appearance of a violation of this Code.

 

  3. Apparent Violations. Acadian encourages Access Persons to report “apparent” or “suspected” violations of the Code of Ethics in addition to actual or known violations of the Code.

 

  4. Retaliation. Retaliation against any Access Person who reports a violation with respect to Acadian’s Code of Ethics is prohibited and constitutes a further violation of this Code. “Whistle Blower” protections will be afforded those who report Code violations.

 

F. Sanctions

Any violation of Acadian’s Code of Ethics may result in disciplinary action that the Chief Compliance Officer or other Firm employee(s) responsible for its administration deem appropriate, including but not limited to a warning, fines, disgorgement, suspension, demotion, or termination of employment. In addition to sanctions, violations may result in referral to civil or criminal authorities where appropriate.

 

G. Further Information about the Code

Access Persons are encouraged to contact any member of the Compliance Group with any questions about permissible conduct under the Code.

 

25


Persons Responsible for Code Enforcement

 

Chief Compliance Officer:    Scott Dias
Senior Compliance Officer:    Cynthia Famulari
Compliance Officer:    Alison Peabody
Director of Risk Management:    Mark Dixon
Chief Financial Officer:    Mark Minichiello

Training

The above members of the Compliance Group and members of the Human Resources Group have training responsibilities.

Acadian’s Compliance Committee and its Board of Managers are also responsible for Code of Ethics implementation and enforcement

 

26


Appendix A: Reporting Forms

 

ONGOING REPORTING FORMS FOR ALL ACCESS PERSONS
Ongoing Reporting Exhibit 1:    PERSONAL SECURITIES TRANSACTION PRECLEARANCE
Ongoing Reporting Exhibit 2:    QUARTERLY TRANSACTION REPORTING
Ongoing Reporting Exhibit 3:    SHORT-TERM TRADING REPORTING AND APPROVAL
Ongoing Reporting Exhibit 4:    ENTERTAINMENT APPROVAL
Ongoing Reporting Exhibit 6:    QUARTERLY GIFT AND ENTERTAINMENT REPORTING
Ongoing Reporting Exhibit 6:    REPORT OF PARTNERSHIP INVOLVEMENT
Ongoing Reporting Exhibit 7:    REPORT OF DIRECTOR/RELATIONSHIP INVOLVEMENT
Ongoing Reporting Exhibit 8:    CERTIFICATION OF RECEIPT OF CODE AMENDMENTS
NEW HIRE FORMS
New Hire – Exhibit A:    WRITTEN ACKNOWLEDGMENT OF RECEIPT OF ACADIAN’S CODE OF ETHICS
New Hire – Exhibit B:    REPORTABLE INVESTMENT ACCOUNTS
New Hire – Exhibit C:    REPORTABLE SECURITIES HOLDINGS
New Hire – Exhibit D:    REPORT OF PARTNERSHIP INVOLVEMENT
New Hire – Exhibit E:    REPORT OF DIRECTOR/RELATIONSHIP INVOLVEMENT
YEAR END REPORTING FORMS FOR ALL ACCESS PERSONS
Year End – Exhibit A:    WRITTEN ACKNOWLEDGMENT OF RECEIPT OF ACADIAN’S CODE OF ETHICS
Year End – Exhibit B:    REPORTABLE INVESTMENT ACCOUNTS
Year End – Exhibit C:    REPORTABLE SECURITIES HOLDINGS
Year End – Exhibit D:    REPORT OF PARTNERSHIP INVOLVEMENT
Year End – Exhibit E:    REPORT OF DIRECTOR/RELATIONSHIP INVOLVEMENT

 

27


This page left blank intentionally.

 

28


LOGO

PERSONAL SECURITIES TRANSACTIONS PRECLEARANCE FORM

I hereby request preclearance of the securities listed below. I am aware that each preclearance is only effective until the close of trading in the US markets on the date granted. The Access Person is required to obtain additional preclearance if the trade is not completed before the authority expires.

 

Name of Broker,

Dealer or Bank and

Account Number

   Compliance
Approved
Account
(Y/N)*
   Name of Security    Security
ID
   # of Shares    Price
per
Share
   Principal
Amount
   Transaction
Type (Buy,
Sell, etc.)
  

 

Compliance
Authorized

                        Yes    No
                          
                          
                          
                          
                          
                          
                          
                          

 

* For new investment accounts or accounts not previously disclosed to Compliance, provide the following:

 

Account Location

 

Account Number

 

Account Registration

 

Direct Owner

 

Indirect Owner

       
       
       

ð     Is any proposed transaction described above within sixty (60) days of a prior opposing transaction in the same or equivalent Security? (If yes, the Access Person must submit Exhibit 3, a Securities Transactions Report Relating to Short Term Trading, for pre-approval.)

Yes:  [    ]    No:  [    ]

ð     Is any proposed transaction described above considered an Initial Public Offering (IPO) or Private Placement?

Yes:  [    ]    No:  [    ]

 

Access Person Name       Compliance

 

     

 

Access Person Signature       Date

 

     

 

Date      

 

     

3/07


LOGO

ACCESS PERSON SECURITIES TRANSACTIONS REPORT FOR THE QUARTER ENDED                     

(Submit within 30 calendar days of quarter end)

During the quarter, the following transactions were effected in reportable covered securities* under the Code of Ethics in investment accounts subject to the Code in which I have a direct or indirect beneficial interest. If no transactions were executed, write (“none”). All transactions in affiliated mutual funds must be reported. Please check this box if an addendum is attached listing additional securities:   ¨

 

Name of Broker,

Dealer or Bank

and Account

Number

   Name of Security
(If Corporate
Bond Include
Maturity Date)
   Security
Identifier
   Date of
Trade
   Buy
Or
Sell
   # Shares    Price of
Trade
   Principal
Amount of
Trade
   Type of
Ownership
(Direct or
Indirect)
   New
Account
This
Quarter
(Y/N)
                          
                          
                          
                          
                          
                          
                          
                          

 

* For any covered investment accounts established during the quarter not previously disclosed to Compliance, provide:

 

Account Location

 

Account Number

 

Account Registration

 

Direct Owner

 

Indirect Owner

       
       
       
       

This report excludes transactions with respect to which I had no direct or indirect influence or Control.

 

Access Person Name       Compliance

 

     

 

Access Person Signature       Date

 

     

 

Date      

 

     

3/07

 

30


LOGO

SECURITIES TRANSACTIONS REPORT RELATING TO SHORT-TERM TRADING FOR THE SIXTY-DAY PERIOD FROM                      TO                     

During the sixty (60) calendar day period referred to above, the following purchases and sales, or sales and purchases, of the same securities were effected or are proposed to be effected in covered securities of which I have, or by reason of such transaction acquired, direct or indirect beneficial ownership. (Please provide information for the original and the proposed trade.)

 

Transaction 1:    ¨   authorized                  
   ¨   not authorized                  

Name of Broker, Dealer or Bank and

Account Number

  

Name of security

  

Date of Original

Transaction

   Buy/Sell/
Other
   Price per
Share
   Number of
Shares
   Principal
Amount
                 
Transaction 2:    ¨   authorized                  
   ¨   not authorized                  

Name of Broker, Dealer or Bank and

Account Number

  

Name of security

  

Date of Original

Transaction

   Buy/Sell/
Other
   Price per
Share
   Number of
Shares
   Principal
Amount
                 
Transaction 3:    ¨   authorized                  
   ¨   not authorized                  

Name of Broker, Dealer or Bank and

Account Number

  

Name of security

  

Date of Original

Transaction

   Buy/Sell/
Other
   Price per
Share
   Number of
Shares
   Principal
Amount
                 
Transaction 4:    ¨   authorized                  
   ¨   not authorized                  

Name of Broker, Dealer or Bank and

Account Number

  

Name of security

  

Date of Original

Transaction

   Buy/Sell/
Other
   Price per
Share
   Number of
Shares
   Principal
Amount
                 
Transaction 5:    ¨   authorized                  
   ¨   not authorized                  

Name of Broker, Dealer or Bank and

Account Number

  

Name of security

  

Date of Original

Transaction

   Buy/Sell/
Other
   Price per
Share
   Number of
Shares
   Principal
Amount
                 

 

Reason for Transaction:  

 

 

 

Access Person Name       Compliance

 

     

 

Access Person Signature       Date

 

     

 

Date      

 

     

3/07

 

31


LOGO

EMPLOYEE ENTERTAINMENT FORM WHEN ANTICIPATED BENEFIT WILL EXCEED $250

 

 

1. Name and department of Acadian employee who will be attending the event:

 

2. Date of event:  

 

 
3. Location:  

 

 
4. Purpose:  

 

 

5. Name of Company sponsoring the event or offering the event:  

 

6. Name and title of Company representative offering the event:  

 

7. Anticipated benefits and value received:  

 

 

 

 

8. Have you received or accepted any other entertainment or gifts from this individual or company since January 1 of this year?                Yes                No

 

If Yes, provide details on when, what and what amount:   

 

 

 

 

 

Access Person Name       Compliance

 

     

 

Access Person Signature       Date

 

     

 

Date      

 

     

3/07

 

32


LOGO

ACCESS PERSON QUARTERLY REPORT OF GIFTS OR ENTERTAINMENT RECEIVED

FOR QUARTER ENDED                      (submit within 30 calendar days of quarter end)

Acadian’s gift policy limits the annual dollar amount of gifts an Access Person’s can receive from any one company to $250 ($100 is the Access Person is also NASD licensed).

There is no dollar limitation on entertainment however entertainment must not be extravagant or excessive. Permissible entertainment should occur at a venue where business is typically discussed, such as dinner or a sporting event, should be of reasonable value, and the person providing the entertainment should be present.

 

Gift or

Entertainment

   Date
Received
   Name of Company
Providing
   If Gift, Name and
Title of Individual
Providing
   If Entertainment,
Name of
Company Reps in
Attendance
   Description of
Gift/Event
   Actual or
Approximate
Value
                 
                 
                 
                 
                 
                 
                 
                 

 

Access Person Name       Compliance

 

     

 

Access Person Signature       Date

 

     

 

Date      

 

     

NOTE: Supervisor signature is required if anything is being reported. If nothing to report, write none, sign, and submit to the Compliance Group.

 

Supervisor     Date

 

   

 

3/07

 

33


LOGO

Report of Partnership Involvement

The Code of Ethics requires any partnership or similar arrangement, either to be participated in or formulated by an employee to be disclosed to the CCO prior to involvement and on at least an annual basis thereafter. Please complete a separate report for each partnership that you are involved with, addressing the following questions. Please respond “None” if appropriate, then sign and return.

 

1.    Name of Partnership:  

 

       
2.    Type of Organization:  

 

       
3.    Your position:  

 

       
4.    Start Date of Affiliation:  

 

       
5.    Any clients involved?    Yes          No
6.    Do you have an equity interest in the partnership?    Yes          No
7.    Are you compensated for your involvement?    Yes          No
8.    Do you have any investment responsibilities on behalf of the partnership?    Yes          No
9.    Is this partnership eligible for client investment?    Yes          No
10.    Provide a description of your role and responsibilities:        
  

 

  

 

  

 

 

Access Person Name       Compliance

 

     

 

Access Person Signature       Date

 

     

 

Date      

 

     

03/07

 

34


LOGO

Report of Directorship/Relationship Involvement

The Code of Ethics requires prior disclosure to the CCO, and at least annual disclosure thereafter, of your involvement as an Officer, Board of Director member, Trustee, Executive Member, or Controlling Person in any Business Venture including, but not limited to, investment organizations, including investment clubs. Please complete a separate report for each Directorship/Relationship that you are involved with addressing the following questions.

In addition, if your spouse, domestic partner or any immediate family member subject to your financial support is an Officer, Board of Director member, Trustee, or Executive Member of a publicly traded company , please complete a copy of this report on their behalf to disclose each position.

Please respond “None” if appropriate, then sign and return.

 

1.    Name of Company/Organization:  

 

 

2.    Type of Company/Organization:  

 

 

3.    Name of Person Involved:   

 

 

4.    Position:  

 

 

5.    Start Date of Affiliation:  

 

     

 

6.    Is this publicly traded company?    Yes    No
   Ticker:  

 

       
7.    Are you compensated for your involvement?    Yes    No
   How:  

 

8.    Do you have any investment responsibilities on behalf of the company?    Yes    No
9.    Provide a description of your role and responsibilities:   
  

 

  

 

  

 

 

Access Person Name       Compliance

 

     

 

Access Person Signature       Date

 

     

 

Date      

 

     

03/07

 

35


LOGO

Written Acknowledgement of Receipt of the Amendments to Acadian’s Code of Ethics

 

   

I have received a copy of amendments to the Acadian Code of Ethics dated                      .

 

   

I recognize that I and my immediate family members, as defined in the Code of Ethics, are subject to these amendments and all provisions of the Code.

 

   

I have read and understand these amendments to the Code of Ethics.

 

   

I have had the opportunity to ask questions about any amendment that is unclear to me.

 

   

I agree to comply with these amendments and all other terms of the Code.

 

Access Person Name       Compliance

 

     

 

Access Person Signature       Date

 

     

 

Date      

 

     

03/07

 

36


LOGO

Written Acknowledgement of Receipt of the Code of Ethics

 

   

I acknowledge receipt of and have access to a copy of the Acadian Code of Ethics dated                      .

 

   

I recognize that I and my immediate family members, as defined in the Code of Ethics, are subject to the provisions of the Code.

 

   

I have read and understand all provisions of the Code of Ethics.

 

   

I have received training on the Code and have had the opportunity to ask questions about any provisions that are unclear to me.

 

Access Person Name       Compliance

 

     

 

Access Person Signature       Date

 

     

 

Date      

 

     

Form 1 of 5 — 03/07

 

37


LOGO

Reportable Personal Investment Accounts

As of my day of hire the following is a list of all the investment accounts reportable under the Code in which I have a direct or indirect interest and in which a reportable security* under the Code of Ethics may be purchased.

 

Account Location

   Account Number    Account Registration    Direct Owner    Indirect Owner

Example: Charles Schwab

   xxxx-xxxxxxx    Employee, IRA    X   
           
           
           
           
           
           
           
           
           
           
           

¨     check here if additional listings are attached

 

Access Person Name       Compliance

 

     

 

Access Person Signature       Date

 

     

 

Date      

 

     

 

* On the accompanying page are examples from the Code of Ethics of reportable accounts and reportable securities.

 

Form 2 of 5 — 03/07

38


LOGO

Exhibit B Additional Information

Each Access Person must report any accounts in which he or she has a direct or indirect beneficial interest and in which a security covered by the Code is eligible for purchase. This typically includes:

 

 

individual and joint accounts

 

 

accounts in the name of an immediate family member as defined in the Code

 

 

accounts in the name of any individual subject to your financial support

 

 

trust accounts

 

 

estate accounts

 

 

accounts where you have power of attorney or trading authority

 

 

other type of accounts in which you have a present or future interest in the income, principal or right to obtain title to securities.

 

* Your 401K account held through Acadian is exempt from this requirement as account information is obtained directly by the Compliance Group.

For purposes of the Code of Ethics and its reporting requirements, the term “covered security” will include the following:

 

 

any stock or corporate bond;

 

 

investment or futures contracts with the exception of currency;

 

 

options or warrants to purchase or sell securities;

 

 

limited partnerships meeting the definition of a “security” (including limited liability and other companies that are treated as partnerships for U.S. federal income tax purposes);

 

 

ETFs and Depository receipts (ex. ADRs, EDRS and GDRs);

 

 

Index funds, UITs, foreign mutual funds, and closed-end investment companies;

 

 

shares of open-end mutual funds that are advised or sub-advised by Acadian,

 

 

shares open ended mutual funds advised or subadvised by Acadian affiliates, including all companies under the Old Mutual umbrella*; and

 

 

private investment funds, hedge funds, and investment clubs;

but specifically does not include:

 

 

direct obligations of the U.S. government;

 

 

bankers’ acceptances, bank certificates of deposit, commercial paper, and high quality short-term debt obligations, including repurchase agreements;

 

 

shares issued by money market funds (domiciled inside or outside the United States);

 

 

shares of open-end mutual funds that are not advised or sub-advised by Acadian or one of Acadian’s affiliates, including all companies under the Old Mutual umbrellas; and

Old Mutual, Acadian’s parent company, provides Acadian with a quarterly update of all affiliated funds. Upon receipt by Acadian, the Compliance Group posts the list to the Compliance section of the intranet. These funds do not require preclearance prior to purchase but any purchases/holdings must be reported on your quarterly transactions report. Please consult this list when preparing the report. Any fund on the list advised or subadvised by Acadian remains subject to preclearance requirements.

 

Form 2 of 5 — 03/07

39


LOGO

Reportable Investment Holdings

As of my day of hire the following is a list of all my direct or indirect holdings in any reportable security* under the Code of Ethics. (In lieu of listing, you can attach a copy of your year-end statement for each account in which a reportable security was purchased.)

 

Account

Location

   Account
Number
   Security
Name/Type
   Symbol/
CUSIP
   # of Shares    Price per
Share as of
12/31
Statement
   Principle
Amount
   Ownership
Code
Direct/Indirect

Example – Fidelity

   xxxx-xxxx    Microsoft/Stock    MSFT    250    26.50    6,625    D
                    
                    
                    
                    
                    
                    
                    
                    
                    
                    
                    
                    
                    
                    
                    
                    

¨     check here if additional listings are attached

 

Access Person Name       Compliance

 

     

 

Access Person Signature       Date

 

     

 

Date      

 

     

 

* On the accompanying page are examples from the Code of Ethics of reportable securities.

 

Form 3 of 5 — 03/07

40


LOGO

Exhibit C Additional Information

For purposes of the Code of Ethics and its reporting requirements, the term “covered security” will include the following:

 

 

any stock or corporate bond;

 

 

investment or futures contracts with the exception of currency;

 

 

options or warrants to purchase or sell securities;

 

 

limited partnerships meeting the definition of a “security” (including limited liability and other companies that are treated as partnerships for U.S. federal income tax purposes);

 

 

ETFs and Depository receipts (ex. ADRs, EDRS and GDRs);

 

 

Index funds, UITs, foreign mutual funds, and closed-end investment companies;

 

 

shares of open-end mutual funds that are advised or sub-advised by Acadian,

 

 

shares open ended mutual funds advised or subadvised by Acadian affiliates, including all companies under the Old Mutual umbrella*; and

 

 

private investment funds, hedge funds, and investment clubs;

but specifically does not include:

 

 

direct obligations of the U.S. government;

 

 

bankers’ acceptances, bank certificates of deposit, commercial paper, and high quality short-term debt obligations, including repurchase agreements;

 

 

shares issued by money market funds (domiciled inside or outside the United States);

 

 

shares of open-end mutual funds that are not advised or sub-advised by Acadian or one of Acadian’s affiliates, including all companies under the Old Mutual umbrellas; and

Old Mutual, Acadian’s parent company, provides Acadian with a quarterly update of all affiliated funds. Upon receipt by Acadian, the Compliance Group posts the list to the Compliance section of the intranet. These funds do not require preclearance prior to purchase but any purchases/holdings must be reported on your quarterly transactions report. Please consult this list when preparing the report. Any fund on the list advised or subadvised by Acadian remains subject to preclearance requirements.

 

Form 3 of 5 — 03/07

41


LOGO

Report of Partnership Involvement

The Code of Ethics requires any partnership or similar arrangement, either to be participated in or formulated by an employee to be disclosed to the CCO prior to involvement and on at least an annual basis thereafter. Please complete a separate report for each partnership that you are involved with, addressing the following questions. Please respond “None” if appropriate, then sign and return.

 

1.    Name of Partnership:  

 

       
2.    Type of Organization:  

 

       
3.    Your position:  

 

       
4.    Start Date of Affiliation:  

 

       
5.    Any clients involved?    Yes          No
6.    Do you have an equity interest in the partnership?    Yes          No
7.    Are you compensated for your involvement?    Yes          No
8.    Do you have any investment responsibilities on behalf of the partnership?    Yes          No
9.    Is this partnership eligible for client investment?    Yes          No
10.    Provide a description of your role and responsibilities:        
  

 

  

 

  

 

 

Access Person Name       Compliance

 

     

 

Access Person Signature       Date

 

     

 

Date      

 

     

 

Form 4 of 5 — 03/07

42


LOGO

Report of Directorship/Relationship Involvement

The Code of Ethics requires prior disclosure to the CCO, and at least annual disclosure thereafter, of your involvement as an Officer, Board of Director member, Trustee, Executive Member, or Controlling Person in any Business Venture including, but not limited to, investment organizations, including investment clubs. Please complete a separate report for each Directorship/Relationship that you are involved with, addressing the following questions.

In addition, if your spouse, domestic partner or any immediate family member subject to your financial support is an Officer, Board of Director member, Trustee, or Executive Member of a publicly traded company , please complete a copy of this report on their behalf to disclose each position.

Please respond “None” if appropriate, then sign and return.

 

1.    Name of Company/Organization:  

 

 

2.    Type of Company/Organization:  

 

 

3.    Name of Person Involved:   

 

 

4.    Position:  

 

 

5.    Start Date of Affiliation:  

 

     

 

6.    Is this publicly traded company?    Yes    No
   Ticker:  

 

       
7.    Are you compensated for your involvement?    Yes    No
   How:  

 

8.    Do you have any investment responsibilities on behalf of the company?    Yes    No
9.    Provide a description of your role and responsibilities:   
  

 

  

 

  

 

 

Access Person Name      Compliance

 

    

 

Access Person Signature      Date

 

    

 

Date     

 

    

 

Form 5 of 5 — 03/07

43


LOGO

200      Year-End Code of Ethics Reporting

Annual Certification and Written Acknowledgement of Receipt of the Code of Ethics

 

   

I acknowledge receipt of and have access to a copy of the Acadian Code of Ethics dated                      .

 

   

I recognize that I and my immediate family members, as defined in the Code of Ethics, are subject to the provisions of the Code.

 

   

I have read and understand all provisions of the Code of Ethics.

 

   

I have received training on the Code and have had the opportunity to ask questions about any provisions that are unclear to me.

 

   

It is my belief that I have complied with the provisions of the Code of Ethics during the past year including the reporting of all securities transactions.

 

Access Person Name      Compliance

 

    

 

Access Person Signature      Date

 

    

 

Date     

 

    

 

Form 1 of 5 — 03/07

44


LOGO

200      Year-End Code of Ethics Reporting

Reportable Personal Investment Accounts as of December 31, 200     

We have enclosed a list of accounts that we have on record for you as of December 31, 200      . Please review the list carefully and note any inaccuracies on the form. If the list is current and contains all your reportable accounts* please confirm by providing your initials below and signing this form.

Confirmation that account list is current and accurate

I have reviewed the account list provided and can confirm as of December 31, 200      that it reflects all reportable accounts that I control or may benefit from.                      (initials)

Disclosure of additional reportable accounts

I have control over or benefit from the following reportable accounts that were not reflected on the list of accounts that was provided to me.

 

Account Location

   Account Number    Account Registration    Direct Owner    Indirect Owner
           
           
           
           
           
           
           
           

 

Access Person Name      Compliance

 

    

 

Access Person Signature      Date

 

    

 

Date     

 

    

 

* On the accompanying page are examples from the Code of Ethics of reportable accounts and reportable securities.

 

Form 2 of 5 — 03/07

45


LOGO

Exhibit B Additional Information

Each Access Person must report any accounts in which he or she has a direct or indirect beneficial interest and in which a security covered by the Code is eligible for purchase. This typically includes:

 

 

individual and joint accounts

 

 

accounts in the name of an immediate family member as defined in the Code

 

 

accounts in the name of any individual subject to your financial support

 

 

trust accounts

 

 

estate accounts

 

 

accounts where you have power of attorney or trading authority

 

 

other type of accounts in which you have a present or future interest in the income, principal or right to obtain title to securities.

 

* Your 401K account held through Acadian is exempt from this requirement as account information is obtained directly by the Compliance Group.

For purposes of the Code of Ethics and its reporting requirements, the term “covered security” will include the following:

 

 

any stock or corporate bond;

 

 

investment or futures contracts with the exception of currency;

 

 

options or warrants to purchase or sell securities;

 

 

limited partnerships meeting the definition of a “security” (including limited liability and other companies that are treated as partnerships for U.S. federal income tax purposes);

 

 

ETFs and Depository receipts (ex. ADRs, EDRS and GDRs);

 

 

Index funds, UITs, foreign mutual funds, and closed-end investment companies;

 

 

shares of open-end mutual funds that are advised or sub-advised by Acadian,

 

 

shares open ended mutual funds advised or subadvised by Acadian affiliates, including all companies under the Old Mutual umbrella*; and

 

 

private investment funds, hedge funds, and investment clubs;

but specifically does not include:

 

 

direct obligations of the U.S. government;

 

 

bankers’ acceptances, bank certificates of deposit, commercial paper, and high quality short-term debt obligations, including repurchase agreements;

 

 

shares issued by money market funds (domiciled inside or outside the United States);

 

 

shares of open-end mutual funds that are not advised or sub-advised by Acadian or one of Acadian’s affiliates, including all companies under the Old Mutual umbrellas; and

Old Mutual, Acadian’s parent company, provides Acadian with a quarterly update of all affiliated funds. Upon receipt by Acadian, the Compliance Group posts the list to the Compliance section of the intranet. These funds do not require preclearance prior to purchase but any purchases/holdings must be reported on your quarterly transactions report. Please consult this list when preparing the report. Any fund on the list advised or subadvised by Acadian remains subject to preclearance requirements.

 

Form 2 of 5 — 03/07

46


LOGO

200      Year-End Code of Ethics Reporting

Reportable Investment Holdings as of December 31, 200     

I. Confirmation that investment holdings spreadsheet is current and accurate or that changes have been made to the spreadsheet

I have reviewed the spreadsheet of investment holdings* provided to me and can confirm as of December 31, 200      that it reflects all reportable investment holdings that I control or may benefit from or has been amended to reflect such holdings.                      . (initials) (Please sign below in addition.)

II. Disclosure of additional investment holdings

The holdings information that was provided to me is not complete. I own or benefit from the ownership of the following reportable investment holdings that were not reflected on the spreadsheet of investment holdings provided to me. (Please complete the table and sign below.)

 

Account

Location

   Account
Number
   Security
Name/Type
   Symbol/
CUSIP
   # of Shares    Price per
Share as of
12/31
Statement
   Principal
Amount
   Ownership
Code
Direct/Indirect

Example – Fidelity

   xxxx-xxxx    Microsoft/Stock    MSFT    250    26.50    6,625    D
                    
                    
                    
                    
                    
                    

¨     check here if additional listings are attached

 

Access Person Name      Compliance

 

    

 

Access Person Signature      Date

 

    

 

Date     

 

    

 

* On the accompanying page are examples from the Code of Ethics of reportable securities.

 

Form 3 of 5 — 03/07

47


LOGO

Exhibit C Additional Information

For purposes of the Code of Ethics and its reporting requirements, the term “covered security” will include the following:

 

 

any stock or corporate bond;

 

 

investment or futures contracts with the exception of currency;

 

 

options or warrants to purchase or sell securities;

 

 

limited partnerships meeting the definition of a “security” (including limited liability and other companies that are treated as partnerships for U.S. federal income tax purposes);

 

 

ETFs and Depository receipts (ex. ADRs, EDRS and GDRs);

 

 

Index funds, UITs, foreign mutual funds, and closed-end investment companies;

 

 

shares of open-end mutual funds that are advised or sub-advised by Acadian,

 

 

shares open ended mutual funds advised or subadvised by Acadian affiliates, including all companies under the Old Mutual umbrella*; and

 

 

private investment funds, hedge funds, and investment clubs;

but specifically does not include:

 

 

direct obligations of the U.S. government;

 

 

bankers’ acceptances, bank certificates of deposit, commercial paper, and high quality short-term debt obligations, including repurchase agreements;

 

 

shares issued by money market funds (domiciled inside or outside the United States);

 

 

shares of open-end mutual funds that are not advised or sub-advised by Acadian or one of Acadian’s affiliates, including all companies under the Old Mutual umbrellas; and

Old Mutual, Acadian’s parent company, provides Acadian with a quarterly update of all affiliated funds. Upon receipt by Acadian, the Compliance Group posts the list to the Compliance section of the intranet. These funds do not require preclearance prior to purchase but any purchases/holdings must be reported on your quarterly transactions report. Please consult this list when preparing the report. Any fund on the list advised or subadvised by Acadian remains subject to preclearance requirements.

 

Form 3 of 5 — 03/07

48


LOGO

200      Year-End Code of Ethics Reporting

Report of Partnership Involvement

The Code of Ethics requires any partnership or similar arrangement, either to be participated in or formulated by an employee to be disclosed to the CCO prior to involvement and on at least an annual basis thereafter. As of December 31, 200      , please complete a separate report for each partnership that you are involved with addressing the following questions. Please respond “None” and sign and return if appropriate.

 

1.    Name of Partnership:  

 

       
2.    Type of Organization:  

 

       
3.    Your position:  

 

       
4.    Start Date of Affiliation:  

 

       
5.    Any clients involved?    Yes          No
6.    Do you have an equity interest in the partnership?    Yes          No
7.    Are you compensated for your involvement?    Yes          No
8.    Do you have any investment responsibilities on behalf of the partnership?    Yes          No
9.    Is this partnership eligible for client investment?    Yes          No
10.    Provide a description of your role and responsibilities:        
  

 

  

 

  

 

 

Access Person Name       Compliance

 

     

 

Access Person Signature       Date

 

     

 

Date      

 

     

 

Form 4 of 5 — 03/07

49


LOGO

200      Year-End Code of Ethics Reporting

Report of Directorship/Relationship Involvement

The Code of Ethics requires prior disclosure to the CCO, and at least annual disclosure thereafter, of your involvement as an Officer, Board of Director member, Trustee, Executive Member, or Controlling Person in any Business Venture including, but not limited to, investment organizations, including investment clubs. As of December 31, 200      , please complete a separate report for each Directorship/Relationship that you are involved with addressing the following questions.

In addition, if your spouse, domestic partner or any immediate family member subject to your financial support is an Officer, Board of Director member, Trustee, or Executive Member of a publicly traded company, please complete a copy of this report on their behalf to disclose each position.

Please respond “None” and sign and return if appropriate.

 

1.    Name of Company/Organization:  

 

 

2.    Type of Company/Organization:  

 

 

3.    Name of Person Involved:   

 

 

4.    Position:  

 

 

5.    Start Date of Affiliation:  

 

     

 

6.    Is this publicly traded company?    Yes    No
   Ticker:  

 

       
7.    Are you compensated for your involvement?    Yes    No
   How:  

 

8.    Do you have any investment responsibilities on behalf of the company?    Yes    No
9.    Provide a description of your role and responsibilities:   
  

 

  

 

  

 

 

Access Person Name      Compliance

 

    

 

Access Person Signature      Date

 

    

 

Date     

 

    

 

Form 5 of 5 — 03/07

50


This page left blank intentionally.

 

51


Appendix B: Answers to Commonly Asked Questions

I. GENERAL QUESTIONS

I am a new employee. What forms do I fill out?

New employees are required to fill out the following 5 forms (New Hire exhibits A-E):

 

 

Written Acknowledgment of Receipt of Acadian’s Code of Ethics, New Hire Exhibit A

 

 

Reportable Investment Accounts, New Hire Exhibit B

 

 

Reportable Securities Holdings, New Hire Exhibit C

 

 

Report of Partnership Involvement, New Hire Exhibit D

 

 

Report of Director/Relationship Involvement, New Hire Exhibit E

These forms must be completed and returned to the Compliance Officer no later than 10 business days after the employee’s start date.

Where can I find a list of mutual funds that are advised or sub-advised by Acadian affiliates?

A complete list of mutual funds that are advised or sub-advised by Acadian or one of Acadian’s affiliates (including all companies under the Old Mutual umbrellas) is maintained on the Compliance page of the Acadian intranet. Old Mutual updates this list quarterly and the updated list is posted to the intranet upon receipt. The most recent list is available on Acadian’s employee website.

Who is covered by the Code?

“Access Person” may include employees, consultants, contractors and certain immediate family members or persons subject to the financial support of the Access Person. A person whose job responsibilities require him or her to spend a significant amount of time working on-site or that give him or her access to Acadian’s research and/or trading databases will be characterized as an Access Person as well as any other individual as determined by the CCO and Compliance Committee. The term does not include any officer, director or employee of Acadian, including members of the Board of Managers, who is subject to a Code of Ethics that has been reviewed and approved by the Chief Compliance Officer.

An immediate family member is defined to include any relative by blood or marriage living in an Access Person’s household subject to the Access Person’s financial support or any other individual living in the household subject to the Access Person’s financial support (spouse, minor children, a domestic partner etc.).

Which accounts require notice and approval and how do I notify you of a new investment account?

Each Access Person must report any accounts in which he or she has a direct or indirect beneficial interest and in which a security covered by the Code is eligible for purchase or sale. This typically includes:

 

 

individual and joint accounts

 

 

accounts in the name of an immediate family member as defined in the Code

 

 

accounts in the name of any individual subject to your financial support

 

 

trust accounts

 

 

estate accounts

 

 

accounts where you have power of attorney or trading authority

 

 

other type of accounts in which you have a present or future interest in the income, principal or right to obtain title to securities.


* Your 401K account held through Acadian is exempt from this requirement as account information is obtained directly by the Compliance Group.

Notification of covered investment accounts can be made as follows:

1 New Hires should utilize “New Hire” Exhibit B to report any existing “covered accounts” at the time of hire with Acadian.

2. Any “covered account” established after an Access Person is associated with Acadian should be reported as part of a Preclearance Form (Exhibit 1) or on the Quarterly Transaction report (Exhibit 2).

Do I have to report or preclear transactions in my Acadian 401K?

No, employees are not required to report or preclear transactions that they make in their 401K accounts.

What do I have to do if I want to rollover an account?

 

1. If the Access Person will be transferring holdings from the existing account to a Rollover account no pre-clearance is needed. However the new account will need to be reported.

 

2. If the Access person will be liquidating the old account and transferring the cash to a rollover account than a few things will need determined before knowing a pre-clearance is required:

 

   

Do any of the holdings fall under typical pre-clearance requirements (e.g. Acadian Advised or Sub-advised mutual funds, any stock, or corporate bond…)? If so than the transaction would require pre-clearance.

 

   

If the existing account consists of non- affiliated (Acadian advised or sub-advised) funds than no pre-clearance is required. However the new account will need to be reported.

 

   

If the existing account is being rolled over into Acadian 401k the account does not need to be reported however the Access Person will still need to determine if the transaction itself requires pre-clearance as stated above.

What type of securities require preclearance and how do I get a trade approved?

Transactions in the following covered securities must be “precleared” with the Compliance Group in accordance with the procedures outlined herein prior to be executed:

 

 

any stock or corporate bond;

 

 

investment or futures contracts with the exception of currency;

 

 

options or warrants to purchase or sell securities;

 

 

limited partnerships meeting the definition of a “security” (including limited liability and other companies that are treated as partnerships for U.S. federal income tax purposes);

 

 

ETFs and Depository receipts (e.g. ADRs, EDRs and GDRs);

 

 

Index funds, UITs, foreign mutual funds, and closed-end investment companies;

 

 

shares of open end mutual funds that are advised or sub-advised by Acadian,

 

 

shares open end mutual funds advised or subadvised by Acadian; and

 

 

private investment funds, hedge funds, and investment clubs.

Additional types of securities may be added to the preclearance requirements at the discretion of the Compliance Committee as new types of securities are offered and traded in the market and/or Acadian’s business changes. For example, this may include the requirement to preclear foreign currency futures, options and forwards.

All transactions in these security types must be pre-cleared by a member of the Compliance group. Preclearance is effective only until the close of trading in the US markets on the day granted. To obtain trading approval, please complete the Personal Securities Transaction Preclearance form (exhibit 1 in the Code) which is available on the employee web site.

 

53


Are options exempt from the short-term trading rule?

No. Options are not exempt from the short-term trading requirement.

The Access Person will not be permitted to purchase an option that has a expiration date less than 60 days from the date of purchase.

Additionally the Access Person will not be permitted to exercise the option if the option reaches the strike price in less than 60 days.

How long is a preclearance good for?

Preclearance is effective only until the close of trading in the US markets on the day granted.

How long do I have to wait before I can sell a stock?

Unless a member of the Compliance Group grants an exception, no Access Person may profit in the purchase or sale, or sale and purchase of the same securities within 60 calendar days. Trades made in violation of this prohibition should be unwound immediately if possible. Otherwise, any profits realized on such a transaction are subject to disgorgement to a charity designated by Acadian or to a client if appropriate.

How can I obtain pre-clearance for a short-term trade (less than 60 days between trades)?

The short-term trade can only be executed with the prior approval of a member of the Compliance Group. To submit a request for approval of a short-term trade, please complete the Short-Term Trading Reporting and Approval form (exhibit 3 in the Code) which is available on the employee web site.

Does Acadian have a blackout period? If so, are there any exceptions?

No personal trades will be permitted in any individual security on the same day that Acadian trades that security or a similar line of the same security on behalf of any client.

For purposes of clarity, this applies to any individual stock, bond, ETF, Depository Receipt, and to any individual security underlying any Depository Receipt or a different class of the security being traded. For example, the purchase of a ADR would not be permitted if we were trading in the underlying security and vice versa.

Should Acadian expand it currency trading beyond our current practices to include forwards, swaps and options, certain currency trading may also be subject to blackout restrictions.

There will be certain restrictions applied to personal trading that may take place 2 days after Acadian trades or 2 days prior to Acadian trading in the same or similar line of the same security on behalf of any client.

 

(i) Securities with market capitalization under US$5B

For any personal trades requested in a individual stock, bond, ETF, Depository Receipt, and any individual security underlying any Depository Receipt with market capitalization under $5B, the Compliance Group will review the firm’s trading to determine if the position has been traded on behalf of a client within the last 2 trading days. If the position was traded, then the maximum transaction amount that will be approved for a personal trade is $25,000.

 

54


If the position was not traded 2 days prior to trade date and is not being traded on the date the personal trade is requested, the trade is still subject to potential blackout restrictions for 2 trade days after the personal trade is executed should Acadian trade in that position on behalf of a client. Similar to the above, a personal trade in a security with market capitalization under $5B in an amount less than $25,000 will be permitted and not subject to a blackout restriction even if Acadian trades in the position for a client during the 2 days after trade date.

However, a trade in a security with market capitalization under $5B in an amount greater than $25,000 would be subject to Compliance action and blackout restrictions if Acadian trades in the position during the 2 days after trade date. An Access Person proceeding with such a trade does so subject to the risk that Acadian will trade in the same position for a client within the 2 days after their trade was approved by the Compliance Group. Should this occur, the Compliance Group will work with the Access person to either “bust” the trade in its entirety or to amend the trade to an amount of $25,000 or less.

 

(ii) Securities with market capitalization over US$5B

For securities with market capitalization in excess of $5B and all other types of covered securities as defined in the Code no transaction limits are in place. However, before “preclearing” any trade the Compliance Group will analyze the Access Person’s trading for patterns that may indicate potential compliance issues including active/intentional front running, excessive trading, or any pattern of trading that may raise concerns that the Access Person is inappropriately taking advantage of their position at Acadian. The short-term trading restrictions apply.

The following transactions are exempt from the Code’s preclearance, blackout and short-term trading requirements:

1. purchases or sales affected in any account over which the Access Person has no direct or indirect influence or control including accounts in which the Access Person has granted to a broker, dealer, trust officer or other third party non-Access Person full discretion to execute transactions on behalf of the Access Person without consultation or Access Person input or direction.

2. purchases or sales which are involuntary on the part of the Access Person;

3. purchases or sales within Acadian’s 401k plan;

4. purchases or sales which are part of an automatic dividend reinvestment plan;

5. purchases or sales effected upon the exercise of rights issued by an issuer pro rata to all holders of a class of its securities, to the extent such rights were acquired from such issuer, and sales of such rights so acquired;

6. purchases or sales of currencies and interest rate instruments or futures or options on them.

What is Acadian’s gift and entertainment policy?

Persons may not accept inappropriate gifts, favors, entertainment, special accommodations or other things of material value that could influence their decision making or make them feel beholden to a person or firm. Access Persons are expressly prohibited from considering gifts, gratuities or entertainment when choosing brokers or vendors. Similarly, Access Persons may not offer gifts, favors, entertainment or other things of value that could be viewed as overly generous or aimed at influencing decision-making or making a client feel beholden to Acadian or the Access Person. For purposes of the Code, value of gifts or services received or offered may not exceed $250 ($100 if the Access Person is registered with the NASD). If the anticipated value of the entertainment is expected to exceed $250 per person, preapproval from a supervisor is required prior to acceptance of the entertainment. Persons may provide or accept an occasional business entertainment event, at a venue where business is typically discussed, such as dinner or a sporting event, of reasonable value, provided that the person or a representative of the entity providing the entertainment is present.

 

55


Approval for such events should be solicited using the Entertainment Approval form (exhibit 4). All employees are required to report any gifts or entertainment received within 30 calendar days of the end of each calendar quarter on the Gift and Entertainment Reporting form (exhibit 5).

What is the policy regarding political contributions? Charitable contributions?

Acadian and all Access Persons are prohibited from making political contributions to any candidate or party for the purpose of obtaining or retaining advisory contracts. This includes contributing to any candidate involved with or having any influence over the investment manager selection process. Acadian as a firm does not make political contributions. Access persons are prohibited from making a political contribution to any candidate for office in a state or district for which the employee is not eligible to vote if that candidate would be eligible to participate in directing investment management business

Although Acadian encourages its Access Persons to be charitable, no donations should be made or should appear to have been made for the purpose of obtaining or retaining client business. Any client or prospect request to Acadian or an Acadian employee for a charitable donation should be brought to the attention of the Compliance Committee. Any donation made by the firm or an employee to a client or prospect charity should be nominal so as not appear to have been made to obtain or retain the business.

II. FIDUCIARY DUTY AND CONFLICTS OF INTEREST

How should conflicts of interest be handled?

The Company and its Access Persons have a fiduciary duty to act for the benefit of the Clients and to take action on the Clients’ behalf before taking action in the interest of any Access Person or the Company.

The manner in which any Access Person discharges this fiduciary duty depends on the circumstances. Sometimes general disclosure of common conflicts of interest may suffice. In other circumstances, explicit consent of the Client to the particular transaction giving rise to a conflict of interest may be required or an Access Person may be prohibited from engaging in the transaction regardless of whether the Client consents.

The Client’s consent will not in all cases insulate the Access Person against a claim of breach of the Access Person’s fiduciary duty. Full disclosure of all material facts must be given if consent is to be effective. As a result, consents concerning possible future breaches of laws will not usually work. However, waivers of known past violations may be effective. In addition, a Client under the control and influence of the Access Person or who has come to rely on the Access Person’s investment decisions cannot effectively consent to a conflict of interest or breach of fiduciary duty. Consent must be competent, informed and freely given.

The duty to disclose and obtain a Client’s consent to a conflict of interest must always be undertaken in a manner consistent with the Access Person’s duty to deal fairly with the Client. Therefore, even when taking action with a Client’s consent, each Access Person must always seek to assure that the action taken is fair to the Client.

If any Access Person is faced with any conflict of interest, he or she should consult the Chief Compliance Officer or designee prior to taking any action.

III. MATERIAL INSIDE INFORMATION

Who is subject to the insider trading rules?

All Company staff and all persons — friends, relatives, business associates and others — who receive nonpublic material inside information from Company staff concerning an issuer of securities (whether such issuer is a Client or not) are subject to these rules. It does not matter whether the issuer is public or private.

 

56


At the Company, the rules apply to officers, marketing, advisory, administrative, secretarial, or other staff. Furthermore, if any Access Person gives nonpublic material inside information concerning an issuer of securities to a person outside the Company and that person trades in securities of that issuer, the Access Person and that person may have both civil and criminal liability.

What is “material inside information”?

Generally speaking, material inside information is significant information about an issuer’s business or operations (past, present or prospective) that becomes known to an Access Person and which is not otherwise available to the public. While the exact meaning of the word “material” is not entirely clear, it turns on whether the information about an issuer would influence an investor in any investment decision concerning that issuer’s securities and whether the information has not already been disclosed to the public. Under current court decisions, it makes no difference whether the material inside information is good or bad. Needless to say, if the undisclosed information would influence an Access Person’s own decision to buy or sell or to trade for a Client or the Company, the information probably is material and an Access Person should not trade or permit the Company to trade for a Client or itself until it has been publicly disclosed.

How does “material inside information” differ from “confidential information”?

Here is an example that should clarify the difference between the two. Suppose the Company is engaged by the president of a publicly traded corporation to provide advice concerning her personal pension fund and while working on the matter an Access Person learns the amount of alimony she pays to her former spouse. That discovery should be kept confidential, but it almost certainly has no bearing on the value of her corporation’s securities (i.e., it is not material) and, in fact, it probably is not “inside information” about the corporation itself. Accordingly, an Access Person of the Company could buy or sell securities of that issuer so long as the Access Person possesses no material nonpublic information about the corporation. But disclosure of the president’s alimony payments would be entirely improper and in breach of fiduciary duty.

In other words, confidential information should never be disclosed, but it is not always material inside information. Knowing it is not necessarily an impediment to participating in the securities markets concerning a particular issuer.

Are there certain kinds of information that are particularly likely to be “material inside information”?

Yes. While the following list is by no means complete, information about the following subjects is particularly sensitive:

 

a Dividends, stock dividends and stock splits.

 

b. Sales and earnings and forecasts of sales and earnings.

 

c. Changes in previously disclosed financial information.

 

d. Corporate acquisitions, tender offers, major joint ventures or merger proposals.

 

e. Significant negotiations, new contracts or changes in significant business relationships.

 

f. Changes in Control or a significant change in management.

 

g. Adoption of stock option plans or other significant compensation plans.

 

h. Proposed public or private sales of additional or new securities.

 

i. Significant changes in operations.

 

j. Large sales or purchases of stock by principal stockholders.

 

k. Purchases or sales of substantial corporate assets, or decisions or agreements to make any such purchase or sale.

 

1. Significant increases or declines in backlogs of orders.

 

m. Significant new products to be introduced.

 

n. Write-offs.

 

57


o. Changes in accounting methods.

 

p. Unusual corporate developments such as major layoffs, personnel furloughs or unscheduled vacations for a significant number of workers.

 

q. Labor slowdowns, work stoppages, strikes, or the pending negotiation of a significant labor contract.

 

r. Significant reductions in the availability of goods from suppliers or shortages of these goods.

 

s. Extraordinary borrowings.

 

t. Major litigation.

 

u. Governmental investigations concerning the Company or any of its officers or directors.

 

v. Financial liquidity problems.

 

w. Bankruptcy proceedings.

 

x. Establishment of a program to repurchase outstanding securities.

 

58


What is the law regarding the use of material inside information?

Federal law, and the policy of the Company, prohibit any Access Person from using material inside information, whether obtained in the course of working at the Company or otherwise, for his or her private gain, for the Company’s gain or for a Client’s gain and prohibit any Access Person from furnishing such information to others for their private gain. This is true whether or not the information is considered “confidential”. When in doubt, the information should be presumed to be material and not to have been disclosed to the public. No trades should be executed for any Access Person, any Client or for the Company, if the person executing the trade or the Company has material inside information about the issuer.

What is “tipping”?

Under the federal securities laws, it is illegal to disclose (or “tip”) material inside information to another person who subsequently uses that information for his or her profit.

Questions regarding whether such information may constitute “inside” information should be referred to the Chief Compliance Officer.

To whom must material inside information be disclosed before an Access Person can trade?

To the public. Public disclosure of material events is usually made by means of an official press release or filing with the SEC. An Access Person’s disclosure to a broker or other person will not be effective, and such Access Person may face civil or criminal liability if such Access Person (or the person to whom the Access Person makes disclosure) trades on the basis of the information. Company staff should be aware that in most cases they are not authorized to disclose material events about an issuer to the public and that right usually belongs to the issuer alone.

How does an Access Person know whether particular material inside information has been publicly disclosed?

If an Access Person sees information in a newspaper or public magazine, that information will clearly have been disclosed. Information in a filing with the SEC or a press release will also have been disclosed. However, the courts have said that one should wait for a reasonable period of time after the publication, filing or release date to assure that the information has been widely disseminated and that the public has had sufficient time to evaluate the news. If any Access Person has any questions about whether information has been disclosed, such Access Person should not trade in the affected securities.

What must an Access Person do with respect to material inside information obtained after a decision is already made or buy or sell that Security?

Company staff may not purchase or sell any securities about which they have inside information for their own, the Company’s or for a Client’s account or cause Clients to trade on such information until after such information becomes public. The foregoing prohibition applies whether or not the material inside information is the basis for the trade. Company staff should be alert for information they receive about issuers on their recommendation or approved lists that may be material inside information. Whenever Company staff come into possession of what they believe may be material nonpublic information about an issuer, they should notify the Chief Compliance Officer because the Company as a whole may have an obligation not to trade in the securities of the issuer.

Who is available for additional advice or advice about a particular situation?

The Chief Compliance Officer or his designee will oversee matters relating to inside information and prohibitions on insider trading. Currently, all questions should be addressed to any member of the Compliance Group.

 

59


IV. CONFIDENTIAL INFORMATION

What is confidential information?

An investment adviser has a fiduciary duty to its Clients not to divulge information obtained in connection with its services as an adviser. Therefore, all information, whether of a personal or business nature, that an Access Person obtains about a Client’s affairs during employment with the Company should be treated as confidential both during the Access Persons employment and after employment terminates. Such information may sometimes include information about non-Clients, and that information should likewise be held in confidence. Even the fact that the Company advises a particular Client should ordinarily be treated as confidential.

Who is subject to the Company’s policies concerning confidential information?

All personnel — officers and advisory, marketing, administrative and secretarial staff — are subject to these policies. (For the sake of convenience, this group is sometimes referred to in this memorandum as “Company staff”).

What are the duties and responsibilities of Company staff with respect to confidential information?

Since an investment adviser has a fiduciary duty to its Clients not to divulge information obtained from or about a Client in connection with its services as an adviser, Company staff must not repeat or disclose confidential information received from or about Clients outside the Company to anyone, including relatives, friends or strangers. Any misuse of confidential information about a Client is a disservice to the Client that may cause both the Client and the Company substantial injury. Failure to comply with this policy may have very serious consequences for Company staff and for the Company, including termination and criminal action.

What are some steps that Company staff can take to assure that confidential information is not disclosed to persons outside the office?

There are a number of steps Company staff should take to help preserve Client and other confidences, including the following:

i. Company staff should be sensitive to the problem of inadvertent or accidental disclosure. Careless conversation, naming names or describing details of a current or proposed trade, investment or transaction in a lounge, hallway, elevator, or in a train, taxi, airplane, restaurant or other public place, can result in the disclosure of confidential information and should be strictly avoided.

ii. Maintenance of confidentiality requires careful safeguarding of papers and documents, both inside and outside the Company. Documents and papers should be kept in appropriately marked file folders and locked in file cabinets when appropriate.

iii. If an Access Person uses a speakerphone, the Access Person should be careful to refrain from using it in any way that might increase the likelihood of accidental disclosure. Use caution, for example, when participating in a speakerphone conversation dealing with confidential information if the office door is open, or if the speakerphone volume is set too high. The same applies if an Access Person knows or suspects that a speakerphone or a second extension phone is being used at the other end of a telephone conversation.

iv. In especially sensitive situations, it may be necessary to establish barriers to the exchange of information within the Company and to take other steps to prevent the leak of confidential information.

 

60

Exhibit (p)(4)

Taplin, Canida & Habacht, Inc.

Code of Ethics and Personal Trading Policy

Taplin, Canida & Habacht, Inc. (“TCH”) has adopted a Code of Ethics and Personal Trading Policy (“Code”) in compliance with the Investment Advisers Act Rule 204A-1 which incorporates the CFA Institute’s Code of Ethics. The Code is also intended to comply with Rule 17-1 of the Investment Company Act of 1940. TCH also follows the CFA Institute’s Code of Ethics which is as follows:

Members of CFA Institute, including Chartered Financial Analyst (“CFA”) charterholders and candidates for the CFA designation (“Members and Candidates”), must:

 

   

Act with integrity, competence, diligence, respect, and in an ethical manner with the public, clients, prospective clients, employers, employees, colleagues in the investment profession, and other participants in the global capital markets.

 

   

Place the integrity of the investment profession and the interests of clients above their own personal interests.

 

   

Use reasonable care and exercise independent professional judgment when conducting investment analysis, making investment recommendations, taking investment actions, and engaging in other professional activities.

 

   

Practice and encourage others to practice in a professional and ethical manner that will reflect credit on themselves and the profession.

 

   

Promote the integrity of, and uphold the rules governing, capital markets.

 

   

Maintain and improve their professional competence and strive to maintain and improve the competence of other investment professionals.

Personal Investing

Investment personnel have the duty to put the interests of our clients, the interest of TCH, and the integrity of the investment profession over and above their own self-interest. They must conduct investment activities by exercising good judgment to achieve and maintain independence and objectivity that is unaffected by any potential conflict of interest or circumstance that may adversely affect their judgment.

TCH adheres to CFA Institute’s Code of Ethics and Standards of Professional Conduct (“CFA Standards”) as it relates to personal investing, which is designed to prevent potential conflicts of interest and the appearance of conflicts of interest with respect to members’ personal transactions. The CFA Standards required TCH Investment Personnel to conduct their investment activities by exercising good judgment to achieve and maintain independence and objectivity that is unaffected by any potential conflict of interest. Investment personnel are required to place their fiduciary obligation to their clients first in all dealings and not benefit from positions that their clients occupy in the marketplace.


Fiduciary Responsibilities of Investment Industry Personnel

Investment personnel and money managers are in a position of trust and responsibility and, therefore, owe TCH clients’ a duty of loyalty. Advisors must deal fairly with their clients and place their clients’ interests ahead of their own when making investment decisions. The investment personnel shall:

 

   

Make sure the client is not placed at a disadvantage by the trade.

 

   

The investment professional does not benefit personally from trades undertaken for clients.

 

   

The investment professional complies with applicable regulatory requirements.

Priority of Transaction

Transactions for clients shall have priority over transactions in securities or other investments in which TCH employees’ are the beneficial owner so that such personal transactions do not operate adversely to their clients’ interests. If TCH investment personnel make a recommendation regarding the purchase or sale of security or other investment, they shall give TCH clients’ adequate opportunity to act on the recommendation before acting on their own behalf. For purposes of the Code and CFA Standards, a member is a “beneficial owner” if the member has:

 

   

A direct or indirect pecuniary interest in the securities;

 

   

The power to vote or direct the voting of the shares of the securities or investments; the power to dispose or direct the disposition of the security or investment.

A member is a “beneficial owner” of accounts of immediate family members sharing the same household.

Insider Trading

Policy Statement on Insider Trading :

TCH forbids any officer, director or employee from trading, either personally or on behalf of others, (such as, mutual funds or private accounts managed by TCH), on material nonpublic information or communicating material nonpublic information to others in violation of the law. This conduct is frequently referred to as “insider trading.” TCH’s policy applies to every officer, director and employee and extends to activities within and outside their duties at TCH. Every officer, director and employee must read and retain this policy statement. Any questions regarding TCH’s policy and procedures should be referred to Tere Alvarez Canida.


The term “insider trading” is not defined in the federal securities laws, but generally is used to refer to the use of material nonpublic information to trade in securities (whether or not one of an “insider”) or to communications of material nonpublic information to others.

While the law concerning insider trading is not static, it is generally understood that the law prohibits:

 

   

Trading by an insider, while in the possession of material nonpublic information, or

 

   

Trading by non-insider, while in possession of material nonpublic information, where the information either was disclosed to the non-insider in violation of an insider’s duty to keep it confidential or was misappropriated, or

 

   

Communicating materials nonpublic information to others.

The elements of insider trading and the penalties for such unlawful conduct are discussed below. If, after reviewing this policy statement, you have any questions, consult the CCO.

Who is an Insider ?

The concept of “insider” is broad. It includes officers, directors and employees of a company. In addition, a person can be a “temporary insider” if he or she enters into a special confidential relationship in the conduct of a company’s affairs and as a result is given access to information solely for the company’s purposes. A temporary insider can include, among others, a company’s attorneys, accountants, consultants, bank lending officers and the employees of such organizations. In addition, TCH may become a temporary insider of a company it advises or for which it performs other services. According to the Supreme Court, the company must expect the outsider to keep the disclosed nonpublic information confidential and the relationship must a least imply such a duty before the outsider will be considered an insider.

What is Material Information ?

Trading on insider information is not a basis for liability unless the information is material. “Material information” generally is defined as information for which there is a substantial likelihood that a reasonable investor would consider it important in making his or her investment decisions, or information that is reasonably certain to have a substantial effect on the price of a company’s securities. Information that officers, directors and employees should consider material includes, but is not limited to: dividend changes, earnings estimates, changes in previously released earning estimates, significant merger or acquisition proposals or agreements, major litigation, liquidation problems and extraordinary management developments.

Material information does not have to relate to a company’s business. For example, in Carpenter v. U.S. , 108 U.S. 316 (1987), the Supreme Court considered as material certain information about the contents of a forthcoming newspaper column that was expect to effect the market price


of a security. In that case, a Wall Street Journal reporter was found criminally liable for disclosing to others the dates that reports on various companies would appear in the Journal and whether those reports would be favorable or not.

What is Nonpublic Information ?

Information is nonpublic until it has been effectively communicated to the market place. One must be able to point to some fact to show that the information is generally public. For example, information found in a report filed with the SEC, or appearing in Dow Jones, Reuters Economic Services, The Wall Street Journal or other publications of general circulation would be considered public.

Penalties for Insider Trading

Penalties for trading on or communicating material nonpublic information are severe, both for individuals involved in such unlawful conduct and their employers. A person can be subject to some or all of the penalties below even if he or she does not personally benefit from the violation. Penalties include:

 

   

Civil injunctions

 

   

Treble damages

 

   

Disgorgement of profits

 

   

Jail sentences

 

   

Fines for the person who committed the violation of up to three times the profit gains or loss avoided, whether or not the personal actually benefited, and

 

   

Fines for the employer or other controlling person of up to the greater of $1,000,000 or three times the amount of the profit gained or loss avoided.

In addition, any violation of this policy statement can be expected to result in serious sanctions by TCH, including dismissal of the persons involved.

Investment Advisers Act Rule 204A-1

Employee Trading Policy Procedures – Code of Ethics

TCH has adopted the following procedures:

 

   

Employees will have to acknowledge, in writing, receiving a copy of the personal trading code of ethics and any amendments generated.

 

   

Employees are to identify any personal investment account and any accounts in which the employee has beneficial interest, including any accounts for the immediate family and household member, upon hire, annually thereafter and upon opening or closing any account(s).


   

Initial Holdings Report — Every employee shall, not later than ten (10) days after becoming an access person, file an initial holdings report containing the following information:

 

   

The title and exchange ticker symbol or CUSIP number, type of security, number of shares and principal amount (if applicable) of each reportable security in which the access person had any direct or indirect beneficial interest ownership when the person becomes an access person;

 

   

The name of any broker, dealer or bank, account name, number and location with whom the access person maintained an account in which any securities were held for the direct or indirect benefit of the access person; and

 

   

The date that the report is submitted by the access person.

The information submitted must be current as of a date no more than forty-five (45) days before the initial report is submitted.

 

   

Annual Holding Report — Every employee person shall, no later than January 30 each year, file an annual holdings report containing the same information required in the initial holdings report as described above. The information submitted must be current as of a date no more than forty-five (45) days before the annual report is submitted.

 

   

Monthly Reporting Requirements — Every employee must, no later than ten (10) days after the end of each month, file a month transaction report containing the following information:

 

   

The date of the transaction, the title and exchange ticker symbol or CUSIP number, the interest rate and maturity date (if applicable), the number of shares and the principal amount (if applicable) of each covered security;

 

   

The nature of the transaction (i.e., purchase, sale or any other type of acquisition or disposition);

 

   

The price of the reportable security at which the transaction was effected;

 

   

The name of the broker, dealer or bank with or through whom the transaction was effected; and

 

   

The date the report is submitted by the access person.

 

   

Employees must report all required information for covered personal securities transactions on a monthly basis within 10 days of the end of each calendar month to the OM.

 

   

All personal securities transactions are covered except transactions in direct obligations of the Government of the United States, broker’s acceptances, bank certificates of deposit, commercial paper and high quality short-term debt instruments, and open-end investment companies not managed by the adviser or its affiliates. If the access person is relying on brokerage reports to comply with the reporting requirements, the access person need not include portions of the statement that don’t pertain to covered transactions.

 

   

Equity IPO’s — Restrictions are placed on participation by investment personnel in an IPO of equity or equity-related securities, but investment personnel are not prevented from purchasing government issues, such as municipal bonds or other government securities.


   

Private Placements — Strict limits are placed on investment personnel acquiring securities in private placements, and appropriate supervisor review procedures are in place to prevent noncompliance.

 

   

Blackout/Restricted periods — Investment personnel involved in the investment decision-making process may not initiate trades in a security within the same 24-hour period that we have a pending buy or sell order in the same security until the order is executed or cancelled.

 

   

Gifts and Entertainment — TCH employees should not accept or provide any gifts or favors that might influence decisions made by them or the recipient relating to any business transactions involving TCH. Modest gifts and favors may be accepted or given on an occasional basis. Entertainment that satisfies these requirements and conforms to generally accepted business practices also is permissible. Where there is a law or rule that applies to the conduct of a particular business or the acceptance of gifts of even nominal value, the law or rule must be followed. No employee may solicit or accept gifts of significant value (i.e., in excess of $100.00), lavish entertainment or other benefits from potential and actual clients, suppliers or competitors. Special care must be taken to avoid even the impression of a conflict of interest. No employee may entertain potential or actual clients (or any third party who could influence potential clients) if such entertainment is inconsistent with accepted business practices, or violates any law or generally accepted ethical standards. Any questions regarding this policy should be addressed to the CCO. Any TCH employee who accepts, directly or indirectly, anything of value from any person or entity that does business with or on behalf of TCH, including gifts and gratuities with value in excess of $100, must obtain consent from the CCO before accepting such gift. The CCO will maintain a log for reporting anything over $100. (Please see Gifts and Entertainment Policy ).

 

   

Serve as director — Investment personnel are allowed to serve as directors with prior approval and disclosure.

 

   

Outside Employment — Employees are required to obtain written approval from their supervisor before participating in outside work activities. Approval will be granted unless the activity conflicts with TCH’s interest. In general, outside work activities are not allowed when they:

 

   

Prevent the employee from fully performing work for which he or she is employed at TCH, including overtime assignments;

 

   

Involve organizations that are doing or seek to do business with TCH, including actual or potential vendors or customers; or

 

   

Violate provisions of law or TCH’s policies or rules.

 

   

Review Process — The OM reviews all reported personal transactions against the purchase and sales blotter and maintains documentation of the review and any relevant steps taken to address conflicts. The OM must promptly report any violations of the adviser’s code of ethics to the CCO or to “other designated persons.”


   

All access persons are required to report any violations of this Code, immediately to the CCO.

 

   

Disgorgement — Investment personnel must “break the trade made in violation of a firm’s personal trading policies and disgorge any profit on such transaction.

 

   

Personal investments in initial public offerings and limited offerings by access persons will be required to be pre-cleared.

Resolution; Sanction(s)

If the CCO or the OM finds that a person has violated the Code, the CCO will approve a proposed resolution of the situation or, if appropriate, impose upon the person sanctions that the CCO deems appropriate.

 

   

First violation — If an access person violates the Code, the violation was accidental, and the violation didn’t harm clients in any way, the person will be warned, in writing, that they have violated the Code.

 

   

Second violation — If an access person violated the Code a second time within the same year, the access person must disgorge all profits on the security and recertify, in writing, that they have received the Code, understands it and agrees to follow it.

 

   

Third violation — If an access person violates the Code three times in a two-year period, the access person will be terminated.

Procedures to Implement TCH Policy Against Insider Trading

The following procedures have been established to aid the officers, directors and employees to TCH in avoiding insider trading, and to aid TCH in preventing, detecting and imposing sanctions against insider trading. Every officer, director and employee of TCH must follow these procedures or risk serious sanctions, including dismissal, substantial personal liability and criminal penalties. If you have any questions about these procedures you should consult Tere Alvarez Canida.

1. Identifying Insider Information

Before trading for yourself or others, including investment companies or private accounts managed by TCH, in the securities of a company about which you may have potential insider information, as yourself the following questions:

 

   

Is the information material? Is this information that an investor would consider important in making his or her investment decisions? Is this information that would substantially affect the market price of the securities if generally disclosed?

 

   

Is the information nonpublic? To whom has this information been provided? Has the information been effectively communicated to the other market place by being published in Reuters, The Wall Street Journal or other publications of general circulation?


If after consideration of the above, you believe that the information is material and nonpublic, or if you have questions as to whether the information is material and nonpublic, you should take the following steps:

 

   

Report the matter immediately to the CCO.

 

   

Do not purchase or sell the securities on behalf of yourself or others, including investment companies or private accounts managed by TCH.

 

   

Do not communicate the information inside or outside TCH, other than to the CCO.

 

   

After the CCO has reviewed the issue, you will be instructed to continue the prohibitions against trading and communication, or you will be allowed to trade and communicate the information.

2. Personal Securities Trading

TCH requires that each employee be required to report within ten (10) days of the end of each month any personal securities transactions in any securities accounts of the employee or any immediate family or household members. The report shall include the name of the security, exchange ticker or CUSIP, date of the transactions, quantity, nature of transaction, price and broker-dealer through which the transaction was traded. Sending duplicate confirmations of such trades to the OM may satisfy the requirement if they are received within the required time frame.

3. Restricting Access to Material Nonpublic Information

Information in your possession that you identify as material and nonpublic may not be communicated to anyone, including persons within TCH, except as provided in paragraph one above. In addition, care should be taken so that such information is secure. For example, files containing material nonpublic information should be sealed; access to computer files containing material nonpublic information should be restricted.

4. Resolving Issues Concerning Insider Trading

If, after consideration of the items set forth in paragraph one, doubt remains as to whether information is material or nonpublic, of if there is any unresolved questions as to the applicability or interpretation of the foregoing procedures, or as to the propriety of any action, it must be discussed with the CCO before trading or communicating the information to anyone.

5. Priority of Transaction

Transactions for clients and employers shall have priority over transactions in securities or other investments of which a member is the beneficial owner so that such personal transactions do not operate adversely to their clients’ or employer’s interests. If members make a recommendation regarding the purchase or sale of security or other investments, they shall give their clients and


employer adequate opportunity to act on the recommendation before acting on their own behalf. For purposes of the Code and CFA Standards, a member is a “beneficial owner” if the member has:

 

   

A direct or indirect pecuniary interest in the securities;

 

   

The power to vote or direct the voting of the shares of the securities or investment; the power to dispose or direct the disposition of the security or investment.